CMH - Pub - 10-4 Corps of Engineers - Troops
CMH - Pub - 10-4 Corps of Engineers - Troops
CMH - Pub - 10-4 Corps of Engineers - Troops
by
Blanche D. Coil, Jean E. Keith and Herbert H. Rosenthal
Foreword
The world-wide operations of the U.S. Army in World War II involved an enormous amount of construction and the performance on a comparable scale of many other missions by the Corps of Engineers. This is the first of four volumes that will describe the participation of the Engineers in the war and the contribution they made toward winning it. Better known to the public in peacetime for its civil works, the Corps by the time of Pearl Harbor had turned almost its full attention to military duties. At home the Engineers took over all military construction, and prepared hundreds of thousands of Engineer troops for a variety of tasks overseas. These tasks included not only construction but also a number of other duties more or less related to engineering both in rear areas and in the midst of battle. In performing these duties in World War II the Army Engineers gained a proud record in combat as well as in service. This first volume tells how the Corps organized and planned and prepared for its tasks, and in particular how it trained its troops and obtained its equipment. The volumes still to be published will describe the huge program of military construction in the United States, and Engineer operations overseas in the European and Pacific areas. One of the objectives of the technical service volumes of the Army's World War II series is to capture the point of view of the service concerned. In doing so the authors of the present history, by thorough research and diligent solicitation of assistance, have also brought to their story a broad perspective, and they have told it with a felicity that should make their work a valuable guide to the Army as a whole, to the thoughtful citizen, and to the Engineers who served and who continue to serve the nation in war and in peace.
RICHARD W. STEPHENS
Washington, D. C. 10 July 1957 Maj. Gen., U.S.A. Chief of Military History
vii
The Authors
Blanche D. Coll has a Master of Arts degree in history from the Johns Hopkins University and is a collaborating author of Ships for Victory: Shipbuilding Under the U.S. Maritime Commission in World War II. She has been on the staff of the Historical Division, Office of the Chief of Engineers, since 1948. Jean E. Keith, a Bachelor of Arts from Western Kentucky State College, has done graduate work in history at the Johns Hopkins University. During World War II he served as a gunnery officer on a destroyer in the Pacific. He has been with the Engineer Historical Division since 1951. Herbert H. Rosenthal obtained his Ph.D. degree from Harvard University. During World War II he served in Europe with the 95th Infantry Division. He was associated with the Engineer Historical Division from 1948 to 1953 and is now teaching at Southern Illinois University.
viii
Preface
This volume relates how the traditional tasks of American military engineers changed and new ones developed in response to the tactical and logistical demands of World War II, and how the Corps of Engineers organized, equipped, and trained its troops in the United States to carry out these tasks overseas. The book is necessarily concerned with machines as well as men because the modern Corps which emerged during this period was an organization that increased its capacity for work to the fullest extent possible by the adoption of power machinery. Dependence upon complicated machines, delicate instruments, and complex rather than simple engineering techniques was a natural accompaniment of world-wide military trends, but the situation nevertheless challenged those charged with plans and preparations to a full display of intelligence and adaptability. More than half a million Engineer officers and enlisted men were in the armed forces by the spring of 1945, comprising about 8 percent of the Army. Most of them were building or rebuilding hangars and barracks and offices at a multitude of military bases, laying down or repairing the strips at innumerable airfields, and enlarging or improving the endless network of roads and culverts and bridges. Some were installing and operating miles of petroleum pipeline. Combat engineers were clearing mine fields. Still other engineers were manning boats and ships, making maps, purifying water, forging and shaping steel, or running sawmills. In all areas of conflict, from battle front to rear bases, with ground and air forces, engineer troops were justifying the years of planning and preparation at home. The day-to-day problems involved in readying engineer troops for such duties overseas may have appeared simpler to the participants than to the historians who reviewed the whole record later. The files are heavily weighted with the burdens of daily frustrations; successes account for much less space. We have been granted complete freedom to evaluate and interpret, and to present a full and frank appraisal. Many persons, both within and without the Corps of Engineers, have helped to supplement and clarify the written record. The list is so long indeed that we have had to be content in most cases to let the footnotes be our only acknowledgment. To those who read and commented upon the entire volumeMaj. Gen. Clarence L. Adcock; Col. William W. Bessell, Jr.; Col. William W. Brotherton; Col. Edward H. Coe; Brig. Gen. Miles M. Dawson; Col. Joseph S. Gorlinski; Richard M. Leighton; Lt. Col. David M. Matheson; Lt. Gen. Eugene Reybold; Maj. Gen.
ix
Julian L. Schley; Brig. Gen. John W. N. Schulz; and Lt. Col. Eugene J. Whitego our special thanks. Joseph A. Logan of the Office of the Comptroller of the Army conducted a comprehensive review of statistical matter. Kent Roberts Greenfield, Leo J. Meyer, and Stetson Conn of the Office of the Chief of Military History and our colleagues in the Engineer Historical Division, especially Lenore Fine and Jesse A. Remington, gave us the benefit of their criticism and greatly encouraged us by their understanding and support. David Jaff and Loretto C. Stevens edited the volume with care and patience. Margaret E. Tackley selected the photographs. Among the many typists who worked on the manuscript, Dorothy Washington, Elizabeth M. Ralston, Daisy G. Shield, Johanne R. Daggett, and Bettie J. Hazell earned our particular gratitude for their preparation of the final copy. Gerald N. Grob relieved us of many chores in checking and proofreading. Librarians and clerks in the various records depositories proved untiring in their efforts. To mention Eva Holt, Geraldine Jewell, Mary K. Stuart, and Mae E. Walker is to shorten a long list of persons who rendered this type of service with admirable efficiency. Gladys Z. McKinney answered repeated inquiries about Engineer officers. Research by Stuart W. Bruchey, Barbara B. Garner, Curtis W. Garrison, Keith Glenn, and Harry E. Ickes has proved helpful in the writing of the book. Useful drafts on mapping, camouflage, and intelligence were prepared by Kenneth J. Deacon and on procurement of equipment before Pearl Harbor by Doris M. Condit. Edna E. Jensen worked up much of the material on procurement of supplies during the later war period. As to the division of labor among the authors themselves, Miss Coll concentrated primarily upon equipment; Mr. Keith, upon training; and Mr. Rosenthal, upon organization of troop units. Since a number of the chapters are the work of more than one of the authors, and since in some cases we invaded each other's field, there appears to be little advantage in attempting to assign more specific authorship credit. An assumption of collective responsibility best expresses the way in which we have shared in the final product.
Contents
Chapter Page
1
1 10 12 16 18 22
I I . T H E REVOLUTION I N EQUIPMENT The Process of Selection . . . . . . . . . From Hand Tools to Power Machinery . . . Strains on the Bridges . . . . . . . . . . Passage of Artificial Obstacles . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
27 27 29 36 53 55
64
64 69 75 81
88
88 92 93 102
109
109 115 124
Chapter
Page
132
132 136 142
175
176 180 188
I..
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
193
193 195 198 206
216
223 227 229 238
X I . T H E ENGINEER SOLDIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Training the Corps of Specialists . . Reflections From Battle . . . . . N e w Proportions a n d Capacities . . The Balanced Engineer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
241
242 254 256 259
270
270 277
293
296 306
xii
Chapter
Page
314
314 317 319 320 322 324
337
346 348 351
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
355
355 361 376 379 385
XVII. PREPARING TO RECONSTRUCT PORTS Port Construction and Repair Groups . . . . . . Port Repair Ships and Crews . . . . . . . . . Dredges a n d Crews . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
417
418 420 426 429
438
438 441 446 454
X X . IMPROVEMENTS I N EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . .
464
T h e Over-all Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 Clearance of Land Mines and Other Obstacles . . . . . . . . . . 468 Bridging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
xiii
Chapter
Page
XXI. PRODUCTION I N HIGH GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Search for a Balanced Supply Program . . . . . . . . . . . . The Administrative Reorganization of January 1943 . . . . . . . . The Controlled Materials Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Shortage of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Administrative Reorganization of November 1943 . . . . . . . . . Deliveries: 1943 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XXII. T H E FLOW O F SUPPLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evolution of the Supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stock Control in the Measurement of Requirements . . . . . . T h e Procurement Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inefficiency in the Midst of Plenty . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
584
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
595
Tables
No.
1. Status of Major Items of Engineer Procurement Program: 31 December 1940 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 2. Status of Major Items of Engineer Procurement Program: 20 December 1941 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 3. Distribution of Training Time for Engineer Combat Battalion of Infantry Division and Engineer Armored Battalion of Armored Division ... 127 4. Engineer Units in Troop Basis: January 1942 and July 1942 . . . . . . 144 5. Engineer Replacement Training Center Programed Hours: 1940-41 . . 164 6. Engineer Replacement Training Center Programed Hours: 1942-43 . . 168 7. Construction Machinery Annual Requirements as of December 1942 and Actual Deliveries in 1942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 8. Miscellaneous Equipment Annual Requirements as of December 1942 and Actual Deliveries in 1942. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 9. Unfilled Requisitions and the Availability of Depot Stocks: December 1942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 10. Number and Strength of Engineer Table of Organization Units: 30 June 1945 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
xiv
No.
Page
11. Construction Machinery: Annual Requirements as of February, August, and December 1943 and Actual Deliveries in 1943 . . . . . . . . .
12. Miscellaneous Equipment: Annual Requirements as of February, August, and December 1943 and Actual Deliveries in 1943 . . . . . . . . . 13. Tractors, Cranes and Shovels: Annual Requirements as of Selected Dates a n d Actual Deliveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14. Construction Machinery: Annual Requirements as of Selected Dates and Actual Deliveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15. Boats and Bridges: Annual Requirements as of Selected Dates and Actual
526 528
548 550
Deliveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
552
Charts
1. Organization of the Office of the Chief of Engineers: September 1939 . 2. Organization of the Office of the Chief of Engineers: December 1941. . 3. Value of Engineer Supplies Procured by Major Classes of Equipment: 1942-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Organization and Procedures for Handling International Aid . . . . . 5. Total Number of Engineer Troops, Continental United States and Overseas: 1942-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Organization of the Office of the Chief of Engineers: December 1943. . 7. Organization and Procedures for Handling Procurement of Supplies: 1939-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. Organization and Procedures for Distributing Supplies . . . . . . . . 9. Engineer Depots: July 1944 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10. Tonnage Handled by Engineer Depots: September 1942-September 1945 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. Elements of Supply and Demand Studies, Supply Control System . . . 6 133
181 185
217 218
Illustrations
Maj. Gen. Julian L . Schley . . . . . . . . . . . . Brig. Gen. John J . Kingman . . . . . . . . . . . . Maj. Gen. Thomas M . Robins . . . . . . . . . . . 1st Division Engineers Working on a Muddy Road . . Col. Stuart C . Godfrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bulldozer in Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-Ton Ponton Bridge Over the Chattahoochee River . H-10 Portable Steel Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 8 10 13 32 38 40
xv
Page
German Raft Built of Pneumatic Floats . . . . . . . . . 10-Ton Ponton Bridge at Fort Knox, Ky. . . . . . . . . Pneumatic-Float Treadway Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . SCR-625 Mine Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aviation Engineer Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maj. Gen. Henry H . Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Five-Lens Camera, T-3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiplex S e t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printing Maps in the Field, Carolina Maneuvers . . . . . Flat-Top Concealing 3-Inch Antiaircraft Gun Emplacement Dummy Planes i n Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Soldiers Camouflaged With Individual Nets . . . . . . . Assistant Secretary of War Robert P. Patterson . . . . . 60-Inch Searchlight Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abbot Hall, Headquarters of the Engineer School. . . . . Camouflaged Revetments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maj. Gen. Eugene Reybold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Brehon B . Somervell . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineers Constructing t h e Pioneer Road . . . . . . . . Brig. Gen. Roscoe C. Crawford . . . . . . . . . . . . . Obstacle Course, Ft. Belvoir, 1941 . . . . . . . . . . . Soldiers Firing the Springfield M1903 . . . . . . . . . . Brig. Gen. Raymond F. Fowler . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maj. Gen. Lucius D. Clay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brig. Gen. Clarence L . Sturdevant . . . . . . . . . . . Tractor-Operated Letourneau Crane M 2 0 . . . . . . . . Class i n Automotive Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineer Equipment in New Guinea . . . . . . . . . . Deactivating Antipersonnel Mines and Booby Traps . . . . Class in Drafting at a Civilian University . . . . . . . . Brig. Gen. John W. N. Schulz . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ponton Equipage Being Unloaded . . . . . . . . . . . Welding Dredge Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overseas Sawmill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negro Troops Training at Camp Sutton . . . . . . . . . Bantam Towed Scraper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineer Troops Preparing Base Course of Airstrip . . . . Lt. Gen. Lesley J. McNair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineers at Camp Swift, Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . Sowing a Mine Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brig. Gen. Daniel Noce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Landing Craft Operated by Engineer Troops . . . . . . . Engineers Placing Sommerfeld Track on the Sand . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43 46 50 55 57 63 65 67 80 83 85 87 89 90 110 129 134 137 143 152 167 170 184 187 220 245 248 250 256 262 271 276 289 291 309 317 336 338 344 348 362 371 374
xvi
Page
Jeep Leaving Landing Craft . . . . . . . . . . . Diver Coming Out of the Water . . . . . . . . . Members of Port Construction and Repair Group . . Layout Plan for the Engineer Port Repair Ship . . . T h e Engineer Port Repair Ship . . . . . . . . . Barth, Hains Class Hopper Dredge . . . . . . . . Preparing for Field Problem on Pipe-Laying . . . . Manifold Valve Installation o n Pipeline . . . . . . Welder Joining Two Sections of Pipe . . . . . . . Women Compiling Foreign Map Information . . . Col. Herbert B . Loper . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laying Out Aerial Photographs to Check Sequence . Soldier Using Multiplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sorting Maps f o r Distribution . . . . . . . . . . Bulldozer Cutting Road Through Jungle . . . . . Road Cut Through Hills and Jungle . . . . . . . Beach and Underwater Obstacles, Normandy, France Soldier Removing a n Enemy Mine . . . . . . . . Bridge Truck With Hydraulic Lifting Device . . . . Medium Tank Crossing Treadway Bridge . . . . . Tank Falling into the Colorado River . . . . . . . Bailey Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel Treadway Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stacks o f Engineer Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Stock Records of Parts . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 375 . . . . . . . . . . 395 . . . . . . . . . 398, 399 . . . . . . . . . . 404 . . . . . . . . . . 405 . . . . . . . . . . 415 . . . . . . . . . . 433 . . . . . . . . . . 435 . . . . . . . . . . 436 . . . . . . . . . . 443 . . . . . . . . . . 445 . . . . . . . . . . 454 . . . . . . . . . . 455 . . . . . . . . . . 458 . . . . . . . . . . 472 . . . . . . . . . . 473 . . . . . . . . . . 474 . . . . . . . . . . 480 . . . . . . . . . . 485 . . . . . . . . . . 488 . . . . . . . . . . 489 . . . . . . . . . . 493 . . . . . . . . . . 497 . . . . . . . . . . 560 . . . . . . . . . . 565
The illustration on page 10 is from the National Archives; the illustrations on pages 43 and 46 are from the International News Photos; all others are from the files of the Department of Defense.
xvii
CHAPTER I
niversary, thus honoring the date when Richard Gridley was appointed Chief Engineer of the Revolutionary forces. Congress established a Corps of Engineers in 1779, only to disband it in 1783. An act passed 16 March 1802 established the present Corps and provided that it should be "stationed at West Point . . . and shall constitute a Military Academy . . . ." Although the faculty at West Point was but for a short time predominantly "Engineer," the Corps remained in charge of the school until 1866. The Corps of Engineers had meanwhile been singled out to perform tasks which have been variously known as "nonmilitary," "civil works," or "rivers and harbors." In 1824, Congress authorized the President "to cause the necessary surveys, plans, and estimates, to be made of the routes of such roads and canals as he may deem of national importance, in a commercial or military point of view, or necessary for the transportation of the public mail" and "to employ two or more skillful engineers, and such officers of the corps of engineers, or who may be detailed to do duty with that corps, as he may think proper . . . ." Thereafter Army engineers were in the vanguard of westward expansion. They improved the navigation of the Mississippi and Ohio Rivers, selected the route of the Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, superintended the construction of the National Road, and surveyed the routes of many railroads.3 The Army engineer is no less proud of the military history of his Corps than of its peacetime accomplishments. Although his unique contribution is as a technician, the engineer soldier is a fighter as well. The exploits of the Union Army's Engineer Battalion at Antietam illustrate his versatility:
During World War I, the Corps of Engineers grew from 256 officers and about 2,220 enlisted men to 11,175 officers and about 285,000 men. In France its most important job was keeping open the routes of communication but, as in the Civil War, engineer soldiers were prepared to act as infantry in combat, and their service at Belleau Wood and during the German offensive of March 1918 contributed much toward the Allied victory. During the period between World War I and II, the military duties of the Corps of Engineers remained the same. If war came, its troops were to clear the way and build;
3 Historical sketches of the Corps of Engineers are found in. (1) Lt. Col. Paul W. Thompson, What You Should Know About the Army Engineers (New York: W. W. Norton & Company, Inc.,
1942); (2) W. Stull Holt, The Office of the Chief of Engineers of the Army, Its Non-Military History, Activities, and Organization (Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press, 1923); (3) Engr Sch, History and Traditions of the Corps of Engineers (Fort Belvoir, Va.: Engineer Center, 1949); (4) Engr Sch, The News Letter, II (May, 1950); (5) EHD, The Corps
of Engineers Historical Index (1943).
Quoted in 1st Lt. C. A. Youngsberg, History of Engineer Troops in the United States Army, 1775 1901 (Washington Barracks: Press of the Engineer School, 1910), Engr Sch Occasional Papers 37,
1910, p. 11.
3
such occasions were rare. In 1940, the Engineer quota of 40 was filled from the first 67 men in a class of 445; in 1941, its quota of 50 was filled from the first 69 in a class of 427. The Engineers were indeed fortunate. Such men were accustomed to working hard and to succeeding. They were proficient in book learningan indispensable tool in the mastery of a technical profession.6 Accustomed to outstanding qualities in its West Point graduates, the Engineers sought to set a similar high standard among appointments made from civil life. As one Engineer officer expressed it, the Corps "should not be satisfied with anything less than 'A' No. 1 cracker jack ring-tail elephants to whom you can give a job, forget about it, and know that you will get one hundred per cent results." 7 The Engineers looked to the construction industry, whose ranks were filled with graduates of technical colleges, to furnish many such officers in an emergency. Contacts with this "reserve" were assured through the civil works activities of the Corps and through mutual membership in the Society of American Military
Engineers and other national engineering
Actually, this particular Chief of Engineers remained sanguine when top men failed to choose the Corps. He thought that a different choice tended to silence protests from other branches that they also needed men who showed outstanding promise and tended to have a sobering effect upon those Engineer officers who regarded the Corps as an exclusive branch, different from, and
perhaps superior to, the other branches. Insofar as exclusiveness aided esprit, he welcomed the sentiment; insofar as it posed a threat to teamwork, he deplored it. But
societies. The esprit de corps created by the belief among Engineer officers that they constituted a select group and that they were the heirs of many years' service to the nation led Lt. Gen. Brehon B. Somervell, commanding
5
whether this loss by the Corps of some of the top men of West Point was a cause for embarrassment or for silent congratulation,
210.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 17. 6 (1) Ibid. (2) Memo, TAG for CofEngrs, 23 Apr 41. 210.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 16. (3) Incl, n.d., with Ltr, Maj Gen Julian L. Schley to C of EHD, 4 Jun 52. EHD files. (All letters to the chief of the Engineer Historical Division are in Engineer Historical Division files.) 7 Ltr, Brig Gen Dan I. Sultan, CO Ft. Logan, to C of Opns and Tng Sec, 28 Feb 39. 210.1, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 6.
the Army Service Forceshimself an Engineer officerto declare that "the sentimental angle . . . was probably stronger in my own Corps than in any other in the 8 Army. . . ." Sentimentality was exemplified by the cherished Engineer button, different in design from the standard Army button and to be seen only on the uniforms of members of the Corps of Engineers. Confidence marked the Engineers' tendency to translate its motto, Essayons, as "Let us succeed" rather than "Let us try." 9 Except at the very top, the Corps of Engineers always maintained a clear-cut administrative division between its civil and military functions. The Chief of Engineers was the only person charged with both activities. In carrying out his civil works duties, he reported directly to the Secretary of War. On the military side, he was responsible to the War Department's Chief of Staff for the development of doctrine, the selection of equipment, and the training of troops. Once trained, the majority of Engineer officers and enlisted men were removed from his control except in technical matters. The Chief of Engineers was in direct command only of such troops as were not assigned to a territorial commander or were not part of a tactical unit containing other branches. In the fall of 1940 most engineer troops were assigned either to overseas departments, to one of the nine corps areas into which the United States was divided, to one of the four armies which took over tactical command of ground troops under Army General Headquarters in October of that year, or to the GHQ Air Force. Despite the limited nature of his command functions, the Chief of Engineers exercised a continuing influence on engineer troops. Although he could not order them to throw
ington, 1954), p. 406. 9 (1) Thompson, op. cit., pp. 18-19. (2) The
News Letter, op. cit., pp. 3-4. (3) Samuel T. Williamson, "Fighting Handymen on Every Battlefront," New York Times Magazine, April 11, 1943. 10 AR 100-5, 28 Nov 33, 26 Jun 42.
that "while their jobs may have to do with engineering projects which have no immediate military connection, such assignments do equip them in the best possible way to tackle the problems which would confront them in time of war." 12 The unique combination of civil works and troop duty, the Corps was convinced, produced something more than the pioneer infantryman who served as the engineer of other armies. The Engineer officer was a soldier with a knowledge of civil engineering. Tours of duty with civil works afforded him an opportunity to learn about the latest construcOrgn Charts OCE, 1 Sep 39, 1 Aug 40, 27 Feb EHD files. 12 Military Establishment Appropriation Bill for 1941, Hearings before the Subcommittee of the Committee on Appropriations, HR, 76th Cong, 3d Sess, p. 657.
11
41.
tion techniques and equipment and to gain experience in organizing the work of large groups of men. Yet on the whole, the relationship of the Civil Works Division and its field offices to the wartime mission of the Engineers was an indirect one. Developing fighting engineers was the job of the Military Division. During the period when Schley was Chief of Engineers, Brig. Gen. John J. Kingman was his assistant in charge of the Military Division. Kingman's division was composed of six sections: Operations and Training; Personnel; Supply; Intelligence; Construction; and Railway; and of two field agenciesthe Engineer School and the Engineer Boardlocated nearby at Fort Belvoir, Virginia. Central to them all was the Operations and Training Section (O&T) which had the task of over-all planning both for the proficiency of BRIG. GEN. JOHN J. KINGMAN, personnel and the efficiency of equipment. Assistant Chief of Engineers., Military O&T prepared tables of organization Division. (T/O's) which outlined the structure of each troop unit and tables of basic allow- development of new techniques and equipances (T/BA's) which listed the types and ment for map making. This section also amounts of equipment to be issued. O&T investigated new applications of engineeralso supervised the training of all officers ing skills in the light of changing military and enlisted men, drawing up general edu- tactics. During peacetime years the princational programs, determining specific cur- cipal job of the Construction Section was ricula, and preparing training literature. the provision and maintenance of seacoast The Personnel Section decided whether offi- defenses. While this work continued and cers would be assigned to troop units, to even increased for a time, the section's schools, to civil works, or to other duties. other responsibilitiesthe preparation of The Supply Section computed the quanti- designs for structures and installations in ties of equipment needed, bought it, saw theaters of operations and the preparation that it was delivered when and where of plans for the management of public utili13 needed, and supervised the development of ties thereeventually overshadowed it. For advice in theoretical and technical new types. The other two sections of the matters all sections of the Military Division Military Division in Washington had more looked to Fort Belvoir, the Engineer center specialized duties. The Intelligence Secfor the training of men and the development tion had charge of all military mapping, including supervision of the Engineer ReproOCE Mil Div Manual, Duties and Procedure, duction Plant, and was consulted on the 1937 (Rev).
13
of new equipment. Here the Engineer School conducted advanced courses for officers and for enlisted men, prepared extension and conference courses for National Guard and Reserve officers, and wrote training literature. In this quasi-academic atmosphere, Engineer doctrine and methods of training were critically examined and recommendations for revision forwarded to the Chief's office. The Engineer Board carried on a similar function in regard to equipment. In the course of its investigations the board engaged in theoretical studies and performed experiments and tests in order to place more efficient tools and equipment in the hands of engineer troops.14 Until mid-1941 the Chief's office and its agencies at Fort Belvoir constituted a small organization. Everyone knew everyone else and business was carried out in an informal,
Interv, 20 Sep 50, and Ltr, Col William M. Bessell, Jr., to C of Mil Hist, 16 Jan 54. (All interviews and all letters to the Chief of Military History are in Engineer Historical Division files.) 16 (1) Incls, n. d., with Ltrs, Schley to C of EHD, 4 Jun 52, and 26 Jun 52. (2) Interv, Brig Gen Claude H. Chorpening, 10 Jul 50. The series of Information Bulletins began in 1933 and extended through 1943. A set is on file in the OCE Library.
9
military construction program, like the civil works program, had little direct bearing on the creation of engineer soldiers. Schley was confident of the Corps' ability to carry out civil and military construction as well as prepare its troops for war. Normally, he explained, between one third and one quarter of the Regular Army officers were assigned to civil works. Most of the personnel engaged in civil works were civilians. It was possible therefore to transfer officers from civil to military duty without danger to the functioning of the organization, and this was done beginning in the fall of 1939. A similar policy, he promised, would govern 20 the supervision of military construction. This transfer of officers was but one aspect of the shift from a peace to a war footing. During the period 1939-41 the number of engineer enlisted men increased from somewhat under 6,000 to almost 70,000.
17
we appropriate to your branch are for nonmilitary functions." 17 Most congressmen thought of the Corps of Engineers in relation to improvements that would be made to the rivers and harbors adjacent to their home communities. Conscious of this personal interest, Schley felt "it was the part of wisdom to be present" at the hearings
on the appropriation bill for civil works,
even though he had perfect confidence in the ability of Assistant Chief of Engineers Robins to make the presentation. The Chief of Engineers felt no such compulsion to appear in defense of the military budget and, unlike the chiefs of other arms and services, did not do so. General Kingman usually represented the Corps at such 18 hearings. For the fiscal year 1938, Congress appropriated but $599,400 in military funds, $234,465,300 in civil funds to the Corps of Engineers; in 1939, $4,358,380 in military Statement of Congressman J. Buell Snyder, 20 funds, $201,885,800 in civil; in 1940, March 1941, in War Department Civil Functions $3,044,340 for military activities, $279,- Appropriation Bill for 1942, Hearings before the Subcommittee of the Committee on Appropriations, 364,000 for civil works. By 1941, however, HR, 77th Cong, 1st Sess, p. 23. (1) Hearings on Military Establishment Apmilitary funds began to comprise a significant portion of the budget. For that year the propriation Bill and Hearings on War Department
18
tion of $66,405,955 as against a civil works appropriation of $214,878,310. Another $200,000,000 came to the Corps early in fiscal year 1941 for the construction of military airfields, a program hitherto under the jurisdiction of the Quartermaster Corps.19 The transfer of the supervision of Air Corps construction from the Quartermaster Corps was the first of two steps in the consolidation of all military construction in the Corps of Engineers. Vital as was the construction program to military preparedness, responsibility for its execution perpetuated the split personality of the Corps, for the 76th Cong, 3d Sess, p. 657.
Civil Functions Appropriation Bill, 1940, HR, 76th Cong, 1st Sess; 1941, HR, 76th Cong, 3d Sess; 1942, HR, 77th Cong, 1st Sess. (2) Incl, with Ltr, Schley to C of EHD, 4 Jun 52. 19 Incl, Appropriations for Mil and Civil Functions CE, with Memo, C of Budget and Programs Div OCE for C of EHD, 6 Jun 55. During the fiscal years 1938-41 the Corps of Engineers also received approximately $14,886,600 for construction of seacoast defenses. For the military construction program, see Lenore Fine and Jesse A. Remington, The Corps of Engineers: Military Construction in the United States, a volume in preparation for the series UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II. 20 (1) Hearings on War Department Civil Functions Appropriation Bill, 1942, HR, 77th Cong, 1st Sess, 20 Mar 41, pp. 23-24. (2) Testimony of Col Stuart C. Godfrey, 11 Mar 40, in Hearings on Military Establishment Appropriation Bill, 1941, HR,
10
1ST DIVISION ENGINEERS WORKING ON A MUDDY ROAD, Ardennes, France, November 1918.
Concurrently with the reception and training of these citizen soldiers the Corps of Engineers adjusted to the radical changes in weapons, structure, and tactics that distinguished the new from the old Army.
difficult to maneuver. The Army of the thirties was too small to permit the organization of echelons higher than a division, but in case of emergency, the War Department planned to group divisions and supporting units into corps, armies, and a general headquarters.21 Engineer functions in these echelons of command conformed to experiences winnowed from World War I. The major task in that war had been repair and maintenance of the muddy roads of France, and the Engineers expected that road and other work to keep the routes of communication open would account for seventy-five percent
21 For a detailed discussion of the reorganization of the Army, see Kent Roberts Greenfield, Robert R. Palmer, and Bell I. Wiley, The Organization of
Ground Combat Troops, UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II (Washington, 1947).
11
of their efforts in a future conflict. Next in The bulk of engineer troops, nearly two the order of engineer jobs during World thirds, would have been located in general War I had been the preparation of defensive service regiments and separate battalions for works, the erection of obstacles, and the con- duties behind the front. For the more exstruction of shelters and other buildings. tensive and permanent work required in the The Engineer Field Manual of 1932 re- rear areas the general service regiment was flected that experience. Most of its space on equipped with a variety of tools and spefield fortifications was devoted to trench cially trained soldiers. With its large pool of construction. There were few pages on anti- unskilled labor, the separate battalion was tank obstacles, and there was little apprecia- designed to support other units as well as to tion of the value of antitank mines. undertake missions of its own. Construction of airfields was given but Special units, intended to comprise one limited coverage.22 fifth of an Engineer force, were organized The engineer units which evolved as a to perform particular tasks. They included result of World War I were classified either light ponton companies and heavy ponton as general or as special units. General units battalions for the care and transportation included the engineer combat regiment of of bridging equipage, topographic units to the infantry division, the engineer squadron make and supply maps for army and genof the cavalry division, and the general serv- eral headquarters, water supply battalions ice regiments and separate battalions which to deliver water in areas where the local supwere distributed among corps, army, and ply was inadequate, dump truck companies communications zone. The combat regi- to transport construction materials, depot ment did any temporary engineering work companies to handle engineer supplies, shop required for the accomplishment of the divi- companies for the general maintenance of sion's missionrepairing and building roads engineer equipment, and camouflage batand bridges, creating obstacles, assisting in talions to supervise camouflage and supply the organization of defensive positions, con- special materials.23 structing advance landing fields for the Air Although mobilization plans called for all Corps, maintaining the division's water sup- these organizations, they constituted merely ply, providing maps, and building troop a paper classification. In September 1939 shelters. While the combat regiment was the Regular Army had only twelve active supposed to fulfill only immediate front-line engineer units. Eight were combat regiments needs, its work was conditioned by the slow- or parts of regiments down to a company; moving character of the division. The engi- one, a squadron minus a troop; another, one neer squadron, being part of the more troop of a squadron. The other two were mobile cavalry, emphasized hasty road re- topographic battalions. The small size of pair and reconnaissance but performed the the peacetime Army coupled with the necessame general tasks within the limits of its sity for a core around which to form an personnel and equipment. 22 (1) Info Bull 34, 27 Oct 39, Hist of CE. (2) According to Engineer doctrine in the Military Handbook for National Guard and Reserve nineteen-thirties one sixth of an Engineer Engineers (Engr Sch, 1937), p. 153. (3) Engineer Manual (2 vols., Washington, 1932), passim. force in a theater of operations would have Field (Cited hereafter as EFM.) been composed of these divisional units. EFM, I, Engineer Troops.
23
12
initial protective force had dictated this concentration of enlisted men within combat units.24
Shortly after General Malin Craig became Chief of Staff in 1935 he ordered a reexamination of the organization and tactics of the Army. The aim was an increase in mobility; the means, the use of mechanical power to the utmost and a reduction in the size of troop units. The period between the two wars had been marked by great improvements in motor vehicles, tanks, and airplanes, which made the adoption of new tactics imperative, while advances in the design of weapons made cuts in personnel feasible without a loss of fire power. In the case of the infantry division, still further reductions could be made by relegating personnel and equipment needed only under certain contingencies to corps. With these guiding principles the Army embarked in 1936 on a reorganization of the infantry division. The new triangular division that resulted contained three instead of four infantry regiments. Reductions in other elements reduced the planned wartime strength of the division from 22,068 to 13,552 men. The engineers shared in the general cut. The combat regiment of 868 officers and men was changed to a battalion of 518. But in relative numbers the engineer component remained about the same 3.8 percent of the division's strength. By way of indicating what could be done to reduce auxiliary units, Craig had mentioned the possibility of eliminating the engineers from the division entirely. The committee which specified the organization of the triangular division rejected that idea, possibly because of the expectation that increased depend-
tions, UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II (Washington, 1950), pp. 26-30. 23 (1) O&T Office Study 131. EHD files. (2) Lecture, Col S. C. Godfrey, The Streamlined Division and Its Engineer Component, 9 May 38.
350.001, Pt. 10. (3) Military Handbook for National Guard and Reserve Engineers, pp. 24-25.
Rpt of Fld Sec Test of Proposed Inf Div, App. A, 21 Mar 38. McNair Papers.
20
13
1937 to 1941.
portant Mobilization Section of G-3 should, in my opinion, be taken advantage of, even at the expense of some other activity." 29 In mid-1939 there were five Engineer officers assigned to the General Staff, which at this time numbered about one hundred. In the fall of 1940 there were six, one of whom, Maj. Gen. Richard C. Moore, was deputy chief of staff for supply and transportation, and another, Brig. Gen. Eugene Reybold, the G-4. Many of the letters and memoranda addressed to the General Staff were delivered personally by Schley or by Kingman, who, on these occasions and others, sought to keep themselves posted on
Orgn Charts OCE, 1937-41. EHD files. (1) Incl, n. d., with Ltr, Schley to C of EHD, 4 Jun 52. (2) Interv, Maj Gen Clarence L. Adcock, 27 Dec 51. 20 Memo, ExO Mil Div for CofEngrs, 21 Feb 39. 475, Engr Equip, Pt. 1.
28 27
14
the staff's point of view as well as to present that of the Engineers.30 The Engineers' views were naturally motivated in part by branch loyalty. Thus, one unit commander wrote in 1938: "If we are not careful, such organizations as Reconnaissance Squadrons will beat us to the punch in providing their own means for 31 what should be our work." But the basis of their arguments was usually a carefully reasoned estimate of what a given situation would require of military engineers. In the reorganization of the infantry division the Engineers were faced with a current of opinion which would have diminished their position and they fought to maintain it, convinced that the military situation had been inadequately evaluated. While the Engineers were acutely conscious of the new mobility, it was the vulnerability of vehicles to obstacles which they emphasized and on which they based their criticisms of the proposed cuts. They insisted that the growing use of motor transport demanded more, not less, road worka fact that had not been apparent in the 1937 tests where there had been no mud and no shelling. Predicting that the enemy would attempt to blow every bridge along a line of retreat, the Engineers foresaw a need for more bridge building, which would be complicated by the necessity of supporting heavier trucks and tanks. To impede the movement of the enemy, on the other hand, roadblocks, antitank mines, and demolitions along possible avenues of attack had become increasingly important.32 In support of their position the Engineers pointed to the proportion of engineers found in British and German divisions and to the remarks of a non-Engineer military attache in Germany who wrote:
The General Staff did not accept the 1937 tests as conclusive and scheduled more extended ones in 1939. For these the engineer component in the division consisted of a battalion of 11 officers and 269 enlisted men. This was the peace strength of the unit; its war strength was 15 officers and 393 men, about 3.7 percent of the whole division. As set up the battalion was responsible for reconnaissance, hindering
30 (1) Ray S. Cline, Washington Command Post: The Operations Division, UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II (Washington, 1951), pp. 23-24. (2) Ann Rpts OCE, 1939, 1940. (3) Longhand notations on memos for CofS. 320.2, Pt. 22. 31 Ltr, Maj Henry Hutchings, Jr., CO 8th Engrs, to Godfrey, 13 May 38. O&T Office Study 114, EHD files. 32 (1) Memo, CofEngrs for CofS, 2 May 38, sub: Engr Component of the Inf Div. Loose Papers O&T Sec, EHD files, Orgn of Inf Div. (2) Lecture, Godfrey, The Streamlined Division and Its Military Component, 9 May 38. 350.001, Pt. 10.
Extract from a letter from an authoritative military observer in Germany, November 1937, Incl,
33
with Ltr, ACofEngrs to CofCav, 16 May 38, sub: Div Units for Cav Div (Mecz). O&T Office Study 114, EHD files.
15
landand observed that its rapid advance
against obstacles "must have demanded a great amount of engineer work." 35 The General Staff was not persuaded. In September 1939 the War Department authorized a peace strength battalion of 300 enlisted men. Shortly thereafter the battalion's war strength was set at 420 enlisted men, or 3.5 percent of the division. The relative strength of engineers in the triangular division was thus to be .3 percent less than in the square division, but this was a far cry from reduction to a company.
meanwhile led the President to increase the Regular Army by 17,000 men. However inadequate the expansion of the Army, it made possible the formation of four more triangular divisions and of a few corps and army units. In its search for mobility the War Department had considered the composition of army corps along with the infantry division but no firm conclusions had been reached. The authorization of more manpower and a definite decision on the infantry division brought the question up again. Under the old Army organization, engineer units had been allotted on the basis of one general service regiment, three separate battalions, one depot company, and one light ponton company to a corps. Since under the reorganization many functions ceptance would have raised the wartime formerly performed by divisions had been strength of the engineer component to 4.3 relegated to corps, Schley proposed to percent of the division. In support of this change the character and strength of the recommendation, Schley stressed again the corps' engineer component. The new orunrealistic nature of the 1937 and 1939 ganization which he recommended in Septests, where favorable weather and lack of 34 The preceding paragraph and the discussion destruction had minimized the need for enfollowing are based upon: (1) Corresp in 320.2, gineer troops, and called attention to the Pts. 22, 23; (2) Loose Papers O&T Sec, EHD files, reserve of fire power which the engineers Orgn of Inf Div; (3) O&T Office Study 131, EHD could supply. He also noted a new factor files. 35 Memo, CofEngrs for CofS, 12 Sep 39, sub: the experience of the German Army in Po- Engr Component of Inf Div. 320.2, Pt. 22.
16
tember 1939 consisted of a corps combat regiment with 700 men in peace and 1,120 in war, a general service regiment of the same strength, and a light ponton company. The combat regiment was to reinforce the divisional engineer battalion in such operations as river crossings. The general service regiment, with its heavier equipment, was to be responsible for combat-support bridging, maintenance of roads and railroads, and general construction. The ponton company was to maintain a pool of bridging equipment and boats for assault crossings. Although it accepted the strength of the general service regiment, the War Department eliminated the light ponton company and reduced the war strength of the combat regiment to 782 men. In explanation, the War Department laid down the principle that, as in the case of the division, corps troops were to maintain the same ratio to over-all strength in war that they had in peace, 6.3 percent. This seemed reasonable to the General Staff in light of the fact that less than half of the 11 percent of engineer troops in the American Expeditionary Force had been assigned to corps. In the weeks that followed the engineers continued to contend for more troops in division and corpscentering their attention on proposed war strengths which would not have required any immediate increase. While acceding to the elimination of the ponton company from the corps, OCE suggested that it be replaced by a topographic company to compensate for the reduced mapping potential of division engineers. Schley and Kingman wrote repeatedly of the need for more Engineers. They questioned the use of percentages in settling the matter and, particularly, the percentages used by the War Department. Engineer work could not be measured solely by the
the units that were being evolved to exploit the power of the tank and the bomber. In general, armored units were to embody the
38
Memo, CofEngrs for ACofS G-3, 3 Oct 39, sub: Orgn of Div and Corps Engr Units. 320.2, Pt. 22. 37 (1) Ltr, AGO to CofEngrs, 11 Dec 39, sub: Div and Corps Engrs. 320.2, Pt. 23. (2) T/O 5-187, 1 Nov 40.
17
insisted on the need for assigning engineer
recommending a squadron whose main functions would be reconnaissance, mapin April 1937, to gain practical experience ping, stream crossing, and the removal and in how to increase the mobility of mecha- construction of obstacles. The following nized cavalry. Lack of funds was the main May, Kingman also urged the organization reason for the War Department's disap- of a squadron, though he conceded that 38 shortages of personnel might not permit a proval of this proposal. The most the Engineers could get at this unit this large. In January 1939 the Military time was the assignment of an observer to Division, at the War Department's request, the Cavalry training center at Fort Knox. submitted a T/O for a troop, a unit that After a short time in this capacity Capt. Kingman considered adequate for peaceRobert E. York came up with rather moder- time, but too small to function effectively in ate proposals. While he boldly insisted that war. Despite all this counseling, another year engineer troops would play an important slipped by before the War Department aprole in support of mechanized cavalry, he proved the activation of the 47th Engineer was clearly under the spell of armor's poten- Mechanized Troop with a contingent of 128 tial mobility and was hard put to find spe- men. Its functions, which Brig. Gen. Adna cific tasks for his own service. The mecha- R. Chaffee, the new commander of the nized brigade would move so fast that only mechanized brigade, wholeheartedly enminor road repairs could be executed. Con- dorsed, included demolitions, hasty repairs struction of shelters and other buildings to bridges, and the provision of emergency would be unnecessary in a tactical move- crossings for small streams. The important ment. Mapping would probably be limited fact was that the Chief of Cavalry and the Chief of Engineers now had the opporto preparing and reproducing sketches and overlays from aerial photographs. Recon- tunity they had so long soughtthe oppornaissance would be confined to obtaining tunity to arrive at conclusions from actual information about obstacles. The removal of experience. Whereas the Engineers had long been roadblocks, mine fields and other deliberate conscious of the need for engineer mechaobstacles, if necessary by demolitions, would 38 constitute the main task. But he doubted The discussion of the formation of engineer armored units is based upon (1) O&T Office Studies there would be much, if any, need for bridg114 and 155, in EHD files, and (2) Corresp in ing. Detours could in almost all cases be 320.2, Pt. 23. 39 4th I n d , ExO 7th Cav Brig to CofEngrs, 15 Oct made in less time than it would take to con37, on Ltr, York to TAG, 24 Aug 37, sub: Engr struct a bridge. But despite the nebulous Component of Cav Brig (Mecz). O&T Office Study nature of these tasks the mechanized cavalry 155, EHD files.
18
nized units, it was not until 1939 that they realized that similar provision would have to be made for the Air Corps. To be sure there had been some co-operation on camouflage and aerial mapping, but the construction needs of the Air Corps had 40 scarcely been considered. The initiative came from the War Department, which, in September 1939, asked the Engineers to submit T/O's for engineer units of the GHQ Air Force (the Air Corps' operating arm). In replying, Kingman made a distinction between the construction of landing fields in forward areas and the more permanent bases in the rear. For the first, he proposed the creation of an engineer aviation regiment of three battalions with a total peace strength of 43 officers and 1,050 men. It was to be trained with the GHQ Air Force and to concentrate on "hasty methods of utilizing existing facilities for landing fields, or improvising new ones." For the more extensive and deliberate construction in the rear Kingman recommended use of the general service regiment, which would be equal to the task after receiving special training and equipment. The ultimate size of the engineer component of the GHQ Air Force was left open pending experience, but Kingman recommended that one unit of each type be constituted.41 These units were needed to work out new methods of emergency runway construction, camouflage, and bomb and fuel transportation, as well as for the supply of power, water, and other utilities. "There is so much for Engineer troops to do to make the GHQ Air Force more effective on M-day," Maj. Gen. Delos C. Emmons, commander of the GHQ Air Force, wrote in February 1940, "that there can be no question as to the immediate need for the units above recommended. Much of this necessary development has been neg-
19
dict a repetition of World War I tactics. In son tailored his presentation to his audience. March 1940 Godfrey had written: "No de- Most of his articles in the Infantry Journal velopment in recent warfare has been more were general descriptions in which engineer striking than the renaissance of deliberate troops were mentioned only incidentally. land fortifications. The Maginot Line and He did, however, call attention to matters the West Wall have rendered quiescent the which were the particular concern of engi44 neersthe character of the terrain, the road threat of an offensive on the West Front." 46 The German attack in the spring of 1940 net, the rivers and canals. His "Engineers banished this idea once and for all. But to in Battle" series was naturally concerned althe Engineers the blitzkrieg meant more most exclusively with the role of engineers. Typical of Thompson's descriptions of the than the triumph of mobile warfare. To them the blitzkrieg, in which German engi- exploits of German engineer troops was his neers took a prominent part, offered sure "Engineers in the Blitzkrieg," which was and final proof of their claim to an en- published in the Infantry Journal. In this article Thompson stressed particularly the hanced combat role. The person who did most to publicize this contribution of German engineers to the fall conviction was Capt. Paul W. Thompson, of Fort Eben-Emael. The capture of Ebenwho had been in Germany as a military ob- Emael in Belgium was a crucial point in the server shortly before the outbreak of the German plan of attack. Considered by the war. In May 1940, Godfrey recommended Allies almost impregnable, the fort had been that Thompson be called to OCE to analyze effectively neutralized and forced to surreports from abroad.45 The analysis of the render in well under forty-eight hours. As blitzkrieg which Thompson made from Ger- Thompson described the action from the man published sources received widespread sources available to him an initial heavy attention throughout the Army. His first bombardment had been followed by penearticle appeared in the September-October tration by engineer parachute troops. An 1940 issue of the Infantry Journal. By April engineer battalion, reinforced with infantry, 1941 the editor of the magazine considered arrived on the outside of the fort and estabThompson "one of the wheelhorses of the lished contact with the parachutists within. corps of Journal authors," and within the After this, in Thompson's words: next eight months published five articles The AA guns went into battery, firing direct under Thompson's name. At the same time at the ports of individual works. The infantry prepared to repulse any sorties or counterThompson was writing extensively for The Military Engineer, the journal of the So- attack. The engineers crawled forward, concentrating on certain individual works. They ciety of American Military Engineers. In carried their explosives, grenades, smoke the JanuaryFebruary 1941 issue he began C of O&T Sec for CofEngrs, 7 Mar 40, to publish a series called "Engineers in Bat- sub: Memo, Land Defenses. 660, Harbor Defense ( S ) . tle." In September, the editor of The Mili(1) Infantry Journal, XLVII (September-Octary Engineer remarked on the popularity of tober 1940), 521. (2) Memo, C of O&T Sec for CofEngrs, 24 May 40, sub: Engr Intel. 091, Gerthe articles, and upon the publication of the many, Pt. 6. Thompson articles in the Infantry Journal, last one in December announced that the XLVII, XL VIII, XLVIX (September 1940series would be issued in book form. February 1941) and in The Military Engineer, In writing for the two periodicals Thomp- XXXIII (1941).
44 45
48
20
candles, flame-throwers, poles, and other equipment. . . . Finally, they reached the outer walls of the works themselves. Here the scene must have been one of terrifying action. Flame-throwers are playing against ports, grenades are bursting, projectiles from the AA guns are ricocheting, and engineer soldiers are hugging the dead spaces, throwing and placing their charges. With their explosives they are attacking the sensitive parts of the work, the ports, the turrets, the hinges.47
But he continued:
There is one conclusion . . . which is incontestable (and obvious). It has to do with the intimate coordination which must exist between members of the combat team. The German blitz campaigns have demonstrated this fact more forcibly, perhaps, than it ever before has been demonstrated. And as a corollary fact, the campaigns have demonstrated that the engineers are now an elite member 49 of the team.
In a number of respects Thompson's report on the capture of Fort Eben-Emael was in error. The parachutists arrived before the bombers; the defenders held out longer than he believed. But he did not overestimate the decisive part played by German engineers in their employment of explosives.48 In expounding the role played by engineer troops in the capture of Fort EbenEmael, Thompson and other Engineer commentators were aware that in the American Army assault of permanent fortifications was fundamentally an infantry mission. They were aware as well of other differences between the German engineer and his American counterpart. The German engineer was trained as an infantry soldier first and as a technician second. His main job was combat engineering. Road building and other construction (except for emergency bridging) was left to the semimilitary Arbeitsdienst (Labor Service) and the Organization Todt. Thompson warned against blindly accepting German doctrine, noting particularly that it had been developed to meet a specific enemy in a specific theater of operations:
We must ourselves keep in mind the possibility of operating under widely varying conditionsconditions where water supply might be more important than assault tactics, where labor battalions from the interior might not be available on call, or where our own air
An elite member of the combat teamit was a refrain repeated over and over, and not merely by the Engineers themselves. A report of the Military Intelligence Division of the War Department General Staff had this to say:
The results of the two recent major campaigns, Poland and the West Front, are eloquent testimonials to the importance of combat engineers. Formerly it was the infantry and the artillery team that was all important, but in the light of recent operations the combat engineers take their place beside the artillery, so essential are their functions to the success of ground troops.50
Pointing to German tactics, Schley recommended in July 1940 that the War DepartPaul W. Thompson, "Engineers in the Blitzkrieg," Infantry Journal, XLVII (SeptemberOctober 1940), 429. This article was distributed as Information Bulletin 63, 31 October 1940. 48 A detailed account of the operation, translated from foreign sources, is contained in Hq EUCOM Hist Div, The 7th Infantry Division on the Albert Canal, Pt. 8, "The Battle of Fort Eben-Emael, 10 and 11 May 1940." MS, OCMH. 49 (1) Paul W. Thompson, "Engineers in the Blitzkrieg," Infantry Journal, XLVII (September-October 1940), 432. (2) See also, Address, Maj. Gen. J. L. Schley, The Engineer and National Defense, 18 Sep 40, EHD files, and Rpt, Assault of Defensive Installations, 29 Nov 40, First Research Course, Vol. I, Engr. Sch. Library. 50 MID WD, Tentative Lessons Bull 9, 5 Jul 40, sub: Preliminary Mil Attache Rpt From Berlin on West Front Opns, May 40. 091, Germany, Pt. 6.
47
21
impossible to execute in an overseas 52 theater. Several committees proposed a radical change in the doctrine on assault. Instead of being restricted to the removal of barbed wire, mines, and roadblocks, the American engineer, like the German, should also be charged with the duty of reducing concrete and steel emplacements. In a river crossing, engineer troops should be integrated into the assault team after they had delivered it to the enemy-held shore. In ship-to-shore amphibious landings, engineer soldiers would assume the lead in demolishing pillboxes and other fortifications. A representative of the field artillery registered vigorous dissent:
Engineers have always been charged with duties involving "watermanship" and will presumably always conduct or supervise river crossings but, to imply that they should conduct assaults after a river is crossed is no more proper than it is to conclude that they are fitted to drive a tank because they have ferried it across a stream. ... As respects the essential skills it is obvious that engineers are more competent in the employment of explosives than infantrymen and that infantrymen are normally more thoroughly trained in combat firing and scouting and patrolling. . . .
The choice, it seemed to him, was to train a very few infantrymen in the art of demoli51
22
tions or to train many engineer soldiers in 53 the art of shooting. The committees which defined the mission of infantry and armored divisional engineers followed much the same pattern. Although they believed the need for building permanent roads and bridges had been underestimated as a result of the blitzkrieg, they agreed that divisional engineers could not be expected to carry out this work. Divisional engineers would be much too busily occupied in emergency work on roads and bridges, removal of mines and roadblocks, reduction of organized defenses, and construction and defense of mine fields and other such hasty offensive and defensive measures. In addition to the many pronouncements about Engineer doctrine, the committees had much to say about methods of training and about the development of new equipmentso much so that the O&T Section felt that many officers had been carried away by their enthusiasm. The demands for new equipment were "excessive." The ideas on the training of Air Corps units were unsound as were the recommendations on the construction of deliberate fortifications and the proposals for giving radios to engineer units when wave lengths were already jammed. But the enthusiasm created was not to be lightly dismissed. Thinking had been stimulated and confidence reasserted. Once back with their units the officers who had attended the research course shared their experiences. Moreover, many of the reports were published for circulation within the Corps, and some of the recommendations found their way into field manuals.54 When Kingman submitted the two volumes of reports to the Chief of Staff he pointed out that they contained no radical departure
23
organized in October into a headquarters company and three lettered companies of three platoons each. The total strength of the battalion was fixed at 18 officers and 616 men. The fourth company was disapproved, largely because of the opposition of Brig. Gen. Lesley J. McNair, then Chief of Staff, General Headquarters, and formerly an advocate of a single company for division engineers. The present engineer battalion, McNair argued, was already almost as large as the engineer regiment of the old square division, and unless the pressure from Engineers and other branches was resisted, the triangular division would become as unwieldy as the organization it had replaced.58 The successes of the German panzer divisions in the spring of 1940 added spectacular support to those who were advocating a separate mechanized force within the United States Army and led to the creation of the Armored Force in July. Two armored divisions were activated with an engineer battalion in each. When advance notices indicated that the strength of the engineer
56
5 Jul 40. 025, Pt. 1. (2) Memo, ACofS G-3 for CofEngrs, 10 Aug 40, sub: T/Os. 320.2, Pt. 25. (3) AG Ltr 320.2 (8-31-40) M (Ret) M-C to COs
All Corps Areas, 10 Sep 40, sub: Reorgn of Tri-
angular Div. 320.2, Pt. 25. (4) Memo, Col J. C. Mehaffey, I Corps Engr, for Adcock, 24 Mar 41,
sub: Orgn of Engr Bn (Combat) Triangular Div. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 14. (5) T/O 5-75, 1
24
armored battalion would be only 281, General Schley protested that German breakthrough tactics involved the extensive use of engineers. The panzer division had an engineer battalion consisting of three large companies plus a bridge train. For the engineer element in the American armored division
OCE suggested a peace strength of 473 and a war strength of 620. Although the War
Department explained that the battalion's initial strength would be limited by the availability of personnel in a 375,000-man army, the first battalions were activated under tables of organization calling for 466 men in a battalion made up of three lettered companies and a headquarters company.59 Shortly thereafter men became available
the battalion to 712 men but, like the German panzer division, included a bridge company as well as three lettered companies. Although the inclusion of the bridge company was criticized later, its presence in the engineer armored battalion was logical in view of the expectation that armored divisions, unlike infantry, would usually operate
25
ments, pointing out that the battalion was sufficiently large to build one airfield in a reasonable time. Accordingly, the plan submitted by Kingman for the projected expansion provided for a regiment in GHQ reserve, a battalion for each of four air forces (formerly air districts), and battalions, where possible, for overseas bases. Since the battalion was not equipped to perform the topographic, camouflage, and supply functions handled by regimental headquarters, a headquarters company for each air force was to be organized.64 Just as construction requirements determined that the aviation battalion would be the basic engineer aviation unit, they also fixed the place of engineers in the Army Air Forces. In the fall of 1941 each air force was organized so that all activities dealing with air bases and services, including the engineers, were placed under a service command, a step which caused Godfrey to comment:
62 (1) Ltr, ACofEngrs to TAG, 21 Jun 40, sub: Issue of U. S. Rifle Cal .30 M1 for Engr Regt, Avn. 400.34, Pt. 36. (2) Info Bull 74, 13 Jan 41, sub: Defense of Air Bases. 63 (1) Ltr, CofS GHQ Air Force to TAG, 24 Oct 40, sub: CofEngr Sv with GHQ Air Force. 320.2, GHQ Air Force. (2) Memo, O&T Sec for Kingman, 21 Dec 40, sub: Equip and Orgn of Avn Cos. 320.2, Pt. 26. (3) 1st Ind, 4 Mar 41, on Ltr, ExO Plans Div Office of CofAC to CofEngrs, 15 Feb 41, sub: Rev Basis of Allot, Engr Trps With Air Corps. 320.2, Pt. 27. (4) T/O 5-411, 20 Mar 41. (5) Conf, 22 Nov 40, sub: Increases in Avn Engrs. OCofS, Notes on Confs ( S ) . 114 (1) Memo, ACofEngrs for ACofS G-3, 27 Mar 41, sub: Increase in Avn Engr Strength. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 14. (2) Memo, Actg ACofS G-3 for CofEngrs, 17 Feb 41, sub: T/Os Avn Engr Units. 320.2, Air Corps, Pt. 2. (3) Info Bull 74, 13 Jan 41, sub: Defense of Air Bases. (4) Ltr, Col Rudolph E. Smyser, Jr., to OCMH, 24 Dec 53. (5)Wkly Rpts O&T Sec, Feb-Apr 41. EHD files. (6) Col. Stuart C. Godfrey, "Engineers With the Army Air Forces," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (November, 1941), 487-91.
26
At first thought, it is somewhat unpalatable reorganization and there was a lack of for us to think of aviation engineer troops as harmony between theory and practice, but part of a service command. The Corps of by Pearl Harbor the basic adjustment to a Engineers is an arm, not a service. However, I think we cannot quarrel with the logic of war of movement had been made. The emphasis on combat organizations this set-up as far as an Air Force is concerned. In case of a large program of new construcwhich dominated Engineer thought in the tion, a separate construction organization prewar years delayed consideration of seems to be indicated.65 special units. During the first nine months
Godfrey's distaste for the service classification of engineer troops is understandable in view of the emphasis on combat units in the pre-Pearl Harbor years. Yet on the whole the Engineers could look back with some satisfaction to their success in adapting their organization to new demands from the Air Forces, the Armored Force, and the Infantry. Though they had to fight to maintain their position the Engineers were able to convince the Army that mobile warfare did not decrease the necessity for engineers, but rather emphasized their importance. Not all engineer units had achieved a desired
after the outbreak of war in Europe only a few of these had any real existence, but as the Army expanded in 1941 the Engineers were able to activate camouflage, ponton, water supply, dump truck, depot, shop, and additional topographic units. Changes in doctrine and organization then became subject to practical test and will be discussed in connection with the development of equipment with which the special as well as general units were so intimately connected.
65 Ltr, Godfrey to Maj Lee B. Washbourne, 805th Engr Bn (Avn) (Sep), 26 Sep 41. 320.2, 805th Engrs.
CHAPTER II
Training Section determined the military need for each item. The Intelligence Section advised the board on mapping equipment. The Supply Section gave its views on sources of production. The group which worked most closely with the Engineer Board, the Development Branch, Supply Section, considered whether or not a particular line of development was feasible, offered technical guidance to the board's staff, and passed upon the recommendations made. Other helpful sources existed outside the Military Division. Much was learned from industry and the professions serving industry because most engineer equipment was either a standard commercial product or a modification of something already on the market. Other arms and services, particularly the Engineer officers serving with them, contributed concrete suggestions as well as complaints which spurred the Engineer Board to attempt improvements. The advice of the Navy and Marine Corps was sought in connection with camouflage, landing boats, and water purification. The Bureau of Standards conducted tests from time to time. After the organization of the National Defense Research Committee in June 1940, the Engineers utilized its facilities. Persons with something to sell, inventors, and just plain citizens offered their bit. Nevertheless, most suggestions about new
Info Bull 50, 18 Jul 40, Mobilityand the Engineer.
1
28
equipment originated in the Military Division in Washington or with the Engineer Board at Fort Belvoir. These agencies sought out new ideas in domestic and foreign technical magazines, sent representatives to meetings of technical societies, and scanned numerous patents. Particularly after the German advance into France, intelligence reports and general news items were studied intensively. As the ties with Britain were strengthened, Engineer officers were sent abroad to exchange information. Memoranda, letters, and reports about new work to be undertaken and work already under way at the Engineer Board came to the "IN" box of Maj. Claude H. Chorpening, the chief of the Development Branch. Five and a half years at Fort Peck Dam, Montana, had taught him much about construction machinery. Chorpening gradually filled out his staff so that by summer 1941 it consisted of fourteen civil, electrical, and mechanical engineers, five of whom he had worked with at Fort Peck. The close link between the Engineer Board and the Military Division was one way of assuring unity in doctrine, training, and equipment. Another was provided by drawing together the Engineer Board and the Engineer School. The Engineer Board in the formal sense consisted of a group of seven officers. By custom its president was the commandant of the Engineer School and at least two of its members were on that faculty. Two others might be on duty at OCE or at the school. Only two members, its executive officer and his assistant, were on the board's operating staff. The formal board of seven officers came together for two purposesto witness demonstrations and tests of equipment, and to pass upon recommendations.
1939, the executive officer was Capt. James M. Young, who came to Fort Belvoir after supervising a number of New Deal construction projects in the west. Captain Young's
successor, Capt. William C. Baker, Jr., had been assistant executive officer since July 1938. During Young's tenure at the board funds were meager, part of its physical plant was run down, and its staff was small. During the fiscal year 1939, for example, Young had less than $ 100,000 at his disposal. Much of it went into patching up the World War I barracks, where offices and drafting rooms were located, and the two sheds and two warehouses, which also dated from 1918. By contrast, the shop and laboratory building, finished in 1935, took little from the budget. It was modern and sufficiently spacious for the experimental work of the six officers and forty civilians at the board in 1939. With so few employees, specialization was out of the question. As a consequence, the board's organization was loose and the work performed by most personnel ranged over several subjects. In addition to his administrative duties Young carried a heavy load, working on bridging, construction machinery, and demolitions. Money to add more officers, hire more civilians, and provide more suitable facilities was forthcoming after the fall of 1939. The funds available in 1939-40 jumped to over $300,000, the year following to over $2,000,000. By June 1940, Baker was directing a staff of 5 officers and 100 civilians. By June 1941 there were 453 civilian employees and 38 officers on full-time duty,
29
allowances the Engineers tested and selected some equipment to be held in depots for issue as construction projects demanded.
30
But other pictures of the work showed power 4 machinery excavating, lifting, and hauling. Although the application of artificial power to construction operations stretched back a century to the invention of the steam shovel, even this machine did not come into general use until the hectic railroad building of the eighties. The decade of the nineties was remarkable both for the number and the complicated nature of earth-moving and construction projects, and the quantity and variety of the machinery used. Steam shovels, derricks, dredges, cranes, compressors, drills, cars, and locomotives were all familiar to engineers who observed the construction of the Chicago Drainage Canal, but not in such numbers. There were so many machines employed at one time on this project that engineers were forced to think in terms of machinery instead of masses of men as factors in construction. Observers of the canal building were also struck by the introduction of mobility into machinery. At the canal site car trucks and railway tracks were utilized to the utmost to shift machinery that had formerly been moved only after dismantling. An even more striking fact about the Chicago Canal job was that the construction industry had begun to grasp the fundamentals of coordination of machines in train to perform a succession of processes. The result was a "construction plant" having many of the characteristics of assembly-line production. By the turn of the century the construction industry had established modern principles of operation. The following decades were to be notable chiefly for technical improvements. Most of these improvements sprang from the invention of gasoline and diesel engines and of crawler tracks. The new engines supplied more and cheaper power. Crawler
31
They did, however, include tractors, air compressors, power shovels, road graders, and that characteristic vehicle of American industry, the dump truck, in the T/BA of July 1937. This selection was subject to change as a result of the investigations projected by the Engineer Board. The tractors listed by the Military Division on the 1937 T/BA were "mechanical mules," intended to replace the four-line mule teams which had been used to pull heavy equipment. They were light, 3-ton units of the type used on small farmsa far cry from the powerful tractors commonly employed on construction projects. These heavier tractors with bulldozers and winches lent themselves to many of the jobs which general engineer units would be called upon to doclearing debris from roads, digging and filling antitank ditches, clearing sites for construction, pulling heavy equipment out of mud or over steep grades. Officers in command of troop units urged the adoption of such heavier, more versatile machines.
9 (1) Ltr, C of Mil Div to Bd on Engr Equip, 9 Dec 30, sub: Machines For Engr Opns in Fld. 413.8, Pt. 7. (2) Ltr, President Bd on Engr Equip to CofEngrs, 17 Jun 32, same sub. Same file. (3) Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to CofEngrs, 7 Oct 36, same sub. Same file. (4) Ltr, CO Co C 13th Engrs to CofEngrs, 15 Apr 33, sub: Rpt of Air Driven Power Tools, with Incl, n.d. Same file. (5) Ltr, CO 6th Engr Regt to CofEngrs, 19 Apr 35, sub: Tactical Uses of Constr Equip by Engr Trps, 451.2, Pt. 4. 7 (1) Ltr, AGO to CofEngrs, 13 Apr 38, sub: Rev of T/BA. 400.13, Pt. 34. (2) Ltr, AGO to CofEngrs, 26 Aug 41, same sub. 400.34, Pt. 38. (3) Ltr, AGO to CofEngrs, 5 Nov 41, sub: Reduction of Equip Included in T/BA, 1 Oct 41. 400.34, Pt. 39A. (4) Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to All Concerned, 6 Jan 38, sub: SP 262, Power Shovels, Pile Drivers, and Cranes. Engr Bd Rpt 546, App. F, 20 Sep 38. The Engineer Research and Development Laboratories at Fort Belvoir, Virginia, has a complete file of Engineer Board reports.
32
In the fall of 1938, a 4-ton tractor, complete with bulldozer and winch, was purchased from the Cleveland Tractor Company and turned over to the Engineer Board for tests by the 5th Engineers. The unit took it out on a muddy field to "doze," lining up beside it for comparison a mule team and slip scraper operated by two men, and a 3-ton wheel scraper with six operators. The 4-ton bulldozer with one operator moved sixteen times as much dirt as the animal-drawn scraper and four times as much as the 3-ton scraper. But the 5th Engineers were dissatisfied. They knew a heavier tractor would be even more efficient. The Cleveland Tractor Company then offered its 7-ton machine. The extra power in this unit caused the 5th Engineers
to pronounce it definitely superior to the 4-ton tractor. Noting that three other companiesAllis-Chalmers, International, and Caterpillarcould offer similar models, Capt. Gilbert E. Linkswiler of the Engineer Board recommended adoption of the 7-ton medium dozer as standard equipment. The increase in the weight of the tractors begot transportation problems. Some officers proposed that they be assigned to depots and brought forward as occasion demanded. Others argued that when dozers were needed they were needed badly, at once, and in quantity. Consequently, they wanted to carry with them enough to meet their maximum requirements at any one time. Linkswiler adopted a middle ground.
33
Sticking to the rule that troops should carry with the officer who believed that "in warwith them only that "habitually required,'' fare of movement, the power shovel has no he nevertheless found it "hard to imagine" place in the column," arguing that "divigeneral engineer units "engaged in work sion Engineers, to fulfill their front-line miswhich could not be expedited by the use of sion, must rely on their resourcefulness and a small number of tractors." This small ability to improvise, employing simple basic number (four to combat and general serv- implements of all around usefulness, such ice regiments; two to squadrons and sepa- as trucks and hand tools." Baker, who rate battalions) should be assigned as organ- weighed these views for the Engineer Board, izational equipment and with a reserve suf- advocated a reduction in the basis of issue. ficient to meet emergencies to be held in He favored assigning some 7-ton shovels depots. To carry out large-scale construc- to the general service regiment because "the tion in rear areas, he recommended that nature of its tasks should provide fairly conarmy and communications zone depots tinuous, profitable employment" for them. stock 15-ton bulldozers. OCE approved this Since the need of other troops would be distribution in September 1939.8 "more or less intermittent," he recomLike the heavier tractors, the power mended storing 7-ton shovels in corps shovels selected by the Military Division in depots; 7-ton and 15-ton units in army 1937 and subsequently studied by the Engi- depots; and 15- and 20-ton units in the 9 neer Board with a view to determining their communications zone. In contrast to the difference of opinion distribution were multipurpose machines on whether bulldozers and shovels were which could be converted into pile drivers needed for the everyday operations of engior cranes for excavation, hammering, and neer troops, there was unanimity that air lifting. Although Engineer officers agreed that such shovels would be needed in the compressors were "almost indispensable." combat zone, they were of different minds The 105-cubic-foot, 7-ton compressor as to whether or not they should be issued as selected by the Military Division in 1937 organizational equipment. According to the furnished power for the operation of rock 1937 T/BA, combat regiments and squad- drills, pavement breakers, wood-boring rons were entitled to 7-ton, 3/8-yard machines, clay diggers, and saws. Although shovels; general service regiments and sepa- the Engineer Board favored the adoption of rate battalions to 15-ton, -yard units. a lighter, more mobile compressor, the DePresenting the case for issuing shovels velopment Branch held out for the heavier directly to troops, one officer argued that machines. The "105" was within the 7"duties outlined for combat Engineers in- ton limit, was as mobile as any truck in a volve the acquisition, movement and dis- convoy, and, unlike the lighter machines, tribution of immense quantities of materials. 8 (1) Engr Bd Rpt 547, 3 Oct 38, and 579, 15 It is inconsistent to provide dump trucks for Jul 39, sub: Tractors. (The Linkswiler quote is movement and distribution and to depend from the latter report.) (2) 1st Ind, 6 Sep 39, on on manpower alone for the procurement Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to CofEngrs, 29 Jul 39, sub: 579-SP 264, Tractors. and loading." While a good many supported Rpt 9 Engr Bd Rpt 546, 20 Sep 38, sub: Power this position, there were more who agreed Shovels, Pile Drivers, and Cranes.
34
would furnish power for heavier and more 10 varied attachments. The substitution of power machinery for hand tools, foreseen in the twenties and begun in earnest in the mid-thirties, had, by the fall of 1941, affected all engineer units having construction duties, as shown in table above.11 In Godfrey's opinion this was a "fairly large amount" of machinery and trucks at the disposal of general engineer units with a field army. Engineer aviation units, organized in the summer of 1940, were to be equipped with power machinery in even greater number and variety.12 Equipping front-line units came first, both in theory and in the practical matter of allocation of funds. Aviation units excepted, the power machinery which engineer troops carried as organizational equipment did not represent the "construction plant" needed to carry out large-scale operations. For such tasks specialized machinery would be stocked in depots for issue upon requisition. The Engineers felt little compulsion to de-
cide just what and how much specialized machinery would be required. Uncertainties inherent in the situation before Pearl Harbor had much to do with this attitude. With the theater of operations a matter of speculation, it was difficult to visualize the type and scale of future construction operations. Perhaps most important, the Engineers were confident they had sufficient knowledge to choose what was proper when called upon to plan for a specific construction operation. Only after Pearl Harbor were funds forthcoming to stock construc(1) Hist Staff Engr Bd, History of the Development of Mechanical Equipment, "Air Compressors and Accompanying Tools," (typescript), 21 Jan 46. (Hereafter studies in this series of historical reports will be cited as Engr Bd Hist Study, with subtitle. Reports are in EHD files.) (2) Memo, ExO Engr Bd for Godfrey, 19 Sep 39, sub: SP 260, Air Compressors and Accompanying Tools. ERDL file, ME 260. (3) Interv, Charles G. Perkins, 27 Sep 50. 11 T/BA, 1 Oct 41. 12 (1) Stuart C. Godfrey, "Road Work in Theaters of Military Operations." Civil Engineering, XI (May, 1941), 284. (2) See below, p. 56.
10
35
The engineer shop company in the old Army had been charged both with making repairs and with simple manufacturing. In September 1940 1st Lt. Karl F. Eklund, commander of the newly activated 56th Shop Company, suggested that these tasks be handled by two different organizations as in other branches of the Army. He proposed that the repair company "be completely mobile and capable of taking the field as readily as the equipment it will have to maintain." For general overhauling and manufacturing he advocated a less mobile base equipment company.16 Although a T/O for a mobile shop company was published in November 1940, OCE issued no other directives to guide the development of its organization and equipment, which continued at the board under the direction of Maj. C. Rodney Smith. Early in 1941 Smith presented a program which called for more funds and the use of the 56th Shop Company as a testing agency. Following approval of the broad outlines of his program, the board intensified research so that by August 1941 Smith had arrived
13 The Engineer Board did develop a "road-building set," which OCE purchased but which was not tested as planned because units slated to carry out the tests moved overseas. See Engr Bd Hist Study, Road-Building Methods, and Engr Bd Hist Study, Road-Building Equipment. 14 (1) Ltr, ACofEngrs to TAG, 23 Jul 40, sub: T/Os. 320.2, Pt. 25. (2) Ann Rpt Engr Bd, 1941. (3) Ltr, CO 394th Engr Co to CofEngrs, 14 Nov 40, sub: T/O, with 1st Ind, ExO Engr Bd to CO Ft. Belvoir, 15 Nov 40. 320.2, Pt. 26. 15 (1) EFM 5-5, 31 Jan 41, p. 370. (2) Ann Rpt Engr Bd, 1941. (3) Memo, ACofS G-3 for CofEngrs, 30 Apr 41, sub: Orgn of Engr Park Bn. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 14. (4) Ltr, AG 320.2 (3-21-41) MR-M-C to CG First Army et al., 27 May 41, sub: Orgn of 410th Engr Bn (Park). 320.2, 410th Engr Bn. 16 1st Ind, 19 Sep 40, and 2d Ind, Comdt Engr Sch to CofEngrs, 20 Sep 40, on Ltr, AC of O&T Sec to CO 56th Shop Co, 13 Sep 40, sub: T/O for Engr Co, Shop. 320.2, Pt. 25.
36
at a comprehensive estimate of the maintenance requirements of engineer troops. Heretofore, planning had been based upon one shop company to an army. Conscious of the tremendous increase in mechanical equipment, Smith proposed the assignment of one mobile third echelon shop to each corps, one mobile and one semimobile fourth echelon shop to each army, plus a group composed of both for GHQ reserve. On the basis of four field armies this meant forming twenty to thirty companies. Training of the personnel to fill these units was to be accomplished in factory schools until the spring of 1942, when an Engineer maintenance school with a capacity of 250 to 300 students would open. All this would have cost approximately six million dollars in 1942 and eight million in 1943. The Engineer Board, while concurring generally in Smith's program, suggested the use of both factory schools and the maintenance school and raised fiscal estimates somewhat.17 In OCE, Adcock pronounced this a "grandiose scheme" that would require "immediate additional supplemental appropriations, formation of several new units, and additional building construction at Belvoir." Wartime experience was to prove Smith's estimates modest, but it is nevertheless doubtful that approval for carrying them out could have been got from the General Staff and from the War Department Budget Office even had Adcock been willing to fight for them. In no mood to fight, Adcock directed O&T to submit "a suitable modification on a more practicable basis." 18 Instead of making more plans OCE settled for the time being upon the establishment of a standby organization. In September 1941 Kingman requested the immediate formation of two more shop com-
Moreover, he added, "modern bridge equipage is being delivered in quantities that will enable us to discard the type equipment used by General Grant's army in the 1860's."20
37
could be combined so as to carry either light or heavy loads over water or over ravines. The virtue of this type was that many situaDoes an unfordable river block the adtions could be met with the same basic strucvance? Perhaps a critical bridge may be seized by the dash of a few motorcyclists while ture and that troops would have to learn the defenders are still hesitating to destroy fewer erection techniques. Its drawbacks it. But suppose the bridge is out, the opposite were that such a bridge would entail either bank still held by the enemy. Time was when the handling of unnecessarily heavy parts the army waited till night, crossed in the dark for a bridge of light capacity, or the use of by raft or skiff, gained a foothold on the opposite bank . . . later built a bridge. Now a large number of light parts for a bridge of it appears that success may sometimes be heavy capacity. From another point of view, achieved more speedily,a crossing accom- the ideal was a bridge just strong enough to plished audaciously in fast motorboats, or a carry the heaviest load normally expected bridge built under fire.21 and designed especially for a water or a land At the same time that the Engineers prophe- crossing. This solution offered a saving in sied systematic destruction of bridges by the transportation space and construction time enemy they were aware of the inadequacy under some circumstances, but would result of their own bridging equipage and in a multiplicity of bridges. acknowledged that they were unprepared to The bridges the Engineers had to be prekeep pace with the enemy's potential pared to provide were of three general 22 destructiveness. typesassault, combat support, and line of In this sense "keeping pace" meant speedy communications. Because a floating or ponconstruction so that a river or ravine could ton bridge can be constructed more rapidly not halt an Army column more than a few than a fixed bridge, an assault bridge is hours. To meet this requirement, the com- normally a ponton type. According to orthoponents of a military bridge had to be easily dox thinking the components of such bridges assembled. In another sense, "keeping pace" must be light enough and small enough to be meant new designs to keep up with vehicu- put in place by hand. Fixed or floating, the lar developments within the Army. As the structure must be capable of supporting the Ordnance Department, at the behest of the heaviest vehicle accompanying the initial using services, added weight to tanks, the attack. A combat support bridge, erected Engineers had to increase the capacity of under less pressure for speed, may be floatbridges. A third concern was with the ing or fixed and must be capable of supmobility of the bridging equipment itself, porting all combat elements. A line of so that ease of transportation became an communications bridge, intended to serve integral part of design. These determining as a more or less permanent structure, is factorsspeed of construction, capacity, commonly a fixed bridge differing little from and transportabilitywere often hard to conventional civilian bridging. reconcile. As capacity was increased the difIn the summer of 1938, General Staff and ficulties of transportation tended to multiply 21 and the time consumed in erection to Info Bull 50, 18 Jul 40, Mobilityand the Engineer. lengthen. 22 on Military Establishment AppropriFrom one point of view the ideal military ationHearings Bill, 1940, HR, 76th Cong, 1st Sess, 1 Feb 39, bridge was one consisting of parts which p. 393.
38
7-TON PONTON BRIDGE OVER THE CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER near Ft. Benning, Ga., July 1939. Infantry officers informed Kingman that trestles had to be placed inshore to provide light tanks weighing between 10 and 11 tons supports for the span from the bank to the and medium tanks weighing between 15 and first boat. The aluminum boats of the 720 tons were being designed. On the basis ton bridge were 26 feet long and weighed of an understanding that light and medium about a thousand pounds. The modification tanks would operate together, bridge de- recommended by the board in January 1938 signers at the Engineer Board were attempt- and approved by OCE in June, brought the ing to develop a ponton bridge of 10-ton capacity of this bridge to 10 tons by enlargcapacity which could be reinforced to carry ing the boats to 28 feet and increasing their 20. In this way all units of the Army could weight by 450 pounds.23 be served by one ponton bridge. During the following summer one such The Engineer Board did not have to start boat was tested. Despite its increased weight from scratch to develop a 10-ton ponton it proved easy to carry and maneuver. In bridge. It had merely to modify a 7-ton (1) 1st Ind, ACofEngrs to President Engr Bd, bridge which was in turn a modification of 14 Jun 38 (basic missing). R&D Div Structures Dev a Civil War model. All these bridges con- Br, BR 257. (2) Engr Bd Rpt 537, 24 Jun 38, sub: sisted of boats connected by wooden beams Heavy Ponton Bridge, 23-ton (Model 1924). (3) (balk) over which were laid planks (chess) Engr Bd Rpt 522, 15 Jan 38, sub: Increased Capacity for 7-ton Ponton Equipage. (4) Engr Bd to form a roadway. At most sites one or two Hist Study, Light Floating Bridging.
23
39
sumed in constructing trestles would be inordinate, or where the piers of a partially destroyed bridge stood far apart. If the components of a light bridge were used to build a heavy one the span would have to be shortened considerably and more girders added, thus lengthening construction time. Both the H-10 and the H-20 portable steel bridges, as the girder bridges came to be called, were modeled after British bridges. They were so designed at the request of the Engineer Board by the firm of Sverdrup and Parcel of St. Louis, Missouri. The British H-10 bridge was a 64-foot plank roadway, supported by two steel girders formed of latticed box sections. The complete girder, with the aid of a roller and launching beam, was thrown across to the far shore at one time. The American bridge as designed by Sverdrup and Parcel in the spring of 1937 was somewhat heavier and somewhat shorter. There were five 12-foot lattice boxes to a girder, each weighing a little over a thousand pounds. When the 5th Engineers tested this bridge in June 1938, they reported it stronger than expectedso strong that it could be lengthened to 72 feet by the addition of another section without reducing its 15-ton capacity. Moreover, a longer bridge could be built by adding girdersone for 96, and two for 108 feet. Its parts were sturdy and easily assembled. A crew of one officer and 41 experienced men could erect the normal 60foot span in one hour, it was reported. This statement of the time required for construction of the H-10 bridge was, like all such estimates, subject to many qualifications.
24 (1) Study cited n. 23 ( 4 ) . (2) Ltr, ExO OCE to President Engr Bd, 1 Dec 39, sub: Drawings and Specifications for 10-Ton Ponton Bridge. 417.112, SP 257, Pt. 1. (3) Ltr, ExO OCE to CofOrd, 22 Dec 39, sub: Test Loads for Test of 10-Ton Ponton Bridge. R&D Div Structures Dev Br, BR 257.
40
H-10 PORTABLE STEEL BRIDGE being erected by men of the 4th and 5th Training Battalions, Ft. Belvoir, Va., May 1941.
The length of time consumed in erecting any bridge varies greatly according to the skill of the builders, the character of the immediate terrain, and, for ponton bridges, the velocity of current. The H-20 bridge had a span of 125 feet and was much like the H-10. It consisted of two girders made up of ten rectangular box sections 12 feet long and two triangular end sections. Each section weighed 1,728 pounds, about 600 pounds more than a section of the H-10 bridge. Following tests in the summer of 1940 the 5th Engineers reported that the H-20 bridge carried its designed load and more up to 54 tons. Since the H-20 was not an assault bridge, machinery could be introduced into its construction. A crane unloaded the sections from trucks and maneuvered them into po-
sition for assembly into girders. The girders were moved into position by means of winches and cables strung through them so they could be pulled to the opposite shore. The 5th Engineers reported that with all equipment at the site an experienced work party could construct 100 feet of H-20 bridging in about three hours.25 In May 1940 the Corps of Engineers received some disquieting news. The Ordnance Department, strengthening its longstanding arguments for heavier tanks with
(1) Engr Bd Hist Study, Fixed Bridging. (2) Engr Bd Rpt 552, 5 Nov 38, sub: Long Span (Nonfloating) Bridge for Corps and Army Highway Loads (H-20 Loading). (3) Engr Bd Rpt 511, 30 Oct 37, sub: Portable Single Span (Nonfloating) Bridge Equipage for Division Loads (H-10 Loading). (4) Ltr, 1st Lt Clayton E. Mullins to Engr Bd, 3 Sep 40, sub: An Erection Scheme for the H-20 Steel Port Bridge. ERDL file, SP 267.
25
41
and established a bridgehead. Mechanical equipment could therefore be moved up after the infantry had dug in on the far shore. Once the bridge was erected, tanks would move across, pass in front of the infantry, and lead the assault. Late in June, Kingman summed up the ponton bridging situation for the Chief of Staff:
a. The light ponton bridge, while designed
for a 10-ton load, will carry a 13-ton tank under favorable conditions.
b. The light ponton bridge when built "re-
of a light tank not to exceed 13 tons, and for a medium tank up to 25 tons.28
By September the weight of the medium tank was 28 tons, but if Harding's calculations were correct the 25-ton bridge would take it. OCE ordered eight 25-ton bridges on 29 August, and, five days later, recommended standardization. As yet there had been no tests, but so similar was this bridge to the
26 (1) OCO ASF, The Design, Development, and Production of Medium and Heavy Tanks (typescript), March 1945. Ord Hist Div files. (2) Engr Bd Monthly Rpts, Aug 39-Apr 40. (3) Engr Bd Rpt 537, 24 Jun 38, sub: Heavy Ponton Bridge, 23-Ton (Model 1924). (4) Engr Bd Hist Study, Medium Floating Bridging. 27 (1) Memo, Kingman for Maj John M. Silkman, C of Sup Sec, 29 May 40, with Incl, 29 May 40. R&D Div Structures Dev Br, SP 287, Pontons for 23-Ton Bridge, Pt. 1. (2) Engr Bd Monthly Rpt, Jul 40. (3) Engr Bd Hist Study, Medium Floating Bridging. 28 Memo, ACofEngrs for CofS, 26 Jun 40, sub: Capacity of Ponton Bridge Equipage, As Affecting Design of Tanks. 823, Bridges, Pt. 1, Armd Center, Ft. Knox, Ky.
42
Nevertheless, Schley insisted on a thorough ordering from them models in several sizes, workout early in 1941 when deliveries were shapes, and materials. As the models were expected.29 delivered and tested, both Capt. Frank S.
conducted at the Engineer School in the fall 5th Engineers, carried out many tests for of 1940 expressed considerable dissatisfac- Besson, became more and more enthusiastic.
They were therefore receptive to the suggestion that a light (5-ton) assault bridge be developed with rubber boats and treadways as its main components.31 The treadways were channels just wide enough to cradle the tires or tracks of a vehicle. Substituting them for standard balk and chess was another German idea which The few secondsor even minutesof adthe board had begun to investigate and on ditional secrecy after the first wave leaves which the committees urged further work. our shore is of relatively small value. . . . The committee on river crossing technique, In any case, the first burst of fire, when the of which Mullins was a member, favored enemy first discovers one of our boats, gives away the show; if by the use of fast motor their use in a 10-ton ferry mainly because boats we can be down his throat within sec- they would distribute the weight of a vehicle onds after he discovers us, we are better off and simplify loading. The committee on than if we have to paddle laboriously to the river crossing bridge tactics favored a new shore in the face of fire.30 type of ponton bridge with treadways inteIn addition to, or perhaps in place of, storm grated into a system of trusses or the box boats, rubber boats might be adopted. As early as 1933 the Engineers had seen girders of the H-10 fixed bridge, estimating pictures of German troops using pneumatic that the approximately 2,500 separate operations which went into building the 10-ton floats for assault boats and ferries and in ponton bridge would be cut to about 600. October 1939 O&T had forwarded to the Engineer Board a picture from a German As a further contribution to speed, this comnewspaper which showed a raft built of (1) Engr Bd Hist Study, Medium Floating pneumatic floats. It was not until the sumBridging. (2) Memo, Schley for Kingman, 4 Sep mer of 1940, however, when such pictures 40, with Incl, 20 Jan [40]. R&D Div Structures Dev appeared in American newspapers and Br, SP 287, Ponton for 23-Ton Ponton Bridge, Pt. 1. (3) Ltr, ExO OCE to TAG, 7 Oct 40, sub: Tests of magazines, that the board was assigned a 25-Ton Ponton Equipage, with Incl, n. d. 417.112, project to investigate the design and use of SP 287, Pt. 1. Rpt, River Crossing Technique. First Research pneumatic floats. The advantages of such Course, Vol. I, p. 25. 31 floats could be readily grasped. Rubber (1) Ibid. (2) Info Bull 1, 14 Feb 33, sub: Exboats would be easier to handle and to tracts From Mil Attache Rpt on German Maneu19-22 Sep 32. (3) Incl, with Ltr, C of O&T move from place to place. In September vers, Sec to ExO Engr Bd, 27 Oct 39. ERDL file, BR 1940 the Bridging Section had called in 305. (4) Engr Bd Monthly Rpts, Jun, Sep, Dec 40. tion with the bridging equipage available
and urged that much could be learned from German practices. The emphasis on silent execution of the initial crossing should be sacrificed, they argued, in favor of the speed which could be attained by the use of storm boats:
28
30
43
GERMAN RAFT BUILT OF PNEUMATIC FLOATS. This photograph appeared in an American publication in 1940.
mittee advocated the use of mechanical lifting devices.32 The use of treadways with H-10 girders was not favorably received in the O&T Section. Claterbos had seen a movie demonstrating construction of a bridge with H-10 girders and pontons, and the operation had seemed to him "a slow, cumbersome process." Similarly, he believed "the use of trackways would also be slower than a well organized bridge crew using the proper methods of erecting the bridge." 33 Meanwhile, pressures for changes in river crossing equipment came from Engineer officers attached to the Armored Force, which had been activated at Fort Knox in July 1940. With the ability to strike quickly and
forcefully as its reason for being, the Armored Force had come to fear the possibility that frequent or extensive detours around rivers and mine fields might slow its movements. As part of a new organization, Engineer Armored Force officers were anxious to contribute ideas which would
advance its future success, and were determined to match or surpass the aid given
(1) Ltr, ExO OCE to President Engr Bd, 9 Jul 40, sub: SP 319, Prefabricated Bridge Sections for Narrow Crossings. R&D Div Structures Dev Br, SP 320, Prefabricated Bridge Sections for Narrow Crossings. (2) Rpt, River Crossing Technique. (3) Rpt, River Crossings, Bridge Tactics, 28 Nov 40. Last two in First Research Course, Vol. I. 33 Memo, ExO O&T Sec for Godfrey, 17 Jan 41, sub: Atchd Recommendations. 352.11, Engr Sch, Pt. 10.
32
44
by German engineers in assuring the for34 ward sweep of armor. Early in August 1940, Capt. Bruce C. Clarke, acting engineer of the 1st Armored Division, furnished Godfrey with a list of suggested improvements in the equipment of the engineer armored battalion, stressing the inadequacy of the H-10 bridge. All elements of the Armored Force would be engaged in an encircling movement. Since the capacity of the H-10 bridge was insufficient to support the 25-ton tank this bridge would have to be supplanted by a structure that could. Godfrey agreed that the "H-10 portable bridge is certainly not the complete answer to our prayers" and assured Clarke that "the Engineer Board is now working on this problem" (presumably the H-20 bridge.) 35 He also passed Clarke's memorandum along to Kingman, who took this occasion to draw the Armored Force and the Engineer Board closer together. In a letter to the board inclosing Clarke's memorandum, he emphasized the importance of assisting the Armored Force and directed representatives of the board to visit its headquarters at Fort Knox from time to time. Three days after receiving Kingman's message, Baker, the board's executive, and Leif J. Sverdrup of the designing firm, were at Fort Knox. The engineer armored battalion was authorized one 125-foot unit of H-20 bridge; one 72-foot unit of H-10; 300 feet of portable trestle; one 25-ton ponton bridge; and two portable tank ferries of 30-ton capacity, an extremely long bridge train for a mobile unit. In August 1940, the unit had only the trestle, an H-10, and a 10-ton ponton bridge. Baker found the Armored Force engineers convinced that the bridging authorized was unsuitable and that "perhaps some special
45
they could improve their bridging. Clarke, in particular, was most anxious to develop faster means of spanning narrow streams and gullys than was possible by use of the timber trestle bridge. To that end he urged that treadways be laid across the stronger prefabricated steel trestles issued as part of the ponton bridge equipage. Experiments with this variation, while not conclusive, were encouraging. Although at the board Baker considered the project important enough to be pushed, he hesitated when it came to "special trestles and special flooring." Yet he promised shipment of about 50 feet of treadway to Fort Knox by the end of January. In the midst of these experiSeems as if everyone, particularly the armored force people, is demanding longer, ments Clarke was reassigned, but Oliver and lighter, more quickly placed, greater capacity Stanley continued to apply pressure on Fort bridges. So we have got to get something out Belvoir. soon or else show them it can't be done. Some These two officers were becoming increasof our people have become more enthusiastic ingly concerned over the development of a about ... a bridge with longer sections, suitable floating bridge because they bewith special erecting equipment, and which can be more quickly placed than the H-20. lieved the 25-ton ponton bridge would be (However, we are well pleased with the H-20 too difficult to transport and would take too and, as I told you, the Chief's Office is going long to erect. Their opinion was based on to advertise for some of them as soon as observations of the 10-ton bridge, since they possible.) 37 had been issued no other, but they knew the Besson, having had more experience with same disadvantages would be exaggerated the H-20 bridge, was not so pleased. He in the heavier structure. noted that it was "considerably heavier and The climax to their dissatisfaction ocharder to erect than the H-10 bridge," curred one night early in December 1940 being "a deliberate operation requiring the when the bridge company was putting on a better part of one day to get it in." It was night show for Newsweek cameramen. After his "personal opinion . . . definitely not the bridge had been erected a tank was an official Board opinion," that "the H-20 backed on and the photographers took "a bridge is not suitable for forward combat few faked 'action' shots." When the driver echelons and is a heavy installation for the tried to move forward off the bridge, the supply echelon." 38
The Armored Force engineers at Fort Knox also remained dissatisfied. During the fall and winter of 1940, Stanley, Clarke, and Lt. Col. Lunsford E. Oliver, Engineer of I Armored Corps, speculated as to how
36 Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to CofEngrs, 30 Aug 40, sub: Rpt of Visit to Ft. Knox, 20-21 Aug 40. 320.2, Pt. 25. 37 Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to Sverdrup, 18 Sep 40. ERDL file, SP 267. 38 Ltr, Besson to Capt Alfred H. Davidson, Jr., 10 Feb 41. ERDL file, EB 84.
46
10-TON PONTON BRIDGE AT FORT KNOX, KY. Note tank touching curb rail and partial submergence of pontons. This photograph appeared in Newsweek, 23 December 1940.
tank stalled. A bulldozer brought to the rescue only succeeded in getting it as far as the hinge span, at which point the end ponton sank to the bottom of Salt River. Stanley hastened off to get a wrecker truck, leaving strict orders to let everything remain as it was. When he returned, he found most of the bridge under water. Another officer had decided to back up the tank. Only in the process of lifting the tank off the bottom of the river did Stanley discover it was not a 9-ton as he had been led to believe, but a new 13-ton model. The added weight, together with the fact that the driver had got off center when he backed up, explained the accident. This incident determined Oliver and Stanley to pursue Stanley's idea of using steel treadways instead of the standard
wooden flooring. On the 27th of December, Stanley wrote Godfrey about the accident, concluding "that the 10-ton bridge should be used for 13-ton tank loads only in an emergency, and then only with every precaution to keep the load centered on the roadway. . . . Perhaps the Engineer Board has already considered this problem," he continued, "but it would seem possible to design treadways for the ponton equipage, both light and heavy." He suggested dimensions for the treadways and a method of joining them together.39 The treadways would probably be too heavy to put in place by manpower, but the Armored Force was a completely motorized
Ltr, CO 16th Armd Engr Bn to C of O&T Sec, 27 Dec 40. R&D Div Structures Dev Br, BR 257.
39
47
they believed essential. They determined to carry out the entire project at Fort Knox. Since neither Oliver nor Stanley was free to work up a finished design, they turned the idea over to 1st Lt. W. Eugene Cowley, a motor officer attached to the 16th, who was a mechanical designer by profession. Cowley planned for curbed treads, 15 feet long, 33 inches wide, spaced 39 inches apart, which would accommodate all double
The board objected. Admitted that Armored Force engineers knew their own problems better and could concentrate all their
40 Ltr, Engr I Armd Corps to Engr Bd, n.d. [written sometime between 11 February and 3 March 1941]. ERDL file, EB 83. The authors have been unable to locate the letter written to Kingman which is referred to in the letter to the board cited here.
48
time and talent on solving them. Yet it was quite a gamble, the board argued, to transfer responsibility to an officer or command apt to be transient and apt to ignore the interrelationship of plans, specifications, and procurement which the board so well understood. Responsibility for new designs should remain centered in a permanent agency. Baker recommended to Chorpening that Armored Force engineers either submit their designs for approval or detail an officer to Belvoir. The board was not standing still. The old treadways had been redesigned and a test unit would be delivered to Knox by mid-March. At the same time, the board professed itself agreeable to Oliver's buying treadways in Louisville. What it did insist upon was an "opportunity to check . . . work [done at Fort Knox] from the point of view of its broader experience." 41 On 5 March, before Oliver received any of these objections, he arrived in Washington with Cowley's plans in his briefcase. When Kingman told him he was opposed to surrendering the board's authority, Oliver argued for complete freedom. Was Kingman willing to accept responsibility for failure of Armored Force engineers to carry out their mission for lack of suitable bridges? Kingman finally said no, and gave Oliver permission to go ahead. Arriving back at headquarters, Oliver placed an order with the Louisville firm for enough treadway decking to span Salt River.42 It was precisely at this time, when the engineers at Knox had the freest hand in carrying out their ideas, that the engineers at Belvoir did most to help them. The Engineer Board had been pushing the development of pneumatic floats vigorously. In March 1941, before Armored Force engineers had received the treadways from Louisville, the board sent some small pneu-
The light, easily transported floats would replace the bulky 25-ton pontons. Oliver asked the Engineer Board to supply larger pneumatic floats, and Cowley was put to work designing "saddles" for the treadways to rest upon.43 Early in June, a treadway bridge built with 25-ton pontons and a treadway raft built with floats were demonstrated at Fort Knox. This demonstration settled for all practical purposes the question of bridging for the Armored Force. More treads, floats, and truck cranes to handle the treadways were immediately ordered. On 22 September 1941, OCE recommended that all fixed and floating bridging and the 30-ton ferry be deleted from the Armored Corps T/BA,
(1) Memo, ExO Engr Bd for Chorpening, 24 Feb 41, sub: Col Oliver's Ltr to Gen Kingman re: Design of Port Trestle Bridge. ERDL file, EB 84. (2) Draft of Ltr, Besson to Oliver, 5 Mar 41. ERDL file, EB 83. 42 (1) Notation in index to ERDL file, EB 83, Ferries, 5 Mar 41. (2) Ltr, Oliver to C of EHD, 31 Mar 51. (3) Interv, Cowley, 7 Mar 51. (4) Memo, Oliver for Col Johns, 23 Jan 47, with Ltr, Dir of Mil Opns to CG Engr Center, 28 Jan 47, sub: Steel Treadway Bridging. R&D Div Structures Dev Br. (5) Interv, Adcock, 27 Dec 51. The authors have been unable to locate a letter of refusal supposedly already mailed. Oliver recalls in his letter of 31 March 1951 that it set forth "in general" the same arguments as those mentioned in the memorandum from Baker to Chorpening cited in note 41 ( 1 ) . 43 Ltr, Engr I Armd Corps to Baker, 25 Apr 41.
41
49
equipped assault infantry could be ferried across. By December 1941 the Engineer Board had completed tests of light infantry support rafts and bridging similar to that which had speeded German river crossings. The new equipment was far more efficient for ferrying operations than the standard ponton equipage relied on previously. Constructed of plywood half-boats and treadways or pneumatic floats supporting standard balk and chess, these rafts and bridges had a capacity somewhat under 10 tons and took up relatively little transport space. Their adoption enabled the Engineers to reduce the amount of bridging assigned to the field army and the number of light ponton units from four to two.45 Provision of heavier bridges was conspicuously less successful. The longsustained hopes that the 25-ton ponton would serve were dashed shortly after delivery of the pilot model of the Sherman medium tank. The Sherman weighed 33 tons. Tests of the 25-ton bridge showed it could not carry the new tank unless reinforced, and that the ultimate reinforced capacity of the bridge was about 35 tons. By November the board was working to raise the base capacity of the 25-ton ponton to 31 tons so that medium tanks accompanying divisional units could pass over it.46
The increasing weight of tanks was also
causing trouble with fixed bridges. While more girders could be added to the H-10 or
( 1 ) Intervs, Chorpening, 4 Jun 51, and Mullins, 11 Apr 53. (2) See below, pp. 486-89. 45 Memo, ACofEngrs (Sturdevant) for ACofS
44
G-3,
Equip and Ponton Units. 320.2, Pt. 14. 46 (1) Engr Bd Rpt 647, 1 Dec 41, sub: Interim Rpt on Tests of Medium (25-Ton) Ponton Bridge. (2) Ltr, ExO OCE to Comdt Engr Sch, 4 Nov 41, sub: Character of Floating Bridge Equip. 417, Pt. 11.
50
PNEUMATIC-FLOAT TREADWAY BRIDGE built across the Chattahoochee River, December 1941. Medium tank crossing the bridge is an M3A3, weighing approximately 30 tons.
the H-20 or their spans shortened in order to make them sustain heavier loads, such
them difficult to transport and, in the case of the H-20, slow to erect.47 But more serious than the difficulties the Engineers faced in keeping up with increasing weights was the manner in which they
had solved their basic problem, namely, by
providing a multiplicity of bridges. The British, by contrast, had been working toward the provision of all-purpose equipage, and by the summer of 1941 were ready to begin production of the Bailey bridge, so called for its designer, Sir Donald Coleman
Bailey. The Bailey was strikingly different from any American military bridge because most of its structural members were above rather than beneath its roadway. The Bailey's main support was a continuous truss on either side of the roadway, joined beneath by transoms. Unlike the box sections of the H-10 and H-20, the Bailey's sections which, joined together, formed the truss, were flat panels. They were much lightera Bailey panel weighed 600 pounds or about half that of a section of H-10 bridge. Although the Bailey could be handled and transported more easily because
47 (1) Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to C of Dev Br, 19 Mar 41, sub: Launching Noses for H-10 Bridge. (2) Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to CofEngrs, 28 Apr 41, sub: Rev Specification for H-10 Bridge. Both in R&D Div
THE REVOLUTION IN EQUIPMENT of its "knocked-down" sections, more parts had to be fitted together before launching than in the H-10 or H-20 bridges. It was reported that a British crew of 53 men built an 80-foot, 21-ton capacity Bailey in 2 hours and 20 minutes, taking slightly more time than for an H-10 and much less than for an H-20. The great advantage of the Bailey was its adaptability to various loads. For example, a certain number of panels fitted together would take 28 tons over a 60-foot span; by adding more panels both alongside and above one another, it would take this weight over a 170-foot span. It could be constructed to carry as much as 78 tons over a 120-foot span. The Americans had no bridge that would take so much weight, let alone one that was capable of meeting such a variety of weights and situations. As a further selling point, there was a great deal to be gained if British and Americans standardized on the same bridge. Because the Bailey could be erected as a single span over narrow crossings, as a multiple span with trestles over wider ones, and because there was good reason to believe that it could be floated on pontons, it appeared an "allpurpose" bridge had been found. 48 In the summer of 1940 Besson returned from England with working drawings of the Bailey. The Engineer Board asked Sverdrup and Parcel to use them, but to modify the design sufficiently to make the bridge conform to the practices of American rolling mills. Three weeks after Pearl Harbor Chorpening wrote G-4 asking permission to spend $50,000 to buy one Bailey bridge. Tests would show whether the Bailey was versatile enough to replace some or all of the bridges on which the Corps of Engineers had expended so much effort during the 40 prewar years. Although the design and selection of
51
bridging equipage received most attention by far in the period before Pearl Harbor, the Corps of Engineers was also concerned with the mobility of ponton units and with the question of whether ponton troops, heretofore simply caretakers, should not be charged also with construction of bridges. In the spring of 1940 the advent of heavier tanks made the activation of a heavy ponton battalion imperative. Authorized in June, the heavy ponton battalion was provided with up-to-date trucks and trailers which reduced the length of its train and enabled it to keep up with armored units.50 According to doctrine, ponton troops were to deliver bridging equipage and provide instruction and technical advice to the general units which were charged with the actual construction. Ponton units were responsible for maintaining and dismantling
(1) Sir Donald Coleman Bailey, Robert Arthur Foulkes, and Rodman Digby-Smith, "The Bailey Bridge and Its Developments," The Civil Engineer in War, A Symposium of Papers on War-Time Engineering Problems (London: The Institution of Civil Engineers, 1948) I, pp. 374-80, 390-98, 401. (2) Engr Bd Hist Study, The Bailey Bridge. (3) Engr Bd Rpt 729, 5 Dec 42, sub: Panel Bridge (Bailey Type), H-10 Bridge and H-20 Bridge. (4) Ltr, Capt R. R. Arnold, CE Mil Obsvr, London, to Besson, 24 Oct 41. ERDL file, BR 341 E. (5) Incl, n. d., with Memo, ExO Engr Bd for Sup Sec OCE, 23 Dec 41, sub: Request for Authority to Procure One Unit of Experimental Port Steel Bridge. ERDL file, BR 341. See p. 493 for illustration of the Bailey bridge. 49 (1) Engr Bd Hist Study, The Bailey Bridge. (2) Ltr, C of Intel Sec to Arnold, 24 Nov 41. 653, Pt. 4. (3) Ltr, Asst ExO Engr Bd to C. C. Bell, Tech Advisor (Bridging), Dept of National Defense, Canada, 26 Nov 41. ERDL file, BR 341. (4) Memo, Actg ExO Sup Div for ACofS G-4, 27 Dec 41, sub: Request for Authority to Procure One Unit of Experimental Port Steel Bridge. R&D Div Structures Dev Br, SP 341. 50 (1) Memo, Actg CofEngrs to ACofS G-3, 17 Jun 40, sub: Engr Trps for Proposed Increase in Army. 320.2, Pt. 24. (2) Memo, ExO OCE for Maj E. H. Brooks, 12 Aug 40, sub: Engr Activities.
48
025, Pt. 1.
52
the bridge. After experience in the 1940 maneuvers the commanding officer of the 70th Light Ponton Company suggested that the unit's mobility be increased and that it be made less of a depot outfit. He proposed that all its footbridges and assault boats be eliminated and that it be provided with its own transportation. Toward the end of 1940 OCE adopted these recommendations in part. The light ponton company was furnished its own trailers and some of its footbridges and assault boats were redistributed to corps engineers.51 During the fall 1940 research course at the Engineer School, the committees on river crossings recommended the assignment of bridge building to ponton units and corps engineers, the activities of divisional engineers to be limited to the assault wave. Specially trained corps engineer units would take over for erection of light ponton bridges. Heavy ponton bridges would be built by heavy ponton battalions, with the aid of personnel from general units.52 Early in 1941, when friction developed between the commanders of a combat regiment and a light ponton company at Fort Benning, the issue was raised more specifically. Kingman and Godfrey backed the regimental commander's view that the light ponton company was primarily a transportation and care-taking unit. In January 1941 the mission of the heavy ponton battalion had been modified to permit it to construct heavy bridges "under certain circumstances," but this declaration of policy did
not settle the issue. It was to arise again during maneuvers in 1941 and after Pearl Harbor.53 The engineer armored battalion, with its bridge company, represented an exception to the general doctrine and was subject to criticism even among armored engineers
River Crossings, Bridge Tactics. Both in First Research Course, Vol. I. 53 (1) T/O 5-47, 1 Nov 40. (2) Corresp between Lt Col W. F. Heavey, CO 20th Engrs, Kingman,
and Godfrey, Jan-Apr 41. 417, Pt. 9. 54 (1) Ltr, Stanley, CO 16th Armd Engr Bn, to Godfrey, 1 Sep 40. R&D Div Mech Equip Br, Pile Drivers No. 1. (2) Info Bull 71, 2 Jan 41, sub: Mission, Duties, and Tng of Div Engr Units. (3) Rpt, Mission and Tng of Engr Bn (Armd). Second Research Course, Vol. II. 55 Ltr, Clarke to C of EHD, 24 May 51.
53
replace it if normal supply fails." The superiority of the land mine over all other obstacles was not only evident in its crippling effect upon vehicles, but in the ease with which it could be transported, put in place, and concealed. The heavy steel and concrete obstacles which had been employed as part of the fortified lines of the continental countries required extensive fabrication and thousands of man-hours in placement. Such deliberate fortifications might be installed at Panama or Hawaii but had no place in a mobile situation. Craters and ditches, abatis, log obstacles, and wire rolls, the committee concluded, were suitable for installation in the field and were more or less effective, particularly if used in conjunction with mines.58 The technical aspects of land mines were matters in which responsibilities were divided between the Ordnance Department and the Corps of Engineers. Ordnance had the duty of developing the mines themselves while the Engineers were to develop means of detecting them. Both services were involved in the techniques and equipment for clearing them out of the way. In April 1940 the Engineer Board had been directed to investigate means for the detection, destruction, and removal of antitank mines, but
(1) 2d Ind, CG Armd Force to TAG, 10 Oct 40, on Ltr, ACofEngrs to TAG, 23 Sep 40, sub: Asgmt of 87th Engr Bn, Heavy Ponton. 320.2, 87th Engrs. (2) Ltr, Comdt Engr Sch to CofEngrs, 1 Apr 41, sub: Rpt on Mission and Tng of Engr Bn (Armd). 352.11, Engr Sch, Pt. 10. (3) 1st Ind, 20 May 41, on Memo, C of O&T Sec for C of Armd Force, 8 Apr 41, sub: Rpt of Research Comm on Mission and Tng of Engr Bn (Armd). 352.11, Engr Sch, Pt. 11. 67 (1) Engr Bd Rpt 517, 4 Dec 37, sub: Mines and Obstacles for Use Against Mechanized (or Motorized) Units. (2) Info Bull 27, 20 Jul 39, sub: Mines and Obstacles for Use Against Mechanized or Motorized Units. 58 Rpt, Comm on Obstacles, 28 Nov 40. First Research Course, Vol. I.
56
54
during the following months the pressure of other work pushed the project into the background. Concerted efforts to develop a detector finally got under way in earnest in the fall of 1940. The fact that all mines known to exist in 1940 were encased in metal simplified greatly the development of a mechanism which would signal the presence of a mine. In fact, there were on the market a number of "detectors" which had been used for such diverse purposes as the discovery of metal objects in the mattresses of convicts and the location of mineral deposits. Moreover, the British, French, and German Armies were equipped with mine detectors with which the Engineers were more or less familiar. But while commercial detectors were useful as a starting point, none could be adopted for military purposes without modification, and the Engineers' attitude toward the adoption of a detector in use by a foreign army was the cautious one of testing with the desire to improve upon it. On 3 September 1940 the Engineers asked the National Defense Research Committee (NDRC) for assistance in the development of a metallic mine detector. The device, wrote Godfrey, must be capable of detecting a steel plate 1/8 of an inch thick, 10 inches square, buried 18 inches below the surface of the ground. The indicator must be simple so that personnel with little or no scientific training could read it. It should be rugged as well as light. Referral of this investigation to the NDRC did not result in cessation of the Engineer Board's activity. On the contrary, as personnel became available shortly thereafter, the board was able to devote more time and effort to the subject than before. For the better part of 1941 the NDRC and the Engineer Board sponsored parallel investigations.
55
A resonator was attached to his shoulder. The presence of metal in the vicinity of the search coil produced a signal which was amplified into a warning sound in the resonator. SCR-625 would detect a metallic mine buried 6 to 12 inches. Its penetration was thus less than the 18-inch depth Godfrey had specified, but in practice few mines were buried deeper than a foot. By February 1942 the Engineers were in a position to standardize this set.59 The development of the portable mine detector was the outstanding Engineer contribution to the passage of artificial obstacles made during the defense period. Other studies by the Engineer Board and the Engineer School, notably the testing of various means of breaching shellproof and splinterproof weapons emplacements, resulted in
some additional knowledge of demolitions techniques, but the inauguration of a comprehensive program for determining the most efficient means of reducing obstacles did not occur until 1942.60
Fortified Position," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (March-April, 1941), 85-94. (2) See below, Ch. XX.
56
CORPS OF ENGINEERS: TROOPS AND EQUIPMENT ers and leaning wheel graders. Although aware that paving operations would be time-consuming, Chorpening thought that aviation engineers should be equipped to build bituminous or concrete runways if the ground encountered did not offer sufficient bearing capacity. For such work aviation engineers were to get concrete and road material mixers and asphalt and emulsion distributors. In all, aviation engineers were to receive twenty-six pieces of "special" machinery and were to come closer to carrying a "construction plant" than any other engineer unit. Although agreeing wholeheartedly with Chorpening's selection of tractors, scrapers, and other grading machinery, Davison, Smyser, and other officers with the Air Corps were becoming convinced that hard-surfaced runways were a luxury that aviation engineers could not afford. They consequently questioned the need for paving machinery.62 The planes in existence at the time the Engineers were told to prepare for their mission with the Air Corps were so light that sod fields would suffice for advance bases. Runways for bombers based in rear areas could be built like standard highways. These plans for simple construction were almost obsolete as soon as made, for the Air Corps was even then designing heavier planes which called for runways of greater bearing capacity. Constructing runways at the front and more
(1) 1st Ind, 16 Oct 39, on Ltr, AGO to CofEngrs, 21 Sep 39, sub: T/Os. 320.2, Pt. 22. (2) Stuart C. Godfrey, "Engineers With the Army Air Forces," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (November, 1941), 488. (3) Interv, Chorpening, 10 Jul 50. (4) Memo, C of Sup Sec for Kingman, 26 Jul 40, sub: Activities for Period 20-26 Jul 40. EHD files (5) Ltr, Smyser to C of EHD, 5 Jun 52. 62 (1) Info Bull 53, 1 Aug 40, sub: Constr of Mil Airports. (2) Carroll T. Newton, "Construction of Military Airports," Civil Engineering, XI (April, 1941), 208, 211. (3) T/BA, 1 Nov 40. (4) Ltr, Smyser to C of EHD, 5 Jun 52.
61
tated by the new-found mobility of ground force units. They had, moreover, made a similar adjustment to the most mobile component of the new Armythe Air Corps. When, in the fall of 1939, the General Staff approached the Engineers about their service with the Air Corps, Kingman had noted that special equipment, as well as special troops, would be required for the construction of airfields. Seven months later, when the 21st Engineer Aviation Regiment became the first engineer unit attached to the Air Corps, its troops were assigned only the basic construction machinery issued to the general service regiment. Although Davison, commanding the 21st just before his assignment as Air Engineer, had given some thought to the special requirements of this new unit, it fell to Chorpening as chief of OCE's Development Branch, to make an immediate selection for procurement. He invited a construction contractor friend of West Point days home for the weekend. Together, they drew up a list of construction machinery which Kingman approved late in July.61 In making his selections Chorpening assumed that aviation regiments would build advance airdromes twenty to seventy miles behind the front and that such troops would remain in one place for a relatively long period of time. Because aviation engineers would not have to keep up with advance columns and because they had to be prepared to deal with all sorts of climatic and soil conditions, Chorpening assigned to them a great variety of the heavier, more efficient types of machinery. For grading and transporting fill, aviation units were equipped with four sizes of tractors; disk and tractor plows; rubber-tired, sheepsfoot, and tandem rollers; large carrying scrapers and shovels with draglines; and road grad-
57
AVIATION ENGINEER EQUIPMENT. Road scrapers towed by tractors are grading for a landing field, 1st Army maneuvers, North Carolina, October 1941.
elaborate ones farther back, as the planes being contemplated in 1939 dictated, would take a long timelong enough to interfere seriously with the striking power of the air arm.63 No wonder then that the Air Corps expressed immediate interest in news that the British and French were laying down portable steel mats as a substitute for hard-surfaced runways. In December 1939, the Air Corps asked the Engineers to develop a similar landing mat. Since practically nothing was known about the subject, the two services agreed that the Engineers would attempt to get more information from abroad, would canvass the American market for likely materials, and, after conducting field tests with loaded trucks, choose the most promising types for service tests with planes. To carry out this program, the Air Corps set aside $30,000 of fiscal year 1940 funds$5,000
for preliminary and $25,000 for service tests. The goal was a suitable mat by 1 July 1940.64 The Chief of Engineers assigned the supervision of this investigation to the Construction Section, OCE, whose chief was Lt. Col. George Mayo. Responsibility for testing was placed upon Maj. William N. Thomas, Jr., at that time the only Engineer officer with GHQ Air Force, who thus
63 (1) Memo, CofAC for Col Lindbergh and Col Spaatz, 25 Jul 39. AAF 611 "A" to Jul 40 Roads. (2) Memo, Plans Div Office CofAC for Maj Gen Henry H. Arnold, 12 Aug 39. Same file. (3) 1st Ind, 16 Oct 39, on Ltr, AGO to CofEngrs, 21 Sep 39, sub: T/BAs. 320.2, Pt. 22. 64 The following discussion of the development of landing mats is based upon: (1) Corresp in 686, Pt. 1; 686.61, Pts. 1 and 2; 686, SP 318, Pt. 1; and 400.112, Landing Mats, Bulky; (2) Engr Bd Rpts 605, 15 Oct 40, sub: Tests of Emergency Landing Mats for Airfields, and 638, 15 Oct 41, sub: Emergency Landing Mats for Airfields; and (3) Ltr, Col George Mayo to C of EHD, 15 Jun 52.
58
assumed personally the role ordinarily played by the Engineer Board. Mayo and Thomas did not wait for reports from abroad but immediately sought suggestions from Clarence E. Meissner, the Washington representative of the United States Steel Corporation. On 18 December 1939, they met with Meissner, his colleague, Charles W. Meyers, of the American Steel and Wire Company, and two representatives from the Office of the Chief of the Air Corps. Meyers exhibited samples of a rectangular wire mesh which he believed would prove superior to the chevron grid in use abroad. In February 1940, the Engineers ordered enough rectangular grid for field tests, which were held in late March. Far from providing the firm base necessary, the rectangular grid showed serious weaknesses: connectors broke, anchors failed, furrows and depressions appeared. Although Thomas recommended that efforts be made to correct these deficiencies, he also began to look about for something else. On 4 April 1940 he and several representatives of the steel industry met in Mayo's office. Pointing out that the rolling mills were piled up with orders while the strip mills were not busy, Gerald G. Greulich of Carnegie-Illinois Steel Corporation suggested thin steel plates as an alternative to grid and volunteered to design a "plank" type mat and connectors. Greulich's design had progressed to the ordering stage by the first of May, when Maj. Gen. Henry H. Arnold, Chief of the Air Corps, began to express impatience. "The requirements," he stated, "may be divided into two separate categories: First, pursuit and observation, i. e., light weight types. Second, bombardment, i. e., heavy load types." It seemed possible to him that
$25,000 of the $30,000 allotted to the development of landing mats to the purchase of construction machinery for the 21st Engineers. If this plan were approved, he proposed to set aside an equivalent amount from Engineer funds to take care of the tests of landing mats which would take place during the coming months.66 Arnold's answer to the request for transfer of funds was emphatic. "The most recent information from operations now in progress abroad," he wrote, "indicates that permanent runways are out of the question in modern warfare," causing "the development
65
1 May 40, sub: Tests of Port Steel Landing Mats. 686, Pt. 1. 66 1st Ind, 13 May 40, on memo cited n. 65.
59
mitted to tests under truck loads, Maj. Charles Y. Banfill, the Air Corps' representative at the Engineer Board, concluded that something "usable and suitable" had been found. "The tests, by no means exhaustive," he wrote the board, "indicated to me that the planking, laid on properly prepared surface would prove a suitable support for landing and takeoff of any airplane now in service." He urged that the Air Corps be advised to go ahead and buy whatever quantity it needed while the board proceeded with tests of the steel planking and with their investigation of other promising materials.70 With but one reservation, the Engineers were happy to endorse this statement. On 1 July, Adcock, the Executive Officer, OCE, reported to Arnold:
I feel that the tests [of the plank mat] . . . offer reasonable basis for the conclusion that a usable and suitable type of landing mat has been found. . . . Although actual landing by airplanes on this mat has not yet been tested, the opinion was unanimous among the Air Corps officers . . . that this mat was suitable for such landing. ... Of course our tests on this type, as well as other types, will continue in order that the most suitable type under all-round consideration can be determined. ... It is suggested that no bulk purchase of any type of mat be made until 71 the results of runway tests are known.
The whole episode took on a slightly whimsical tone when Schley and Kingman appeared in Arnold's office with a sample
Ltr, CofAC to CofEngrs, 17 May 40, sub: Port Landing Mats. 400.112, Landing Mats, Bulky. 68 1st Ind, 23 May 40, on ltr cited n. 67. 69 Memo, Col William Ord Ryan, AC, for CofAC, 17 Jun 40. 686, Pt. 1. 70 Memo, Banfill for President Engr Bd, 29 Jun 40, sub: Emergency Landing Mats for Airfields. 686, Pt. 1. 71 Ltr, ExO OCE to CofAC, 1 Jul 40, sub: Progress Rpt on Emergency Landing Mats for Airfields. 686, Pt. 1.
67
60
of plank mat. Junior officers were charmed to see the generals on the floor, like small boys with an erector set, fitting the pieces together.72 By mid-August sufficient amounts of plank and chevron mat were on hand for a "touch-down" test, with planes landing and taking off immediately. Except for some cutting and burning of tires, no damage was caused to planes or mat. In the course of further field tests, however, deficiencies showed up in both types of mat. The chevron proved difficult to fasten together and was dropped from consideration. The plank mat proved slippery in wet weather. To overcome this defect Greulich suggested roughening it by means of raised buttons. By September 1940 the board had added to its list of possibilities. Preliminary tests of grids constructed from expanded metal, deck grating, and bars and rods convinced Besson, who was in charge of this investigation as well as bridging, that all possessed in common with the plank mat the essential characteristics for a runway suitable for the operation of both light and heavy planes. Contrary to Mayo's assurances to Arnold, the board had wrapped up in one package the requirements for a light and heavy type of mat by aiming to find one design that would serve all purposes. With four promising designs on hand the board was anxious to receive from the Air Corps a more definite statement as to just what was needed both at the front and in the rear. The plank, expanded metal, deck grating, and bar and rod mats, Besson reported on 15 October 1940, were all strong enough and smooth enough, could be laid down in about one day, could be produced in quantity, and could be repaired in sections. They varied
Through Lt. Col. Dwight S. Johns, commanding the 21st, the Engineers got an unofficial answer. On 25 October Mayo and Besson sat down with Davison, Smyser, Thomas, and Banfill to go over Besson's questions. When they had finished, Arnold's urgent project had shrunk considerably in importance. It was the opinion of the advisers that landing mats would be used to a
Interv, Adcock, 27 Dec 51. Memo, ExO Engr Bd for Besson, 20 Sep [40], sub: Tel Conv with Maj Wilson Today. ERDL file, SP 318.
73 72
in ease of camouflage, cost, production time, cargo space occupied, weight, ease of repair,
61
more skidproof. The bar and rod mat, far from being ruled out, seemed to the Engineer Board to offer the advantages of a gridthat is, ease of camouflage and a nonskid surface, while being cheaper and capable of being produced in greater quantity than the Irving mat. But while the Engineer Board recommended more work toward the improvement of these three mats, it clearly felt its main job was behind it 74 by the spring of 1941. It was then that the Air Corps announced the board's work was only half done. Commenting at last on Besson's report of October 1940, the Chief of Staff, GHQ Air Force, announced that "the results obtained to date by the Engineer Board . . . indicate satisfactory progress in the development of a metal runway for heavy aircraft, but little progress upon the true emergency landing mat for light planes." The board had assumedwrongly, he believedthat one mat could serve both purposes. The "emergency" mat for use in forward areas should weigh less than 3 pounds per square foot. (None of the materials so far tested by the board was this light.) A runway 100 by 3,000 feet should be laid down in twenty-four hours. Ease of camouflage was essential. It did not need to be rigid, but it should not be excessively slippery. The "semi-permanent mat" from which heavy bombers would operate had to possess greater rigidity, could weigh as much as 5 pounds per square foot, might take 72 hours to lay down. Whatever the shock this news engendered at Belvoir, it was detailed enough and definite enough to provide a real guide for future work. From this time
Incl, 22 Mar 41, with Ltr, Engr Bd to Fortifications Sec, 25 Mar 41, sub: Second Interim Rpt.
74
686.61, Pt. 1.
62
on investigations were pursued along the 75 two separate lines indicated. In midsummer, after the board had tested two light, woven wire mats with indefinite results, the Air Corps called attention to a light British mat, known after its manufacturer as Sommerfeld track. It weighed only one pound per square foot. Americans in England had seen planes land on it successfully even in wet weather. On 22 July 1941, representatives of Air Corps, Engineer Board, and Fortifications (Construction) Section, OCE, agreed that priority would be given to developing a mat weighing less than two pounds and that Sommerfeld track would be among the types tested. The board found the Sommerfeld mat suitable enough to recommend for service testing in October 1941, but nevertheless expressed reservations about it because of the difficulty of handling the heavy rolls in which it was delivered. The Reliance Steel Products Company produced a lighter rod and bar mat, which, after preliminary tests, the board also considered suitable. Yet two months after Pearl Harbor, development of the light mat was still in the preliminary stage, no designs having as yet been service tested. In the meantime, a heavy runway constructed of pierced plank had been tested at the Carolina maneuvers in the fall of 1941. The weather was dry, the soil sandy. Under these conditions, it proved entirely satisfactory. Plank mat was also being utilized at several of the Atlantic bases, but the Engineer Board remained uneasy. Calling for more service tests in November 1941, Baker warned that "sooner or later one of these mats will be put down in a place where it is unsuitable." Although the Air Corps agreed that further tests would be desirable, none was arranged immediately.76
63
MAJ. GEN. HENRY H. ARNOLD, Chief of the Army Air Forces, inspecting a runway constructed of pierced steel plank, November 1941.
power of construction machinery to move mountains and cut through jungle. In the steel treadway the Armored Force had a bridge which could be rapidly built to carry weights undreamed of in the mid-thirties. With the development of landing mats aviation engineers were furnished with a similar means of adjusting to the heavy loads of the newer bombers. The effort to revolutionize equipment
had had its share of opposition both within and without the Corps, but nothing even approaching a counterrevolution was ever imagined. The differences between various groups arose mainly because of the presence of strong personalities. The force with which they presented their arguments, whether radical or conservative, worked in the long run toward achieving a balance between the new and the tried.
CHAPTER III
Mapping Techniques
Before development of the airplane and aerial photography, maps were prepared from data gathered by survey parties. Even with highly refined instruments for measuring distances and angles, such field surveys
65
FIVE-LENS CAMERA, T-3A With preliminary knowledge of distances between several points on the photograph, topographers could compute the remaining measurements so as to prepare a two-dimensional or planimetric map, but field surveys were still necessary to determine every elevation or contour line that would show up on a three-dimensional topographic map. To eliminate the production bottleneck entailed by survey operations, map makers required instruments for determining eleva1 tions directly from the photograph. In 1936 1st Lt. Benjamin B. Talley of the Engineer detachment at Wright designed a simple stereoscopic plotting instrument for this purpose. By viewing overlapping aerial photographs through a stereoscope, topographers could obtain an impression of the
1 (1) Engr Bd Hist Study, Photomapping, pp. 19, 23-25, 28. (2) Historical Report of the Chief Engineer, Including All Operations of the Engineer Department: American Expeditionary Forces, 19171919, pp. 95-97. Unless otherwise noted this section and the section following are based upon correspondence in ERDL file, MP 205.
66
terrain in relief from which they could sketch the lay of the land. Talley combined the stereoscope with measuring and drawing attachments. With this device and the aid of special mathematical tables, a topographer could determine vertical distances fairly accurately. The new instrument, the stereocomparagraph, was small and portable and could be carried into the field to make maps good enough for reconnaissance. It was not sufficiently refined for preparing the battle maps desired by the Field Artillery, however, unless a large number of points of elevation were known.2 More refined stereoscopic instruments had been developed abroad. By 1936 the Engineer detachment had studied a number of these instruments and had narrowed its choice to the aerocartograph and the multiplex aeroprojector, both of which were made in Germany by Zeiss. The aerocartograph was slightly more accurate, but it was also more expensive, more difficult to operate, and almost impossible to move about. The detachment chose the multiplex set, but even this weighed about 1,800 pounds and required shelter for operation. The multiplex set consisted of a number of delicate instruments for measuring the spatial projection of images of the landscape. During 1936 and 1937 the Field Artillery tested topographic maps which the Engineer detachment prepared with the multiplex set. Although these maps depicted areas extending from 12 to 20 miles into unsurveyed territory, they were almost as accurate as the Field Artillery desired. To eliminate reliance on foreign sources, the Engineer Board persuaded the Bausch and Lomb Optical Company, an American manufacturer of microscopes, lenses, and scientific instruments, to add the multiplex to its list of products. Working closely with the Engi-
MULTIPLEX SET
68
techniques. Lower echelons in the army would ordinarily be served by the corps topographic company, which had been formed when the shift from the square to the triangular division eliminated mapping from that organization. Like its predecessor, the mapping section of the engineer combat regiment, but on a much broader scale, the corps company had the job of reproducing existing maps and of preparing photomaps and other types of map substitutes.4 Substitution of photomapping for timeconsuming ground surveys offered great advantages to all topographic units, but this change-over had its disadvantages also. The new mapping techniques placed the Corps of Engineers in a position of dependence upon the Air Corps. The Air Corps had photographic requirements of its own in preparing charts for strategic and tactical planning, for long distance navigation, and for plotting target areas. The Air Corps also had to fly reconnaissance missions for the Army. To the conflict of interests likely to arise from this multiplicity of tasks, there was added the fact that mapping photography called for a higher degree of skill and more complex aircraft than did charting photography or reconnaissance. "I doubt if there is any flying . . . that is more difficult than . . . high altitude mapping photography," declared Captain Talley. "It is more difficult than bombing because 95 percent of the time on a bombing mission the pilot is flying 'across country,' the other 5 percent of the time he must fly very precisely."5 For mapping, these figures were reversed. Mapping required flights at altitudes of 20,000 feet. The Air Corps had to crowd in as many flights as possible whenever weather permitted. Unless the pilot flew in parallel straight lines close enough for
69
Arnold took this opportunity to emphasize the advisability of close co-operation 7 between the Corps of Engineers and the Air Engr Bd Rpt cited n. 6 ( 2 ) . 8 Ibid. Corps, urging the Air Corps to activate a (1) Ibid. (2) Engr Bd Hist Study, Photomapphotographic mapping squadron to work ping, pp. 92, 94. (3) Ltr, ACofEngrs (Kingman) with the base engineer topographic battal- to CofAC, 14 Sep 38, sub: Aerial Photos for Preparation of Mil Maps, with 1st Ind, 7 Oct 38, 3d Ind, ion and to appoint a liaison officer to the CofAC to CofEngrs, 6 Dec 38, and 5th Ind, TAG to Engineer Board. The officer, Maj. Charles CofAC and CofEngrs, 5 Jan 39. G-2 file, 183-Z(4) Incl, n.d., with Memo, ACofS G-3 for Y. Banfill, arrived soon after Arnold's report 382. G-2 et al, 26 Apr 40, sub: 1st Photo Squad. AG was forwarded to the Air Corps in March file, 320.2 (3-25-40).
9
70
at the Field Artillery's insistence, forwarded copies of the file to G-2 in March 1938.10 The correspondence came to Lt. Col. Orlando Ward, himself an artillery officer, for handling. On 6 July, after getting the comment of various interested parties, Ward laid his conclusions before the Chief of Staff. He called attention to the inadequacy of existing coverage of the United States and to the noteworthy progress in the field of photomapping, and then advanced a new and radical principle. In the event of war, he declared, "the Army should be prepared to map as it moves." Following a military mapping service test to be held in the summer of 1939, Army regulations and field manuals would be revised along these lines, giving aerial photography the prominence it had earned and defining the respective duties of Air Corps and Engineers in peace and war.11 The camera used in this test was the fivelens model T-3A which had been developed by Bagley at Wright Field. When two T-3A's were placed side by side they produced a composite photograph that covered an area of about 400 square miles. With this camera, the Air Corps' 91st Observation Squadron photographed an area of 5,800 square miles in southern California between 10 March and 15 May 1939. This preliminary operation lasted over two months because the weather was often unfavorable. In the scheme of production, the 29th Engineer Topographic Battalion (Army) first prepared planimetric sheets which were issued as provisional maps. Then multiplex operators determined elevations and filled in contours by stereocomparagraph. For an extension of 42 miles beyond surveyed territory, the average errors amounted to 34 feet in elevation and 81 yards in horizontal position. Although
71
work. Oblique multiplex projectors produced errors of ten times the amount specified for projectors used in connection with vertical photography. Not only was much of the composite unfit for multiplex mapping, but the loss of detail away from the center also reduced its value as a photomap. Dau recommended replacing the T-3A camera with a new single-lens wide-angle camera which the Air Corps and the Corps of Engineers were jointly developing. Like many other valuable mapping instruments, the camera with wide-angle lens had been introduced in Germany by the Zeiss firm. In 1936, upon the recommendation of a German scientist employed by the Engineer detachment, the Air Corps had purchased a Zeiss wide-angle camera. Two years later the Air Corps began to procure wide-angle lenses from Bausch and Lomb and awarded a contract for the camera bodies to the Fairchild Aviation Corporation. This camera, known as the T-5, was designed to register tilt variations, altitude, and other data on the film to facilitate compilation of the map. The Engineer detachment concurrently adapted the multiplex for use with wide-angle photography. Bausch and Lomb again co-operated in this effort, and in December 1938 the Corps of Engineers ordered fifteen experimental wide-angle projectors from the firm.10
14 (1) Telg, Lt Col Charles B. Oldfield to TAG, 10 Jun 39, with 2d Ind, CofAC to CofEngrs, 22 Jun 39, and 3d Ind, ACofEngrs to TAG, 6 Jul 39. Topo Br file, SP 205, 207, 209. (2) Memo, Col James M. Churchill, Actg ACofS G-2, for CofS, 5 Apr 40, sub: Conversion of Three Attack Bombers to Photo Airplanes. G-2 file, 183-Z-382. 15 (1) 1st Ind, 8 Sep 39, on Ltr, C of Dev Br to CO Engr Det, 1 Sep 39, sub: Aerial Photo Map Equip. 061.1A, SP 205, Pt. 2. (2) Ann Rpt OCE, 1936. (3) Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to CofEngrs, 19 Mar 42, sub: T-5 Cameras. 061.1, SP 205 E, Pt. 1. (4) Engr Bd Rpt 668, 10 Apr 42, sub: Wide Angle Map Equip.
owing to the presence of obliques which surrounded the small center photographs, was not altogether adaptable to multiplex
72
The T-5 camera took standard 9-inch film which could be printed more rapidly than the several 6-inch films that made up the multi-lens composite. Its photograph covered an area more than twice as large as the vertical part of the composite and thus eliminated the excessively complicated rectifications that accompanied use of oblique photographs. A wide-angle photograph could serve directly as a map substitute. All this would save time for engineer topographers and increase accuracy. The T-5 camera also seemed preferable to the Air Corps because it was lighter and more compact than the T-3A and would thus be easier to install in an airplane. But the T-5, if employed singly to take vertical pictures as the Corps of Engineers desired, would make the Air Corps' task more difficult. With the T-3A camera mounted in tandem, flyers could space their courses about eight miles apart. With the T-5 camera they had to make twice as many runs. Furthermore, as Major Herrington pointed out, the T-3A had a great advantage over the wide-angle equipment, namely, it was already in production, whereas development of the T-5 had progressed only to an imperfect pilot model. When advantages were weighed against disadvantages, however, the T-5 camera seemed vastly superior. In March 1940, at a conference called by the Corps of Engineers, representatives of the General Staff, Air Corps, and Field Artillery agreed to retain the older type of mapping equipment only as a stopgap until the wide-angle camera and plotting accessories became generally available.16 By this time revision of the Army regulation and field manual was well on its way toward completion. Ward, now secretary of the General Staff, continued to display keen interest in the project, although its details
73
hand-operated multilith, a 14x18-inch fluid duplicator, and a 24x30-inch black and white reproduction set. A modest photographic outfit could produce 7x9-inch photomaps from aerial negatives. A separate truck carried an electric generator to run the offset press and additional lithographic, drafting, and surveying equipment.19 Theoretically, the army topographic battalion, whose principal job was to compile battle maps, would also move with the army in the field. As set up in early 1940 this was almost physically impossible because the multiplex and most of the unit's other equipment had to be operated in permanent structures. To pack, crate, and transport its bulky, delicate impedimenta required months of preparation. In June 1940 OCE directed the Engineer Board to plan a mobile map reproduction train for the battalion, authorizing $125,000 for constructing the pilot model. During the summer the board and OCE bought operating equipment and ordered eight 12-ton trailers to arrange a completely mobile printing shop with air conditioning, heating, and plumbing. These trailers contained three 22x29inch offset presses, a 24x30-inch copy camera, and other printing and photographic facilities, including a darkroom, arc lamps, sinks, shelves, racks, and tables. In addition
there were eleven cargo trucks for carrying
move with the army. For this unit the Engineer Board had developed a mobile mapping plant installed in a 2-ton trailer drawn by a small truck. Since the unit's main job was the reproduction of maps, its main piece of equipment was a power-driven multilith press with a 17x19-inch printing area that could turn out several thousand maps an hour. For making copies of sketches, tracings, and drawings, there was a 9x13-inch
74
maintenance equipment, and other supplies. A far more ambitious undertaking than the corps mobile reproduction plant, the first mobile reproduction train was not completely assembled until 1941, by which time the functions hitherto assigned the unit were being called into question. Both the corps' plant and the battalion's train were to undergo many changes after being put to the test in training and maneuvers.20 At Kingman's suggestion, Arnold investigated the Air Corps' portable copying camera in December 1939 but found it unsatisfactory. A month later Arnold discovered a suitable commercial model which could be used to make photographs up to 24x24 inches. In order to utilize this camera in the field, the board first installed it in a special darkroom trailer. With the new equipment the corps company could make map substitutes itself without having to send aerial negatives and lithographic plates back to a permanent installation for processing. The Engineer Board also eliminated the
75
summer 1940 the Engineers were hopeful that the case for separate mapping photography units would be won, this time on the Air Corps' own initiative. On 2 July, the Air Corps convened a board of officers under the chairmanship of Major Banfill, its liaison at the Engineer Board, to develop a comprehensive program for aerial photography to meet the need for Air Corps charts as well as Army maps. After hearing witnesses from Infantry, Armor, Field Artillery, and Cavalry, from G-2, from OCE, and from the Air Corps, Banfill's board reported in favor of special organizations. Photographic squadrons should be the sole units charged with mapping photography and they should obtain this photography to the exclusion of all other types. Using four areas in the Western Hemisphere which had been indicated by the General Staff as possible theaters of operations, the Air Corps board recommended the organization of five photographic squadrons, three to be activated at once. On 18 September 1940, the Chief of the Air Corps approved these recommendations "in principle," and directed his staff to lay plans for putting them into effect.24
(1) ERDL file, MP 304. (2) Telg, Arnold to Levy Camera Co., 17 Feb 40. ERDL file, MP 210 A. (3) Telg, Levy Camera Co. to Engr Bd, 19 Feb 40. Same file.
23 (1) Memo, C of Intel Sec for Kingman, 1 Jul 41, sub: Equip for Engr Cos (Topo) (Corps). Topo Br. Engr Intel Div file, SP 210. (2) 2d Ind. ExO OCE to TAG, 18 Aug 41, on Ltr, ExO Office of C of Fld Arty to TAG, 6 Aug 41, sub: Reproduction and Distr of Air Photos. 061.02, Pt. 3. (3) Ltr, Arnold to Capt W. K. Wilson, Jr., C&GS Sch, 1 Jul 41. ERDL file, MP 304. 21 (1) Proceedings of Bd of Offs Convened at Washington, D. C., 2 Jul 40, for Purpose of Studying and Making Recommendations re Photo Problems. 320.2, Air Corps, Pt. 2. (2) 4th Ind, Office of CofAC to TAG, 30 Sep 40, on Ltr, ACofEngrs (Kingman) to TAG, 24 Jun 40, sub: Air Corps Units for Map Photo. Same file.
22
76
CORPS OF ENGINEERS: TROOPS AND EQUIPMENT But winter came and went without action, standards of training now established for the
army topographic battalion? It seemed un-
and G-2, prodded by the Engineers, showed signs of impatience. Concern centered primarily around the lack of suitable aircraft and trained photographers, but there were other matters that needed settling. The Engineers were beginning to shy away from the doctrine that the Army must
map as it moved, at least if this were interpreted as starting from scratch and supplying large-scale maps or even photomaps. An
army topographic battalion could supply battle maps covering approximately 100 square miles per day or a total of 2,500 square miles about three weeks after receipt of photography. Was this rate of produc-
new Army, ran his major premise, had not only multiplied the area of map coverage
but had placed a greater premium on accuracy. Because it preserved so much detail, the scale 1 :20,000 was most "generally satisfactory." In order to serve all military purposes, Field Artillery standards would be adhered to. While conceding the impossibility of attaining such accuracy in concert with the Army's movement, Ban-
tion consistent with the increased mobility of the new Army? The Germans had their maps ready before launching the blitzkrieg. Had it not been so prepared, the German Sixth Army would have required an average
of 750 miles of new mapping daily during the period from May 10 to May 26. Did the American Army really need a map on so large a scale as 1: 20,000 at the high degree of accuracy specified? Because of the short time the photomap had been in existence it could not yet be fully accepted as a substitute for the battle map, but the speed with which it could be produced (after the delivery of photographs) argued strongly for assigning its preparation to army topographic battalions and base plants as well as to corps topographic companies. It might be desirable to relax the standards of accuracy specified for photomaps, relegate the
fill stressed the necessity for compiling largescale maps or photomaps of critical areas.
Neither the Air Corps nor the Corps of Engineers was prepared to handle this job, Banfill asserted, concluding gloomily that "the wartime Engineer-Air Corps mapping team contemplated by existing regulations is substantially nonexistent." 20 At the end of May 1941, the Air Corps
preparation of the battle map to the base battalion and base plants, and remove the
bulky multiplex equipment from the army topographic battalion, thus increasing the mobility of the latter organization and freeing it to concentrate upon photomap work.
photomaps at scale 1:20,000. Every topoMemo, Actg CofEngrs (Kingman) for ACofS G-2, 11 Mar 41, sub: Mil Mapping Orgn and Procedure. G-2 file, 061.01. 26 Memo, Actg ACofS for G-2 CofS, 18 Apr 41, sub: Maps and Terrain Intel in TofOpns. G-2 file, 061.01.
25
77
Gen. Harry J. Malony approved the directive as chief of WPD's Plans Group, thereby giving his approval to the widest possible distribution of large-scale maps and map substitutes, he joined the ranks of the skeptical as Deputy Chief, Army General Headquarters. Maps of scale 1:20,000 were not to be preferred for all troops in all situations, Malony asserted from GHQ. They were "highly desirable" for infantry and artillery on the defensive but not for a rap30 unit of special purpose aviation, trained and idly moving force. Agreeing that battle maps were of limequipped for combat aerial photographic operations." Although less skillful work was ited use in mobile warfare, Engineer and not necessarily excluded from its duties, the Air Forces representatives questioned yet 1st Photographic Group was designed pri- other policies that they were supposed to use marily for mapping photography and for as a basis for teamwork. If the General Staff such other aerial photography as was be- had areas other than the United States or yond the capability of observation and re- its possessions in mind, it had better dis28 connaissance squadrons. Just how much card the idea that an entire theater of opof the unit's work power was to be at the erations could be photographed before the disposal of the Engineers and how much re- entry of ground troops. Foreign countries, tained by the Air Corps for its own badly even friendly ones, seldom permitted such needed charting photography was as yet un- activities in peacetime. Once war broke determined. In commenting on the War De- out, the weather and the enemy could be partment's mapping directive the Air Corps counted upon to prevent any such sysnoted that "part of this Group will tematic photography. To supply photomaps be equipped and trained as the Air Corps at the rate of 10,000 square miles per day, member of the Engineer-Air Corps Map- as the General Staff envisaged, was out of ping Team." 29 the question. The entire plan to compile, reIn further comment on the directive, the produce, and distribute maps and map subAir Corps joined the Engineers in question- stitutes on such a large scale was completely ing the sanctity that had been bestowed uncalled-for anyway. Coverage must be upon the scale 1:20,000. Also known to confined to areas of critical tactical imporG-2 was the British opinion, based upon ac- tance. A less ambitious program was sugtion in France and North Africa, that a gested. During peacetime, the War Departscale 1:100,000 was about right in a mobile 27 Ltr, TAG to CofEngrs and CofAC, 29 May 41, situation. Against these doubts stood the sub: Maps and Terrain Intel in TofOpns. 061 ( S ) . Ltr, TAG to CofAC, 15 May 41, sub: Consticustom of World War I and the apparent tution of the 1st Photo Group, Air Corps. 320.2, blessing of G-3 and the War Plans Division, Air Corps, Pt. 2. 29 Memo, ACofAC for Secy WDGS, 16 May 41, although just what WPD's concurrence sub: Gen Staff Memo, Maps and Terrain Intel in meant in this instance is a matter for conTofOpns. G-2 file, 061.01. 80 jecture. Less than three months after Brig. (1) Ibid. (2) G-2 file, 061.01.
28
78
ment should concentrate upon obtaining decision to relegate precise mapping to base photography for the preparation of aero- topographic battalions, the Engineers nautical charts and maps needed for defense organized a light topographic battalion of of the Western Hemisphere. To this end all about 400 men for assignment to the field the mapping facilities of the federal govern- army organization. In line with its simpliment, both civil and military, should be fied duties in preparing photomaps and tacplaced under the control of a director of tical maps and revising existing maps, the surveys. In wartime and for peacetime new unit carried the portable stereocomtraining the preparation of all battle maps paragraph instead of the bulky, delicate would be relegated to base topographic bat- multiplex. During the summer the 30th Engineers, the Engineer Reproduction talions, photography to be supplied by special photographic squadrons. Army top- Plant, and civilian lithographic firms preographic battalions and corps companies pared the initial supply of maps for the would concentrate upon map revision and maneuvers. Major Rumaggi, commanding the preparation of photomaps and provi- the light topographic battalion, discovered sional maps, photography to be furnished during the first month of operations that by observation and reconnaissance aviation. distributing millions of maps in the field was an overwhelming job. Because the batThe proposed reply to the General Staff talion had to stock tons of maps, it needed gave unmistakable evidence of major concessions to the Air Forces' point of view. a permanent structure from which to make The phrase "map as you move" might never the distribution. For close co-ordination have existed. Reconnaissance and observa- with Air Forces photographic units, the best tion aviation was deemed acceptable for location was near an airfield. Under these furnishing photography to field mapping circumstances, the battalion could not eco31 units. nomically accompany every minor moveThe joint recommendations, ready in ment of army headquarters. The excessive draft in late September 1941, were still in length of the reproduction trailers made the office of the chief of the AAF awaiting them difficult to drive and to conceal from final approval when the attack on Pearl enemy observation. The Engineer Board Harbor occurred. Lt. Col. Herbert B. therefore decided to substitute van-type Loper, chief of OCE's Intelligence Branch, trucks that were easier to handle and to attributed this inaction to the fact that Air conceal. In November, after lending thirty Forces officers who participated in the trucks to other outfits, the battalion settled 32 study "carry no weight." The AAF was down at Fort Bragg and compiled and reto oppose steadfastly the establishment of any additional authority such as the pro- produced large quantities of new photomaps which covered about one fourth of the posed director of surveys.33 The October-November 1941 maneuvers (1) Memo, CofEngrs for CofS, 23 Sep 41, tended to bear out the general tenor of the sub: Maps and Terrain Intel in TofOpns. 061 ( S ) . conclusions arrived at by Air Forces and (2) Ltr, TAG to CofEngrs and CofAC, 19 Jun 41, Engineer representatives in September and sub: Obsvn Avn. AG file, 320.2 (4-8-41). Memo, C of Intel Br OCE for Reybold, 15 Dec to reveal as well a good deal about the com41, sub: Joint Engr-AF Tech Comm. 061, Pt. 2. 33 mon attitude toward maps. Following the See below, pp. 451, 453-54.
31
32
79
consequences. Even with maps that contained clearly marked road and bridge information, artillery units in the 1941 Carolina maneuvers overloaded and damaged bridges by crossing first and inspecting later. Through failure to record data showing the location of important command posts, traffic stations gave little help in tracing troops in their vicinity. One observer spent hours seeking the whereabouts of First Army headquarters until he was informed by an ice-cream vendor that it was in Troy, South Carolina. Military police in that town could not give specific directions to this post, but a girl in their booth told the observer how to get there. Loper maintained that unit engineers and staff officers needed training in map supply and distribution, and decried their tendency to demand special maps to suit personal idiosyncrasies. During the Carolina maneuvers, one observer reported: "Maps were plentiful. In fact, there were too many kinds. Everybody one talked to had a different kind of map."35 This profusion of custommade maps not only slowed down production but also caused confusion among their users. In Loper's opinion, "standard sheet sizes, geographical arrangement, scales and content are essential to efficient map preparation, supply, and use. Types of maps must be limited to those actually essential and the preparation of special maps to meet the in34 (1) 1st Ind, 3 Sep 41, on Memo, ExO OCE for CofS GHQ, 21 Aug 41, sub: Prov Topo Bn for First Army Maneuvers. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 14. (2) T/O 5-55, Engr Topo Bn (Army), 1 Apr 42. Unless otherwise noted, the remainder of this section is based upon correspondence in (1) 354.2, Pts. 7A, 9, 10, and 11, and (2) 061, Pt. 2. 33 Memo, Maj Theodore T. Molnar for CofEngrs, 8 Dec 41, sub: Rpt of North and South Carolina Maneuvers. 354.2, Pt. 11.
80
dividual desires of certain unit commanders must be discouraged." 36 At the same time Loper recognized the futility of issuing maps which would not be used. The rapid pace of the maneuvers bore out GHQ's contention that there would be little demand for large-scale maps in mobile warfare. Artillerymen welcomed detailed photomaps for locating enemy targets, but other troops remained apathetic to them, pronouncing them "too bulky, too heavy, too stiff." 37 Some units did not even open the cartons to examine them. Loper
believed that photomaps should be issued automatically to the artillery only; to others on request. To cut down their weight and bulk by 40 to 50 percent, he favored reducing their scale to 1:25,000 or less. As for tactical maps, most troops preferred scales of 1 :125,000 and 1:250,000. Loper favored the former because it was sufficiently large
Memo, C of Intel Br for CofEngrs, 9 Dec 41, sub: Map Sup for 1941 Special Fld Exercises. 061, Pt. 2. 37 Ltr, Capt Paul W. Thompson to Kingman, 7 Oct 41, sub: Army Maneuvers in Louisiana, 15-30 Sep 41. 354.2, Pt. 10.
36
81
engineer units which supplied camouflage materials and circulated among the field armies as technical advisers. The field forces they served were responsible for camouflaging their own positions. These special troops were disbanded at the end of the war. Emphasis reverted from protective concealment to parade-ground appearance. Camouflage methods remained geared to earlier
conditions of battle, ill-suited to mobile tactics, and lagging behind advances in observation techniques. Regarding camouflage as something for the experts to worry about if war broke out, the other arms seldom asked the Corps of Engineers for advice on this subject during peacetime. Part of the reason for this failure to consult the Engineers may have been the fact that the Corps had no clear-cut responsibility for camouflage. The Army regulation which spelled out the Engineers' duties made no mention of the subject. Yet since no other agency had been charged with the functions carried out by engineer troops during World War I, the Corps naturally continued its interest, assuming that its general responsibilities for supplying materials for the organization of defense systems included camouflage.39 For a good many years the only person who consistently devoted time and study to camouflage was Lt. Col. Homer SaintGaudens of the Carnegie Institute, an Engineer Reserve officer who had been in charge of camouflage for the Second Army in World War I. Relating camouflage to the other problems which troops encounter in the field, Saint-Gaudens helped keep this subject alive by contributing to training manuals, teaching at the Engineer School, and observing developments in foreign armies. Following his recommendation, the Engineer Board in 1937 set up a camouflage section which Arnold directed in addition to his mapping duties. By 1941 the study
38 Except as otherwise noted, the discussion of camouflage is based upon: (1) OCE files, 467, SP
272, Pts. 1 and 2, and 467, SP 314, Pt. 1; and (2) ERDL files, CM 272 A, CM 272 B, CM 329, and CM 330.
39
82
and testing of materials and techniques became so intensive that this section required ten full-time officers and a complement of architects, designers, chemists, modelmakers, and other craftsmen.40 In the interim the G-2 had been shocked at the prevailing ignorance of camouflage techniques that became evident at the spring 1940 maneuvers. "There is a tendency to associate spit-and-polish and Duco finished equipment with morale," he advised the Chief of Staff in June 1940. "This idea is believed to be false and detrimental to training. It is also positively dangerous, having as it does a tendency to defeat any serious effort at concealment." 41 The need for education and for modernization of camouflage methods to meet the challenge of infra-red and color photography caused the General Staff to clarify and publicize the Engineers' responsibilities in this area. On 29 June 1940 the War Department announced its intention to include assignment of responsibility for the development of techniques, materials, and methods of training in camouflage in the next revision of the appropriate Army regulation. There followed a letter to the chiefs of the arms and services and to corps area commanders calling their attention to the deficiencies noted at the maneuvers and designating the Corps of Engineers as the service to which they should look for guidance in raising the 42 level of performance. With the assistance of the photographic section from Boiling Field and a small detachment from the Engineer School, the Engineer Board had reported in October 1939 on general requirements for wartime camouflage. Following the system used in World War I, base battalions would fabricate materials in overseas theaters. Engineer battalions assigned to field armies
83
FLAT-TOP CONCEALING 3-INCH ANTIAIRCRAFT GUN EMPLACEMENT, 3d Army maneuver area, Louisiana, August 1941.
made from imported jute. Like burlap, osnaburg was also suitable for baling, sandbags, and target cloth. Working in co-operation with the Department of Agriculture, the board developed special impregnants for preventing deterioration and damage to this material by fire, mildew, and rot.44 From 1939 on, the board tested the effects of paints and colors on visibility. Study of terrain throughout the country indicated a need to stock only seven to nine colors. Of these, olive drab promised the widest application under most circumstances. In 1941 the Army applied the information by adopting this color for numerous articles of wood, metal, and cloth. But even with colors that blended with the surroundings, the standard paint had a conspicuous gloss. It was combustible and required turpentine or linseed
oil for thinning. After testing a number of commercial products, the board recommended a lusterless casein paint which could be thinned with 50 percent water. It was inexpensive, had good concealment qualities, and reduced fire hazard, but it took several days to become resistant to rain, and when stored outside, froze in winter and turned sour in summer. Since most casein was imported, the board encouraged private industry and the Federation of Paint, Varnish, and Lacquer Production Clubs to seek a substitute. The resulting product was an inexpensive resin-bound cold-water paint which dried rapidly and stored readily.45
44
45
Rpt cited n. 43 ( 2 ) .
Arnold to ExO Engr Bd, 8 Aug 40, sub: Rpt of Visit to Armd Center, 5-6 Aug 40. ERDL file, SP 272.
84
Advances in observation techniques meanwhile created a formidable new weapon against camouflageinfra-red photography. Improvements in film now permitted taking infra-red photographs from fast-flying aircraft. With infra-red filters and film, artificial pigments photograph much darker than the green of natural vegetation even though they look the same to the eye. The problem, then, was to get camouflage materials that both visually and photographically matched the colors of nature. The board experimented with cut foliage, which made ideal garnishing except that it withered and required frequent renewal. With help from the Department of Agriculture, some headway was made in preserving cut plants; however, the foliage did not endure outdoors. The board was more successful with infra-red paint. Having no commercial demand, this product did not exist before 1941 and had to be specially developed. The board again profited from research carried out by its own new laboratory and by the paint industry. By the fall of 1941 it was possible to prepare casein and resin-bound paints in standard colors which could not be detected by infra-red photography. While working on these general problems, the Corps of Engineers also developed special camouflage equipment for other arms. In 1939 Arnold reported on experiments with two-dimensional decoys made from strips of painted cloth which from high altitude resembled silhouettes of aircraft on the ground. By distracting attention from real planes, they would lure the enemy into wasting his efforts and expose him to antiaircraft fire. To simulate shadows, panels of black cloth were placed along the lighter silhou-
85
they would even lay out decoy airdromes to divert the enemy from the real installation.48 Field artillery batteries needed camouflage that could be quickly applied whenever they moved. But flat-tops originally designed for stabilized conditions took a long time to set up. Garnishing the nets themselves was such a slow operation that troops often disregarded concealment altogether or flung bare netting over their parked vehicles and emplacements. Although the board had originally felt it preferable for troops to paint and garnish their own nets to match the local terrain, Saint-Gaudens repeatedly advised simplification of work in the field. It would be overly optimistic to expect troops to bother with elaborate concealment measures in combat; they had not done so in World War I and they would not now, he maintained. The board therefore arranged to furnish precut colored strips of
osnaburg as well as nets which were already garnished in three standard blends of colors for different terrains and seasons.49 Even with pregarnished nets, it took hours to dismantle and set up flat-tops for artillery
48 (1) Ltr, Lt Col E. P. Sorensen, Actg Dir AC Bd, to CofAC, 9 Oct 39, sub: Air Corps Bd Study 42, Shadow Shading of Airplanes, in Air Corps Bd Study 42, 21 Jul 41. 467, SP 314. (2) Col. Stuart C. Godfrey, "Engineers with the Army Air Forces," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (November, 1941), 487-91. (3) Maj. R. E. Smyser, Jr., "Airdromes for War," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (December, 1941), 556. 49 (1) Info Bull 15, 14 Nov 38, sub: Camouflage. (2) Lt. Col. Homer Saint-Gaudens, "Discussion," after Capt. P. Rodyenko, "An All-purpose Camouflage Net," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (March-April, 1941), 152. (3) Memo, SaintGaudens for Files, 7 Feb 41, sub: Investigation of Engr Camouflage Through the Mil Attach at the British Embassy and the British Mil Mission . . . 6 Feb 41. ERDL file, CM 314. (4) Memo, Seeman for Saint-Gaudens, 11 Oct 41, sub: Proc of Camouflage Mats. 467, SP 62, Pt. 1. (5) Engr Bd Rpt 656, 15 Jan 42, sub: Camouflage Mats and Equip.
86
emplacements. Low trajectory firing left blast marks on the ground, requiring either painstaking precautions or changes in position to avoid detection. Antiaircraft guns were even more troublesome to conceal because they had to be mounted in the open 50 to secure complete traverse and elevation. Realizing that modern warfare required faster means of concealment, the board started to revise the artillery frame in January 1941. Saint-Gaudens, just given charge of camouflage at OCE, submitted details about a prefabricated frame for a 30x30foot net that the British were using. He had seen a crew erect it in eight minutes, and
when ready to fire, clear the net from the gun by releasing a switch. After experimenting with various flat-top structures, the board adapted the British model for the 3inch gun. In place of bulky wooden posts
which the old type of flat-top required, the new set used iron pipes which fitted into sockets welded on the outriggers of the gun and which were further secured by guy wires
fastened to stakes. Because the British net was too small to conceal both gun and crew, the board added two nets measuring 14x29feet each. A crew could now camouflage a gun in fifteen to twenty minutes, clear away
the net in ten seconds, and reuse the same frame about a hundred times. The principle of knocked-down prefabricated sets was further applied during the war to the concealment of other artillery pieces and even to small aircraft.51 For several years the Engineer Board, upon requests by the infantry, had also investigated the use of small nets for concealing individual soldiers on duty as scouts and snipers. Such nets were helpful so long as soldiers remained motionless but hindered combat activity by catching onto weapons and equipment. Arnold believed it simpler
87
SOLDIERS CAMOUFLAGED WITH INDIVIDUAL NETS it was found that camouflage involved work and foresight. Even when natural cover and artificial materials were available, troops on maneuvers generally failed to use them. They left their nets in cartons, or set them up incorrectly; they concealed against lateral, but not overhead, observation; they double-parked long lines of vehicles bumper-to-bumper; and they failed to observe blackout regulations. No doubt the exaggerated rapidity of operations as well as the virtual absence of aircraft tended to minimize the incentive to camouflage on these exercises. In addition, observance of camouflage in training seemed superfluous to troops who could not sense any immediate and visible danger. What they neglected to practice they expected to apply in battle. The Engineers knew this type of thinking would result in initial casualties, but so long as camouflage discipline was a command decision, there was little they could do beyond extending the scope of instruction in 55 this subject to the other arms.
(1) Memo, ExO OCE for Kingman, 8 May 40, sub: Rpt on the IV Corps Maneuvers at Ft. Benning. 354.2, Pt. 7A. (2) Ltr, Kingman to TAG, 12 Jun 40, sub: Rpt of Obsvrs on Spring Maneuvers. Same file. (3) Rpt, Comm on Camouflage, Engr Sch, 30 Nov 40, sub: Special Course in Technique of Assault Opns. 352.11, Engr Sch, 670, Bulky. (4) Memo, Gorlinski, AC of O&T Br, for Fowler, 4 Dec 41, sub: First Army Maneuvers, 22-28 Nov 41. 354.2, Pt. 10. (5) Ltr, Kingman to TAG, 28 Oct 41, sub: Activation of Additional Camouflage Bns. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 14.
55
CHAPTER IV
Peacetime Plans
For almost twenty years, during the interim between the two wars, the Corps of
89
time, an attitude clearly expressed shortly after war broke out in Europe. Anxious that procurement planning be accelerated, OASW considered limiting the allocation of facilities to special military equipment. The Engineers were quick to protest. Allocation of facilities and preparation of production schedules for construction machinery and numerous other standard commercial articles should be continued, the Supply Section maintained, since wartime requirements were certain to tax productive capacity, and since no reserve stocks had been authorized.
(1) OASW Plan Br Cir 2, 10 Jun 38, sub: Proc Plans. 400.12, Pt. 89. (2) Ltr, Dir Plan Br
OASW to CofEngrs, 23 Sep 38, sub: Progress in Proc Plan. Same file.
4 (1) Lectures on Proc Plan, Lecture 2, 18-23 Mar 29. EHD files. (2) Engr Mob Plan Based on WD Mob Plan (1933 Rev), 15 Jun 34. EHD files. 3
60-INCH SEARCHLIGHT UNIT being tested by engineers in the General Electric plant, Schenectady, N. Y.
91
items the Engineers granted an educational order to the General Electric Company which induced that plant to tool up for the manufacture of lights. Expansion of the Bart Laboratories, conversion of the Engineer Board's laboratory to manufacturing, and finally, as demands for searchlights mounted in 1940, construction of a new mirror plant at Mariemont, Ohio, followed in quick succession.6 In June 1940 Kingman announced that procurement plans were complete for all but a fraction of those items which might present production problems.7 This meant at least that various facilities had been earmarked for wartime production. If the Engineers entertained any fears that these facilities would prove insufficient they did not say so. Indeed, lacking a firm base from which to estimate quantities of operational supplies, the Engineers could not produce any facts to bolster such a claim. Unfortunately, these uncertainties about requirements persisted throughout the period before Pearl Harbor. Of equally serious consequence was the fact that during this time the Engineers were afforded practically no opportunity to order the operational supplies that were to account for so much the greater part of their wartime purchases.
(1) Ltr, Dir Plan Br OASW to CofEngrs, 2 Nov 39, sub: Alloc of Industrial Capacity. 400.12, Pt. 95. (2) Ltr, C of Sup Sec to ASW, 14 Nov 39, same sub. Same file. 6 (1) Memo, Control Office OCE for Col John W. N. Schulz, OASW, 8 Jul 39, sub: Educational Order60-inch AA Searchlight. AG 381/147 Educational Orders. (2) Ltr, C of Sup Sec to ASW, 5 Jul 38, sub: Program Under Educational Order Legislation. 400.12, Pt. 89. (3) Elaine A. Nelson, The Construction of the War Department Searchlight Mirror Plants (typescript, March 1944). EHD files. (4) Engr Bd Hist Study, Metal Searchlight Mirrors. 7 Ann Rpt OCE, 1940.
5
92
peacetime procedure. . . . Many bright ideas of speeding up purchases have been proposed, but remember the laws must be 9 observed." The most fundamental of the laws which had to be observed was that requiring competition for government orders. Competition was assured by a system of bidding whereby a government agency advertised its intention to buy a given product and invited business firms to submit proposals as to quality, time of delivery, and price. The lowest bidder usually got the order, although the government could pass over a firm whose product did not meet specifications or who clearly would not be capable of delivering. This system of buying had many advantages in a normal peacetime market. Since all prospective sellers had an opportunity to bid, charges of favoritism were obviated. Since contracts were awarded to the lowest responsible bidder, the government presumably paid a price that was both economical and fair. But the system was not expected to work during an emergency. First, it was incompatible with the planned-for allocation of facilities. Second, it was too time-consuming. In case of a major rearmament the government would negotiate its contracts, as was the universal practice in private industry. The time consumed by competitive bidding was of immediate concern to the Supply Section. Ten to thirty days were allowed for the submission of bids. Evaluation of bids and necessary paperwork followed. Anxious to get equipment into the hands of
8
upon: (1) Smith, op. cit., Ch. IV, pp. 4-9; (2) Ann Rpt OCE, 1940; (3) Sup Notes 1, 15 Feb 40, and 2, 26 Mar 40, in Rqmts Br file, Engr Sup Notes 1940-41. 9 Sup Notes 1, cited n. 8 (3).
93
German advance through the Low Countries, it was time more often than money that threatened to run out.
Rearming in Earnest
When the Chief of Staff appeared before the House Appropriations Committee early in 1940 to defend the Army budget for the next fiscal year, the American people had recovered from the shock of the German attack on Poland. There had been little military action after the completion of the Polish campaign. This fact, generously reinforced with wishful thinking, had led to the popular concept of the phony war. Under these circumstances, many congressmen were unsympathetic toward the Army's request for $853,000,000. The military, far less sanguine about the world situation, regarded the Army budget as the barest minimum of safety, but felt compelled to say nothing that could be construed as warmongering. On 9 April 1940, six weeks after General Marshall's testimony on the appropriation bill, the Germans moved into Norway. On 10 May came the full-scale blitzkrieg in the west. Suddenly the budget that had seemed so large appeared modest 14 indeed. The War Department had a planthe Protective Mobilization Planthat provided for the orderly expansion of the Army in case of a national emergency. The first increment was to bring the active Army to
10
Proc of Engr Equip. Rqmts Br file, Gen Staff, G-4. 11 H, Military Establishment Appropriation Bill for 1941, Hearings, p. 656. 12 Special Senate Committee Investigating the National Defense Program, 77th Cong, 1st Sess, Investigation of the National Defense Program, Hearings on S. Res 71, Pt. 1, p. 162.
13
14
94
750,000 men. The $853,000,000 budget which the Chief of Staff defended in February 1940 included money to stockpile critical items (defined as items not readily available from commercial sources) for the Initial Protective Force and to procure both critical and essential items available on relatively short notice for the currently authorized 227,000-man Regular Army and 235,000man National Guard. On 19 April, ten days after the Germans attacked Norway, the Supply Division (G-4) of the War Department General Staff asked the services to prepare estimates to cover those critical items omitted from the budget which were needed by active units of the Army. This was the first of a number of estimates called for during the spring and summer of 1940 as the battle of France was being lost. By the end of June, Congress had appropriated nearly $3,000,000,000 to the Army, the goal now being to provide critical and essential items for a force of 610,000 and critical items for 1,200,000 men. The Munitions Program of 30 June raised the sights still higher. Under this program the Army proposed to provide a force of 1,200,000 with critical and essential items by 31 September 1941, to provide critical items for 500,000 more men by the following December, and to create productive capacity for the eventual arming of 4,000,000. In the fall, Congress appropriated additional money, bringing the total funds available to the Army to $7,000,000,000. The Corps of Engineers' share of this amount was $70,000,000.15 Justifications for this sum had been prepared by the Requirements, Storage and Issue Branch, Supply Section, in great haste. The request for estimates made on 19 April had to be answered the following day. But the small staff of the Requirements Branch had had no difficulty in arriving at the an-
Military Establishment Appropriation Bill, 1941, Hearings, p. 2. (3) Memo, WD Budget Off for CofEngrs, 19 Apr 40, sub: Supplemental Estimate for Critical Items. 111 (1941) ( S ) . (4) Memo, C of Sup Sec for ACofS G-4, 28 May 40. Fiscal Liaison Sec file, Regular Estimate 1942. (5) Memo, ACofS G-4 for Cs of Sup Arms and Svs, 26 Jun 40, sub: Army Rqmts for a Force of 4,000,000 Men. Rqmts Br file, Gen Staff G-4. (6) S, First Supplemental National Defense Appropriation Bill for 1941, Hearings, 76th Cong, 3d Sess, pp. 1-3. (7) Incl with Memo, C of Fiscal Br for Dir Purch and Contracts OUSW, 17 Dec 41. 400.13, Pt. 3. 16 (1) Army Industrial College Short Course 3, Current Proc in Corps of Engrs, given by Brig Gen John J. Kingman, Sep 41. (Hereafter cited as AIC Short Course 3.) Intnl Div file, 400.113. (2) Memo, Maint Sec for C of Rqmts and Resources Sec, 30 Oct 42, sub: Maint Factors. 400.4, Pt. 1. (3) Ann Rpt OCE, 1941.
95
When the General Staff revised its plans for defense in the light of the German victories, Kingman made a specific request. RAINBOW 4, as the new plan was called, contemplated the occupation of certain foreign possessions in the Western Hemisphere and provided for the defense of Hawaii and Alaska. Under the schedule of movements, troops would be deployed in three contingents, the first force to move on ten days' notice, the second in thirty days, and the remainder in forty. The Engineers estimated they would need about $15,000,000 to ready themselves for the operations included in RAINBOW 4: $1,808,000 worth of equipment of the same type but in greater amounts than that automatically furnished troop units; $1,560,000 worth of special equipment such as heavy construction
machinery and rock crushers; and $11,718,000 worth of construction materials. Only a small part of these supplies was on hand included in the current procurement program. Kingman notified G-4 in September 1940 that it would take at least 60 days to obtain the total quantities specified. G-4, persuaded by this justification, suggested that the request for funds be included in the next appropriation bill. Early in December a representative of the War Plans Division, General Staff, persuaded the Engineers to withdraw the request for most of the funds. RAINBOW 4 had been changed to allow thirty days before movement of the first contingent. Strictly speaking, most supplies included in the $15,000,000 estimate might be gathered together within thirty days. But Lt. Col. John M. Silkman, the chief of the Supply Section, warned that "new equipment may not be available and . . . used equipment might have to be commandeered or even confiscated depending upon the urgency of the situation under which the RAINBOW Plan became operative. The potentiality of such action as a source of confusion and delay in activities of first importance . . . should not be overlooked nor underestimated." The funds were not restored.19
On the various plans and measures for protection of the Western Hemisphere, see: Stetson Conn and Byron Fairchild, The Framework of Hemisphere Defense, a volume in preparation for the series, UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD
17
WAR II.
The following discussion of the Engineers' part in these defense plans is based upon: (1) Conn and Fairchild, op. cit., Ch. I, pp. 10-12, and Ch. II, pp. 10-11; and (2) Corresp in P&T Div file, 381, RAINBOW, Folio 1, and G-4 file 31604-3 (S). 18 Memo, ACofEngrs for ACofS WPD, 4 Mar 40, sub: Rqmts for Task Force 1, JBWP-R-1. P&T Div file, 381, RAINBOW, Folio 1. 19 Memo, C of Sup Sec for Lt Col R. W. Crawford, 3 Dec 40, sub: Special Equip for RAINBOW Plan. P&T Div file, 381, RAINBOW, Folio 1.
96
On occasion the Engineers called attention to the great discrepancy between what was being bought under the Munitions Program and what would be required in wartime. The emergency had not developed according to the book with an M Day touching off a prearranged series of steps. Instead, as Kingman pointed out, "plans and requirements for supply, at least for the Engineers, have been made piecemeal with constantly changing objectives and authorizations dependent on expected appropriations." 20 The result was a relatively small procurement program which the Engineers believed could be executed without difficulty. The launching of the Munitions Program resulted in a number of changes in the laws and policies which regulated government buying. The expansion of productive facilities was assured by a relaxation of the tax laws to allow amortization of expenditures for plant construction, and by government financing in the form of loans or outright ownership. Competitive bidding was no longer required. Advance payments on contracts could be made. In an attempt to insure the production of first things first the Army and Navy Munitions Board (ANMB) established a system of priority ratings for military orders. In general, speed of delivery consistent with an acceptable product replaced cost as the factor to be given primary 21 consideration. A score of suggestions were added to these formal arrangements for expediting the Munitions Program. OASW directed that the time allowed for submission and evaluation of competitive bids be cut. In order to spread the work to as many suppliers as possible, restrictive specifications were to be avoided, awards split, the use of subcontractors encouraged, and inspections
20
97
whenever possible and whenever to the gov25 ernment's advantage. The decision to continue the use of competitive bidding wherever feasible was in perfect accord with the policies announced by OASW, which notified the services on 2 July that "the authority to purchase without advertising will be resorted to only in cases where that method of procurement is essential to expedite the accomplishment of the defense program." When negotiation was resorted to, it should be preceded by solicitation of informal bids. Negotiated contracts amounting to $500,000 or more had to be submitted to the Assistant Secretary of War for approval; the supply services were to set up appropriate safeguards for controlling the award of contracts of lesser amounts.26 In order to speed up the placement of orders within the competitive bidding system the Procurement Branch reduced the time allowed between advertising and awards to a maximum of ten days.27 On 8 July, with $25,000,000 available from the regular appropriation, the Supply Section announced its intention to let contracts worth $17,002,266 within the next thirty days. All but one, an order for metallic parts for ponton bridges, would be advertised. By early September the Engineers
AIC Short Course 3. Memo, ACofEngrs for ASW, 24 Jul 40, sub: Proc Plan for Munitions Program of 30 Jun 40. 470, Pt. 1. 26 Memo, Dir Current Proc OASW for CofEngrs et al., 2 Jul 40, sub: Proc Without Advertising. 160, Pt. 1. 27 Unless otherwise noted, the remainder of this section is based upon (1) Smith, op. cit., Ch. VII, pp. 7-8; (2) AGO file, Wkly Rpts to USW and Wkly Status Rpts; (3) Corresp in 160, Pt. 1; 400.12, Pts. 99-102, 107; 400.12 (S), Pt. 1; 400.13, Pt. 3; 400.333, Pt. 1; 400.333, China, Pt. 1; 3820, National Defense, Pt. 2; and Denman Personal Files, Misc, and Procedure.
25 24
98
had obligated almost all of their $25,000,000, and another appropriation, for $42,000,000, was approved. Again the Procurement Branch moved quickly, obligating more than $19,500,000 by the middle of the month. Of the approximately $44,000,000 obligated, more than $16,000,000 went into orders for searchlights in contracts negotiated with the two available suppliers, Sperry Gyroscope and General Electric. One other contract in the group let at this time, with the W. & L. E. Gurley Company for transits, was negotiated. A little over $2,000,000 in contracts for ponton bridge parts and road graders was advertised. Excluding contracts amounting to less than $100,000, the Engineers had obligated by the end of January 1941 over $23,500,000 through advertisement and over $30,500,000 through negotiation. Searchlights absorbed over 50 percent of the total spent under each type of contract. Of the major items contracted for during this period six were bought exclusively through competitive bidding, eleven by direct negotiation, and seven in part after bidding and in part through negotiation. In accordance with the instructions of the Assistant Secretary of War the Procurement Branch tried to retain as much competition as possible. Thus before the negotiation of a contract the branch sought informal bids from companies who could be expected to respond to advertisement.28 Even when contracts were advertised it was possible through a skillful wording of specifications to restrict the bids received to those manufacturers whose products were preferred, and the Supply Section did this on occasion. Carryall scrapers are a case in point. The Development Branch wrote
(1) John Perry Miller, Pricing of Military Procurements (New Haven: Yale University Press,
1949), pp. 30-32. (2) Memo, C of Dev Br for CofEngrs, 13 Oct 41. 413.8, Pt. 10. 30 Memo, ACofEngrs for ASW, 24 Jul 40, sub:
Proc Plan for Munitions Program of 30 Jun 40.
470, Pt. 1. 31 (1) Memo, C of Proc Br for Intel Sec, 18 Jan 41. Denman Personal File, Misc. (2) Memo, Sup Sec for Finance Div, 4 Mar 41, sub: Memo for
USW ... Re Investigation of Army and Navy
99
and of development projects, goes far to explain not only the promptness with which the Engineers placed appropriated monies under contract but also the confidence they displayed in the abilities of their suppliers to produce on schedule.32 Contractors normally filled orders on the basis of first come, first served. Under the priority system established by the Army and Navy Munitions Board on 12 August 1940, contractors were to fill orders in any given month on the basis of preference ratings. Preference or priority ranged from A-1 to A-10 with an AA reserved for emergency use. The A-1 rating was to be applied to critical and essential items needed to complete the equipment of all active units of the Regular Army and National Guard; A2 to critical and essential items to equip the 1,200,000-man protective mobilization force A number of the companies to whom the and maintain it for one year; A-5 to critical Procurement Branch took its business had items and A-6 to essential items to equip been allocated to the Corps of Engineers 800,000 men and maintain them for four under the procurement plans developed by months. Under this setup most engineer arOASW. A number had not. The system of ticles were rated A-1 or A-2. At the end of allocations so painstakingly worked out dur- October the Procurement Branch reported ing the thirties was quietly laid to rest during that no difficulties had been encountered in the creeping mobilization that preceded connection with priorities. Pearl Harbor. As monies were received, all Indeed the Engineers had few difficulties the services, the Engineers included, grad- of any sort. With the receipt of additional ually acquired an interest in a facility funds for searchlights for seacoast defenses through the placement of orders. Where one and for the Navy, the Procurement Branch service could not utilize all the productive had a program of close to $76,500,000 and capacity available, another service was wel- had put about 70 percent of it under concome. Yet there was a marked tendency to tract by the end of December 1940.33 The gravitate toward allocated facilities whose 32 S, Investigation of the National Defense Proproduct and management were known. gram, Hearings, 77th Cong, 1st Sess, Pt. 1, p. 30. 33 Patterson credited the procurement plan(1) Ltr, CofEngrs to ASW, 2 Jan 41, sub: Wkly ning sponsored by him and his predecessors Rpt. EHD files. (2) Engineer Service Army sums allotted to projects other than No. 3 ($4,035,176) as for much of the promptness with which the shown in Incl, Engr Sv Army Appropriations, with services let supply contracts. Procurement Memo, C of Fiscal Br for Dir Purchases and Contracts OUSW, 17 Dec 41 (400.13, Pt. 3), have planning, together with the experience ac- been subtracted from $80,526,294 as shown in the cumulated in the supervision of civil works letter cited above.
100
most critical items were on order and deliveries had equaled or exceeded scheduled production in nearly all cases. (Table 1) Three itemsgasoline shovels, earth augers, and searchlightswere behind schedule. A strike had interfered with the production of shovels. Technical engineering problems had for a time dogged the production of searchlights. The essential fact was that troops in training had experienced no shortages of equipment. Troops were 98 percent equipped, General Schley estimated in January 1941. Although the Engineer procurement program continued to be small, during the calendar year 1941 it became more complicated. After the passage of the Lend-Lease Act in March 1941 the Engineers began to purchase supplies for Great Britain and China. In January the first of several task forces moved out to one of the Atlantic bases that had been acquired from Great Britain. As the year wore on and more task forces occupied the defense perimeter the demand for power machinery and construction materials began to put a strain upon engineer supply. In January 1941 the War Department decided to ask immediately for funds to cover that part of the Munitions Program heretofore included in the budget for fiscal year 1942. The Engineers received $18,674,000 from the appropriation act passed in April. That same month the Engineers received their first allocation in the amount of $9,707,000 from lend-lease funds. By the end of the summer, appropriations for troop equipment had added $73,000,000 and lend-lease allotments $13,000,000 to Engineer funds.34 The Engineers saw nothing in this situation that called for the decentralization of
A START IN THE PROCUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT TABLE 1STATUS OF MAJOR ITEMS OF ENGINEER PROCUREMENT PROGRAM: 31 DECEMBER 1940
101
Procured for the Engineers by the Ordnance Department at this time. Data not available. Source: Sched of Prod Rates on Critical Items and Status of Engr Equip Required To Meet Time Objective, submitted with Ltr, Sup Sec OCE to Prod Br OUSW, 31 Jan 41, sub: Sched of Prod Rates. . . . Special Collection Subsec of Hist Div WD Special Staff file, OUSW Plan Br 381, Time Objectives.
b
102
can Army before the close of the fiscal year.36 The branch failed, however, to make much headway with the program for the British. The Engineers could transfer a few items from depot stock. Beyond this they had put under contract by midsummer only $2,500,000 of the $9,000,000 worth of construction machinery, bridges, boats, and other equipment requisitioned by the United Kingdom. By the end of the fiscal year 1941 the Engineers had $23,000,000 in lend-lease funds, $13,000,000 of which was for construction materials and rolling stock for the Burma-Yunnan Railway. Between July and December 1941 they received an additional $56,000,000, most of which was for railroad building materials and rolling stock for lines in the Middle East. By December the Procurement Branch had obligated $53,000,000, or 67 percent of the total.37
The Beginning of Production Problems
As early as January 1941 the Engineers had expressed some uncertainty about the future rate of production. Kingman had called attention to "an apparent slowing trend" in the receipt of certain raw materials which the Supply Section feared might cause a reduction in the rates of delivery of end products. These materials could be readily identified by a look at the Army and Navy Munitions Board's priority list, he wrote the Under Secretary of War, "but among other things, a shortage may be expected of steel and steel alloy products, aluminum sheets, certain qualities of plywood, and expanded rubber." 38 The Army and Navy Munitions Board had by this time overhauled the priorities system, which had become overcrowded in the A-1 category.
OUSW, 1940-42.
Memo, C of Sup Sec for Defense Aid Dir, 2 Dec 41, sub: Lease-Lend Rpt. Intnl Div file, 400.333, Latin America. On lend-lease before Pearl Harbor, see Richard M. Leighton and Robert W. Coakley, Global Logistics and Strategy: 1940-1943, UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II (Washington, 1956), pp. 44-45, 76-116. 38 Memo, Actg CofEngrs for USW, 10 Jan 41, sub: Proc Act for the Corps of Engrs Under the Various 1941 Appropriations. 400.12, Pt. 102.
37
103
physically incorporated in the product. By this time, the priorities system itself had undergone yet another overhauling which lifted all military orders into the A-1-a to A-1-j categories and placed limitations on the amounts to be produced in each category.42 Although the new rating structure was a step forward it did not get at the root of the problem, which was a rapidly developing shortage of raw materials. The Under Secretary of War had to call upon OPM to intervene in order to obtain steel for searchlight trailers. The priority rating on optical glass had to be raised in order to ob-
The new system failed to make sense to the Buffalo representative who pointed out that there was "comparatively little commercial demand for specialized articles, and because of this lack of demand, obtaining delivery of special items is seldom difficult, whereas industry as a whole demands commercial items (structural steel, rubber, etc.), and because of the great demand, precedence for materials used for defense contracts is necessary. This indicates that strict interpretation of the new priority rulings nullifies, to a large extent, the underlying 'raison d'etre' of the priority system." 40 The Supply Section registered its alarm over the new policy to the ANMB in February and again in April, and asked that the restriction be lifted.41 The Army was wholeheartedly in favor of lifting the restriction. All the services had experienced similar difficulties and entered similar protests. Gradually the OPM retreated. As of 1 May the services could extend ratings to nearly all the standard nonferrous metals and to iron and steel. By the fall of 1941 OPM had agreed to allow extensions to all materials that were
tain delivery of stereoscopes. Substitutes for aluminum had to be made whenever possible.43 "Until such time as by joint command decision the War and Navy
Departments establish a military priority for ponton bridges on the same level of importance as that which has been established for aircraft," the ANMB Priorities Committee informed the Supply Section, "it is believed realistic to face the fact that in all probability aluminum will no longer be available for the production of ponton bridges." 44 The Engineer Board duly wrote
(1) Smith, op. cit., Ch. VIII, pp. 36-37. (2) C/L (Finance 1), 4 Jan 41. 40 Ltr, Buffalo Dist Engr to CofEngrs, 13 Jan 41, sub: Priorities Instructions. 3820, National Defense, Pt. 1. 41 (1) Ltr, C of Sup Sec to USW, 28 Feb 41, sub: Rev of Priority Critical Item List. 400.12, Pt. 103. (2) Ltr, C of Sup Sec to ANMB Priorities Comm, 12 Apr 41, sub: Changes in Priorities Critical List. Denman Personal File, Misc. 42 Smith, op. cit., Ch. VIII, pp. 37-39, 51-71. 43 (1) Memo, Gen Rutherford for USW, 27 Jun 41, sub: Trailers. USW file, Misc and Subject Steel Through Dec. (2) Ltr, Dir Prod Br OUSW to CofEngrs, 24 May 41, sub: Optical Glass for Stereoscopes. 400.12, Pt. 105. (3) Memo, Plan Br OUSW for CofEngrs et al., 7 Jul 41. Legal Div file, Directives Tanney, 1940-41. 44 1st Ind, ANMB Priorities Comm to Control Off OCE, 2 Aug 41 (basic missing). 417, Pt. 10.
39
104
specifications for steel pontons despite their excessive weight, and despite the fact that many signs pointed toward a steel shortage.45 In August 1941 the Engineers reported a slight slippage in total deliveries:
Of the 54 items in the expenditure program deliveries were scheduled on only 21 items and were received on 18. At the beginning of the month 10 items were behind schedule and 6 were ahead, while at the close of the month 12 were behind and only 3 ahead. . . . The matriel provided by the Fifth Supplemental Appropriation Act was scheduled to come into production in a large number of cases in July but in some instances no deliveries were received. With these new contracts the Engineers are beginning to run into priority trouble in that the suppliers are unable to get the raw material and parts required because of the higher priority of other services and suppliers. This is a situation which did not prevail a number of months ago when earlier contracts were filled without difficulty.
Yet the Engineers preferred to look for the silver lining. The program was "well along." Troop units had nearly all of their authorized equipment on hand. Statistics therefore might be deceptive because "from a military viewpoint the picture is very bright in that the initial requirements have been obtained." 46 The argument was true as far as it went. The goals of the Munitions Pro-
gram were being met. But the over-all picture was not bright because the Munitions Program had made practically no provision for emergency stocks. The $1,716,400 left the Corps from its $15,000,000 estimate for RAINBOW 4 had been obligated, largely upon the advice of the War Plans Division of the General Staff, for portable buildings, water purification units, portable evaporators, and machine gun emplacements. The slim margin on which the Engineers were operating became apparent as soon as emergency needs cropped up. In May 1941 Brigadier
105
kinds of Engineer supplies cannot be secured on short notice. It is, therefore, necessary that a reasonable quantity of Engineer supplies be purchased well in advance for delivery at interior Engineer depots and then shipped direct in proper quantity and kind to ports of embarkation as required.
Specifically he requested a directive to cover engineer operations in the field for task forces and emergency projects.50 Agreeing that a stockpile containing "a reasonable quantity" of supplies was "desirable," G-4 directed the preparation of an estimate based on two infantry divisions, one operating under arctic and the other under tropical weather conditions, and one corps operating under either tropical or temperate weather conditions. On this basis Kingman requested an immediate allotment of $5,250,000. Funds were not available, the General Staff replied on 10 October. Engineer needs must be met through the next supplemental appropriation bill where provision had been made (on 27 September) for the inclusion of funds to purchase balanced stocks of construction materials and equipment that would be needed in Ice(1) Ltr, Engr Fourth Army to CofEngrs, 14 Jul 41, sub: Constr Equip for Alaska, with Incls. 400.31, 32d Engrs. (2) Memo, AC of O&T Sec for Actg C of Sup Sec, 30 Aug 41, sub: Purch of Tractors and Carryalls. 451.3, Pt. 6. (3) Memo, C of Fortifications Sec for C of Sup Sec, 29 Jun 41, sub: Purch of Constr Mat for TofOpns. 381, INDIGO ( S ) . (4) Ltr, Actg CofEngrs to Stat Br OUSW, 10 Sep 41, sub: Wkly Rpt. EHD files. (5) Corresp in 400.31, Pt. 4. (6) Dod, Engineers in the War Against Japan, Ch. II. 49 (1) Ltr, CofEngrs to TAG, 17 Jun 41, sub: Engr Equip and Supplemental Request To Meet Demands of War Plans. P&T Div file, 381, RAINBOW, Folio 1. (2) Memo, Actg ACofS G-4 for CofS, 20 Jun 41, sub: Engr Equip and Supplemental Request To Meet Demands of War Plans. G-4 file
48
31604-3 (S). (3) S, First Supplemental National Defense Appropriation Bill for 1942, Hearings, 77th Cong, 1st Sess, p. 112. 50 Memo, ACofEngrs for CofS, 26 Jul 41, sub: Directive for Engr Rqmts. 400.31, Pt. 4.
106
107
Source: OUSW Stat Br, Wkly Stat Rpt 25, Sec. 3, CE, 20 Dec 41. QM-Eng-Med Wkly Stat Rpt 25 (C).
land, Alaska, Newfoundland, Greenland, and the Philippines, and for the 1st Division Task Force in the event of its involvement in combat. The Engineers put in for approximately $15,000,000 in the estimates for the third supplemental bill, but the attack on Pearl Harbor occurred before its passage. The Engineers were caught without a single
crawler tractor or square foot of landing mat in reserve.51 Yet the Engineers had more than met the War Department's objective, stated in October, of initial equipment for 1,418,000 men by the end of December. With $49,000,000 still unobligated, the Procurement Branch had let contracts for practically all engineer items, both essential and critical, for a force of 1,725,000 and by the end of November had received deliveries of 87 per52 cent of this equipment. The status of forty-three key items was similarly encouraging. (Table 2) No con-
tract had yet been let for timber saws or for 18x18-inch duplicating equipment. On the other hand, contracts for steel trestle bridges, -yard gasoline shovels, and special aviation equipment would eventually provide
(1) Memo, Actg ACofS G-4 for CofS, 5 Aug 41, sub: Directive for Engr Rqmts. AG 400.312 (11) 7-26-41 (1) Directive for Engr Rqmts. (2) Ltr, TAG to CofEngrs, 9 Aug 41, same sub. 400.31,
51
Folio 6 (S). (5) H, Third Supplemental National Defense Appropriation Bill for 1942, Hearings, 77th Cong, 1st Sess, Pt. 2, p. 137. (6) Logistics in World War II, Final Rpt of ASF, 1947. 52 (1) Ltr, CofEngrs to Stat Br OUSW, 3 Dec 41, sub: Wkly Rpt. EHD files. (2) Stat Br OUSW, Wkly Stat Rpt 24, Sec 3. QM-Engr-Med Wkly Stat Rpts. (3) Ltr, Dir Prod Br OUSW to CofEngrs, 7 Oct 41, sub: Time Objectives. WD
Records Br Special Collection Subsec of Hist Div WD Special Staff File, OUSW Plan Br 381, Time Objectives.
108
for a 3,200,000-man Army. Deliveries of twenty-nine articles were either completed or on schedule. Twelve were behind: portable water purification units, both 3 and 5 KVA electric lighting equipment, magnifying mirror stereoscopes, motorized copying cameras, H-10 portable steel bridges, 25ton ponton bridges, footbridges, truck mounted cranes, 60-inch searchlights, 24inch beach defense searchlights, and tilting trailers. All activated antiaircraft regiments, however, had their allowances of 60-inch searchlights and new deliveries were for replacements and warehouse stocks. Production of searchlight trailers, delayed for
months, was at last catching upfor the
CHAPTER V
The Nucleus
On 30 June 1939 there were 786 Engineer officers and 5,790 Engineer enlisted men in the Regular Army. Most of the officers were assigned to OCE, civil works districts, Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) units, or sundry tasks in the War Department. Little more than a fourth of them were on duty with troops in the field. Although the primary source of their commissions was the United States Military Academy, many had obtained Regular Army commissions by appointment from civil life or after service as reservists.1 The Engineers considered all new officers, whatever their background, only partly trained. The basic education of an Engineer officer became complete only after two years with troops, a year of graduate work at a civilian engineering school, nine months at the Engineer School, and two years on rivers and harbors duty.2 Circumstances did not always permit this program to be followed in prescribed sequence, but OCE frowned
Ml) Ann Rpt OCE, 1939. (2) Memo, ACofEngrs of ACofS G-1, 12 May 39. 310.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 15. (3) Rpt, Distr of Commissioned PersRA Active List, 30 Jun 39. Same file. 2 (1) Info Bull 6, 16 Mar 38, sub: New Appointments in CE. (2) Memo, CofEngrs for ACofS G-3, 5 Apr 39, sub: Additional Offs for ROTC Duty. 210.64, Pt. 1. (3) Memo, ACofEngrs for C of Pers Sec, 25 Jan 40, sub: Six Year Tng Program for Offs. 210.4, Pt. 1.
tion of such men and their integration with the professionals and semiprofessionals to form efficient operating units.
110
upon deviations from it, as the following reaction toward Rhodes scholarships shows:
It has been the observation of this office and of the faculty of the Engineer School that although the three year course at Oxford University undoubtedly has a cultural value it nevertheless delays by that amount the essential training of an officer. It has been noted that the Rhodes scholars usually stand near the bottom of their class in the Engineer School and that their Oxford training appears in large measure to have neutralized the splendid training previously received at West Point.3
The Engineers were concerned first and last with the technical competence of their officers. The 5,790 enlisted men in the Corps in June 1939 were volunteers, many of whom, especially among the noncommissioned of-
ficers in the top grades, had been in the Army for many years. Except for some three hundred on duty at the Engineer School or scattered among corps area and department headquarters they were members of troop units. During the thirties most of the enlisted men were jacks-of-all-trades admirably equipped for the varied duties performed by the divisional units which made up the bulk of the engineer component of the Army. By 1939 the background of a good many recruits had changed. They were younger, had more formal education, but, as a result of the unemployment of the thirties, had acquired fewer skills.4
Liaison Ind, Kingman to TAG, 11 Oct 38, on Liaison Memo from AGO, 7 Oct 38. EHD files. 4 O&T Office Study 160. EHD files.
3
111
specific tasks at overseas bases or Army schools. Such work hindered systematic training. Even though troop units were small and few in number (there were only twelve of them in 1939) shortages of equipment, particularly modern equipment, forced officers to improvise and to simulate some aspects of training. As a consequence, field exercises were distorted and unrealistic.5 The Army tried to compensate for this imperfect unit training by emphasizing the schooling of individuals. Engineer units conducted courses to qualify men as construction foremen, demolitions experts, electricians, and carpenters. Officers broadened their knowledge at general service schools, the Command and General Staff School, and the Army Industrial College, but for special training the Army relied mainly upon special service schools within each branch. The backbone of the training program at the Engineer School was a nine-month course for Regular Army officers. Instruction covered organization of the Army and of the Corps of Engineers, military history, mobilization problems, training management, principles of command and logistics, equitation, tactics of the Engineers and of associated arms, mapping, fortifications, and construction. All officers were expected to take this course. Three technical courses in the most complicated duties of engineer soldiers were offered to key enlisted men selected for attendance: electricity, motors, and water purification; surveying, drafting, and aerial photographic mapping; and map
reproduction and photography. The Engineer School had a capacity for about forty officers and about fifty-five enlisted students. Administration, instruction, and caretaking were carried on by about eighteen officers and a group of 215 enlisted men who formed the school detachment. Because of their low grades and ratings, enlisted instructors sought and received offers of better positions with other organizations. The resulting turnover in personnel, coupled with inadequate facilities, hampered the school's program. Although individuals who attended went away better equipped to perform their military duties, the school could not entirely make up for the shortcomings that existed
in the field.6 With such typical deficiencies in training, manpower, and equipment, the Army of the thirties did not present a very formidable fighting force. After war broke out in Europe the War Department, in an effort to improve the state of preparedness, began a limited reorganization and expansion. For the Engineers an immediate effect was the demand for more officers with troops, a need that was met by transferring a number of officers from civil works districts and by compressing the course at the Engineer School into one semester. Regulars who
5 (1) Ann Rpt OCE, 1939. (2) Info Bull 9, 25 Jul 38, sub: Unit Tng. (3) Tng Memo 52, Hq 5th
Oct 39. 353, Pt. 14. 6 (1) Bull cited n. 5 ( 2 ) . (2) 2d Ind, Comdt Engr Sch to CofEngrs, 27 Jun 38, Incl, with 1st Ind, Comdt Engr Sch to CofEngrs, 8 Nov 38, on Ltr, ExO Mil Div to Comdt Engr Sch, 5 Nov 38, sub: RA Offs 1939-40 Course at Engr Sch. 210.3, Engr
Sch, Pt. 3. (3) 1st Ind, Hq Engr Sch to CofEngrs,
8 Jul 39, on Ltr, AC of O&T Sec to Comdt Engr Sch, 6 Jul 39, sub: Capacity of Enl Spec Sch. 352.4, Engr Sch. (4) Personal Ltr, Capt C. T.
Hunt, CO Engr Sch Det, to Kingman, 3 Jan 40. Loose Corresp, 1940. (5) Ltr, Hunt to CO Ft. Belvoir, 25 Jan 40, sub: Increased Grades and Ratings for Engr Sch Det. Same file.
112
would normally have been tied up at the school were assigned to troop units and their places filled by National Guard and Reserve officers who needed a brush-up course prior to field duty. But it was within troop units themselves rather than at the school that the major adjustments to the expansion were made.7 Old units provided new units with cadres. Thus the 1st Engineer Regiment sent experienced men to the 1st Engineer Battalion, the 27th Engineer Battalion, the 70th Light Ponton Company, and the Headquarters Company, 18th Engineer Regiment. Even the 4th Engineers which consisted of but a single company gave up twenty-four men. Such transfers insured the mingling of seasoned troops with recruits and distributed the training load.8 In 1935 OCE had prepared a 16-week mobilization training program (MTP) for emergencies and during the summer of 1939 had made a hurried revision to delete training in animal transportation, to change text references, and to increase the time allotted to defense against tanks and other vehicles. Although the MTP of 1939 was devised for the combat regiment, other types of units were expected to use it as a guide. More than half of the program's 640 hours was to be devoted to training in military engineering, about one sixth to drills, marches, and other basic and disciplinary subjects, and the remainder to marksmanship and tactical exercises such as scouting and patrolling.9 Few units had time to follow this schedule. As station areas were enlarged, engineer troops became involved in surveying sites, laying out tent camps, pulling up stumps, installing utilities, and building roads. At Fort Benning, the 21st General
113
tional Guard was thereafter gradually absorbed into the main body of the Army. While the National Guard was the first line of reserve, another civilian component, the Officers' Reserve Corps, was considered the major base for a large-scale expansion. In the prewar years there were few enlisted men in the Reserves. Mobilization plans were based on a nucleus of officers around which new units could be organized and trained. Appointments in the Engineer Officers' Reserve Corps were open to men between the ages of twenty and thirty who had an engineering degree, who had practical experience in military drill, and who qualified in military subjects through examination or by taking extension courses. On 30 June 1939 there were over 8,000 men in the Engineer Officers' Reserve Corps, but not all were eligible for active duty either because of failure to maintain an interest in Reserve affairs or because of age. Only about 200 were directly under the control of the Chief of Engineers, the rest being assigned to corps area commands. Nevertheless, OCE was expected to maintain an interest in their status and for all practical purposes determine the standards for granting commissions and promotions. There were 29 ROTC units in 1939, one third of which had been established since 1935. The Engineers received
Ann Rpts OCE, 1939, 1940. Programs of Instruction NG and Res Offs Course 1940 and NG NCOs and Sgt Instructors Course 1939, Incl with Ltr, Comdt Engr Sch to TAG, 17 Tun 40, sub: Rpt of Opns of Engr Sch 1939-40. EHD files. 13 Info Bull 31, 26 Sep 39, sub: Extracts From Comments on First Army Maneuvers. 14 (1) Personal Ltr, Col G. Van B. Wilkes, Engr Second Army, to Godfrey, 3 Sep 40. 354.2, Pt. 7A. (2) Rpt, Lt Col J. H. Carruth, Engr Sch, to Comdt Engr Sch, 20 Sep 40, sub: First Army Maneuvers, Aug 40. 354.2, 315A, Bulky. (3) Ltr, Galloway to CofEngrs, 12 Sep 40, sub: Rpt on Third Army Maneuvers, Aug 40. 354.2, Pt. 7A.
12
11
114
600 officers from this source in 1939. By 15 1941 the number had jumped to 800. Although applicants for the last two years of ROTC training were supposedly selected on the basis of scholastic standing and military aptitude, absolute control of ROTC membership was more wishful than real. Since civil engineering provided the best preparation for construction work, men who had majored in this subject were preferred, but the number of civil engineering students had so sharply declined during the thirties that the Engineers were forced to accept more graduates from other branches of engineering than they wished. Only 16.4 percent of the officers commissioned from ROTC engineer units in 1939 were civil engineers. The largest number, 25.5 percent, were mechanical engineers.16 Once commissioned, ROTC graduates continued military training under Corps Area Engineers aided by officers in the civil works districts who had Reserve instruction as a secondary duty. From time to time the General Staff criticized the Engineer system, comparing it unfavorably with that of other branches in which officers were assigned exclusively to Reserve instruction. The Engineers defended the arrangement on the grounds that it enabled them to use their small number of Regular Army officers to better advantage and argued that it was practical in view of the day-to-day contact maintained by civil works officers with civilian engineers who were also Reserve officers. Schley's awareness of the criticisms of this system probably led him to make Reserve instruction a particular concern. Theoretically, he could act only in an advisory capacity, but his direct authority over Division and District Engineers enabled him to push the matter. The primary purpose of Reserve training
115
further build-up of the Army and proposed a contingent of 91,000 Engineers, or 7 percent of a 1,300,000-man Army. By October
the War Department had authorized 75,000 Engineers, exclusive of aviation units. In view of the 1,400,000-man Army then projected, engineer troops would comprise but
Meanwhile events forced further changes. As the Army expanded, and as personnel in
civil works districts began to be absorbed in
the supervision of airfield construction, District Engineers had less and less time to devote to the Reserve. In December 1940, OCE recommended that Reserve officers
take over this job entirely. By then increasing numbers of Reserves were being called up for extended active duty.17
5.45 percent, which Kingman contended was insufficient. His argument for more engineer units in the Army, like his arguments in justification for more engineers within these units, was based on the lessons of the war in Europe. Despite Kingman's realization that the authorized expansion to 75,000 men might overtax existing units since the Engineers were already absorbing men twice
as fast as the Army as a whole, he urged the activation of more topographic and camouflage units and called for more Engineers for the Air Corps and for armored divisions. The General Staff's War Plans Division
conceded that the existing proportion of combat engineer troops in the Army might be too small, but wished to abide by existing
of 30 June 1940 only forty-four Engineer Reserve officers had been called to extended active duty. There had been a twenty-fourman increase in Regular Army officers and the number of enlisted men had risen from
plans pending the completion of an overall study or until the Army took in more men. Recognizing that augmentations in engineer troops would have to occur at the expense of other arms and services, G-3 took a similar position. An exception was to be
made only in the case of engineer aviation 19 units. 5,790 in June 1939 to 9,973 in June 1940. Even though Kingman did not obtain But this was a mere trickle of new men. all the troops he wanted, the Chief of Staff Within the next year the flow turned into
a raging torrent.18 In August 1940 Kingman called attention to the "serious deficiency" in engineer
(3) Corresp in 353, Organized Res, Pts. 10-12; 326.02, Pt. 3; and 210.3, Organized Res, Pt. 1.
Ann Rpts OCE, 1940, 1941. (1) 320.2, Pt. 25. (2) 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 12.
19
18
116
expansions" in the Army. As of June 1939 a new classification and assignment system the Corps of Engineers comprised 3.3 per- in the fall of 1940. One of its two essentials cent of the Army; a year later, 4 percent. was the Army General Classification Test In June 1941 the percentage rose to 5.1 and (AGCT) which, like other standard tests, by 31 December 1941 had reached 5.5. reflected the individual's social, economic, By September 1941 the Engineers had ad- and educational background as well as his ded 98 units to the 12 they had had in June innate ability. According to their scores on 1939. In actual numbers the bulk of the this test individuals were placed in one of growth occurred in the fiscal year 1941 five classes, the highest being designated when enlisted strength, fed by the draft, Class I. The other means of classification climbed from 9,973 to 69,079. The Army was an analysis of occupational skills. The as a whole increased five and a half times occupational classification system listed 272 in that period; the Engineers, almost seven- civilian jobs which were directly useful to fold.21 the Army. To each of these a specification Shortly after passage of the Selective serial number (SSN) was assigned. At the Service Act in September 1940, O&T noti- same time the Army listed military jobs fied engineer units that about one third of taken from T/O's and gave each of these
their men would have to be used as cadres for new units and for the engineer replacement training centers that were to go into
operation the following spring. As administrators and instructors of recruits, enlisted cadremen had to be noncommissioned officer material. In order to assure some stability to a unit it was also desirable that they be three-year men rather than draftees, who were then being called up for only one year. Not all units could be evenly pruned. Those designated for task forces at overseas bases had to be kept in a reasonable state of readiness. The percentage of three-year men within each unit varied therefore with the nature of the unit's mission and the complexity of specialist training. One commanding officer who was fairly hard hit for cadremen estimated that two out of every three in his organization would be recruits.22 The ability of the cadremen to turn the incoming tide of citizens into soldiers depended in large degree on the qualifications of the recruits themselves. Conscious of the need to put civilian skills and knowledge to good use the War Department inaugurated
an SSN. Thus the numbers from 001 to 272 represented both civilian and military jobs. A civilian carpenter and a military
carpenter had the same SSN. Since the Engineers had understood that some such arrangement would be devised they had made no provision for training enlisted specialists except at the Engineer School and at a few selected trade schools. Under the classification and assignment system the Engineers enjoyed certain theoretical advantages, for of all the branches of the Army they required the greatest variety of occupational specialists. Although the main demand was for carpenters, construction foremen, truck drivers, toolroom keepers, riggers, mechanics, and demolitions
Testimony of General George C. Marshall, 28 Apr 41. H Comm On Appropriations, Military Establishment Appropriation Bill, 1942, Hearings, 77th Cong, 1st Sess, p. 32. 21 (1) Watson, Chief of Staff, p. 16. (2) Ann Rpts
OCE, 1939-41. (3) Greenfield, Palmer, and Wiley, Organization of Ground Combat Troops, p. 203. 22 (1) Memo, O&T Sec for Brig Gen Clarence L. Sturdevant, 19 Feb 41, sub: Distr of Engr Specs From ERTC and Three-Year Enl Pers. 327.3, Pt. 1. (2) Corresp in 320.2, Pts. 25, 27, 28.
20
117
The allotment of quotas of each classification of specialists . . . will be based on "occupational frequency" or averages computed for a division or other Army unit. In other words, rather than determine the exact needs of a unit in particular Specialists, a "type" number is used, much as shoe and clothing tariff sizes are used in computing depot needs. In the last analysis . . . despite such efforts at standardization, the old and familiar "personal equation" will dominate the method and results of the classification, and the best way to insure getting good men for the Engineers is to contact the individuals doing the 26 classification.
Not a few commanding officers complained that the first recruits were a disappointment. One regiment, the 43d Engineers, which had secured its men by the personal approach, illustrated the wisdom of Bessell's method, although it was manifestly impossible on a larger scale. The corps area commander had allowed officers from the regiment to handpick selectees at the reception center. Most of them had "construction experience or if basic privates, are husky country boys," exulted the commanding officer. As the Army's classifiers acquired experience other unit commanders who had
(1) MR 1-8, 18 Sep 40. (2) Testimony, Lt Col Harry L. Twaddle, 1940. H Comm on Military Affairs, Selective Service Compulsory Military Training and Service, Hearings, 76th Cong, 3d Sess, pp. 93-94. The ratio of specialists was, of course, subject to change. In January 1943 the Transportation Corps required 788 specialists per thousand; the Corps of Engineers, 725; Ordnance Department, 641; Signal Corps, 579; Quartermaster Corps, 466. Palmer, Wiley, and Keast, Procurement and Training of Ground Combat Troops, p. 8. 24 Roy K. Davenport and Felix Kampschroer, eds., Personnel Utilization: Classification and Assignment of Military Personnel in the Army of the U.S. During World War II, September, 1947 (Rev). MS, OCMH. 25 Memo, Schley for Kingman, 23 Sep 40. 327.3, Pt. 1. 26 Draft of Memo, C of Pers Sec (no addressee), 28 Sep 40, sub: Class of Selectees. 327.3, Pt. 1.
23
118
not resorted to personal interviews expressed similar satisfaction with the quality of per27 sonnel received. Lacking the educational and vocational opportunities of whites, the Negro was wanting in the training and experience which the Army used as a basis of classification. Although Negro strength in the Army was to be maintained at the same ratio that existed in the civilian populationaround 10 percentthe War Department proscribed any mingling of white and Negro soldiers. The result was a concentration of poorly qualified personnel in Negro units and a concentration of Negroes in certain branches.28 The War Department notified the Engineers that "the number of colored personnel which must be accepted . . . together with the undesirability of activating large numbers of colored combat units requires that service units must, in general, absorb more than their normal percentage. . . ." 29 Under the announced policy more than one fourth of engineer enlisted men would be Negroes. Most of them were destined for separate battalions which were large pools of unskilled labor, and had in fact during World War I been called labor battalions. Other Negroes were to be organized into dump truck companies, light ponton companies, and general service regiments. Segregation into units such as these prevented the most effective use of skilled Negroes.30 The 105 Negro enlisted men in the Corps in June 1940 were assigned to the Engineer School detachment at Fort Belvoir where they performed menial tasks. Only twenty of them had grades above private first class. Since it was impossible to supply cadres from this group, the first Negro engineer
119
be white and felt further that except for dump truck and ponton companies the technical nature of the duties of special units precluded the acceptance of Negroes. The fact that the AAF was willing to permit 28.1 percent of its aviation engineers to be Negro relieved the situation somewhat. Still the Engineers figured that 70 percent of the troops organized for major construction would be Negro, and they felt this ratio was too high. Construction work with power machinery required skills which comparatively few Negroes had and which few could readily acquire, the argument ran. The proper percentage of Negro construction troops was concluded to be 40 percent. Early in October Col. Raymond F. Fowler, chief of O&T, pointed out that to achieve this percentage, either several corps combat regiments would have to be organized as Negro units or the number of Negroes coming to the Engineers must be reduced. At the end of that month Reybold, the new Chief of Engineers, asked the War Department to cut the number of Negro troops being assigned.33 The War Department rejected both suggestions, reiterating that large numbers of Negro combat units would be undesirable, and adding that experience had shown that "certain engineer units, notably separate battalions and dump
32 (1) Ltr, AC of Engrs to TAG, 31 Oct 40, sub: Tng of Colored Cadres (320.2, Pt. 26), states that twenty-six RTC companies were to be activated. Only twenty-three were finally activated. (2) Info Bull 84, 10 Apr 41, sub: Orgn of Engr Units. 33 (1) Memo, Capt William W. Brotherton, AC of O&T Sec, for Fowler, 31 Jul 41, sub: Negro Units in Augmented PMP. AG file, Engrs, 370.9, Mob Ser. Nos. 435-63. (2) Memo, C of O&T Sec for Kingman, 4 Oct 41, sub: Engr Units for Force of 3,200,000. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 14. (3) Ltr, CofEngrs to TAG, 30 Oct 41, sub: ERTCs for Augmentation of Army. 680.1, RTC, Pt. 1. Specifically, Reybold asked that plans for expanding capacity for Negro troops at ERTC's be reduced.
120
truck companies function reasonably well with colored personnel." 34 The initial expansion of the Army during fiscal year 1940 had imposed little strain on the supply of Regular Engineer officers. By transferring 40 from the civil works program, by reducing by almost 100 the attendance at special and general service schools, and by withdrawing 27 from ROTC units, OCE had succeeded by 1 September 1940 in assigning 378 officers to engineer troops as compared with 198 a year before. The Engineer Reserve, too, had seemed ample. When in December 1939 the War Department limited new appointments in the Officers' Reserve Corps to ROTC graduates, OCE accepted the action with equanimity. The constant additions coming to the Engineers through the ROTC made the supply of reservists sufficient, noted Major Claterbos of O&T, and the suspension of other appointments was soundat least until it was possible to weed out those who were over-age or physically unfit. Calling up reservists seemed primarily a matter of setting up a system of priorities in assigning them. Under the system established in September 1940, priority was to be given first to existing units, then to overhead and service requirements, and finally to new units. Preferably a Reserve officer would take a refresher course at the Engineer School but if this were not possible he would report 35 direct to his unit. The expansion which resulted from the draft changed this happy situation, both as to Reserve and Regular Army officers. The shortage of Regular Army officers became apparent at once. As a matter of fact, only 435 of 767 needed for projected troop units and replacement training centers were available. A committee appointed to devise means of surmounting this crisis made sev-
121
were more concerned about the distribution of Regular Army officers than about that of Reserve officers. In March 1941 Kingman notified the General Staff of the shortages caused by unexpected demands for armored and aviation engineers. Engineer Regulars available for troop units constituted about 18.3 percent of the number authorized whereas Regulars constituted 21.5 percent of the officers in the Army as a whole. He recommended that his Corps be given sixty graduates of the 1941 class at West Point, that no additional officers be assigned to branch immaterial duties, that the number of instructors at West Point be cut again, that assignments to public works not essential to national defense cease. Finally and most important, he wanted all the officers loaned to the Quartermaster Corps, with the single exception of Somervell, returned to the Engineers by June. The Adjutant General allotted 64 of 764 new appointments to the Engineers and agreed to do his best to prevent the assign39 (1) Memo, C of Pers Sec for Kingman, 13 Sep 40, sub: Rpt of Activities Pers Sec for Wk Ending 13 Sep 40. 025, Pt. 1. (2) Memo, C of Pers Sec for Kingman, 16 Sep 40, sub: Reorgn Incident to Expansion Program. 320.2, Pt. 25. (3) Rpt Special Bd OCE to CofEngrs, 17 Oct 40, sub: Proposed Distr of Commissioned Pers Expansion Program, 1941. 210.3, Engrs Corps of. (4) Testimony, CofS, 28 Apr 41, H Comm on Appropriations, Military Establishment Appropriation Bill, 1942, Hearings, p. 32. (5) Memo, C of Pers Sec for Kingman, 31 Jan 41, sub: Rpt of Activities Pers Sec for Wk Ending 31 Jan 41. 025, Pt. 1. 37 Memo, C of Pers Sec for Kingman, 10 Oct 40, sub: Res Offs Detailed to Brs for Extended Active Duty. 326.02, Pt. 4. 38 Memo, Kingman for Schley, 27 Jan 41, sub: Det of Experienced Engr Offs From Work of CE. 210.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 15. 39 (1) Memo, C of Pers Sec for Kingman, 28 Feb 41, sub: Rpt of Activities Pers Sec for Wk Ending
122
ment of additional officers to branch immaterial duties or nondefense tasks. Engineer officers supervising the construction program would not be returned to the Corps but would remain with The Quarter40 master General. The reservoir of Reserve officers, which had seemed so ample, meanwhile developed unanticipated leaks. In October 1940 the War Department allowed key employees in defense industries to be deferred, and the following January the Navy was permitted to siphon off engineers from ROTC units. In spite of these losses and of continuing levies by the Quartermaster Corps the Engineers remained sanguine about their Reserve until April 1941. At this time Bessell of the Personnel Section pronounced the supply of second lieutenants sufficient to fill vacancies in all units through the 30th of June provided only that unexpected deferments, expansion of the military construction program, or a step-up in mobilization did not occur. The supply of officers in grades above second lieutenant was already deficient.41 Throughout the rest of the year the Engineers protested the depletion of their Reserve. In some corps areas Engineer officers had been ordered to duty with troop units of other arms and services; in others, nonEngineer officers had been ordered to duty with the Engineers. Contrary to assurances that adequate numbers were available for assignment to the Engineer School, corps areas had not met quotas. The Quartermaster General continued to press for and receive more officers.42 Between July 1940 and August 1941 the Engineer Reserve had been reduced by 1,659 officers through transfers and deferments. Schley estimated that 6,736 officers would be required for
10 Mar
41, sub:
of RA Offs, CE. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 12. (2) AG Ltr 320.2 (3-10-41) C-A to CofEngrs, 22 Apr 41, sub: Distr of RA Offs, CE. 210.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 16. 41 (1) Incl, 7 Oct 40, with Ltr, ExO Plan Br OASW to Cs of Sup Arms and Svs, 23 Nov 40, sub: Clas of Res Offs as Key Employees in Industry. 210.01, Res Offs, Pt. 1. (2) AG Ltr 045.71 (1-641) M-C to CGs All Corps Areas et al., 21 Jan 41,
sub: Navy Proc of Engr Grads, Incl ROTC. 353, ROTC, Pt. 16. (3) Personal Ltr, Godfrey to Dr.
J. E. Burchard, MIT,
Memo, C of Pers Sec for TAG, 15 Apr 41, sub: Appointment in CE Res, with 1st Ind, AG 210.1
ORC (4-15-41) R-A to CofEngrs. 326.3, Pt. 29. 42 Ltr, ACofEngrs to TAG, 28 May 41, sub Availability of Engr Res Offs. 210.3, Engrs Corps Pt. 17. 43 Memo, CofEngrs for CofS, 13 Aug 41, sub:
Suspension of Transfer and Detail of CE Res Offs
123
ment. In November, the War Department went a step further when an attempt was made to classify all officers as command, staff, or specialist, but it was not until after the declaration of war that a comprehensive system went into effect.46 Meanwhile, the Engineers were becoming conscious of the need to depend on more than the law of averages in assigning officers. Godfrey noted in February 1941 that general service regiments should contain five or six highway engineers. About the same time Schley, intent upon increasing the number of civil engineers in ROTC units, suggested closing out all enrollments to other than this group. Godfrey demurred. ROTC enrollments of all types of engineering students should show a sharp rise as a result of the quickening interest in military preparedness. Rather than shut the door as Schley advocated, he proposed a priority system that would place civil engineers in a preferred position, followed by mining, mechanical, electrical, and other categories of the engineering profession. In further defense of his method, Godfrey pointed out that dependence upon power machinery made large numbers of mechanical engineers acceptable. In addition to the establishment of priorities, he sought permission to obtain civil engineers by transfer from
(1) Personal Ltr, Bessell to Maj Paschal N. Strong, 7 Jul 41. 326.3, Pt. 30. (2) Ltr, ACofEngrs to TAG, 13 Oct 41, sub: Shortage of Engr Res Offs, with 1st Ind, 28 Oct 41. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 14. 46 (1) MR 1-3, 30 Oct 39. (2) Ltr, C of Pers Sec to TAG, 5 Jan 39, sub: Clas of Res Offs. 370.01, Pt. 1. (3) Memo, CofEngrs for Lower Miss. Valley Div Engr, 12 Dec 39, sub: Estab of Offs' Qualifications File. 201.6, Pt. 1. (4) AG Ltr 381 (9-18-39) P (A) to CofEngrs, 27 Sep 39, sub: Rev of Mil Qualifications List for Offs. 326.3, Pt. 27. (5) Davenport and Kampschroer, Personnel Utilization,
45
124
nonengineer ROTC units.47 In July 1941 both of Godfrey's schemes were approved. On 15 September 1941, when war was almost upon the country, the War Department gave its blessing to commissioning as Engineers 5 percent of the total number of ROTC graduates from other branches. Similar concessions were made to the Quartermaster Corps at the same time, while the Signal Corps and the Air Forces were each allowed to commission 10 percent from other branches.48 In a further effort to classify officers, the Personnel Section had established a machine records unit. By the end of July, 95 percent of the qualification questionnaires sent to Engineer Regular Army, National Guard, and Reserve officers had been received and 80 percent of these had been classified. Henceforth OCE was prepared to furnish lists of Reserve officers with 285 different engineering qualifications to Corps of Engineers agencies.49
125
teen weeks' training. At the end of the two-week basic period, troops were supposed to be able to wear and care for their equipment, to fire their rifles, and to march. From the third to the tenth week training of individuals continued with emphasis on technical subjects. In the remaining three weeks individuals were expected to learn how to function in a team. Special units were not to receive so much preliminary instruction. Two weeks of basic military training and two weeks of practice in operating together were expected to suffice because such units were to be made up of technically qualified individuals.52 After thirteen weeks of training under the MTP, general engineer units were expected to go on to combined training with other arms and services. Just as individuals had been welded into an engineer unit, so various unitsinfantry, artillery, engineers, and other combat or supporting elements would be integrated into divisions, corps, and armies. This phase of training included participation in maneuvers, and was supposed to last seven to eight months. The Army thus allowed about a year to train the raw recruittoo short a time, in the judgment of the Engineer School, to permit all units to become efficient.53
50 Corresp in 352.11, Engr Sch, Pts. 9, 11; 325.11, Pts. 4, 9, 10; 210.3, Engr Sch, Pt. 4; 221, Pt. 8; and EHD file, Loose Corresp, 1940, 1941. 51 (1) Memo, Lt Col Frank L. Blue, Jr., CE, to Herbert H. Rosenthal, 19 Jun 50. EHD files. (2) Personal Ltr, Galloway to Maj Robert E. York, CO 71st Engr Co, 2 Aug 40. 320.2, Pt. 25. (3) "Engineer Troop Activities," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (March-April, 1941), 158. (4) Personal Ltr, Maj Frank O. Bowman, CO 4th Engr Bn, to Godfrey, 26 Jul 40. 320.2, 87th Engrs. 52 MTP 5-1, 5 Sep 40. 53 (1) Incl, 25 Sep 40, with Ltr, Comdt Engr Sch to CofEngrs, 25 Sep 40, sub: Mission and Tng of Engrs. 353, Pt. 15. (2) Ltr, CofS GHQ to All Army Comdrs, 4 Jan 41, sub: Combined Tng. Same file.
126
The committees which studied the training of divisional engineer units in the research course agreed that it would take at least two years to create an efficient division. This much time could not be had but time could be made by eliminating or minimizing "numerous ceremonies, good will tours, white washed tent pegs, fatigue and police [duty]." One committee suggested that "post service commands should be instituted utilizing civilian employees, labor units organized from those less physically fit or relief labor. A recruit cannot be instilled with pride in being a soldier by sorting garbage on the post dump or driving the 'honey' wagon." 54 The committees returned time and again to the importance of resisting the inclination of post commanders to use engineers as labor troops and warned that "the post commander may be pleased at our efficiency in building barracks or greenhouses but inefficiency in building a ponton bridge and delaying a division or corps in maneuvers for six or eight hours is unexplainable and not soon forgotten." 55 Corps combat regiments, general service regiments, separate battalions, and aviation battalions could profit considerably more than combat and armored battalions from assignment to construction work around an Army post. But such work should be comparable in kind, and preferably in extent, to that which the units might perform in a theater of operations. In November 1940 the assistant chief of O&T expressed fears that the approximately twenty-five corps and army units scheduled for activation by the following summer would lack such opportunities and consequently "much of their work will be of the 'dog-robbing' nature for the post commander and other units." 56
inch pistol ranges." 57 Some combat regiments, general service regiments, and separate battalions did engage in profitable construction work. The commanding officer of the 41st General Service Regiment treated the construction of a post road as a tactical assignment and
54 Info Bull 71, 2 Jan 41, sub: Mission, Duties, and Tng of Div Engr Units, p. 11.
55
Mission and Tng of Engr Bn (Armed). Second Research Course, Vol. II. 56 Memo, AC of O&T Sec for Godfrey, 7 Nov 40, sub: Tng of Engr Units in Other Than Combat Duties. 353, Pt. 15. 57 (1) Info Bull 77, 28 Feb 41, sub: Activation of Engr Trp Units in 1940. (2) Memo, O&T Sec for CofEngrs, 31 Mar 41, sub: Inspec of Engr Units, Pts. Bragg, Jackson, and Benning, 23-29 Mar 41. 333.1, Pt. 2.
127
TABLE 3DISTRIBUTION OF TRAINING TIME FOR ENGINEER COMBAT BATTALION OF INFANTRY DIVISION AND ENGINEER ARMORED BATTALION OF ARMORED DIVISION
worked his men in two shifts to meet a self- from the 3d Engineer Combat Regiment, imposed ten-day completion date. The 97th conducted specialist training for three weeks Separate Battalion, like the 41st a Negro before setting sail for the Philippines. After unit, was not so fortunate. Progress would arriving there the unit, with the help of some have been greater, reported its commanding 800 civilians, began to construct a large officer, if there had not been an excessive airfield. Training as such, defined by the amount of guard duty.58 commanding officer as combat exercises in Aviation battalions tried to take advan- ground defense and protection of installa59 tage of every opportunity to construct run- tions, was temporarily discontinued. 58 ways, taxi strips, ground facilities, and (1) Memo cited n. 57 ( 2 ) . (2) Ltr, CO 97th protective and defensive structures. The Engr Bn (Sep) to CofEngrs, 9 Sep 41, sub: Rpts 803d saw many opportunities for improving on 59New Orgn. 320.2, 97th Engrs. (1) Tng Directive 41-42, Hq 803d Engr Bn the facilities at Westover Field, Massachu- Avn (Sep), 30 Jul 41. 320.2, Pt. 30. (2) Ltr, CO setts, and asked for money to buy construc- 803d Engr Bn Avn (Sep) to CofEngrs, 26 Aug 41, sub: Rpt on New Orgn. Same file. (3) Ltr, CO tion materials. The 809th, activated on 1 809th Engr Co Avn (Sep) to CofEngrs, 10 Sep 41, June 1941 with a nucleus of seasoned troops sub: Rpt on New Orgn. 320.2, 809th Engrs.
128
Ponton units, which were the most numerous of the special units activated during 1941, reported a considerable range of experience. The 73d Light Ponton Company and the 90th Heavy Ponton Battalion, both stationed at Fort Lewis, Washington, pronounced the bridging sites there excellent, and both units were able to begin formal
and ponton trailers . . .; and the organization of the men . . . ." Organized training was confined to "disciplinary drill and guard, the schooling of certain necessary specialists, and the handling of the equipage." 61 Much time and energy which engineer units might have expended on a systematic training program had been used, as had 60 been feared, for unrelated duties. But ma(1) Ltr, CO 73d Engr Co to CofEngrs, 13 Sep neuvers offered some hope of recapturing 41, sub: Rpt on New Orgn. 320.2, 73d Engrs. (2) Ltr, CO 90th Engr Bn to CofEngrs, 3 Oct 41, sub: lost opportunities. Since the overriding conRpts on New Orgn. 320.2, 90th Engrs. (3) Ltr, CO sideration was the creation of armies cap- 85th Engr Bn (Heavy Ponton), 11 Sep 41, sub: on New Orgn. 320.2, 85th Engrs. 61 able of taking the field at any moment, not Rpt Ltr, CO 89th Engr Bn to CofEngrs, 10 Sep 41, much was cut from this phase of training. sub: Rpt on New Orgn. 320.2, 89th Engrs.
129
CAMOUFLAGED REVETMENTS for protecting aircraft from enemy air attack constructed by 21st Engineer Aviation Regiment during the Carolina maneuvers, November 1941.
soldiers could move cross-country.62 The road system was excellent. Engineers began to arrive in Louisiana about two weeks before the main forces in order to provide shelters and other facilities. Among the first units to get there was the 21st Engineer Aviation Regiment. The 21st turned the rutted, flooded airport at Lake Charles into a usable field, extended the runways at Monroe to provide a safer margin for landings and take-offs, and took advantage of the nearby woods to provide a camouflaged dispersal area at Natchitoches. So realistically did the 21st Engineers create false hedgelines over the Natchitoches field that a pilot almost landed outside the strip. All runways were paved. Landing mats did not come into the hands of aviation engineers until the November maneuvers in North Carolina.63 The Commanding General, Air Force Combat Command, could
scarcely contain his enthusiasm. "These exercises certainly justified the requirements for Aviation Engineers and the need for many additional ones becomes more and more apparent," he wrote.64 Neither the Second nor Third Army had a full complement of engineersa fact that accounted in part for repeated statements that engineer troops were overworked in what Time magazine summed up as "a battle of engineers."65
62 Col. DeWitt C. Jones, "Engineer Activities With the Third Army," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (December, 1941), 549.
of fall 1941 maneuvers is based upon correspondence in 354.2, Pts. 9 and 10, and 354.2, Bulky. 63 Dwight F. Johns, "Maneuver Notes of Aviation Engineers," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (November, 1941), 495-97. 64 Personal Ltr, Lt Gen Delos C. Emmons to Reybold, 30 Sep 41. 354.2, Pt. 9. 65 Time, Oct 6, 1941, XXXVIII, 42.
130
What catapulted the engineers into such prominence during the two five-day maneuvers in Louisiana was the fact that many tactical situations involved river crossings. There was extensive simulated destruction of bridges by the Second Army and much actual construction and repair of bridges by the Third. Since the weather held good, few road repairs were necessary. An anticipated shortage of water did not develop. Neither land mines nor other obstacles were used to any extent although they might have been effectively employed in a campaign where so much depended on tanks. In the end Lt. Gen. Lesley J. McNair named the maneuver "the Battle of Bridges." 66 The Engineers were quick to take up McNair's phrase, but not so eager to publicize the rest of his analysis. They did admit that engineers in both armies displayed tactical and technical weaknesses. The advancing Third Army did not have to make any assault crossings. Even with this advantage, Third Army engineers broke no records in bridge building. It took eight combat companies and one heavy ponton battalion 25 hours to complete one 872-foot 25-ton ponton bridge and its approaches and 48 hours to finish another only slightly longer. One battalion and two combat companies spent almost 15 hours constructing a reinforced 10-ton bridge 487 feet long. In all three of these Red River crossings, it was construction of the approaches that took such an inordinate amount of time. Perhaps reconnaissance was at fault; there was a general admission that reconnaissance was weak. At any rate the heavy ponton battalion which provided a 500-foot 25-ton ponton bridge for the Second Armored Division across the Sabine River made much better time7 hoursbut here the approaches were already constructed. Thomp-
Thompson had a ready answer. "In real war, a delay of a day or so in front of an obstacle which will surely be overcome is seldom a matter of great importance," he concluded, "whereas, in a maneuver problem lasting altogether only four or five days, such delay is highly important, and attracts great attention." German experience backed
(1) Jones, "Engineer Activities with the Third Army," loc. cit., 551. (2) Incl, with Ltr, Capt Clayton E. Mullins, Asst ExO Engr Bd, to Sturdevant, 9 Oct 41, sub: Critique Conclusions, Louisiana Maneuvers. 354.2, Bulky. 67 Lt. Col. Mason J. Young, "Crossings of the Red River," The Military Engineer, XXXIV (January, 1942), 30-34. 68 Ltr, Mullins to Sturdevant, 9 Oct 41, sub: Critique Conclusions, Louisiana Maneuvers. 354.2, Pt. 9. 69 Incl with ltr cited n. 68.
68
131
ponton operations and in the tactical use of demolitions. A common explanation of ranking officers for military deficiencies in maneuvers was want of leadership. Three other factors must be added: insufficient time to prepare, inadequacy of facilities, and shortages of equipment. All these elements contributed to the results or lack of results. In view of the problems which arose it is difficult to conceive what the story would have been had the Corps of Engineers been forced to mobilize under the much faster-paced plans of the thirties. As it was, the Engineers experienced their full share of the errors and confusion that pervaded the military history of this period. Yet the years 1939 through 1941 saw tremendous progress. These years were marked by great advances in organization and doctrine, by the development of new equipment, and by the creation of a citizen Corps which, although not quite ready to fight, was able to fight if it had to.
70 Memo, Thompson for Kingman, 7 Oct 41, sub: Army Maneuvers in Louisiana, 15-20 Sep 41. 354.2, Pt. 10. 71 Rpt, Engr 2d Army to CofEngrs, 29 Nov 41, sub: Engr Activity in 2d Army Maneuvers During
He joined other Engineer observers in advocating more drill in basic Engineer subjects, more attention to reconnaissance and evaluation of information, and more training in
CHAPTER VI
(1) Orgn Charts OCE, 1940-42. EHD files. (2) OCE GO 8, 10 Nov 41. 3 Draft of Memo, Somervell for CofEngrs, 8 Sep 41, sub: ConsolidationConstr Div OQMG With Corps of Engrs. Madigan files, Consolidation Bill Collateral Data.
134
more than trebled from 93,109 to 333,209. In December 1941 the Engineers composed 5.5 percent of the Army; a year later they composed 6.2 percent. Of the technical
MAJ. GEN. EUGENE REYBOLD,
Chief of Engineers from October 1941 until October 1945.
ply Division was to purchase materials for military construction as well as equipment for troops, purchases for troops accounted for much the greater volume of its work. Brig. Gen. Raymond F. Fowler moved into the position of Assistant Chief of Engineers for Supply after having served for a brief 4 period as chief of O&T. The Chief of Engineers in December 1941 was Maj. Gen. Eugene Reybold. He had been District Engineer at Memphis during the great floods of 1937 and his organization of the defenses of that area had won nationwide attention. In August 1940 he came to Washington as G-4 of the General Staff. A little more than a year later, upon Schley's retirement, he was appointed Chief of Engineers. The administrative arrangements which OCE adopted in December 1941 were de-
services only the Medical Department with a strength of 469,981 was larger than the Corps of Engineers at the end of 1942. The Quartermaster Corps, with a strength of 327,794, was next in size. While the $650,623,000 worth of procurement deliveries to the Engineers during 1942 was trifling compared to the $6,815,541,000 of deliveries to the Ordnance Department and the $4,322,954,000 to the Quartermaster Corps, it was well above amounts delivered to the five other services. The striking fact about the job the Engineers had to accomplish was its many-sidedness. The five and a half billion dollars' worth of construction completed by the Engineers in 1942 was exceeded only by the Ordnance Department's total procurement program. The Medical Department had more troops than the Corps of Engineers but procured less than a fourth as much equipment, while the Ordnance Department with its huge procurement program had roughly 100,000 fewer troops. Even if the construction pro4
135
thing happened to G-1, G-2, and G-3. Some means of relieving the General Staff of operations duties and restoring its original function as a planning group seemed 5 imperative. The means finally used to create a more efficient organization divided the Army into three commands: Army Ground Forces, Army Air Forces, and the Services of Supply. The Corps of Engineers emerged from the shuffle a supply service instead of an arm, under the Commanding General, Services of Supply. To be sure, the Corps of Engineers, unlike the arms that were absorbed by Army Ground Forces, retained its Chief and its traditional administrative organization, a fact that compensated somewhat for the feeling of lowered prestige which accompanied this designation as a supply service. If the supply function had ever been regarded with respect in the Army, it had lost all claim to it during the twenty-year financial famine following World War I. To most officers the word "supply" evoked a vision of banishment to a depot to count pants and beans. It was only the very farsighted who could grasp the role that logistics was to play in World War IL Lt. Gen. Brehon B. Somervell, the commanding general of the newly created Services of Supply (SOS), himself an Engineer officer, was one of them. In his recognition of the importance of the logistical task ahead, he perhaps overlooked the fact that some of the members of his own Corps had not caught up with him.
(1) Greenfield, Palmer, and Wiley, Organization of Ground Combat Troops, pp. 128-55, 203. (2) Millett, Organization and Role of ASF, Chs. I,
II. (3) Henry L. Stimson and McGeorge Bundy,
5
On Active Service in Peace and War (New York: Harper & Brothers, 1948), pp. 449-50. (4) Control Div ASF, Statistical Review, World War II: A Summary of ASF Activities [1945]. (Hereafter cited as ASF Stat Review.) EHD files.
136
After the creation of the Services of Supply, the Corps of Engineers no longer had direct contact with the General Staff or with the Under Secretary of War. All business with these offices had to go through the Commanding General, SOS. The changed relationship with the Under Secretary lost its sting in the course of the reorganization itself, since most of the functions of his office passed to Headquarters, SOS. Severing direct connections with the General Staff was another matter. Up to this time the Engineers had been able to trade upon their congenial relations with the General Staff in such matters as opposing cuts in Engineer strength in the infantry division. Just how far SOS would curtail this freedom was debatable in March 1942, but nothing was clearer than the fact that Somervell's organization had the power to do so. General Reybold, the new Chief of Engineers, had seen while he was G-4 the inherent defects of the old organization. Besides, good soldiers take orders. His attitude was expressed in June 1942 in an exchange with Congressman Snyder of the House Committee on Appropriations:
Mr. Snyder: I believe your branch, under the recent reorganization falls under the "Services of Supply?" General Reybold: Yes, sir. Mr. Snyder: How do you find the new setup? So far as your branch is concerned, would you say that it is running smoothly and that you have found it to be an improvement over the former organization? 6 General Reybold: Yes, sir.
Unless otherwise noted, the following discusThe tactical organization of the Army of combat and armored battalions is based upon before Pearl Harbor was geared to the pat- sion correspondence in 320.2, Pt. 30; 320.2, Engrs Corps tern of the European war. The Army was of, Pts. 14, 15; and 320.3.
137
GENERAL BREHON B. SOMERVELL, the commanding general of the Services of Supply. (Photograph taken 1945.)
larger units which was one of three important characteristics of the 1942 reorganization. The trend was even more apparent in the treatment accorded the engineer battalion of the armored division.8 The commander of the engineer armored battalion, like the commander of the combat battalion, felt that he had too few men at his disposal. In September 1941 Oliver, the Armored Force Engineer, outlined the changes armored engineers considered necessary to increase their work
8 (1) Schley, Maneuvers at Alexandria, La., May 40, Comments on Opns, Incl with Ltr, Actg CofEngrs to TAG, 12 Jun 40, sub: Rpt of Obsvs on Spring Maneuvers. 354.2. (2) EFM 5-6, 23
Apr 43, pp. 229-42. (3) T/Os 5-16, 5-17, 1 Apr 42.
138
power. The most radical was the elimina- pany to three, and antitank weapons were tion of the bridge company as an organic provided. The bridge company was retained part of the battalion, and the attachment as an assigned unit until enough of these of such companies to armored divisions as units had been organized to make attachneeded. "The inclusion of this company ment practicable. Under this temporary arin the battalion is believed to have been rangement, the battalion had a strength a step in the right direction in that it rec- of 1,174 officers and men or about 8 perognized the need for armored engineers to cent of the division.10 have bridge equipment with them at all The second major characteristic of the times, not back at the rear . . . available reorganization of 1942the first being the on call with considerable delay," he wrote. trend toward larger unitswas simplificaIn combat, bridges would often have to re- tion of the organization of general units.11 main in place and the armored battalion At the close of First Army maneuvers in might be left without this vital support if 1941 Adcock had commented: the equipment of only one company could I think the time has come to reconsider the be drawn upon. During the training period, necessity for so many types of general engione bridge company should be attached to neer units. The combat battalion, armored each armored division. Overseas the num- battalion, and squadron meet a specific need ber of bridge companies attached should de- in their particular divisions. There appears pend upon the tactical situation. Flexibility to be no sound reason for the remaining three general engineer units (combat regiment, was the characteristic most desired. With general service regiment, and separate batthe elimination of the bridge company as talion) to continue under separate tables of an assigned unit, Oliver argued, the engi- organization with different types of equipThey should be just Engineer regineer armored battalion could absorb an- ment. 12 other lettered company, and all four com- ments. panies be composed of three rather than Although this was Kingman's view also, two platoons. The battalion commander the goal was easier to agree upon than to would then have sufficient men to perform attain. Fowler argued that placing all enunforeseen tasks. The argument had more gineer troops in the same type of regiment pertinence for armored than for infantry would be difficult because of the disparity engineers. The armored division was ex- in numbers of specialists available for white pected to spread out over a larger area. Be- and Negro units. Agreeing to the principle cause of this dispersion engineers would of simplification but advocating a different have to be attached to combat teams or approach, the Engineer School suggested commands and could not be readily as9 sembled as a unit. Recognition of this fact Col. Lunsford E. Oliver, "Engineers With the enabled armored engineers to gain readier Armored Force," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (September, 1941), 397-401. 10 acceptance for their recommendations than T/O 5-215, 1 Mar 42. 11 The main body of correspondence on this simdid the proponents of more engineers in the plification is in: (1) 320.2, Pts. 30, 31; 320.2, infantry division. When the new T/O for Engrs Corps of, Pt. 15; (2) AGF 321, Engrs Binder Case 268, and Binder 1, Case 54 ( S ) . the armored battalion was approved in 2, 12 Adcock to CofEngrs, 25 Nov 41, sub: March 1942 the number of lettered com- FirstLtr, Army vs. IV Army Corps Maneuvers (1st panies was raised to four, platoons per com- Phase). 354.2, Pt. 11.
9
139
ments. By this time the War Department had become more economical of motor vehicles than of manpower and was furthermore reluctant to take a step which so changed the concept of the engineer task in the field armythe use of combat troops for general construction. Under the new T/O which went into effect in the spring of 1942 the general service regiment gained only a few men. The combat regiment gained almost 150, most of its new-found strength resulting from the reorganization of its six companies in the same fashion as those in the combat battalion. At the same time some of the combat regiment's construction machinery was eliminated.15 The attempt to cut down the types of engineer units continued. In January 1942, Sturdevant suggested the conversion of separate battalions into general service regiments. The need for so large a concentration of common laborers in a separate battalion had disappeared. The plan for all separate battalions to be Negro was a discrimination the War Department wished to avoid. Separate battalions were cumbersome and ineffective; conversion would boost efficiency and morale. While laborers could not be converted into skilled workmen overnight merely by changing their name, they could be developed gradually within the regimental setup. Although Sturdevant did not wish to press the point until the question of substituting combat for general service regiments in the type army had been settled, by May he was ready to carry the fight to AGF.
13 Rpt on Reorgn of T/O for Engr Bn Triangular Div, Incl with 1st Ind, Comdt Engr Sch to CofEngrs, 9 Dec 41, on Ltr, C of O&T Br to Comdt Engr Sch, 28 Nov 41. 320.3. 14 Comments on School's Rpt, 10 Dec 41, by C of O&T Br. 320.2, Pt. 30.
(1) T/Os 5-21, 5-171, 1 Nov 40. (2) T/Os 5-21, 5-171, 1 Apr 42.
15
140
On receiving Sturdevant's recommendation, the AGF Operations Division accused the Engineers of devious plotting to motorize the engineer separate battalion and increase its technician and NCO grades. The Requirements Division joined in opposing the plan. The Training Division, on the other hand, could discern "no ulterior motive seeking to motorize the Separate Battalion by indirection," and supported the Engineers.16 G-4 of AGF was inclined to side with the Training Division but feared the additional equipment could not be supplied, much less shipped. G-4 remained convinced that common laborers equipped with picks and shovels would be in demand overseas. G-4's views prevailed, but the Engineers did not give up. In July 1942 they seized the opportunity to cite a cable from MacArthur's headquarters which stated that the separate battalion had too few officers and not enough machinery to be of much use. Everyone, including the General Staff, now concurred, but actual conversion would have to be delayed until additional officers became available some time after 17 the first of the year. Aviation engineers had bridled somewhat under Kingman's insistence that the company in the engineer aviation regiment and in the engineer aviation battalion be organized in the same way as the combat company. At the beginning of 1942 the Engineer Section of the Air Force Combat Command prepared new T/O's which broke away from this concept, allowing higher grades as well as sufficient personnel for working in shifts. The new tables, furthermore, approved in April, also eliminated the separate engineer aviation company as too small for wartime service. Henceforth there was to be no distinction between the separate engineer aviation battalion and
141
The slight change in the heavy ponton battalion met little opposition. The new T/O approved in April contained a 46man increase, bringing the unit's total strength to 16 officers, 3 warrant officers, and 501 enlisted men. The shift from a light ponton company to a light ponton battalion was not granted, partly because of the added personnel required for a battalion headquarters. Moreover, the Engineer argument that fewer men with better equipment were able to do more work was so convincing that each company was given half the amount of new ferrying equipment that otherwise would have been supplied battalion headquarters, one unit of 10-ton bridging was withdrawn, and the company was reduced by two men. The April T/O for the light ponton company provided for 19 6 officers and 213 men. The Engineers had been able to defer activation of a water supply battalion until August 1941 because divisional and other general engineer units had their own water supply equipment. Portable water purification equipment had been developed by the Engineer Board in co-operation with industry to enable facilities to keep pace with troop movements. The water supply battalion was meant to supplement such facilities. It was provided with a much heavier mobile purification plant and with tank trucks for transporting water. A T/O for the battalion had been formulated in November 1940, well before the first unit was activated.
19 (1) Rpt on Reorgn of T/Os for Gen and Special Engr Units, 11 Dec 41, Incl with 1st Ind, Comdt Engr Sch to CofEngrs, 12 Dec 41, on Memo, C of O&T Br for Comdt Engr Sch, 4 Dec 41, sub: Rev of T/Os. 320.2, Pt. 30. (2) Corresp in 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 15. (3) T/Os 5-87, 1 Aug 42; 5-275, 1 Apr 42. (4) See above, pp. 51-52.
142
CORPS OF ENGINEERS: TROOPS AND EQUIPMENT The Influence of Logistics on Engineer Growth
The emphasis on combat troops that characterized prewar thought was apparent in the troop basis of January 1942, which lumped combat and service units together. Of the 3,600,000 men expected to be under arms by the end of the year, 384,000 were slated for GHQ reserve; 998,000 for the AAF and its services; 1,300,000 for divisions, corps, and field armies; and 232,000 for overseas garrisons and bases. Some 600,000 were to compose overhead, replacements in training, and harbor defense units. The Engineers were expected to organize 128 new ground units. Fortyseven were either divisional units or combat regiments, 12 were ponton units, and 30 were general service regiments or separate battalions which could be used either in the communications or the combat zone. There was no hint here of the great role service units were to play in the prosecution of a global war. Special engineer units were supposed to round out the organization of field armies. No clear-cut distinction had been made between units needed to support combat operations and those required for more extensive logistical support in the rear. Maintenance, depot, and dump
(1) Thompson, What You Should Know About the Army Engineers, pp. 158-65. (2) T/O 5-65, 1 Nov 40. (3) T/O 5-65, 1 Apr 42.
For additional information on engineer water supply activities both in the United States and in
20
In April 1942 a well-drilling section was added to battalion headquarters and a redistribution of personnel in the three lettered companies resulted in a 73-man increase.20 One new special unit was added to engineer troops at this time. In June 1941 the Chief of Engineers had included a forestry company among the units to be investigated by the Engineer Board and the board in turn employed E. E. Esgate, a forestry engineer, to study the matter. Esgate urged quick action. With extensive construction in a theater of operations a foregone conclusion, the demand for lumber would become insatiable, he believed. In the United States the logging and milling industry had introduced much laborsaving machinery. Men who knew the business were therefore relatively few and most of them were too old to serve in the Army. But OCE was not sufficiently impressed with the urgency of the need. It was not until June 1942 that two companies of 5 officers and 166 men each, divided into a headquarters platoon,
a logging platoon, and a manufacturing platoon equipped with a portable sawmill were activated.21 None of the three major characteristics
in the 1942 reorganization indicated a sharp break from pre-Pearl Harbor concepts of military organization. The tendency to increase the size of units had become apparent as soon as the Army began to receive more men. The goal of simplicity in organization had also been enunciated before Pearl Harbor and the perfection of the organization of special units was an objective which the Engineers had had in mind for a long time. The 1942 reorganization marked the culmination of prewar thought and was a final adjustment to a nebulous war.
the theaters of operations, see William J. Diamond, "Water is Life," The Military Engineer, XXXIX (March-June, August, October, 1947). 21 (1) Corresp in 400.34, SP 335, Pt. 1. (2) Memo, AC of O&T Br for Opns Div SOS, 4 Apr 42, sub: T/OsEngr Railway Shop Bn (Diesel). 320.2, Pt. 32. (3) DF, ACofS G-3 to TAG, 18 Apr. 42, sub: Engr T/Os. AG 320.3 (10-13-41) (2) Sec. 5,
Bulky. (4) Hist of 800th Engr Forestry Co in United States and Africa, 13 Jun 42-13 Dec 43. AG ENCO
80-0.3 (13364).
143
ENGINEERS CONSTRUCTING THE PIONEER ROAD through virgin forests, Alcan Highway, British Columbia, May 1942.
truck companies, general service regiments, and separate battalions all had this dual function. Sturdevant's early efforts to rectify the situation by eliminating general service regiments from the army echelon had failed.22 Strategy soon altered this distribution. Except in the Philippines the first phase of the United States involvement in the war did not lead to a large-scale clash of ground troops with the enemy. This phase of the war was a defensive one in which the United States sought to preserve its lines of communication with its Allies and bases overseas. While the Navy protected these lines by sea the Army tried to improve communications by land and to establish military bases. The initial effort was thus
144
where the contractors had left off, OCE designed a special service regiment about the same size as a general service regiment but containing more skilled workers who could operate the machinery used by the contractors. A total of nine special and general service regiments were added to the troop basis for this mission. About the same time the Engineers began to organize three more general service regiments to construct bases for the build-up in Britain. By April the plan to militarize construction in the Middle East was all but canceled. The shortage of shipping which was to become a dominating influence on the strategy of the war had for the first time intruded upon the operations of the Corps of Engineers. Instead of some 16,000 engineer troops embarking for Egypt and Iran, as first planned, only 1,100 were to go.23 While few of these regiments were used as intended, it was fortunate they had been organized. In April the War Department became more deeply involved in planning for the build-up of American forces in Britain and demands for engineer troops immediately rose by nearly 24,000 men, most of whom were destined for service units. On top of this came an addition of 30 aviation battalions to the troop basismore than doubling earlier estimates of requirements.24 The troop basis of July 1942 reflected the trend toward service unitsa trend which was to continue throughout the
Mob and Tng, 1942, with Ltr, AG 320.2 (7-3-42) MS-C-M, 18 Jul 42. 370.93 (C).
a No engineer aviation units included in Troop Basis of January 1942. Source: (1) Trp Unit Basis for Mob and Tng, Jan 42. AGF 3674-58, Mob and Tng Plan, 1942 (C). (2) Ind, Trp Basis for
war. (Table 4) Substantial as was the increase in engineer service units in the troop basis of July 1942 it was still too small. A month
after its publication Reybold was pleading for the transfer of six general service regiments from AGF to SOS control. All but one of the regiments originally destined for the Middle East had moved out on other
missions. Civilian laborers for construction jobs already under way in the Caribbean, Greenland, and Alaska were becoming harder and harder to hire. Troops would no doubt have to finish these projects as well as man scores of others from start to finish.
23
of Constr Units, Folder 1 ( S ) . (2) Memo, C of O&T Br for CGs Engr Units for Militarization of Overseas Constr, 19 Mar 42. 322, Engrs Corps of, Activation of Constr Units, Folder 2 ( S ) . 24 (1) Memo, Deputy Dir Opns SOS for ACofS G-3, 23 May 42, sub: Rqmts of Sv Units Which Should Be Activated by 31 Dec 42. EHD files. (2)
145
to the demands of global warfare remained to be made. In the first months after Pearl Harbor the mobilization of men and equipment took top priority. There had been little opportunity to reconsider the organizational and doctrinal pattern elaborated in peacetime. The first enemy blows had to be met within the existing military framework. The reorganization of 1942 was not designed to alter that basic pattern, but rather to round it out. Yet even before the reorganization had been completed, the Engineers began to feel the impact of strategic and logistic requirements. The demand for logistical units was to continue to grow in volume.
(1) Ltr, CofEngrs to CG SOS, 13 Aug 42, sub: Activation of Additional Gen Sv Regts. 320.2, ASFTC Camp Claiborne. (2) Min, Staff Conf SOS, 23 Sep 42, sub: Resume of Matters Presented at Staff Conf, 22 Sep 42. 337, Staff Confs. (3) Corresp
25
XVII.26
The transition from a peace to a war footing had been completed by the end of 1942, but the adaptation of engineer units
ment's decision to activate two airborne divisions. The T/O for the engineer airborne battalion called for 23 officers and 401 enlisted men organized into a headquarters company, a parachute company, and two glider companies. Five such units were eventually activated. (1) Greenfield, Palmer, and Wiley,
op. cit., pp. 93-98, 340-41. (2) T/O 5-255, 5 Sep 42.
CHAPTER VII
Accelerated Training
The demand for the organization of specialized units was but the last hurdle in an unprecedented race to fill the already swollen Engineer troop basis. Pearl Harbor signaled a period of urgency in which to get as many men as possible organized into units and readied for commitment overseas. At first getting the requisite number of men presented no obstacle. The supply of manpower seemed inexhaustible. The most formidable block to Engineer preparations in 1942 was the shortage of officers and the training of the 241,733 enlisted men called into the Engineer service. The Shortage of Officers Months before the Engineers glimpsed the full measure of their commitments, they expressed concern about the dearth of experienced leaders. The detail of one officer to the General Staff in January caused Sturdevant to object that "we need everybody we now have for troops." He conceded that the Officer Candidate School would produce "some 4,000 green officers" in the next twelve months, but he warned, "if we are to build efficient organizations we certainly need some leavening experience to guide them." 1 There was reason for his concern. The Engineers faced a cut in their allotment from West Point. They had received fifty of the Academy's 1941 graduates. In June 1942 they would receive only thirty-nine and six of these would go directly to the control of the Air Forces or Armored Force. By March most of the Reserves would have been called into active service. The new crop of ROTC graduates would add a few hundred. Culling the lists of former Reserves and transferring some from non-Engineer to Engineer service might yield a few hundred more. But for the most part the Corps had to look to other sources than those that had supplied the officers for units activated during 1940 and 1941. On 3 January 1942 Bessell, the chief of the Military Personnel Branch, described the sources to be tapped. Approximately 1,000 Reserve officers would be called to active duty within the next few months, placed in a pool, and given refresher training. The output of the Officer Candidate School had been expanded from 230 to 1,000 per quarter. Finally, authority would be sought to commission 500 officers from civil life, not for duty with troop units but for assignment to desk jobs with the military construction program so that a corresponding number of troop-age officers then employed on that program could be assigned to engineer units.2
Memo, ACofEngrs (Sturdevant) for CofEngrs, 31 Dec 41. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 14. 2 (1) Personal Ltr, Lt Col William N. Leaf, Senior Instructor Engr Tactics USMA to C of Mil Pers Br, 19 May 42. 210.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 21. (2) 2d Ind, O&T Br to TAG, 21 Jan 42, on Ltr, TAG to OCE, 26 Nov 41, sub: Tng Res Offs at Sv Schs. 353, Orgn Res, Pt. 14. (3) Rpt of Activities of Mil Pers Br Wk Ending 17 Mar 42. 020, Engrs Corps of, Jan-Mar 42. (4) Memo, C of Mil Pers Br for C of Adm Div, 3 Jan 42. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 15.
1
ACCELERATED TRAINING
Prominent among the arguments advanced in support of the consolidation of the military construction program under the Corps of Engineers had been that it would save administrative overhead. The existing field organization of the Engineer Department, overwhelmingly staffed by civilians, could handle the job. Officers had already been released from the Engineer Department and could continue to be released and replaced by commissioning these civilians. Having confidence in this logic the Military Personnel Branch believed that the Engineer Department could disgorge even more officers than would have to be replaced by appointments from civil life. The expectation in January 1942 was that something in excess of 500 officers would become available for assignment to troop duty via the military construction program. In accordance with this understanding the Military Personnel Branch sent an advance warning to Division and District Engineers. For months the branch had been coding applications for commissions. The districts would soon receive a list of names of individuals considered suitable to replace troop-age officers. The districts should meanwhile submit the names of those to be replaced. The response to this communication was far from gratifying. After declaring flatly that no surplus of officers existed, the Engineer of the Lower Mississippi Valley Division named nine officers of troop age, all of whom he considered key men who should not be removed unless there was no alternative. A review of the replies from the field showed that most of the names submitted for release were those of Quartermaster officers, who, even had they been suitable for assignment to engineer troop units, could not be considered eligible because they were slated to be re-
147
turned to their own corps. Bessell, hastening to disclaim any intended interference with the progress of the construction program, promised to restrict transfers to those officers declared surplus by District and Division 3 Engineers. About this time the Construction Division, worried about the fact that its program was behind schedule, lined up squarely behind those who claimed there was no surplus. Robins, its chief, had become convinced that there were too few officers on military construction projects, and on 24 March 1942 directed Division and District Engineers to take on more. Fully aware, however, that few Regulars would be assigned to construction duties in the future and that pressure to release Reserves of troop age would continue, he urged the field to prepare to staff itself with officers commissioned from civil life. Hard on top of this communication Division Engineers received a telegram from the Military Personnel Branch, asking for immediate submission of the names of company grade officers who could be released without violating Robins' directive. The officers were needed for the construction units then being activated for work in the Middle East and did not have to be of troop age. Only after the Military Personnel Branch phoned to read off the names of the first group of officers to be reassigned did the Construction Division learn about the existence of the telegram. The howl of pain that went up swelled into a roar of indignation when the Construction
(1) C/L 1090, 19 Jan 42, with longhand note, sub: Reasgmt and Repl of Trp Age Offs Now on Constr Duty. 210.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 18. (2) Ltr, Miss. River Commission and Lower Miss. Valley Div Engr to CofEngrs, 6 Feb 42, same sub. 210.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 19. (3) Ltr, C of Mil Pers Br to Great Lakes Div Engr, 19 Feb 42, same sub. Same file.
3
148
Division found that twenty Engineer officers had been removed without its knowledge. The disgruntled deputy chief of the Construction Division, on seeing another list of officers slated to go, commented that, although the release of a few of them might actually be an advantage, on the whole the action would disrupt the construction program. A meeting with Reybold was scheduled forthwith. 4 The resulting clarification of policy put a considerable brake upon the activities of the Military Personnel Branch. Immediate objectives were set forth as follows:
a. The expeditious and efficient prosecution of the war construction program. b. To maintain the proper number of officers required for the prosecution of the war construction program. c. To make maximum use of over troopage officers and of officers appointed from civil life for special service who have had no military training. d. To release troop-age officers qualified for duty with troops to the maximum extent consistent with a and b above.
That much being a victory for the Construction Division, the field was again urged to bring in replacements as understudies to troop-age officers and was put on notice that no officers of troop age would be assigned to construction duties except in "very unusual cases." 5 The Construction Division was resigned to this policy as applied to the future, but continued to resist the reassignment of its experienced officers. "I'd like to remind you," the South Atlantic Division Engineer told the chief of the Construction Division's Operations Branch in mid-April, "that they've just taken five regulars from me and are only giving me one in return." The chief of the Operations Branch doubted that anything could be done about it. Although he was inclined "to turn down
(OCS).
When the Army offered enlisted men the opportunity to become candidates for commissions in July 1941, the main value of the
4 (1) C/L 1423, 24 Mar 42, sub: Off Pers on Constr Projects. (2) Personal Ltr, ACofEngrs
Div Engr, 24 Mar 42. 210.1, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 7. (3) Memoranda in 210.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 12. 5 C/L 1479, 13 Apr 42, sub: Mil Pers Policies: Asgmt of Constr and Utilities Offs.
6
and Col Strong, C of Opns Br Constr Div, 17 Apr 42. Groves files, Airfields. 7 Rpt of Activities of Mil Pers Br for Wk Ending 24 Apr 42. 020, Engrs Office C of, Apr-Jun 42. 8 (1) Ltr, CofEngrs to TAG, 12 Feb 42, sub: Allot of Grads USMA, Class of 1942. 210.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 19. (2) Ann Rpt OCE, 1942.
ACCELERATED TRAINING
innovation was believed to lie in the boost it would give morale and the opportunity it would afford to put the talents of outstanding selectees to better use. Only secondarily was the program intended to provide a cushion in case of further expansion of the Army. Although officer candidates were supposed to represent the cream of the citizen soldiers, the more important of the standards which the Army established as a guide to selecting them were so indefinite that much was left to personal judgment. The most important qualification of allpotential leadershipwas completely undefined. The candidate's ability to learn was deemed sufficient if he had achieved a score of at least 110 (Classes I and II) on the Army General Classification Test. The Army did not exclude anyone solely because of lack of formal education. It was enough if the candidate possessed "such education or civil or military experience as will reasonably insure . . . satisfactory completion of the course" although for certain services, the Corps of Engineers among them, more weight was to be given to the individual's technical preparation.9 The graduate of OCS was not expected to know much. At the end of the twelveweek course he was supposed to have acquired sufficient knowledge to perform "reasonably" well the duties of a junior officer in a unit undergoing training. He would come to the unit as an apprentice with enough general information to enable him to profit from the practical experience he would get thereafter. Perhaps he would take advanced courses later, but this was not the concern of the OCS.10 The course of study offered at the Engineer OCS at Fort Belvoir was designed to teach the candidate how to lead enlisted men in the performance of engineer duties. Success in attaining even
149
this objective, as experience invariably demonstrated, depended as much upon the caliber of candidates received at the school as upon the course of study and quality of instruction. Twelve weeks was too short a time to turn an engineer soldier into an Engineer officereven a green Engineer officerunless the individual had much to offer at the outset. The first class of Engineer officer candidatesthe only class to graduate before Pearl Harborenrolled at the Engineer OCS on 7 July 1941. Sixtyseven of the ninety-seven students graduated. The second group, which entered the last week of October, contained 218 candidates, 167 of whom were successful. This second was the last class chosen for reasons of morale. The next group of candidates, which entered in January, was more than a third again as large as the second, and, had its quota been filled, would have been more than twice as large. The fourth class was indeed twice as large. It entered two weeks after the third so that a production of 4,000 officers could be achieved in 1942. On 16 January G-3 directed the Engineers to fix the capacity of their OCS at 3,680. By the end of May additions to the troop basis had created a demand for 1,200 more officers. Plans were immediately laid to expand the school's capacity to reach 5,160 by 30 September.
9 (1) Robert R. Palmer, Bell I. Wiley, and William R. Keast, The Procurement and Training of Ground Combat Troops, UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II (Washington, 1948), pp. 327-28. (2) Watson, Chief of Staff, p. 271. (3) WD Cir 126, 28 Apr 42. The following discussion of the Engineer Officer
based upon Outten J. Clinard and George H. McCune, A Survey of the Source Materials for a History of the Engineer Officer Candidate Course, an unpublished study with supporting documents, in EHD files. 10 Palmer, Wiley, and Keast, op. cit., pp. 331, 361.
150
In establishing criteria for the selection of candidates the War Department deemed it "desirable" that Engineer candidates have "an engineering degree or equivalent knowledge or special mechanical or engi11 neering training." In the atmosphere of scarcity which prevailed during 1942, quantity became the overriding factor. Quality, while not forgotten, was a luxury the Army could not afford. The sacrifice of quality to quantity showed itself both in the selection of candidates and in the lowering of standards for graduation. Accustomed to high professional competence and qualities of leadership in their officers, the Engineers refused to accept the inevitable without a struggle. But it was lack of intellectual attainments, rather than leadership, that the Engineers deplored most often. The conviction seemed to be that ability to lead would follow in the wake of knowledge. To the extent that confidence grows with knowledge this was sound reasoning. It was also true that many of the tasks performed by the Engineers did not call for the same degree of courage as those demanded in the combat arms but did call for special knowledge. Complaints about the poor educational background of Engineer candidates began in March 1942 when the commanding general of the Engineer Replacement Training Center (ERTC) at Fort Belvoir despaired of filling his quota. Of 3,050 men then at the ERTC, he could produce only 52 with a year or more of study in engineering, geology, architecture, or science, and only 11 having college degrees with majors in any of these subjects. Some of these men would choose to attend the OCS of other branches; some would not have the necessary aptitude for leadership. After getting a similar report from the other ERTC at
11
ACCELERATED TRAINING
the Engineer Officer Candidate School not only the largest possible number of engineering college graduates, but also interested applicants otherwise suitable who have at least one year of college, not necessarily in engineering. High school graduates without college training will also be acceptable if they are suitably qualified by outstanding leadership and engineering experience." 13 Concerned about quantity, the War Department was inclined to think the standards for selection as established by the Engineers, the Ordnance Department, and the Signal Corps were set too high. These services must abandon peacetime notions, the War Department wrote on 6 April 1942: While in peace, the bulk of the officers of a technical branch may be engaged in planning, research, design and construction duties demanding a higher degree of training along those lines; in war the bulk of the officers of those branches is employed with field force units of the branch in support of the combat arms. While this higher training is a definite asset it is not an essential requirement of a platoon or company commander of a technical unit supporting the combat arms. The required basic knowledge of planning and construction by these commanders is taught at the officer candidate schools.14 In view of the growing number of largescale construction projects being handled by engineer troops overseas, this statement had but limited application to the Corps of Engineers. The selection of officers with civilian education or experience was essential. The high rate of failures in the Engineer OCS further reflected this viewpoint, that only qualified men could fill such positions. G-1, still concerned over quantity, expressed displeasure at the fact that about one fourth of the Engineer candidates had failed to graduate. Sturdevant reluctantly adopted the position of his superiors. The
151
War Department's "concept of officer qualifications . . . must be accepted as co he wrote to Crawford on 20 April. "Much as high professional qualifications are to be desired, an unpredictable expansion of the Army can only result in a lowering of standards which must be accepted as a necessary sacrifice." OCS had to assume the responsibility for instructing the candidates received. "A high rate of attrition may be as much of an indictment of the methods of instruction as of the quality of the candidates," he concluded.15 Crawford did not agree that quantity was that important, but he nevertheless expressed concern about the number of failures. He saw four ways in which to reduce them. Standards for graduation could be lowered even though he believed they were already at the danger point. "To make further concessions is not a matter of making a necessary sacrifice," as Sturdevant had phrased it, "it is more a question of accepting a disaster. . . . We are ma compromise on the quality of our guns, tanks, planes, etc. Why compromise on the most vital thing to the whole effortleadership?" He agreed with Sturdevant that another way to reduce the number of failures was to improve the quality of instruction. The OCS had too few instructors and the ones they had were not good enough. Repeated attempts to get officers from the field had been largely unsuccessful. The faculty had of necessity been built up from gradu13 Ltr, Comdt Engr Sch to CofEngrs, 31 Mar 42, sub: Standards of Engr Off Candidates. Clinard and McCune, op. cit., App. 14 Ltr, AG 352 (4-5-42) MT-A-M to All Comdrs, 6 Apr 42, sub: Off Candidates, Tech Brs. Clinard and McCune, op. cit., App. 15 Ltr, ACofEngrs (Sturdevant) to Comdt Engr Sch, 20 Apr 42, sub: OCS Standards of Performance. Clinard and McCune, op. cit., App.
152
S. Grant, III, that he must fill his quota. Up to that time the center had refused to appoint candidates with less than two years of college or engineering experience. Grant lowered these standards reluctantly, warning that the selection of men with only a high school education and no experience in engineering would only add to the number of failures at the school. By summer the War Department had modified its position somewhat. In June and July it recognized the existing shortage of Engineer candidates and directed other arms and services to cull their ranks for highly qualified men, particularly graduate engineers, and any others with engineering training or experience. But in mid-September, with Engineer OCS quotas still unfilled, the War Department became alarmed at the fact that some boards had excluded men BRIG. GEN. ROSCOE C. CRAWsimply because they lacked the technical FORD, Commandant of the Engineer and educational background indicated in School, June 1940 until November 1943. the directives of the previous summer. The ates of officer refresher courses and from the War Department pointed out that while OCS itself. "Until properly qualified in- such highly qualified candidates were destructors in sufficient numbers are made sirable, the quotas should be filled out with men ofa intelligence and native ability, the available . . ., we should accept as necessary sacrifice," using Sturdevant's phrase real essentials for success at OCS. If ability to learn as measured by AGCT again, "a smaller number of graduates." Along with getting more and better instruc- scores had been the only criterion for a suctors Crawford favored continuing the strug- cessful officer the Engineers would have had gle for better candidates. Meanwhile the no cause to complain. Of 21,958 candidates OCS had introduced a fourth way to sal- enrolled between 21 March 1942 and 1 vage more candidates by giving those who April 1944 all had received high marks seemed able but slow (about 10 percent of and a good many of them exceptionally each class) more time to adjust. After five high marks on the Army General Classifiweeks at the school these men were placed cation Test. Eleven percent tested 140 or in a special unit for two weeks after which over; 22.6 percent scored between 130 and time they were either returned to the course 139; 34.9 percent between 120 and 129; and 27.4 percent between 110 and 119. or discharged.16 Sturdevant had meanwhile visited the ERTC at Fort Leonard Wood and in18 1st Ind on ltr cited n. 15. Clinard and McCune, formed its commander, Brig. Gen. Ulysses op. cit., App.
ACCELERATED TRAINING
While ability to learn was a great asset in developing leadership, it provided no absolute insurance. For the Engineers it was particularly difficult to fill quotas with potential leaders because the Engineers were assigned so few enlisted men in Classes I and II from which all officer candidates had to be selected. During the period March-August 1942 only 23.4 percent of the men assigned to the Corps of Engineers were in Class I and IIthe lowest percentage of all the arms and services. Although the Engineers fared better during the year 1943 when this percentage rose to 29.1, they remained in an unfavorable position as compared to most other branches. Under such circumstances replacement training centers and unit commanders found themselves hard put to give much weight to potential leadership or to formal education; the most they could do was to find men who met the specified standards of intelligence. One reason why the Engineers did not succeed in getting more men in the higher classes was the persistence of the idea that the Corps could function perfectly well with large masses of common laborers. Although the Engineers took every opportunity to point out the fallacy of this idea, it would not down. The other reason for their failure to gain access to the most suitable sources was the preferential treatment accorded the AAF in the assignment of personnel. Under a policy established in February 1942, 75 percent of all white enlisted men destined for the AAF were to have scored at least 100 on the AGCT. The objections of AGF and SOS received some consideration in the fall of 1942 when the percentage was lowered to 55, but the fact remained that the top cream had been skimmed before AGF or SOS were allowed into the market.17 The educational background of Engineer
153
candidates was therefore limited. During the period 21 March 1942 to 1 April 1944 candidates with undergraduate degrees in engineering numbered only 1,750 or 8 percent of the 21,958 enrolled. The number of college graduates holding degrees in subjects other than engineering was but 3,698, or 16.8 percent. A much larger number 8,568 or 39 percenthad some college education. Most of the remainderover 25 percent of the total enrollmentwere high school graduates only. During the early period of peak demand for officers the percentage of candidates with college degrees must have been even lower than 8 percent because after January 1943 ROTC graduates began to enter OCS and by 1944 comprised a large percentage of the student body. Since the OCS failed to receive the number of highly qualified men desired, the administration strove all the harder to improve the quality of instruction in order to produce satisfactory officers. As Crawford had pointed out in March 1942, the school had tried unsuccessfully to secure officers with field experience to act as
instructors. In the spring and summer of 1942 the school had to turn to its own graduates to fill the growing vacancies on the faculty. By August 1942, 35 percent of the instructors had less than three months' commissioned service. That month the situation was bettered by the introduction of a rotation system. Under this setup a number of officers having at least a year's experience with troops were to be assigned to the school faculty each month, their places to be taken by inexperienced second lieutenants who had been acting as instructors. Following assignment to the faculty the experienced officers would enter newly activated units.
17 Palmer, Wiley, and Keast, op. cit., pp. 17, 18, 21, 23-26.
154
"The many advantages of such a rotation policy can be easily seen," the Engineers advised the Director of Military Personnel, SOS. "The Engineer School gains instructors with experience in the field, newly activated units obtain a source of experienced personnel, troop units receive qualified loss replacements junior in rank to those officers 18 on duty with the unit." The rotation system was one of two means adopted by the school in an effort to raise the standard of instruction. The other, introduced about the same time, was a course in instructional methods. Like other courses in methods of teaching, this one stressed effectiveness of presentation, and through classroom observation and conference gave personal guidance to the teacher. The inauguration of the instructional methods course and the receipt of more teachers who were experienced with troops combined to improve the quality of instruction during 1943, but by this time the desperate need for officers had passed and the school's capacity had been lowered. During the first two years of its existence the course of study given at the Engineer OCS varied little. Even lengthening the course to seventeen weeks in July 1943 brought only slight changes in subject matter. In the space of twelve weeks the candidates took about forty subjects varying in length of instruction from one to fifty hours. About one third of the school hours were allotted to pioneer and Engineer subjects, the remainder to subjects common to all arms and services. Although a good many subjects were introduced by lectures, conferences, and demonstrations, and some of the shorter courses were entirely confined to this method, the school gave as much instruction as possible by means of practical work. Thirty-one of the thirty-seven hours
ACCELERATED TRAINING
failing to graduate was consistently less. The class which finished on 30 May 1942 graduated 86.4 percent of its candidates, practically by order,20 and throughout the rest of that year no class failed to graduate less than 80 percent of those who entered. Beginning in January 1943 the percentage of failures began to climb again. The class which finished on 28 April had a mortality rate of over 30 percentabout the same as that of the school's first class when morale had been the keynote of the officer candidate program. The average thereafter was closer to one third than to one quarter. In each class there were some individuals who dropped out because of physical disability or other reasons. In fact in a good many classes those relieved for such causes outnumbered those who failed because of deficiencies either in leadership or in course work. During the period of peak capacity at OCS physical disability and similar causes accounted for 6.3 percent of the failures. The greatest number7.5 percentwas judged lacking in ability to lead. Failures because of academic deficiencies accounted for 3.3 percent while 4.3 percent fell down on both leadership and grasp of subject matter. It may appear inconsistent that after objecting so strenuously to the receipt of candidates who had not been to college, the OCS failed so many candidates on leadership rather than on academic grounds. Several factors must be considered before coming to this conclusion. The primary mission of OCS being to develop leaders, more was expected of candidates on this score. Academic subjects were extremely simple. Much of the candidate's grasp of the subjects taught was measured by written tests, where a good memory went a long way toward the achievement of a passing grade. A candidate
155
might easily reel off bridge capacities, but he might find it more difficult to take his place in the group erecting the bridge, and he might find his knowledge too slight indeed to enable him to take command of the group with the assurance demanded of a leader. The Engineers' insistence on the importance of previous education proved justified. As class after class entered and graduated it was demonstrated over and over again that candidates with degrees in engineering had the best chance to succeed and college graduates with majors in other subjects the next best. Of students enrolled between March 1942 and June 1944, 81.3 percent of those with engineering degrees and 80 percent of those with college degrees in other subjects graduated, as compared with 73.4 percent of those who had gone no farther than high school and 61.8 percent who lacked a high school diploma. The Engineers realized from the beginning that even though officer candidates might possess a solid technical background, their very youth would preclude much working experience. The supply of Reserves which contained older men with several years background in construction had dried up early in 1942. The sudden demand in the spring of that year for officers to man the units being activated for construction duties in the Middle East led the Corps of Engineers for the first time to commission civilians for assignment to troop units. The specialized nature of the duties which general and special service regiments were supposed to perform in the Middle East demanded much in the way of construction experience, little in the way of military knowledge. As the demand for construction
20
156
units mounted, the Corps of Engineers 21 found civilian sources increasingly inviting. In January 1942 the Military Personnel Branch had about 9,000 applications from civilians desiring commissions in the Corps of Engineers. After a preliminary selection of applicants on the basis of information coded on machine records cards, applicants were to be interviewed. The Military Personnel Branch expected Division and District Engineers to do most of this interviewing. In order to be commissioned direct from civil life, a man had to be over thirty, have had some previous military training, and must not be under orders for induction. But military and age requirements might be waived if it could be proved that the individual's specialty rendered him extraordinarily well qualified for a particular assignment. The War Department allotted a quota of civilian commissions to each branch.22 On 12 April 1942 the War Department approved the commissioning of 568 officers for assignment to the units slated for the Middle East. The following month the Engineers received authority to commission 350 more civilians for service with forestry companies, aviation battalions, and utilities detachments. The first week in June they were authorized another 1,000 for the recently activated Engineer Amphibian Command. In July, Fowler, alarmed at reports of new units filled up with OCS graduates who knew little or nothing about the operation and maintenance of construction machinery, suggested that additional civilian sources be tapped. Shortly afterward Godfrey registered similar misgivings about the officers coming into aviation battalions and also asked for civilians. In line with Fowler's suggestion, on 19 August the Military Personnel Branch put in a requisition for 450
ACCELERATED TRAINING October 1942, six weeks after requisitions for 750 construction men had been sent in, the Military Personnel Branch claimed that the Officer Procurement Service had produced only ten acceptable applicants. Calling attention to this, the Engineers urged a return to the old system. Actually, steps leading to a compromise had already been taken. On 9 October the Officer Procurement Service agreed to allow the Engineer field offices to locate construction men once again. By 27 October the Officer Procurement Service had turned up 58 men; the Engineers had found 230 apparently good prospects.24 Through the good offices of Brig. Gen. Joseph N. Dalton, Assistant Chief of Staff for Personnel, SOS, the Military Personnel Branch and the Officer Procurement Service succeeded in establishing more harmonious working relationships. The Officer Procurement Service demonstrated that the Engineers were at least partly to blame. During the period 20 August to 31 October, the Officer Procurement Service asserted, it had submitted over a thousand applications to the Engineers, and it charged that 745 of them were still pending in the Military Personnel Branch. The Officer Procurement Service asked the Engineers to furnish more details about desired qualifications. By November Bessell was convinced that the joint effort would work. But there was many a slip between a good prospect and a commissioned officer. As of 22 December 1942 only 132 men had been commissioned and only 37 more applications were pending. The Engineers then concluded that limitations of age and vulnerability to the draft were responsible for this situation and requested a relaxation of these restrictions. This request came in the midst of the War
157
Department's announced determination to cut down drastically on the number of commissions from civil life. From the over-all point of view the shortage of officers had been overcome. The production of Officer Candidate Schools would more than satisfy requirements for 1943. The War Department wished to afford officers and enlisted men already in the Army an opportunity to move into positions commensurate with the experience they had acquired. If civilians continued to be commissioned in large numbers such opportunities would be curtailed. Commissions from civilian life should be restricted, therefore, to highly skilled individuals who could not be produced through the officer candidate program. The Corps of Engineers expressed alarm at the possibility of being cut off from civilian sources. With the lowering of the draft age to 18 the prospect of receiving skilled individuals at OCS became dimmer than ever. Only through civilian sources could they find the 3,000 experts required in 1943. The General Staff recognized, at least in part, the validity of the Engineer case. Highway, airport, and building construction contractors, experts in petroleum distribution, and electrical engineers were included in the short list of specialists who could be commissioned from civilian life. But the General Staff refused to allow the Engineers anything approaching the 3,000 men they wished. All of ASF (exclusive of the Surgeon General's Office, the Corps of Chaplains, and the Provost Marshal General's Office) was given an over-all procurement objective of only 3,250 for the year 1943. The Engineers continued to insist that OCS graduates could not fill all the vacancies. In March 1943 they asked permission
Rpt of Activities of Mil Pers Br for Period Ending 30 Oct 42. 020, Engrs Office C of, Oct-Dec 42.
24
158
to commission 3,500 civilians during the next nine months and suggested that the capacity of OCS be reduced by that amount. On 13 October, the War Department cut off appointments from civil life altogether. During the eighteen months that this source was open the Corps of Engineers commissioned 5,616 civilians for service with troop units.25 The variety of sources which the Corps of Engineers drew upon to provide leaders for troop units radically altered the character of its officer personnel. Almost overnight this group changed from a homogeneous to a heterogeneous one, from a group of men with similar backgrounds to one with all manner and degree of professional and military training and experience. To strive for homogeneity was as unnecessary as it would have been impossible, for as the War Department had pointed out in connection with the officer candidate program, the needs of the small peacetime Corps were quite different from those of the wartime Corps. The duties of an officer in the peacetime Corps were apt to be comprehensive; he was in much the same position as the only boss of a small firm. The wartime Corps was a huge factory where workers and bosses alike could specialize. Even so, the Corps of Engineers, like any other organization, had to provide the newcomer with a certain amount of special background before he could assume his duties, however limited. The OCS was one means of accomplishing this objective; another was provided by the Engineer School in a program of instruction for officers that was adjusted to the diverse backgrounds of those who attended. The shift from a peacetime to a wartime curriculum at the Engineer School had be-
29
Instructor Course, Incl with Ltr, Comdt Engr Sch to TAG, 24 Jul 41, sub: Rpt of Opns of Engr Sch, 1940-41. EHD files.
ACCELERATED TRAINING
normally had in peacetime, emphasizing the theory and practice of military engineering and the instructional methods used in the 27 Army. The output of the refresher courses and of the Military Academy graduate course was small as compared with two other general coursesthe divisional training course and the field officers' coursewhich were offered for the first time during 1942. The divisional training course was established in January for battalion staff officers and company commanders slated for assignment to newly activated divisions. The idea was to weld these officers into a team by giving them practical instruction in planning and supervising unit training and in administration. Between January 1942 and June of the following year, 371 officers completed this four-week course. The field officers' course had its origins in O&T's concern over the relatively poor showing made by Reserve and National Guard officers at the 1941 maneuvers. In February 1942 the Engineer School enrolled 43 of this group in an advanced course for three months. When the time came for a second class there were no students. Field officers could not be spared for such a long time. Still the need existed. "No instruction is given at the School other than in the Divisional Training Course to fit officers ... for duty as battalion staff officers," Crawford pointed out in June. "There is also a distinct gap between the basic instruction in the Corps of Engineers and the instruction for division staff officers as carried out by the Command and General Staff School . . . proposed a two-month field officers' course, soon to become the most heavily attended general course given. The first class opened
159
on 7 September 1942. A total of 2,487 officers had graduated by the time the fifty-fifth
class finished on 20 October 1945.28 By the summer of 1943 all but the field officers' course and the Military Academy graduate course had been dropped from the school's general training program. The four-week divisional training course, given until 1 May 1943, was broadened to admit officers of nondivisional units. Renamed the cadre officers' course, it offered the key officers of the cadre an opportunity to work together before activation of a unit. Beginning in August 1943 the course was divided into two sections corresponding to the principal categories of officers attendinga combat section and a section for general service regiments and other units. When, in the spring of 1943, the Engineer Unit Training Center at Camp Claiborne, Louisiana, was directed to transfer the military training being conducted for officers appointed from civil life to Fort Belvoir, the Engineer School established a basic officers' course from which 817 were graduated within the next two years. Later in 1943, when the Engineers received by transfer about 1,600 OCS graduates of other arms and services, the school instituted an Engineer training course which gave these men the equivalent of the engineering subjects that were offered at the OCS. During
27 (1) WD Special Staff Hist Div, Schooling of Commissioned Officers, Corps of Engineers, 1 Jul 39-30 Jun 44. (Hereafter cited as Schooling, Commissioned Officers.) (2) Clinard and McCune, op. cit., p. 14. (3) Memo 12, Engr Sch for All Concerned, 19 Feb 43, sub: Resume of Courses. 210.63, Engr Sch. 28 (1) Quote is from Ltr, Comdt Engr Sch to ." He CofEngrs, 17 Jun 42, sub: Field Offs Course. 352.11, Engr Sch, Pt. 13. (2) Interoffice Memo, O&T Br for Mil Pers Br, 6 Jan 42, sub: Detail of Offs to Advanced Course. 352.11, Engr Sch, Pt. 12. (3) Schooling, Commissioned Officers.
160
1944 the Engineer School taught a more advanced course to some 1,400 AGF officers who had had troop experience and 29 civilian training in engineering. The third and most important means of developing efficient leaders for engineer troops was the school of experience with troop units. On first being assigned to a unit, most OCS graduates displayed lack of confidence and initiative and a reluctance to accept responsibility, but after two or three months' service, most of the men began to act like officers. Comments from overseas on the performances of junior officers varied. Some European commanders expressed complete satisfaction with OCS graduates; others believed that faulty methods of selecting candidates resulted in officers commanding men who were their superiors in education and background. All theaters complained about the lack of technical competence among junior officers. From Europe came reports that they possessed scanty knowledge about the operation and maintenance of construction machinery and that few were prepared to handle jobs in depots or perform other supply functions. From the Southwest Pacific, where construction operations overshadowed all other engineer tasks and where machinery was often operated twenty hours a day, came the most severe criticisms. Commanders in this theater expected Engineer officers to know construction machinery and how to organize and supervise a construction job. All echelons of command agreed that the combat training given at OCS was out of all proportion to what was needed in the Pacific. The OCS began to respond to such complaints in the spring of 1944. By fall of that year, hours allotted to
ACCELERATED TRAINING
were expected to attain a higher level of 31 preparation in much less time. Under this system all engineer troops went to ERTC's under the direction of the Corps of Engineers for twelve weeks of intensive basic military and engineer training. Some specialist instruction was supposed to be given during the twelve-week program, but the Engineers soon abandoned this effort and concentrated upon teaching the recruit the basic duties of an engineer soldier. The emphasis in this stage of mobilization was upon the production of fillers for newly activated units and in the latter part of 1941 the product was sufficientsome 5,000 men each month. This orderly arrangement did not last. Activations of engineer units in 1942 became so numerous that the ERTC's could no longer meet demands. No expansion of facilities was allowed. Therefore, only units slated for early movement overseas could draw upon the centers for fillers. Most of the remaining product replaced cadres withdrawn to form new units. The urgent requirement for service units in 1942, coupled with the fact that such units had a high percentage of technicians, led the War Department to channel the great bulk of branchtrained fillers into SOS organizations. With the supply still insufficient, 28 training battalions at AGF centers converted to branch immaterial and funneled some 80,000 men into service units, including engineer, between July and October. So few ERTC fillers were available for the engineer units serving with the AAF that in November 1942 the AAF withdrew from this system entirely, setting up its own facilities for training engineer recruits. Despite all these provisions, a great part of the engineer unit fillers in 1942 came to be once more selectees straight from reception centers, without any
161
intermediate training at replacement centers.32 It was not surprising that one of the ERTC's was located at Fort Belvoir, traditionally an Engineer center, in spite of limited room for expansion in the adjacent well-populated farming area. Fort Belvoir encompassed a 10-square-mile area 20 miles south of Washington, D. C., on the Potomac River, a short distance below Mount Vernon, in the gently rolling tidewater district of Virginia. Just to the north of Fort Belvoir, across U.S. Highway No. 1, lay a run-down farm, much of it covered with a young growth of pine and scrub oak. This became the site of the first ERTC, opened in March 1941, a typical wartime cantonment with neat rows of two-story frame barracks liberally punctuated with chapel spires.33 The second ERTC, opened in May 1941, was at Fort Leonard Wood in south-central Missouri. In sharp contrast to the soft outlines of the cultivated Virginia countryside,
Unless otherwise noted, this section on replacement training is based upon: (1) 353, RTCs, Pt. 1; (2) 353, ERTC Belvoir, Pt. 1; (3) 353, ASFTC Wood; (4) 353, Tng, Ft. Lewis; (5) Wood, 353.01, Tng Scheds; (6) 333.1, ASFTC Wood; (7) Belvoir, 333.1, Investigations and Inspecs, 1941-42; (8) 353.15, ERTC Belvoir; (9) 353.15, ASFTC Wood; (10) Wood, Ft. Wood News Clippings; (11) Pamphlet, prepared by Adj ERTC Belvoir, 18 Aug 42, sub: The ERTC, Ft. Belvoir, Va. Belvoir, 680.1 RCs, 1940-42; (12) Training of Replacements, Fillers, and Cadres, Corps of Engineers, 6 Mar 41 30 Jun 44 (based upon reports submitted by the ERTC's, and hereafter cited as Tng of Repls). MS, OCMH. 32 (1) Palmer, Wiley, and Keast, op. cit., pp. 170-79. (2) Info Bull 81, 12 Mar 41. (3) For discussion of aviation engineers, see below, Chapter XIV. 33 (1) Info Bull 81, 12 Mar 41. (2) OCE, Real Estate Progress Rpt, 30 Apr 42. (3) OCE Quarterly Inventory: Owned, Sponsored and Leased Facilities, 30 Jun 44, p. 93. (4) Rough Draft, Hist of Engr Tng Center. Post Hq, Belvoir.
31
162
this site lay within the Mark Twain National Forest, in the rocky northern foothills of the Ozarks. The military reservation ex-
tended over 113 square miles of rugged cavernous limestone and sandstone hills, heavily covered with pine and hardwood
forests and interlaced with numerous clear
Staff favored reducing the time spent at replacement centers from twelve to eight weeks. G-3 believed twelve weeks necessary for adequate instruction. Nevertheless, the
representatives at this meeting were in35 structed to prepare for the reduction. In cutting replacement training to eight weeks on 19 December 1941, the War Department directed that as few subjects as possible be eliminated. Less time to individual subjects was the preferred method of effecting the reduction. Emphasis was to be placed upon basic individual military training common to all arms. Subjects involving team training could be dropped if absolutely necessary. The Operations and Training Branch, OCE, was fortunate in having just completed a revision of its twelve-week program which differed considerably from the existing published program of 1940 and represented a more realistic scheduling of subjects and hours based upon several months' experience at Belvoir and Wood. This new program was the basis for the eight-week revision.36 (Table 5)
34 (1) Inventory cited n. 33 (3), p. 107. (2) Fred W. Herman, "Fort Leonard Wood, Missouri," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (March-April, 1941), 108-10. (3) Brief Summary of Events Leading up to the Acquisition and Use of Fort Leonard Wood, Mo. Groves files, Misc Papers. (4) Memo, V. W. Whitfield, Dir Div of Opns, for Col B. M. Casteel, Administrator, 8 Jul 40, sub: Inspec of Proposed Mil Reservation, Missouri National Guard. QM 601.1, Seventh Corps AreaSeventh Corps Area Tng Center. 35 (1) Ltr, TAG to CGs Corps Areas et al, 4 Oct 41, sub: RTC Capacity. Wood, 324.71, Selectees (AG). (2) Ltr, TAG to CGs All Armies and Corps Areas et al, 2 Sep 41, sub: Additional RTC Capacity. 680.1, RTC, Pt. 1. 36 Ltr, S-3 ERTC Wood to OCE, 18 Dec 41.
spring-fed streams. The cantonment area was built on a level ridge just to the west of the broad twisting loops of the Big Piney
River, a stream about forty feet wide, well
suited for ponton bridge training. Like the Belvoir ERTC, this center enjoyed a moderate climate. Although the summers were hot, the mountains and forests deflected the worst of the Great Plains weather,
and although snow fell during the winter it
lasted but a short time. In spite of their rough beauty and mild climate, these foothills had attracted few permanent settlers. There were no towns of any size within thirty miles. The closest railroad line was nearly twenty miles away. Cities such as St. Louis,
Springfield, and Jefferson City were all
about a hundred miles from the center.34 It was apparent at once that the replacement training centers could not supply the number of men required by the Army in the early months of 1942. Within a week after the Japanese attack, G-3 held a conference to discuss how to spread this training so as to reach more men. The War Department recognized the desirability of
having all its ground force fillers supplied
to units through replacement training centers rather than directly from reception centers, but realized that replacement centers could not be expanded at a rate commensurate with the growth of the Army. But the need for men, whether completely trained or not, was immediate and urgent. 352.11, ASFTC Wood, Pt. 1.
ACCELERATED TRAINING
No subjects were dropped. Most of the reduction was accomplished by cutting off the last four weeks of training. The resulting program produced a basic infantry soldier and secondarily an engineer since the greatest reduction was in technical subjects that had been stressed toward the end of the training period. Presumably, Engineer subjects were the ones which could best be postponed for unit training. The product of the ERTC would be physically hardened and know the fundamentals of soldiering but would be barely introduced to the essentials of military engineering. After a few confusing days at a reception center, the prospective engineer soldier was rushed to the replacement center. There he was given inoculations and a GI haircut, issued a gas mask, rifle, bayonet, and an assortment of clothes, assigned to strange barracks, and informed that he was quarantined for two weeks. During those two weeks of semiconfinement he drilled and marched, pitched tents, watched training films, saluted, and finally did not much care whether he was quarantined or not. Then he graduated to the obstacle course for advanced training in agility and endurance. This device for physical conditioning originated at Belvoir in 1941 and was copied immediately thereafter by other Army training centers. It was constructed on the most difficult terrain available and was usually an irregular horseshoe about 500 yards long and wide enough to accommodate several men at once. Barriers placed at intervals along this course required the men to climb cargo nets, jump hurdles, crawl through pipes, hop along a pattern of auto tires, and swing across a ditch of muddy water. The course could be made progressively harder, depending upon the speed at
163
which it was run, the type of uniform worn, 37 and the amount of equipment carried. During the first four weeks of drilling and physical conditioning the trainee spent many hours learning to fire the rifle, a recognition by the Engineers that the "one thing that is more important to the soldier than anything else is to be able to shoot straight and fast." 38 Ammunition during the spring of 1942 had to be carefully conserved. Only after much practice in "dry runs" and many hours of coaching in the correct positions was the trainee finally permitted to fire the rifle on the range. The hours devoted to marksmanship amounted to more than one week out of the eight, or 15 percent of the scheduled hours of training.39 The trainees were assigned to training groups which were organized along regimental lines, with battalions, companies, and platoons. The groups conducted all basic military and tactical work. The ERTC staffs gave little actual instruction, acting instead as co-ordinating agencies in the use of training sites and materials. Individuals from these staffs circulated through the training areas to advise company officers and to fill in as needed in incidental instruction. They acted as full instructors only in certain of the Engineer subjects such as road building, which required the operation of power machinery. In addition to the regular training of the normal selectees, the centers after July 1941 developed alternate programs for men with mental, emotional, physical, or educational
(1) "Military Obstacle Course," The Military Engineer, XXXIII (July-August, 1941), 274-75; "Super Obstacle Course Unveiled at Fort Belvoir," loc. cit. (November, 1941), 504. (2) Duck Board, 13 February 1942 (publication of ERTC Belvoir). EHD files. 38 Duck Board, 13 February 1942. 39 (1) Ltr, S-3 ERTC Wood to OCE, 18 Dec 41. 352.11, ASFTC Wood, Pt. 1. (2) See Table 5.
37
164
ACCELERATED TRAINING
165
Source: (1) MTP 5-1, 5 Sep 40. (2) MTP 5-2, 20 Dec 41. (3) Memo, AC of O&T Br for G-3, 19 Dec 41, sub: Curtailment of Tng in RTCs, with Incl, Sec. II, Program I, MTP 5-2. 353, RTCs, Pt. 1. (4) Ltr, ERTC Wood to CofEngrs, 19 Aug 41, sub: Tng Program for Second Increment of Trainees. 353, ASFTC Ft. Leonard Wood, Mo., 31 Jan 45, Bulky. (5) Ltr, ExO ERTC Belvoir to CofEngrs, 4 Jun 41, sub: Rev of Mob Tng Program, with 2d Ind, CG ERTC Belvoir to TAG, 4 Jun 41, with Incl, Tng Memo 64. 370.93, Mob Tng.
handicaps.40 In August, Belvoir converted three white platoons from one battalion and one Negro platoon from another into a special training company. By January 1942 this responsibility had been spread to the three groups, one platoon in each group being filled with handicapped trainees. Although the Wood ERTC did not organize a formal unit for this training until October 1941, by August 1942 it had established special classes for several hundred illiterates, 11.7 percent of the Negro complement and 1.7 percent of the white, to enable them to read signs and directions, write letters, and do basic arithmetic. In October, one white company and two platoons from one Negro company were designated to form this unit. At both centers the men who were eventually assigned to these units began training under the regular program. After two weeks under observation they were referred to a reclassification board for reassignment. At Belvoir these men usually had five weeks of
special work while those at Wood had as much as eight weeks. At either center they could return to the normal program at any time upon the recommendation of the instructors. The desired level of attainment was the equivalent of the first two weeks of normal training and a fourth grade educa41 tion. The special training units salvaged
(1) Mob Regulations 1-7, 1 Oct 40. (2) Ltr, TAG to CofEngrs, 28 Jul 41, sub: Special Tng Units. 320.2, Pt. 29. 41 (1) 1st Ind, 23 Sep 41, on Ltr, Asst Adj Third Corps Area to CG ERTC Belvoir, 18 Sep 41, sub: Special Tng Units. Belvoir, 320.2, Orgn of the Army, Gen 1940-42, Sec. I. (2) 2d Wrapper Ind, ExO ERTC Belvoir to CofEngrs, 24 Jan 42, on Ltr, AGO to CofEngrs, 15 Jan 42, sub: Special Tng Units. 353, Pt. 17. (3) Ltr, Adj ERTC Wood to CofEngrs, 14 Oct 41, sub: Additional RTC Ca40
pacity. 320.2, RTCs, Pt. 1. (4) Ltr, CG ERTC Wood to CG Seventh Corps Area, 15 Sep 41, sub: Special Tng Unit. 320.2, Pt. 30. (5) Memo, ExO ERTC Wood for File, 20 Sep 41, sub: OCS and
Special Tng Co, Bakers and Cooks Sch. Wood, 353, Tng, Misc. (6) Ltr, CG ERTC Wood to OCE, 27 Jan 42, sub: Special Tng Units. 353, Pt. 17.
166
many men but placed a double strain upon the facilities of the centers. The normal trainee capacity had to be reduced for these battalion-size units, over 600 men at Belvoir and between 500 and 600 at Wood. Many of the men remained for the combined length of both the special and regular programs, 13 weeks at Belvoir and 16 weeks at Wood. By March 1942 this group constituted the greater part of several categories of men who were housed and trained for varying lengths of time by direction of the War Department. Their presence created cramped living conditions for everyone, including those undergoing the normal program. In addition, each center held over and gave special preparation to a group that varied from 100 to 200 men in an attempt to pool those best qualified to fill future OCS quotas. Moreover, one whole company setup of four barracks and a mess hall had to be maintained at each center for cadre retained for the activation of new units. Smaller groups of enlisted holdovers included cadre for RTC expansion and losses, and personnel for task force units.42 The eight-week course, in effect from December 1941 to March 1942, caused faster depreciation of sites, aids, and facilities. At Wood, the already overworked staff could not keep the facilities repaired fast enough and instruction at individual training sites was intermittently curtailed. Requisitions for new units "ruthlessly depleted" the training staff. But most serious of all, despite the shortened schedule and despite the larger capacities made possible through using tents and crowding the barracks, the great number of holdovers prevented any real increase in the total output of regular trainees. A comparison of the last three months of
168
ACCELERATED TRAINING
169
Includes antiaircraft firing. Five night operations of four hours or more each scheduled outside of the listed hours of the program. c Fifty-six hours of night operations outside of regular listed hours.
b
Source: (1) Office Memo, Plans and Tng Off ERTC Wood for CG ERTC Wood, 11 May 42, sub: Comparison of Ft. Belvoir ERTC
Tng Program with Ft. Leonard Wood ERTC Tng Program. Wood, 353, Tng, Misc. (2) 1st Ind, 7 Sep 42, with Incl, Twelve Wks
Tng Program, on Ltr, C of O&T Br to CG ERTC Wood, 29 Aug 42, sub: Tng Program. Wood, 353.01, Tng Scheds. May 43. (4) MTP 5-6, 1 Aug 43.
have to qualify as battle loss replacements in existing units.44 The institution of the twelve-week program, which made possible an increase in both basic and technical training, coincided with the formation of SOS. The Training Division, SOS, henceforth acted as a central co-ordinating agency, establishing policies, standardizing programs, and determining course content and length. Through numerous reports and frequent inspections SOS maintained close supervision over all aspects of training. The constant objective was uniformity, the production of men at a predictable level of proficiency. But although the policies set forth by SOS influenced technical training at Engineer centers, SOS was most successful in standardizing the basic military training common to all the services under its control.45 From May until August 1942, SOS influenced this training through changes in subject matter or by shifting stress from one aspect of a subject to another. It directed emphasis upon the use of cover and concealment by the individual rather than by units. It restricted instruction in identification of
aircraft and combat vehicles to those of the United States. The assumption in both cases was that this limited training would simplify subsequent unit instruction, which would amplify this basic information according to the needs of the theater in which the unit 46 would operate. Closer control of this part of replacement training came in August when SOS issued a basic military program to be used by all SOS centers during the first four weeks. Out of the total of 192 hours available in the four weeks, 163 were prescribed by SOS, the remaining number being left open for either additional hours in these subjects or for the presentation of introductory Engineer material. Around
44 Memo, AC of O&T Br, 24 Jan 42, sub: Program of Tng at ERTCs. 320.2, ERTCs, Pt. 1. 45 Speech, Dir Tng SOS at Conf of Comdrs of SvCs [31 Jul 42], sub: Tng Responsibilities in SOS. 337, Pt. 1. 46 (1) Memo, Dir Tng SOS for CofEngrs et al., 31 Jul 42, Use of Time Designated To Train Individuals in Airplane Recognition and Concealment and Concealment Discipline. 353, Pt. 18. (2) Memo, CG ERTC Wood for Adj ERTC Wood, 6 Mar 43, sub: Tng Notes, with Incl, Conf Notes on RTCs and Basic Mil Tng, prepared by Dir Tng SOS on conf held 8-10 Feb 43. Wood, 353, Tng.
170
SOLDIERS FIRING THE SPRINGFIELD M1903 at the Engineer Replacement Center, Ft. Leonard Wood, Mo., April 1942.
this hard core of prescribed hours the Engineers rescheduled the five weeks of basic training that preceded the seven weeks of tactical and technical work. By September the two centers had worked out their individual versions. Little additional instruction beyond that specified by SOS could be given during this first four weeks because a few hours had to be reserved each week as open time to compensate for interruptions. During the fifth week, instruction shifted completely to Engineer subjects.47 Rifle firing remained by far the most important subject in the basic military program, and SOS constantly urged the improvement of instruction in this field. As early as July 1942 the Director of Training, SOS, had expressed dissatisfaction with the standards for record firing and had set up a single standard for all centers. Every trainee
was to fire for record before leaving the ERTC or, if he did not, the failure to do so was to be minutely explained. Of those firing, 80 percent were to qualify. A monthly report had to be submitted as a check upon performance. The training program prescribed in August went further in designating the type of ranges to be used and specified that rifle firing for record should be completed within the first four weeks. The Wood center had only one very small 300yard firing point, and Belvoir only one suitable range of 88 targets. Instruction was further hampered by the relatively low
47 (1) Ltr, Brig Gen C. R. Huebner, Dir Tng SOS, to All Concerned, 28 Aug 42, sub: Basic Tng Program. Hq EAC, 353, Tng. (2) Hq SOS, Basic Tng Program for All RTCs and Sv Units of Sup and Adm Svs SOS, Aug 42. Ft. Lewis, 353, Tng, 6 Sep 42 .
ACCELERATED TRAINING
priority given to the training centers for ordnance equipment. The Garand M1 rifle did not reach the two centers until December 1942. Meanwhile the older Springfield could not be obtained in sufficient quantities for each trainee to have his own weapon. No carbines were available at either center until August 1942, when the Engineers finally resorted to a special issue of four to each center for demonstration purposes. In the face of such weapon shortages and the lack of suitable ranges, the ERTC's obtained permission in September 1942 to spread rifle instruction throughout the five weeks of basic training instead of confining it to the first four weeks.48 The centers had extreme difficulty meeting the 80 percent standard. Neither approached the mark for months, as shown by the following table on record firing at ERTC's from July through December 1942.49
171
time to the Negro battalions, starting early 50 in January 1943. In teaching marksmanship, military courtesy, drill, and other aspects of basic military training the ERTC's aimed at sending out a product interchangeable with that of other SOS centers, but the ultimate goal of Belvoir and Wood was to produce a technically trained engineer soldier. Seven weeks out of the twelve were devoted to technical training in combination with tactical instruction. The trainee learned the essentials of engineer reconnaissanceto note such important things as possible bridge sites, the width and flow of streams, the condition and contour of terrain for road building, and strategic locations for tank obstacles and mine fields. He learned to co-ordinate his efforts with groups of increasing size in tactical exercises, first squads, then platoons, and finally companies. Weapons instruction also shifted to group activity. Rifle instruction continued with emphasis upon the techniques of con48 (1) Memo, AC of O&T Br, 4 Sep 42, Inspec of Tng, 1-3 Sep 42. 353, ASFTC Claiborne, Pt. 1. (2) Memo, Supervisor Weapons Tng ERTC Wood for Plans and Tng Off ERTC Wood, 14 Apr 42. Wood, 333.1, Inspec. (3) Ltr, ExO ERTC Belvoir
December was the only month in 1942 in which Negro troops at Belvoir reached an adequate score. Investigation proved the firing score to be the result of false marking and scoring of targets, and the whole firing procedure had to be reorganized. The scores thereafter dropped to the previous levels. As a result of reprimands for poor marksmanship, Wood revised its rifle training in December, giving special attention to Negro troops and to slow learners. A team of fortyeight white expert coaches devoted all its
to CofEngrs, 8 Sep 42, sub: Authority To Fire Qualification Course "C," Rifle Model 1903, with 1st Ind, CG Ft. Belvoir to CofEngrs, 11 Sep 42. Belvoir, 353.15, Marksmanship, 1942. (4) Memo, Grant for Wolfe, 16 May 42, sub: Subjects To Be Taken Up in OCE, with Notes on Gen Grant's Memo for Col Wolfe. 322, ASFTC Wood. (5) Ltr, ExO Belvoir to CofEngrs, 10 Aug 42, sub: Carbine, .30-Cal. Ml. 475, ASFTC Belvoir. (6) Ltr, AC of O&T Br to CG SOS, 22 Aug 42, same sub. Same file. (7) Ltr, C of O&T Br to Dir Tng SOS, 10 Sep 42, sub: Rifle Marksmanship, ERTCs, with 1st Ind, 15 Sep 42. Wood, 353.15, Marksmanship.
(1) 353.15, ERTC Belvoir. (2) 353.15, ASFTC Wood. (3) Wood, 353.15, Marksmanship. 50 Memo, Dir Tng SOS for CofEngrs, 16 Jan 43, sub: Small Arms Record Firing, with 2d Wrapper Ind, CG ERTC Wood to CofEngrs, 23 Jan 43. 353.15, Ft. Wood.
49
172
ware which went into such construction. Numerous "knot boards" demonstrating types of knots, splices, and lashings were distributed to the barracks to keep the men gun and the 37-mm. antitank gun, but so conscious of the fundamentals of rigging few of these weapons could be obtained that during off-hours. OCE encouraged an infor all practical purposes the .30-caliber ma- terchange of ideas between the two centers chine gun remained the principal crew- and authorized visits by members of the served weapon. In technical Engineer sub- two ERTC training staffs to witness new 52 jects the trainee learned to work with other methods and aids in operation. men in building floating and fixed bridges Although training aids served to shorten and various types of roads and obstacles.51 the introductory phase of each subject, pracFinding training films inadequate for tical working exercises were the essence of familiarization in technical Engineer sub- engineer training. The men learned by dojects, the centers prepared elaborate sets of ing. At Belvoir, six companies could train at more tangible training aids. Sand tables du- the same time in the floating bridge area, plicating in miniature the territory through a dredged channel 2,000 feet long and from which the men would move simplified tac- 130 to 250 feet wide. The fixed bridge area tical problems involving engineer opera- across Accotink Creek provided space for 4 tions. Short sections of temporary and steel bridges, 16 wooden trestle bridges, and permanent surfacing gave the trainee a gen- 48 footbridges simultaneously. In a typical eral picture of road building for a variety week of training in the late summer of 1942, of weather and terrain. Scale models of the trainees built some 180 bridges in these fixed and floating bridges, with structural areas. A program on the same scale was parts painted in bright colors for positive carried out at the Wood center. But in spite identification, were an important part of of the excellent bridging facilities at both the first lessons in this subject and saved ERTC's, the men had no training during hours in construction time at the bridge 1942 in the erection of the Bailey bridge. sites. In demolitions, classroom instruction American units in England received some included the use of models of common high- training on the Bailey in late 1942, but it way and railroad bridges to demonstrate was not until February 1943, when the strategic points to place explosives for maxi- Corps of Engineers finally adopted the mum destruction. At the training site, large Bailey, that any of these bridges were desigsigns and billboards repeated the best meth- nated for training in the United States. ods of demolishing railroad tracks, concrete beams, and steel truss bridges. Classes in 51 (1) Ltr, Adj Wood to CofEngrs, 22 Aug 42, general construction used a series of models sub: Tng Equip. 472, ASFTC Wood. (2) Ltr, Adj of temporary wooden buildings in succes- ERTC Wood to CofEngrs, 24 Jul 43, sub: Request Guns, Machine, .50-Cal., with 2d Ind, AC of sive stages of construction to show building for Equip Br Trps Div to CG ASF, 6 Aug 43. 472.5, procedures. At the building sites large dis- ASFTC Wood. 52 (1) FM 21-7, List of Tng Films, Film Strips, play boards held short identified sections of and Film Bulls, 1 Jan 43. (2) Rpt, Tng of Repls, the most common sizes of lumber, types of Fillers, and Cadres, CE, Ft. Belvoir, 6 Mar 41-30 joints, and the nails, hinges, and other hard- Jun 44, pp. 11, 12. Engr Sch Library.
centrating the fire power of small units. With the return to the twelve-week program, 20 percent of the trainees were supposed to learn to fire the .50-caliber machine
ACCELERATED TRAINING
By the end of March, only 4 had been issued for troop use and in the next month only 24. Few men beginning training at the time these bridges were released could have appeared in combat zones before the latter part of 1943.53 Since it was not assumed that the engineer soldier could perform any task until he had done it, each man learned to make up both electric and nonelectric priming charges during demolitions training, and fired high explosives to break reinforced concrete pillars and steel beams. Bangalore torpedoes (metal pipes packed with a high explosive) were used to breach actual roadblocks and antitank obstacles as well as to make a path through simulated mine fields. The trainee not only learned the proportions of various explosives necessary for most engineering purposes but gained confidence in his ability to use them effectively.54 The centers divided the twenty hours of instruction in road building into four parts. In the first four-hour period the men assembled at the road building site with shovels, picks, saws, crowbars, axes, mauls, sledges, and machetes. Supervisors from the staff brought bulldozers and road graders, rakes, tampers, wheelbarrows, cement, sand, gravel, and landing mat. Following demonstrations with the earth-moving machinery, there was a short lecture on the major characteristics of good road building. The men then broke up into small working parties. Some spread gravel, others dug ditches, while still others laid concrete culvert pipes. Then they all moved to the adjacent landing field site where they received instruction in clearing, grubbing, and draining a field, and laid a small section of mat. At still another site they built wooden forms, mixed and poured concrete, and set it to cure with wet burlap. In the second period,
173
again four hours, they learned expedient road building under swamp conditions, building short sections of corduroy, plank, plank-tread, log mat, wire mesh, and landing mat roads. The third period of eight hours was for road repair and maintenance, limited to emergency repairs including drainage, placing of culverts, removal of obstacles, and the detouring of traffic. The last four-hour period was a night operation in which each platoon had a definite task. It might be given a stretch of swamp road to build, or a road or trail to repair involving filling or bridging a crater. Each project was tested by having a truck drive over the completed work.55 In examinations as well as in instruction, emphasis was upon demonstration. Both centers agreed that the major part of the testing should require active proof of acquired skills rather than mere answers to questions. The ERTC's did diverge widely in their views upon the frequency of these tests and their content, however. The Wood center developed a system of frequent testing of small amounts of subject matter at a time while Belvoir held constant reviews toward a final examination. Each system had its advantages. There was little basis for comparison of the product of the two centers as long as the methods of determining proficiency varied so widely. The
(1) Engr Bd Rpt 729, 5 Dec 42, Panel Bridge (Bailey Type), H-10 and H-20 Bridge. (2) 1st Ind, 4 Feb 43, on Memo, ACofS Matriel ASF for CofEngrs, 16 Jan 43, sub: Co-ordination of Vehicles Design With Capacities of Mil Bridges. 1st Ind in 417, Pt. 13; basic in 451, Pt. 1. (3) ASF Monthly Progress Rpt, Sec. 2-A, Distribution, 30 Apr 43 ( C ) . 54 1st Ind, 9 Dec 42, on Ltr, C of O&T Br to CO ERTC Wood, 5 Dec 42, sub: Tng Tests. Wood, 353, Tng, Gen. 55 Lesson Outlines, ERTC Ft. Belvoir, Nov 42, pp. 479-96. EHD files.
53
174
Wood center, in the latter part of July 1943, made the two systems uniform by adding a
final examination patterned directly after that in use at Belvoir.56
During 1942 the ERTC's produced 79,571 engineer soldiers, 70 percent of whom
entered directly into SOS units. Although by March the training program had been lengthened from eight to twelve weeks, the period from January to the autumn of 1942 was marked by great haste in training and
by temporary measures designed to produce quantities of men to fill new units. There was little specialized training. The centers concentrated on teaching these men basic military skills and giving them a fundamental grasp of engineer tasks and tech-
was under the control of The Quartermaster General. The intraservice struggle over troop-age officers in the spring of 1942 was but a continuation of an interbranch feud. Certainly troop activities suffered no more
from officer shortages after the transfer than they had previously. Amid the rush to supply officers and men to the new units the Engineers continued to devote a large measure of attention to perfecting unit organization,
niques so that they might with additional unit training fill any engineer position. Similar emergency measures dominated the officer training program. Reluctantly, the
Engineers had to presume that experience in the field would accomplish what the training program could not. Throughout 1942 the military construction program demanded
first applying the lessons learned during the defense period and then beginning an adjustment to the growing demand for service troops which was to prove one of the most
characteristic aspects of global warfare.
56
CHAPTER VIII
176
International Section; and Lt. Col. C. Rodney Smith as chief of the Maintenance Section. Their experience served them in good stead in guiding a program that was not only larger but infinitely more complex than the one carried on before Pearl Harbor.1 On a War Footing At the time of the Pearl Harbor attack the Corps of Engineers had before Congress a request for $15,000,000 for construction materials and equipment for task forces totaling 130,000 men. After war broke out this sum was hastily multiplied by eight to provide for a force of 1,000,000. In justification of the $120,000,000 requested, the Supply Division submitted a thirty-page list of items, largely of the type required for defensive action in the Pacificsandbags, barbed wire, piling, and some construction machinery. On 24 December 1941, a week after this $120,000,000 had been appropriated, G-4 directed the Engineers to compile estimates for the next appropriation bill.
This time the Engineers put in for $522,288,929, a sum they estimated would provide initial issue and three months replacement of Class IV supplies for camouflage, demolitions, field fortifications, bridging, water supply, and airfield, railroad, and port and dock construction for a force of 1,000,000 men10 percent for a frigid and 90 percent for a temperate climate. By the end of the fiscal year Congress had appropriated more than $1,353,000,000 for procurement and replacement of engineer matriel. Early in July when the appropriation for fiscal year 1943 was approved, the Engineers received over $582,000,000. Supplemental appropriations passed in the six months following Pearl Harbor added $847,000,000 to the Engineer procurement fund for interna-
177
Thus several weeks elapsed before the procurement districts could award any contracts at all. After the field had surmounted award of contracts and their follow- the initial administrative adjustments, the throughshould be decentralized to the Procurement Branch began to forward to field to the maximum extent consistent with the procurement districts requisitions to purefficiency and the safeguarding of the pub- chase the thousands of low-priced, common lic interest.3 garden variety of supplies for which the During the defense period the Corps of Engineers had procurement responsibility Engineers had centered procurement in and for which there were a multitude of Secretary's Office urged that the administration of the procurement programthe
Washington. To be sure the civil works districts had inspected the products of manufacturers and the procurement districts had investigated potential suppliers, assisted suppliers all over the country. The Procurement Branch continued to handle the big
with inspection, and on occasion engaged in that mysterious activity known as expediting. But all contracts had been let by the Procurement Branch in OCE. Anticipating a larger volume of purchasing in 1942 and
faced with a shortage of applicants for jobs in Washington, the Supply Section had in
mobilization plans.4 As conceived in the plans drawn up in the twenties and thirties the six procurement districtsNew York, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Mobile, Chicago, and San Franciscowere to be entirely separate from the
civil works districts of the Engineer Department. The realities of 1942 did not jibe with these plans. Upon activation of the procurement districts in November 1941, only one
suppliers were few and demand was heavy. Under this division of work the procurement districts were soon awarding many more contracts than OCE, but OCE still obligated approximately 90 percent of the funds. In the summer of 1942 SOS began to press all the services for a maximum decentralization of procurement activities. Congressional representatives and businessmen, particularly small businessmen, viewed decentralization as a way to achieve a greater distribution of orders. Washington was already overcrowded and far from the sources of production. To decentralize
seemed efficient and economical. In resist-
zation, Ch. VII, pp. 57-77, 94, 104-07; Ch. XII, pp. 6-10. (2) Memo, USW for Cs of Sup Arms
and Svs, 8 Dec 41. USW file, 004.401, Production. (3) Memo, USW for CofEngrs et al., 17 Dec 41, sub: Decentralization of Proc. 400.12, Pt. 109. 4 Except as otherwise noted, the following discussion of administration is based upon: (1) Rpt, Mgt Br, Orgn for Engr Proc, 7 Oct 47, EHD files; (2) Wkly Rpts Sup Div; and (3) ExO Proc Div file, Misc Corresp.
178
flow to such concerns. Through the inspecof production. The Supply Division could also point to a number of reasons why it seemed desirable at least to postpone turning over any more work to the field. For
many items, specifications were incomplete. In numbers of cases the time limit for purchases was extremely short. With the field
tors and expediters in the civil works dis- not purchased on a commodity basis the tricts the Corps was kept close to its sources Procurement Branch forwarded requisitions
districts, whether purchasing on a commodity or on a decentralized basis, negotiprobably be inadequate. Of greatest con- ated all contracts and followed them cern to the Supply Division, however, was through to completion, calling on inspec-
the possibility that the transfer of all pro- tors and expediters in other civil works discurement action to the field would result tricts and on materials and production in loss of control over the major items. The experts in the Supply Division, OCE, for 5 procurement districts were organized on a assistance as necessary. territorial basis. Purchase of searchlights, In letting and supervising contracts the tractors, landing mat, and similar supplies Procurement Branch and the procurement should be made without regard to territorial districts availed themselves of most of the divisions, on a centralized or commodity devices for accelerating the work that had been recommended by higher authority, but basis. By the fall of 1942, some of these argu- with a wary eye on the possibility of Conments were no longer valid. Of prime im- gressional investigations, they exercised cauportance was the fact that the military tion. Thus they discouraged the use of construction program was on the wane, letters of intent, but did at times resort to making available to the military procure- them. They did not have to carry through
ment program numbers of persons experienced in the ways of conducting government business. In the face of continued pressure on any compulsory orders but did threaten to employ them in order to get contractors to
accept terms considered reasonable. Al(1) Prod Liaison Subsec, Proc Opns, CE, 1943. EHD files. (2) Memo, CofEngrs for Dir Purch Div SOS, 29 Jan 43, sub: Special Proc of Trp Sup by CE, with Incl 2, n.d. 400.12 ( C ) , Pt. 1. (3) Erna Risch, The Quartermaster Corps: Organization, Supply, and Services, Volume I, UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II (Washington, 1953), pp. 251-52. (4) Memo, C of Alloc
and Contract Br Proc Sv for C of Co-ordinating
5
the field. By the end of September the system had been stabilized. Under the new setup commodity purchasing of certain key
items was assured. The Chicago procurement district, located in the heart of the construction machinery industry, contracted
Sec, 2 Jul 43, sub: Ann Rpt ASF, 1943. Basic Materials for Ann Rpt 1943 in EHD files. (5) Min, Staff Conf SOS, 16 Sep 42. 337, Staff Confs ASF
(S).
179
$2,000,000 to $3,000,000. The chief of the Supply Division could approve those above that amount up to the $5,000,000 limit re6 served for approval by higher echelons.
Valuable as were these measures for speeding up the contracting process and insuring round-the-clock production, they fell far short of solving the basic problems of industrial mobilization for war. To a much greater extent than during the defense period the nation's economy had to be regulated; its facilities, its materials, its products, controlled and allocated. On 16 January 1942, the President created a new agency, the War Production Board (WPB), to handle this gigantic task, abolishing the Office of Production Management which had guided the partial mobilization of the previous year. The primary task which faced the WPB was the balancing of the nation's wartime requirements with the nation's resources. The WPB needed to know in as specific terms as possible and as far ahead as possible what all the claimants on the nation's productioncivilian and militaryrequired. The SOS attempted to provide such information for the Army in the Army Supply Program (ASP). The major component of the ASP was a translation of the troop basis into the quan-
tities of items required and the dates when given quantities had to be available. The quantities set down were the sum of (1) initial allowances, (2) allowances for the replacement of equipment worn-out, destroyed, or lost, and (3) allowances for supplies in transit or in storage. To the totals thus arrived at were added requirements for international aid, for task forces, and for special operations insofar as these were known. The resulting compilation was subsequently checked with the production experts to determine need in terms of raw materials, facilities, and labor. Adjustments to insure "a practical, over-all program" followed. As published quarterly the ASP stated total required production for major items in terms of time objectives, giving procurement goals by calendar years and onhand figures of the amounts in depots and assigned to troops as of the beginning of the year. The ASP had many uses. It served as the basis for allocations of materials and for the assignment of priorities. It was a primary source for the preparation of budget estimates. It was a measure of progress, revealing slippages in the procurement program, and thus served as a starting point for action to correct such slippages. The ASP's accuracy and consequently its value as an instrument in planning depended on the reliability and coverage of the sources used in its compilation. During 1942 many of the sources were unreliable,
6 (1) Memo, Contracts and Claims Br Adm Div for Legal Br Purch Div ASF, 28 May 43, sub: Proposed Rev of WD Proc Regulation 3. 300.8, Proc Regulations. (2) Memo, Contracts and Claims Br Adm Div for Legal Br Purch Div ASF, 15 Jul 43, sub: Proposed Regulations in re Compulsory Orders. Same file. (3) C/L 1559, 4 May 42, sub: Negotiation of Contracts and Purch. (4) Memo, ACofEngrs for Dir Purch Div SOS, 27 Nov 42, sub: Memo on Statement of Purch Policy. ExO Proc Div file, ASF.
180
incomplete, and above all, subject to frequent change. The troop basis fluctuated violently. T/BA's, replacement factors, and distribution factors came in for considerable revision. Requirements for task forces and for special operations overseas, a category of supply in which the Corps of Engineers carried exceptionally heavy responsibilities, proved almost totally unpredictable. The bulk of these special requirements never appeared in the ASP at all. They were met during 1942, as they had been previously, on an emergency basis.7 This was particularly true during the early months of the year. The Supply Division made up approximately two thirds of an urgent requisition from Hawaii out of secondhand, obsolete machinery. The remainder was bought with funds appropriated for the engineer theater of operations stockpile. The engineer stockpile did not represent any reserve of equipment and materials. Stockpile was a figure of speech, a bookkeeping term, used to cover all Class IV supplies.8
Pooling Production
Whether purchased as Class IV or as Class II supplies, or to meet the needs of allies, construction machinery was the most important category of engineer requirements. (Chart 3} In 1942 tractors and other construction machinery composed almost 40 percent of the $651,000,000 worth of Engineer deliveries. The industry which manufactured these machines included about 200 firms. There were four manufacturers of the type of tractor used for construction work: Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company, Caterpillar Tractor Company, Cleveland Tractor Company, and International Harvester Company. In
182
Fowler: "Your planes can't fly without air- other types of equipment procured by the fields and you have to have the heavy machin- Engineers, as indeed it was the determining ery to make airfields." Knudsen: "The best thing you can do is factor 11in the nation's over-all productive effort. find a flat spot and use a scraper." Since this fact was becoming more eviFowler: "You can't make those things by hand labor. You've got to have . . dent . meeach day, the Supply Division enterchanical equipment." tained little hope of success in getting more 10 Knudsen: "Well, take the next [item]."
The Engineers did lose some facilities to tank and to other munitions production during the early months of 1942. During this same period, however, the intrinsic relationship between construction machinery and the world-wide logistical effort was clearly demonstrated, and, although it was not until December that the WPB declared tractors a military item, the Engineers, with the help of WPB's Construction Machinery Division, succeeded in preventing further diversion of facilities. Equally important were the actions taken by WPB to channel production to the military. In the first of a series of "limitation orders" issued on 19 February, the WPB prohibited the sale or delivery of new tracklaying tractors to purchasers lacking a preference rating higher than A-2. On 2 May, WPB issued a similar prohibition to control the distribution of cranes and shovels. This assistance, plus the introduction of multiple shifts, extensive subcontracting, and complete use of plant that had remained partially idle in peacetime, resulted in a substantial increase in the quantities of construction machinery available to the Corps. Nevertheless, demand soared completely out of reach of manufacturing capabilities. Time was to prove that the construction machinery industry required more plant. During 1942 the supply of raw materials, particularly steel, was the determining factor in the production, not only of construction machinery, but of nearly all
steel and saw little point in advocating an expansion of facilities. The division endeavored instead to extend its control over the distribution of construction machinery. As the situation stood at the beginning of 1942 there were a number of legitimate claimants for the products of the
construction machinery industry. Farmers had to have tractors. Other segments of the civilian economy needed shovels and road graders, if only for purposes of repair. OCE's Construction Division had to see that its contractors had the machinery required to finish Army camps and munitions plants speedily. The Navy, the Marine Corps, and the Ordnance Department were all in the market. Foreign countries, Great Britain in particular, had also requested large quantities of construction machinery. It was by way of international aid, in fact, that the Corps of Engineers acquired the desired measure of control over the distribution of construction machinery and other scarce items of engineer equipment. According to the agreement announced by Roosevelt and Churchill in January 1942, the military resources of both the United States and Britain were to be placed in a "common pool, about which the fullest information will be interchanged." 12
Memo for File, 24 Jan 42, sub: Notes Taken at Knudsen's Conf, 24 Jan 42. 400.12 (S), Pt. 1. 11 (1) Hist of Constr Mach Div WPB. (2) Rqmts Br Diary, 8 May 42. 12 Quoted in Leighton and Coakley, op. cit., p. 252. The following discussion of methods of administering international aid is based upon Chapter X of this book.
10
183
further action. Upon approval by the International Supply Committee, they were forwarded to the Requirements Division, SOS, which included them in the ASP, if approved. If that office disapproved, the British could appeal to the Munitions Assignments Board (MAB), the joint U.S.U.K. body established by the Combined (U.S.-U.K.) Chiefs of Staff to preside over the assignment of all military items.13 The requirements submitted by foreign countries fell into two broad categories of items: common and noncommon. Noncommon items were those not needed by the U. S. Army. Once these items were authorized for procurement, the requisitioning country stood an excellent chance of getting them. But since their procurement might interfere with the general productive effort, SOS was anxious to keep this type of international aid to a minimum. The temptation to seek large quantities of noncommon items was considerably weakened by the fact that priorities assigned them were generally low and by the fact that a majority of members of the International Supply Committee were in agreement with SOS policy. The trend toward procurement of common items was steadily upward. In 1943 common items accounted for approximately 20 percent of international aid expenditures made by the Corps of Engineers; in 1944, for 60 percent; in 1945, for 75 percent.14 Common items enjoyed a much more favorable delivery schedule than did noncommon items, but they were subject to
Rpt, Col Beverly C. Snow, 21 Oct 42, sub: Study of Intnl Br Sup Div OCE (hereinafter cited as Snow Rpt). EHD files. 14 (1) International Aid [c. 1 Oct 42]. Intnl Div file, 310.1. (2) Testimony, Reybold, H Subcomm
13
184
BRIG. GEN. R A Y M O N D F. FOWLER, Assistant Chief of Engineers for Supply, January 1942 until June 1944. closer scrutiny on the part of the Army when it came to releasing them to international aid account. Their inclusion in the ASP at the behest of a foreign country did not guarantee their assignment to that country. The situation in regard to greatest need could change radically between the time the product was included in the ASP and the time of its delivery. The ultimate authority on assignment was the Combined Chiefs of Staff, but relatively few cases were appealed that high. Usually appeals stopped with a decision of the Munitions Assignments Board. MAB delegated its work to committees, the one applicable to the Corps of Engineers being the Munitions Assignments Committee (Ground). Like the Interna-
of the war.15
In the early months of 1942, however, the Engineer Subcommittee was passing upon a very small portion of the total of engineering supplies being procured for the British. Most of the British international aid funds for this type of equipment$100,-
186
Department in line with that agency's responsibility for procuring civilian goods for international aid. Priorities for this "nonmilitary" equipment were generally low. In March 1942, with 2,300 tractors requisitioned, some of them as far back as August 1941. the British had been given to understand they could expect no deliveries until the following December. The British were reasonably assured of faring better if the Corps of Engineers took over procurement from the Treasury Department. The Corps viewed this transfer of procurement responsibility not only as an opportunity to help the British, with whose position it was sympathetic, but also as a means of gaining a larger voice in the production and distribution of construction machinery. In May 1942. final arrangements for this transfer were made.16 Meanwhile the Supply Division, voicing alarm over the great discrepancy between tractor production and the known requirements of the several claimants, called upon SOS to arrange either for allocation of tractors or for sufficiently high priorities to satisfy emergency requirements. Brig. Gen. Lucius D. Clay, SOS Deputy Chief of Staff for Requirements and Resources, acted immediately. By the end of April, Clay had got WPB to agree to assign 85 percent of tractor production to the armed forces and the armed forces to agree to centralize procurement of tractors of the prime mover type in the Ordnance Department and those of the construction type in the Corps of Engineers. John H. Hassinger, commissioned a major1 in the Corps of Engineers, transferred from the Construction Machinery Division, WPB, to take charge of this program. Methods of allocation followed the general pattern established for the administration of international aid. MAB, subject to the Combined
187
directed, and he promised them highest priority. Brigadier Blood, for the British, was equally enthusiastic. He believed that 90 percent of engineer items required by the United Kingdom could be designated common. On 13 July the International Supply
18
1942. Intnl Div file, 400.1301, Pt. 5. (2) Ltr, Sup Div to CG SOS, 30 Mar 42, sub: Rev of Priorities
on Tractors. Same file. (3) Intnl Sec Diary, 10 Jun
42. (4) Memo, G of DA Sec for File, 29 Jan 42. Intnl Div file, 451.3.
19
to DCofS, 14 Feb 42. 400.333, England, Pt. 2. 20 2d Ind, 2 Mar 42, on ltr cited n. 19. 21 (1) Ltr, C of DA Sec to WPD WDGS, 27 Mar
42, sub: Constr Engr Equip for Australia and New Zealand, with Ind, n.d. Intnl Div file, 400.333,
Mar 55.
188
Committee reviewed a long list of 300 common items as agreed upon by representatives of Blood's office and the Supply Division, OCE. For each item listed there were shown American and British requirements, minimum and maximum amounts to be stocked, and estimates of production by quarters through the year 1943. The International Supply Committee accorded immediate approval for procurement of the quantities set forth in the list.22 The harmony that had prevailed during negotiations about the common stockpile was soon marred by a few sour notes. The Engineers had understood they would control assignments. The British protested. This particular quarrel and other matters of disagreement came up before MAC(G) on 3 September. In an atmosphere described as tense, the British proposed that production anticipated in the following month be considered in making assignments. Clay supported the Engineers' objection. Apparently the British wanted a stockpile and not a stockpile, the general observed sarcastically. He would move that the stockpile revert to the Engineers and that the British bid for items in the usual way. After the British withdrew their original motion, Clay supported them completely in their insistence that the Engineers be required to submit bids to the engineer stockpile subcommittee which was being organized under MAC(G) and in case of failure to reach unanimous agreement to appeal the case to the higher body. The Corps of Engineers continued to protest this ruling which would have established the strange procedure of a component of the American Army justifying claims on the products of American industry. On 16 October, MAC(G) reversed itself. Henceforth only the British would be required to bid.
487-88.
189
steel shortage hit the nation with full force. True relief from the shortage awaited the opening of new steel plants. Meanwhile the war agencies could but intensify the remedies applied previously. Efforts could be made to reduce demand, particularly civilian demand, and attempts could be made to substitute more plentiful materials for steel. After these avenues, which were not extensive, had been explored to their limits the supply had to be divided on the basis of the relative importance assigned the various military programs. The development of an equitable and workable system of dividing up the supply of raw materials was the most challenging problem which faced the WPB during 1942. Dependence upon priorities to accomplish a rational distribution, although almost completely discredited, persisted in the absence of anything better. Various allocations systems, administered according to the historians of the WPB largely by inspiration, were scarcely superior. In June the ANMB superimposed on the A-1 series a hierarchy of priority ratingsAA-1 to AA-4 with an AAA reserved for emergencies. Although this directive marked an improvement over those issued previously because it took quantities into account, production of the quantities contained therein would have consumed practically all of the supply of critical raw materials. Indirect military and essential civilian needsdomestic and Alliedwere left to go begging until the WPB succeeded in slipping in an AA-2X band in August. The unanimous disapproval with which the WPB staff greeted the new priorities directive doubtless spurred that agency to adopt a master system, the Production Requirements Plan (PRP), for the allocation of materials. Under PRP, manufacturers
applied to WPB for blanket priorities for materials needed for the next three months and WPB tried to allocate only the amount that would be available within that period. In point of fact the WPB had to base its allocations upon the very priorities it had called into question and at a time when manufacturers were scrambling to get orders rerated under the new directive. Hastily introduced and not universally popular within the WPB itself, PRP suffered from an unusually large number of administrative and mechanical difficulties which generated much criticism. As it operated in the third quarter of 1942 the system was vulnerable on another and more basic score: it did not accomplish its main objective of bringing about a balance between the supply of raw materials and scheduled production.24 In line with a formula established by the ANMB for assigning the new priority ratings, 50 percent of engineer Class II equipment slated for production in 1942 automatically received the top AA-1 rating; the remaining 50 percent, AA-2. No such formula was applied to Class IV and international aid. Ratings for such supplies were thereupon established by the ANMB on the basis of justifications made by the services through SOS. In a submission to Clay on 8 July, Fowler recommended an AA-1 priority for: (1) airfield construction machinery; (2) pipelines, bridging, and other landing equipment for the preinvasion build-up in the British Isles; (3) 100 percent of the maximum stockpile, includ(1) Civilian Production Administration, Bureau of Demobilization, Industrial Mobilization for War:
History of the War Production Board and Predecessor Agencies, 1940-1945, Vol. I, Program and Administration (Washington, 1947), pp. 295-300,
24
453-74. (2) Smith, op. cit., Ch. VIII, pp. 45-48, 104-117.
190
ing replenishment; and (4) all nonorganizational equipment specifically requisitioned for combat operations. Other operational and miscellaneous supplies for the American Army should have an AA-2; all noncommon international aid supplies an AA-4 rating. A week later Clay notified Fowler of the lower ratings SOS was prepared to fight for. An AA-1 would be sought for (1) all matriel for the build-up in Britain, to include airfield construction machinery and landing equipment, (2) about 25 percent of the stockpile, and (3) equipment specifically requisitioned; an AA-2 for (1) equipment for overseas bases "certified as essential to operations" for airfield construction, for another 25 percent of the stockpile, and for filling requisitions, and (2) for miscellaneous supplies for the American Army; an AA-3 for the remaining 50 percent of the stockpile; and an AA-4 for the remainder of the international aid program. Although less than requested, these ratings placed the Engineer procurement program in a relatively favorable position. The trouble was that it took some time to get the new ratings approved and in the hands of the manufacturers and that allocations under PRP were not bound completely to them.25 On 10 June Hassinger learned that practically no steel had been allocated to construction machinery manufacturers for the third quarter of the year. He and Chorpening conferred immediately with Clay, with
26
members of the Executive Committee, ANMB, and with representatives of the Construction Machinery Branch, WPB. All seemed sympathetic and anxious to help. Tractors stood to fare reasonably well because they were already allocated. It looked as if shovels and cranes would soon be allocated also. Three days after this meeting
10 and 15 Jun 42. (2) MPR, Sec. 6, Nov 42. For a bibliography of MPR's see Adm Sv Div, DRB AGO, Descriptive List of Monthly Progress Reports of Headquarters Army Service Forces, September 1942-May 1946 (Inventory No. 200.02, Pt. 1, Washington, April 1950.) 27 Hassinger Diary, 23 Jun 42. Unless otherwise noted, the remainder of this section is based upon entries in this diary.
191
ing craft, Ordnance some from tanks, and SOS some slated for export under lendlease. The Engineers got all the tractor engines requested. With chronic shortages on the one hand, urgings to expedite production on the other, and a mass of paper flowing in all directions and piled up in the middle, manufacturers themselves were hard put to maintain a patient attitude. It took more than four pages of single-spaced type for an official of the Caterpillar Tractor Company to detail his woes to the Production Division, SOS. He was amazed to hear talk of expanding the tractor industry at the very time his company was assembling tractors at about 50 percent of capacity. Some departments at Caterpillar, those that had sufficient materials, were operating at capacity. The result was an unbalanced inventory. "Our track-type tractor shipments are currently under the pace as of a year ago, while we have a thirteen million dollar larger inventory. I realize," he reported from Peoria, "that thirteen million dollars sounds like two bits in Washington, but to us it is still a whale of a lot of money, and it is a lot of iron." Improvement in the flow of paper would help a lot, he claimed. Almost up to the minute he started to write the letter Caterpillar was holding 398 tractors for lack of bills of lading, releases, and shipping instructions. Now the situation had been improved. "It was discovered that a civilian representative of the Corps of Engineers stationed here in our office was sitting comfortably on 68 Bills of Lading. He has also disgorged 30 more, but I am not quite sure whether it is he or Chicago who is responsible for the delay of these 30. It
Ltr, C of Sup Div to C of Tractor Sec Constr Mach Br WPB, 24 Jul 42, sub: Priority Rating for the Tracklaying Tractor Industry. 451.3, Pt. 8.
28
192
has been said that we have not asked for these Bills of Ladingthat is not true because we have asked for them repeatedly. And just exactly why we should have to ask for them in the first place is a bit beyond my comprehension." Having got a lot off his chest, the Caterpillar official added a conciliatory postscript: "After returning home I was more severely critical of ourselves than I was of Governmental Agencies while in Washington. Our skirts are none too clean either. We are going to do better." 29 It was Hassinger's hope that Caterpillar would do better. The Engineers had a great deal at stake for they had settled upon the Caterpillar tractor for their own troops to the exclusion of other makes. Specifically Hassinger complained that the factory had supplied faulty information as to the number of tractors produced, that its requests for aid in getting critical materials were inaccurate, and that the factory had too few expediters. During the fall of 1942 the Production Division, SOS, and the Supply Division, OCE, worked closely with the officials of the Caterpillar Company in an effort to iron out their production difficulties. These co-operative efforts got results. By early October, Hassinger reported with satisfaction that Caterpillar had increased
CHAPTER IX
194
1942, 55 percent of the ASP was in replacement and distribution. Naturally the Requirements Division, SOS, regarded this area as a fertile one for further cuts. The Supply Division, OCE, had its own reasons for failing to exhibit a corresponding enthusiasm.4 When in April 1942 SOS made its first inquiry about replacement and distribution factors, Fowler readily owned that replacement factors had not been revised since 1938 and strongly implied that they need not be in the foreseeable future. The current factors were 1 percent for all nonexpendable items in the zone of interior and 10 percent in theaters of operations. The Engineers had no experience on which to base a revision, Fowler argued. SOS should banish the fear that overprocurement might result from the application of unrealistic factors. Admitted, the Supply Division employed them in computing requirements. Admitted, the Supply Division purchased quantities to cover the replacement factor on initial issues. But replacement factors did not enter into buying thereafter. Subsequent purchases were "guided by actual needs to preserve stock levels, and not by the application of factors," Fowler explained. He declared further that replacement factors had little effect on issues to theaters of operations, their use being limited to establishing an initial reserve. Issues to maintain this reserve were based upon "the military situation," 5 Although Fowler did not mention the fact at this time, the Engineers were relying heavily upon replacement factors to insure the shipment of sufficient quantities of engineer matriel. Because of the shortage of shipping space, very little Class IV equipment was being loaded. Top priority was going to the shipment of Class II supplies for units embarking for overseas. The extra al-
are not considered justified or workable." 7 The character of operations, not the number of men involved, determined the quantity of engineer supplies needed. Currently much engineer equipment was being shipped direct to the using organization or to a port.
4 Rqmts Div ASF, Manual, Jul 43, sub: Determination and Use of Maint Factors and Distr. EHD files. The term "maintenance factor" was used at this time to describe what was subsequently termed "replacement factor." The latter usage has been employed throughout the text in order to avoid confusion. 5 Memo, C of Rqmts Div SOS for CofEngrs, 6 Apr 42, sub: Rev of Maint and Distr Factors, with 1st Ind, 4 May 42. 400, Pt. 2. 6 Ltr, ExO Sup Div to Dir Rqmts Div ASF, 4 May 43, sub: Maint Factors for Constr Equip. 400.4. 7 1st Ind, 4 May 42, Fowler for C of Rqmts Div SOS, on Memo, C of Rqmts Div SOS for CofEngrs, 6 Apr 42, sub: Rev of Maint and Distr Factors. 400, Pt. 2.
195
which the engineer factors had been developed. His own ignorance of the subject uppermost in his mind, he was dazzled by the brilliance of the seventy-five-page reforms, the Supply Division drew up a sub- port prepared for the Ordnance Departstitute which took account only of replace- ment by a board of seven lieutenant colonels. ment factors. Reductions from the standard Back at his desk, he strongly recommended 10 percent were made in a number of cases, that the Engineers change their attitude chiefly on heavy expensive machinery in- and appoint a full-time staff to work on the tended for use in rear areas.8 subject as Ordnance had done instead of The Requirements Division, SOS, in- engaging in "sporadic bursts of attention sisted that the Supply Division could and and energy when such is called for by higher must do better. The durability and length authority." The Supply Division shelved the of service of engineer items were bound to lieutenant's recommendations, determined vary considerably more than was indicated to postpone as long as possible the day when by the monotonous uniformity of the fac- the Engineers might be forced to relinquish tors. Further refinement of replacement fac- what had become an important safety valve tors and assignment of a distribution factor in overseas supply.11 to all items destined to be stocked was essential for the planning and computation of Tightening Controls on International Aid requirements. Having been led to water the Another important consequence of the Engineers merely pretended to drink.9 failure to meet production goals was a less The Supply Division placed the unliberal attitude in dispensing international wanted job in charge of 1st Lt. Warren S. aid. By September Somervell and Clay had Davis, who had no experience or training to qualify him for it. The factors he worked established the firmer controls over interup varied considerably from one category national aid that both desired and they supof equipment to another. Bridging was as- ported the International Division, SOS, in signed a replacement factor of 2 percent for a drive for improvements in administration. the zone of interior, 6 percent in theaters of Within the Corps of Engineers international operations. Construction machinery re- aid had been administered from a section ceived 2 percent in the zone of interior and of the Requirements Branch under Colonel 8 percent overseas. A distribution factor of Molnar. In response to a directive from SOS 20 percent was assigned for bridging, and on 23 September, the International Aid Section was named a branch of the Supply 10 percent for construction machinery.10 Although SOS approved the new factors Division with the understanding that Molin mid-July, its Requirements Division 8 Ibid., with Incl, 1 May 42. 400, Pt. 2. served notice in September of its intention 9 2d Ind, 9 May 42, on memo cited n. 7. 10 to force periodic adjustments. Davis, who (1) Memo, AC of Rqmts Br for C of Opns Sec, represented the Supply Division at a meet- 21 Sep 42, sub: Maint and Distr Factors. 400.4, ing called to discuss the subject, became Pt. 1. (2) Maint and Distr Factors Approved by
196
nar would continue to report to his old boss, Dawson, in the latter's position as assistant executive officer of the Supply Division. None of the other branch chiefs went through this channel.12 This unique administrative arrangement was part of Fowler's plan for subordinating international aid to the needs of the American Army, a plan he spelled out on 14 October in a confidential memorandum to Dawson, Molnar, and Col. Beverly C. Snow, an Engineer officer recently assigned to study the international aid setup. Fowler wrote:
a. Recommendations to International Supply Committee regarding requests for procurement of supplies: (1) The item must be an Engineer item in our Service. (Pipe lines and canning plants excepted). (2) The item must be for the prosecution of military operations in a Theater as distinguished from farming, manufacturing and resource development. (3) The quantity recommended for approval must be justified by the size of the military force involved. (4) Procurement will not necessitate the dropping of essential items from the U.S. procurement program, b. Recommendations to Munitions Assignments Committee reference withdrawal from U. S. stocks. (1) Non Common Stock Pile Items. (a) If a troop item, it must be destined for use by troops. (c) For any equipment, the amount recommended for withdrawal will not so deplete stock as to delay the equipping of U. S. troops or the filling of requisitions for active U. S. Theaters. Weight will be given to the relative activity in the proposed foreign theater and the U. S. theater to be deprived of equipment. (2) Common Stock Pile Items. (a) To a reasonable extent, the British have a "lien" on existing stocks,
This was a tough policy, and Fowler was called upon to defend it almost immediately. On 21 October Snow submitted a report of his observations. He had talked to many persons in SOS, in other services, and to Brigadier Blood. He had studied the organization charts and the flow of paper across the desks in the International Aid Branch. He was convinced that the Engineers were in effect slighting international aid. He believed they should create an International Division at staff level to handle broad policy matters and free the International Aid Branch from Dawson's control. Unless the Chief of Engineers took this step or some12 (1) Leighton and Coakley, op. cit., pp. 26162. (2) OCE Memo 191, 23 Sep 42, sub: Estab of Intnl Br. (3) Snow Rpt. (4) Memo, Fowler for Col Tulley, 22 Oct 42, sub: Intnl Aid. 400.333, Pt. 1. 13 Memo, Fowler for Snow, Dawson, and Molnar, 14 Oct 42. Intnl Div file, 400.312.
197
Fowler stated he knew of no instance when the British had not been told why their requisitions had been turned down. The British were perfectly free to contact officers in the Supply Division. He was aware that the Engineers had refused to approve the manufacture of nonstandard articles. He thought Brigadier Blood agreed that such production should be avoided in order to simplify the supply and maintenance of equipment. There had been disagreement over an Australian requisition for a million dollars worth of tractor spare parts. Blood had agreed with Molnar's view that the request was far in excess of actual need, that $300,000 worth of spare parts previously supplied was sufficient. "As a matter of fact, the British are getting a better deal than they could reasonably hope for under Lend Lease priorities through their interest in the 'Common Stock Pile,' " Fowler asserted. "However, if they continue to create trouble as indicated by the statements in this report, I am inclined to recommend the discontinuance of the 'Common Stock Pile' plan and to let the chips fall where they may, i. e., let the International Aid and the Munitions Assignments Committee decide each of their requests; we will merely state facts as to Great stress is placed on the statements of availability of stocks and materials." Fowthe Chief Engineer, British Army Staff, to the ler declared he would, however, issue orders effect that the British are not getting the supplies they need because the Chief of the Sup- to make the International Aid Branch indeply Division places the needs of the American pendent in fact. Under the new setup Molnar would secure information about reArmy ahead of British needs. . . . The recommendations of the Supply Division be- quirements from Dawson, about procurefore the Munitions Assignments Committee ment from Seybold, and about specifications have consistently followed the policies of that from Besson. He, Fowler, would pass upon committee and their policies are certainly the policies of the War Department. Unless these all recommendations submitted by Molnar.
policies are changed, the Chief of Engineers is bound to look after the needs of the American Army first and it would be most unwise to have a "high level" coordinating officer
Snow Rpt. Memo, Fowler for Tulley, 22 Oct 42, sub: Intnl Aid. 400.33, Pt. 1.
15 14
198
"I cannot agree," he concluded, "that the recommendations coming from the Chief's office should represent the opinion of an officer who is in no way responsible for the supply of our forces. I do not believe that the War Department would want such recom16 mendations." Shortly thereafter the channels through which international aid was to be administered were clarified substantially along the lines Fowler had indicated. Although the declared intention was to set up the International Aid Branch as a co-ordinate branch of the Supply Division, Dawson, as chief of the Requirements Branch, was to recommend action on all requisitions from Allied nations, and the final decision in case he and the chief of the International Aid Branch disagreed was to be made by the chief of the Supply Division or his assistant executive, Dawson, The form had changed; the substance had not.17 Once Fowler announced these decisions, the British graciously accepted them. "With my full support," wrote Brigadier Blood on 18 November, "the operation of the Stockpile is now virtually in the hands of the Chief of Engineers; he makes the assignment. . . ." In reality the British had received more than they were able to ship. The purpose of Blood's letter of 18 November was to liberalize the policy whereby equipment not shipped within forty-five days could be reclaimed by the American Army.18 All told, Great Britain received a total of $35,499,000 worth of engineer supplies in the calendar year 1942.19
Ibid.
(1) OCE Memo 211, 28 Oct 42, sub: Intnl Aid. (2) Memo, C of Sup Div for ExO Sup Div et al., 5 Nov 42, sub: Handling of Intnl Matters in Sup Div. Intnl Div file, 310.1, Intnl Div. 18 Ltr, Blood to Clay, 18 Nov 42, sub: Engr EquipOpn of 45-Day Rule. Intnl Div file, 400.29, Repossession. 19 Theodore E. Whiting, Carrel I. Tod, and Anne P. Craft, "Lend-Lease," a chapter in Statistics, a volume in preparation for the series UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II, p. 19. 20 (1) ASP, Sec. I, 6 Apr 42, with changes to 29 May 42, 12 Nov 42, Sec. III, 18 Sep 42. (2) Ltr, Sup Div to C of Prod Br Resources Div SOS, 8 Oct 42, sub: Priorities for Increased Rqmts Required by ASP. Rqmts Br file, 400.1301, Pt. 1.
199
Although by December 1942 monthly deliveries of construction machinery were valued at more than $35,000,000 as compared with $8,580,000 the previous January and although the Corps of Engineers had received deliveries to an estimated value of $254,236,000 during the year, deliveries fell almost 25 percent short of requirements as stated in December 1942. (Table 7} Since the December figures were in part at least the result of stating requirements in terms of anticipated production, the actual shortages were doubtless larger than appear in Table 7. The following comparison of tractor requirements with deliveries shows a striking difference between what was stated as required, what was believed feasible to produce, and what was finally delivered:24
(1) Leighton and Coakley, op. cit., pp. 296-97. (2) Rqmts Br Diary, 30 Nov 42. 22 (1) Smith, The Army and Economic Mobilization, Ch. VIII, p. 123. (2) Hassinger Diary, 11 Aug, 6 Oct 42. (3) Memo, C of Equip Control Sec for C of Proc Br, 22 Aug 42, sub: Ltr from W. Blackie, Caterpillar Tractor Co., Aug 19. Exec Office Proc Div file, Tractors, Constr Mach. (4) Ltr, ACofEngrs to CG SOS, 15 Dec 42, sub: Rpt on Deliveries in the Tractor Industry. Mgt Br Proc Div file, Steel. 23 Ltr, AC of Proc Br to Proc Dists, 17 Oct 42. sub: PRP Activities. Mgt Br Proc Div file, Instructions to Dists, Procedural PRP. 24 (1) Crawford and Cook, op cit., p. 16. (2) Chart, Relation of Deliveries to Rqmts, 1942, in CE Conf No. 3, 21 Jan 43. EHD files. (3) Memo, Maj William W. Goodman, Intnl Div SOS, for Secy M A C ( G ) , 10 Apr 42, sub: Tracklaying Tractor, Long Range Alloc for Approval. Constr Mach Br file, Second Quarter Alloc, 1942 (Svs Combined).
21
200
TABLE 7CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY ANNUAL REQUIREMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 1942 AND ACTUAL DELIVERIES IN 1942
a b
These figures differ from those in Crawford and Cook, op. cit., which have been adjusted to include procurement by the Ordnance Department.
Source: (1) MPR, Sec. 1, Dec 42; 31 Jan 43; 28 Feb 43; 31 Aug 43.
THE CUTBACK IN PRODUCTION GOALS At the end of the third quarter of 1942 the various claimants for tractors had been shipped the following percentages of their
201
allocations:25
Recipient Percent Engineer Troops---------------- 69. 8 Construction Division, OCE--------- 94. 5 Navy Bureau of Yards & Docks-------- 80. 7 Navy Ordnance------------------ 68. 4 Navy Aeronautics (public works)------ 47. 4 Navy Aeronautics (equipage)-------- 60.2 Marine Corps----------------- 91. 8 Ordnance Department------------- 100. 0 United Kingdom---------------- 65. 5 Australia--------------------- 38. 0 New Zealand------------------ 85. 5
Like construction machinery, landing mats consumed large quantities of steel.26 Despite the urgency which had characterized their development, requirements for landing mats were at first not large. In its original Class IV stockpile list, O&T recommended purchase of only 6,000,000 square feet. Early in February 1942, the Engineers and Air Forces agreed on a minimum of 15,000,000 square feet. Thereafter demands increased rapidly. By midsummer the total required production of pierced plank mat was at 180,000,000 square feetan amount that would consume from 70,000 to 100,000 tons of steel per month or about one third of the nation's sheet capacity. Even with the AA-1 ratings they had, the producers of landing mat could not buy up this amount of steel. On 19 August WPB's Iron and Steel Production Branch told the Engineers it had no idea how much steel would be released to these producers. What saved the situation was a cutback in November, mainly in Navy requirements, to 130,000,000 square feet. Deliveries for the year slightly exceeded this amount.27 In comparison with the amounts of construction machinery and landing mat the number of bridges and boats required by
the Engineers was small. Important as the steel treadway bridge was to become in the European theater, only 36 were slated for delivery in 1942. Requirements for other bridges varied from 44 H-10's to 150 Bailey's. Yet among them the H-20 was the only one delivered in the quantity desired. Here again shortages of raw materials aluminum, plywood, and rubber, as well as steelwere the main reason for slippages in the program. Production of boats and pneumatic floats was generally satisfactory, although deliveries of storm boats fell behind because of lack of engines. On the basis of dollar value, procurement of boats and bridges reached 90.3 percent of the amount programed for them, but only because some items were delivered ahead of schedule. (Table 8} In their attempt to procure precision instruments the Engineers ran into shortages of aluminum and brass, and in pressing for increased allotments of these materials encountered a "have-to-be-shown" attitude on the part of WPB that all possible substitutions had been made. The Engineers insisted that the W. and L. E. Gurley Company, the only firm having facilities for mass
Memo, Hassinger for Capt G. E. Mumma, Chicago Engr Proc Dist Office, 19 Oct 42, sub: Tracklaying Tractor Shipments and Rqmts. Proc Div file, WD Conf Group for Tractors and Cranes, 1942. 26 Unless otherwise noted, the remainder of this section is based upon: (1) MPR, Sec. I, Dec 42; Sec. VI, Nov 42; (2) Corresp in Exec Office Proc Div file, ASP; Mgt Br Proc Div file, Dierdorf Read File; and (3) CE Conf No. 3, 21 Jan 43, in EHD files. 27 (1) Memo, AC of O&T Br for C of Sup Div, 22 Dec 41, sub: Rev of Engr Rqmts List. 400.12, Pt. 109. (2) 1st Ind, 5 Feb 42, on Memo, C of Sup Div for AC of Air Staff A-4, 27 Jan 42, sub: Rqmts for Landing Mat. EHD files. (3) ASP, Sec. I, 12 Nov 42. (4) Tel Conv, Larry Miller, I&S Prod Br WPB, and Seybold, 19 Aug 42. Mgt Br Proc Div file, Landing Mat, Airplane 1 (C).
25
202
TABLE 8MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT ANNUAL REQUIREMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 1942 AND ACTUAL DELIVERIES IN 1942
Dropped in November when the bridge, M-3, pneumatic, was adopted. Procured as complete bridge sets during 1942. Thereafter components were procured and then assembled. Tables 12 and 15 show data for components rather than complete bridges as above.
b
(2) MPR,
203
Electric to convert two of its plants. As it turned out, having the money did not help much. Despite frequent appeals for a higher priority rating, General Electric was unable to buy enough machine tools to produce complete searchlight units at the new plants until 1943. Even had plant operations got under way sooner it is doubtful whether the 1942 program could have been met. An attempt to save aluminum and also to create a more mobile unit led to a new design which specified pressed steel. This redesign, the retooling which it caused, and troubles in procuring high quality bearings brought about delays that could scarcely have been overcome by operation of the new plants. The delivery of only 1,222 sixty-inch searchlights in 1942 was less than a third of the quantity requested.30 (See Table 8.) Construction machinery, bridges, precision instruments, and searchlights were the
(1) Ltr, C of Proc Br to C of Conserv Br WPB, 3 Nov 42, sub: Expert Advice Concerning Elimination of Aluminum From Transits. 413.72, Pt. 1. (2) Memo, AG of Dev Br for Besson, 2 Dec 42, sub: Rpt on Conf at Troy, N. Y., with Representatives of WPB, Gurley Co., and Dev Br. Topo Br, Read File. 29 (1) Memo, C of Purch Unit Proc Br for C of Proc Br, 12 Jun 42, sub: Purch of Transits. Denman Personal File. (2) Ltr, C of Sched Br Chicago Engr Proc Dist to C of Proc Br, 22 Dec 42, sub: Eugene Dietzgen Co. Exec Office Proc Div file, Prod. 30 (1) Memo, C of Opns Br Proc Div for ACofEngrs for Mil Sup, 21 Jan 44, sub: Sixty-Inch Searchlights. Exec Office Proc Div file, Engr Equip Misc 3. (2) WD Staff Conf, 22 May 42, sub: Sup, Proc, and Constr Activities of CE. 337, Engrs Corps of ( C ) . (3) Memo, CofEngrs for USW, 4 Apr 42, sub: Defense Plant Corporation Agreement of Lease with Sperry Gyroscope Co. Mgt Br Proc Div file, Sperry Gyroscope Co., Plant Expansion. (4) Ltr, Sperry Gyroscope Co. to C of Proc Sec, 19 Mar 42. Same file. (5) OUSW, Memo of Approval 296, 1 Apr 42. Exec Office Proc Div file, Gen Electric Co., Plant Expansion. (6) Ltr, Actg CofEngrs to CG SOS, 2 Dec 42, sub: Delays in Searchlight Prod. 470.3, Pt. 1.
28
Table 8.)
Although the development of radar was by 1944 to reduce the requirements for searchlights to zero, in 1942 the searchlight program had lost none of the urgency which had characterized it before Pearl Harbor. For 1942, required production of sixty-inch searchlights was 3,926, and anticipated needs for 1943 were still larger. To meet them the Engineers applied for permission to expand production facilities. In April, Under Secretary of War Patterson approved two loans from the Defense Plant Corporationone for $242,420 for machine tools for two subcontractors of Sperry Gyroscope, the other for $2,031,136 to enable General
204
programs that fell most seriously behind in 1942. Although shortage of loom capacity interfered with production of camouflage nets, the Engineers succeeded in meeting 81.5 percent of requirements for nets, and production of camouflage materials as a whole amounted to 95.1 percent of requirements. In the case of trailers, production almost caught up with requirements after a slow start.31 One of the most successful of the Engineer procurement programs in 1942 was that for barrage balloons, which was transferred from the AAF in March. Before 1942 nearly all barrage balloon equipment had come from Great Britain so that the AAF was only beginning procurement at the time of the transfer. The AAF for the most part had taken over British designs, and the Engineer Board continued this policy, modifying the designs to fit military characteristics desired by the Coast Artillery Corps. Thus the D-8 low altitude balloon was modeled after the British Mark VIII.32 When the Engineers took over procurement of barrage balloons, deliveries were behind. They continued so through July. Then in August barrage balloon deliveries soared to over $35,000,000, an amount so great that the entire dollar value of Engineer procurement was raised to a new high not again reached in 1942. The barrage balloon program in 1942 met 98.1 percent of its requirements. During this time the British continued to ship balloons to the United States as reverse lend-lease. The Engineers received 3,123 balloons from Britain while purchasing 3,900 from American manufacturers. In addition to the balloons, the British supplied 807 M-1 winches and 1,011 M-2 BB-Flying Cables, while the Engineers bought 1,885 winches and 3,480 cables. Of the major components of the barrage bal-
The shortages were not just on paper. As of the end of December requisitions for twenty-two major items could not be filled. (Table 9) Shortages notwithstanding, the Corps of Engineers had procured a vast
31 (1) MPR, Sec. 1-A, 31 Mar 43, 30 Apr 43. (2) ASP, Sec. I, 12 Nov 42. (3) WD Conf, 28 Sep 42, sub: Engrs Prod Program Conf. 337, Engrs Corps of ( C ) . (4) Ltr, C of Sup Div to CG SOS, 1 Jul 42, sub: Investigation of MgtFruehauf Trailer Co. 095Fruehauf Trailer Co. 32 Engr Bd Hist Study, Balloons, pp. 3-4. 33 Memo, C of Sup Div for File, 19 Mar 42, sub: Notes on Conf Concerning Transfer of Barrage Balloon Sup to CE. 337, Pt. 1. 34 Chart, Relation of Deliveries to Rqmts, 1942, in CE Conf 3. EHD files. The percentages here
given were computed by using all items included in SOS Monthly Progress Reports and will not agree in all cases with categories of equipment in Tables 7 and 8, which are not so inclusive.
205
More than enough nets were in the process of being garnished to fill the requirements. Seventy shops were available without chassis.
Source: Table, Items on Which Stocks Available for Issue or in Transit to Storage Are Not Equal to Existing Unfilled Requisitions on
206
CORPS OF ENGINEERS: TROOPS AND EQUIPMENT system of maintenance established by the Army. First echelon maintenance was the
responsibility of the operator of the equip-
ment concerned. It consisted of running the The Late Start in Maintenance of Equipment
As this large quantity of equipment machine properly, cleaning and oiling it
order demanded increasing attention. Providing for efficient maintenance was not simply a matter of economy in the usual
sense of monetary savings. As compared with steel and shipping and production facilities, money was extremely plentiful. To replace what should be repaired was intolerably wasteful of materials, transportation,
regularly, making minor adjustments, and replacing parts that wear out rapidly such as tires, fan belts, and cutting edges. Such spares as well as common tools went with the machine. Second echelon maintenance was to be accomplished within the troop units by personnel specially trained for coping with minor breakdowns. All major engineer units were equipped with a full range of hand tools, commonly used wrenches and sockets, a 10-ton hydraulic press with ac-
and plant. Finally and most important, lack of proper maintenance might spell failure on the battlefield.
The person who had worked longest and hardest to develop plans for the mainte-
cessory attachments, portable power drills, power grinder, and welding sets, and kept on hand a supply of frequently replaced parts and minor subassemblies such as carburetors, clutches, and brakes. The engineer
maintenance company, previously called the mobile shop company, was responsible for
third echelon maintenance in the field. Its T/O called for 6 officers and 175 enlisted
men comprising a headquarters platoon, a contact platoon to make on-the-spot re-
and placed in charge of a newly created Maintenance Section in the Requirements, Storage and Issue Branch, Supply Division. Although the recommendations made by
Smith for the activation and training of a large number of maintenance troops in the summer of 1941 had been declared "gran-
to the platoon or company bivouac. The maintenance companies were supplied with
light mobile repair shopsmost of which
diose" and had not been put into effect, the fact is that the research and experimentation Smith had directed while at the Engi-
neer Board had answered many basic questions about this hitherto neglected segment of engineer supply. Smith arrived at OCE prepared to give general direction to
a program he was largely responsible for formulating.36
blies and spare parts necessary for complete field overhaul. Fourth echelon maintenance, including general overhaul, recla35 (1) Crawford and Cook, op. cit., p. 15. (2) ASF Stat Review. 36 (1) Ltr, Smith to Lt Col A. MacMillan, 17 Mar 42. 400.312, Pt. 6. (2) See above, pp. 35-36.
207
spares for another make of shovel but not enough to go around for those in need of repair. For the limited number of special military items they procured, the Engineers were in much the same position as the Ordnance Department in ordering a rifle. All rifles of a certain caliber were manufactured according to a standard specification. So were all treadway bridges. But most engineer equipment was "commercial" rather than "military." With few exceptions the Supply Division was inclined to buy various kinds of shovels and other types of construction machinery instead of standardizing upon one make and model. Three factors encouraged this practice. One of these factors competitive bidding although persistent, was the most readily modified. With advertising for bids out for the duration, it required but a firm stand from those in authority to impress upon procurement officials the necessity for ordering the exact make and model specified. Another of these factorsthe freedom allowed commanders overseas to requisition whatever make or model they happened to preferwas somewhat more difficult to control. Overseas commanders could scarcely be blamed for ordering blind. A new Class II Engineer Supply Catalog had been issued early in 1942, but for Class IV items not listed on the T/BA they had only Sears, Roebuck and Montgomery Ward catalogs and their own past experience to look to in making up a requisition for equipment. Moreover these requisitions were edited by the Operations
(1) Ltr, C of Sup Div to COs Engr Orgns et al., 23 May 42, sub: Engr Maint and Sup of Spare Parts. 400.4. (2) Engr Bd Hist Study, Engr Maint Equip. (3) TO&E 5-357, 1 Apr 42, 7 May 42. There were five maintenance echelons by the end of the war.
37
208
and Training Branch of the Troops Division which was inclined to supply the theater Engineer with exactly what he asked for on the time-honored theory that the man on the spot knows best and that failure to accomplish missions may heap recriminations upon those who had not acceded to his wishes. But by far the most compelling factor operating against the standardization of engineer equipment was the tremendous demand for construction machinery which dictated the utilization of all facilities. Perhaps it would have been possible to overcome the natural reluctance of competitors to share their drawings and manufacturing processes in order to produce a standard model. Such a step was far from practical in 1942. The WPB estimated it would take close to six months for tractor manufacturers to retool; meanwhile all production would have stopped.38 An alternative to standardization was a concentration of particular makes and models within using organizations. On 16 April 1942, six weeks after Smith's arrival in OCE, the Supply Division announced its intention to promote this type of standardization to the maximum:
quantity of each make and model on hand and on order. Representatives of the Procurement and Development Branches would go over this list and recommend a standard make and model for each item. The Procurement Branch would see that manufacturers "froze" their models. Procurement of other than standard equipment"in cases where adherence ... is impossible, or will not meet urgent delivery requirements"would have to be approved by the executive officer of the Supply Division.40 Action within the Supply Division to put this directive in effect was slow. One month to the day after its issue the chief of the Purchasing Unit of the Procurement Branch wondered what progress was being made. "If this program is to be carried to the maximum degree of efficiency," he wrote, "it is believed that the list should be forthcoming as we are continuing to obtain requisitions for various types of equipment and there appears to be no definite progress as yet on standardization except for a few items." 41 Even on these few items confusion existed between the Requirements and Procurement Branches. There seemed so many Except in extreme cases, only one make and more important things to do that summer model of any one type of power equipment taking over the procurement of tractors, getshould be procured in the future. . .ting. The the common stockpile set up, adjusting
(1) Maj Harry F. Kirkpatrick, Dev of Sup Plan for Engr Class IV Sup (typescript), 20 Dec 45. EHD files. (2) Memo, Secy MAC(G) for Chm MAC(G) [c. 8 Apr 42], sub: Tracklaying Tractors, Long Range Allocs for Approval (Not Asgmt). Intnl Div file, 451.3 Alloc. (3) Ltr, AC of Intel Br to TAG, 4 Feb 42, sub: Cablegram to C 39 of SPOB, London. 400.34, Pt. 40. Memo, Actg C of Sup Div for Br Cs of Sup Div, 16 Apr 42, sub: Standardization of Engr Equip. Exec Office Proc Div file, Proc Dists. 40 Ibid. 41 Memo, C of Purch Unit Proc Br for AC of Proc Br, 16 May 42, sub: Standardization of Engr Equip. Denman File, Misc.
38
practice of "splitting" orders for mechanical equipment among various firms should be stopped completely, except when the replacement parts for such equipment are interchangeable, or when vitally urgent delivery dates cannot otherwise be met to any reasonable degree. Manufacturers should be prevented from changing models, using different sub-assemblies, bearings, clutches, carburetors, etc., except under extreme conditions of necessity.39
As a first step in support of this policy the Requirements Branch would prepare a list of major items of equipment giving the
209
struggling to equip newly activated units and task forces. Not until 3 August was Smith able to send "tentative preliminary" standardization data sheets to the Engineer
Spare Parts Branch of the Columbus General Depot which had taken over the preparation of spare parts lists.42 Shortly after arriving in OCE Smith had
Although much of the success of the drive for standardization depended upon the Operations and Training Branch of the Troops
Division, which drew up requisitions for
called a meeting of Washington representatives of the principal manufacturers of engineer equipment, seeking their help in setting up a nucleus of experts for manning the Spare Parts Branch. He felt most fortunate in having persuaded Raymond L. Harrison of the Harrison Equipment Company
task forces and edited requisitions from overseas, this office was naturally not compelled to comply with orders issued by the chief of the Supply Division. On 7 November the Requirements Branch forwarded a copy of the 30 October directive to O&T
with a request that future requisitions specify only standard makes and models. If any deviation were necessary the reasons should
hundreds of experienced persons to leave their businesses and come to Columbus. Smith had the utmost confidence in the abilities of Harrison and his group, and thus deplored the more the delays in standardization.43 It was 30 October before the publication
of the list of standard makes and models contemplated in the 16 April directive. As
be stated. On 25 November, with requisitions for nonstandard items still being received, the executive officer of the Supply Division felt compelled to address a somewhat stronger plea for co-operation to the chief of O&T.45 Whether or not his arguments in favor of
standardization would eventually prevail
(1) Memo, Actg C of Proc Br for C of Rqmts Br, 2 Jul 42, sub: Standardization of Equip, Requisition E-1587. Rqmts Br file, Standardization of Engr Equip. (2) Memo, C of Maint Sec for Equip Control Sec, 7 Jul 42, same sub. Same file. (3) Ltr, C of Maint Sec to Engr Sup Off Columbus Gen Depot, 3 Aug 42, sub: Standardization Data Sheets for Establishing Spare Parts Lists and Depot Stocks. 400.291, Columbus Gen Depot, Pt. 3. 13 Interv, Brig Gen C. Rodney Smith, 6 May 55. 44 (1) Ltr, C of Sup Div to All Brs Sup Div OCE et al., 30 Oct 42, sub: Standardization of Engr Equip, with Incl. 475, Engr Equip, Pt. 1. (2) Ltr, C of Sup Div to All Brs Sup Div OCE et al., 21 Nov 42, sub: Standardization of Engr Equip, with Incl. Sup Div file, 400.34, Standard Components. 45 (1) Memo, C of Opns Sec Rqmts Br for O&T Br, 7 Nov 42, Sub: Standardization of Engr Equip. Rqmts Br file, Standardization of Engr Items. (2) Memo, Exec Office Sup Div for C of O&T Br, 25 Nov 42, same sub. Same file.
42
finally issued, it sounded as if the Supply Division meant business. No deviation was to be made without the approval of its executive officer. Requests for such deviation were to be submitted only if there was
no possibility of adjusting requirements to the manufacturer's ability to produce, the standard make and model could not be obtained in time to meet an urgent requirement, there was no possibility of increasing production, or if the standard item had
given unsatisfactory service. On 21 November the Supply Division published a list of Standard Components of Standard Makes
and Models. Manufacturers would be re-
210
they could certainly not affect the situation immediately. Six months of continuing to buy a variety of makes and models had intervened since the policy of standardization was first announced. And six months of buying in the quantities being purchased in 1942 resulted in the entrance of extremely large amounts of equipment into the Engineer supply system. As if the continued purchase of different makes and models of new equipment were not sufficient harassment to Smith and his assistants, there was added the even more serious worry caused by the possibility that much secondhand machinery would have to be issued to troops. In April 1942 the Supply Division received $25,000,000 earmarked for the purchase of secondhand machines from sources such as state and municipal highway departments, for example. After the military construction program reached its peak in July, the Supply Division began to be urged to take over machinery no longer needed in building camps, airfields, and munitions plants. Clay wanted to tap this source for the common stockpile. That this machinery was already owned by the government was the least of the several attractive aspects of the scheme. Its main appeal lay in the fact that the machines were readily available, or about to be made available, at the very time when production was far short of requirements. Its disadvantages were readily apparent to those concerned about keeping the equipment in operation.40 In opposing the introduction of secondhand machinery into the military supply system, the Supply Division could argue from experience. Of the $25,000,000 available, only about $2,000,000 had been spent. A halt had been called after what had been bought was found unsuitable. From Aus-
Matriel SOS for CofEngrs, 11 Aug 42, sub: Survey of Heavy Constr Equip. 413.8, Pt. 13. (2) Memo, C of Intnl Sec for C of Rqmts Br, 4 Sep 42, sub: MAC Meeting, 3 Sep 42. Intnl Div file, 334, Munitions Asgmt Comm. 47 (1) Ind cited n. 4 6 ( 1 ) . (2) Memo, C of Sup Div for ACofS for Matriel SOS, 21 Oct 42, sub: Reduction in Prod of Tractors, with Incl. 451.3.
211
they were supplying and the make and model of all its components, assemblies, and accessories, and to furnish catalogs of spare parts. The information furnished by the manufacturer was to be used by the Spare Parts Branch of the Columbus General Depot to draw up lists of spare parts for standard items of equipment and by the Maintenance Section, OCE, to prepare similar lists for nonstandard equipment. All specifications would henceforth include first echelon sets of spare parts which would be delivered by the manufacturer along with the machine. In addition, each contract would carry an order for an eighteen months' supply of parts for second, third, and fourth echelon maintenance. Delivery of second, third, and fourth echelon spares need not coincide with delivery of each machine but was to be scheduled in balanced lots. Thus 20 percent of all spare parts should parallel the delivery of 20 percent of the equipment; another 20 percent of spares should be ready by the time 40 percent of the machines had been delivered. Spare parts would carry the same priority as the main order.49
48 (1) Hassinger Diary, 9 Sep, 29 Sep, 30 Sep 42. (2) Memo, C of Sup Div for ACofS for Matriel SOS, 21 Oct 42, sub: Reduction in Prod of Tractors. 451.3. (3) Opns Sec Rqmts Br Diary, 21 Nov 42. 49 (1) Memo, C of Sup Div for All Br Cs Sup Div, 25 Jul 42, sub: Standard Procedure for Requisitioning Spare Parts With New Equip. Exec Off Proc Div file, Proc Dists. (2) Ltr, C of Maint Sec to Engr Sup Off Columbus Gen Depot, 22 Jul 42, sub: Priorities for Proc of Spare Parts. 400.1301, Pt. 6. The eighteen months' supply was subsequently reduced to twelve and the delivery schedules were also modified somewhat. See (1) Ltr, C of Sup Div to Br Cs Sup Div et al, 23 Oct 42, sub: Standardization Procedure for Requisitioning Spare Parts With New Equip. Exec Office Proc Div file, Proc Dists; and (2) Same to Same, 8 Dec 42, sub: Rev Standardization Procedure for Requisitioning and Purch Spare Parts With New Equip. 460, Pt. 1.
212
To include an order for spare parts in the original contract the procurement organization had to receive the appropriate list of spare parts promptly either from Columbus or from the Maintenance Section, OCE. The implication in the July directive was that Columbus could make lists for standard equipment available immediately. The Maintenance Section was allowed fifteen days to prepare lists for nonstandard equipment. Late in October the Spare Parts Branch at Columbus took over the preparation of lists for both standard and nonstandard equipment and was given ten days after receipt of a requisition in which to draw them up.50 Neither the Maintenance Section nor the Columbus Spare Parts Branch kept abreast of this work. In September the chief of the Purchase Section, Procurement Branch, claimed his office had "never received a requisition in which the list of depot spare parts was available at the time the requisition was submitted." In December he noted that lists of spare parts for standard equipment were not yet available.51 Smith could see for himself that the Columbus Spare Parts Branch was all too often taking much longer than ten days to forward spare parts lists to the procurement districts. Failure to follow through on the policy of standardization, insufficient data from manufacturers, noncompliance with routine procedures, inexperienced personnel, and not enough personnel were, he felt, the main reasons for delays. "By no means should any one agency be blamed, especially not the Columbus Spare Parts Branch, which has performed a miracle of accomplishment. At the same time, the most vigorous ACTION must be taken to get this huge job straightened out and on a clear track AT ONCE," he concluded in December
Incredulity was not confined to the manufacturers. Hassinger himself was amazed to learn from the Maintenance Section in September that $12,000,000 worth of spare parts was required from the Caterpillar Tractor Company for engineer troop use. "This figure could not be produced in a reasonable time," he recorded in his diary, "even if we stopped producing tractors . . ." 54
50 Ltr, C of Sup Div to Br Cs Sup Div et al., 23 Oct 42, sub: Standardization Procedure for Requisitioning Spare Parts With New Equip. Exec Office Proc Div file, Proc Dists. 51 (1) Memo, Denman for Actg C of Proc Br, 3 Sep 42, sub: Comments on Procedure for Requisitioning Spare Parts With New Equip. Denman file, Proc of Spare Parts. (2) Memo, Denman for Seybold, 15 Dec 42, same sub. Same file. 52 Maint Sec Diary, 24 Dec 42. 53 Notes, Bunting, Maint Sec for Record, [c. Oct 42]. Constr Mach Br Proc Div file, Spare Parts Subcomm. 54 Hassinger Diary, 15 Sep 42.
1942.52
213
small orders for spare parts" to be made by Columbus for shipment directly overseas.57 On 29 October priorities for the production of spare parts were spelled out in more detail:
a. Spare parts orders placed by any procurement office for consignment direct to Ports of Embarkation. b. Spare parts orders placed by any procurement office for consignment direct to troops or other military projects (such as Alaska) but not via Ports of Embarkation. c. Spare parts furnished integrally with new machines as "first echelon" or "field" sets. This priority applies only to the first echelon and field sets of spare parts actually accompanying new machines. Depot stocks being procured concurrently with new machines will be given the lower priority shown in subparagraph e below. d. Spare parts orders placed by the Engineer Supply Officer, Columbus Quartermaster Depot . . . for delivery to Columbu e. Spare parts orders for Columbus Depot stocks procured concurrently with new machines on purchase orders placed by any procurement office.58
Stocks of spare parts for second, third, and fourth echelon maintenance from which Columbus was supposed to supply engineer organizations all over the world got the lowest priority. Meanwhile the trail of woes attendant upon a multiplicity of makes and models and the failure to issue spare parts along with equipment had become apparent in
(1) Maint Sec Diary, 17 Aug, 24 Aug, 25 Aug 42, 12 Nov 42. (2) Ltr, C of Maint Sec to Engr Sup Off Columbus Gen Depot, 14 Aug 42, sub: Spare Parts Orders. 400.291, Pt 8.
56
57 55
Ltr, AC of Proc Br to Inspec Offs, 29 Aug 42, sub: Spare Parts Orders, CE Equip. 475, Engr Equip, Pt. 1. 58 Ltr, C of Sup Div to Engr Proc Dists et al., 29 Oct 42, sub: Relative Priorities for Expediting Delivery of Spare Parts Orders. 475, Engr Equip, Pt. 1.
214
the European Theater of Operations (ETO). When Smith visited the ETO in September, there were practically no spare parts left. The only parts received until shortly before his arrival had been small stores brought along with organizational equipment. Now the first shipments which should have gone out months before had begun to appear. Smith planned to build up stocks of spare parts as fast as possible to provide for approximately a year's maintenance and to keep them at that level by constant replenishment. In the beginning this would be most difficult to accomplish, Smith warned:
Because of the lack of standardization in existing Engineer equipment, efficient spare parts supply from the U. S. to the theater, and from the theater depot to troop organizations, can be maintained only if an up-to-date record is kept of the make, model and serial numbers of all Engineer machines in the theater and transferred from this theater to other theaters. As equipment is sent from this theater to other theaters, and as new equipment is received in the theater, these records must be brought up to date promptly. Otherwise it will be impossible to maintain proper depot stocks of spare parts, prepare replenishment requisitions, or adjust maximum stock level requirements for respective machines.59
Gradually, if the new policy of standardization were adhered to, nonstandard equipment should be squeezed out of the supply system. Very limited amounts of spare parts were to be stocked for nonstandard items. Standard equipment would be assured of spare parts from balanced depot stocks in 60 the United States and overseas. Suddenly there appeared to be too many "ifs" and "buts," too many plans, too few results, to suit higher authority. On 2 November, Fowler called Smith to his office and told him that Somervell was displeased. Spare parts must be procured with all new
215
Equally significant were the administrative arrangements, born of confusion and shortages, which would make for smoother operation in the future. Centralized procurement of tractors and shovels and cranes, the creation of the common stockpileboth innovationswere to bear the test of time. In the production of Engineer matriel as in the provision of Engineer officers and enlisted men, 1942 was the crucial year, the year of greatest challenge to the Corps in the United States.
(1) Engineers of the Southwest Pacific, Vol. VII, Engineer Supply, pp. 19-32,41. (2) Information from historians preparing volumes on the Corps of Engineers in the War Against Japan, and in the War Against Germany. 63 (1) Leighton and Coakley, op. cit., p. 202 ff. (2) Opns Sec Rqmts Br Diary, 17 Dec 42.
62
CHAPTER X
217
CHART 5TOTAL NUMBER OF ENGINEER TROOPS, CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES AND OVERSEAS: 1942-45
Control Branch for administrative management which reported to the Executive Officer, OCE. The rest of the organization reported to a newly created Deputy Chief of Engineers in the person of General Robins who had been Assistant Chief of Engineers for Construction. The Offices of the Assistant Chiefs of Engineers for Construction and for Administration were abolished and all divisions and branches formerly under them were placed under Robins. Supervision of the remaining functions was divided between two assistant
chiefs of Engineers. Fowler continued as Assistant Chief of Engineers for Supply, in charge of the Procurement, Supply, Maintenance, and International Divisions, until July 1944 when he was replaced by Brig. Gen. Rudolph C. Kuldell. Sturdevant's title changed from Assistant Chief of Engineers for Troops to Assistant Chief of Engineers for War Planning, symbolizing the shift of focus to the theaters of war. The War Plans (formerly Operations and Training Branch), Military Intelligence, and Engineering and Development Divisions were
219
grouped under the Assistant Chief of En- tion duties which had been part and parcel gineers for War Planning. In May 1944, of the Engineer mission for many years. InBrig. Gen. Ludson D. Worsham succeeded sofar as the Engineers felt that ASF was in2 clined to slight this function, or worse still, Sturdevant in this position. On 12 March 1943 the command under to move in upon it in ignorance, the Corps which the Corps of Engineers had been ad- was restive. In the late summer and the fall ministratively placed, the Services of Sup- of 1943, moreover, the Engineers, and inply, became the Army Service Forces deed all of the technical services with the (ASF). Somervell had become aware dur- possible exception of the newcomer, the ing the previous year that there was indeed Transportation Corps, had cause for exsomething in a name. "Services of Supply" treme resentment against ASF. From the outset Somervell had looked was not descriptive of many of the organizations contained therein, he wrote the Chief upon the organizational structure of ASF of Staff. It had, moreover, "an unhappy with disapproval. By the summer of 1943, association with the last war." The title thinking the time ripe for a change, Somer"Army Service Forces" would, he felt, "not vell and his advisers in his Control Division began to express alarm at overlapping funconly ... be more descriptive of the work tions and the assigned to us, but . . . would remove theresulting waste of manpower which inevitably accompanied them. For stigma which has had an actual retarding example, the Corps of Engineers was only effect in attaining the high state of morale one of seven technical services having prowhich we must have if we are to accomplish 3 curement offices in Washington and in the our job properly." Under the ASF the supfield. Supervising them was Headquarters, ply services became technical services. Although this title was more palatable to the ASF, and ASF's field agencies, the service Corps of Engineers, the dropping of the commands. This same type of overlapping word "supply" did not gainsay the fact that was present to some degree in the performASF saw its main job as the procurement ance of all the functions for which ASF was and distribution of matriel. It was in this responsible. It could be eliminated, Somerarea that ASF could and did make its great- vell argued, by replacing the specialized, est contribution. With the wartime demand commodity type of organization represented for goods placing an ever-increasing strain 2 upon the nation's productive capacity, the (1) Ann Rpt OCE, 1944, 1945. (2) Orgn Chart, 1 Dec 43. (3) OCE Memo 395, 24 Nov 43. ASF as a fighter for the Army's share and (4) OCE GO No. 23, 22 Nov 43. All in EHD files. 3 as an allocator of that share within the Army Memo, Somervell for CofS, 9 Mar 43. AG could not but demand the respect even of 300.4, SOS (3-9-43). The following are essential for an appraisal of those who would have wished to curb its ASF: (1) Millett, Organization and Role of ASF; power.4 (2) Smith, The Army and Economic Mobilization; For the Engineers, however, procurement (3) Industrial Mobilization for War, Vol. I; (4) and distribution of supplies were subordi- War Records Section, Bureau of the Budget, The United States at War: Development and Adminisnate to their primary logistical task, which tration of the War Program by the Federal Govwas construction. The Corps felt little need ernment (Washington, n.d.); (5) Donald M. NelArsenal of Democracy: The Story of American for guidance from ASF in the organization son, War Production (New York: Harcourt, Brace and and training of troops to perform construc- Company, 1946).
4
220
by the technical services with a functional organization. In plain words the technical services were to be abolished.5 If the plan were carried out the Corps of Engineers would no longer be responsible for military construction; this job would be supervised by a director of utilities. Similarly, a director of personnel would take over the supervision of organization and training; a director of procurement, the purchase of engineer equipment; and a director of supply, its distribution. The Chief of Engineers was to be given, it was subsequently understood, a responsible position in the headquarters organization. The personnel of OCE and its field officers, insofar as they were needed, would be scattered throughout Headquarters, ASF, and its service com-
221
were entering Army Ground Forces and Army Air Forces as well as Army Service Forces. Questions as to which of the three commands would control various types of units arose frequently. On the face of it the assignment of responsibility might appear simple: combat units to AGF; service units to ASF and AAF. The trouble was that service units were destined to be employed both in the combat and in the communications zones and AGF operated on the maxim that eral, ASF, had nothing to say about civil troops should be trained and become acworks; for such matters the Chief of Engi- customed to working with units with which neers reported directly to the Secretary of they would be associated overseas. War. On 1 September 1943 the Engineers The reorganization of March 1942 had brought all their civil works divisions and little immediate effect upon the responsibildistricts into their procurement organiza- ities of the Chief of Engineers for the fortion. Whether this step, whatever its motiva- mulation of doctrine and the organization tion, would have proved helpful in blocking and equipping of troops. Except in the case the ASF reorganization was never put to the of aviation units the Chief of Engineers retest. Secretary of War Stimson killed the tained his primary position in these matters, scheme early in October.8 albeit under the direction of ASF. As before, By 1944 passions had subsided. Perhaps he was expected to co-ordinate plans and indicative of the general feeling toward recommendations with other services in case ASF at that time was Worsham's statement of overlapping interests. The complication in May, shortly after he became Assistant arose originally between AGF and ASF in Chief of Engineers for War Planning: the training of units. Organizations such as "While in your own mind," he told his staff, maintenance companies, depot companies, "you may not approve of the organization and general service regiments, which funcof the Army, ASF does the best it can and tioned both in direct support of ground they are the people with whom we have to combat troops and in the communications work. Criticism gets back to them and con- zone, were subjected to dual control. Some sequently makes the situation even more were assigned to AGF for training, others to difficult. The thing to do is to accept the ASF. facts and get the work accomplished even The situation was further confused when though there may be some obstacles that it came to the troop basis. On 28 August exist because of the magnitude of the organi- 1942, the War Department directed AGF zation of which we are a part." 9 Ibid., quoted p. 412. In the organization and training of troops OCE Mgt Br Rpt, 7 Oct 47, sub: Orgn for it was not simply the magnitude of the ASF Engr Proc. EHD files. For further details on the organization that created obstacles. It was changes in the Engineer procurement organization, more explicitly the fact that engineer troops, see below, pp. 507-10, 521-22, 553-54. Wkly War Plan Conf, 22 May 44. War Plans like those of the six other technical services, Div file ( S ) .
7
8 9
222
Special (amphibian) brigades b Combat regiments and battalions c Armored battalions Heavy ponton battalions Light ponton companies Camouflage battalions and companies Topographic battalions (Army) and topographic companies Water supply battalions Depot companies Maintenance companies
a b
Petroleum distribution companies b Port construction and repair groups b Topographic battalions (GHQ) Equipment companies Base shop battalions Heavy shop companies
ASF was responsible for training and controlled T/O's except for the period January-March 1943. Combat regiments, special service regiments, petroleum distribution companies, and port construction and
repair groups are missing from the list of units contained in the 5 January 1943 document but are included here for the purpose of clarity. c
Also listed as AGF's responsibility were: motorized battalions, airborne battalions, and mountain battalions.
to determine the number and types of service units required for direct support of ground combat units. The determination of units needed for service of supply functions was left to ASF. During the fall of 1942 the possibility of doing away with dual control was discussed and a compromise reached. Responsibility for service units (except those peculiar to AAF) was divided between AGF and ASF on the basis of socalled primary interest. For the most part this meant that units needed for direct support of combat troops would be under AGF's control.10 The decision left some questions unanswered. Units of the technical services were not easily classified. In December 1942 the War Department laid down, for statistical purposes, broad definitions of combat and service troops. Engineer combat battalions, along with ponton and treadway bridge units, were classified as combat troops at that time. By the end of 1944, however, only divisional engineer units remained
in the category of combat troops. Nondivisional combat battalions, ponton and treadway bridge units, amphibian brigades, engineer aviation regiments and battalions, and light equipment companies were designated combat support units. In 1944 the War Department also distinguished between two types of service units: combat service support units which would usually be employed in the combat zone, and service sup(1) Memo, Maj W. W. Brotherton, O&T Br, to C of O&T Br, 14 Mar 42, sub: Conf with Gen Huebner, C of Tng Div SOS. 353, Pt. 18. (2) AG Ltr, 320.2 (3-13-42) to CGs AGF, AAF, and SOS, 31 Mar 42, sub: Policies Governing T/Os and T/BAs. EAC file, 320.2, Gen. (3) Memo, ACofS G-3 (WDGCT 353, 5-30-42) for CGs AGF, AAF, and SOS, 30 Mar 42, sub: Responsibility for Tng. 353, Pt. 18. (4) AG Ltr, 320.2 (8-27-42) MS-C-M to CGs AGF, AAF, and SOS, 28 Aug 42, sub: Trp Basis 1943. 320.2, Pt. 2 ( S ) . (5) Leighton and Coakley, Global Logistics, MS, Ch. X, pp. 53-61. OCMH. (6) Greenfield, Palmer, and Wiley, op. cit., p. 288. (7) Memo, ACofS G-3 (WDGCT 320.2, Gen, 11-17-42) for CG SOS, 5 Jan 43, sub: Sv Units. EAC file, 320.2, Gen. (8) Maj William Frierson, Activation Responsibilities (typescript). OCMH.
10
223
ground forces" as well as "complicate, if not curtail, the procurement of heavy equip14 ment for other than the Air Forces." In November the War Department cut from 140 to 1 OO the number of divisions that were to be ready by the end of 1943, and in FebASF types of units in January 1943, when ruary 1943 reduced the number still further control of the organization as well as the to 90. training of engineer units was specifically The 1943 reorganization of ground com12 divided as in table opposite. bat and service units was guided by all these considerations and by still othersnot the Changes in AGF Units least of which was the need to build a flexible The redivision of responsibility for serv- Army that could fight a war under such ice units that occurred at the beginning of diverse conditions as existed in Europe, the 1943 was a prelude to further reorganiza- Mediterranean, the Southwest Pacific, and tion of the Army's tactical units. The gen- in India and other Far Eastern countries. erosity in the allocation of manpower and Another factor of great consequence was the equipment which characterized the 1942 presence of Lt. Gen. Lesley J. McNair as T/O's lasted only a few months. The War commanding general of AGF. McNair upDepartment soon discovered it did not have held with great determination the principles the inexhaustible supply of manpower and for which he had fought during the rematerials it had originally expected and was organization of the thirties and specifically compelled to alter its strategy and redis- the belief that the most effective use of mantribute its strength. Early in October the power lay in a concentration of maximum shortage of rubber and of cargo ships forced strength in fighting units, not service units. a review of all T/O's with the purpose of As a specialist on organization, McNair took cutting the number of vehicles 20 percent a personal interest in almost every AGF unit 13 and the number of men 15 percent. At the end of that month the War Department which came up for review. This was not true warned that the great bottleneck in shipping of the other two commands. The AAF, "may dictate a considerable change in our which got preferential treatment in recruitstrategic concept with a consequent change ment and matriel, did not face as much in the basic structure of our Army. Since pressure to make economies in organization. ... it appears that early employment of 11 (1) Greenfield, Palmer, and Wiley, op. cit., pp. a mass Army, which must be transported 167-68. (2) WD Cir 356, 2 Sep 44. (3) WD Trp by water, is not practicable, it follows that Basis, 1 Oct 44. 12 the trend must be toward light, easily Incl, with Memo, ACofS G-3 (WDGCT 320.2, Gen, 11-17-42) for CG SOS, 5 Jan 43, sub: Sv transportable units." After the hope for a Units. EAC file, 320.2, Gen. 13 cross-Channel invasion during 1942 had Unless otherwise noted, this section is based faded, the War Department began to con- upon Greenfield, Palmer, and Wiley, op. cit., pp. centrate upon developing air power with 212-20, 271-76, 286-87, 298, 319-35, 352-57, 372-75, and corresp in 322, Pt. 1. 14 the full knowledge that this step would "reBoth passages quoted in Greenfield, Palmer, duce the number of men available for the and Wiley, op. cit., p. 289.
224
In ASF headquarters the organization of troops was of less interest than the execution of supply functions. Moreover AGF was better able to concentrate upon organization and training. AGF had no other tasks and a unity of approach was possible because the organization of AGF units could be tied to the functions and capabilities of the infantry division. So far as AGF was concerned, the 1943 reorganization, like previous ones, began with the infantry division itself. The engineer combat battalion, sharing in the general cut, was pared from 745 to 647 officers and mena reduction from 4.66 to 4.5 percent of the division's strength. Trucks, antitank weapons, infantry support rafts, and the motorized shop, all of which had been added in 1942, were now removed. For the duration of the war the strength and structure of the combat battalion remained much the same as fixed by the 1943 tables.15 When the armored division came under McNair's critical eye, it suffered a more drastic overhauling. The successful employment of antitank guns and mines against American armor in North Africa caused the Army to press for more infantry support in armored units. The 1943 T/O for the armored division cut tank personnel by 55 percent and increased infantry troops by about 20 percent. This step, taken in conjunction with the policy of economies in manpower, made radical cuts in other elements of the division inevitable. McNair personally insisted that the engineer battalion be cut more than 40 percent, to about the size of the combat battalion of the infantry division. It was inconsistent, he pointed out, to argue on the one hand that tracked vehicles could move easily crosscountry and on the other to demand a large
Engrs T/Os, Pt. 1, cover the reorganization of the combat battalion. (3) Memo, Hq AGF for ACofS G-3, 21 Feb 43, sub: T/O and T/E Engr Combat Bn Inf Div. AG file 320.3 (10-30-41), Sec. 5, Bulky. 16 (1) M/S, Engr AGF to G-3 (Mob) AGF, 16 Apr 43, sub: Treadway Bridge Co. AGF file 320.3, Engrs T/Os, Pt. 1. (2) Memo, Hq AGF for CofS WDGS, 26 Feb 43, sub: T/O&E for Engr Treadway Bridge Co. AGF file 321, Engrs, Pt. 5. (3) Trp Basis, 1 Apr 45. (4) T/O&Es 5-216, 5-217, 15 Sep 43.
225
two, were to be used for combat support. The separate battalion was to be eliminated and the general service regiment was to become solely a service unit, leaving one type of general unit, the combat regiment, in During the thirties there had been some AGF, and one type, the general service regidiscussion of establishing pools of troop units ment, in ASF. Finally the Engineers recomwhich could be drawn upon to augment dimended the creation of a light equipment visional forces as needed for specific operacompany to transport and operate the contions. To achieve this end the Army had struction machinery that would be elimirelied for planning purposes on the concept nated when combat regiments replaced genof type corps and type armies which served eral service regiments and separate battalas a means of determining how many nonions.18 divisional units would usually be required to To provide the desired pool of supporting support a given number of divisions. Preelements once the type corps and type army scribed T/O's permitted the determination were eliminated, AGF proposed the creation of troop requirements when the enemy and of a group headquarters organization to theater of operations were unknown. But which a variety of units might be tempoeven though used only for planning, type rarily attached. Early in September 1942, corps and type armies set up a rigid system Reybold agreed to go along with AGF's decomparable to that which would have exsire to organize corps and army combat enisted had all equipment been assigned orgineers on the basis of groups rather than ganically to units and none held in reserve regiments provided there were sufficient for issue on demand. During the summer of group headquarters commanded by colonels 1942 McNair sought to eliminate this rigid so that from two to six combat battalions system and to establish a more flexible means could be assigned to them.19 of providing the requisite supporting eleIt was substantially on this basis that comments. bat engineer troops in corps and armies were In his attempt to eliminate type corps and reorganized. On 19 January 1943 the War type armies, McNair had the Engineers' Department directed that the battalionwholehearted support. In August 1942 the group system replace the regiment. As AGF Corps presented a plan, concurred in by conceived of the group about this time, it Col. John B. Hughes, the Ground Engineer, could be a combination of three combat to remove all assigned engineer units from battalions, an equipment company, and a type armies and type corps. "The use of task maintenance company, or some combination forces of various strengths in all types of of combat, ponton, and other units. The terrain demands a flexible organization that general service regiment and the separate cannot be provided by the present Type 17 Quoted in Greenfield, Palmer, and Wiley, op. Army Corps and Type Army," commented cit., p. 377. 18 the executive officer of O&T. All engineer Memo, ExO O&T for ACofS for Opns SOS, units in support of the division were to be 25 Aug 42, sub: Rev of Type Army Corps and Trps. 322, Gen ( S ) . placed in GHQ reserve. Combat regiments, Army 19 Rpt of Activities of Mil Pers Br for Wk Endto be made up of three battalions instead of ing 11 Sep 42. 020, Engrs Office C of.
226
battalion were eliminated from the combat mobilethat is the headquarters company echelon. This meant that construction in be provided with a transportation section or the combat zone would be performed by platoon which would move the water supply combat battalions and that there would be companies as required? ... If delivery a greater depth in combat engineers. When were by trucks and cans, these same vehicles operations slowed down, heavier reinforce- could be used to move the units when neces22 sary." His deputy chief of staff, Col. James ments could be brought forward. With the over-all framework for handling G. Christiansen, labeling the battalion a corps and army troops established, AGF "fancy" unit, recommended that it be turned its attention to removing what it changed to a company with facilities for considered fat from the special engineer water purification and storage only. Water units under its control. First to go was the would be delivered in cans by trucks prolight equipment platoon from the heavy vided by the army commander. Over the ponton battalion. The AGF Reduction protests of Hughes and of OCE, ChristianBoard commented: "The light equipment sen's recommendations were carried out in 23 was included in the battalion probably be- August 1943. The Engineers admitted there was no cause a certain amount of overhead already need for the water supply battalion in theaexisted to care for it, but the net result was ters amply supplied with water but insisted to increase the service personnel of the unit that in areas where water was scarce and in and to bog it down with considerable transsemipermanent camps a definite need for portation used to carry equipment that bulk transportation existed. As proof of their could be kept in depots when not in use. The contention they cited the usefulness of the battalion should not be a roving depot, but battalion in North Africa and Italy as ata tactical unit able to construct a heavy 20 tested to by high-ranking officers. But rebridge." Under the T/O issued in July the strength of the heavy ponton battalion peated efforts to restore transportation to was reduced from 501 to 369 enlisted men. the water supply company met with little Despite the fact that another raft section encouragement until the 405th Water Supply Battalion, which had served in both was added to the light ponton company to of these theaters, submitted a report in the compensate for rafts removed from the insummer of 1944 that impressed McNair. fantry division, the new T/O effected a 5.5 Six months later the distribution platoon, percent cut in personnel without essential change of function. During the rest of the 20 M/S, Reduction Bd AGF to CG AGF, 14 war ponton units operated with compara- Jan (1) 43, sub: T/Os 5-275, 5-276, 5-277, 5-87. 21 tively little change in organization. AGF file 321, Engrs, Pt. 4. 21 (1) T/O 5-275, 9 Jul 43. (2) Memo, Hq In the water supply battalion AGF found AGF for ACofS G-3, 15 Apr 43, sub: T/O and still another unit to trim. McNair ques- T/E 5-87, Engr Light Ponton Co. AGF file 321, Pt. 4. tioned especially the necessity for the special Engrs, 22 M/S, CG AGF to Rqmts AGF, 29 Jan 43, sub: tank truck. "Why cannot the water be de- Engr T/Os. AGF file 320.3, Engrs T/Os, Pt. 1. 23 (1) M/S, DCofS AGF to CG AGF, 20 Jan livered in five-gallon cans, since it must be 43, sub: Engr T/Os. AGF file 320.3, Engrs T/Os, transferred to such cans sooner or later? Pt. 1. (2) T/O 5-67, 4 Aug 43. (3) Wkly War Plan . . . Why cannot this unit be made semiConf, 26 Jun 44.
227
basis of this experience the Engineers in November 1942 perfected a T/O for a parts supply company of 7 officers and 191 enlisted men which would function as part of a depot group. This ASF unit was designed to handle a stock of 100,000 to 300,000 spare parts in first, second, third, and fourth echelon maintenance sets on all of which accurate records would have to be kept.26 When the T/O of the parts supply company was referred to AGF for comment, Hughes expressed the view that "the parts supply company is an essential part of equipment maintenance. . . . Unlike m new tables, this has been built up by trial, and is believed to be about right for the purpose intended. There might be four or five such organizations in the world." 27 The official AGF view was entirely different.
24
to WD, 18 Feb 44. Same file. (4) T/O 5-67, 3 Jan 45.
25
(1) Ann Rpt Engr Bd, 1942. (2) Engr Bd (3) Informal Ind, ACofEngrs for
CofEngrs, 3 Aug 42, on Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to CofEngrs, 26 Jun 42, sub: Rpt on Proposed Engr Maint and Sup Regt. 400.34, SP 335, Pt. 1. (4) Memo, C of Sup Div for C of Trps Div, 8 Aug 42. 320.2, Engr
Park Bn. (5) Ltr, C of O&T Br to Plans Div SOS, 16 Nov 42, sub: T/O and T/E for Hq and Hq Co Engr Depot Group and Engr Parts Sup Co. Mob Br file, Engr Depot Group, Orgn of. (6) T/O
5-592, 30 Jun 43. (7) Change 1, 31 Mar 44 to FM 5-5, 11 Oct 43, pp. 26-29. (8) Ltr, C of O&T Br to CG USAF ETO, 8 Apr 43, sub: Engr Depot Group. 320.2 ( C ) . 29 (1) Ltr, CO 463d Engr Co (Depot) to Smith,
22 Oct 42, sub: T/O and T/BA for Spare Parts Sup Co. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 16. (2) Ltr, C of O&T Br to Plans Div SOS, 16 Nov 42, sub: T/O and T/E for Hq and Hq Co Engr Depot Group and Engr Parts Sup Co. Mob Br file, Engr Depot Group, Orgn of.
M/S, AGF Engr to Rqmts AGF, 5 Dec 42, sub: T/O 5Engr Parts Sup Co. AGF file 320.3,
Engrs T/Os, Pt. 1. Unless otherwise noted the remainder of this section is based upon correspondence in this file.
27
228
his opposition to increases in supply units by the illusory prospect, as it turned out, of having fewer total engineer maintenance troops. At this point major opposition to the T/O developed from G-4 of AGF who In our present stage in which we are cut- objected to a supposed duplication of fating down organizations, no reason is seen for cilities by ordnance maintenance companies, approving such a unit. We would do this if we to the concept of sending platoons off on commented on the set-up without indicating independent operations, and to the fabricathat we can see no reason for the proposal. tion of parts on the site of the construction This is just another case of adding overhead job. Suggesting that the G-4 concentrate to the SOS, however, it is probably none of our business to tell them that; that being a on other matters "rather than hammer at WD function. Therefore rather than com- this poor little company," Hughes jumped ment on the small points of the proposed or- to its defense: ganization, it is believed better to file the 28 Last January, at his [G-4's] insistence, the paper. general purpose shop truck was removed from In time, AGF would recognize the need for the engineer battalion. In other words, the men specially trained to handle spare parts. organic means of fabricating local materials Meanwhile, in April 1943, the War Depart- for construction was taken away from the ment approved a company of 6 officers and combat elements on the theory that it would 176 enlisted men organized into warehouse, be more efficiently massed in the maintenance organizations. Now it is insisted that the use procurement, and headquarters platoons.29 of maintenance equipment to augment conDifferences of opinion between Hughes struction ... is not permissible, as mainte. . and his colleagues in AGF headquarters nance will suffer thereby. . There is a steadfast refusal to understand also arose when it came to the organization jobsite maintenance and the necessity to disof maintenance units under the control of perse engineers to work. . . . Combat t AGF itself. In May 1943, after consulting employed massed and with rapid movement the Engineer Board and the Maintenance cover wide terrain through which we must Section, OCE, Hughes submitted a new keep communications open clear back into the T/O for the maintenance company which army area, regardless of the space covered or the damage done. . . . All constructio added personnel to distribute spare parts and perience has indicated that the only economtrucks so that nearly all repairs could be ical way to repair heavy plant is to bring the made at the job site. Although the number shop and spare parts to the plant. . . . of enlisted men was raised from 175 to 194, only real existing difficulty with the company Hughes believed that an over-all saving of in the field is that it lacks the means of handling spare parts, . . . which the new 15 percent could be made by having two provides for. Our maintenance in the field is instead of three maintenance companies for every nine divisions. McNair grumbled that M/S, DCofS AGF to Rqmts AGF 18 Dec 42, he did "wish that the Corps of Engineers sub: T/O 5Engr Parts Sup Co. AGF file 320.3, T/Os, Pt. 1. 29 would have a conscience in the matter of Engrs T/O 5-247, 23 Apr 43. 30 vehicles," but he went along with the T/O (1) M/S, CG AGF to Reduction Bd, 14 Jun 43, sub: T/O Engr Maint Co. AGF file 320.3, Engrs "largely because I know too little about the T/Os, Pt. 1. (2) M/S, CG AGF to Rqmts AGF, matter." 30 McNair had been led to abandon 5 Jul 43, same sub. Same file. Christiansen, though an Engineer himself, indulged in an acid comment which revealed the limitations of the single-minded AGF approach of concentrating upon combat units.
28
229
Changes in ASF Units
Hughes was right; the Engineers were sorely deficient in maintenance troops. In September, despite continued objections from its G-4, AGF began to process the T/O. In December 1943 it was approved.32 An interesting feature of the War Department's attempt to divide primary responsibility for service units between AGF and ASF was the complexity it added to the Army's structure. In place of one equipment company and one depot company the Army ended up with two of each. Hughes persuaded McNair that a new unit was necessary to supply divisional combat battalions with extra construction machinery. In January 1943 AGF began working on a T/O for the unit and six months later received authority to organize a light equipment company. For ASF the Engineers developed the base equipment company to supply operators for heavier and more specialized machinery withdrawn from depots. In the spring of 1943, shortly after AGF became responsible for depot companies, OCE submitted a T/O for a base depot company. As first set up the company could not be readily broken down into smaller units needed for assignment to the many depots in Britain, but in May 1944 changes were made which corrected this defect. In October 1943, meanwhile, the old depot company had been expanded to include a parts supply platoon. Thus after several unhappy months of trying to handle spare parts with men who had no knowledge of the work, AGF had tempered its former hostile attitude toward a special unit, although it still denied the need for an organization as large 33 as a company.
Perhaps the most significant difference between the AGF and ASF approach to the organization of troops was that there was no central core or body of doctrine to which ASF units could be tied. AGF had a theory of tactics based on the structure of the division, corps, and army. ASF units had a host of miscellaneous and sometimes unrelated jobs to perform. The main one for the Engineers was construction, but growing out of this general mission was a variety of other tasks which required specialized personnel and equipment in specialized organizations such as the petroleum distribution company, the port construction and repair group, forestry companies, base equipment companies, base depot companies, and heavy shop companies. The many-sidedness of the ASF engineers' job can best be seen in the development of T/O 5-500. Before Pearl Harbor, maintenance of searchlights was the only engineer task which called for a small independent unit. Shortly after the outbreak of war a demand developed for sundry others. Requests for utilities personnel came in from the Caribbean, Iceland, and the Middle East where the Engineers were expected to take over the operation of utilities plants from civilians and from Quartermaster units. The
first contingents were organized according
M/S, AGF Engr to Rqmts AGF, 17 Aug 43, sub: T/E 5-157, Engr Maint Co. AGF file 320.3, Engrs T/Os, Pt. 1. 32 T/O&E 5-157, 18 Dec 43. See below, pp.
31
570-71.
33
230
to the demands for each particular job, but section, dump truck section, and others. In in April 1943 the War Department pub- a few cases there were several different lished a T/O for utilities detachments for teams of the same type. If a theater had establishments varying in size from 1,000 requirements which standard engineer orto 4,000 men. Meanwhile, in June 1942 the ganizations could not fill because they were Engineers were asked to form gas generating either too large or too small or because they units to operate and maintain plants pro- lacked the specialists and equipment, the ducing, oxygen, acetylene, and nitrogen. A theater commander could use these cellular month later OPD authorized the Engineers units to form platoons, companies, or batto activate fire fighting detachments. When talions, using whatever combinations he the water supply battalion was converted to deemed necessary either to supplement a a company, its well drilling section was left standard organization or to form a service unit for a base installation. The cellular idea to ASF.34 With this increasing diversity in tasks re- caught on quickly. The 26 July 1944 requiring small teams or detachments the War vision of T/O 5-500 was divided into eight Department decided late in the spring of categoriesadministrative, supply, water 1943 to organize "flexible 'cell type' T/O's supply and transportation, maintenance and . . . within which teams or units ofspecial skilled equipment, utilities, fire fighting, topographic, and marine. The pubspecialists can be providedin varying lished document was seventy-eight pages strengthsto satisfy s p e c i a l require35 long andmost remarkable of allconments." Col. Herbert B. Loper, wartime 37 tained an index. chief of OCE's Intelligence Branch, was Akin to the cellular idea was the group eager to see the innovation applied to topoconcept which AGF had applied to the engraphic units. "We have concluded here," he wrote the Chief Engineer of the South34 west Pacific Area in July 1943, "that the (1) Memo, C of O&T Br for Opn Div SOS, 24 Apr 42, sub: Searchlight Maint Dets. 320.2, . . . battalions seldom meet actual theaEngrs Corps of, Pt. 15. (2) Memo, O&T Br for ter requirements. Accordingly, we have Constr Div, 14 Apr 42, sub: Utilities and Maint devised a number of typical reinforcements Dets, Island Bases. Same file. (3) T/O 5-283, 23 on the cellular basis, and have submitted Apr 43. (4) 1st Ind, ExO Opns Div SOS to 27 Jun 42, on Ltr, Dev Br to CG SOS, Tables for W.D. approval. Further, we have CofEngrs, 17 Jun 42, sub: Opn of Gas Generating Equip. submitted our recommendation to the effect Mech Equip Br file, Gases. (5) Ltr, AC of O&T that the major part of the topo troop aug- Br to CG SOS, 8 Aug 42, sub: Activation of Engr Fire Fighting Dets. 320.2, Engrs Corps of (S). (6) mentation to correspond with the new troop Memo for Record, with Memo, Hq AGF for CG basis shall be made up of these independent ASF, 7 Aug 43, sub: Separate Well Drilling Cos. file 320.3, Engr T/Os, Pt. 1. reinforcing units, rather than of complete AGF 35 Memo for Record, on D/F, Exec G-1 WDGS battalions." 36 to G-4 WDGS, 8 Jul 43, sub: T/O for Engr Constr T/O 5-500, published in July 1943, car- Regts. ASF Mob Div file, T/O&E 5, Engr Constr ried columns labeled platoon headquarters, Group ( S ) . (1) Personal Ltr, C of Intel Br to Brig Gen battalion headquarters, mess team, supply Hugh J. Casey, Hq SWPA, 4 Jul 43. 061.01 ( C ) . team, map depot detachment, utilities de- (2)37 See below, pp. 454-55. T/O 5-500, 31 Jul 43. (2) Change 1, 31 tachment, fire fighting section, well drilling Mar (1) 44, to FM 5-5, 11 Oct 43, p. 37. (3) T/O&E section, mobile searchlight maintenance 5-500, 26 Jul 44.
36
231
In March OCE submitted T/O's for both a battalion-group setup and a general service regiment with 145 fewer men. Over Sturdevant's continuing objections ASF decided that the service group would supersede the general service regiment. On 1 May Sturdevant asked for a reconsideration and launched an all-out assault on the battaliongroup idea. Let ASF cite an example to prove the battalion-group adopted by AGF was superior to the regimental organization, he challenged. Granted it might be suitable for the control of small units such as equipment, maintenance, and depot companies, where was the desired saving in overhead? He pointed out that the group commander seemed to duplicate the functions of the corps commander who had to rely on the group for all his information. ASF was fooling itself: "The gain in flexibility resulting from the formation of Corps Combat Battalions is believed more theoretical than real since, if additional battalions are to be attached to divisions, they could be detached from a regiment as well as a Group." If attachment was normal then the divisional engineer element was too small. "On the whole the present Ground Force organization is considered cumbersome, wasteful and probably unworkable. It is anticipated that it will not be retained by Theaters involved in combat," Sturdevant went on. Grouping might conceivably work in the combat zone where there would be little
38 For a discussion of the port construction and repair group, see below, Ch. XVII. 39 See above, p. 140. 40 Unless otherwise noted the remainder of this section is based upon correspondence in (1) 322, Engrs Corps of ( S ) ; (2) Mob Br file, Engr Gen Sv Regts ( S ) ; (3) Mob Br file, T/O&E, Engr Constr Group ( S ) ; (4) Mob Br file, Engr Constr Bn ( C ) ; and (5) ASF Mob Div file, T/O&E 5, Engr Constr Group (S).
232
construction anyway. But the group-battalion system had no place in the communications zone where large-scale construction projects were the rule and changes in location infrequent.41 A few days after receiving Sturdevant's communication ASF changed its mind. After all, a reduction of 145 men in the general service regiment would satisfy the demand for economy even better than the group-battalion. AGF did not give in so easily. Although conceding that the regimental organization was generally acceptable for operations in the communications zone, AGF pointed out that some of these units might have to move into the combat zone. It would be better therefore to have the regiments broken up into independent battalions, paralleling the organization of the engineer combat battalions with which they would work. Both types of units would operate best under a flexible grouping. The large number of engineer units required by the modern army might lead to the organization of brigades to command engineer groups, AGF held, but it would be ridiculous to provide a brigade setup for two or three regiments. AGF's arguments failed to convince the General Staff. The general service regiment was retained. To complicate the situation, early in 1943 the Engineers became alarmed over the Navy's aggressive policy of recruiting skilled men for numerous construction battalions, commonly known as Seabees. The Corps of Engineers was sufficiently practical to realize that the best way to prevent the Navy from encroaching upon engineer construction functions was to be prepared to do as much work as possible. Early in 1943 Reybold asked that a total of thirty additional construction units be activated that year and that he be authorized to recruit experienced
233
men, OPD balked at singling out one unit better qualified personnel to enlist. The confor higher ratings. The initial reaction to struction company slated for inclusion in such a step would be a lowering of morale T/O 5-500 added 205 officers and men to followed, in all probability, by efforts to the basic strength of a regiment. There was transfer to the unit with higher ratings. The no way to tell how many such companies ultimate result would be an upward revision would be needed. The patience of the Chief 43 of Engineers was well-nigh exhausted: of all ratings. At the beginning of July representatives It is the view of this office that all regiments of OPD, G-1, G-3, and G-4 decided to require the skills provided. A contrary view defer approval of the construction regiment assumes that regiments not so reinforced are pending consideration of a flexible cell-type classified as "units which are primarily labor." . . . This misconception is apparent unit. G-3 passed this suggestion on to ASF basis of the current proposal and is not shared in the form of a directive to include in T/O by ... any . . . responsible commander 5-500 "a section or sections of specialized gaged in active operations so far as known to this office. Although General Service Regiconstruction personnel . . . capable of organization into small groupments or com- ments have been used as stevedores and for similar labor jobs in emergency, they are not panies to work with General Service Regi- set up for such purposes. . . . Speed of ments or other units which are primarily struction requires the use of machinery al44 labor." most to the exclusion of common labor The General Staff's solution found little equipped with hand tools. The demand from favor with either ASF or the Corps of En- theaters is for more and heavier equipment and a larger proportion of skilled construcgineers. Brig. Gen. Frank A. Heileman, tion men for three shift operation by every Deputy Director of Operations, ASF, and regiment. formerly an Engineer officer, was convinced The Engineers held that men in a specialist of the need for a unit composed of men ex- company should be a permanent part of a perienced in construction. "It appears to construction unit in order to give the comme," he commented in July 1943, "that the mander a better knowledge of their abilities, plan of the Chief of Engineers to differenti- to insure teamwork, and to avoid the lowate between a highly trained white regiment, ered morale that would result from diswhether it be called a special regiment or a crepancies in ratings. The specialist comconstruction regiment, and a lesser trained pany could not be a balanced organization colored regiment which might be called a since it was a special group.46 general service regiment, is a more efficient 43 D/F, Trp Sec Logistics Group OPD WDGS to setup than the proposed cellular organizaG-1, G-3, G-4, 30 Jun 43, sub: T/Os for Engr tion." Just because composite organizations Constr Regt. ASF Mob Div file, T/O&E 5, Engr had worked well for small units and installa- Constr Group ( S ) . 44 tions was no reason to apply the principle Memo, WDGCT 320.2 (20 Jul 43) ACofS 45 G-3 for CG ASF, 20 Jul 43, sub: T/Os for Engr universally. OCE prepared a T/O for a Constr Regt. ASF Mob Div file, T/O&E 5, Engr construction specialist company in con- Constr Group ( S ) . formity with the desires of the General Staff, Memo, Heileman for Lutes, 23 Jul 43. ASF Div file, T/O&E 5, Engr Constr Group ( S ) . Reybold at the same time entering a vigor- Mob 46 1st Ind, CofEngrs to CG ASF, 14 Aug 43, on ous dissent. The construction regiment deMemo, Dir of Opns ASF for CofEngrs, 28 Jul 43, sired by the Engineers, he wrote, was not a sub: T/Os for Engr Constr Regts. ASF Mob Div special purpose unit but a means of inducing file, T/O&E 5, Engr Constr Group ( S ) .
45
234
Shortly after receipt of this communica- Hiller's plan was to wrap up engineer aviation, ASF decided to take matters into its tion units in the same package with those own hands. Up to now, so it seemed to Maj. construction troops that had given rise to Maurice L. Hiller, head of the T/O Section the original discussion. That ASF should of the Troop Units Branch, "the type, size, have control of construction units in the structural organization and need for highly AAF had been maintained in ASF headspecialized Engineer units has been 'buck quarters for some time. In the Southwest passed' back and forth between the Chief Pacific theater where construction projects of Engineers and the Secretary of War, with threatened to outrun the total supply of the Commanding General, Army Service engineer troops, it had been found necesForces acting as intermediary." "The re- sary to pool all available manpower. In Febsult," according to Hiller, "is that today we ruary 1943 MacArthur's headquarters deare saddled with an Engineer General Serv- nied the Fifth Air Force control of engineer ice Regiment that does not have sufficiently aviation battalions. The theater SOS was high grades to perform its functions; a table made responsible for the disposition of all of organization for an Engineer Port Con- construction forces on projects in the comstruction and Repair Group, and a proposed munications zone. In combat areas, the task Engineer Construction Specialist Company force commander had control until condi. . . which we have been directed to pre-stabilized when control would tions became pare to replace the proposed Engineer Con- pass to SOS. In the European Theater of struction Regiment." These did not, to be Operations, the SOS had succeeded in the sure, exhaust the list of construction units. summer of 1942 in borrowing engineer Separate battalions under the control of aviation battalions for the construction of ASF and engineer aviation battalions under airfields in the United Kingdom. The agreethe control of AAF brought the types of ment was that they be returned to AAF for construction units to five. Hiller was con- a period of training prior to the invasion of vinced he had a solutionso convinced in the Continent and remain under AAF confact that he, an Engineer officer, was "will- trol thereafter. In North Africa, which was ing to stake both my professional and mili- from the outset a "combat" theater, engitary reputation" on it, even though it ran neer aviation units remained under the concounter to the opinion of the Chief of Engi- trol of AAF. Even here, however, the SOS neers. Hiller proposed that the five construc- displayed dissatisfaction with this arrangetion units be replaced by an engineer con- ment. When General Styer visited the Medstruction group and a separate engineer iterranean and European theaters in the construction battalion. The group would summer of 1943 he looked into the matter operate much like the offices of District En- and found the commanding generals of the gineers in the United States. It would be SOS as well as the Chief Engineer, ETO, made up of planners and supervisors, and, in agreement with him that general service in case a definite need existed, of divers and regiments should replace aviation batship salvage crews for port reconstruction. The construction battalion would be modMemo, Head T/O Sec Trp Units Br ASF for Col Dissinger, 18 Aug 43, sub: Engr Constr Units. eled on the Seabees.47 ASF Mob Div file, T/O&E 5, Engr Constr Group Perhaps the most ingenious aspect of (S).
47
235
to have available the professional views of the responsible technical agency, in this case, the Chief of Engineers." 51 Army Air Forces echoed AGF views on cellular organization as well as on the failure to consult the Chief of Engineers, and called attention to the lack of supporting evidence from the theaters. Most of all, AAF was adamant about retaining engineer aviation units. Aviation engineers had been shaped for the particular needs of the Air Forces and the magnitude of airdrome construction justified the existence of special units under its control, the AAF maintained. This opposition from AAF and AGF led the General Staff to approve only the replacement of general service regiments, special service regiments, and separate battalions by
(1) Office of the Chief Engineer, General Headquarters, Army Forces, Pacific, Engineers of the Southwest Pacific 1941-1945, Vol. II, Organizations, Troops and Training (Washington, 1953), pp. 95-96. (2) Administrative and Logistical History of the ETO, Pt. II, Organization and Command in the ETO, Vol. I, MS, Hist Div U.S. Forces ETO, March 1946, pp. 39-40, 126-27. OCMH. (3) 1st Lt. Lloyd F. Latendresse, CE, Comd Historian IX Engr Comd, History of IX Engineer Command (Wiesbaden, Germany, 1945), pp. 15-16. (4) Hq, AAF Engr Comd MTO (Prov), A History of Policies Affecting Aviation Engineers in the Mediterranean Campaigns (multilithed, 2d interim ed. [c. Jan 45]), pp. 2-3. Army Map Service files. (5) Memo, C Engr ETO for Col E. P. Lock, 26 Jun 43, sub: Availability of Engr Units for U. K. O&T Br file, Personal Ltrs to Gorlinski. 49 Quoted in Memo, ACofS ASF for CofEngrs, 21 Jul 43. 322, Engrs Corps of (S). 50 (1) Ltr, Godfrey to Styer, 19 Apr 43. MTO ComdEngr 638.129, Jan-Jun 43, 900.3. (2) Memo, Air Engr for CG AAF, 13 Oct 43, sub: Control of Avn Engr Trps in TofOpns. AAF file, 321-C, Engr Corps ( S ) . (3) Personal Ltr, Air Engr AAF to Godfrey, Air Engr Air Sv Comd Hq CBI, 7 Aug 44. AAF file, 321-F, Engr Corps (S). 51 Memo, Hq AGF for CofS, 14 Oct 43, sub: T/Os for Engr Gen Sv Units (Engr Constr Activities). ASF Mob Div file, T/O&E 5, Engr Constr Group ( S ) .
48
236
the construction group and battalion. The General Staff also agreed to place such teams as marine divers in composite units but did not rescind the port construction and repair group. In line with ASF's suggestion to keep the Seabees in mind when drawing up a table for the construction battalion, the Engineers provided higher grades and ratings for foremen and equipment operators, increased the amount and size of power machinery, and added sufficient personnel to provide for two-shift operation. As finally approved, the table of organization called for 29 officers, 2 warrant officers, and 913 enlisted men.52 In January 1944 ASF prepared a memorandum which informed the theaters that the construction battalion was comparable to the engineer aviation battalion in earthmoving capacity and to the Seabees in equipment and grades for skilled personnel. General service regiments, separate battalions, and special service regiments were to be converted to construction battalions on a one-to-one ratio. In a most caustic letter, delivered in person to ASF headquarters, Robins, acting for Reybold, challenged what he termed "several incorrect or inconsistent statements" contained in the memorandum: "The battalion is comparable ... to the
Navy Sea Bee battalion in ... grades for skilled personnel." The construction battalion cannot be considered comparable in that respect . . . . The directive to this office requiring preparation of tables contained the statement that it was desired that grades be comparable, but, in fact, the table submitted carried fewer high grades and final changes by War Department General Staff involved
Many General Service Regiments, reinforced with additional heavy equipment, have made notable construction records and are considered equivalent or superior to Navy Construction Battalions for Army work and superior to Aviation Battalions in production capacity. These regiments will not relish a formal statement by the War Department that they are to be reorganized to bring them up to the standard of their competitors. . . importance of unit esprit and morale should
237
Engineers had been unable to secure even 10 percent who were Negroes. As a result ASF had agreed to amend the troop basis to include an augmentation of six white general service regiments so that volunteer white specialists could be absorbed. The revised troop basis was to provide for a total of 87 regiments, 44 to be white and 43 to be Negro. Following the decision to do away with the general service regiment, 32 construction Backing up their arguments with facts battalions6 white and 26 Negrowere and figures the Engineers pointed out that projected in the 1944 troop basis. The Enin the 913-man construction battalion only gineers in March declared themselves power232 men were grade four (sergeant) or less to fill so many construction battalions better; in the Seabee battalion of 1,081 with Negroes. They cited a number of argumen, 741 were equal to grade four or better. ments. Because the background of Negro Conversion on a one-to-one ratio, explained soldiers currently being inducted was Sturdevant in a follow-up memorandum, mainly agricultural they were not qualified would cut construction troops in theaters by one third when the percentage of engineers to operate all the mechanical equipment. in the troop basis was already too small and Negroes, it was stated, lacked the sense of had recently been further reduced by the responsibility necessary for the care of this inactivation of a number of aviation bat- equipment. The majority of Negro soldiers talions. There was no necessity to require the were in AGCT Classes IV and V. Great formation of group headquarters and head- numbers were poorly qualified physically, quarters companies in the communications and with their lack of interest and leaderzone because in most cases adequate admin- ship were making "very undependable istrative staffs already existed in base, inter- soldiers." Since they proved slow to absorb mediate, and advance sections. Groups instruction, their training had to be lengthshould be organized only upon request of ened from 17 to 27 weeks. The Engineers the theater. The Engineers' protest achieved recommended the troop basis be changed to immediate and favorable results. ASF's con- 20 white units and 12 Negro units. To avoid troversial memorandum was withdrawn and charges of discrimination, two of the twelve conversion to new units arranged for on a Negro units were to be construction battalions, the rest general service regiments.54 man-to-man basis. Having received ASF's assent to the Meanwhile a new aspect of the problem had arisen. In June 1943 the Engineers had broad outlines of this plan and having resisted a proposal to convert white general learned that the Central Pacific theater service regiments to Negro. Although the Army as a whole contained approximately Memo, Actg CofEngrs for CG ASF, 20 Jan 44, 8.6 percent Negro troops the Engineers had sub: Memo W220-44. 320.3, Engr Constr Units. Ltr, DCofEngrs for CG ASF, 15 Mar 44, sub: 19.3 percent. In their effort to secure tech- Activation of Engr Constr Bns. Mob Br file, Engr nical specialists by voluntary induction the Constr Bns ( C ) .
53 54
238
wanted battalions, not regiments, OCE submitted tables for a three-battalion general
service regiment consisting of 87 officers and 1,710 enlisted men and a general service battalion of 41 officers and 801 enlisted men. These units were especially designed for Negro personnel who fell into Classes IV and V on the AGCT tests, but the Engineers did not consider them labor units. They still had more construction machinery and higher grades and ratings than the old 55 general service regiment. For all the extensive and prolonged discussion over the organization of ASF construction units, the desired simplification was not achieved. In addition to distinctions arising from the differentiation of Negro and white units, the freedom given to overseas commanders in forming and administering their commands helped to defeat the program of organizational experts in the
the prewar Army's preoccupation with the structure and tactics of its fighting elements. But the shift in emphasis resulted equally as much from the added importance of logistics in global warfare. The Army could not concentrate as many men in divisional units
as it had originally intended.
reliance on air power, and its use of power machineryall of which required extensive maintenance and supply operations. More important for the Corps of Engineers was the fact that the United States fought with
greatly extended lines of communication at the ends of which facilities had to be built
United States. The ETO requested permission to retain the old organization of construction units and the War Department acquiesced. As of 30 June 1945 the follow56 ing ASF construction units were active:
Not available.
in order that men and matriel could be massed preparatory to battle. In June 1945 approximately 40 percent of the Engineer officers and enlisted men mobilized in troop units were serving with AGF, another 40 percent with ASF, and the remaining 20 percent with AAF. (Table 10) The distinctions between AGF, ASF, and AAF engineers more or less broke down in the theaters. Whatever troops were available were used for the work to be done. It seemed to the Engineers, as it probably did to all arms and services, that they needed more men. In terms of function, front-line engineers had to clear and construct obstacles, lay mine fields, ferry troops in river crossings, build bridges and, as the necessity arose, act as infantry. Those in the rear were more concerned with building shelters, roads, ports, or airfields and with performWkly War Plan Conf, 4 Sep 44. Info from Office of the Comptroller of the Army.
56 55
239
TABLE 10NUMBER AND STRENGTH OF ENGINEER TABLE OF ORGANIZATION UNITS: 30 June 1945a
Excludes engineers with all communications zone and zone of interior overhead, such as European theater headquarters, service command station complement, replacement training centers, and schools. b Strength allowed by War Department actions as shown in 1 July 1945 War Department Troop Basis, published by Strength Accounting and Reporting Office, Office, Chief of Staff, U. S. Army.
Source: Statistics, Trp Units Sec, U. S. Army in World War II. MS in OCMH.
ing supply functions. The important fact here is that the engineers were needed both in forward and in rear areas. Wherever they found themselves, however, their most important job was the logistical task of constructionwhether of roads or bridges under small arms fire or of hospitals and airfields under the threat of bombing. The great bulk of engineer troops was concen-
trated in a few large units which were capable of undertaking such construction projects. By June 1945, 89 divisional combat battalions, 204 nondivisional combat battalions, 124 aviation battalions, 79 general service regiments, and 36 construction battalions had been mobilized. Although the idea persisted in certain segments of the Army that the Engineers could absorb a
240
large number of unskilled labor troops, the Engineers had in fact become more and more dependent on skilled and semiskilled men. The Army would have needed many more such units had the engineers been merely labor troops. Under the conditions
CHAPTER XI
242
courses for enlisted men at the Engineer School, trade schools, and the Signal Corps Service School. Sturdevant's plan for training specialists deviated little from the practice of the past year and a half. Specialist training would have been centered where it had always been, at the Engineer School. Specifically, Sturdevant sought to increase the school's output of draftsmen, surveyors, and other topographic specialists from 814 to 2,170 over the nine-month period and increase Training the Corps of Specialists construction machinery operators from 282 Late in the spring of 1942 the Engineers, to 1,073. The number of construction maat the behest of SOS, made an analysis of chinery operators to be trained at the school training needs for the remainder of the year. would represent but a fourth of the total reAdding to the troop basis those units almost quired. They would be assigned to units to certain to be approved for activation but teach the others. ERTC's would conduct excluding amphibious units and utilities de- no specialist training; it would be their job tachments, the Troops Division calculated to select those qualified to attend the that 146,144 engineer soldiers would require schools.3 training during the last nine months of SOS's Training Division modified Stur1942, this load to be distributed as follows:2 devant's plan drastically. It saw no need to establish another replacement training cenEngineer replacement training centers-- 51,487 Replacement training centers of other ter. AGF was expected to transfer a large services ---------------------------------------- 39, 052 number of trainees to the technical services Engineer School-------------------------------9, 562 during 1942. Convinced that the Engineers Civilian trade schools-----------------------7, 309 had underestimated the number of skilled Schools of other services---------------------1, 505 workers they would receive from the draft, Engineer units---------------------------------- 37, 229 SOS cut their estimate of training requireThe probable output of the ERTC's, after deductions for OCS and other special pur- ments. On the other hand, Sturdevant's poses, was 32,295 below what it should have idea of drawing upon facilities of the Signal been to insure this number. The Engineer Corps Service School and for increasing School was under by about 3,000 and civil- the kinds and amounts of training being ian trade schools then holding contracts conducted by civilian trade schools was enwith the Engineers by approximately 5,500. couraged. Noting that a number of the If training in signal communications was to specialists required by the Quartermaster be provided by the Signal Corps as the En- Corps, the Signal Corps, and the Corps of Engineers were the same, SOS established gineers recommended, that service would have to enroll some 1,500 engineer soldiers. Memo, ACofEngrs (Sturdevant) for Dir Tng On 20 May 1942 Sturdevant asked SOS to authorize a third ERTC and make ar- SOS, 20 May 42, sub: Analysis of Engr Tng, with Incls 1-7. 353, Pt. 18. 3 rangements to increase the output of the Ibid.
the crisis had passed, not only in regard to specialists but in regard to officers and nonspecialists as well. From then on the Engineers were relatively free to develop the type of training program they had long hoped for, a program designed to turn out engineer soldiers who could fight, who possessed a well-rounded technical knowledge, and who, if they were supposed to perform a skilled job, could in fact do just that.
243
for the production of specialists in the summer of 1942 did not subtract at all from this responsibility. The change appeared to be a simple one, involving only a shift in the immediate destination of the product. Instead of going directly to units, a good proportion of the men would henceforth be siphoned off to learn a trade at service or civilian schools or at the ERTC's themselves. But the lack of time complicated the program. No sooner had the ERTC's overcome an emergency demand for the basically trained soldier than they were faced with an emergency demand for specialists. They satisfied the new demand in the same way they had the earlier one, by cutting out some training. The new program was introduced just at the time the ERTC's were changing back from the eight-week to the twelve-week basic training cycle. The longer cycle produced a more satisfactory filler but reduced the number of men available for specialist schooling. The Belvoir center in early July 1942 worked out a compromise plan to produce both qualified fillers and quantities of men suitable for more individual instruction. Under this plan, which went into operation at both Belvoir and Wood in August, there were two types of battalions, one for general replacements on a twelve-week schedule and one which trained potential specialists for only five weeks. The centers classified and separated the men upon arrival on the basis of their qualification cards. The men who appeared best qualified by intelligence and background went to the specialist candidate battalions for the shorter course which consisted of four weeks of basic military subjects and one week of technical Engineer subjects. At the end of the five weeks, specialMemo, Deputy Dir Tng SOS for CofEngrs, 13 Jun 42, sub: Engr Spec Tng. 353, Pt. 18.
4
244
ist candidates were then assigned to specialist schools, or if selected for OCS or rejected for specialist training were transferred to a regular battalion. The schedule for both types of battalions coincided through the first five weeks to facilitate such transfers. By converting two white battalions and one half of one Negro battalion to the five-week program each center could furnish 780 white and 430 Negro specialist candidates each month. This output would more than fill the quota of 6,181 students for service and civilian schools through December. Under the pooling of school facilities established by SOS, about 3,000 of these men would attend Quartermaster Corps schools to learn welding, automotive repair, and other mechanical trades. Signal Corps schools would produce about 300 telephone linemen, radio operators, and repairmen. The 3,000 potential construction machinery operators, tractor mechanics, surveyors, draftsmen, aerial phototopographers, and electriciansspecialists in whom the Engineers had a primary interestwere to be dispersed to the Engineer School, to civilian institutions, and to the ERTC's own spe5 cialist courses. On 4 August Col. Joseph S. Gorlinski, chief of O&T, set forth in some detail the arrangements for handling this dispersion. The Engineer School would drop all courses in drafting, surveying, and topographic computing. A college or trade school would take on this work. The Engineer School could then enroll more men in the map reproduction, aerial phototopography, and water purification courses, which would then take up over two thirds of its capacity of 452 enlisted students. The assignment of construction machinery operators to the ERTC's for training made room at the
245
TRACTOR-OPERATED LETOURNEAU CRANE M20 used by engineers to unload pierced steel plank at an airfield in North Africa, January 1943.
and repair of outboard motors, with General Motors Corporation to train diesel mechanics, and with the manufacturers of gas and electric generators to teach the operation and maintenance of this equipment. The Engineers looked to the Caterpillar Tractor Company and to R. G. LeTourneau, their prime contractors for construction machinery, to supplement the elementary schooling given by the ERTC's. By using the facilities of these manufacturers the numbers of highly skilled operators and maintenance men required by SOS and AGF units could be supplied. Caterpillar and LeTourneau would do for these services
what the Engineer School was doing for the Air Forces. The new plan for the training of engineer specialists was barely under way before it had to be modified. The Army Air Forces expanded at a more rapid rate than had been estimated the previous summer and its training program had to be enlarged. Beginning in December 1942 aviation engineers would be trained in replacement centers operated by the Air Forces. Potential aviation engineer specialists would still be sent to the Engineers for schooling. Under the accelerated program the Engineers would have to furnish 700 specialists each
246
The Engineers expected the quality of specialist candidates sent from ERTC's to be superior to those chosen by unit commanders, who were reluctant to separate many of their best men from their organizations. The qualifications for the different courses varied. Candidates for the phototopography courses were to be high school graduates, preferably with a knowledge of trigonometry and drafting; candidates for the aviation engineer equipment course were to be quick at arithmetic and the use of formulae, with aptitude for, or experience in, electrical and mechanical work. AGCT scores between 90 and 100 and in certain courses Mechanical Aptitude Test scores of not less than 100 were prerequisites. Lacking control over the qualifications of men sent to the Engineers from reception centers and under pressure to fill quotas, the ERTC's found themselves in an impossible position. From the Enlisted Specialists Branch at the University of Kentucky came complaints that half its students had less than the minimum amount of education required. The Army Air Forces confessed it could not fill quotas unless it lowered standards. SOS directed the Engineers to allow Total -------------------------------------890 all but "obvious misfits" to complete the Phototopography ---------------------------------130 aviation engineer equipment course, alMap reproduction---------------------------------160 though they need not be graduated. In Water purification-------------------------------200 March 1943 the qualifications for enrollCamouflage ---------------------------------------100 ment were revised downward to fit more Mechanical equipment, aviation-------------300 nearly the qualifications of candidates being To satisfy the demand for other specialists received. A high school diploma, the comrequired by AAF, the University of Ken- mandant of the Engineer School insisted, tucky enrolled additional students in its sur- was more important to the topographical veying and topographic computing courses specialist than was his AGCT score which and contracts were executed with the Frank- could be as low as 90 for some courses. lin Technical Institute of Boston and the 7 Metropolitan Technical School of New York Ltr, Comdt Engr Sch to O&T Br, 2 Nov 42, sub: Proposed Increases in Off Courses and Enl for the training of draftsmen and elecSpec Courses, Engr Sch, with 2d Ind, 16 Nov 42. tricians, respectively. 352.11, Engr Sch.
month to the AAF, of whom 264 would be construction machinery operators. Since the first reduction in the capacity of OCS had made room for more men at the Engineer School, O&T decided to concentrate specialist training for the AAF at the school. But training time had to be cut from twelve to four weeks. Instead of turning out a worker who was familiar with all the machinery used in the construction of airfields as had been contemplated under the twelve-week course for aviation engineers, the four-week course turned out a worker familiar with only one type. The graduate of the school's mechanical equipment course for aviation engineers was no more versatile than the graduate of the mechanical equipment courses given at ERTC's. Those highly skilled men needed by engineer aviation battalions were trained at Caterpillar and LeTourneau along with those destined for SOS and AGF engineer units. Room was also made at the Engineer School to admit AAF trainees in map reproduction, water purification, and camouflage. By December the school's capacity was almost double that of the previous September: 7
247
place the quotas were much larger for this course than for any other. Perhaps more important, some familiarity with power machinery was almost mandatory for its successful completion. The high ratio of failures among this group of specialist candidates at Wood was attributed to the large number of trainees who saw such machines for the first time at the centers. Few men with civilian experience in construction work reached the replacement centers. They went instead directly from the reception centers to fill general service or special service 9 regiments. Each center developed its own organization for specialist instruction. At Belvoir, one company from each of the seven regular battalions became a specialist company. After seven weeks of regular training, the selected men transferred to the specialist company for the remaining five weeks. In September the officer refresher, railway officer, pre-OCS, special development, and specialist programs at Wood were placed in a special training group under a single administrative head. The specialists remained in their original battalions for housing but for administrative and training purposes were considered a part of this group after the first seven weeks. There was a further centralization in December. After that time all ERTC-trained specialists transferred physically to one battalion once the seven
8
The danger involved in demolition work made this one of the hardest of the courses to fill at Belvoir, but the Wood center received enough men with mining experience to meet its quota. Quotas for construction machinery operators, the group of specialists most vital to the success of the engineer mission, were the hardest to fill. In the first
section on specialist training is based upon: (1) 353, Engr Specs, Pt. 1; (2) 353, ASFTC Wood, 7-12-41-1-3-46; (3) Belvoir, 353, Tng, 1941-42; (4) Wood, 353.01, Tng Scheds. 9 (1) Ltr, Asst Adj Belvoir to CofEngrs, 21 Dec 42, sub: Qualifications of Specs, with Incl 1, List
of Spec Schs in Order of Difficulty of Mtg Rqmts
With Well-Qualified Trainees. P&T Div file, Ft. Belvoir ASFTC. (2) Memo, Dir Pers Div ERTC Wood for Col Edward H. Coe, 29 Dec 42, with Incls. 320.2, ASFTC Wood.
248
CLASS IN AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS at the Enlisted Specialists School, Ft. Belvoir, Va.
weeks of basic and general technical training were completed. The special training group as a separate administrative unit was discontinued in February 1943, but the specialist battalion setup lasted until the following October.10 Instruction in each specialty was a combination of theory and practice but with much the greater amount of time being spent in practical work. Demolitions men learned the skills necessary to crater roads, demolish highway bridges, destroy railroad rails, bridges, and rolling stock, and cripple water and power plants. Carpenters learned to build several types of structures using both wood and concrete. The centers managed to give the specialists practical experience and at the same time benefit their
own plants. Carpenters added classroom buildings. Machine operators built roads, excavated swimming pools, and prepared terrain for firing ranges.11 The general step-up in the production of ERTC specialists after August 1942 entailed additional equipment. But the shortage of construction machinery which pre10 (1) Ltr, CO ERTC Wood to CofEngrs, 10 Sep 42, sub: Orgn of Spec Tng Group. Wood, 353, Tng (Special Tng). (2) Tng of Repls, Annex II, and Exhibits 1 to 13, Chart 3, 6 Aug 43. 11 (1) Specialist Lesson Outlines, ERTC, Ft. Belvoir, Va., Jan 43. (2) 2d Ind, ERTC Wood to CG Seventh SvC, 7 Dec 43, on Ltr, Col John T. Minton to CG Seventh SvC, 2 Dec 43, sub: Tng Inspec, ERTC, Ft. Leonard Wood, Mo. Wood, 333.1,
18 Feb 44.
249
vailed during 1942 dictated that all avail- must be trained in the equipment they are to able standard models be sent overseas. In use in the field." 14 Many never were. order to have any at all, the centers had to The specialist program precipitated rebe content with a variety of used nonstand- organizations and brought on equipment ard types, and even these were scarce for crises, and was also the deciding factor in months after the courses began. The total renewed demands from the centers for additional equipment authorized for each larger training and administrative staffs. ERTC, as the result of lists submitted in The Wood center had increased its capacity August, included 21 air compressors, 31 from 8,800 to 9,760 trainees on 1 February bulldozers, 2 ditching machines, 2 earth 1942 by emergency crowding. Proportional augers, 2 road rollers, 1 grader, 4 shovels, 3 cadre had not been granted because the cranes, 1 concrete mixer, and 20 bugles. By measure was intended to last only until the 5 October Wood had received 20 bugles. new ERTC could be built. Belvoir shifted Small amounts of more useful equipment to the same basis on 27 September, absorbbegan to arrive, however, at the end of that ing the increase into the established training month. Yet as late as February 1943 Bel- battalions. Mainly at the insistence of Belvoir still had less than its authorized amount voir, the officer complement for the centers of machinery. By this time, furthermore, had been revised upwards from 341 to 375 there was an additional complication. A by June 1942, but the enlisted allowance new ERTC was being built in Oregon with remained at the previous December level of an opening date in May. Everything that 1,640. In September 1942 both centers incould be obtained on the low training pri- sisted upon a revision. The Wood center by ority during the spring of that year was ear- that time realized that the plans for the new marked for the new center.12 ERTC did not include any reduction in Other portions of the specialist program trainee capacity at the existing centers, that faced similar difficulties. The courses in the temporary enlarged capacity was in efdriver instruction were so restricted by a fect permanent. The specialist program inshortage of trucks and motorcycles through creased the pressure. By early October both 1942 that the burden of this training was in effect returned to the units, with higher 12 (1) Ltr, AC of O&T Br to C of Sup Div, 1 maintenance costs as a result.13 Task force requirements, production levels, priorities, Sep 42, sub: Equip for ERTCs. 475, ASFTC Belvoir. (2) Ltr, CO ERTC Wood to CofEngrs, 5 and other training needs went a long way Oct 42, sub: Increase of T/BA, with 1st Ind, 17 to explain and excuse the presence of sub- Oct 42. 475, ASFTC Wood. (3) Ltr, ExO ERTC standard equipment in 1942 and early 1943. Belvoir to CofEngrs, 18 Feb 43, sub: Status of Equip, with 2d Ind, C of O&T Br to CG ERTC But in the eyes of many this was false Belvoir, 1 Mar 43. 475, ASFTC Belvoir. economy. "When we got the good equipLtr, AC of O&T Br to C Allowance Br SOS, ment," wrote the commander of the 41st 12 Dec 42, sub: T/A 5-1: Prospective Change in Division from New Guinea in the summer of Ord Motor Transport Equip, with 2d Ind, Dir Rqmts Div SOS to CofEngrs, 13 Jan 43. 400.43, 1943, "we were very apt to ruin it because Pt. 45. our operators were not trained on it. They Trudeau file, General Ogden.
13 14
250
ENGINEER EQUIPMENT IN NEW GUINEA, February 1943. Sheepsfoot roller (left) and road grader used by 43d Engineers to build an airstrip near Dobodura.
centers had been granted an additional 75 enlisted men and in December SOS approved an allotment of 380 officers and 1,715 men.15 An added complication to the ERTC specialist program was the rigid specification by ASF of the content, length, and sequence of training in several of the courses. In the interest of standardization of courses for cooks, clerks, automotive mechanics, and motor vehicle operators which were given at all ASF replacement centers, the ASF Training Division in March 1943 issued individual eight-week schedules to be followed without modification. The full eight weeks for the ASF courses had to be given even if the centers had to use processing time or curtail basic training. No omissions or substitutions could be made in these
ASF courses, contrary to the policy with regard to those prescribed by OCE, which
15
Corps Area, 13 Dec 41, sub: Ann Gen Inspec, Station Complement and ERTC, Ft. Belvoir. Belvoir, 333.1, Investigations and Inspecs, 1941-42. (2) Office Memo, AC of O&T Br for Col Garlington,
3 Mar 42, sub: T/Os ERTCs. 320.2, RTCs ( C ) . (3) T/O 5-510, ERTC (Consolidated), 16 Jun 42. 320.2, RTCs, Pt. 1. (4) Ltr, C of O&T Br to CG SOS, 2 Sep 42, sub: Increase in Allot of Pers, ERTC, Ft. Leonard Wood. 320.22, ASFTC Wood. (5) Ltr, Actg C of O&T Br to CG SOS, 12 Sep 42, sub: Increase in Allot of Pers, ERTC, Ft. Belvoir. 320.2, ERTC Belvoir, Pt. 1. (6) Ltr, AGO to CG ERTC Belvoir, 5 Oct 42, sub: Allot of Grades and Authorized Strength. Same file. (7) Ltr, AGO to CG ERTC Wood, 17 Sep 42, sub: Allot of Grades and Authorized Strength. 320.22, ASFTC Wood. (8) 1st Ind, 16 Dec 42, on Ltr, Asst QMG to O&T Br, 14 Dec 42, sub: Rqmts for ERTCs. 320.2, ERTCs, Pt. 1. (9) Memo, AC of O&T Br for Tng Div SOS, 2 Jan 43, sub: Pers for New ERTC, Camp Abbot ( B e n d ) . 320.2, ERTC Abbot.
THE ENGINEER SOLDIER were left flexible enough to allow for local differences and training emergencies.16 In spite of shortages of instructors and equipment, the centers did turn out the required specialists, whether fully qualified for their positions or not. Between June 1942 and June 1943, the two centers produced 14,409 specialists from a total of 82,301 men received, or 17.5 percent of the whole. Of these 14,409 specialists, 10,486 were white, constituting 17.83 percent of the total white trainees. Of the 23,500 Negroes received, 3,923 or 16.69 percent became specialists. Many more Negroes were selected for training in the elementary courses given in the ERTC's than for the more advanced specialist training at service and trade schools. Of the 15,876 men selected to attend schools, 14,685 were white and only 1,191 were Negro.17 By May 1943, the program of specialist training at the centers had settled sufficiently so that O&T could predict the combined annual output of Belvoir, Wood, and the new center at Camp Abbot, Oregon: 18
251
cause of insufficient co-ordination between the times the five-week specialist candidate battalions emptied and the opening dates of specialist courses at the schools, there was alternately a piling up of men for whom no school assignments existed and then openings in schools when there were no fiveweek battalions scheduled for completion. Though each center had only two and onehalf battalions on this shorter program, the more rapid rate at which they completed training resulted in their turning out more than one third of all the trainees passing through the ERTC's. The already closely packed centers had no place to house such large numbers. Each battalion had to be cleared to make room for the next contingent which pressed close behind. Since these men ranked second only to officer candidates in intelligence and aptitude, it was important that they be conserved and advantageously placed. The obvious answer was a pooling arrangement to store them for short intervals until they could enter the schools. During September 1942 the need for such a regulatory pool was particularly acute. OCE made arrangements with the Engineer Unit Training Center at Camp Claiborne, Louisiana, to take these surplus men into units there until
(1) MTP 5-2, 4 May 43. (2) Ltr, Actg C of O&T Br to CG ERTC Belvoir, 18 Mar 43, sub: MTP 5-2. 353.01, ETC Belvoir, 18 Mar 43-20 Aug 46. (3) Ltr, Adj ERTC Wood to CofEngrs, 15 Dec 42, sub: Request for Approval of Spec Tng Program, with 1st Ind, 8 Jan 43. Wood, 352, Schs ( G e n ) . 17 (1) 2d Ind, ERTC Belvoir to CofEngrs, 17 Dec 42, on Ltr, O&T Br to CG ERTC Belvoir, 5 Dec 42, sub: Rpt on Trainees Received at ERTCs. 353, ERTC Belvoir. (2) Ltr, Asst Adj ERTC Belvoir to CofEngrs, 5 Jan 43, same sub. 353, ASFTC Belvoir, Pt. 2. 18 Memo, AC of O&T Br for CG ASF, 21 May 43, sub: Rqmts for Sch Trained Specs, with Incl. P&T Div file, Engr Spec Tng.
16
While the ERTC specialist courses were gradually being straightened out, the other part of engineer specialist training which affected the centers, the production of men qualified for more advanced training in schools, ran into difficulties of its own. Be-
252
they could be recalled to schools. If not recalled within designated times they were to be incorporated into units.19 This plan might have worked had the total number of men produced by the five-week battalions coincided with the total capacities of the schools, but by October the centers were delivering more than the 700 to 800 which the schools could absorb each month. These excess men had to be assigned to units as general replacements after only five weeks of training, not only wasting their potential skills but handicapping them as well with inadequate tactical and technical instruction. By early November 1942 more than 40 percent of the specialist candidates were going to units, not schools. Dissatisfied with this obvious misuse of manpower, SOS called for a decrease in the output from the five-week battalions or an increase in the capacities of the schools. The latter was not feasible. On the other hand, to equalize the capacities of the five-week battalions with those of the schools would waste considerable space at the centers. In mid-November, Belvoir evolved a system which was adopted immediately at Wood, The five-week battalions continued to produce as many men as before, but one company from each of these battalions shifted to ERTC specialist training after five weeks. This plan provided a better qualified group for the center specialist courses, which ran through the full twelve weeks, and made much better use of engineer manpower. Fewer men were then selected from the twelve-week battalions for the center specialist courses. The remaining three companies in the five-week battalions normally furnished enough men to fill school quotas. When they could not, fewer men were transferred to the ERTC specialist program
253
regular replacements into a relatively minor position despite the efforts of OCE and the centers themselves to co-ordinate and improve the quality of this instruction. By November 1942 Col. Frank S. Besson, Sr., the commanding officer of the Wood center, had come to the conclusion that the training of the nonspecialized replacement was completely disrupted. He recommended abolishing both the five- and twelve-week programs and suggested a substitute uniform period of only seven weeks for all. Seven weeks represented the extent of actual uninterrupted training at his center. About one third of the men were in the five-week battalions which did not pretend to give adequate basic instruction. In the twelve-week battalions, the transfer of OCS candidates, the attendance of ERTC specialists at schools, and frequent calls for shipments to units so depleted their ranks that in the last few weeks there were often not enough men left both for guard duty and for all of the scheduled training. Such depletions wasted space, facilities, and instructors' time. Since the length of stay of any given group of trainees could not be predicted, a balanced schedule could not be drawn up to fit the amount of time available. The trainee simply had the latter part of his training cut short. Not until August 1943 could the cen(1) Ltr, Asst Ground Adj Hq AGF to CofEngrs, 8 May 43, sub: Increase in Capacity of Spec Schs for AGF Engr Units. 220.63, Special Sv Schs. (2)
21
Memo, Actg C of O&T Br for CG ASF, 8 May 43, sub: Output of ERTCs. 320.22, ERTC, Pt. 1. (3) Memo, Lt Col J. D. Strong for Dir Mil Tng ASF, 21 Jun 43, sub: Inspec of ERTC, Ft. Leonard Wood. 333.1, ASFTC Wood. 22 (1) Ltr, Asst Ground Adj Hq AGF to CofEngrs, 8 May 43, sub: Increase in Capacity of Spec Schs for AGF Engr Units. 220.63, Special Sv Schs. (2) Ltr, Asst Adj ERTC Belvoir to CofEngrs, 14 Jul 43, sub: Spec Schs, with 1st Ind, AC of O&T Br to CG ASF, 17 Jul 43. P&T Div file. Engr Spec Tng.
254
ters abolish the five-week battalions and give a longer uniform period of training to all replacements.
1943; (4) Wood, 353, Tng; (5) 353.01, ETC Belvoir, 1943-46; (6) 322, ASFTC Abbot; (7) 400.34, ERTC, Pt. 1; (8) Belvoir, 470, Ammunition, Armament, and Similar Stores, 1943. 24 Pamphlet, Pvt Frank B. Sargeant, The Most Common Shortcomings in the Training of Battalion and Regimental S-2 Personnel, and Some Suggestions to Overcome These (Washington, 1943), p.
17. Ft. Lewis, 353, Illumination, Irregularities, and Dim-Out Inspecs (Separate File). 25 (1) Ltr, C of O&T Br to CGs ERTCs, 24 Feb 43, sub: Notes on Recent Fighting in Tunisia. 353, ASFTC Belvoir, Pt. 2. (2) "Errors in Africa to Bring Changes in Training Here," Fort Wood News [late March or early April 1943]. Wood, Fort Wood News Clippings. (3) Ltr, Asst G-3 Engr Amph Comd to CG Engr Amph Comd, 14 Apr 43, sub: Obsvns on Tng of Trps in the Fld in Tunisia. EAC, 370.2, North Africa ( S ) . (4) Ltr, OCofOrd to All Mil Estabs Ninth SvC, 12 Jul 43, sub: Unit and Individual Tng. Lewis, 353, Tng, 17 Jun 43-31 Oct 43. (5) Ltr, C Engr AFHQ to CofEngrs, 19 Jul 43, sub: U. S. Engrs in the Tunisian Campaign. Intel file, Engr Sch, Doc 1547, U. S. Engrs in the Tunisian Campaign ( S ) .
255
tached articles touched, detonations simulating mortar and artillery fire shook the surrounding area. One of the trainees at Belvoir expressed the desired result when he exclaimed after a particularly rough day on these "diabolical" courses, "Nothing can scare us now, we hope!" 2 9 Such training did not always stop just short of casualties. Carelessness no longer produced a firecracker burn. From battle zones came repeated demands for combat training with tanks. The centers were well aware of the value of tanks for combat training as well as for testing bridges and obstacles but the two or three allotted them through 1942 allowed too little instruction in antimechanized attack or combat principles. Accordingly, on 24 June 1943, OCE requested four light and four medium tanks for each center. This allowance enabled the centers to include tactical problems against and in support of actual tanks in combat training. The techniques of hasty defenses could be made more realistic, with the tanks rolling over the trainees as they crouched in foxholes.30
26 Ltr, ExO ERTC Belvoir to CofEngrs, 27 Jul 42, sub: Antitank Mines, M-1, with 2d Ind, C of O&T Br to CG ERTC Belvoir, 3 Aug 42, with 3d Ind, CG ERTC Belvoir to CofEngrs, 7 Aug 42. 471, ASFTC Belvoir. 27 AGO Memo S 350-26-43, 25 Apr 43, sub: Combat Tng, ASF. 28 WD Cir 111, 29 Apr 43. Belvoir Castle, 11 Jan 43. For a fuller discussion of realism in training, see Palmer, Wiley, and Keast, op. cit., pp. 387, 388. 30 (1) Incl, Office Memo, Coe for Gorlinski, 11 Dec 42, sub: Supplement to Rpt on Tng Inspec of ERTC, Ft. Leonard Wood, to Office Memo, Gorlinski for Sturdevant, 12 Dec 42, sub: Inspec of ERTC, Ft. Leonard Wood. Wood, 333.1, Inspecs. (2) Ltr, CG Ft. Belvoir to CofEngrs, 14 Dec 42, sub: Request for Tanks. 470.8, ETC Belvoir. (3) Ltr, CO ERTC Wood to CofEngrs, 21 Dec 42, sub: Inspec of ERTC, Ft. Leonard Wood. 333.1. ASFTC Wood. (4) Interv, Col Paschal Strong, 28 Nov 52. (5) Info from Coe, 7 Jan 53.
29
256
DEACTIVATING ANTIPERSONNEL MINES AND BOOBY TRAPS, by touch only, part of combat training for Engineers, Camp Abbot, Oreg.
Physical hardening and marches were intensified. Additional obstacle courses were built and repeatedly run. At Belvoir, physical conditioning was combined with a practical application of rigging lessons in an additional knot obstacle course. Night operations were expanded to include five problems at Belvoir. The first one came in the second week and consisted of a cadre demonstration of night patrolling. In the fourth week, four platoons worked together on a night outpost problem. Four weeks later there was a night bridging operation, in total darkness, with maximum secrecy. A week later, the same type of operation followed in road building. In the last week or two of training there was a night reconnaissance trip which involved the use of a 31 compass.
21 Oct 42, sub: Inspec of ERTC, Ft. Belvoir, Va. Belvoir, 333.1, Investigations and Inspecs, 1941-42.
(2) Memo, C of RTC Br ASF for Dir Tng ASF, 8 Apr 43, sub: Inspec of ERTC, Ft. Belvoir, Va. 333.1, ERTC Belvoir. (3) Memo, Lt Col J. D. Strong for Dir Tng ASF, 21 Jun 43, sub: Inspec of ERTC, Ft. Leonard Wood, Mo. 333.1, ASFTC Wood.
THE ENGINEER SOLDIER ferent basis upon which the production of Negro and white trainees had to be calculated. Belvoir and Wood produced white and Negro engineers in a set proportion based upon the numbers needed for the new units, about three Negroes to every seven white trainees. The shift in emphasis to training replacements upset this balance. The demand for white replacements outran the numbers produced by this ratio, while the demand for Negro replacements was so small that too many Negro engineers resulted. By May 1943, this situation was chipping away at the efforts to improve training. White engineer replacements had to be supplied from the centers of other arms and services where they had received no engineer training. Surplus Negro engineers who had received this training were sent to other arms and services. OCE strongly recommended to ASF in May that the Negro and white capacities of the ERTC's be placed upon a basis directly proportional to Engineer loss requirements. 32 To reduce the proportion of Negro trainees at each Engineer center while keeping the same total capacities would have resulted in housing both white and Negro trainees in sections of each center which had been set apart for Negroes only. In early August OCE recommended a solution which would keep the races separated, provide equal facilities, and at the same time reduce the Negro output to conform to loss requirements. All Negro training at Belvoir would be discontinued. The three Negro battalions at Wood could furnish all the Negro engineers required. The decision to give all Negro training at Wood instead of at Belvoir was based upon the fact that Negro housing at Wood was more widely separated from that of the white trainees.
257
Recreational areas were comparable. No Negro trainees went to Belvoir after August 1943. As the Negro battalions there completed training under the twelve-week program over the course of the next few months, they were replaced by white battalions which began on a newly approved seventeen-week program.33 By July 1943 it seemed once more that Belvoir and Wood might be able to relax their efforts. Long-range estimates for the rest of 1943 and 1944 indicated that a lower output would be required since available manpower would be such that only replacements for existing units would be provided after August. The new ERTC at Camp Abbot, Oregon, had begun its first cycles and would relieve still more of the pressure from the other two centers.34 Camp Abbot was located in the sparsely populated central part of Oregon in a region given to Indian reservations, bird sanctuaries, and national parks. It lay on the extreme northwest edge of a huge, high, relatively level bowl filled with extinct volcanoes, warm springs, and crater lakes. The site followed the course of the Deschutes River at an elevation of 4,000 feet, just a few miles east of the high peaks of the Cas32 (1) Memo, Asst CofEngrs for OSW, 30 Aug 43. 353, ASFTC Wood, 7-12-41-1-3-46. (2) Memo, Actg C of O&T Br for CG ASF, 8 May 43, sub: Output of ERTCs. 320.22, ERTC, Pt. 1. 33 (1) Memo, C of O&T Br for CG ASF, 2 Aug
CG ASF, 4 Aug 43, sub: Transition to 21-Wk Tng Cycle, ERTCs. 353.01, ERTC, Pt. 1. 34 (1) Memo, G-3 for CGs ASF AGF, 7 Jul 43, sub: RTCs, with Incl, Readjusted Capacities of ASF RTCs21-Wk Cycle. 320.2, RTCs ( S ) . (2) Ltr, G-3 to CG ASF, 29 Jul 43, sub: Misasgmt of Specs. 220.63, Pt. 2. (3) Tng of Repls, Annex I. (4) Hq MDW, Notes on ASF Tng Conf, Camp Lee, Va., 20 Oct 43. EHD files.
258
cade mountains. It consisted of a natural open meadow of shallow volcanic soil, and a logged-over area of second-growth pine.35 This site had definite advantages. Its western location cut down the time needed by personnel from that section of the country for furloughs and other processing. The eastern slope of the Cascade Range was cool and dry, without the sweltering summer heat of Belvoir and Wood. The installation was entirely new. There was no military post or camp at the site and none other than the center was established thereafter. In the year of Camp Abbot's existence, from May 1943 to June 1944, it had no other function than to serve as an Engineer center, with the same administrative personnel for both center and post. Full advantage could be taken of the mistakes made at Belvoir and Wood in the location and distribution of buildings and training areas without any concession to the needs of other training groups or post complement.36 In spite of the obvious attractions and potential advantages of such a site, many of its drawbacks were apparent from the beginning. It was even more isolated than Wood. Although it was directly on the Oregon Trunk Line of the Great Northern Railroad, it was over 150 miles from any main east-west track and could not expect main line service. The few large cities of the state were over a hundred miles away, almost twice that distance around the mountains by rail. The nearest town, some eight miles away, had a population of only 10,000. Deschutes County, excluding its two small towns, had about two people for each square mile. Local sources for training supplies were practically nonexistent. Supplies and fuel had to be shipped in to the camp from a distance, at high cost, and subject to the uncertainties of winter mountain weather.
259
the versatile, balanced engineer soldier who can scramble over a bridge, tighten a bolt, set a jack, drive a truck, skin a cat, and shoot a rifle, all in one night shift." 40 Actually the crying need for the first eighteen months after Pearl Harbor had been for something which could not be secured time. Under this handicap the training of the engineer soldier was pieced together to meet sudden, unexpected emergencies. It developed from an oversimplified program of basic military instruction to an overcomplicated one dominated by the production of specialists.
260
desire at all levels for the most efficient and economic use of the dwindling manpower, the incidental effect upon training standards 41 proved most unfortunate. Emergency peak needs remained unpredictable. The time necessary to induct, train, and move a replacement overseas under a seventeen-week program in a nineteen-week cycle could not have been less than six monthstoo long to meet an unexpected crisis. In August 1943 ASF devised a plan which would create a reserve of trained men to meet such emergencies and at the same time stabilize administrative work loads and cadres. To each of the services ASF assigned total trainee capacities, breaking these down into monthly inputs. The capacities, including ERTC graduates held over awaiting assignment, could be exceeded only through the rest of 1943, during the gradual transition period between the twelve-week and the seventeen-week programs. The monthly inputs were effective at once and could not be changed. A steady output was mandatory by the end of the year, and desirable before that time. The Engineers were assigned slightly over 27 percent of the ASF monthly inputs and trainee capacities. The suballotment from OCE reduced capacity at Belvoir from
9,760 to 8,120, Wood from 9,760 to 8,000 (6,000 white and 2,000 Negro), and Abbot from 6,272 to 5,880. The monthly input to Belvoir was set at 1,800, Wood at 1,660
(1,260 white and 400 Negro), and Abbot 42 at 1,240. The centers were to lengthen or shorten the programs of the battalions already in training in order to provide as even a monthly output as possible during the transition period, the remaining months of 1943. But the centers found it impossible to level off the output and stay within the author-
261
each period and returned the maximum capacities to previous levels at Belvoir and Wood. Abbot remained about the same. The input for each four-week period at both Belvoir and Wood was set at 1,900 (1,300 white and 600 Negro at Wood), Abbot 1,100. The trainee capacity at Belvoir was raised to 9,750, that at Wood to 9,875, while that at Abbot was lowered to 5,775. Although the higher number of trainees at the centers should have simplified the organization once more, it placed an immediate increased load upon reduced cadres. The new figures were as inflexible as before. Apparently the desire for a uniform flow of trainees from induction to replacement outweighed the very real training difficulties 44 which this system imposed. The program developed for the longer training period in August 1943 struck a balance between the production of specialists and versatile engineer soldiers. "The program provides a uniform amount of military, tactical and technical training during
centers operated on a weekly basis. This lack of co-ordination between planning and training agencies was resolved in January 1944 by a new trainee input schedule based upon thirteen four-week periods each year instead of calendar months. The trainee allotments for each period were scaled downward accordingly. The Belvoir input for and in addition to the training of the soldier each period was set at 1,661, Wood at 1,532 in his specialty," observed Gorlinski. "This (1,163 white and 369 Negro), and Abbot training is considered the minimum amount necessary to make an engineer soldier as well at 1,144. This downward revision did not prevent as a specialist out of the trainee. It follows the continued overproduction caused by the recommendations from all theaters of operairregular number of men received by the tions which emphasize that, while training centers as casuals. In addition, the centers
were responsible after December 1943 for refresher or partial training of men returned from overseas, released from deactivated units, or declared surplus in station complements. The Belvoir center by the end of
(1) Ltr, ERTC Wood to CofEngrs, 1 Oct 43, sub: Maximum Authorized Trainee Capacity, with
43
January 1944 estimated its excess for each four-week period at 200 men. 43 With the invasion of Europe imminent, replacement estimates climbed sharply within a few weeks. On 6 March 1944 another revision raised the trainee inputs for
2d Ind, AC O&T Br to CG ASF, 11 Oct 43. 320.2, ASFTC Wood. (2) 1st Ind, 5 Nov 43, on Memo, CG Ft. Belvoir for CG ERTC, 29 Oct 43. Belvoir, 337, Confs, 1943. (3) Ltr, CG ERTC Belvoir to CofEngrs, 15 Nov 43, sub: Request for Permission to Exceed Authorized Trainee Capacity. 353, ASFTC Belvoir, Pt. 2. (4) Ltr, TAG to CofEngrs, 4 Jan 44, sub: Intake of Pers at RTCs. 352.15, ERTC, Pt. 1. (5) ASF Cir 172, 31 Dec 43. 44 (1) ASF Cir 66, 6 Mar 44. (2) Memo for Record, 15 Mar 44, sub: Reduction in Operating Pers at Ft. Belvoir, Va. P&T Div file, Engr Sch Orgn.
262
CLASS IN DRAFTING AT A CIVILIAN UNIVERSITY under the program to train Engineer enlisted specialists, 1942.
in a specialty is desirable it should not and cannot take the place of a thorough training in military, tactical and technical subjects." 45 All battalions which filled after August 1943 began on the revised seventeen-week schedule. Basic military training increased from five to six weeks and basic technical training from seven to eight weeks. Specialists in training at the ERTC's received their instruction after the first six weeks of military training and during the eight weeks in which the rest of the trainees were learning basic engineer tasks. In the last three weeks of the seventeen, all of the trainees were given a period of team training under field conditions.46 Since by this time the critical shortage of technicians had been overcome, most of the candidates for specialist schools received
the full seventeen weeks of training. The reduction in the demand for specialists coincided with a similar falling off in requirements for officers from OCS and a consequent opening up of additional facilities for enlisted men at Fort Belvoir. The immediate result was a sharp curtailment in the use of civilian schools and a rise in the number of courses and in the enrollment of enlisted specialist candidates at the Engineer School. The first cut was in Army Air Forces specialists. Production for the AAF would continue at the rate of 700 per month
45 Office Memo, Gorlinski for Sturdevant, 7 Aug 43, sub: Inspec of ERTC, Camp Abbot, Ore. 353,
ERTC Abbot. 46 (1) MPT 5-6, 1 Aug 43. (2) 4th Ind, Mil
Tng Div ASF to TAG, 7 Sep 43, on Ltr, ERTC
Belvoir to TAG, 24 Aug 43, sub: Interpretation
263
badly spaced in relation to some strenuous marches. Transition firing and technique of fire were so scheduled that the trainee would have to be taught combat range firing before having had adequate instruction in range estimation, target designation, landscape firing, or combat principles. Both in total hours and in the division of time the planning of OCE more nearly met engineer training requirements than did that of
had been training electricians and draftsmen for AAF units, the University of Kentucky and the Virginia State College for
Engineers.
Enlisted specialists such as draftsmen, surveyors, and aviation engineer equipment operators, formerly taught by civilian schools, shifted to the Engineer School, and between October 1943 and December 1944 the school graduated a total of 5,568 men. A substantial number of school-trained specialists were also produced at the Granite City Engineer Depot, which gave instruction in the maintenance of mechanical equipment, advanced machine shop practices, welding, and carburetion and ignition.47 The ERTC's were allowed considerable freedom to experiment with the allocation of time and the sequence of subjects to be given under the seventeen-week program. A certain amount of confusion resulted from the fact that they had as guides two MTP's, one published by ASF, the other by OCE. Although the OCE program was supposed to incorporate all of the ASF program the two varied, particularly in the spacing of the hours for subjects. The Wood center by January 1944 had settled for its own version of the OCE program. The OCE schedule
had been carefully arranged to allow for a more logical sequence of instruction than that of ASF. In some instances ASF had prescribed more instruction than time permitted. Hours for physical conditioning were
ASF.48
The allocation of hours to the various subjects for the regular engineer replacements as set forth in the MTP published by
SvC, 7 Jan 44 (basic missing). Wood, 353, Tng Gen. (2) Ltr, ExO ERTC Belvoir to CG Ft. Belvoir, 25 Apr 44, sub: TngFirst Corrective Action Rpt. Post Hq, Belvoir, 333.1, Rpt of Maj Inspecs, ASFTC, 1944.
264
formed on current developments of the war added seventeen hours to the program.49 A part of the enthusiasm for the new program had been based upon the consideration that better basic engineer soldiers would emerge than those so hastily trained in the past. For one thing, the new soldiers should shoot better. There was indeed a steady improvement in marksmanship scores. Monthly qualification reports exceeded the ASF 80 percent mark at all three centers. Belvoir and Abbot, which trained only white troops from August 1943 to June 1944, rarely fell below a 98 or 99 percent rating. Wood trained both white and Negro troops and its average was a few points lower. Although ammunition and weapons shortages were much less severe after the fall of 1943, there were some exceptions. In an effort to provide engineer units with a more effective defense against aerial attack practically all of these units were issued the .50-caliber machine gun in February 1943, but low training priorities and a meager ammunition allowance had precluded any effective center training in firing the weapon. Additional ranges, more .50-caliber guns, and an increased ammunition allowance improved this situation somewhat by the spring of 1944, although there remained a disproportionate amount of .30-caliber machine gun training.50 Flame throwers, which were needed in both demolition specialist training and in the regular program for assault demolitions, continued to be scarce. The allowance of antitank rockets was never raised above one for every fifty men despite the insistence of OCE, after pressure from the centers, that each man should fire at least one rocket for minimum familiarization. As late as October 1943 there was still little prospect of obtaining
43, sub: Malaria Control. 353, Engrs, Mil Tng Div ASF. 50 Ltr, Adj ERTC Belvoir to CofEngrs, 9 Dec 43, sub: Change to T/A 5-1, with 2d Ind, Adj MDW
Demolitions. 353, ERTC, Pt. 1. (2) Memo, AC of Equip Br for CG ASF, 1 Sep 43, sub: Captured Enemy Mat for Tng Purposes, with Incls, Lists for
265
center had enough land close by. The area used at Abbot was quite far from the cantonment. Belvoir had no such area for miles around. A part of the A. P. Hill Military Reservation to the south of Belvoir was open to the Engineers, but since Quartermaster and Ordnance troops were already in training there the ERTC elected to use a part of the Shenandoah National Park in the vicinity of Luray, Virginia. The Big Meadows site, at an elevation of 3,500 feet, offered a rugged and varied training ground. Construction and repair of roads, trails, and bridges provided valuable experience and the permanent nature of the work gave the trainees a sense of accomplishment. But the use of the area was hedged about with restrictions. Care had to be taken to preserve the natural features of the park, and to avoid damaging individual objects of geological or historical value. Road and bridge construction had to be approved in advance by the park superintendent. Such work was exhausted within a few months and by September 1944, the Belvoir center was compelled to shift this training to the A. P. Hill Military Reservation after all.53 Although the three weeks of team training were authorized on 1 August 1943, several months elapsed before the centers began to produce replacements with such training. The selection of training sites and the procurement of special winter clothing and bedding and minimum unit equipment took time. Trucks, tractors, tents, tools, stoves, air compressors, machine guns, radio sets, mine detectorspractically all of the operational equipment for the field
53
Tng of Repls, Annex I. (3) Interv, Col Louis W. Prentiss, 20 Nov 52. (4) Interv, Col Paschal Strong, 28 Nov 52.
266
unitshad to be added to the existing center allowances, which could not be stretched to cover this additional demand. Heavy mittens, wool mufflers, and sleeping bags had to be provided to temper somewhat the abrupt change from the previous fourteen weeks of training while housed in barracks. Wood and Belvoir did not give their first team training until early October and Abbot 54 not until December. More time and equipment and the introduction of realistic field exercises produced a better qualified basic engineer soldier, but attempts to insure more effective utilization of available manpower gradually came to have a detrimental effect upon replacement training. In addition to the normal reductions in cadre which accompanied the decreased size of the centers during most of this period there were continuous cuts in the suballotments beyond that point. In October 1943 ASF determined that training installations were overstaffed if the officer complement was over 4 percent and the enlisted cadre over 18 percent of the trainee load. Although intended merely as a starting point from which to calculate training needs according to the amount of technical training given at the various centers, the suballotments to the Engineer centers from the service commands soon pointed to this yardstick as an absolute standard of efficiency. Less than a month after these percentages were set down both Wood and Belvoir warned that the quality of training had been impaired as a result of cadre shortages. For months thereafter the Wood ERTC tried without success to get permission from the Seventh Service Command to reorganize into fewer and larger companies in order to have enough cadres for each unit. By the middle of March 1944 Belvoir indicated that inferior training had resulted
in Shenandoah National Park. Belvoir, 475, Equip of Trps, 1943. 55 (1) Memo, CG Ft. Belvoir for CG ERTC Belvoir, 29 Oct 43, with 1st Ind, 5 Nov 43. Belvoir, 337, Confs, 1943. (2) Tel Conv, Dir Tng Div Seventh SvC to CG ERTC Wood, 5 Feb 44. Wood, 311.3, Summary of Tel Convs, 1944. (3) Work Load Studies, prepared by Office Dir Mil Tng ASF for Fourth ASF Tng Conf, Ft. Monmouth, 15-17 Mar 44. P&T Div file, Tng Conf, 15-17 Mar 44, OverheadWork Load Studies.
267
stitutes for men who had been in the Army for several years. The obvious answer was more veterans. One of the avowed aims of the rotation system was to channel a substantial number of men with combat experience into training positions. Unfortunately, combat experience alone had little to do with a man's ability to instruct others, and men of recognized teaching ability could not be requisitioned from overseas. Selections had to be made from those sent back through the normal operation of the rotation system, and many were not desirable cadre material. Shortly after the new policy went into effect Garlington observed that "the majority of replacements from overseas received to date have been either physically, mentally, or emotionally unfit to stand the rigors of the training program." 58 The Military Personnel Branch of OCE agreed that few officers returned through rotation were qualified for assignments in training staffs.59 In the opinion of Col. Louis W. Prentiss, executive officer for the Military Training Division of ASF and formerly executive officer of the ERTC at Belvoir, the explanation for this was simple: The driblets which have been coming back up to now have not given any promise of being good trainer material for the reason that there has been a tendency upon the part of the theater commanders to send back many of the border-line cases, which they could get rid of through no other means. The reaction in the theaters to such tactics has been as might be expected; the men, learning that they could return to the United States only by
doing an indifferent job, began to do an indifferent job, and the theater commander,
ASF Cirs 143, 8 Dec 43, and 26, 24 Jan 44. Ltr, CG ERTC Wood to CG Seventh SvC, 2 Feb 44. Wood, 312, Gen Garlington's Corresp file. 58 Ibid. 59 Rpts, Mil Pers Br, 15 Jan 44; 15 Feb 44. 020, Engrs Office C of, Pt. 14.
57 56
268
perforce, had to revise the standard for those eligible for rotation. Consequently we expect to see better material coming back in the future. 60
The Engineers were not required to give up all their experienced instructors. On 25 February 1944 ASF exempted from immediate reassignment those instructors whose duties were of a highly technical nature and for whom there were no adequate 61 replacements. As a result, the quality of Engineer technical training showed less deterioration than did basic military training. By the spring of 1944 basic military training at both Belvoir and Wood was badly disorganized. Inspection teams reported inadequate supervision, lack of correlation of subject matter, wasted time, poorly handled equipment, and slavish dependence upon the letter of the lesson plans. The quality of basic military training at Belvoir had deteriorated below the standards of comparable training establishments and that at Wood was unsatisfactory. The quality of the cadre at Belvoir was so poor that the total number of training hours had to be cut back in order to give the cadre more time for preparation. The same reasoning which delegated nonstandard equipment to the centers during the period of matriel shortages operated during the period of personnel shortages to reduce the number of capable and experienced instructors. Personnel restrictions had brought about a curious paradox. The quality of basic instruction
declined during a period in which all phases of training should have improved. The training of engineer replacements under ideal conditions was first prevented by limitations of time, then by the allocation of used equipment to the centers, then by administrative restrictions and personnel shortages. That overseas theaters had first
269
that he was given a special SSN designation so that he would not be confused with the basics from other branches, many of whom received only six weeks of training. From a preponderance of common military subjects, course content shifted until a balance was struck between instruction common to every enlisted man and the infusion of technical knowledge which was the distinguishing mark of the engineer soldier.62
( 1) Interoffice Memo, Asst Dir Pers Div ERTC Wood for Dir Pers Div ERTC Wood, 24 Feb 44. 353, ASFTCs. (2) Memo, ExO Mil Tng Div ASF for Cs of Svs, 15 Apr 44, sub: Rev Loss Repl Rqmts for Jul to Dec 44, with Incl, Repl Rqmts, Engrs.
62
320.2, File 2 ( S ) .
CHAPTER XII
The five special service regiments, seven general service regiments, and ten dump truck companies which the Engineers activated for special construction jobs in the spring of 1942 were to construct ports, roads, railroads, barracks, and shopsjobs which required a high proportion of foremen and skilled workers. Since these units were needed long before such a highly skilled group of men could be trained, the
War Department allowed the Engineers to recruit men under forty-five who had civilian experience requisite for the positions. Under the assumption that these men would be technically qualified for their jobs, the units were to have only six weeks of basic military training before assignment 2 overseas. In searching for a camp where training could begin immediately the Engineers found only one site large enoughWest Camp Claiborne, Louisiana. It was a temporary field tent camp in rather poor condition which even after much improvement was never considered desirable for training engineer units. Large numbers of troops were already concentrated in several nearby camps, at Polk, Livingston, Beauregard, and the main camp at Claiborne, as well as at three airfields near Alexandria. Recreational facilities at the adjacent towns were overtaxed. Training areas were restricted, and firing ranges were insufficient. But since the Engineers did not intend to give these construction units any tactical or technical training and did not contemplate occupaSee above, pp. 143-44. Unless otherwise cited, this section on the Claiborne PEOC is based upon: (1) 322, Engrs Corps of, Activation of Constr Units, Folders 1 and 2
2 1
271
BRIG. GEN. JOHN W. N. SCHULZ, seated next to driver, and members of his staff, West Camp Claiborne, La., 1942.
tion of the camp for more than four months, the site did not have to be ideal. West Claiborne was located approximately sixteen miles southwest of Alexandria in the rolling cutover timber land of the Kisatchie National Forest. It lay about two and a half miles from the main camp and occupied very rough and broken ground on the south slope of a ridge cut by several drainage valleys. At the time the Engineers decided to move in, during March 1942, it presented a desolate picture of bare tent frames, a few small administrative and mess buildings with felt paper siding and no flooring, pit latrines, and an open drainage sewage system. Gravel roads connected the main parts of the camp but there were no
sidewalks or duckboards. Tents and buildings had been laid out on a set plan without reference to local topography and part of the camp was subject to frequent flooding by surface water. The impervious red clay underlying the thin sandy topsoil served when wet to form a thick plastic mass in which vehicles mired to the axles whenever they left a prepared roadbed.3 Brig. Gen. John W. N. Schulz, who was to supervise the training of the units at Clai3 (1) Completion Rpt 1942, West Camp Claiborne No. 4, 15 Jun 42, p. 1. (2) Ltr, Col W. N. Taylor to TIG, 12 Feb 42, sub: Special Investigation of Constr Activities of Temporary Tent Camp at Camp Claiborne, La. 652, Claiborne, Vol. 3. (3) Memo, Robins for Schulz, 4 Apr 42, sub: Additional Constr West Camp Claiborne, La. Same file.
272
borne, came from Under Secretary of War cations on file. A trucking association furPatterson's office, where he had served as nished officers for a number of the dump Director of Purchases and Contracts. In truck companies. Cadres, chosen largely March 1942, Schulz made a preliminary from men found surplus in grade upon the survey of the Claiborne site during several triangulation of square divisions, came from days of constant rain. In a depressed mood the Second and Third Armies. The poor he wrote the Chief of Engineers detailing quality of the cadres so obtained would inthe many deficiencies of the camp, conclud- dicate that the divisions disposed of many ing that "the use of west Camp Claiborne undesirables in this manner. Realizing that for the Organization Center is not desirable the draft would fail to produce the 10,000 if it can be avoided . . . . [but] there ap- specialists required for these units, the Enpears to be no alternative . . . gineers ." He pre- an intensive campaign conducted dicted gloomily that "this will mean, almost for voluntary enlistments between 10 April certainly . . . that this camp,and once 20used, May. In an attempt to get the right will be continued in permanent, or at least proportion in each specialty, reception 4 frequent, intermittent use . . . centers ." all overHis the country screened these prediction proved correct. Within a few fillers for assignment to Claiborne.6 months West Camp Claiborne developed Cadres and fillers were supposed to arrive into the first Engineer Unit Training Cen- at Claiborne in six increments, one week ter. General Schulz remained in command apart, the cadres one week ahead of their until October 1943.5 respective fillers. The normal weekly increTo supervise the training of these units ment was to be two regiments and two through mid-July, Schulz set up a Provi- dump truck companies. If no other units sional Engineer Organization Center had been ordered in, the center would have (PEOC) on 1 April. The Claiborne PEOC built up to a peak load in the latter part consisted of a small group of fourteen officers of May and dwindled thereafter. Cadres selected from the pool under the control for the first units arrived on schedule on 15 of the Chief of Engineers and sixty-three April, fillers a week later. Training under a special six-week MTP, enlisted men from the ERTC's at Belvoir derived from the eight-week program then and Wood. In the tactical units themselves in effect at the ERTC's, began on 27 April. commanders of all but two of the twelve Since the men were supposed to be techregiments were Engineer officers with prenically competent already, this MTP went vious military experience in the Regular Army, National Guard, or Engineer ReMemo, Schulz for CofEngrs, 25 Mar 42, sub: serve. Each regiment had two former ser- Engr Orgn Center for Constr Regts and Dump Cos. 322, Engrs Corps of ( S ) . geants; one served as adjutant and the other Truck 5 GO 32, Camp Claiborne, 20 Oct 43. EHD file, as supply officer. The rest of the unit officers EUTC Orders, 1942-44. 6 (1) GO 12, OCE, 1 Apr 42. (2) List of COs were commissioned from civilian life on the Constr Regts, 12 Mar 42. 322, Engrs Corps of ( S ) . basis of their construction experience. Regi- (3) Ltr, TAG to CGs, Second, Third Armies, SOS, mental commanders recruited many of them and Fourth, Sixth, Seventh, and Eighth Corps 24 Mar 42, sub: Activation of Engr Units personally. District Engineers recommended Areas, Required for Militarization of Overseas Projects. some. OCE selected still others from appli- 210.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 21.
4
273
a group of forty officers loaned to the center from the ERTC's in the latter part of April. A few of these ERTC officers ran a school for the new unit officers. Others moved along from one regiment to another, staying only until the incoming unit officers qualified for duty. Another temporary source of experienced trainers was the group of officers that brought the cadres to the center, some of whom were held as long as four weeks before being returned to their home stations. The forty officers on temporary asWith its emphasis entirely upon the producsignment began to receive orders to other tion of an individually trained soldier, this stations by late May, just as the training program could scarcely be called unit trainload reached its height. After repeated aping. It included no practical training in enpeals from Schulz for a more permanent gineer tasks. There was no provision for staff, OCE on 1 July finally increased the building roads, bridges, or obstacles, no time allotment of officers to the PEOC headallowed for demonstrations in rigging or quarters from fourteen to forty.9 general construction. There were no night An equally serious obstacle in preparing operations, and there was but a minimum of these units for overseas service was the failtactical teamwork. The time given to basic ure by the reception centers to provide fillers military subjects was almost equal to that at the right times, in sufficient amounts, and at the ERTC's. with desired skills. Despite the special reConditions at the PEOC made even this cruiting, too few men from the construction simplified program difficult to administer. industry found the prospect of military servThe two officers and eight enlisted men in ice attractive. With the military construction the Training Section proved insufficient for program approaching its peak, jobs were the guidance and control of 16,000 men. plentiful and working on them was considCapable unit officers and enlisted men had ered patriotic. Some corps areas fell short to be called upon frequently for staff duty. of their quotas by several hundred. At the The details of actual training were to be end of May six of the units had been forced handled by the unit officers, but except for to postpone training a week or more bethe regimental commanders the unit officers had no more military experience than the 7 (1) MTPEngr Constr Regts and Dump troops. These new officers were not commisTruck Cos [26 Mar 42]. 322, Engrs Corps of, Actisioned on schedule and after commissioning vation of Constr Units, Folder 1 ( S ) . (2) See had several days of leave before reporting to Table 5. 8 Tel Conv, ExO PEOC to C of O&T Br, 20 the PEOC. According to the harassed exApr 42. 322, Engrs Corps of, Activation of Constr ecutive officer they were "fooling around all Units, Folder 1 ( S ) . 9 over the country." 8 After arrival, they had (1) Ltr, CG PEOC to CofEngrs, 2 Jun 42, sub: to have two weeks of indoctrination before Offs for EOC, Camp Claiborne, La. 210.3, ASFTC Claiborne, Pt. 1. (2) Ltr, C of Mil Pers Br to assignment to training duty. In the mean- CG PEOC, 1 Jul 42, sub: Allot of Offs, AUS. time, the bulk of the responsibility fell upon 320.21, ASFTC Claiborne.
274
cause of delays in receiving fillers. Dump truck companies had not filled at the same time as the regiments with which they were to operate. The first ten regiments and corresponding dump truck companies had received only 1,535 of the 5,750 specialists needed in some seventeen categories. The same units contained a surplus of 2,413 nonspecialists. Schulz, perturbed lest the units reflect no credit upon the center or the Engineers, wrote to Sturdevant in early May:
by the end of that month. However, publications such as field and training manuals, Army regulations, and War Department circulars could not be obtained in any quantity until July. Office supplies had to be borrowed for weeks. Shelter halves, packs, web equipment, and clothing were scarce for months. Despite the fact that the main emphasis was to be placed upon basic military training, no rifles appeared. In desperation, the center borrowed 1,600 Enfields I am deeply concerned about the matter from the main camp, but this number was since the regiments at Claiborne will be sup- insufficient for both general training and planting contractors' trained employees who range work and the whole arrangement was have been carefully selected at premium pay unsatisfactory since the rifles were subject and should be expected to have developed to recall at any time. The center at first used construction teams of considerable efficiency. the crowded 100-target range at the main The regiments, on the contrary, are untried aggregations of individuals selected more or post during rigidly scheduled time allotless by chance and, at present, lacking many ments. The construction of 200 additional of the necessary skills. ... At best the con- targets and the acquisition of 7,216 Springtrast between the contractor's performance fields and Enfields in mid-July seemed a and the regiment's may be expected to be vast improvement to the officers at West unfavorable until they have developed some Claiborne, team play. . . . Any delays or falling off inbut they continued to press for production will subject the Corps and the the authorized allotment of 11,459 M1's regimental commanders to severe criticism.10 and carbines and for machine guns. The The specialist shortage reached 3,126 by lack of suitable inclosed buildings for asmid-July. Withdrawal of OCS candidates sembly and instruction further handicapped training. The only place to show training and cadres for future units, sickness, and physical disqualifications further depleted films during daylight hours was at the main the ranks. Such losses became critical when camp theater, two and a half miles away. Although it was soon apparent that most the first few units began to move out. Since of the men classified as truck drivers needed they were required to leave at full strength, specific instruction and experience in drivthe center resorted to transferring men from ing and maintaining military vehicles, the later units to fill the earlier ones. By the urgent administrative needs for the few veend of July, when all twelve should have hicles on hand precluded their use for this completed basic training, the enlisted compurpose. When the first two regiments and plement of the last regiment numbered only dump truck companies began to fill in late 250 men. The entire unit had to be refilled April, the center had only two trucks for and retrained. over 2,000 menless than enough to haul Equipment and training areas were no more adequate than cadres and fillers. Ltr, CG EOC Claiborne to ACofEngrs, 8 May Equipment was supposed to arrive by 10 42. 322, Engrs Corps of, Activation of Constr Units, April and training areas were to be ready Folder 2. ( S ) .
10
275
ing. Intelligent, mature, anxious to learn, willing to sacrifice much during the brief training period, these men maintained a healthy outlook and a high sense of mission. The decision not to employ these units on construction in the Middle East and the United Kingdom as originally intended provided the necessary time for a more rounded program of training. Only the first few of the twenty-two units moved out with six weeks or less instruction. The majority remained for twelve weeks or more. In the absence of any definite information on when the remaining units would leave or where they would go, the PEOC staff determined upon a decentralized plan of concurrent basic military and unit training. Units prepared their own extended schedules based on the construction projects assigned to them and their own knowledge of their basic military deficiencies. Construction of a permanent nature provided valuable experience in organization and teamwork for any eventual employment. Beginning early in June the regiments bivouacked in the field from one to three weeks on a variety of projects. Two regiments and four dump truck companies at a time worked on the Claiborne-Polk Military Railroad then being constructed between these two camps. One regiment alone laid 22 miles of ties and rails on this road, graded part of the hospital grounds and parade field, built 1.5 miles of road including two highway bridges, repaired an additional 7.1 miles of road, and built an office building complete with wash rooms and sep(1) Memo, C of O&T Br for C of Proc and Distr SOS, 22 May 42, sub: Shortage of Motor
Vehicles and Ord Matriel at EOC Camp Clai11
borne, La. 451.2, ASFTC Claiborne. (2) 1st Ind, 30 May 42, on Memo, ExO PEOC for CofEngrs, 20 May 42, sub: Equip for Units, EOC Camp Claiborne. 413.8, ASFTC Claiborne.
276
PONTON EQUIPAGE BEING UNLOADED at water-filled gravel pit six miles from West Camp Claiborne, La., October 1942.
tic system for the PEOC headquarters. On smaller tasks the regiments rotated battalions in the field while continuing supplementary basic military training for those at the camp. The additional time also allowed the units to bring the PEOC-trained construction machinery operators to a higher standard of performance through on-thejob training. Highly skilled operators from two regiments acted as instructors and supervisors of projects undertaken by less qualified regiments. The camp itself profited much from such projects. In addition to the rifle range, office building, and parade ground, the regiments constructed two obstacle courses and developed areas for training in field fortifications, antitank obstacles,
camouflage, and demolitions in preparation for the more extensive engineer training to be given in the future. Dump truck companies lived in the field with the regiments to which they were attached and to the relief of Schulz received excellent driving experience and convoy practice hauling ties, rails, and ballast for railroad construction, materials for bridging, and dirt for roads and grading projects. Even though in the end the regiments and dump truck companies received much more practical training than had been planned, equipment shortages and topography imposed limitations. The two sets of construction machinery which had been adequate for familiarization were not sufficient for the unit train-
277
Despite the unfavorable features of West Camp Claiborne, the Engineers became convinced that they had found the way to provide efficient unit training. A concentration of like units at one place made a small allowance of scarce equipment serve numerous units at the same time. Moreover, many of the ASF engineer units being activated in 1942 had officers drawn directly from comparable civilian positions but who had no knowledge of military procedures. A grouping of such units under the supervision of a few capable Engineer officers would provide uniform training with the least possible diversion of seasoned officers from troop duty.13 In June 1942, when the future of the center beyond 15 July was still in doubt, Schulz, despite his earlier misgivings, began to emphasize to OCE the importance of retaining the center for subsequent units. On 20 June O&T assured him that SOS was supporting the center against the opposition of AGF which also wanted the space. The final decision was in the hands of G-3 who seemed favorably inclined toward the Engineers. At any rate, OCE had authority to activate two more general service regiments at Claiborne under the same arrangements as before and it seemed likely that the center would not be closed on 15 July. Schulz, dissatisfied with this temporary reprieve, insisted that the provisional stage
should not be prolonged indefinitely. By 29 June the final decision had been made. The Engineers were to retain West Camp Claiborne as a permanent Engineer Unit Training Center (EUTC), the pioneer unit training center in all the Army. Between July 1942 and the summer of 1943, when two new EUTC's at Camp Ellis, Illinois, and Camp Sutton, North Carolina, opened, all but a small fraction of ASF engineer units trained at Claiborne. As many as 31,000 men trained there at one time during the peak training period in the fall of 1943 and the average number in training each month during 1943 and 1944 was 23,000 and 16,500, respectively. In July 1942 the Engineers began to concentrate at Claiborne those units which required quantities of heavy equipment. The bulk of the many general service regiments and dump truck companies and all of the few special service regiments trained there. Heavy shop companies, base equipment companies, foundry
12 (1) Ltr, Adj PEOC to CofEngrs, 19 Jul 42, sub: Status of Tng. 319.1, ASF Engr Units, Pt. 1. (2) Ltr, Adj PEOC to CofEngrs, 25 Jul 42, sub: Status of Tng. Same file. 13 With exceptions hereafter noted, this section on the permanent center is based upon: (1) 353, ASFTC Claiborne, Pts. 1, 2; (2) 320.2, ASFTC Claiborne; (3) 320.21, ASFTC Claiborne; (4) 353, ASFTC Claiborne, Tng Offs for Units, Bulky; (5) 322, ASFTC Claiborne; (6) 330.13, Claiborne; (7) 413.44, ASFTC Claiborne; (8) 475, ASFTC Claiborne; (9) 353.15, ASFTC Claiborne; (10) 353, Engr Heavy Shop Units, Claiborne, Bulky; (11) 413.8, ASFTC Claiborne; ( 1 2 ) P&T Div file, Forestry Units; ( 1 3 ) Rpt, Col E. G. Paules, Engr Member WD Obsvr's Bd to CofEngrs, 16 Feb 44, sub: ETO Engr Obsvr's Rpt 2, 370.2, ETO ( S ) ; (14) Ltr, Adj EUTC to CofEngrs, 16 Dec 42, sub: Capacity of EUTC, with Incl 2, Units in Tng as of Midnight 15-16 Dec 42, 353, Claiborne ( C ) ; (15) Memo, Brotherton for Gorlinski, 12 May 43, sub: School Tng at the EUTC, Camp Claiborne, La., P&T Div file, InspecClaiborne; (16) Unit Training in the Corps of Engineers, 1 Jul 39-30 Jun 45, MS prepared by Mil Tng Div, OCE (hereafter cited as Unit Tng). EHD files.
278
detachments, petroleum distribution companies, and forestry companies, all of which needed permanent or semipermanent installations of heavy machinery, received instruction there from then on. Once in command of a permanent unit training center, Schulz tackled the many complications accompanying its growth from a capacity of 16,000 to 25,000 men. He determined he would not run the EUTC on the shoestring basis of the PEOC. In June 1942 he prepared a T/O for 137 officers and 516 enlisted men, apologizing for the large size of the new organization only to the extent of hoping that it would not occasion too much shock and surprise in OCE. By mid-September his request had been approved and the officers allotted. The following month SOS approved a reduced enlisted allotment of 414 men.14 Meanwhile, Schulz worked out the procedures which he felt would best capitalize upon the advantages and opportunities inherent in a training center and at the same time sustain the continuity of leadership of the unit officers. The commanders were responsible for the conduct of training within their own units. At the outset, while awaiting fillers, unit officers were to prepare training schedules, subject to the approval of the EUTC Training Division, emphasizing weapons instruction and military discipline. Thereafter, the Training Division provided weekly schedules for each unitschedules which showed an hourly breakdown of each day by subject, lesson number, and training area. Also provided were detailed lesson outlines for each subject, enough copies for each officer and NCO in each unit, including text references, lists of films, and a general plan of presentation. The EUTC staff manufactured training aids and distributed them as needed
279
added. The three brigades held, respectively, thirty-four small units, four Negro regiments, and eight white regiments.16 The 414 enlisted men authorized in October 1942, although an enormous increase over the 63 allotted to the PEOC, was still far short of the 516 requested. The center was expected to make the 414 suffice without impressing men from the units for staff duty. Troops in training were to train. But after a short period of attempting to operate within the 414 ceiling, Schulz concluded that he could not expect these men to continue indefinitely at such a pace. By 1 December he succeeded in getting approval for 239 additional men. Although this number was ample for a time, the continued expansion caused the center to resort to the same expedient as before. By May 1943 the Training Division alone was using 150 men from the units, spreading the loss of training by taking men for only a week at a time from any one unit. In June 1943 an ASF directive on economies in manpower caught the center unprepared. ASF assumed that the major organizations under its control had reached their peak strength, that they were well established, and that personnel allotments were stabilized and adequate. Increases were to be discouraged. Decreases were expected everywhere. The directive restricted the use of pool officers for staff duty and prohibited altogether the use of enlisted men from troop units.17 The EUTC was by this time drawing between 350 and 400 men from each source, in addition to the 145 officers and 653 enlisted men then authorized.
(1) Ltr, CG EUTC to CofEngrs, 9 Oct 42, sub: Improved Tng Orgn, EUTC. 210.3, ASFTC Claiborne, Pt. 1. (2) Min. Staff Conf SOS, 11 Nov 42, sub: Resume of Matters Presented at Staff Conf, 1000, 10 Nov 42. 337, Staff Confs ASF (S). 17 ASF Cir 39, 11 Jun 43.
16
280
Fortunately, although the Eighth Service Command was required to reduce its total personnel, the EUTC in July received increases in quotas to 165 officers and 856 enlisted men, and for the first time some civilian employees. The paucity of officers and enlisted men allotted to the EUTC during the period of greatest expansion from July 1942 to July 1943 was but one indication of the generally bare subsistence level which obtained. Not until February 1943 did the conversion of tents to hutments begin to catch up with the number of men in training. By that time there was space for 19,290 men in huts and 5,668 in tents, with eighteen men in each fifteen-man hut and six in each pyramidal tent. As at the ERTC's vehicle and equipment shortages plagued the EUTC during most of this time, restricting some important phases of training. Because of the manpower pinch, fillers were slow in arriving. Nevertheless, the job was accomplished. The leadership of Schulz, the ability of the center staff, and the willingness of all concerned to put in long hours of planning and working eased the growing pains. Most important, during this period the center began to give real unit training. Until July 1942 the training had differed little from the abbreviated program of the ERTC's. The emphasis had been upon individual basic military training. The main difference was that at Claiborne the men were organized into tactical units under their own officers instead of into training battalions. The change-over to genuine unit training came on 25 July 1942 when OCE replaced the special six-week program with the regular unit training program of thirteen weeks. This regular program published in December 1941, incorporated with little change a
(1) MTPEngr Constr Regts and Dump Truck Cos [26 Mar 42]. 322, Engrs Corps of, Activation of
Constr Units, Folder 1 (S). (2) MTP 5-1, 19 Dec 41.
18
281
But by the end of 1942 six general service regiments and one special service regiment were in training under the new program. By April 1943 the number had increased to ten general service regiments and two special service regiments and by July to thir22 teen regiments. Officers for these regiments had to have knowledge of construction techniques if the units were to function satisfactorily, for little combined training was contemplated between completion of the formal period of unit training and assignment overseas. OCE specified that the ideal officer should be a man between 35 and 45, physically fit for troop duty, and currently working in the construction industry, preferably as field superintendent or foreman. The Engineers wanted men who had bossed construction gangs, not topside management or professional engineers or architects. Essential was the ability to handle labor and a reputation for getting the maximum out of machinery consistent with its continuous operation. Although the Engineers found sufficient numbers of superintendents and foremen they were unable, even with the help of District and Division offices, to persuade the most capable to volunteer for commissions as company grade officers. Many of the
Ltr, 2d Lt W. C. White et al., to Tactics Sec, 18 Jun 43, sub: Bivouac Problem of 393d Engr Special Sv Regt. EHD files.
20
19
EUTC, 17 Jun 43, sub: Final Rpt on Tech-Tactical Problem Given 393d Engr Special Sv Regt. EHD files. 21 (1) Ltr, Dir Tng SOS, 28 Aug 42, sub: Basic Tng Program. Hq EAC, 353 Tng. (2) Hq SOS, Basic Tng Program for All RTCs and Sv Units of the Sup and Adm Svs of the SOS, Aug 42. Lewis, 353, Tng. 22 Prov Orgn of Units, EUTC West Camp Claiborne, 5 Jul 43. EHD file, Monthly Rpts, Clai-
borne, 1943-44.
282
men willing to leave construction jobs at this time were second-rate.23 The two-week Officer Training School (OTS) in basic military training which had been started in April 1942 for the newly commissioned officers of the original regiments continued, but on a four-week basis. Between July 1942 and January 1943, when this course was lengthened to six weeks, some 821 officers completed the course before being assigned to their units. From January to the closing date, 3 July 1943, an additional 485 officers graduated. Meanwhile, in selecting officer candidates for schooling at Belvoir the center discovered enlisted men in these regiments who were just as well qualified for direct commissions as the officers currently being received. Accordingly, each regiment sent its best qualified enlisted men to the OTS course where they could be observed further. Some could be commissioned directly, others went to OCS. In addition to more general subjects, the course included a few hours in technical subjects such as aerial photograph reading and motor maintenance. A new class started each week, organized as a platoon or a company according to the number of students. Each student officer rotated through all of the positions from private to company commander in tactical situations in order to grasp the duties of each man under his future command. After July 1943, in compliance with ASF policy, all of this training 24 was concentrated at the Engineer School. A much larger task than preparing officers to assume command was that of insuring a sufficient number of enlisted men with appropriate skills to fill the noncommissioned foremen positions and to run the heavy construction and earth-moving machinery. Like potential officers, such men were few and far between until the decline
283
Training Division drew instructors from the officer pool and from units. The inevitable result was a constant turnover among instructors as pool officers were assigned to units, unit officers left with their organizations, and enlisted men were replaced by limited service personnel. The Training Division could do little more to insure comqualified men continued to arrive, the petent instruction than to pick men who had center made no comprehensive plans for some past qualifying experience. Some opening courses for all of the specialists in turned out to be good teachers, others did the tables of organization. Instead, the not. Competent or incompetent, the incourses provided instruction for enough structors themselves determined course conmen to fill out the number of specialists tent, wrote their own lesson outlines, profound to be short for each unit. Classes duced their own training aids, and decided therefore fluctuated in size unpredictably. when tests should be given. The only check Courses began and ended according to the upon their performance was approval of need for a particular specialist. Some plans and outlines and an occasional inspeccourses were offered only a few times to fill tion. Since units had first priority on traina temporary shortage. Others were repeated ing facilities, it took close co-ordination to for months. The number of weeks for each arrange for specialists to have access to them. class was kept to an absolute minimum, two In an effort to tighten up its control of the weeks in some courses, because the trainee specialist courses the Training Division in was meanwhile missing the corresponding February 1943 grouped all the courses number of weeks of the regular program. under the supervision of one officer. Better In order to get men who would be inter- co-ordination with the rest of the EUTC ested, the center sought volunteers to attend resulted. Not until May, after the center the courses. But other factors had to be con- had acquired a larger administrative staff, sidered. As the specialist training program could officers devote full time to specialist progressed, the center recommended that schooling. unit officers select these men carefully after By December 1942 the center had begun personal interviews and a scanning of rec- to produce draftsmen and surveyors from its ords to discover any secondary civilian inter- own specialist courses. Expert surveyors ests approximating the skills needed. An could not be produced in a few weeks, but AGCT score of 90 or better was desirable. men with some mathematical background Mainly because of the small number of could be taught to use a transit, level, and administrative personnel, center control planetable and qualify as instrument men, over these courses lacked uniformity until recorders, chainmen, and rodmen, for rouwell into 1943. Officers from the Training tine surveying. The course for draftsmen concentrated upon lettering, overlaying, Division, aided by a few enlisted men from the headquarters company, taught the first topographical mapping, construction drawcourses in addition to their regular duties. ing, and the use of a slide rule. In January As the number of courses increased, the 1943, additional courses qualified operators
284
of power shovels, bulldozers, air compressors, road graders, earth augers, and rock crushers. Other courses trained motor mechanics, water supply specialists, machine gun crews, and camoufleurs. By early 1943 the draft began to reach the eighteen-year old level and consequently produced fewer men with working experience. As the technical ability of fillers continued to drop, still other courses had to be added. Men selected as riggers learned the use of knots and lashings on tripods and gin poles, the advantages of simple block and tackle combinations, and the proper methods of cable splicing. Demolition specialists learned to prepare primers, firing caps, and explosive charges. Blacksmiths did repair work for the center after a short period of theoretical instruction in forging, shaping, and repair of tools. Mapping specialists worked out reconnaissance problems using a compass, collected field data such as bridge and road capacities and stream volumes, and transferred the information to maps, using the military grid system and the conventional signs, measurements, and contouring. The expansion of specialist courses was virtually completed by the end of June 1943. Within the next year over 15,000 specialists graduated.26 The growth of the center and the addition of specialist training occurred during a time of general equipment shortages. The two sets of regimental equipment which the center had in July 1942 would not suffice for the unit exercises prescribed under the new program and for the training of specialists. No great quantities of additional equipment were at first requested because the units were supposed to receive their organic equipment upon activation. But the fact that these units were not to be rushed overseas immediately gave them a low
1943-44.
285
until July 1943 did the center get a meager allowance of six standard mine detectors. Enemy mines and mine detectors could not be obtained at all. To demonstrate the power and tactical use of tanks the center borrowed from units at the main camp. When these units left Claiborne in late September 1942, instruction in antitank measures lost much of its realism. A request to OCE for five tanks and fourteen operators to replace this loss resulted in the approval on 9 December of two used tanks. The center had to furnish its own operators as best it could. Portable radios for co-ordination between umpires, inspectors, and units during tactical exercises were borrowed from AGF units at Claiborne until June 1943, when a special issue of ten radio sets was finally authorized.29 Toward the end of 1942 the center received 3,543 Ml rifles. Never sufficient to go around, the M1's had to be shifted about constantly. The shortage of rifles was common to the ERTC's but the ERTC's did not suffer under the additional handicap of lack of military experience among the officers.
27 (1) Ltr, O&T Br to CG EUTC, 11 Aug 43, sub: Rpt of Inspec Off, with 2d Ind, CG EUTC to CG Eighth SvC, 21 Aug 43. 333.1, ASFTC Claiborne. (2) Ltr, ExO EUTC to CofEngrs, 3 May 43, sub: Vehicle Rqmts, with 1st Ind, O&T Br to CG ASF, 13 May 43. 451, ASFTC Claiborne. (3) Ltr, ExO EUTC to CofEngrs, 27 Apr 43, sub: Request for Special Issue of Equip. 417, ASFTC Claiborne. 28 Ltr, Obstacle Sec EUTC to American Legion, Alexandria, La., 25 Jun '43. EHD file, 353, Misc (Index) 1943, Claiborne. 29 (1) Ltr, Adj EUTC to CofEngrs, 16 Apr 43, sub: Request for Credit of Ord Equip, with 1st Ind, 29 Apr 43. 476.1, ASFTC Claiborne. (2) Ltr, Adj EUTC to CofEngrs, 15 Jun 43, sub: Request for Tng Equip, with 1st Ind, 28 Jun 43. 413.6, ASFTC Claiborne. (3) Memo, ExO EUTC for CofEngrs, 16 Sep 42, sub: Light and Medium Tanks for Obstacle Tng, with 1st Ind, O&T Br to CG SOS, 25 Sep 42, with 2d Ind, SOS to CofOrd, 9 Dec 42. 470.8, ASFTC Claiborne.
286
Although SOS required 80 percent rifle qualifications, the EUTC in December qualified only 61 percent of its white trainees as compared with 81 percent at the ERTC at Belvoir and 73 percent at Wood. In an effort to raise the low scores at Claiborne, OCE in February 1943 arranged to send twenty-four officers with experience in basic military training at the ERTC's, two men a month from each center over a period of six months. At the same time, OCE secured ten infantry officers with special training in weapons for a temporary assignment of six months. Although instruction improved, the number of qualified men continued to be unsatisfactory. In April 1943 three general service regiments fell below the 50 percent mark mandatory for any unit before assignment overseas. By June the center estimated it would take 16,024 additional Ml rifles and 3,691 carbines to bring this instruction up to standard. 30 While the EUTC increased in size it also began to train many different types of units besides the general service regiments, special service regiments, and dump truck companies originally planned. Among these were nine heavy shop companies scheduled for activation during 1942. These units were designed to overhaul and reclaim unserviceable engineer equipment at a fixed base, furnish parts, and perform less extensive onthe-spot repairs wherever breakdowns occurred. Such work required heavy-duty fixed equipment for welding and forging, power-driven tools for manufacturing machined parts, and electrical facilities for reconditioning motors and generators. Truck-mounted shops were included for emergency repairs in rear areas not served by maintenance companies. Because separate equipment for so many companies could not be obtained before October 1942,
Several other factors besides economy of tools and machinery influenced the Engineers in the choice of Claiborne. Space was opening there as the original regiments and dump truck companies completed training and moved out. Several civilian vocational schools were nearby. One highly qualified, fully equipped, heavy shop company was already in training at the main camp in a prefabricated metal engineer shop company building. This unit could form a nucleus for the training of additional companies. The reorganization of this heavy shop company into the Heavy Shop Training Section of the EUTC began in August 1942. Five officers from this company organized the section along company lines, with Capt. Eugene L. Davis, the commanding officer of the original company, at the head of the section. His permanent staff consisted of an officer for technical training, one for supply, one to supervise the manufacturing shop, and one to supervise the repair shop. Officers from units in training assisted in preparing lesson outlines and schedules, and in the supervision of work projects and tests. En(1) Ltr, O&T Br to CG SOS, 12 Jan 43, sub: Issue of Bayonets to EUTC. 474.7, ASFTC Claiborne. (2) Memo, Asst ExO Tng Div SOS for CofEngrs, 30 Dec 42, sub: Antitank and Antiaircraft Tng of Sv Units. 400.34 (S). (3) Ltr, O&T Br to CG EUTC, 5 Feb 43. 210.3, ASFTC Claiborne, Pt. 1. (4) Ltr, Mil Pers Br to CG EUTC, 24 Feb 43, sub: Temporary Duty Asgmt of Inf Offs as Trainers With the SOS. 210.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 24. (5) Ltr, Adj EUTC to CofEngrs, 28 Jun 43, sub: Request for Small Arms. 474.1, ASFTC Claiborne.
30
287
listed men did the actual instruction. In the small tools, radiators, or heavy equipment. absence of official provision for such instruc- All spent five hours in the classroom and tors, the center selected about forty quali- forty hours in the shop each week.33 fied men from the first few units, retaining Although it had been recognized from the them by transfer from one unit to another beginning that some men from these units as the companies left the center. This would need specialized training to supplemethod of holding experienced instructors ment civilian skills, it had also been assumed was maintained throughout 1943 to supple- that most of this instruction could be given ment the ten enlisted men finally author- within the EUTC. This might have been ized. Four civilian master mechanics joined the case had the fillers for the heavy shop the staff in October 1942. By February 1943 companies arrived on schedule and with a the number of these key civilian instructors better distribution of skills. But the com31 reached twenty-one. panies activated in July, August, and SepIn the first shop units most of the men tember 1942 did not fill completely until required only familiarization with military mid-October and the units were supposed to procedures and equipment. Fillers for two move out at a rate of one each month after of these units had been experienced main- October. The quickest way to train the men tenance men recruited from the Associated without waiting for special equipment or for Equipment Distributors of Washington, service school quotas was to send them diD. C., and from the Caterpillar Tractor rectly to civilian schools and factories, deCo. Shop companies formed later had fewer spite the reluctance of OCE to circumvent skilled men. By February 1943, the Engi- War Department policy against duplication neers were getting only one fourth as many of facilities. In anticipation of this need, Davis made specialists for these units as they had in the beginning, but continuous co-operation a survey of the civilian schools and factories among manufacturers, the Engineer Field near Claiborne in July 1942. He decided Maintenance Office, OCE, and TAG as- at that time to use six steel and foundry sured the direct assignment upon induction companies at Kansas City, Missouri, for of sufficient skilled men to fill the more re- heavy machinery training and arranged for sponsible positions.32 Upon the completion of basic training, 31 (1) Memo, Engr Fld Maint Off for C of O&T the heavy shop units transferred to the Br, 18 Feb 43, sub: Master Mechanics for Camp Heavy Shop Training Section, which op- Claiborne Tng Shop. 231.2, Claiborne. (2) Ltr, erated as a semi-independent organization C of O&T Br to CG EUTC, 25 Feb 43, sub: Master Mechanics for Camp Claiborne. Same file. with little EUTC control. After interview- (3) Ltr, AC of O&T Br to CG Eighth SvC, 5 Oct ing the men individually and determining 43, sub: Transfer of Master Mechanic Advisers. ASFTC Claiborne. (4) Ltr, Eighth SvC which company position each could best 230.36, to CofEngrs, 11 Nov 43, sub: Transfer of Master fill, the section staff assigned them to small Mechanic Advisers. Same file. 32 Ltr, Engr Fld Maint Off to O&T Br, 18 Mar specialist sections. Men destined for manu43, sub: Asgmt of Inductees to Engr Orgns at facturing platoons went into machine shop, EUTC, Camp Claiborne, La. 220.3, ASFTC Claiwelding, blacksmith, or carpentry sections. borne. 33 (1) Ltr, Adj EOC to CofEngrs, 25 Jul 42, sub: Those for repair platoons began to repair Status of Tng. 319.1, ASF Engr Units, Pt. 1. (2) electrical and nonelectrical instruments, MTP 5-1, 19 Jun 43.
288
this instruction in October at no cost to the government. Two vocational schools one at Lake Charles, Louisiana, and one at Pascagoula, Mississippi, provided courses at a minimum cost. Some skills, welding for one, could be mastered in a week or two, but regardless of difficulty, all of these courses lasted for eight weeks in order that the time might coincide with the technical training period of the EUTC. By the end of February 1943, when the emergency need for these specialists had passed, OCE directed that all heavy shop technicians be trained thereafter at the EUTC or at special service schools. The center managed to duplicate most of the training of the Kansas City factories by doubling the civilian instructors for the section. Ordnance automotive schools supplanted vocational schools in training welders, machinists, and mechanics.34 After eight weeks of technical training, thirteen weeks of unit training followed. The Heavy Shop Training Section found much to criticize in the allocation of hours and subjects. Too many hours were allotted to demolitions and defense against mechanized attack, too much time to motor and rail movement, too little to field operations. Most of the criticism stemmed from the fact that the heavy shop companies operated as fixed field installations. As finally worked out, the field training provision did not mean much more than a continuation of manufacturing and repair within the established shops.35 Opinions on such "unit" training varied. Gorlinski, chief of O&T, admitted in August 1943 that the heavy shop companies were being trained in a "thorough and efficient manner" but believed that unit training was being neglected "in that the companies never function completely as a unit." He
sub: Use of Civilian Manufacturing Plants for the Tng of Engr Heavy Shop Co Enl Pers (basic missing). 220.66, Pt. 4.
35
Brotherton for Gorlinski, 1 May 43, sub: Comments on MTP 5-1 and 5-3 by S-3 Sec EUTC.
43. 353.01, ASFTC Claiborne. 36 Ltr, C of O&T Br to CG EUTC, 11 Aug 43, sub: Rpt of Inspec Off. 333.1, ASFTC Claiborne.
37
289
WELDING DREDGE EQUIPMENT, a repair job undertaken by an Engineer heavy shop company, Leyte, February 1945.
The forestry company, another of the small special units which OCE began to assign to Claiborne, duplicated civilian lumber camps and sawmills. A headquarters platoon for administration, mess, and supply was also the planning section under the direction of the company commander whose position was that of a sawmill superintendent. A logging platoon headed by expert timber cruisers made stumpage estimates, felled timber, and hauled the logs to the mill. There the manufacturing platoon milled the logs into boards and beams for building and bridging, sorted and piled the lumber at a storage yard, and handled all shipments. The company had its own
maintenance mechanics for the repair of vehicles, tools, and machinery and carried its own electrical plant.39 Although other national forest areas offered more mature timber, the Engineers wished to train these forestry companies at Claiborne because of the extensive basic military and tactical training facilities which had been developed there. In early December 1942 the Engineers found what they considered an adequate stand of timber within thirty miles of the camp, and the following month the Department of Agriculture agreed to release the area subject to
39
290
certain restrictions providing for the care of young growth and the prevention of forest fires. Training began in February 1943 with the transfer of the first of these companies from the A. P. Hill Military Reservation in Virginia. Another company joined the first in March and a third in April. In June, the first of the forestry battalions was activated with one headquarters company and three lettered forestry companies. After five weeks of basic military training these companies began an eight-week program of tactical and technical work followed by thirteen weeks of unit work, with 198 hours of field operations. By the end of July two forestry companies were bivouacked in the forest area, operating mills and logging timber. The center encouraged these companies to produce the maximum amount of lumber for building and training materials and as a result curtailed more realistic exercises which should have included frequent dismantling and moving of the mills to new locations. Each of the two companies then in the field had moved only twice in thirteen weeks, an operation that took about two days from dismantling to resumption of operations. Each company hauled the lumber as it was sawed to the EUTC lumberyard instead of setting up a yard of its own to develop competent stackers, checkers, and stock clerks. Neither of the two companies had run the infiltration course or fired the familiarization course with its principal weapon, the carbine. Although fully armed, one of the companies was carrying wooden cutouts for both rifle and carbine on the excuse that the real weapons were difficult to take care of in the woods, got dirty, and were liable to be run over or otherwise damaged. Further lack of realism was apparent in the bunching to-
Mar 43. (3) Memo, AC of O&T Br for C of O&T Br, 31 Jul 43, sub: Tech Tng Inspec of Dump Truck and Forestry Cos at the EUTC Camp Claiborne, La. 353, Engr Dump Truck Units. (4) 1st Ind, OCE to CG Eighth SvC, 20 Jan 44, on Ltr, 12 Jan 44, sub: Tng of Engr Forestry Cos. 353, Engr Forestry Units. (5) Ltr, C of WPD to CG Ninth SvC, 11 Jul 44, sub: Tech Tng of Engr Forestry Cos. 353, Engr Forestry Co (C).
291
Ft. Lewis in 1942. Although these nine companies exceeded all expectations in lumber production, and were indeed competent enough to run two sawmills each, they were too few to keep up with the requirements of the European theater. As many as twenty forestry companies could have been employed. Consequently, general service regiments and combat battalions, as well as numbers of civilians and prisoners of war, had to be enlisted for this work. Although the Southwest Pacific Area would have welcomed more forestry companies, the lack of these units was not serious because the nature of the climate and terrain permitted many types of improvisations which required little or no processed lumber.41 By July 1943 the Claiborne EUTC had trained and sent out 47,488 men in 85 units,
including 23 regiments. Most of these units were special types for which the Engineers secured officers and men with related civilian backgrounds, gave them only thirteen weeks of training, and sent them overseas without further joint training. The concentration at one place of units of this composition, needed within a very short time, was more effective than would have been the case had they been scattered among many posts and trained with less supervision. This
41 Liaison Sec Intel Div, Office of C Engr ETO, Hist Rpt 4, Troops, p. 115. AG Special Collection Opn Rpts. (2) Final Report of the Chief Engineer, European Theater of Operations, 1942-1945 (Paris: Herv et Fils [1946]), prepared in Office of C Engr ETO, 1946, p. 400. (Hereafter cited as Final Engr Rpt, ETO.) (3) Information from historian preparing the volume, The Corps of Engineers: The War Against Japan.
292
advantage, together with the exceptionally energetic and determined staff, in the end outweighed the equipment shortages, lack of sufficient training personnel, uncomfortable and inconvenient living conditions, too few fillers with civilian skills, and, in many cases, inadequate numbers of fillers.42 One of the major criticisms of the center, perhaps valid, was that it lacked clear-cut lines of control. Schulz had taken exceptional advantage of the abilities of the men assigned to him and given varying degrees
1943-44. (2) Ltr, ExO Mil Tng Div ASF to CG Eighth SvC, 28 Oct 43, sub: Camouflage Tng, ASF Units. 353, Engr Mil Tng Div ASF.
CHAPTER XIII
294
more direct need for such training. Some knowledge of demolitions, rigging, and the use of basic engineer tools and equipment was required of all units of whatever type. The basic military training period, lengthened from four weeks to five, was dominated still by rifle marksmanship, 76 hours out of the 240. During the sixth through the thirteenth week, while specialists attended school at the center or at off-post installations, nonspecialists completed the revised regular program of tactical and technical work. Bridge building took up a large block of this time for general service regiments, but less than in the previous program. There was a sharp revision downward in the amount of time for obstacles, demolitions, field fortifications, and camouflage since part of this instruction was moved into the field period. Road building and general construction remained about the same. Tactical subjects were concentrated in the seventh through the tenth week. The emphasis in the last three weeks was on technical engineer work, on fixed and floating bridges, roads, and general construction, with a few hours in obstacle building and a march and bivouac exercise of eight hours.2 At the end of the first thirteen weeks all of the specialists rejoined their units for whatever additional training time might remain before leaving for a port of embarkation. During this period, up to thirteen weeks, each unit trained as a team, with emphasis upon defensive security against attacks, night work with motor convoys, practice in rail movements to familiarize troops with loading procedures, combat tactics in village fighting, shooting at moving targets, and infiltration techniques. During the eleventh and twelfth weeks, regiments engaged in a
295
edge and aptitude. As regards OTS men, too many were 'second raters' in their profession and many of them lacked technical education. In comparison, many of the enlisted menvolunteers and some draftees were Graduate Engineers." 6 Although these enlisted men were better qualified for commissions than the "second raters" who had volunteered or applied for commissions earlier, they entered the regiments at a time when OCS quotas were being drastically reduced and the Engineers were channeling the small number of commissioned civilians into petroleum distribution companies, port construction and repair groups, heavy shop companies, and forestry companies. By the second week of August the 361st had received 6,570 white inductees and transferred 4,232 of them to units. Of the 4,232 transferred to units, the Claiborne regiments received 2,013, and the regiments at the EUTC at Camp Ellis 1,049. The rest were better qualified for other types of units and were assigned to petroleum distribution companies, heavy shop companies, equipment companies, and base depot companies at Claiborne, and to parts supply companies at both Claiborne and Ellis. All of the 120
(1) Min, Staff Conf ASF, 28 Apr 43, sub: Resume of Matters Presented at Staff Conf, 1000, 27 Apr 43. 337, Staff Confs ASF ( S ) . (2) Ltr, CofEngrs to CG SOS, 6 Feb 43, sub: Engr Work Required Overseas. 322, Engrs Corps of ( S ) . (3) Memo, CofEngrs for CG ASF, 14 Apr 43, sub: Voluntary Induction for Engrs. 341.3, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 1. (4) Stat Table, sub: Number of Civilians Employed on Constr Program ... 1 Jul 40 Through 30 Sep 46. EHD files. 5 (1) Memo cited n. 4 ( 3 ) . (2) Ltr, CofEngrs to CG Eighth SvC, 29 May 43, sub: Asgmt of Engr Technicians to New Units of the ASF. 220.3, ASFTC Ellis. (3) Ltr, CG EUTC Claiborne to ACofEngrs, 7 Jul 43. 320.2, ASFTC Claiborne. 6 Rpt, Col Paules, Engr Member WD Obsvrs Bd to CofEngrs, 16 Feb 44, sub: ETO Engr Obsvr's
4
296
Negro specialists were absorbed immediately into four Negro regiments at Claiborne.7 As the quality of fillers improved the number of specialist courses declined. Between August and October 1943, the center shut down its courses in drafting, mapping, surveying, supply, administration, camouflage, chemical warfare, and communications, and discontinued specialist instruction for riggers, electricians, carpenters, and truck drivers. Many of the courses were not resumed until the spring and summer of 1944 when the quality of fillers again deteriorated. A further increase in training time occurred in the fall of 1943. At the request of the War Department, OCE extended the initial training program for ERTC's and
EUTC's from thirteen to seventeen weeks. Added to the maximum of thirteen weeks in the advanced unit program, this made possible a maximum of thirty weeks of training in the EUTC's. The seventeen-week program, effective for units activated after 25 September 1943, was divided into a basic military period of six weeks, a technical and tactical period of eight weeks, and a field period of three weeks. The training at Claiborne approached a more reasonable pace from this time until the reorganization in May 1944 into an ASFTC.8 From the inception of centralized training for ASF engineer units in the PEOC in the spring of 1942 to the end of the EUTC period in May 1944, the Claiborne center trained and sent out approximately 88,000 men in over 200 units. Of the 39 regiments, 15 were Negro. Over 24,000 troops remained at the center in varying degrees of readiness in 81 units, making a total of some 112,000 men either partially or completely trained during this time.9
297
sponsible directly to ASF, was to supervise training. Individual service groups were to concentrate solely on the conduct of training. Although trainees were not to be considered in a common pool for the use of all branches, they could be transferred between units within any one service group in order to distribute experienced and capable men It is the first time that we have had a center as evenly as possible and to make the units of our own that we haven't had to beg, borrow or steal from somebody else. It is the more uniform in quality. first chance we have had to develop it along The site selected for the camp was near the lines it should follow. . . . This is prob- in the western part of central Lewistown ably the first time where we have placed Units Illinois, a tract of about eighteen thousand representing so many different Services at the acres along the Spoon River a few miles same post and under the same Unit Training north of the confluence of that river with Center Commander. There are going to be times when various the Illinois.12 Construction at Ellis began in people get hot under the collar and say that the fall of 1942. During the following winSo and So isn't playing ball, and there is a chance for much, much friction if you want ter a railroad spur was brought in, roads and streets were cut through the cornfields, and to develop it, but I think it will run if you can apply the idea that it has tothat we are all building foundations were laid. Despite unin the same war, and we have to cooperate foreseen hitches caused by construction durto the advantage of all.11 ing freezing weather, the center was forIn this objective ASF apparently succeeded. mally organized on 15 March 1943 and the No serious branch rivalry developed to dis- camp was sufficiently near completion by rupt the training at Ellis. April to house the first cadres. The conference at Chicago also served to Meantime the Engineers had designated outline the proposed organization of the Col. Robert D. Ingalls to be the commandcenter and some of the details of operation. ing officer for the Engineer group. Ingalls The center was to be flexible enough to held an engineering degree from Cornell allow several combinations of ASF units, University. He had served overseas with an according to the needs of the various engineer regiment during World War I and branches at any one time. In the beginning had been on troop duty with engineer units Camp Ellis would be occupied by Quarter- almost continuously from that time till the master, Signal, Medical, and Engineer outbreak of World War II. In 1941 he was groups, any of which could be expanded, executive officer of the 41st General Service reduced, or eliminated entirely and others Regiment. He subsequently commanded the substituted. Administrative and training 35th Engineer Combat Regiment, which functions were, as far as possible, to be sep- he moved, complete with equipment and arated. The post complement, under the five months' supplies, from Fort St. John to control of the Sixth Service Command, was 11 to be the administrative body for the whole Conf on Orgn of ASFUTC Camp Ellis, 30-31 Mar 43. 353, Ellis. camp. An ASFUTC headquarters, made 12
298
Fort Nelson, British Columbia, in the win- operations their organization and training ter of 1941-42, over 200 miles of narrow, would be greatly simplified. Unfortunately twisting, wilderness trail. With this same volunteers did not arrive in nearly the numregiment he built 250 miles of the Alcan bers required. By the first part of August Highway through the Canadian Rockies. the 361st Special Service Regiment at ClaiHis ability to lead the troops in achieving borne had sent only 1,049 men to Camp this feat, in spite of freezing weather and Ellis. Other fillers in addition to these mountainous terrain, won him the Distin- brought the units to only 36 percent of guished Service Medal and the supervision strength. The original units were less than of the southern half of the highway. In- half filled. Two more regiments and dump galls had ample experience in training units truck companies had been activated with at the regimental level. In February 1943 even fewer men. There was plenty of work to do pending the Engineers sent him to West Camp Claiborne to study the larger job of integrating the time when training could begin. In late the instruction of many units. At the con- April Ingalls had started the trainer overference in March in Chicago he received head and cadres upon the development of a further clarification of his task of train- training areas sufficient for the numbers of ing a number of engineer units at a center men scheduled to arrive. With the failure which was not solely an Engineer installa- of the voluntary induction program to meet expectations, schedules were soon awry. tion.13 To fill the remaining positions in the En- Fearing that the great mass of fillers would gineer group, the Engineers selected experi- descend upon the center all at once, overenced instructors and clerks from the two taxing the normal facilities, Ingalls foreERTC's, the EUTC at Claiborne, and the sightedly put the half-filled units to work enEngineer Amphibian Command. On 28 larging all training areas. Until the middle April Colonel Ingalls, 26 officers, and 86 of August the regiments and dump truck enlisted men arrived at Ellis. On 25 May companies built fixed and floating bridge two general service regiments, two dump sites along the Spoon River, constructed an truck companies, one parts supply company, additional rifle range, and enlarged obstacle, and one base depot company were acti- demolition, rigging, and field fortification vated. The Engineer group, or EUTC, was areas. When the Engineers discovered that organized on 1 June with a unit training the Spoon River was so narrow and the capacity of 7,400 men. Space remained for current so slow that it would freeze over in four more regiments and several dump truck 13 (1) Rpt of Activities Mil Pers Br for Period companies.14 Ending 15 Feb 43. 020, Engrs Office C of, JanThe initiation of a standard program of Mar 43. (2) Ltr, C of Mil Pers Br to CG EUTC training awaited the reception of fillers. It Claiborne, 17 Mar 43, sub: Off and Enl Cadre. 320.2, ASFUTC Ellis. (3) WD GO 23, 15 May 43. 14 had been hoped that the voluntary induc(1) 220.3, ASFTC Ellis. (2) Ltr, C of Mil Pers Br to CG EUTC Claiborne, 17 Mar 43, sub: tion of skilled construction workers would Off and Enl Cadre. 320.2, ASFUTC Ellis. (3) provide the major part of the men needed. Memo, C of O&T Br for CG ASF, 24 Apr 43, sub: These volunteers would be older than the Special Issue of Equip to Engr Sec, ASFUTC Camp Ellis, Ill. 475, ASFUTC Ellis. (4) Memo, Hq EAC average recruit but since they would be ex- for G-1, 21 Apr 43. Hq EACClass Sec, 312.1, perienced in earth-moving and construction Corresp (Misc).
299
mission. There must be no "breaks." No rest should be prescribed, except that due to physical exhaustion. There should be constant pressure through the chain of command to "get the job done." 16
Shortly thereafter, just as had been expected, the center was swamped with the remaining fillers. Within three weeks, beginning on 17 August, almost 8,000 arrived. By 7 September space designed for 7,400 men held 10,500. Until the end of October, two regiments and four dump truck companies had to be housed in pyramidal and shelter tents without floors. Yet it was not the quantity but the quality of the fillers that caused the greatest concern to the center's staff. Most of these fillers were either men reclassified from a limited duty status, or eliminated as surplus overhead from service commands and other stations. Some obviously were undesirables. An OCE inspector in late August took a close look at four of the general service regiments and reported some startling cases of men wearing metal braces on their backs, injured right hands on right handed men, victims of infantile paralysis, deformed arms, legs, feet, and glass eyes.17 A contingent of 461 men arriving at Ellis in late August represented the dregs of a group of undesirables who had been shunted from one station to another. In early August, Belvoir received these men from Fort Harrison. Out of the 862 men, Belvoir found 95 illiterates, 60 courts-martial cases, 87 limited service per15 Ltr, Ingalls to ACofEngrs, 15 Jan 44. 353 ASFTC Ellis. 16 Incl 32, in Hist of Engr Group, Camp Ellis, Ill., 25 Jan 45. 353, Camp Ellis. 17 Incl, Rpt of Inspec of 368th, 371st, 1301st, 1303d Gen Sv Regts, 29 Aug 43, by Capt Erhard E. Dittbrenner, to basic Memo, C of O&T Br for CG ASF, 2 Sep 43, sub: Tng Inspec of Units Committed for Overseas Movement. ASF, 333.3 Engr (S).
300
sonnel, 33 aliens, and 62 cases of time lost because of misconduct. Sixty-six percent of the total were in AGCT Classes IV and V. Belvoir retained 401 of these and shipped the remainder to Ellis.18 The efforts of the unit officers to conduct an orderly course of training were in the main abortive. Frequent disruptions occurred during the next few months as the men were screened to determine how many could be retained. Great numbers were discharged. Many of the men in the first three grades could not be used in these units and had to be reassigned. Transfers between units were continuous. In the month of October so many men were eliminated that one regiment could not begin training and three other regiments had to repeat their last four weeks. By the end of November the screening process in the seven regiments came to an end. Out of the 8,000 fillers, 3,940 were examined and reclassified. Of these examined, 1,917 were discharged, 1,310 were reassigned, and only 713 returned to duty. About 3,000 replacements had to be obtained. Almost two thirds of these replacements were needed in specialist positions. The greatest deficiencies were in construction foremen, construction carpenters, bridge carpenters, electricians, utility repairmen, riggers, quarrymen, and blaster powder menthe very core of engineer skills. Realizing that the replacements would probably not furnish the skills needed, the center set up specialist schools. Sixteen different courses were offered. Since many of the OCS graduates knew little more about construction machinery than the men, the center attempted to provide this background through two specialist courses for officers in vehicle and heavy equipment maintenance. According to the original plans the EUTC
301
all through the night. "Brooms and shovels were brought out to clean snow from the 21 joints as the work progressed." By six o'clock the next morning the first platoon had finished. The first regiment to finish had placed all its mat by early the next afternoon. Although the entire strip was not completed until five o'clock, the first plane could land by the middle of the afternoon. Ingalls again expressed disappointment. Even with an additional regiment, building time had been speeded up by only four hours. Conceding that the weather was partially to blame, Ingalls nevertheless believed that poor leadership at all levels and poor organization within the platoons were the major delaying factors. Accordingly he sponsored a series of competitions in mat laying among all of the platoons, each platoon laying 160 sections. By the middle of January 1944 when each regiment had eliminated all but one champion platoon he scheduled a final competition for the best platoon of the whole Engineer group. In this way Ingalls brought the best platoons to such a level of competence that they could lay 160 sections of mat in thirty minutes. He estimated that under ideal conditions six regiments could complete a landing strip in four hours. The competitions verified the fact that it took much more time to lay this mat than the training manual indicated. It would take one regiment as much as four or five days to haul and lay a strip of this size as opposed to 22 the allotted eleven hours. Much good training resulted from the urgency which Ingalls injected into the proLtr, Col Willard B. Wells, USAR, to G of EHD, 3 Feb 55. 20 Incl to Ltr, Col Francis X. Purcell, Jr., to C of EHD, 31 Dec 54. 21 Ltr, Ingalls to ACofEngrs, 15 Jan 44. 353, ASFTC Ellis. 22 Ibid.
19
302
gram. The thoroughness with which he attended to details was undoubtedly beneficial. Rifle marksmanship qualifications remained high. The regiments knew how to lay landing mat before the competitions were over. The extensive bridge building exercises gave the units more than a familiarization in this fundamental engineer operation. Physical conditioning was continuous. For example, obstacle courses were so placed that troops moving from one training area to another ran these courses instead of simply marching from place to place. The commanding officer of the 1301st General Service Regiment, which distinguished itself overseas as a combat unit, regarded Ingalls as "a devoted and brilliant engineer officer, an independent thinker, and a man of the finest quality." However, he had some reservations about training methods at Ellis:
'make the POE' but someone . . thought differently and how right he was. We had no sooner reached England when the men (and Officers) settled down, went to work and developed into the best General Service Regiment in the Third 24 Army." Varying shades of opinion came back to Ingalls from England as the units deployed overseas. Some of the unit officers observed that the training had served them well. One believed that "your training is exactly along the right lines; only if anything, it should be more so." Another wrote "We are learning a great deal and what I wanted to tell you more than anything else is that the training you gave me was the best thing that ever happened. . . . needed everything you gave us and a little more. I actually wish that the training was stiffer." A third gave a rather weak endorsement, saying that "the way you are carrying on your training is O. K. for what we The best result of the type of training con- are doing here . . . ," and added ducted was that no situation that the regiment ambiguously, "at present we are living in met in combat seemed nearly as hard as what we went through in training. On the other tents on a fine camp site, and finding our hand, it was difficult under these conditions job here mighty easy compared to 25 to develop the engineering techniques that a Ellis." general service regiment or similar organizaWhile some of the engineers at Ellis contion should have. Also, the severity of the sidered the training ideal, others chafed untraining eliminated some men who were highly qualified technically but were not strong der the realistic standards. Contributing to enough or young enough to stand up under the unrest was the fact that the Engineer such conditions. group could compare these standards quite Most people with whom I discussed this easily with those set by the adjoining Quartraining system were opposed to it, and . termaster . . and Medical groups. Training I was about the fifth commander of the 1301st during its nine months of training. I ac- methods and types of tasks varied greatly cepted Colonel Ingall's system and tried to in the three groups; these variations could get the most out of it, but I believe that the scarcely go unnoticed. Morale suffered furmethod was extreme, and I would prefer to ther as a result of overcrowding in the Entrain engineer troops under more favorable gineer group. Contrary to one of the primary
conditions and with more attention to the development of techniques as opposed to combat type training.23
Ltr, Purcell to C of EHD, 31 Dec 54. Ltr, Col Willard B. Wells to C of EHD, 3 Feb 55. 25 Quoted in Incl 32, in Hist of Engr Group, Camp Ellis, Ill., 25 Jan 45. 353, Ellis.
24 23
A battalion officer in the same regiment recollected, "We all thought we would never
303
from any complaints until the spring of 1944. Then a single letter triggered off a series of actions which culminated in the transfer of Ingalls. On 17 April a major serving with a construction battalion at Ellis wrote a short note to a contact in ASF headquarters. The note included a request that Somervell be given an inclosed letter detailing some of the things which he considered wrong about engineer training at Camp Ellis. The complaints ranged from "special hand salutes," use of swagger sticks by officers, and the necessity of "dodging 'gestapo' informers of the high command," to the "careful assignment of men to units by height rather than qualification" and the sodding of the lawns in the Engineer group. The lawn sodding came in for special comment. "A few days ago the entire Engineer Group of some 2000 men, 172 trucks and more than a dozen bulldozers were ordered to haul sod to pretty up the place. It was the third day of rain. Equipment and men worked in mud from 6 inches to 3 feet deep. Imagine the damage to equipment alone."28 Whether or not this letter ever came to
(1) Inspec, 1317th Gen Sv Regt (Negro), 1 Jan 44, by Lt Col Charles B. Schweizer, OCE. ASF, 333.3, Engrs 1-1-44. (2) Incl, Rpt of Inspec
26
of 368th, 371st, 1301st, 1303d Gen Sv Regts, 29 Aug 43, by Dittbrenner, to Memo, C of O&T Br for CG ASF, 2 Sep 43, sub: Tng Inspec of Units Committed for Overseas Movement. ASF, 333.3, Engr ( S ) . (3) Ltr, Dittbrenner to Sixth SvC, 29 Aug 43. Sixth SvC, 333.1-6, Gen. 27 (1) Ltr (unsigned) to CG Sixth SvC, 14 Oct 43. Sixth SvC, 333.1-6, Gen. (2) Interv, Mary Pagan, Mil Pers Br OCE, 16 Aug 54. (3) Inspec, 1317th Gen Sv Regt (Negro), 1 Jan 44, by Schweizer. ASF, 333.3, Engrs 1-1-44. Inspection reports of OCE, Sixth Service Command, and ASF have been scanned for this entire period. There was no special inspection made by The Inspector General's Department in the spring of 1944. 28 Ltr, Maj C. P. Carson to Somervell, 17 Apr 44.
304
the attention of Somervell, it did circulate among various divisions in ASF headquarters. The person who first received the letter was of the opinion that, although it was addressed to Somervell, the proper place for it was in OCE. Within a few days, however, the letter reached the desk of Col. Arthur G. Trudeau, Deputy Director of Military Training, ASF. On 22 April 1944 Trudeau directed a memorandum to the Chief of Engineers and to the Commanding General, Sixth Service Command, inclosing a copy of the major's letter with the signature deleted. Trudeau noted that the military training of engineer troops at Ellis had been under similar criticism for almost a year. He requested both OCE and the Sixth Service Command to eliminate immediately any existing malpractices. Each was to submit a report recommending any desirable changes in trainer personnel or any further action which might be taken by ASF. This memorandum came as a surprise to the staff at Camp Ellis. Ingalls' immediate superior in command of Camp Ellis, Col. John S. Sullivan, considered him an excellent trainer, if something of a martinet.29 Sullivan's eventual reply to the Sixth Service Command was therefore almost solely a defense of Ingalls, in fact, a rephrasing of Ingalls' own memorandum to him on the subject on 26 April. Ingalls wrote proudly of the marksmanship record which the Engineer group had earned and emphasized that no other training subjects had suffered from this achievement. Many of the specific criticisms concerned matters which Ingalls had hoped would improve morale:
As I remember, the anonymous writer mentioned swagger sticks, special salute, assignment of men to companies by height, sodding of areas alongside of barracks and officers assembly.
Other portions of the major's letter had contained adverse comments on the assignment of personnel to engineer units and upon the course of instruction at the Engineer School. From OCE Sturdevant confined his answer to these matters, assuming that the Sixth Service Command would counter the criticisms applying directly to Camp Ellis. That this reply was less than satisfactory was evident in the subsequent memorandum from Trudeau reminding the Chief of Engineers that OCE was responsible for the assignment of officers and for the character of training being given at Ellis. On 6 May 1944, Reybold answered in more detail. He touched upon the "large number of misfits and cast-offs" received as fillers
Interv, Sullivan. 20 May 54. Memo, Ingalls for Sullivan, 26 Apr 44. Ellis, 353, 1944, Book IIC Tng.
30 29
305
group was formally disbanded. In all it trained fifty units, including seven general service regiments, a total of about 13,000 men. The work of preparing these units for overseas assignments was largely completed during the year Ingalls was in command. He had organized the center with handpicked men familiar with the intricacies of an Engineer training installation. With them, he had developed an excellent physical plant well planned for engineer use. He had infused the center with a sense of realism, had given the troops a foretaste of the discomforts and hardships to come. Despite the disruptions caused by the numerous unqualified fillers, the difficulties of supervising with too small a staff, and the dissatisfactions and dissensions that arose from his interpretation of the training mission, Ingalls prepared these troops to play creditable roles in active theaters. The 1301st, 1303d, and 1306th Engineer General Service Regiments made the list of eleven such units which the Office of the Chief Engineer, ETO, recommended for Meritorious Service Unit Plaques on 20 November 1944. These three regiments sup1st Memo Ind, Sturdevant for CG ASF, 28 Apr 44; 2d Memo Ind, Trudeau for CofEngrs, 1 May 44; 3d Memo Ind, Reybold for CG ASF, 6 May 44; all on Memo, Trudeau for CofEngrs, CG Sixth SvC, Dir Mil Tng Div ASF, 22 Apr 44, sub: Engr Tng at Camp Ellis, Ill. 323.3, ASFTC Ellis. 32 (1) Interv, Sullivan, 20 May 54. (2) Interv, Col J. P. Buehler, 20 May 54. (3) Interv, Col Edward A. Brown, jr., 16 Aug 54. (4) Interv, Mary Pagan, Mil Pers Br OCE, 16 Aug 54. (5) Interv, Trudeau, 4 Mar 54. Most of the people interviewed had but vague recollections of this whole affair. Trudeau and Brown (of Military Personnel, OCE) remembered nothing. The consensus was that ASF pressure most likely caused the transfer of Colonel Ingalls. Drafts of this chapter were submitted to Ingalls for review, but in accordance with his request comments he made on them in letters to the Chief of Military History have not been used.
31
306
ported the drive of the Third Army through France in place of combat engineer organizations, which were not at that time available. Innumerable bridges had to be placed in the shortest possible time in the most forward positions. At Thionville, the 1306th threw a 200-foot double-triple Bailey across the Moselle under constant mortar and artillery fire. The 1301st maintained this high caliber of work later on the 70-ton Oppenheim bridge, built within fourteen days from materials obtained in the locality. This bridge, both in design and construction, was considered by the Chief Engineer, ETO, as the best of all the Rhine bridges built by field force units. A grateful XII Corps in the spring of 1945 reported mag-
pp. 2-18. (3) Hugh M. Cole, The Lorraine Campaign, UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II (Washington, 1950), pp. 407-08. (4) Ltr, Purcell to C of EHD, 31 Dec 54. (5) Final Engr Rpt, ETO, pp. 303-04. (6) Rpt, Hq XII Corps to TAG, sub: Rpt of Combat Opns, 1-31
Mar 45. Opns Br AGO, Vol. IV, XII Corps A/A Rpt, Mar 45. 34 Unless otherwise noted, this section is based on: (1) 353, Sutton ( C ) ; (2) 353, EUTC Sutton; (3) P&T Div file, EUTC Sutton; (4) 602, Sutton ( C ) ; (5) Rpt of Visit to Camp Sutton, N. C., C of Sv Force Br, Office ACofS G-3, 2 May 44. EHD files; (6) Lee, Employment of Negro Troops, Ch. IX, pp. 42-44; X, pp. 68-79; XIV, pp. 48, 76-80. 35 (1) Ltr, TAG to CG Fourth SvC, 15 Jul 43, sub: Estab of EUTC Camp Sutton, N. C. 323.3, EUTC Sutton. (2) Ltr, CO EUTC Sutton to CG Fourth SvC, 15 Oct 43, sub: Constr at Camp Sutton, N. C., with 3d Ind, C of Mil Constr Br to CG ASF, 12 Nov 43, with 4th Ind, C of Constr Plan Br ASF to CofEngrs, 18 Nov 43. 600.1, Sutton (C).
307
been tested at Claiborne and at the ERTC's. The experienced supervisors had only to make a synthesis of the training procedures and practices that had worked well at the training installations from which they came. Since few of the units were pressed for time, MTP's could be followed almost to the letter. Faulty planning at higher levels canceled out these advantages to some extent. Too great a load was thrown upon the center within a short space of time. Six general service regiments arrived within the first thirty days, allowing little staggering of training and resulting in an inefficient use of equipment. Special equipment for units other than general service regiments did not arrive at all and could not be procured for several months. Equipment and materials for the specialist schools came in insufficient quantities. The simplest sort of training areas, such as drill fields, had not been prepared in advance. While the construction of such areas provided excellent exercises for heavy equipment specialists and the dump truck company during the first few months, general training would have been improved if the areas had been ready for use at the start. By October 1943 facilities were much improved. At the end of the first three months twenty-six drill fields had been laid out, graded, and drained. Four fixed bridge sites lined the lower course of Richardson Creek, including one site for the H-10 and one for the Bailey bridge. Nine tactical areas were defined in the wooded northern portion of the camp for squad and platoon scouting and reconnaissance. A demolitions area occupied the isolated northern tip of the whole tract. Three regular obstacle courses and
Ltr, ACofEngrs to CG ASF, 14 Sep 43, sub: EUTC, Camp Sutton, N. C. 322, EUTC Sutton.
36
308
one knot obstacle course provided physical conditioning and practical tests in rigging. By early 1944 the center was well supplied with classroom buildings, motor vehicles, and special equipment such as asphalt repair plants, woodworking machinery, blacksmith and welding sets, and well drilling gear. The headquarters staff at Sutton gave ample evidence that it had learned much from past experience. Inspectors expressed satisfaction with detailed plans for executing and supervising the work. Specialist training was orderly and efficient and received repeated commendation. Instructors came from the Schools and Specialist Section of the Training Division or from the officers' pool. When the EUTC schools became crowded, individual units set up parallel courses using lesson plans furnished by the Schools and Specialist Section, but this expedient had to be resorted to only occasionally. The bulk of the nearly 7,000 specialists received instruction in schools run by the center.37 What made Sutton fail to live up to expectations was the personnel received and the uncertainties in unit organization. A preponderance of Negro troops who had had little opportunity to acquire fundamental skills presented an almost insuperable handicap. Few Negroes assigned to Sutton had ever driven a truck or worked with mechanic's tools before assignment to dump truck companies. General service regiments required men of a higher degree of education, aptitude, and experience for draftsmen, surveyors, s t r u c t u r a l designers, construction supervisors, and operators of complicated heavy machinery. Following the War Department's decision that Negro and white units of the same type could not be trained at the same rate, OCE
309
NEGRO TROOPS TRAINING AT CAMP SUTTON, February 1943. Negro regiments made the change in early March. 39 In addition to having more and heavier machines of the types issued to general service regiments, the construction battalions also had tractor operated cranes, concrete mixers, powered and towed road rollers, cable operated road rooters, towed road scrapers, trailer mounted lubricators, and a mobile power plant. OCE tried unsuccessfully to get enough additional machinery to the EUTC to make up four full sets of construction battalion equipment upon conversion of the units. Only one complete set of equipment had arrived at the EUTC by mid-April; the other three sets were scheduled for delivery some time within the next two months.40 It seemed to the staff at Sutton that an impossible goal had been set. OCE was in full agreement and had already protested the conversion of Negro units to construction battalions. Although with constant supervision many of the Negro men had become proficient in operating the organizational equipment of the general service regiment, the new machines to be issued to the construction battalion imposed a demand for a whole new group of operators, supervisors, and foremen. The same questions would have to be answered. How can one train a surveyor without a mathematical background to build on? How can one turn a dirt farmer into an experienced construction
39 (1) Rpt, CO Camp Sutton, 10 Sep 43, sub: Consolidated Strength Rpt (Present and Absent) as of 2400, 8 Sep 43. 320.2, EUTC Sutton. (2) Analysis of the Present Status of the War Dept Troop Basis, 1 Jan 45. AGO Special Reference Collection. (3) Memo, C of Mob Br for ACofEngrs for War Planning, 31 Mar 44, sub: Engr Units at Camp Sutton, N. C. 320.2, Jan 42-Sep 44 ( C ) . (4) See above, page 236, for a discussion of the organization of construction battalions. 40 (1) T/O&E 5-27, 1 Apr 42. (2) T/O&E 5-75, 23 Dec 43.
310
foreman in so few weeks? The most promising of the enlisted men had already been sent to off-post schools and most had returned qualified only as rodmen and chainmen, machinists, and construction machinery operators. Few had been recommended for supervisory positions. The EUTC flatly announced it could not fill nine master sergeant and technical sergeant ratings. Maintenance inspectors, construction superintendents, machine shop foremen, stonemason foremen, plumber foremen, surveyors, construction supervisors, road construction designers, and battalion motor sergeants would have to be obtained elsewhere. OCE replied that none could be supplied and that for the most part they must be developed at the EUTC from the best men possible, since special service schools could train only four of the nine ratings. In early July one of the construction battalions, sent out on a construction operation near Lenoir, North Carolina, had to be removed from the job because of the poor quality of the work. OCE finally succeeded in convincing the War Department of the soundness of its position. The new general service regiment, which was adopted as a compromise organization, eliminated many of the more complicated jobs. Three of the four Negro construction battalions, the only units of that type remaining at the center by that time, were thereupon reorganized for the second time, with the expectation that the simplification would enable the EUTC to get all five units into shape for movement overseas by September. In August, with the occurrence of racial disturbances, it was determined to move all of the Negro troops, including the dump truck companies, overseas at their current status of training as quickly
311
officers showed up just as badly as the men, although Negro officers had considerable . ." control over the troops. By late April 1944, when some of the units had been in training for thirty-three weeks, posture was still
312
officers resented assignment to Negro units, became mentally depressed by the association, and in some cases were emotionally unnerved by the experience. In June 1944 Gorlinski made a visit to the center and noted that morale was very low among those officers who had been at the camp for a long period. He consequently sent in five fresh officers who were placed in strategic positions with the idea that they would leaven the pessimistic attitudes. The center had by this time acquired the firm hand that had been recommended in April. Col. Clinton W. Ball, assigned to Sutton as executive officer by early June, assumed command in July. His previous background included "actual experience with raw jungle natives in the mines and bush of the Transvaal, Rhodesia, and German East Africa, native soldiers, Jamaica negroes, colored American soldiers of long service, river workers on the Mississippi and Ohio Rivers, and cotton hands in Texas." Although he considered Negro troops capable of a "cunning dumbness," he believed that "for the large percentage of normal, sturdy, well-balanced American officers, their assignment to a colored unit becomes a detail like any other job." 42 His formula for raising the training standards at Sutton, as well as for improving morale, was hard work and rigid discipline. Shortly after becoming executive officer, he wrote Gorlinski:
In connection with the uplift of morale, the following procedures have been taken. The basic trouble is that the white officers with colored units have held their heads and wondered why "they" should be picked on to command these outfits. This is a very normal reaction and takes about three days to recover. I have made it my business to get each regimental commander and staff and tell them that it has been done, can be done, and will be done, that if they do not start now to
The resulting campaign to put some starch into the young officers, who seemed to be suffering already from a form of claustrophobia, consisted of retaining 75 percent of all the officers on the post at all times and instituting a compulsory maintenance course for them to occupy their spare hours. They could attend to their social affairs later. Other morale measures may have had a more positive effect. As a result of a directive from ASF, a Negro captain was brought to headquarters as a part-time staff officer and trouble shooter. Mail was carefully censored. An intelligence officer gathered and sifted rumors and reports. Despite the firm hand at Sutton the friction, resentment, and mutual suspicion at last reached a climax in the sultry days of late August 1944. Instances of insolence and insubordination to officers, M.P.'s, and civilian police became frequent. Civilians stoned busses filled with Negro soldiers, apparently without direct provocation. From several sources came definite information that the Negroes had devised a "planned, continued course of conduct against both the Post and
Ltr, CO Camp Sutton to OCE, 10 July 44, with Incl, Info for Visiting Offs. 353, Sutton (C). 43 Ltr, ExO Sutton to Gorlinski, 29 Jun 44. 353, Sutton ( C ) .
42
313
served all units alike. Carefully constructed sites for bridging, road construction, demolitions, obstacles, and for many other general engineering subjects, promoted efficient instruction with a minimum of duplication in facilities. Equipment peculiar to specific types of units such as the semipermanent shop installations at Claiborne could be used over and over to train successive units in the repair and maintenance of machinery. Three sets of center supervisors, after training a large number of units in succession, built up a body of experience which could be applied to recurring basic problems in the training of all similar units. Each EUTC, having authority to shift men around from one unit to another, could approximate an equal distribution of talents and abilities among the units under its supervision. Centralized production of lesson plans and schedules and minute supervision helped to provide further uniformity in the quality of the units. Capacities for training grew from a provisional setup for 16,000 construction troops to a maximum of over 57,000 in the peak month of September 1943. These three centers produced a total of about 138,000 Engineers during their existence as EUTC's. These were the men who kept the machinery of the engineers' war working night and day, provided lumber, built bridges, and laid thousands of miles of pipeline for the distribution of vital petroleum products. These were the men who repaired airdromes in Europe in a matter of hours, constructed landing strips from Pacific jungle in a matter of days, and hewed strategic roads through forests and mountains the world over.
44 Ltr, CO Camp Sutton to Dir Mil Tng Fourth SvC, 29 Aug 44. 353, Sutton ( C ) .
CHAPTER XIV
315
tion battalions, moving overland, with standard construction machinery. At a conference in Godfrey's office on 8 June 1942 planners agreed that the second mission represented the greatest innovation. At least one airborne engineer aviation battalion should be formed to test the new organization and special equipment. Maj. Ellsworth I. Davis of the Engineer Board was designated to develop the equipment for this battalion and Capt. Harry G. Woodbury of the 21st Engineer Aviation Regiment was given the full-time job of integrating doctrine, organization, and training.4 Within the next month Woodbury worked out the details which governed the training of the eighteen airborne aviation battalions activated during the course of the war. He recommended that the battalion be armed and trained in weapons sufficient only for its own defense. The unit should proceed unhampered to do the most rapid repair job possible in order to provide minimum field space for cargo planes, fighters, observation planes, and light bombers. Woodbury suggested that a provisional aviation training unit be furnished to supervise the basic and technical programs for these battalions. Each unit should then be transferred to some airborne command station for further development of techniques.5 The provisional training unit was not established at once. Instead, Woodbury was
(1) Ltr, ACofEngrs to CG SOS, 6 Apr 42, sub: Trp Basis for Activation of Engr Units with AAF. OCE 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 15. (2) USAF HD, Engr-823 HI ( S ) . (3) Ltr, Godfrey to Engrs First, Second, Third, and Fourth Air Forces, 3 Aug 42, sub: Tng of Avn Engr Trps. KCRG AF 353, Tng Book III. (4) USAF HD, Engr-833-HI. 4 Min, Conf on A/B Avn Engrs, 8 Jun 42. OCE 320.2, A/B Engrs ( C ) . 5 Woodbury, Notes on Orgn, Opns, Equip, and Tng of A/B Avn Engrs, 9 Jul 42. OCE 320.2, A/B Engrs ( C ) .
3
316
placed in charge of an experimental battalion, the 871st, activated at Westover Field, Massachusetts, on 1 September 1942. The organization of this unit began in late August with a cadre of 1 OO volunteers from other aviation units and was brought to full strength in the same manner by 20 September. The Engineer Board meantime chose certain types of lightweight construction machinery suitable for transport by air. The Air Transport Command furnished four C-47's in mid-September. Within the first month each crew flew 120 hours of training flights, and those engineers who could not adjust to airborne operations were eliminated. The battalion's cargo planes were soon busy on another task. Even though the organization and equipment had been given no tests, two companies of this first battalion were slated for the North African invasion within six weeks of activation. Consequently, manufacturers were prodded to produce at least some of the bantam equipment that the board had tentatively selected. The four cargo planes then began a shuttle service to Midwest factories, picking up bulldozers, carry-all scrapers, graders, sheepsfoot rollers, air compressors, jeeps, asphalt repair plants, and electric lighting sets as they came off the assembly lines. By mid-October the two companies had been trained, equipped, and sent to a staging area. Anticipating a great demand for such units, the War Department activated five additional airborne aviation battalions before the end of 1942. Two of these were organized at Westover Field in October and three at Camp Claiborne in November the latter three moving to Westover Field by late February 1943 after a basic and technical period at Claiborne. These five
317
BANTAM TOWED SCRAPER being loaded on a cargo plane for shipment to North Africa, January 1943.
on 12 October 1942. Procurement of the equipment as determined by AAF was still a function of OCE, however.
came from the ERTC's. With basic military training behind him, the engineer recruit would be ready, upon assignment to a unit, to refine his technical skills, begin tactiBasic Military Training cal exercises, and practice airfield construction. But such was not to be the case. Basic Early in November 1942 the War De- training at Jefferson Barracks differed conpartment also made the AAF responsible siderably from that at the ERTC's.9 for the basic military training of all arms and services personnel with the AAF In addition to those documents cited separately, (ASWAAF). 8 From December 1942 to this section is based upon: (1) 353, Basic Tng Book May 1943 all aviation engineer recruits I; (2) Wesley Frank Craven and James Lea Cate, went from reception centers to Jefferson eds., Men and Planes, Vol. VI, The Army Air Forces in World War II (Chicago: The University of ChiBarracks, Missouri, for basic training under cago Press, 1955), pp. 528-31. the supervision of the Army Air Forces (1) Memo, Brig Gen Thomas J. Hanley, Jr., Technical Training Command (AAF- Deputy C of Air Staff for G-3, 13 Nov 42, sub: Tng of Colored Pers at Jefferson Barracks. 353-A, Negro TTC ). In effect, this system contemplated Tng ( S ) . (2) Ltr, AG Hq AAFTTC to CG AAF, a return to the prewar period when fillers 20 Nov 42, sub: Tng of Colored Trps. Same file.
8 9
318
At first there were encouraging signs. Just as the AAFTTC received the new responsibility for conducting the basic military training of ASWAAF troops, AAF directed the gradual extension of the basic military period from four to eight weeks for all recruits except those slated for technical schools. The latter would move out after four weeks of instruction. Also, some branch training would be allowed during the second month. On 8 December 1942, at a conference held at AAFTTC headquarters, the arms and services presented their proposals for branch training. Only Ordnance, Chemical Warfare, and the Engineers desired any special work. Chemical Warfare wanted 20 hours, Ordnance 37. The Engineers, always anxious to produce a basic soldier who would also be skilled in demolitions, rigging, and carpentry, and familiar with engineer tools and equipment, presented a program including 61 hours of branch training. Unfortunately, the conversion to an eight-week basic course took six months. On 1 May 1943 the eight-week schedule was finally effective, but by that time Godfrey was ready with suggestions which would curtail the AAFTTC control of engineer aviation basics to five weeks. One particular source of dissatisfaction with AAFTTC control was the improper classification and assignment of men to the airborne battalions. The rigorous conditions under which airborne troops would operate made it imperative to select only young men who were physically and mentally tough, but of the 883 men assigned to Westover Field in December 1942, only 716 could be used in the first battalions. Some were subject to airsickness, others lacked stamina or did not show the required aggressive attitude. There were 102 men over the desired age limit who had to be kept.10
319
activated since the Engineers, late in 1941, had determined that the battalion would be the more useful and manageable unit overseas. In August 1942 two regiments had been formed, one at Geiger Field, Washington, and one at Eglin Field, Florida. Subsequent activations at Richmond, Virginia, in October, and at Westover, Massachusetts, in November, brought the total number of 15 regiments to four. It was apparent by the fall of 1942 that the grouping of even a few battalions at one installation offered some decided advantages over the training of isolated units. Equipment could be shared and personnel exchanged just as in the EUTC's. Training Centralization Begins was faster. Gradually the regiments took on From January through May 1943 the the function of unit training centers. By AAF activated forty-six engineer aviation November 1942, battalions were being debattalionsas opposed to thirty-nine during tached from these regiments and placed on the whole of 1942and organized seven overseas shipment schedules. The regiments airborne engineer aviation battalions.13 The then refilled. Early in 1943, with the beprovision of cadres, officers, basic fillers, and ginning of the big expansion, it became a specialists, as well as tools and equipment common practice to attach extra battalions would have been complicated under ideal to each regiment for training in addition to circumstances. The job of welding these the three organic battalions. separate parts into unified, smooth-funcThere were several flaws in this arrangetioning teams, capable of airfield construc- ment, as the Engineer staff in the Second tion and defense, would have taxed the in- Air Force headquarters quickly pointed out genuity and resources of the most well-reg- in January 1943. Battalions which remained ulated centers. To have so many battalions organic to a regiment did not develop iniscattered at widely separated air bases would have made co-ordination difficult Aviation Engineer Notes, No. 12 (Februaryand standardization practically impossible. March 1943). USAF HD, 144.31 A, Feb-Mar 43. Some technical supervision might come In addition to those documents cited separately, from the Air Engineer at AAF headquarters this section is based upon: (1) 321-A, Engrs Corps ) ; (2) 321, Engr Avn Bn, Bulky ( S ) . through the small Engineer staff of each of of ( S (1) Engr Avn Units, CONUS and Overseas, as the four air forces, but essentially each unit of 1 Mar 44. OCE 320.2, Engr Avn Units ( C ) .
12
13 14
would be on its own.14 By May 1943, however, a more centralized system had evolved from the training of engineer aviation regiments. Few engineer aviation units of this size had been
(2) Ltr, Godfrey to Engrs First, Second, Third, and Fourth Air Forces, 3 Aug 42, sub: Tng of Avn Engr Trps. KCRG, AF 353, Tng Book III. 15 (1) See above, p. 25. (2) Incl, Hq AAF, Avn Engr Priority List, to Ltr, Dir Base Svs to OCE, 23 Mar 43, sub: Avn Engr Priority List. OCE 322, Engr Avn Units.
320
tiative. Battalions which were only attached gained a more thorough knowledge of property procurement and accounting since they did their own supply requisitioning. Morale in the independent battalions seemed higher. The Second Air Force suggested that a more uniform and flexible system might be provided. Discarding the fiction of battalions being organic to regiments, groups of battalions might be trained on an equal footing at several Aviation Engineer Training Centers. In mid-February the AAF Proving Ground Command submitted a similar plan. A long step in the development of such centers came in March with the activation of two regimental headquarters, one at March Field, California, and the other at MacDill Field, Florida, each with a strength of 19 officers and 257 enlisted men and with no organic battalions. Instead, the individual battalions already stationed at these two bases were assigned to the new regimental headquarters for administration and training. During the same month, the battalions of the regiments stationed at Geiger Field and at Eglin Field were redesignated as individual, numbered battalions. Training stations had been reduced to thirteen, five for the training regiments and eight others. In April, three more regimental headquarters were activated, one to replace the 924th Regiment at Richmond, and two at new locations, at Davis-Monthan Field, Arizona, and at Gowen Field, Idaho.16 Although the overhead was small at these regimental headquarters and only a few battalions could be attached to each, some centralization resulted nonetheless. Engineer aviation units occupied fewer bases during a period when activations rose at an unprecedented rate. Moreover, the staffs de-
321
Field and the report came through May 22, that the equipment listed above is not serviceable and was in need of 4th echelon repairs. All of the tractors have 600 hours operation or
less on them.
mediately take out of these posts, camps, and stations the surplus standard equipment and get it into our depots for repair and conditioning for overseas use before it is too late. Another two months of this equipment being abused will render it useless for overseas duty. . . . We are also taking action to notify the Commanding General, Army Air Forces of the apparent abuse and neglect our equipment
is getting in the field but of course much of
this might be charged to green personnel as an inexperienced operator can wreck a 1/2-yard shovel in five minutes.19
Maintenance was indeed high on equipment constantly used by green personnel, but substituting already worn nonstandard machinery only served to multiply this work load. The equipment was in such poor condition that the battalions could not keep it in repair. Requests that engineer maintenance companies be assigned to the training centers to keep this machinery running met with refusals. Neither AGF nor ASF had 20 any units to spare.
17
"A," Set "B," Set "C." OCE 475, Engr Avn Units.
(2) Memo, Engr Fld Maint Office for C of Engineering and Dev Br OCE, 19 Mar 43, sub: Asphalt and Soil Stabilization Equip. OCE 400.34, Engr
that the equipment was "deadlined." Of 20 D-7 tractors, six (6) -yard shovels, 4 sets of Couse shops, etc., the 851st were unable to find 8 serviceable D-7 tractors, two (2) -yard shovels, one (1) set of Couse shops, etc. This equipment, some of it, had been at Geiger Field for only a short time. I immediately got in touch with Columbus through Major Bugbee and requested a complete check
of the Geiger Field equipment by master me-
Avn Units. (3) 1st Ind, 8 Apr 43, on Memo, O&T for CG AAF, 31 Mar 43, sub: Asphalt and Soil Stabilization Equip. Same file.
(1) 1st Ind, 1 Apr 43, on Ltr, Asst Air Engr to OCE, 2 Mar 43, sub: Tng Equip for Engr Avn
18
chanics from the Regional Field Maintenance Office. Three of them are now at Geiger
322
ground operations which developed foresight and ingenuity. The 835th built four The units which trained from the fall of small landing strips suitable for light planes 1942 to the spring of 1943 did not have the by clearing, grading, and compacting the benefit, however dubious, of this surplus desert soil with water. The climax to this equipment.21 Only the later ones had the training came with an order to construct an full advantage of regimental headquarters entire runway of light bar and rod landing supervision. Within the short time available, mat. The unit prepared first a water-bound the battalions had to complete the basic mili- compacted base which took an enormous tary training that was supposed to be given amount of water in a region where there was by the AAFTTC. Engineering skills had to little water to be had. The battalion borbe developed at stations that were primarily rowed tank trucks from other units and AAF bases. Most serious, the battalions had rented commercial tankers. Other equiptoo little time or opportunity to engage in ment was also scarce. Although the comlarge-scale field exercises to prove their abil- manding officer felt that he was in the unity at airdrome construction. comfortable position of never quite being The battalions engaged instead in many able to do a finished job, his unit profited small jobs primarily intended to improve the from an experience denied to many of the bases where they were stationed rather than other engineer aviation battalions. in co-ordinated efforts designed to mold the One exceptionally good tactical exercise units through successive stages into com- to which Godfrey gave wide publicity petent and confident construction organiza- through his magazine, Aviation Engineer tions. Negro battalions were particularly Notes, was that of the 850th stationed at restricted. The units assigned to Eglin Field, Hammer Field, near Fresno, California. Florida, were first of all labor troops at the This exercise simulated support of a bomber disposal of the AAF Proving Ground Com- group and attached fighter squadrons. mand. 22 One of the better trained of the Warning came on 24 February that on the Negro battalions from Eglin Field, the following day Company A would move out 857th, activated in November 1942, was to a nearby ranch and lay an emergency interrupted frequently to do small jobs for landing strip of pierced plank mat. Comthe post. The only field problem attempted pany B would follow to install ground dewas the completion of a partially finished fenses and support A as needed. Company heavy bar and rod runway. Other Negro units were not even this fortunate.23 White 21 In addition to those documents cited separately, battalions fared somewhat better. In the this section is based upon the following files: (1) west, the Fourth Air Force assigned one bat- 353.6 DTC Tng, Desert, Bulky ( C ) ; (2) KCRG, 353, Tng Books I, II. 22 talion at a time to the Desert Training Cen- AF (1) Ltr, CG AAFPGC to Godfrey, 13 Feb 43. ter. Here constant maneuvers designed to 321, Engr Avn Bn, Bulky ( S ) . (2) Memo, Asst test and perfect the co-ordination of ground Air AG for TAG, 19 Dec 42, sub: Disbanding of Certain Engr Avn Units. 321-A, Engr Corps (S). 23 and air forces provided a high level of ex(1) USAF HD, Engr-857-HI. (2) Ltr, Godperience for aviation units. These few frey to CG AAFPGC, 24 Feb 43. 321, Engr Avn Bn, Bulky ( S ) . (3) USAF HD, Engr-849-HI ( S ) . (4) fortunate battalions lived under field con- USAF HD, Engr-855-HI. (5) USAF HD, Engrditions and participated in changing air- 1872-HI.
323
experiences comparable to those of either the 850th or the 835th. Criticisms from overseas began to point out training deficiencies. Apparently the lack of realistic construction projects had not been too serious a matter for the units activated in 1941. Composed in large part of engineers from other organizations, supplemented by ERTC-trained fillers, they performed remarkably well overseas. As the experience level of succeeding units dropped, as equipment became scarcer and as the units began to move out with little more than basic training, the reports changed. The commanding officer of the 821st, activated in March 1942, commented thankfully that his unit had been "extremely fortunate in coming to a static theater where we could continue our training while carrying on construction work." 25 By March 1943, the Office of the Air Engineer became perturbed by the frequency of such comments and appealed to the Construction Division, OCE, for help in broadening the scope of training projects. Only a few District and Division Engineers had co-operated with the requests of unit commanders and allotted hardstandings and other small jobs to individual units. The disinterest was understandable since the AAF could not guarantee the length of time the troops would be available. The abrupt withdrawal of a unit for an overseas assignment left a project half-completed, disrupting planning. The fact that the battalions had only a fraction of their equip"Training Problems in Field Operations under Tactical Conditions," Aviation Engineer Notes, No.
24
13 (July, 1943). USAF HD, 144.31A, Jul 43. 25 Ltr, Godfrey to Engrs First, Second, Third, and Fourth Air Forces, COs of Engr Avn Units, et al., 29 Apr 43, sub: Excerpts From Overseas Ltrs. EAC 370.2, Rpts on Trps Obsvns of Overseas Installations ( C ) .
324
ment made the arrangement awkward. Most important was the general policy that War Department work be carried out by private industry employing civilian labor. Neither construction contractors nor labor unions could be expected to assent to loss of business and jobs on a large scale. The Construction Division, though completely sympathetic with this viewpoint, found a way to help the aviation battalions somewhat. All posts employed a crew of maintenance men who also did a certain amount of primary construction. On 20 March 1943 OCE sent a directive to Division Engineers encouraging the use of aviation engineers on projects carried out on a hired labor basis. By spring 1943 definite steps had been taken to improve the training of AAF engineer troops. Basic training at Jefferson Barracks had been brought under the control of Engineer officers. Arrangements had been made for fuller sets of training equipment for the units. A more comprehensive plan had been instigated for the advanced unit phase of training for the engineer aviation battalions. Some centralization of control and standardization of output had resulted from the assignment of nonorganic battalions first to engineer aviation regiments and later to regimental headquarters.
EAUTC, App. III ( C ) ; (7) Aviation Engineer Notes, No. 13 (July, 1943), USAF HD, 144.31 A, Jul 43; (8) USAF HD, 251-1, May 42-Feb 44, The Tng of A/B Engr Avn Bns Within I Trp Carrier Comd, prepared by Hq IX Trp Carrier Comd, Nov 45; (9) Craven and Cate, VI, op cit., pp. 375, 531, 621-25, 629, 648, 658-66. 27 Interv, Brig Gen Thomas A. Lane, 27 Apr 55.
325
however, this convenient assumption came into question. On 1 May the AAF lengthened its basic training to eight weeks but the new program made no provision for branch training at all. To Godfrey this was but one more indication of a much larger issue shaping up between the air force and the arms and services. During the spring and summer of 1943 Godfrey fought against a tendency in AAF to absorb ASWAAF personnel into the air force organization. The trend began in April with an economy move. The Assistant Chiefs of Air Staff for Personnel and for Training, without consulting the Assistant Chief for Matriel, Maintenance and Distribution (MM&D) or his branch chiefs for the various arms and services, devised a more economical system for distributing personnel. Ostensibly to reduce the costs of rail travel, the proposal included the elimination of the concentrations of ASWAAF personnel such as the Engineers at Jefferson Barracks. All recruits would go to whatever basic training centers were nearest to the reception centers. Undoubtedly under pressure from Godfrey and other ASWAAF branch chiefs, MM&D took issue with this decision at once. On 26 April all of the interested offices in conference agreed upon a compromise. Recruits for any one branch were to be sent to no more than three basic training centers and were to be grouped within a single organization at each center. Some branch training might well be advisable during the second month. MM&D insisted that the AAFTTC use branch personnel as instructors, and suggested that the instructors from the existing ASWAAF centers be reassigned for this purpose. But Godfrey was
28 Ltr, TAG to CG Second Air Force, 27 Apr 43, sub: Estab of 2d EAUTC. OCE 322, 2d EAUTC.
326
still dissatisfied. He knew he would have less control over these troops at three centers than at one. Moreover, at the end of the basic period engineer soldiers went first to replacement wings where AAF administrative staffs with little background to appreciate Engineer needs diverted these men from their original destinations. Junior staff officers apparently "looked upon ASWAAF personnel above Class 4 as legitimate picking for any Air Corps assignment." 29 The best alternative would have been to send recruits directly from reception centers to the four EAUTC's, bypassing the AAFTTC and the replacement wings. Housing and training facilities were ample at the new centers. A large basic training program had to be maintained in any case to complete the training that was supposed to be given by the AAFTTC. In addition, voluntarily inducted specialists would require five weeks of basic instruction beginning in June. The Air Engineer was in a good position to demand some revision since General Arnold himself had recently become alarmed over the morale and training of ASWAAF troops. On 20 May Godfrey recommended that the three AAFTTC basic centers designated to train engineer troops give the first five weeks of training as outlined by OCE in the current MTP 5-1. Shortly thereafter MM&D notified the four air forces of this plan but cautioned that the EAUTC's should not depend on picking up with the sixth week of the MTP right away because the basic centers were not well enough equipped to give all of the training required in the first five weeks. By mid-June the whole agreement was reversed. All engineer recruits after 1 July were to go to Jefferson Barracks for eight
Ltr, AC of Air Staff Tng to CG AAFTTC, 19 Jun 43, sub: Tng of Each Br of ASWAAF in One
Basic Tng Center. Same file.
327
stead to any technical school for which they happened to have entrance qualifications. Specific instructions required reclassification of eligible engineers to fill Air Corps Technical School quotas which could not be met otherwise. As a result of these findings, on 26 August AAF Training directed that the AAFTC issue a composite basic training directive canceling all previous instructions and clearing up all misunderstandings. Meanwhile, the basics who came to the EAUTC's through the AAF Training Command during the spring and summer of 1943 were of unpredictable quality. So thorough was the skimming that the EAUTC's had difficulty making specialists of even the simplest sorts from the men who arrived. Paradoxically, beginning in May, more of the specialist categories had to be unittrained from this group. The War Department in that month cut the ASWAAF monthly inflow into the AAF by about one half, reducing the number of men from Jefferson Barracks qualified to meet the ASF school quotas. This large difference could not be made up by taking men from the units and sending them to the ASF schools without interfering seriously with the progress of training. Therefore the units intensified their on-the-job training, particularly for the simpler jobs such as carpentry. The March Field EAUTC met the new requirements with a combination of center-andunit-trained specialists. It set up on 14 June an Individual Training School in order to furnish each battalion with 40 percent of its specialists before the unit as a whole started a formal training program. Between activation and filling, the units had a threemonth organization period. The 40 percent nucleus which trained during this three
Memo for Record, Hq 4th EAUTC, 24 Aug 43. KCRC, AF 353, Tng Book III.
31
328
months then instructed others within battalion schools during the MTP training which followed.32 July brought still another crisis. The General Staff decreed that all specialist school training be cut to the minimum. The resultant reduction in ASF specialist school quotas caught the AAF unprepared. It had depended solely on these schools for all advanced specialist training of ASWAAF personnel. Maj. Gen. George E. Stratemeyer, Chief of the Air Staff, protested the cuts, since the AAF was not nearly ready to absorb this load. But G-3 remained skeptical of AAF needs and highly critical of its methods, maintaining that AAF had in the past abused its privilege and sent too many specialists to ASF schools. Poor methods of assignment had dissipated ASWAAF talents and wasted training. Fuller use should be made of unit instruction. Although the EAUTC's could do nothing to change the quality of the basics received from Jefferson Barracks, they could expand unit instruction and alter to some extent the initial assignments by transferring men between units. The Second Air Force EAUTC at Geiger Field, Washington, encouraged companies within each battalion to trade about until they achieved a balance of those skills present. Specialists that could not be trained at the company level received instruction in battalion, regimental, or EAUTC schools. Although the power of the centers to transfer trainees from one unit to another resulted generally in a more efficient use of manpower, it also allowed units with priority status to draw upon other units within the same organization in order to fill to strength. In addition to such sporadic raids, there was a continuous drain upon the units for overseas specialist replacements. Unlike the
24 May 43, sub: Tng. KCRC, AF 353, Tng Book II. (2) Tng Memo 8, Hq 4th EAUTC, 3 Jun 43,
sub: Individual Tng Sch. 321, Bundle 3, First, Second, Third, and Fourth Air Forces, Bulky (S).
329
to take advantage of his knowledge of overseas operations. Since he had technical supervision of the deployed engineer aviation units as well as those in the United States, Godfrey maintained a voluminous correspondence with many Engineer officers after they left the country. Largely upon Godfrey's recommendation OCE added a new subjectairdrome construction, repair, and maintenanceto the instruction of all construction companies, 87 hours for those of the airborne battalions and 95 for those of the engineer aviation battalions. All bridge and road building was dropped from airborne training. Each unit began training at some point in this program, depending upon the general level of training of the fillers assigned.35 Following this tactical and technical period each unit was supposed to enter upon an eleven-week unit training program. OCE could only suggest these programs, however, and had no authority to supervise their execution. The training broke down at several points, but one of the weakest spots proved to be the unit training of airborne engineers with the I Troop Carrier Command (TCC) during the last six weeks. In other than the unit training of airborne troops, practicality and realism gradually replaced the simulation of the hurried days of 1942. Godfrey advocated this tougher program in line with the prevailing
33
330
opinion in the War Department and also out of personal conviction. To help inspire the desired realism, he distributed through his Aviation Engineer Notes many accounts of combat situations which units in training should be prepared to meet. Outstanding training exercises were also given extensive coverage. Further impetus came from Brig. Gen. Donald A. Davison, then Chief Engineer of the Northwest African Air Forces, who visited many training installations in the early summer and gave a first-hand account of aviation engineers in action. Officers from these battalions, after July, went to the newly created Army Air Forces Tactical Center at Orlando, Florida, for a 180hour course of academic and on-the-job instruction in organization and equipment and in the techniques of camouflage and construction for air force needs. This elaborate school, with twelve airdromes, an academic plant costing twelve million dollars, and a complete model air force, gave the aviation engineer officers an excellent picture of their role in the Air Forces organization.36 Perhaps none of the battalions met all of the requirements which the Air Engineer set up for them but much improvement did take place during the summer and fall of 1943. Early in the summer one battalion engaged in a spirited defense of McChord Field, Washington, against a simulated airborne attack. The area selected for the exercise was ideal for the landing and consolidation of paratroops, an undulating cleared space near the field but hidden from direct ground observation by a small woods. "Occasional clumps of trees and patches of scotch broom" furnished concealment. A railroad embankment provided an easily defended position. One company spread out over this area as though dropped from the air and the rest of the battalion rushed out
KCRC, AF 354.2, Maneuvers. (4) Final POM Inspec Rpt by POM Div AFTAI, Hq AAF, 17, 2324 Nov 43. 321 1871-1880, Engr Avn Bn, Bulky (5). (5) Ltr, Lane to CO Fourth Air Support Comd, 24 Jul 43. KCRC, AF 353, Tng Book II. (6) Excerpts from Inspec Rpt 1874th Engr Avn Bn by Maj Frank L. Read, 10 Oct 43. 321 18711880, Engr Avn Bn, Bulky (S).
331
ages" were somehow a result of the complicated AAF personnel distribution system. At a conference held at March Field on 22 August they agreed that "without personnel to train, it is impossible for either Training Center to furnish any trained battalions in the future except the few now completing their training period. Calls from theater commanders for trained engineer aviation battalions must necessarily go unfilled under these conditions, and it was the consensus of the conference that the result could only be for the ASF to substitute general service regiments for engineer aviation battalions to build and maintain airdromes in overseas theaters." 38 By the end of August no action had yet been taken to open a firm supply of men to the engineer aviation battalions. The only relief in sight was the possible use of personnel released from disbanded air base security battalions, scarcely the type of men desired.39 September brought the first rumblings of the Bradley Plan which threatened to terminate all unit training of aviation engineers.40 The double build-up of the AAF in England, for the strategic bombing of Germany and for the projected invasion the following spring, required a tremendous amount of men, supplies, and equipment. Maj. Gen. Follett Bradley, air inspector of the AAF, went to England in May 1943 and
38 Memo for Record, Hq 4th EAUTC, 24 Aug 43. KCRC, AF 353, Tng Book III. 39 Ltr, Lane to Godfrey, 5 Aug 43. 312.1-B, Classes of Corresp ( S ) . 40 Unless otherwise indicated, the following dis-
332
drew up a plan which called for some 500,000 men in support of both operations. AAF headquarters approved the plan in July and the War Department followed suit, with minor reservations, on 21 September. Shipping arrangements included the transportation of most of the service units to England by early 1944, with ground assault forces following. It was at this point in planning that the AAF neglect of service units, including aviation engineers, came to light. Overemphasis upon combat elements had left the AAF seriously short of trained service organizations. The AAF geared its shipments of units to the Bradley Plan quota of 40,000 men a month beginning in July, pending the final approval of the War Department. Although shipments for the month of August approached the numbers required, the forecast of trained units that would be available during the next four months fell far short. As a result of a combined study of this development by the OPD and AAF headquarters, Brig. Gen. John E. Hull of OPD suggested to General Arnold on 1 September that in lieu of trained units it might be necessary to ship the number of men desired as casuals, in whatever state of training, to be organized and trained as units by the Eighth Air Force in England. Arnold flew to England soon thereafter to discuss the matter in the theater. The solution seemed satisfactory. Units in training would be inactivated if necessary in order to furnish the full quota of fillers. Service units already committed were to be shipped to the United Kingdom, as originally scheduled, intact. Units being prepared for special purposes and those required for duty in the United States would be spared. But all others activated and not committed were to be disbanded. Men from
333
could continue. Not until 30 October did AAF headquarters take any action to unfreeze the personnel in these units to make training more economical.42 During the month of October, meanwhile, Godfrey made "a determined effort to stave off this slaughter" of engineer aviation 43 battalions. The General Staff early in that month revised the 1943 Troop Basis downward to a more realistic figure in terms of the manpower available. The cut in engineer aviation battalions, from 114 to 73, necessitated the disbandment of 41 battalions by the end of December. In order to disband this number of units, 8 out of the 16 committed battalions would have to be sacrificed. In his struggle to keep active as many engineer aviation battalions as possible, Godfrey was on firmer ground than in his fight for the airborne units. Theater commanders found the engineer aviation battalions useful and continued to call for them. OPD by 22 October had tentatively asked for 21 battalions for the first quarter of 1944. Godfrey could therefore resist the inactivations on the basis of predicted and actual needs. AAF Training was persuaded. No battalions could be furnished during the first half of 1944 if 41 battalions were to be inactivated by the end of 1943. By March 1944, only 13 engineer aviation battalions had been inactivated, leaving 101 in
existence. One thing was clear. The great engineer aviation expansion was at an end. The unit
(1) Hist of 2d EAUTC, Oct 43. USAF HD, Engr-2-HI (C). (2) Memo, Asst Engr First Air Force for A-3 Hq First Air Force, 26 Oct 43, sub: Rpt of Inspec of 881st A/B Engr Avn Bn. 321 842880, Engr Avn Bn, Bulky (S). 43 Ltr, Maj J. S. Caples to Col Russel M. Herrington, 3 Nov 43. 321, Engr Avn Bn ( S ) . 44 Engr Avn Units, CONUS and Overseas, as of 1 Mar 44. OCE 320.2, Engr Avn Units ( C ) .
42
44
334
training load of the centers would become steadily less. Despite the fact that AAF delegated all replacement training of engineer aviation recruits to the centers, beginning the first of November, and directed that specialist training for all of AAF in categories primarily engineer should be concentrated at the EAUTC's, there was still no need for four large centers.45 Godfrey was not to preside over the reorganization and retrenchment.46 Early in December he went to the CBI theater as theater air engineer. Col. George Mayo became Air Engineer. Although another drive just at this time on the part of AAF to integrate ASWAAF troops into the AAF without branch insignia failed, AAF Training in December did assume the responsibility for training and committing engineer aviation troops. During the ensuing period of contraction the Air Engineer would hold a less important post than before.47 In the First Air Force, the reduction of airborne troops at Westover Field had been drastic. In addition, the training regiment at Richmond had been inactivated. Therefore, on 19 December the EAUTC moved its headquarters to Richmond and took over direct supervision of all of the First Air Force units remaining. This organization lasted only a few months. As the units then in training finished their prescribed programs and moved out, the center dwindled. On 10 April 1944 the few men remaining transferred to the Fourth Air Force and the First Air Force EAUTC was disbanded. Fortunately, the great number of surplus voluntary specialists in the First Air Force were not all sent as casuals to the Eighth Air Force. After the lifting of the freeze order at the end of October, and with the reprieve given to many engineer
229.50-1, Vol. 1.
335
talions at Geiger and MacDill were slated for duty in the Pacific, his recommendations became an essential guide for both centers. In addition to amphibious operations, including the passage of beach obstacles, this list of subjects included air transport of equipment and supplies, drainage of wet areas, jungle reconnaissance and mapping, lumber production, waterproofing, construction with native materials, improvised bridging, and above all the efficient maintenance and operation of 51 existence.50 mechanical equipment. One new element in the training proDemands from the Pacific for these last gram resulted from the general shift of in- few units became so insistent, however, that terest toward the Pacific theaters of opera- much of the specialized training could not tions in the summer of 1944. Experience be perfected. On 20 December 1944, Genhad proved that few developed ports would eral Arnold directed that two of the batbe available for the discharge of troops and talions in training be sent out immediately equipment. The more usual procedure in order to speed up the construction of would include unloading cargo ships directly strategic B-29 bases in the Central Pacific. upon Navy pontoon barges, and a shuttle A few days later, Arnold insisted that every service from shipside to beach. To familiar- effort be made to move the remaining batize the engineer aviation troops with this talions into the Southwest Pacific Area and amphibious operation, the Fourth Air the Pacific Ocean Areas. There followed Force in July 1944 arranged to send small a hasty training period reminiscent of the increments of men to a two-week course early days of 1942. Fillers from many types given by the Navy at Port Hueneme, Cali- of Air Forces units, with no basic engineerfornia. During the first week the troops ing training, and often with grades much watched training films showing the as- higher than could be absorbed in the units, sembly and launching of various types of flooded into Geiger and MacDill. Readiness barges and rafts, and floating drydocks and dates changed from week to week, always wharves, and then they actually assembled (1) Interdesk Memo, Maj R. W. Rogers to and launched the same types of craft. DurCol Elvin R. Heiberg, 14 Oct 44, sub: Rpt on ing the second week they learned to load, Visit to the 463d AAFBU, Geiger Fld, Wash. operate, beach, and unload the barges. The KCRC, AF 333, Inspec and Investigation by IG and Other Offs, and Rpt (Cont), Book II. (2) training was essentially that given the Analysis of the Present Status of the War Dept Trp Seabees. Basis, 1 Jan 45. AGO Special Reference CollecFurther emphasis upon theater specializa- tion. (3) Ltr, TAG to CG Third Air Force, 1 May 44, sub: Discontinuance of the 3d EAUTC. 322, tion began in December 1944 after the Chief Engr Misc, Book II. (1) Ltr, AAF Tng to CO 463d AAFBU, 1 Dec Engineer, SWPA, outlined the subjects in 44, sub: Theater Spec Tng. 353-AD, Tng Misc (S). which engineer units destined for his theater (2) Ltr, AAF Tng to CO 316th AAFBU, 13 Dec should be proficient. Since all of the bat- 44, sub: Theater Spec Tng. Same file.
50
51
336
shorter. Suggestions for redeploying battalions from the European and Mediterranean theaters in order to relieve the pressure met with no success. They too needed construction units to strengthen and lengthen existing paving to accommodate the new B-29. Consequently, many of the units, urgently needed, had several months deleted from their training time. Six Negro battalions activated in January 1945 had a June readiness date to meet. In January and February AAF was granted permission to send eleven battalions overseas without any unit training as long as individuals met the POM requirements. Between January and June
1945, twenty-one battalions were rushed to the Pacific to accelerate airdrome construction in the war against Japan.52
(1) Rpt, Hq 1903d Engr Avn Bn to CG Fourth Air Force, 9 Dec 44, sub: Tng Status Rpt. 321, Engr Avn Bn, 1903d Engr Avn Bn ( S ) . (2) Ltr, TAG to CG Third Air Force, 10 Jan 45, sub: Constitution and Activation of Certain Engr Units. OCE 322, Engr Avn Units. (3) Ltr, TAG to CG Fourth Air Force, 19 Jan 45, sub: Engr Avn Units. 321, Engr Avn Bn, 935th Engr Avn Regt ( S ) . (4) Ltr, TAG to CG Third Air Force, 20 Jan 45, sub: Colored Engr Avn Units. 321, Engr Avn Bn, 1909th Engr Avn Bn ( S ) . (5) R&R Hq AAF, Comment 1, OC&R to Tng, 28 Feb 45, sub: Engr Avn Units for Movement to POA. 321, Engr Avn Bn, 1915th Engr Avn Bn ( S ) . (6) Station Lists, 463, AAFBU. KCRC, AF 320.2, Strength.
52
CHAPTER XV
so also did he separate his staff from the rest of the War Department. Refusing space in the Pentagon, he preferred to keep his organization across the river at the Army War College.2 Colonel Hughes, Ground Engineer, occupied the same relative position at McNair's headquarters that Godfrey held in AAF, with some important differences. Although Godfrey found himself torn between two powerful forces, his office carried enough authority to bring measurable weight to bear upon problems concerning engineer aviation troops. Hughes was, by contrast, completely integrated into the established and conservative Ground Forces headquarters, which was an outgrowth of GHQ. A separate Engineer Section did not evolve until 12 July 1942, after several months of operation as a construction liaiMany of the Army Ground Forces headquarters files have been inadvertently destroyed. Much reliance has therefore been placed upon: (1) AGF Study 14, Problems of Nondivisional Training in the Army Ground Forces; (2) Palmer, Wiley and Keast, Procurement and Training of Ground Combat Troops, "The Provision of Enlisted Replacements," "The Building and Training of Infantry Divisions," and "The Training of Nondivisional Units"; (3) Greenfield, Palmer, and Wiley, Organization of Ground Combat Troops, "Reorganization of Ground Troops for Combat." However, since AGF headquarters files still make up the bulk of those used in the preparation of this chapter, citations from that source have no depository indicated. 2 A Short History of the Army Ground Forces, Ch. II, pp. 51-56. AGF Study, Jul 44.
1
338
OCE. McNair ran his own show, taking occasional advice from his engineer consultants.3 To achieve his mission as he interpreted it, McNair modeled the AGF training establishment as closely as possible upon the structure of an active combat theater. His headquarters remained lean. A martial spirit in keeping with a theater command pervaded the old Army War College grounds. Contrary to the ASF practice of concentrating a number of units of like character at UTC's under the guidance of a few experienced men and with a common pool of training equipment, AGF units trained together from activation to sailing date under what McNair termed the normal association of troops. This normal association approximated the organization which would obtain in combattraining being conducted LT. GEN. LESLEY J. McNAIR, within tactical units. Emphasis centered Commanding General of AGF, with one of upon the preparation of divisions, and upon the general officers at the Third Army teamwork at corps and army levels.4 maneuver area, Louisiana, 1943. Divisional engineer combat battalions profited from this emphasis even though son office between AGF and the Corps of they shared some of the hardships common Engineers. The elevation to special staff to all AGF units. As units organic to divistatus occasioned no abrupt change. A part sions they had one invaluable asset. They of the meager staff of six officers retained the trained on the longer schedule allowed for liaison function for months thereafter. the preparation of divisions. Equipment Much of the responsibility for training engishortages spread over a year or more were neer troops in the AGF remained perforce not as serious as similar shortages during a with the AGF G-3, who sought concurrence six-month period. Practice in road and from the Engineer Section on matters which bridge building, mine laying and clearing, involved Engineer doctrine, training, and and obstacle construction and demolition equipment. The section was too small to precontinued over a longer span of time. Unit pare training literature, and inadequate in numbers to supervise the numerous engineer Col. Hans W. Holmer, History of the Engineer units. Hughes found that he could not, as Section, Hq AGF (four-page pamphlet, n. d.). PerGodfrey did, distribute information on the sonal Papers of Col LeRoy G. Gilbert. (2) Ltr, Hughes to C of EHD, 28 Sep 55, with Incl. (3) latest developments in Engineer doctrine Interv, Gilbert, 14 Sep 55. 4 (1) A Short History of the Army Ground Forces, from his office or disseminate news of techniCh. II, pp. 37-38, 44, 52, 53. AGF Study, Jul 44. cal developments. AGF also forbade any (2) AGF Study 11, Training in the Ground Army, regular conferences between the section and 1942-45, p. 9.
3
339
training of specialists could be prolonged. ration separately or as a group, arrived upon Supervision by division officers was direct the scene simultaneously with fillers and equipment to form a unit. Thereafter, they and continuous. AGF indeed trained divisions with great were too often on their own. The staff at success, but at the expense of nondivisional AGF headquarters, which McNair kept units. McNair was under the impression purposely small, could do little else than cothat these comparatively small units would ordinate and supervise the activities of not need to be organized early, would pre- larger units. Nondivisional units developed sent few difficulties, and could be trained according to their individual abilities. Ofquickly. Therefore, he worried little in early ficers from divisions and separate corps to 1942 about having a balanced force of these whom they looked for guidance were too "spare parts" on hand. Even those acti- busily occupied with training their own vated received little technical training as units to take on anything extrain fact they units, in spite of the fact that many of them made matters more difficult by competing carried complex equipment requiring a for post facilities and supplies. Their repunumber of specialists. Inimical to their tations rested squarely upon the preparaproper employment during the unit train- tion of organic units, not at all upon how 7 ing phase was McNair's insistence upon the "spare parts" made out. Even without these complications the forcombat instruction and his fear that the Army would become overspecialized and mation of new engineer units seemed encumbered with machinery.5 His advice to formidable in 1942. During the first few specialists was, "Do not allow yourself to weeks of the year, before any definite inbecome a technician only. Become first and vasion plans had matured, the mobilization last a fighting man." A fundamental tenet, of new units had begun to strain the ability held doggedly, was that despite "the tech- of older units to furnish trained cadres. The nical and complicated equipment manned twelve-month period just preceding the by a modern army . . . the fact remains April agreements with Great Britain had that the most compelling need in this, as seen the number of engineer divisional batin past wars, is the front-line fighter and his talions and squadrons in preparation within leader. . . . Victories are won in the for- the United States grow from 15 to 35. Engiward areasby men with brains and fight- neer combat regiments increased from 4 to ing hearts, not by machines." The "final vic- 10, nondivisional battalions and companies tory against a determined enemy is by close from 20 to 59.8 Still, the situation early in combat." 6 5 McNair for G-3 WDGS, 3 Aug 42, sub: AGF might have compensated in part PersMemo, and Tng Status of Units of the AGF. 320.2, for the heavy emphasis upon combat train- Binder 6 (S). All quoted in A Short History of the Army ing in nondivisional units by careful actiGround Forces, Ch. II, pp. 31-33. AGF Study, vation plans, attention to equipment needs, Jul 44. 7 Memo, McNair for G-3 WDGS, 9 Sep 42, sub: and responsible supervision. Not until June Pers and Tng Status of Units of the AGF. 320.2, 1943 did AGF provide an orderly mobili- Binder 6 ( S ) . 8 (1) OCE Info Bul 84, 10 Apr 41, sub: Orgn of zation procedure which paralleled that for Engr Units. (2) Directory of Army of the United divisions. Instead, cadres and officers from States as of 1 April 1942 (Continental Limits of diverse sources, without any special prepa- the United States).
6
340
1942:
I don't know why I ever write to you to ask for changes in your personnel orderswe never get them anyway! Apparently, every list I send you gives you new ideas. The only use I have seen made of our lists is to let you know which men we consider particularly valuable so you can pick them.
More seriously, the same officer pointed out that taking excessive numbers of men from his unit as cadres had led to confusion as to the primary goal of training:
If we are to furnish well-trained officers for higher positions than they now occupy, and well-trained cadre, we should concentrate on the training of these men in the positions they are to fill. If we are to shoot for combat efficiency as rapidly as possible, we should put each man in the place he is to fill and make him thoroughly efficient in that particular position. I have discussed this with the Division and they are not completely clear on the situation either. Their policy, however, is that a primary mission is training for combat efficiency with the replacement demands being met as9well as we may when such demands are made.
Bessell replied that "since this is but one of 2,000 letters from troop unit commanders who complain of my stealing officers from them, I am beginning to take it like a hard-shelled turtle." But he was worried about the basic conflict in training goals and agreed that some decision would have to be made. He predicted that "as in all such things, the decision will be a compromise which, of course, will work to the detriment of the older units." 10
341
little equipment made careful co-ordination all the more valuable. The formation of detachments did bring all nondivisional units at any one station together, but these were units of several services, not a concentration of troops from any one service. The normal association concept prevented the activation of more than two or three units of a kind at any one post. Although the shortage of manpower was the main difficulty, the scattering of nondivisional units throughout the entire AGF training establishment was also a factor which precluded any pooling of scarce equipment. The practice of giving some detachments more than one post to supervise reduced the effectiveness of their supervision. Divisions continued to have priority. Task forces assembling for definite duty overseas had to be at full strength. The War Department, in an attempt to spread the remaining manpower, organized other units without basicsapproximately 10 percent of unit strengthbut continued to pull cadres and OCS candidates from this reduced number. Some units received cadres and nothing more while units of higher priority filled. Near the end of June, AGF headquarters took a fresh look at the number of units still to be activated in 1942 and compared this information with the shortages in existing units. Despite the concern of G-3 for the new divisions yet to be activated during the year, G-4, Brig. Gen. Willard S. Paul,
12 Unless otherwise noted, the information for this section came from the following files: (1) 320.2, Binder 6 (S) ; (2) 321, Engrs, Strength ( S ) ; (3) 353, Engrs, Tng, Binder 1; (4) 370.5, Engrs, Binder 2; (5) 320.2, Comparative Strengths, Binder 1 ( S ) . 13 Memo, OCE for Engr Sec AGF, 5 Nov 42, sub: Extract From Rpt on 478th Engr Maint Co. OCE 333.1.
342
first of August it was evident that plans had miscarried. New selective service policies changed the bases for reclassification, and I am in favor of drastic action of some sort. We have non-divisional units of several allowed leave to selectees from reception centers. An immediate shortage developed months service without personnel or equipment. This constant robbing of units is doing which could not be rectified until the end of harm all around. Why not stop "kidding" September. ourselves? I believe every unit should be The same system of transferring trained given an overstrength so that by sailing date men from units of low priority to units of it will have at least T/O strength. If necessary to raise the ceiling on the total strength high priority had to continue, and each such of the Army to do this, let's do it. We are transfer set into motion a chain reaction scraping bottom every time a service unit is affecting several units. At the end of August, asked fordue to lack of foresight in planfor example, OPD tried to funnel trained ning. ... I am loathe to see such a well established system upset by stopping the acti- men into the Engineer Amphibian Comvations of new divisions. However, if we mand since amphibian units were slated don't stop pulling long enough to loosen the to go overseas at an early date. Accordingly, rope around our necks we'll choke to death.14 OPD pulled 590 untrained reception cenTo postpone the activation of new divisions ter men from the 532d Engineer Shore Regiuntil existing nondivisional units could be ment and sent them to the 36th Engineer filled was heresy, and Paul stopped short Combat Regiment. AGF received a direcof a direct statement advocating this course. tive to refill the 532d with trained men from But some means had to be found to bring an engineer combat regiment. The net rethe number of activations and the available sult was one trained battalion in the othermanpower into alignment. Nondivisional wise untrained 532d, one untrained battalservice units were in the worst shape. Engi- ion in the 36th. The 133d Engineer Combat neer service units with a T/O strength of Regiment was left short one battalion and 46,706 men had only 28,090, but even so under the circumstances could not hope to they had a fair share of the service fillers. get refilled and retrained within twelve Making up 28 percent of AGF's T/O serv- months. Of the ten AGF engineer combat ice strength, they held 28 percent of the regiments, three had barely organized. The men allocated to all AGF organizations of remaining seven, which should have had this type. Plans to activate 83 engineer non- a combined strength of 9,870 men, condivisional service units during the latter tained 5,271 trained or partially trained half of 1942 brought the total number of men and 1,430 newly assigned selectees. engineer fillers to be obtained by the end The 36th and 131st, earmarked for a task of the year to 68,041. force, were under OPD control. Only the Help seemed close at hand. AGF pro- 39th and 40th Engineers, of the five still posed to obtain basically trained men to fill under AGF control, were halfway prepared existing service units from three branch for early deployment after the withdrawal immaterial RTC's. Assured by The Adju- of the battalion from the 133d. tant General that heavy calls by selective service would fill all units by the end of 14 M/S, G-4 for Secy Gen Staff, 28 Jun 42, sub: August, AGF made no adjustments. By the Trp Unit Basis, 1942. 320.2, Binder 6 (S).
was by this time perturbed over the "spare parts":
343
unit training centers through the thirteen weeks of basic and technical training under the control of the chiefs of services. McNair refused to concede that SOS might be able to give more effective training to nondivisional units within centers:
Training a unit technically in the SOS and turning it over to the Ground Forces for subsequent training is an application of the training center principle. This principle is well established and is deemed applicable to those cases where technical training is so special that it can not be given by the large units to which the unit being trained will be assigned eventually. Where it is practicable to train a unit, after activation, under the larger unit to which it will be assigned eventually, such procedure is definitely preferable, since the unit so trained grows up in its normal associations. For those units which may be assigned ultimately to either the SOS or AGF, it is deemed preferable that they be activated and trained under the Ground Forces, because teamwork is involved, as well as the support of combat unitsconsiderations which deserve priority.15
The rivalry was an old one between AGF and SOS. Each sought control over several types of service units, such as the engineer general service regiments, which fell within the province of both commands. When the War Department made the responsibilities of each command more definite at the beginning of 1943 the intensity of feeling subsided. This bold attempt on the part of SOS, meanwhile, brought to an abrupt end a series of quiet negotiations between the Corps of Engineers and AGF to centralize the training of a part of the engineer units. AGF agreed that maintenance companies and equipment companies could best be trained at the Claiborne center, but no further centralization within the SOS train15 Memo, McNair for G-3 WDGS, 30 Oct 42, sub: Service Units. 353, Gen Tng, Gen Corresp,
1943 ( C ) .
344
ENGINEERS AT CAMP SWIFT, TEXAS, push a bangalore torpedo under barbed wire entanglement during a training exercise, June 1943.
ing establishment was conceivable after McNair reiterated the importance of teamwork and the necessity for support of normally associated units from the beginning of training.16 But there were those within the AGF organization who were less sure than McNair about the importance of early support and
in its support role after it leaves a unit training center. The parent unit idea and the absence of the unit training center idea thus far has resulted in sending non-divisional units overseas whose
state of training is subject to criticism.
17
Boiling was therefore of a frame of mind to support the attempt of General Krueger,
Third Army, to concentrate for training purposes certain types of units by branches.
wanted some centralization. At AGF headquarters itself, McNair's own G-1, Col. Alexander R. Boiling, thought the center plan to be eminently practical:
We have it for antiaircraft and Armored Force units. We were forced to it in the case of Tank Destroyer units. If the idea is sound for these three, it is certainly sound for nondivisional units. . . . No service unit can support anything at least for its first thirteen weeks of existence. After its basic unit train-
Boiling could be sure of the neutrality if not the active support of Paul, G-4, because of Paul's growing apprehension over the unprepared state of these units. But powerful opposition could be expected from G-3, Col.
Ltr, Gorlinski to CG Claiborne EUTC, 8 Sep 42. OCE 353, ASFTC Claiborne, Pt. 1. 17 M/S, G-1 for Plans, 16 Dec 42, sub: Activation of Nondivisional Units (initial sub: Pers and Tng Status of Units of the AGF). 320.2, Binder 6 ( S ) .
16
345
John M. Lentz, who subscribed wholeheart- of organization would bring related units edly to McNair's theory of decentralization. of each service together in one tactical orIn mid-September 1942 Krueger began ganization. The War Department therefore to send a number of nondivisional engineer adopted a wait-and-see attitude. units to Camp Swift, Texas. A request on 14 The War Department had reason to be September to move an engineer water sup- apprehensive, since the size of this training ply battalion, at cadre strength, from Camp task at the end of 1942 had begun to apMaxey, Texas, to Swift, met with no oppo- proach that of divisions. AGF nondivisional sition from Lentz. Believing his over-all plan strength stood at over 500,000 men and all to be approved, Krueger asked on 19 No- indications pointed toward an increase in vember to have two engineer heavy ponton 1943. The 120 engineer nondivisional units battalions transferred from Maxey to Swift. in training in the United States at the end At this point, Lentz acted. The Third Army of December held almost 70,000 men as plan, according to his understanding, had contrasted with 53 divisional units of bat20 not implied that any existing units would be talion size. Flexible grouping of engineer units bemoved at full strength. Besides, the five engineer units at Maxey, with a total strength gan early in 1943. On 20 January AGF of 2,735 men, already constituted a con- notified its armies, separate corps, and sepacentration that should not be disturbed. rate commands that the engineer combat Hughes interposed that mere concentra- regiment would soon be reorganized into an tion was not enough. The Swift site on the engineer combat group headquarters and Little Colorado was much better than the two separate combat battalions. Each group Maxey location ten miles from the turbu- headquarters would have supervision over lent Red River. Despite the support of Paul, several combat battalions during training, Hughes could not prevail. In the end he had as well as over a variable number of other to admit that ponton units could train at engineer nondivisional units, and would reMaxey. Early in December Krueger had to main thereafter in tactical control. The 31st, abandon the whole project.18 McNair de- 132d, and 133d Engineer Combat Regicreed that "as to grouping similar units for ments were the first to be reorganized, forming the headquarters for the 1114th, training ... I am not too strong for it even 19 1118th, and 1104th Engineer Combat though the groups are under AGF." Groups, respectively, in early March. By The training of nondivisional service the end of May 1943, as the result of reunits improved so little, despite the formaorganizing most of the 13 combat regition of the special troops detachments, that ments and activating additional units, there the War Department ran another check on them in November. On 5 December The First Draft of Ltr, AGF to Third Army, 29 Nov Inspector General reported that AGF had 42, sub: Transfer of 489th Engr Water Sup Bn to made some progress and that any major Camp Swift, Tex., with Memo for Record. 321, shift in the current setup would be expen- Engrs, Strength, Binder 2 ( S ) . M/S, McNair for Gen Staff AGF, 28 Dec 42, sive and probably introduce more confusion sub: Activation of Nondivisional Units (initial sub: than clarification. AGF had finally worked Pers and Tng Status of Units of the AGF). 320.2, 6 (S). out an activation procedure for nondivi- Binder 20 Memo, G-3 WDGS for CofS, 30 Dec 42, sub: sional units. Introduction of the group form Tng Sv Units. 353 Tng, Binder 3 ( S ) .
18 19
346
were 22 group headquarters and 57 non- attached for training without fear of critidivisional combat battalions in the AGF cism from those who insisted upon normal training establishment. These new units associations. held 37,434 men out of a total of 79,026 in all of the 202 engineer nondivisional units.21 Mine Warfare OCE remained unconvinced of the benefits to be derived from the group organizaEarly in 1943, just as the combat groups tion and resisted a similar conversion of were being organized, AGF became acutely general service regiments in ASF. Sturde- conscious of one of the major training defivant attacked the group concept on 1 May ciencies which had developed during the as "cumbersome, wasteful and probably un- previous period of neglect.26 Combat engiworkable." 22 This hostile statement, in- neers, with only a few hours of instruction in tended for the ears of ASF, reached AGF lifting and placing mines, found this type headquarters within the week. In the highly of work one of their principal duties in charged discussions which followed at Mc- North Africa. Accidents occurred when unNair's headquarters, many of the staff trained men fused mines at dumps before labeled Sturdevant's remark "unwarranted, loading and transporting them to the field. ill-considered, and unproven." 23 But many The drivers of vehicles could not recognize of his detailed criticisms had validity and mined areas and drove into them blindly.27 forced AGF to re-examine the tactical em- McNair took cognizance of the situation in ployment of the engineer combat group, its a note to his chief of staff on 23 March overhead allotment, and the command and 1943: supply relationships between group and Mr. McCloy who recently returned from army and between group and corps.24 NATO, dwelt at considerable length on the Although the Engineer Section agreed proposition that our troops are nowhere near with OCE that the group concept should not be applied to ASF units, the section had 21 (1) Ltr, AGF to CGs Second and Third Armies welcomed the group idea in AGF as a et al., 20 Jan 43, sub: Orgn and Asgmt of Group method by which to provide some concen- Hq and Bns. OCE 322, Engr Combat Units. (2) tration and greater control in the training of Ltr, TAGO to CGs Eastern Defense Comd et al., 5 43, sub: Redesig and Reorgn of Engr Combat nondivisional units. As Hughes testified Mar Regts, with Incl 1, Redesig and Reorgn of Engr later, "In view of the inability to obtain ade- Combat Regts. Same file. 22 Memo, Sturdevant for CG ASF, 1 May 43, quate supervision of training of separate sub: T/Os for Engr Gen Sv Units. 320.3, T/Os, engineer companies, water supply, topo- Binder 1 ( S ) . 23 graphic, and ponton battalions there were M/S, G-3 for CofS, 25 May 43, sub: Gen Sv Regts. 320.3, T/Os, Binder 1 ( S ) . more factors in support of the group, gener24 AGF 320.3, T/Os, Binder 1 ( S ) . 25 ally constituted along the line of a general Ltr, Hughes to EHD, 28 Sep 55, with Incl. 26 construction organization, than in retaining With the exception of those documents cited the combat regiment where it was impossible separately, this section is based upon: (1) 353, Engrs, Tng, Binder 1 (S) ; (2) 353, Engrs, Tng; to get the regiment to accept unprejudiced (3) 352, Engr Sch. 27 Incl, Rpt of Mil Obsvr [27 Jan-20 Feb 43] to supervision of attached units." 25 Moreover, Ltr, Lt Col J. R. Dryden to CGs Second and Third the group was a tactical organization. Sev- Armies et al., 13 Mar 43, sub: Obsvr Rpt. AGF eral increments of separate units could be 319.1, Foreign Obsvrs, Binder 2 (S).
347
training. Two identical mine schools would be set up, one in the east and one in the west. A small quota of officers from each AGF unit would attend one or the other of the schools and qualify as instructors for courses which they would then conduct within their unit. G-3, AGF, set up a requirement for a basic one-week course in gapping mine fields to which all AGF units would send quotas. The men from engineer units would take an additional week of advanced work which would include laying and marking . . . we must continue to stress the use of deliberate mine fields, and disarming enemy mines in large quantities in our training 28 and Allied mines. The Engineer School at especially maneuvers. Belvoir was the logical focus for instruction The general lack of mine consciousness in the east and the Desert Training Center among AGF troops stemmed from a War was the tentative choice in the west. The Department policy which delegated to engi- big question, on which all the rest of the neer units the major responsibility for layplan hinged, was whether or not the Corps ing and removing mines. Infantry units had of Engineers would supply the instructors practically no familiarity with these devices. for both schools. An assistant to G-3 surDuring 1942 only 80,000 metallic practice mised on 20 April that it was "questionable" mines had been issued to units and 145,000 whether the Engineers "will go with a school had been supplied for maneuvers. Although other than Belvoir which will put us up the Army Supply Program for 1943 called against it. However we will have to make for 150,000 for units and 710,000 for the best of it."29 maneuvers this amount was inadequate to Three days later, contrary to expectacover the requirements for practice mines if tions, the Engineers not only consented to instruction in mine warfare were to be ex- take on the job but eliminated Belvoir from tended to all AGF units. Nevertheless, the the plans altogether. Instead of two permaAGF staff determined to try. To the dismay nent schools, the Engineers suggested a of the Ordnance Section, Hughes took Mc- single traveling detachment which would Nair at his word and requested a million visit in turn the major concentrations of nonmetallic practice mines. None were in troops. Broadening the curriculum someproduction and no deliveries could be ex- what, the Engineer School added the laying pected before the end of the summer. Only of hasty mine fields and the neutralization 268,000 metallic ones with nonexplosive of booby traps to the first week. The school dummy fuses could be had immediately. selected thirteen instructors, gave them a Regardless of the types and quantities of mines available some training had to begin M/S, CG for CofS, 23 Mar 43, sub: Mine Deat once. By 19 April AGF had worked out tection and Removal. 353, Engrs, Tng, Binder 1 a system for spreading this instruction as (S). 29 M/S, Col James H. Phillips for Ennis, 20 Apr rapidly as possible down to the company 43, sub: Instr in Clearing Gaps in Mine Flds. 352, level of each unit without disrupting other Engr Sch.
28
348
DTC in late May. Under the guidance of Maj. Theodore F. Astrella, the detachment
conducted the first two-week course, end-
mines and demolition equipment been adequate the work of Astrella and his instructors would have been even more effective. The traveling detachment remained active until mid-April 1944, when it completed
the indoctrination of AGF units and returned to the Engineer School.
from the Second and Third Armies, respectively. By August, the turnover of units at the DTC justified a return to that area for a repetition of the first course. So popular did the school become and so well did the system work that this pattern became the accepted procedure for training AGF units
in mine warfare. AGF considered the training valuable enough for it to allow units in
advanced stages of preparation to send quotas to the course. Had the supply of foreign
(C).
349
men, suggested they should go from reception centers to reclassification pools before assignment to units. The AGF Classification and Replacement Division objected to the use of Wood and Belvoir and recommended that three infantry centers, Fort McClellan, Alabama, Camp Robinson, Arkansas, and Camp Roberts, California, be designated as collecting points. Boiling liked Hughes' idea of running the men through a reclassification process but preferred that it be done after a period in one of the three infantry centers. In May the Engineers attempted to shift the AGF quotas from the ERTC's to the UTC at Claiborne, where ASF quotas were already going. McNair countered this move with a strong request that AGF quotas go to the three infantry centers. For two months the Engineers acquiesced, and AGF had undisputed control. By July, neither the Engineers nor AGF was pleased with the setup. AGF protested that it had got only 8 percent of the specialists it had been led to expect and only half of this number had any of the skills originally designated. OCE, on the other hand, accused AGF of sabotaging the voluntary induction program by failing to promote the men it did get. This situation in turn affected adversely the rate of induction, OCE charged. Accordingly, in July, OCE switched the AGF quotas to Claiborne where they entered a common pool from which, presumably, AGF and ASF requisitions would be filled in turn. While in the pool, the specialists obtained ratings. AGF did not like the idea of accepting men in grades determined by ASF, even though the men had above average AGCT scores. G-1,
(1) M/S, G-3 for CofS, 12 Mar 43, sub: Plan for Activation of Nondiv Units. 320.2 ( S ) . (2) MTP 5-4, Unit Training Program for Engr Units
31
350
AGF, for that reason wanted to limit them to 50 percent of T/O strength in new units and exclude them from cadre positions. Control of these men and procedures for processing them were still in a state of flux on 11 September when the War Department suspended the whole program. AGF benefited little.32 This minor skirmish over granting grades to engineer volunteers brought out quite clearly that AGF resented ASF's making any decisions affecting AGF personnel. Nevertheless, arrangements of a more permanent nature, involving a larger body of men, gave ASF control over several categories of engineers. AGF, like AAF, had no technical schools in which to train engineer specialists. Such men had to train at ASF installations under the direction of the Corps of Engineers. The number and types of specialists provided for AGF units could thus be manipulated within ASF. Getting sufficient allotments of AGF engineers into Engineer courses proved to be a continuous struggle for the Ground Engineer Section. In addition, the majority of Engineer officers came from the OCS at Belvoir, subject to no direction from AGF during the training period. ERTC-trained replacements for engineer nondivisional service units also came under ASF jurisdiction.33 The control of basically trained fillers from the ERTC's became involved in a larger issue between SOS and AGF early in 1943. In mid-January Boiling and an assistant met with representatives of the War Department General Staff to arrange for some decentralized system for distributing personnel. All agreed that each command should control the assignments of those graduates of its own RTC's which would go to units within its own jurisdiction. Left unsettled was the control of grad-
34
Repls, Results of WD Conf on. 341, Recruiting. 35 M/S, Ground Adj Gen for CofS, 2 Feb 43, sub:
351
quota for the next six months cut still deeper, to 3,048. The lower quality of AGF personnel, the cut-backs in specialist quotas, and the higher priorities given to ASF units all contributed toward making the training of AGF engineer units more difficult. Granted, ASF units held a higher proportion of technicians than those of AGF, but demands for combat engineers by the end of 1943 had begun to swell the numbers of these units in the troop basis and therefore to raise the total demand for AGF specialists. By the end of the year, AGF engineers accounted for 172,223 of the total engineer strength in the Army as compared with 221,434 in ASF and 99,457 in AAF.37 Harvest of Confusion
could expect many RTC men. The Adjutant General's Office, however, insisted that its instructions from MPD were to fill ASF units, regardless of priority, before assigning any RTC men to AGF. An appeal to the General Staff resulted in a conference on 28 July at which MPD agreed that unit priorities would be the sole factor in making assignments. But as far as AGF engineer units were concerned the conference had little effect. Between the first of July and the last of September only 179 trained replacements from ERTC's entered AGF units. An upturn in numbers after that time brought the total during the last six months of 1943 to only 1,146, contrasted with 9,798 to ASF units and 11,510 to depots.36 During the same six months the War Department cut the allotments of AGF engineers to Engineer specialist schools. In place of the old allotment of 7,464 officers and men to the Engineer School, ERTC's, or to civilian institutions, a new allotment of 12 June allowed AGF to send only 1,638 officers and 4,218 enlisted men, or a total of 5,856. The actual numbers so trained came closer to 6,000 but by the end of 1943 a new
By early 1944 demands from overseas confirmed a stand which Hughes had taken months before. The Army needed more engineer combat support. Accordingly, between February and July, inclusive, AGF activated 53 nondivisional combat battalions, making a total of 103 such units activated and in various stages of training at the end of July. Troops to fill these units again became scarce as preparations for the landings on the coast of France in June called for the services of every available man. A new system of classification sent the most desirable reception center men to infantry units.38 Fillers for engineer units were particularly hard to obtain. By May, many of the combat battalions, activated for months, remained at cadre strength. The 286th Engi36
37
to M/S, Plans for CofS, 13 Dec 43, sub: Trp Basis (1944). 320.2, Trp Unit Basis, 1943, Folder 5 (S). 38 For a discussion of the Physical Profile System see Palmer, Wiley, and Keast, op. cit., pp. 64-76.
352
neer Combat Battalion, activated in December 1943, received half of its fillers in March and the rest in April, making two disjointed training programs necessary. The 1272d, activated in April 1944, could not begin training until three months had passed. Fillers came from a variety of sources, including disbanded antiaircraft, coast artillery, and other types of units made superfluous by the course of the war. Chemical mortar battalions as well as engineer camouflage battalions found themselves overnight relabeled engineer combat battalions. Specialists from one type of unit did not necessarily convert easily into those of another. The reclassification system broke down completely under the strain. Adjustments in some cases were severe, and much good training had to be wasted. Even within the Engineer framework, the change from topographic unit to maintenance company or depot company was not easy. The reduction of specialist quotas to ASF schools threw the major part of this work of retraining upon the thirty-five combat group headquarters and the individual units. Administrative loads and paper work piled up. To relieve the strain, AGF in July attached some of the groups to special troops headquarters detachments which had been increased in size to handle the larger task. This arrangement was particularly helpful in preparing troops for overseas movement. Group headquarters often shipped out ahead of their battalions and companies, leaving these units without supervision during a critical period.39 The new administrative setup did provide some help, but the acute need for nondivisional units in active theaters led the War Department to cut training time to a minimum. An accelerated training schedule, published on 14 July 1944, divided such
353
occasioned no surprise in the Engineer Section.41 During 1945 the training of AGF engineers became progressively less important as units moved overseas to all theaters. By the first of August 1945 only 971 officers and 15,879 enlisted men remained in training, including units and individuals being redeployed from one theater to another or returned to the United States through the rotation plan.42 Of all the AGF engineer units, the most controversy over preparation and control centered upon the nondivisional combat battalions. Having less precise missions than such units as heavy ponton battalions, depot companies, or topographic units, nondivisional combat battalions were perhaps for that reason more easily diverted to duties for which they were not intended. In Europe, they performed heavy construction work and fought as infantry for extended intervals. In the Southwest Pacific, long a theater of secondary priority, the few engineer units available had to be versatile enough to accomplish whatever tasks happened to be most urgent. Nondivisional combat battalions served principally as construction battalions until the Philippines! campaign. This theater persistently requested the Engineer Section to add more and heavier equipment to these units and reorganize them for three-shift construction jobs. Hughes accused the Southwest Pacific theater in particular of requesting the wrong types of units, but prepared special lists of
353.03, AGF Instr Visits ( C ) . (1) Roland G. Ruppenthal, Logistical Support of the Armies, Volume I: May 1941-September
41
40
1944, UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II, (Washington, 1953), pp. 235-240. (2) AGF Bd Rpts, Sep 44-Mar 45. 42 Strength of the Army, 1 Aug 45, p. 28 (C). AGO Special Reference Collection.
354
equipment to meet shifting requirements wherever needed. In the matter of control, OCE never accepted the flexible group idea in good grace. At the end of the war, the Chief Engineers in both the European and Pacific theaters still preferred the combat regiment and said so. Opinion at lower levels of command remained mixed, accord43 ing to the experience of individual officers. Neither AAF nor AGF engineer units had the advantage of early centralization within unit training centers as did ASF units, but pressure for the formation of such centers grew strong in both commands.
CHAPTER XVI
Origins
The Marine Corps took the lead in formulating doctrine for amphibious assaults shortly after the Washington Conference of 1921-22.2 From that time on, the Navy-Marine Corps planners assumed that any strike against Japan must be preceded by the assault and capture of enemyheld islands in the Central Pacific for the establishment of advanced naval bases. The Marine Corps within a few years roughed out its major strategic plans for the seizure
356
manual that covered the duties of the Fleet Marine Force in a landing operation. This manual formed the basis for all future amphibious doctrine. In preparing the manual, the marines probed carefully into the probable effectiveness of various types and combinations of naval bombardment. They recognized the need of aerial support for reconnaissance, for spotting naval gunfire, for preinvasion bombing, and for protection against enemy planes. They emphasized that the ship-toshore movement of small craft was a major tactical maneuver, not a simple ferrying job. Success or failure of a landing could well depend upon the rapid and correct loading of troops, the integrity of small units, the deployment of boats, and an orderly debarkation at the shore line. Special lighters would be needed to transport artillery and tanks. An amphibian tank would be ideal. Cargo vessels should be combat loaded so that all the matriel for any one unit would be together and arranged so that supplies needed first would be the most accessible. The logistical task did not end with debarka-
tion. Troops and supplies must not be allowed to pile up at the water's edge, exposed
to the enemy and impeding the landing of subsequent waves of the invading force. Special shore parties, accompanying the first waves, would mark the beaches for the flow of traffic, set up supply dumps, evacuate casualties, and make emergency repairs to boats. From ship to shore, the Navy beach party would be in charge; at the high-water mark the Marine shore party would take over. As far as the marines were concerned, no division of command occurred at the shore line, since the Fleet Marine Force was a part of the Navy. Elaborate radio and signal communications would smooth the
whole operation.
357
except Marine Corps doctrine and experience. The committee confined its study to shipto-shore movements such as the marines had conducted in the past. Departing radically from existing Army doctrine, the committee sought to make engineer troops the basic soldiers in an amphibious attack. Instead of following the assaulting infantry, the engineer members of the combat team would form two waves of assault units which would hit the beach, with or without the protection of tanks and Alligators, and begin the destruction of fortifications some ten minutes ahead of the first wave of infantry. Each infantry division engaged in amphibious landings should have three engineer combat battalions instead of only one. The division of responsibility which would occur at the shore line in a joint Navy-Army landing was of great concern to the committee. Without perfect co-ordination between the Navy beach party and the Army shore party the whole supply operation would break down. Current doctrine prescribed that the shore party should construct emergency roads, remove land mines and other obstacles, and provide hasty defensive works in case of counterattack, but that the beach party, interested in removing underwater obstacles and in providing temporary docks and ramps, should have control of both parties during the initial phase. A study of past maneuvers convinced the committee that the Navy could not be depended upon to furnish the necessary engineers and should therefore be restricted to handling boat traffic. An Army shore party, patterned after the Marine shore party, which was largely composed of
3
358
engineers and usually commanded by an engineer, should take over all beach and shore engineering functions. This recommendation clearly pointed toward an Engineer organization for this work. The Navy was responsible for waterborne transportation between ships and beaches. Noting that the Army had for this reason left the development of landing craft to the Navy, the committee nevertheless suggested that the Army should develop some type of craft that might be suitable both for river crossing operations and for augmenting the Navy's craft in a landing if such a need should arise. The Army should also try to improve the design of the Alligator and the tank lighter. Finally, engineer combat units should receive training in maneuvering small boats in rough seas, in unloading equipment from ships, ferrying it ashore, and unloading it on the beach.4 Early in April 1941 OCE sent a copy of the committee's report to G-3 and to selected engineer units for comment. G-3 appreciated the fresh approach to the subject and included some of the ideas in an Army field manual on landing operations.5 The joint Army-Navy amphibious exercises of late 1941 and early 1942 confirmed many of the findings of the Engineer School study. The forces were organized into a Pacific Fleet Amphibious Corps consisting of the 2d Marine Division and the 3d Infantry Division and an Atlantic Fleet Amphibious Corps containing the 1st Marine Division and the 1st Infantry Division, all under Navy control. Conspicuous among the deficiencies was the lack of a well-organized and trained shore party; co-ordination between beach and shore parties remained poor. Communications between the Army and Navy broke down. In the January 1942 exercise on the east coast none of the Army
1948), pp. 28, 38-39. (2) Matloff and Snell, Strategic Planning for Coalition Warfare, pp. 99, 12021. (3) Harrison, Cross-Channel Attack, p. 12. 8 Greenfield, Palmer, and Wiley, Organization of Ground Combat Troops, pp. 90-92. 9 Unless otherwise noted, the rest of this section on origins is based upon: (1) OPD 353, Amph Forces, Sec. 1 ( S ) ; (2) ABC 320.2, Amph Forces, Sec. 1 (3-13-42) ( S ) .
359
corps for the Atlantic and a smaller Marine amphibious force for the Pacific should train separately. Each organization should develop independently for its own mission, by its own methods, with its own specialized equipment. In submitting these observations to Admiral Ernest J. King, Chief of Naval Operations, McNarney left open any decision as to which troops would be employed under whose control during the later offensive phase of the war in the Pacific. Obviously, whenever strategy called for a move into the larger land masses of the Southwest Pacific, such as New Guinea or the Philippines, the proposed Marine amphibious force would be too small. Obvious as well was the fact that McNarney believed Army troops under Army control would be preferable in this area when the time came. The Navy, however, wanted to make this clear-cut Atlantic-Pacific geographical division permanent. Granted, the Marine Corps could not expand sufficiently to furnish the number of troops required, since by law the marines were restricted to 20 percent of the Navy's strength. Nevertheless, the Navy sought to maintain control of all amphibious forces, both Army and Marine, employed in the entire Pacific. The 3d Infantry Division should therefore remain under the control of the Navy. The Army
should conduct only those amphibious land12 ings projected against a continent.
10 Memo, G-3 for CG AGF, 20 Mar 42, sub: Estab of an Amph Tng Center. OPD 353, Amph Forces, Sec. 1 (S). 11 (1) For a discussion of this rivalry see Isely and Crowl, op. cit., pp. 83-98; and Ernest J. King and Walter Muir Whitehill, Fleet Admiral King: A Naval Record (New York: W. W. Norton & Co., Inc., 1952), pp. 372, 381-89. (2) Matloff and Snell, op. cit., p. 171. 12 Memo, Col J. C. Blizzard for Col T. T. Handy, 17 Mar 42, sub: JPS 2/7Amph Forces. ABC 320.2, Amph Forces, Sec. 1 (3-13-42) (S).
360
In the second week of April the United States and Great Britain agreed upon an emergency invasion of Europe in the late summer in case of German internal collapse or the disintegration of the Russian forces. Otherwise, a full-scale invasion would be pushed across the English Channel in the spring of 1943. Providing landing craft and crews for this offensive soon became a headache. The Navy, charged with the procurement of the boats, was concentrating its efforts upon replacing the larger elements of the fleet crippled by the Japanese in December. The expanding ship-to-shore amphibious program and the provision of crews for warships of the fleet absorbed all of the personnel that could be obtained under the Navy's policy of taking volunteers only. The Navy simply could not furnish and train the crews for any shore-to-shore amphibious operations projected against the European continent during 1942. Whether or not the British could furnish crews for the landing craft was still undetermined. Evidently, some arrangement had to be made to train U.S. Army boat crews.13 To the discomfiture of the Navy, the specific requirements for a cross-Channel attack intruded upon the deliberations of the Joint U.S. Strategic Committee which was preparing at this time a general study of amphibious forces. Following McNarney's line of reasoning, the Strategic Committee decided that the divergent tasks which were shaping up in the Atlantic and Pacific made different types of training imperative. Moreover, friction between the Army and Navy during joint training made a separation advisable. The marines should form an amphibious assault force for the capture of the smaller islands of the Central and South Pacific. Army amphibious troops should train in Army centers for the of-
361
mittee the year before. Combat functions of divisional engineers remained the same. No special Army units had as yet been de-
vised to assume the functions of the Marine By early June Army and Navy negotia- shore party. The only new assignment for tors had arrived at some measure of agree- the Engineers was that of providing and ment on over-all control of amphibious training crews for the landing craft that operations, although the Joint Chiefs had would be employed in the coming invasion 15 not yet given formal approval. All prepara- of Europe. The assignment was a large one, nevertions for the shore-to-shore cross-Channel attack should be separate from those for theless. The Army's immediate plans called ship-to-shore amphibious organizations and for training about 48,000 men, organized should be under the Army. The Navy would into 18 engineer boat operating regiments furnish landing craft and instructors for and 7 engineer boat maintenance battalions. training Army boat crews. Craft of sea- Since divisional training had to begin by 15 going size would be manned and operated July, the Engineers had only two months to find a training site, make necessary improveby the Navy. The reorganization of the ship-to-shore amphibious forces was a ments, form staffs, locate men with expericompromise. Within the Atlantic Amphibi- ence in small boats, organize units, start ous Force, an Atlantic Amphibious Corps training, and prepare for joint exercises. In of Army divisions would be commanded by order to meet these requirements, the Engian Army officer. During 1942 this force neers organized the Engineer Amphibian would be employed in the Atlantic; after Command (EAC) at Camp Edwards on 10 that it might be used in either the Atlantic June, while AGF established nearby the or the Pacific. For the Pacific Amphibious Amphibious Training Command, later Force, a Pacific Amphibious Corps com- known as the Amphibious Training Center. posed of both Army and Marine divisions Although the EAC was not formally orwould operate in the Central Pacific under ganized until June, the Engineers brought a the command of a Marine officer. A South nucleus of the command together in WashPacific Amphibious Corps made up entirely ington during May to do the required of marines would work first in the South planning. Working under Sturdevant, this Pacific but might be shifted later either to group was led by Col. Daniel Noce, who was the Southwest or Central Pacific. This left to command the EAC, and Lt. Col. Arthur the exact composition of a Southwest Pa- G. Trudeau, his chief of staff, later Director cific Amphibious Corps in a nebulous state of Training, ASF. As executive officer of the agreeable for the moment to both the Army Unless otherwise noted this section is based and Navy. upon: (1) 353, Tng (C) ; (2) File 1 (S) ; (3) 333,
1;>
July.
The task assigned to the Engineers on 9 May 1942 was a narrow one compared to that envisaged by the Engineer School com-
Inspecs and Investigations by IG and Other Official Rpts; (4) Directives (S) ; (5) 220.01, Clas of Scores in Tests; (6) 353, Tng, 1942; (7) Ltr, CO EAC to CofEngrs, 1 Jul 42, sub: Progress Rpt, 319.1, Tng Rpts; (8) COs, 1942; (9) Interv, Capt Walter C. Capron, USCG, formerly comdr of the Boat Unit Det, 14 Jun 50; (10) Becker, op. cit.,
362
BRIG. GEN. DANIEL NOCE (third from left), commander of the Amphibious Training Command, Camp Edwards, Mass., 1942. With General Noce are (from left) Brig. Gen. David A. D. Ogden and General Sturdevant; Col. Arthur G. Trudeau is on the right. (Photograph taken October 1942.)
ERTC at Wood, Noce had valuable experience in setting up a new training center. Trudeau came to the EAC from an assignment as instructor at the Command and General Staff School at Fort Leavenworth. Among the first tasks which Noce and Trudeau faced was defining in full the mission of the command. Recalling that wellorganized and well-trained shore parties had been conspicuously lacking in amphibious operations up to that time, these officers determined to add the training of shore party units to the EAC mission. No existing unit
had the proper specialist structure to accomplish the duties envisioned. Engineer combat regiments assigned to this work in the ship-to-shore maneuvers thus far had been unsatisfactory. In a shore-to-shore operation their duties would be even more complicated since this movement called for the assembling and loading of troops and supplies on the near shore as well as the unloading and reassembly on the far shore. The engineer combat battalion of the infantry division would have its hands full with engineer reconnaissance, demolishing un-
363
of this transportation service, and the training and equipping of shore parties, be placed under a single command, and that engineer units be attached rather than assigned to AGF for joint training. After AGF and SOS concurred, the War Department issued a final directive on 23 May incorporating these changes. AGF was charged with the development of doctrine, the training of di17 visions, and joint training. Probably the most troublesome issue in this preliminary stage, and indeed throughout the command's history, centered on the boats. The program was set up on the basis of the Engineers using 36-foot and 50-foot craft. On 9 May G-3 gave the boat requirements for the training of twelve divisions and necessary engineer units as 1,000 of the 36-foot landing craft and 225 of the 50-foot tank lighters500 of the 36-foot craft and 125 of the 50-foot lighters to be delivered at Edwards by 30 July 1942. The others, intended for Carrabelle and Fort Lewis, were to be delivered during July and August. After the Engineers had an opportunity to examine their needs they revised these requirements upward to 1,550 craft of all kinds with 925 to be delivered by 15 July, but SOS soon found that the maximum production of boats would not satisfy the needs of the Army and Navy and requirements for Great Britain.18
16 Arthur G. Trudeau, "The Engineer Amphibian Command," Military Review, XXIII (September, 1943), 13. 17 Ltr, TAG to CG AGF, 23 May 42, sub: Responsibility for Amph Tng. Directives (S). 18 (1) Memo, Somervell for Admiral Home [16 May 42], sub: Alloc of Landing Craft for Tng in the U. S. EHD files (S). (2) For a discussion of
George E, Mowry, Landing Craft and the War Production Board, April 1942 to May 1944 [Historical Reports of War Administration, WPB Special Study 11] (Washington, Civilian Production Administration, 1944, reissued 1946), pp. 5-11.
364
The urgency of the situation became apparent on 20 May when Sturdevant conferred with Navy officials who agreed to turn over 300 of the 36-foot craft to the EAC during June and July, provided deliveries were on schedule. To carry on amphibious training even on a reduced scale, 150 more 36-foot boats and 50 more 50-foot tank lighters would have to be diverted from overseas shipments. Sturdevant estimated that this number of boats would suffice to train only one regimental combat team at a time, enable the EAC to continue training, and provide for replacement.19 The Engineers doubted that a successful cross-Channel invasion could be mounted in the 36- and 50-foot boats. Representatives of the British, the Navy, the Coast Guard, and Marine Corps all agreed that the choppy waters of the Channel would subject troops in small boats to such a rough voyage that fighting effectiveness would be drastically reduced. But no larger craft had yet been authorized when the time came to activate the command. In the midst of the discussions on the types of boats to be assigned and the numbers which would be available, the Engineer Amphibian Command pushed forward the practical task of organization. Pressure to get the project started had led the War Department early in May to designate Camp Edwards, Massachusetts, as the best avail20 able location. The camp was an established post and provided access to beaches on Cape Cod which were suitable for amphibious training. This choice was later criticized because boat instruction could not be carried on so far north during winter months. Originally, however, the Army did not expect to use the camp after November. The Corps of Engineers planned to instruct five brigades at Camp Edwards before the
365
assigned to the control of the Chief of Engineers a number of engineer, quartermaster, and ordnance units. The search for additional men began in May. The Adjutant General's Office sifted personnel records for required skills. The Corps of Engineers sent some 6,000 circulars to yacht and boat clubs, shipyards, and boat owners, and published articles in boating and yachting magazines. Military Personnel, OCE, organized teams of officers who flew all over the country seeking out and interviewing men with marine experience.23 Private industry and organizations such as the United States Power Squadron supplied the names of skilled men already in the Army. In this way the command recruited 1,300 enlisted men during the summer of 1942, and also obtained officers directly from civil life. Men from these sources were specially wellqualified additions to the EAC. Yet during the year and a half of its existence, out of a total of 2,899 officers, almost two thirds came from Reserve status and from officer candidate schools. Similarly, more than three fourths of the 37,651 enlisted men came from replacement training centers and reception centers. Although the OCS at Fort Belvoir gave particular attention to choosing graduates for the command, and undoubtedly some men were sent to the organization because of amphibious skills, many were completely inexperienced.24
(1) Ltr, Gorlinski to CG SOS, 22 May 42, sub: Orgn of EAC, with Incl, May 42. 320.3, T/Os. (2) EAC Tng Memo 1 (rev), 27 Jul 42. Tng Memos 1-30 ( C ) . 23 Incl to Ltr, W. W. Bessell, Jr., to C of Mil Hist, 16 Jan 54. 24 (1) Ltr, Bessell to CG SOS, 24 Jun 42, sub: Transfer of Qualified EM to the EAC, CE. 220.31, Assignment. (2) Ltr, ACofEngrs (McCoach) to William L. Sayres, 11 Aug 42. OCE 210.3, EAC, Pt. 1. (3) Mil Tng in EAC, May 42-Apr 44, pp. 20-21. (4) Info from Maj James C. Summey, Pers Div OCE, 4 May 50.
22
366
The intelligence of the troops assigned, as measured by AGCT scores, was a matter of serious concern. Examining the scores of the first 2,788 men obtained from replacement training centers, the EAC discovered that only 49 percent had attained Grade III or better. The average figure for any normal sampling was supposed to be 69 percent. By late summer and fall the caliber of men had improved somewhat but still not enough to satisfy the command. In answer to the EAC's protests, SOS explained that it was difficult to obtain an equitable distribution from men in replacement training centers since the higher grade men were often assigned first to service schools, to officer candidate schools, or as cadre.25 Whatever the cause, this situation made the command's efforts to avoid dissipating the skills of personnel who were assigned all the more valuable. As a new type of unit, the brigade contained job classifications for which there were no provisions under Army regulations or which were unusual and difficult to fill. Among these were coxswains, marine enginemen, and seamen. The command, therefore, placed great emphasis on interviewing new arrivals about their experience in boat construction, operation, and maintenance. Particularly important in this respect were their hobbies, and, as the command found out later, the summer occupations of those classified as students.26 After men were assigned to their units, the classification office followed up to see that their skills were put to good use. At the beginning of October 1942, the classification office found insufficient correlation between the tasks for which specialists had been trained and their assignments in various units. As a result, the command de-
(1) Memo, Dir Mil Pers SOS for Somervell, 20 Jun 42, sub: Asgmt of EM From RCs. OCE 220.3, EAC (S). (2) D/F, Dir of Mil Pers SOS to OCE, 17 Jul 42, same sub. Same file. (3) 2d Ind, Dir Mil Pers SOS to CofEngrs, 28 Oct 42 (OCE 220.3, EAC, Pt. 1), on Ltr, CofS EAC to CG SOS, 28 Sep 42, sub: Distr of AGCT Grades. 220.01, Clas of Scores in Tests. 26 Col. Henry Hutchings, "Classification and Assignment at the Engineer Amphibian Command," The Bulletin (AG Sch, Ft. Washington, Md.) II, (July, 1943), 24-27, 53. 27 (1) Memo, Clas Off EAC for Col T. L. Mulligan G-1 EAC, 27 Aug 42, sub: Instrs on the Selection and Processing of Enl Pers for Spec Schs as Set Forth by G-1. 352, Schs, EM. (2) Rpt, Clas Off EAC [Oct 42], sub: Spec Schs Study. Same file. (3) Memo, Dir of Sch and Marine Maint EAC to Mulligan, 7 Oct 42. EHD files. (4) Ltr, Adj Hq EAC to CG 2d EAB, CO 411th Base Shop Bn, 12 Oct 42, sub: Spec Schs Study. Same files.
367
termaster, ordnance, and medical units operated their own schedules under their unit commanders. The shore regiments, which trained under the supervision of the command, spent most of their time under the direct control of unit commanders practicing demolitions, rigging, road building, and general construction. Supply procedures remained relatively undeveloped because the shore regiments had little training in actually moving and storing supplies. For new officers the EAC established special schools. Reserves called to active duty were given a one-week course while those directly commissioned from civilian life were given four weeks of basic instruction. In addition the officers in the boat regiment of the 1st Brigade had three days of basic piloting and navigation. Some studied advanced navigation for another week. After 21 July all officers of the boat and shore units received a one-week elementary course in navigation. As at other Engineer training centers, the command relied on civilian and service schools. The original directives had suggested the course of instruction at the boat yard of Higgins Industries, Inc., New Orleans. Training in boat operation and engine maintenance began there in May before the command was activated. In July and August the command rapidly enlarged its use of outside agencies. It sent men to various factories to learn about diesel and gasoline motors, the construction of boats, generators, fuel injection equipment, and the repair of batteries. For training as blacksmiths, welders, armorers, cobblers, auto mechanics, and many other assorted jobs, men attended service schools outside the command. In the year and a half of its ex-
368
istence the command had approximately 5,600 officers and enlisted men instructed by other agencies.28 In the process of setting up a new training organization the command inevitably ran into problems which were aggravated by the speed with which results were expected. One of the most pressing in this early period was the scarcity of instructors. Since the Corps of Engineers could not begin to furnish all the specialists required for this complex mission, the command obtained qualified personnel wherever they could be found. The British Army and Navy provided staff officers. An officer from the U.S. Marine Corps headed the Shore Unit Section, one from the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey supervised the Navigation and Communications Section, and still another from the U.S. Coast Guard was in charge of the Boat Unit Section. The Coast Guard also supplied about one hundred enlisted men to give technical instruction in boat operation and maintenance. Infantry, Coast Artillery Corps, and Signal Corps officers directed respectively maintenance, weapons, and communications training. When recruits arrived without basic trainingas they did in spite of plans to the contrary instructors were obtained from the ERTC's at Fort Leonard Wood and Fort Belvoir. Because of the specialized nature of training, the scarcity of instructors, and a shortage of boats, the command conducted much of the training itself rather than leave it to the individual units. As a result, by September, personnel in command headquarters had increased to more than twice as many as the 683 authorized in May.29 All instructors were hampered because training had to begin before essential preparations could be made. Except for the boat regiment, T/BA's were not available at
Memo cited n. 29 ( 1 ) .
369
ing of crews in all types of landing craft for the coming invasion. By mid-June Somervell reached an agreement with Admiral King that the Army would train boat crews for all landing craft except LCFs (153 feet) and LST's (316 feet). This agreement was short-lived. On 29 June the Engineers received word from SOS that the Navy would be charged with the "procurement, training of crews, manning, and 32 maintenance of the 105 foot tank lighter." They also learned that "as soon as possible, the Navy will infiltrate into the Army Amphibious Training Camps and if sufficient progress is made by the Navy, they may 33 later take over the entire project." Thus, by the end of its first month, the Engineer Amphibian Command had to face the prospect that the Navy might operate all boats in the invasion. In addition to the uncertainty over when or whether the Navy would take over the operation of all landing craft, the command began to worry over shrinkage in the size of its task. The disappointing rate of production of landing craft had led AGF to revise its estimates of the total number of divisions it could hope to have ready by February 1943. The number of engineer amphibian brigades would necessarily be lowered. On 1 July 1942 the General Staff reduced AGF objectives from twelve to eight divisions. Two days later Sturdevant called for a clear statement of policy. Morale was endangered. The command had already been activated. Training had begun.
EAC Cir 10, 3 Jul 42. Cirs1942. 1st Ind, Brig Gen LeRoy Lutes, Dir Opns SOS, to CofEngrs 29 Jun 42, on Ltr, Sturdevant to CG SOS, 25 Jun 42, sub: 105-foot Tank Lighters (Navy YTL). File 1 (S). 33 1st Ind, Lutes to CofEngrs, 17 Jun 42, on Ltr, Sturdevant to CG SOS, 11 Jun 42, sub: Opn of 105-foot YTL Landing Craft. File 1 (S).
32 31
370
Several hundred thousand dollars had been spent for construction and more installations were planned. Two boat yards had been leased. Commitments had been made
in recruiting officers and men. Sturdevant
then it should be stopped immediately. Although no definite answer was as yet forthcoming on who would man the landing craft in the cross-Channel attack, SOS informed the Chief of Engineers on 17 July
that the command would henceforth train only three brigades plus a 50 percent reserve. The reserve was to be organized into
standardization among the boats, which made the procurement of spare parts even
more difficult in an already tight market.
The 3d Brigade, activated at Edwards in August, just after the 1st Brigade shipped
out, ultimately obtained enough craft but had difficulty keeping them running. More
two brigades, making the Engineer objective five instead of the eight previously
authorized.34 Although the command faced a somewhat smaller task, it was still a difficult one. By 1 July the command had received 253
craft of various types, including 47 assorted secondhand boats purchased from private owners for employment as control craft.
than half were out of commission in December, chiefly because there were no spare parts.36 The various hardships, such as shortages of equipment and the scarcity of instructors, took their toll on the organization. When the Inspector General's Department made
an automotive and boat inspection near the end of July, the inspecting officer concluded
(1) Memo, G-3 for ACofS OPD, 18 Jun 42, sub: Alloc of Landing Craft for Tng in U. S., with Incl, 7 Jun 42. OPD 353, Amph Forces, Sec. 1 (S). (2) Memo, G-3 for CG SOS, 1 Jul 42, sub: Orgn and Tng of Amph Forces. Same file. (3) Ltr, Lutes to CofEngrs, 17 Jul 42, sub: Amph Tng. File 1 (S). 35 (1) Incl, 25 Jun 42, to Memo, ACofS EAC for OPD, 25 Jun 42. Misc Ltrs IV (S). (2) Ltr, Trudeau to CofEngrs, 11 Jul 42, sub: Availability of Landing Craft. 561.1, Requests or Requisitions for Vessels ( C ) . (3) Rpt, Dir Tng and Opn EAC to CO EAC, 14 Aug 42, sub: Status of Boats, 14 Aug 42. 560, Vessels, All Kinds. 36 (1) Ltr, Proc and Sup Sec Hq EAC to CO EAC, 15 Aug 42, sub: Boat Maint. 560, Boats, Barges, Vol. I. (2) Memo, Brig Gen D. A. D. Ogden for EHD, 8 May 50, sub: The EAC. (3) 6th Ind, Noce to CG SOS, 3 Feb 43, on Ltr, Noce to CG SOS, 23 Dec 42, sub: Failure of Sup Sources for Marine Engine Parts. 412.5, Engines, Motors, Parts of (S).
34
Ten days later it had 244 of the 36-foot landing craft and 5 obsolescent tank lighters, of which 60 percent were to be allocated to AGF training on 15 July. On 14 August there were in all 252 of the 36-foot craft, 30 tank lighters, and 47 control boats. This total, while close to EAC requirements,
also had to be used during joint training.35 The boats were in such demand that there was little time for preventive maintenance. They were operated two or three shifts a day, sometimes at night, and even during
off-duty hours, for the command wished its men to use them as much as possible during the brief training period. Furthermore, the
1st Brigade was so rushed that there was
371
LANDING CRAFT OPERATED BY ENGINEER TROOPS in a training exercise, Camp Edwards, Mass., 1942.
that the whole command showed the effects of forced development. "Plans have not been well thought out far enough in advance of their execution," he observed. "The result has been general confusion and great expense. From results so far obtained, it is questionable whether the rapid development and expense involved are warranted." 37 In reply to The Inspector General, the command pointed out that even the best of plans could not be executed satisfactorily without thoroughly trained men,
and noted with some pride that the 1st Brigade had moved overseas within six weeks of the time it was organized. The 1st Brigade had become available for joint training with the Amphibious Training Center on schedule in mid-July, but its instruction had hardly begun when it was alerted for overseas movement to the United Kingdom. It moved on an emergency basis, with Somervell giving special
attention to its equipment. There was some uncertainty in the command as to how the brigade would be employed. On the one hand, the 36-foot and 50-foot craft prescribed for it were not suitable for a crossChannel invasion from the United States sector in Britain, the area from which they apparently would have to embark under existing plans. On the other hand, the brigade had not been trained in ship-to-shore operations, for which these craft could be used. Further training in England would be necessary, whatever the nature of the task assigned, and the EAC expected to continue to carry this responsibility through an advance EAC headquarters sent over with the 1st Brigade. But when the 1st Brigade arrived in the United Kingdom in mid-AuLtr, IGD to TIG, 10 Aug 42, sub: Automotive and Boat Inspec, EAC, Camp Edwards, Mass. 333, Inspecs and Investigations by IG and Other Official Rpts.
37
372
gust the whole picture had changed. Great Britain and the United States had given up the idea of any cross-Channel invasion in 1942, and agreed instead on a North African operation for which the Navy was to provide crews in a ship-to-shore movement. Eisenhower had placed the Navy in charge of all amphibious training in the European theater. The Navy could see no need for any organization larger than a battalion, nor for any additional brigades. Only with the strong backing of Army officials did the brigade headquarters avoid extinction. The 1st Brigade was never used as originally planned. The boat regiment was eventually disbanded, and the combat engineers who had become boatmen became in turn stevedores and finally combat engineers again. The brigade's major function was henceforth to be shore operations in North Africa, Sicily, Italy, Normandy, and finally Okinawa.38 As a result of the shift in operational plans, the War Department changed the EAC's objectives once again. On 17 August 1942, SOS informed the Corps of Engineers that instead of training five brigades they were to train only three. Of the two remaining in this country, onepreferably the 2dwould probably be assigned to AGF for training divisions. The other brigade would be employed overseas in any task forces that might be organized. If more brigades were ultimately needed, the AGF training unit could furnish cadres.39 Although requirements for engineer amphibian brigades had been reduced, this did not alter the tight time schedule for those brigades which remained authorized. In July, after only four weeks of instruction by
373
failed to land boats on the right beaches at the right time. The need for more intensive training, particularly in navigation, was obvious. In an effort to provide competent navigators, the EAC investigated U.S. Navy and British practices and established a school for officers at Harvard University. After conferring with leading American industrialists on the development of navigational aids, the EAC adopted extensive new equipment and laid particular stress on training in its use.42 Having acquired considerable experience in training for amphibious operations by the end of the summer, the EAC began to devote more attention to the selection of equipment and to the refinement of organization and techniques. There was dissatisfaction with the 36-foot boats. They should be faster. The personnel carrier, LCP, was particularly objectionable because its ramp was so narrow as to restrict the speed with which troops could unload, thus unduly exposing the men to enemy fire. Trudeau informed the Navy in August that the cargo carrier, LCV, was much preferred. The LCV was a seaworthy boat with maximum deck space and had an armor-plated ramp for frontal protection. Modified to provide even greater protection and to accommodate the -ton weapons carrier, the LCV
41 Memo, Asst Ground AG for CofS U.S. Army, 28 Aug 42, sub: Availability of Engr Trps for Amph Tng Comd, with 2d Ind, O&T Br OCE to CG SOS, 7 Sep 42. OCE 370.5, EAC ( C ) . 42 (1) Rpt, Lt Clarence A. Burmister U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, sub: Rpt on Results of Conf With U.S. Navy Officials at Washington, D. C., 16-27 Aug 42. File 2 (S). (2) Rpt, CG EAC, 26 Jan 43, sub: Rpt on Secret Mtg for Purpose of Obtaining Additional and Improved Navigational Aids for Shore to Shore Amph Opns. 413.44, Wireless Radio Instruments Supplies for (S). (3) Memo, Ogden for EHD, 8 May 50, sub: The EAC.
374
became the combined troop and cargo carrier, the LCVP.43 Late in August the EAC established the Development Section, which conducted a series of tests of equipment and procedures for bringing ashore great quantities of matriel and organizing its flow across the beach. Tracked vehicles could navigate across sand without difficulty, but trucks and jeeps required some expedient roadway. To provide such surfacing the Development Section compared various landing mat materials as to facility of transport, rapidity of laying, strength, durability, and ease of camouflage. Cyclone chain link fencing proved the most universally acceptable type of road expedient. In addition to the readiness with which it could be transported
Although most cargo would be discharged direct from landing craft onto the beach, it was realized that some craft might become stranded on offshore bars necessitating unloading their cargo and transporting it for a short distance through the water. For this purpose the Development Section tested two amphibians, the Alli(1) EAC Dev Bd Rpt 123, 23 Dec 42, sub: Gen Rpt on Cargo Handling. (2) Memo, Trudeau for Noce, 28 Aug 42. 561, Acquisition and Constr of Vessels. (3) Memo, Trudeau for Gen Keating, 14 Sep 42. Same file. (4) Tentative Tng Guide 1, Hq EAC, Feb 43, sub: Engr Amph Trps, Gen. (5) 2d Wrapper Ind, Trudeau to CofEngrs, 1 Sep 42, and 6th Wrapper Ind, Trudeau to CofEngrs, 21 Oct 42, on Ltr, C of Trans to Vice C of Nav Opns, 10 Aug 42, sub: 1942 Rqmts of Standard Landing Craft for EAC. File 2 (S). 44 (1) EAC Dev Sec Rpt 124 [15 Mar 43], sub: Test of Road Expedients. (2) Tentative Tng Guide 7, Hq EAC, May 43, sub: Engr Amph Trps, Orgn
43
and handled, it had a resilience which obviated the need for fastening it down.44
375
JEEP LEAVING LANDING CRAFT comes ashore over Sommerfeld track in a training exercise, Camp Edwards, 1942.
gator, a tracked vehicle, and the DUKW, a wheeled vehicle, in addition to several other means of transport such as the standard assault boat and pneumatic cargo raft. The tests revealed the Alligator to be a very good vehicle, but the DUKW was even better. The DUKW had been developed under the guidance of the NDRC around the standard 2-ton truck. It was thus basically a proven mechanism which was being produced in quantity, with which there was widespread familiarity, and for which there was a relatively plentiful supply of spare parts. Its tires were of a special design for rapid travel over sand. It was apparent as tests proceeded under the guidance of the NDRC that the DUKW would be extremely useful in unloading freighters anchored at some distance from the beach. In a final demonstration on 8 December
1942, eight DUKW's carried 80 tons of dummy cargo from a Liberty ship anchored one mile offshore to a supply dump some 1,900 yards inland. Speed through the water was slow, about five knots, but on land the DUKW could make 50 miles an hour carrying as heavy a load as its truck prototype. The fact that the DUKW could proceed with its cargo across the water, over the beach, and straight to a dump more than made up for its slowness in the water and conserved manpower which would ordinarily be diverted to unloading and loading at the waterline. The DUKW exhibited the precious military virtue of versatility. Equipped with an A-frame, as one in three eventually was, it could substitute for the less maneuverable standard truck crane. The DUKW's rear winch, most commonly employed to drag along extra cargo by
376
beach sled, could also be depended upon to assist in towing stranded vehicles or boats. Each brigade was equipped with 36 DUKW's.45 The command found during joint training with AGF that one boat battalion and one shore battalion were normally assigned to support a regimental combat team. By uniting the boat and shore elements, the command believed it could provide an integrated unit for the combat team leader. On 5 September 1942 Noce asked permission to reorganize one brigade experimentally into three amphibian regiments, each regiment to consist of a boat battalion, a shore battalion, and regimental headquarters. The EAC considered this organization more flexible because it contained three regimental staffs, thus corresponding to the infantry division's major subdivisions and facilitating independent operation by combat teams. Once an entire division had made a crossing, the brigade commander could unite all the shore battalions under a single command. The War Department authorized this reorganization first for the 2d Brigade, and then for the 3d Brigade when it was scheduled for joint training.
DUKW.
46 This section lowing files: (1) (3-13-42) (S); 1, 3; (3) 337,
is based primarily upon the folABC 320.2, Amph Forces, Sec. 1 (2) OPD 353, Amph Forces, Secs. Confs Mtgs and Other, 1942-43
(S).
377
By 27 June the Navy was prepared to furnish the crews for the 105-foot lighters and requested permission from OPD to do so. After consultation with Somervell and Sturdevant, all agreed that the Navy should take over. This left open for decision, pending Hewitt's return, the question of training crews for the smaller craft. At a conference held on 8 July in Handy's office, Hewitt reiterated that he was acting under orders from King to train all landing craft crews for the European invasion, but admitted that the Army would have to furnish some of the personnel. He presented a plan by which the Navy would train officers and men in boat operation, leaving the training of shore parties and divisions to the Army. Hewitt insisted that training boat crews was a function of the Navy, asserted that the
British preferred naval personnel for this work, and expressed a fear that Armytrained personnel might not be able to cooperate fully with the Navy, particularly in communications and navigation. He also emphasized the difficulties of navigating the Channel in small boats. The SOS representative conceded that boat operation belonged to the Navy, but felt that before the Navy took over it should catch up with the Army.49 Handy interposed rather testily that everyone seemed to agree that crew training was a responsibility of the Navy. "If this issue could have been settled six months ago, there would be no argument at all. However, it is now July, and the Army has progressed very satisfactorily on this project. It is not believed that it would be sound for the Navy to take over the providing and training of smaller craft at this time." 50 In the end the Navy was given the choice of both providing and training all landing craft crews or leaving the training in the existing divided system, with the Army providing and training the crews for the smaller craft. The EAC had meanwhile begun to evolve a justification for its existence, a natural outcome of the development of an esprit de corps. The training process had created a group of men who were interested in maintaining their organization and who were
(1) Matloff and Snell, op. cit., pp. 221-22, 231-44. (2) Cline, Washington Command Post, pp. 163-64. (3) King and Whitehill, op. cit., pp. 39097. (4) Eisenhower, op. cit., pp. 38-39. 48 Memo, Handy for G-3, 26 Jun 42, sub: Alloc of Landing Craft for Tng in the U. S. OPD 353, Amph Forces, Sec. 1 (S). 49 Memo, Mob and Opn Sec OCE for C of O&T, 9 Jul 42, sub: Conf in Gen Handy's Office, 7-8-42, re Amph Opn. OCE 353, EAC (S). 50 Memo for Record, Lt Col Edward B. Gallant, 8 Jul 42, sub: Conf Amph Tng, 8 Jul 42. OPD 353, Amph Forces, Sec. 1 (S).
47
378
able to buttress their views through the experience they had gained. In the discussions of responsibility for amphibious training,
Navy representatives had centered their
arguments on the operation of boats, leaving shore operations to the Army. The Navy thereby provided the basis for the EAC's defenseunity of command. The EAC emphasized that brigades permitted the mass-
ing of large numbers of troops over small bodies of water with one organization responsible for transportation, organizing the beaches, and moving supplies inland. As Army units they could be integrated into a
single command, whereas in combined
Army-Navy operations the demarcation between Army and Navy functions at the
shore line constituted a weakness at the most critical point. The Navy's doctrine in shipto-shore operations violated the principle of unity of command on the far shore. While the naval section of a shore party was in the main answerable to the shore party
commander, it reported directly to the naval force commander for certain functions. This
egy for invasion had shifted from a shore-toshore operation against Europe to a ship-toshore movement in North Africa. The Navy would obviously play the leading role. The controversial section on shore-to-shore training was deleted from the signed document and a very generally worded section took its place:
Amphibious operations are essentially the responsibility of the Navy. Until such time as the Marine Corps can be expanded to fulfill necessary requirements for present and projected strategy, it is recognized that selected Army units must be made available for training and participation in amphibious operations.52
At a joint Army, Navy, Marine Corps conference all consultants agreed that the status quo should be maintained. The EAC should train the crews for the 36-foot and 50-foot boats. The Atlantic Fleet Amphibious Force
should train the crews for all larger craft.
The wording of this document led to some confusion as to the status of the Engineer Amphibian Command. The Engineers
(1) Arthur G. Trudeau, Amphibian Operations, lecture to 45th Div, Camp Edwards, Mass., 27 Jul 42. 350.001, Lectures. (2) Memo, Noce for CofEngrs, 16 Oct 42, with Incl, 15 Oct 42.
51
To insure co-ordination, Hewitt was to appoint a board consisting of officers from the EAC, the Amphibious Training Center, the Atlantic Fleet Amphibious Force, and the British Combined Operations Staff in the United States. After receiving concurrence from Eisen-
353, Tng Rpts of (S). 52 Note by the Secretaries, Joint U. S. Chiefs of Staff, JCS 81/1, 5 Sep 42, sub: Distr and Composition of U.S. Amph Forces. ABC 320.2, Amph Forces, Sec. 1 (3-13-42) (S).
379
once again a green unit went into joint training with AGF. Although G-3 on 24 October confirmed the command's objective of three brigades and stated that it could not foresee the activation of additional units, the command realized that demands from the theaters of operations would determine future expansion.53
380
employment of naval amphibious units, the war in the Pacific unexpectedly picked up momentum. The Joint Chiefs had not planned for any major offensive in the Pacific until 1943, but by midsummer of 1942 conditions were propitious for a drive against the island outposts of the Japanese. Here too the Navy had the primary responsibility for amphibious operations. The Army was at a disadvantage since the 1st Marine Division was the only unit in the Pacific that had the training and equipment for amphibious landings. Moreover, the naval plan to invade the southeastern Solomons and then begin a series of amphibious assaults against the islands of the Central Pacific became accepted strategy, with over-all control being vested in Nimitz. Amphibious operations in the Southwest Pacific under MacArthur would be dependent upon naval successes. The agreement on the composition and disposition of amphibious forces issued by the Joint Chiefs on 5 September which had made the Navy responsible for amphibious operations left unsettled the organization of amphibious forces for the Southwest Pacific. An Army amphibious corps of two divisions would probably be provided for ship-to-shore landings. Command was not specified. Units for shore-to-shore operations were not mentioned.57 The EAC, as an Army training organization, seemed doomed if the Navy was indeed to take over all amphibious instruction. But a chance bit of information picked up at just the right moment turned the EAC's efforts toward a plan which, if successful, would bring about a revival of the Army program. On the evening of 7 September Trudeau, on temporary duty in Washington, learned from Col. Walter E. Todd of OPD that the Navy proposed to send only
U.S. Amph Forces. ABC 320.2, Amph Forces, Sec. 1 (3-13-42) (S).
381
an LCVP from framing the wooden hull on templates to the final painting and welding on the metal ramp. Hoskins was convinced that the LCVP could be shipped in sections and assembled in the theater. With this knowledge at his command, Trudeau, back at Edwards, made up an impressive report which he sent to Somervell on 15 September, one week after submitting his first brief outline. Trudeau estimated that by stowing the baled parts below deck, a single freighter could transport as many as 1,000 landing craft. Since it would be far too dangerous to entrust this much equipment to a single ship, the sections would of necessity be divided among several vessels. The same number of ships which were scheduled to deckload 60 LCVP's could easily take 1,000 with plenty of hold space left over for other cargo. Larger landing craft could be carried on deck. About 700 men would be required to operate a three-shift assembly line, with a lesser number for subassembly
work. Trudeau proposed to use the 411th Base Shop Battalion of 800 men augmented by about 160 specialists from Higgins, Chris-Craft, and other assembly yards.
Setting up the plant would be a gradual process:
An advance party could be sent to the theater of operations within 30 days from the date of authorization, followed by a construction crew for the assembly line, together with the first unit of 100 boats and an assembly crew in another 30 days. It is believed that within 90 days of authorization, that boats can be rolling from the ways and that within 120 days, a minimum of 300 boats per month can be assembled from a single assembly line.
Memo, Trudeau for Hoskins, 8 Sep 42, sub: Directive to Off Going to New Orleans. SWPA (S).
58
382
If the scheme were approved, the EAC staff could prepare lists of materials and equipment, devise a T/O for the assembly unit or units, begin time-motion studies, and draw up plans for assembly lines and launching areas. In short, the EAC was ready to take over this entire project just as soon as strategic and logistic considerations could be weighed and the number of boats and rate of delivery settled. SOS referred the project to the Transportation Corps, which found it feasible but stated that its inception should depend on the fixing of stable requirements. It was necessary to await the return of officers from the Southwest Pacific in order to determine the demand for landing craft above the 284 then established. Early in October Trudeau was in Washington, busy with the details of moving the 3d Brigade to Carrabelle. But on Sunday evening, 11 October, he managed to have a long conversation with Admiral King and outlined for him the plan to assemble knocked-down landing craft in overseas installations. King was impressed and referred Trudeau to Captain Barbey, who showed great interest in the idea when Trudeau called on him Monday morning. It turned out that the Navy had previously considered such a plan, presumably the result of a cable from MacArthur to the War Department on 6 July 1942. "To economize shipping," MacArthur had cabled, "it is recommended if practicable that boats be shipped in a knocked down condition for assembly in Australia." 60 The Navy had discarded the plan because of the lack of yards and skilled labor in Australia, but Barbey agreed to study the matter further. Later the same day Trudeau learned that
383
a consolidation point for boat sections, engines, and maintenance supplies. Officers from the EAC were stationed at Higgins, and at the Gray Marine Motor Company in Detroit to expedite the flow of boat sections and engines to the Lathrop Depot. From there other officers from the EAC undertook to supervise every step of shipment until the cargo was placed in the holds ... to secure a complete breakdown on tools, investigate the construction of the necessary of the transports. During November, the jigs and templates, set up a system of crating depot was to expect the knocked-down secand symbols together with a shipping point, tions of 100 boats as well as 125 engines make a plant layout together with the neces- and additional plywood and other supplies sary computations for buildings and electrical which were to be relayed to the Southwest installations, make a careful study of the asPacific during December. By the end of the sembly line with a view to organizing the peryear, twice that amount should arrive. sonnel of the Base Shop Battalion along the The formal directive which SOS issued proper lines, make an investigation and report on any prospective shortage of parts to meet on 10 November provided for the establishour requirements, make necessary allowances ment of an assembly plant with a capacity for breakage during shipment and prepare a text and other instructional matter for our of 500 landing craft a month. Trudeau stressed the crucial nature of the task in a assembly crews.62 letter to the men who were to expedite the The 411th Base Shop Battalion, which flow of materials and to those who were to had been developed at Edwards to provide co-ordinate with the Navy and the Trans4th echelon maintenance of landing craft, portation Corps. "This project is the most was reorganized into a headquarters and important one yet undertaken by the Enheadquarters company, a depot company, gineer Amphibian Command," he wrote, and three shop companies for three-shift "and the success of this Command as well operation, with a 10 percent increase in as [of the] theater of operations it is to privates. On 1 November, 442 officers and support will probably depend to a very large men from the shop companies were dis- extent on how efficiently the missions . . . patched to the Higgins yard where they are carried out." 63 went to work for about fifteen days on the So important did Trudeau consider the assembly line. Films and slides of every step developments in the Southwest Pacific that in the process were taken to be shown to he went himself with the party which the men on shipboard while they were en smoothed the way for the 2d Brigade and route to Australia. A smaller detachment the 411th Base Shop Battalion. On 9 Nofrom the depot company soon followed for vember, only two months after he had origa week of instruction in operating lumber inally conceived this plan, Trudeau, accomyards and depots and in marking and panied by Hoskins and Capt. B. I. Grabau, crating sections. Ltr of Instrs on Assembly of Landing Craft, OCE furnished space at the Lathrop En- Trudeau, 1 Nov 42. 560 Vessels Boats Barges (S). gineer Depot, near Stockton, California, as Ibid.
62
63
384
boarded a plane at Hamilton Field, California, bound for Australia. At four o'clock in the afternoon of 13 November their plane touched down at Amberley Field, near Brisbane. Advised by radio to report at once to advanced headquarters, Trudeau headed for Port Moresby, New Guinea, leaving his assistants to investigate possible Australian sites for the assembly plant. Beginning on 15 November, Trudeau spent four days explaining the organization and capabilities of the brigades, convincing first MacArthur's staff and then MacArthur himself that the theater needed three brigades instead of one. The assembly plant in Australia would furnish sufficient boats to make the increase possible by early spring, but the brigades would have to be activated immediately in the United States if the men were to be adequately trained. A request should be sent through at once. Trudeau found MacArthur and his staff receptive for several reasons to the idea of using Army troops trained in shore-to-shore landings. The proximity of islands, the necessity for flanking movements along the coasts, the shallow, reef-littered water in which some of the operations would have to be conducted, and the suitability of small boats for lightering supplies and equipment provided ideal conditions for these units. There was also a general shortage of engineer troops in the theater. The shore elements of the brigades could perform some of the tasks usually assigned to general engineer troops or to engineer aviation units, and the boat elements contained men who were capable of maintaining and operating all kinds of internal combustion engines and port facilities.64 Perhaps not the least among the reasons for the ready acceptance of the brigades was the fact that their appearance in the theater would decrease the dependence of the Army
(1) Isely and Crowl, op. cit., pp. 88-98. (2) Matloff and Snell, op. cit., pp. 259-62.
66
Ibid.
385
ticable after the first of the year, take its basic training at Fort Devens, Massachusetts, and move to Camp Edwards on 1 April for another month of training. A fifth brigade might be activated later, but not until the 4th Brigade had completed its entire cycle. The maximum training load for the EAC was thus reduced to one brigade.
386
Army consented to discontinue all other amphibious training, while the Navy promised to meet future Army requirements for boat crews and replacements. Upon completion of the instruction of the 3d and 4th Brigades, Army facilities and equipment were to be made available to the Navy. Control over amphibious units and activities overseas was left to the discretion of theater 3,390 in LCVP's and LCM's, 3,600 could commanders. The decisions reached on 8 March also be transported in the proposed boats by 184 men. The command continued to push for settled the running controversy between adoption of the 59-foot lighter well into the SOS and AGF over the control of the brifall of 1943. But largely because the sur- gades during joint training, and the withvival of the command itself remained ques- drawal of these units from joint training for tionable, these efforts were in vain. The task force missions. Noce had recognized LCVP and the LCM(3) were retained as that the complaints of the AGF Amphibious the main components of the brigades' Training Center had some justification but felt that what was needed was more time. fleets.69 General Marshall was inclined to turn In December 1942 he had written: the boat crews over to the Navy provided We are in accord with the Army Ground the Navy was prepared to meet Army re- Forces, that the constant replacement of green quirements for future missions. Theater Engineer Amphibian Brigades for combined commanders would meantime be consulted training is not a satisfactory solution to the as to the effect of the change on their plans. problem, and the past rapid turnovers were to the uncertainties of war and not to any The theater most directly concerned was due desires of this Command. It is neither fair the Southwest Pacific, and MacArthur to the Infantry division being trained nor is raised strenuous objections. He drew a dis- it fair to this Command to expect well trained tinction between long-range operations by units to be turned out in 90 days or less. We naval convoys culminating in ship-to-shore have repeatedly stated that when fillers are from Reception Centers, it is our amphibious assaults, and short-range shore- furnished opinion that a minimum of five months should to-shore movements. These last, he con- be allowed from the time the organization tended, were an extension of land operations. The word amphibian should be re69 (1) Ltr, Design Sec EAC to CG EAC, 3 May moved from the name of the brigades and 43, sub: Addenda to Rpt on Landing Craft, Dated be replaced by the word special. Training 3 Feb 43. EHD files ( C ) . (2) Ltr, Lt Col William 70 F. Schultz, Jr., to CO EAC, 23 Aug 43, sub: 59should be under Army control. Foot Experimental Tank Lighter. 400.112, Test MacArthur's views altered the cast of Trials Analysis Investigation of Articles of Sup. negotiations. On 8 March 1943, represent- (3) Ltr, Trudeau to Col C. T. Tench, 17 Jul 43. file, MoraleTench. (4) Ltr, Trudeau to atives of the War and Navy Departments Trudeau Ogden, 16 Nov 43. Trudeau file, Gen Ogden. (5) agreed to retain the 3d and 4th Brigades Tentative Tng Guide 1, Hq EAC, Feb 43, sub: Amph Trps, Gen. under Army jurisdiction pending their Engr 70 Cable, CINCSWPA to WD, 2 Mar 43. OPD movement to the Southwest Pacific. The cable files, CM-IN 747, 2 Mar 43 (S). ing craft. The result was a 59-foot lighter with a speed, depending on load, of from 12 to 16 knots and a cruising range of 200 miles. The command proposed to replace both LCM (3) 's and LCVP's with this boat. The craft would take any divisional vehicle. It lent itself better to combat loading. Moreover a saving in personnel would be realized. Whereas it took 234 men to transport
387
of revised tables. In November 1942, the EAC had submitted for War Department approval a T/O which increased the size of the brigade by some 90 officers and over While the Engineers sympathized with 860 enlisted men. McNair had already crithe AGF point of view on the state of train- ticized the brigade as carrying too much ing in the brigades, they strongly resisted strength, for it required the troops of half its efforts to absorb the command early in a division to move a division, and during 1943. On 5 January, G-3 issued two di- discussions of these tables both SOS and rectives. One assigned the preparation of AGF emphasized the importance of removT/O&E's for the brigades to AGF. The ing excess personnel. The EAC was in the other charged SOS with the activation and process of making revisions when AGF took technical training of engineer amphibian over the task. In March SOS reassumed brigades which were to pass to the control this duty, and on 21 April 1943 the War of AGF for joint training. Having secured Department approved a T/O based prithis increased authority, AGF went one marily on the November revision. It prostep further, suggesting that the task of pre- vided for 378 officers, 16 warrant officers, paring T/O's had been given to it because and 7,005 enlisted men organized into three the brigades were "specialized combat boat and shore regiments, a boat mainteunits" and therefore should be under AGF nance battalion, a medical battalion, an control. The EAC existed solely for train- ordnance company, a quartermaster heading the brigades. AGF therefore recom- quarters and headquarters company, and mended that the EAC and all its activities a signal company. Quartermaster units were be assigned to it.72 On 1 February 1943, to be attached as needed. The command Sturdevant replied to the AGF proposal by did not concur in all troop reductions, but asserting that the brigades were "specialized it considered retention of the regimental supply and transportation units" and that organization, which AGF had proposed to the Engineers could see no tactical reason abolish, an important victory. Through the for AGF to prescribe personnel, organiza- regiment the command secured co-ordination, and equipment. As a counter recom- tion of boat and shore elements.73 mendation, he suggested the task of drawThe various high level discussions which ing up T/O&E's be returned to SOS. After went on from September to March did not the Army-Navy agreements of 8 March 1943, AGF was no longer responsible for Ltr, Noce to CofEngrs, 28 Dec 42, sub: Activaany amphibious training. The AGF Amtion and Tng of Additional Engr Amph Brigs. 322, phibious Training Center was disbanded, Orgn Activation Disbandment of Units (S). 72 and the preparation of T/O&E's reverted Memo, Actg ACofS G-3 for CG SOS, 5 Jan 43, sub: Sv Units. 320.2, Gen. (2) Memo, ACofS to SOS. Following MacArthur's suggestion, for CGs SOS and AGF, 5 Jan 43, sub: Rethe War Department soon thereafter re- G-3 sponsibility for Tng of Sv Units, with Incl. 353, named the brigades "engineer special bri- Tng ( C ) . gades" and the amphibian regiments 73 (1) Memo, Actg CofS EAC for File, 8 Dec 42, sub: Conf on T/Os, Engr Amph Brig, Held in "engineer boat and shore regiments." Munitions Bldg, 7 Dec 42. 320.3, T/Os ( C ) . (2) AGF control of these T/O's from Janu- Min, 23 Dec 42, sub: Engr Amph Brig Conf. ary to March 1943 delayed the publication 337, Confs Mil Naval and Other Mtgs (S).
71
388
prevent the command from going ahead with its efforts to improve the caliber of its instruction. During the winter months, when there were no units at Edwards, Noce seized the opportunity to perfect training literature. In December 1942, he decided to publish command doctrine in informal training guides, emphasizing pictures, diagrams, and sketches, and presenting the Engineer amphibian mission as simply and graphically as possible. These volumes incorporated material from command training memoranda, from a formal training manual which the command had projected, and from various War Department field manuals. Tentative Training Guide No. 1, issued in February 1943, described the general employment of engineer amphibian troops and was meant for officers. Tentative Training Guide No. 2 for enlisted men, published in April, was concerned with the duties of boat crews.74 Five others on marine maintenance; troops and operations; organization of the far shore; reference and logistical data; and intelligence, navigation, and communication rounded out the series. While publication of some was considerably delayed, the manuals provided the 4th Brigade with more training literature than any of the preceding units. Shortly after 31 December 1942, when the War Department issued the directive authorizing the formation of the 4th Brigade, G-3 set the goal for completion of its unit training at three months from the scheduled activation date of 1 February 1943.75 This time allotment caused some concern both to the command and to SOS, for 75 percent of the officers in the unit were to be recent OCS graduates without amphibious experience. The same percent of enlisted men were to come directly from reception centers. Furthermore, the remaining
389
Devens and moved to Camp Edwards in April for the completion of technical and specialist instruction and the beginning of tactical instruction. At this point the program came under the direct supervision of EAC headquarters. Boat battalions had four weeks of training in boat operation under the Boat Unit Detachment and two weeks of special weapons training under the Weapons Detachment. The Shore Units Section instructed shore companies for periods of four days each. During the remaining time, under the direction of their unit commanders, these companies learned road building, bridging, loading procedures, beach organization, and general engineer tasks. Maintenance companies were instructed by the maintenance shops of the
command, which in addition provided a
ers, and continued to send men to civilian schools. Within the brigade there were schools for camofleurs, clerks, truck drivers, and similar specialists.78 From 23 May to 30 June the brigade completed tactical training of individuals and trained progressively larger units as a team. The 4th Brigade remained at Edwards through August and was better trained than any of the former brigades. In September it moved to Camp Gordon Johnston for joint training with the 4th Infantry Division under the direction of the Amphibious Training Command, Atlantic Fleet.79 The departure of the 4th Brigade reduced the training functions of the command to completing the instruction of enlisted replacements and of the 692d Base Shop Battalion. Although the command finished its task in December 1943, a small supply staff lingered on until April 1944 when it finally disbanded.80 The Engineer Amphibian Command's existence was relatively shortfor all practical purposes, eighteen months. During this time it trained four brigades, only half as many as first anticipated. The original proLtr, Trudeau to CofEngrs, 15 Jan 43, sub: Proc of Landing Graft. 400.1301, Priority of Sup (C). 78 (1) Ltr, Dir Sch and Marine Maint EAC to CG EAC, 28 Jan 43, sub: Grades and Ratings. 221, Gen. (2) EAC Tng Memo 3, 27 Mar 43, sub: Tng Program 4th EAB, 12 Apr-22 May 43. EHD files. 79 (1) Ltr, Asst Ground AG to CG Second Army, 25 Sep 43, sub: Amph Tng. 220.33, Transfers. (2) Memo, CO EAC for Dir of Tng ASF, 22 Aug 43. 333, Inspecs and Investigations by IG and Other Official Rpts. 80 (1) 2d Ind, Lutes to CG EAC, 21 Jul 43, on Ltr, CO EAC to CG ASF, 17 Jul 43, sub: Rqmts and Tng of Repl and Overstrength Pers in the EAC. 320.22, Requisition for Enl Strength (S). (2) Ltr, CO EAC to CG First SvC, 3 Dec 43, sub: Movement of Engr Amph Comd. 370.5, Asgmt Change of Stations. (3) Tel Conv, Mil Pers Br OCE, 4 Oct 55.
77
Marine Engine School, a Marine Machinist School, a Hull School, and a Welder and Wheel Repair School. Maintenance companies also had instruction in boat operation and weapons. Service units assigned and attached to the brigade carried on training
under their individual commanders. In addition to conducting and supervising training of these various units the command gave courses for amphibious scouts, communications specialists, and amphibian truck driv-
390
gram was based on strategic plans for crossing the English Channel. Whether the Army could have accomplished this on an eight division front in small boats, as it seems to have contemplated, is now an academic question. The Army soon realized that it could not train sufficient troops for such an effort. The shortage of landing craft was primarily responsible for a change in objectives. Joint training with ground forces units revealed that none of the first three brigades had sufficient time in preparation. On top of this the command experienced shortages of equipment, lack of facilities, scarcity of instructors, large percentages of grade IV and V men, and increasing numbers of recruits without basic training. The bulk of the command's instructional activities was confined to the first five months of its existence, when equipment and personnel problems were most acute. A lack of balance resulted from constantly changing objectives. The changes came in part from shifts in strategic plans but also stemmed from uncertainty in the General Staff over what to do with this organization in view of the possibility that the Navy would absorb it. Faced with this uncertainty, the EAC found a need for the brigades in the Southwest Pacific. The extent to which the brigades were used overseas provides the ultimate basis for an evaluation of the command's accomplishments. The 1st Brigade participated in the invasions of North Africa, Sicily, Italy, Normandy, and Okinawa, performing shore operations only. Two more brigades, the 5th and 6th, were organized in Europe for shore duties in the Normandy invasion. Although these two brigades had no connection with the EAC and lacked the boat units that characterized the brigades in the Southwest Pacific, the organization of special shore units was command inspired. In the South-
CHAPTER XVII
Between capture and utilization of a port lay a task of clearing and reconstruction demanding the utmost in knowledge, ingenuity, and expedition. The job called for close co-operation between the Army and Navy. The Navy's salvage operations had to dovetail with the Corps of Engineers' plans for dredging channels and rebuilding dockside facilities. For the swift rehabilitation of damaged wharves, cargo-handling machinery, ship repair facilities, and warehouses the Engineers employed a headquarters and headquarters company for a port construction and repair group, to be filled out in the theater of operations by a combination of other units such as the engineer general service regiment, quartermaster truck company, quartermaster service battalion, and engineer port repair ship crews. The headquarters and headquarters company contained a core of structural and mechanical engineers to design and plan this
1 For a discussion of plans to recapture and develop continental ports see Ruppenthal, Logistical Support of the Armies, Ch. IV. 2 Booklet, Cherbourg Port Reconstruction, prepared by Office of C Engr ETO, p. 12. Army Map Sv (S). 3 Hist Rpt 11, Liaison Sec Intel Div, Office of C Engr ETO, Port Constr and Repair, p. 32. AG Special Collection, Opn Rpts. 4 Rpt, Col Percival C. Wakeman et al., 28 Nov 43, sub: Rehabilitation of Naples and Other Captured Ports. KCRC, Rehabilitation of Naples and
392
specialized work, as well as skilled machinery operators, and divers for underwater demolition, rigging, burning, and welding. The divers would work close inshore to clear the tangle of steel, wood, and concrete from the sites for new wharves, piers, and drydocks, but farther out in the harbors was work requiring marine units for salvage, demolition, and dredging. The Engineers provided two floating auxiliaries, the port repair ship and the dredge. The port repair ship could move around in a harbor to do the underwater cutting, welding, demolition, and rigging required in the removal of sunken debris from berths and anchorages beyond the reach of shorebased units. It was prepared by reason of its heavy bow lift to co-operate with the Navy in salvage work. It was also a floating repair and machine shop capable of manufacturing anything from 1-inch bolts to 1,000-pound anchors. Portable generators, welding machines, compressors, pneumatic tools, and cranes could be used on shore to supplement dockside projects.5 All of this work was useless if harbor channels remained too shallow for the drafts of heavily loaded troop and supply ships. To insure the passage of such ships to discharge points, the Engineers supplied seagoing hopper dredges with hydraulic suction drags capable of cutting through silt and small rubble to a depth of forty-five feet. Such ships stored the dredged material in huge hoppers and then dumped the load at some convenient point outside the traffic
lanes.
Port Construction and Repair Groups
Doubtless because there had been no occasion for the rehabilitation of ports during World War I, the War Department gave
393
September 1942 the Engineers proposed a port construction battalion to rehabilitate ports with the aid of general engineer units but this was disapproved by G-3, who followed Eisenhower in proposing a company. The next month OCE submitted new tables, one for a regiment, another for a port construction and repair group. The War Department rejected the regimental T/O for 1,295 officers and men because it did not desire a fixed unit but a flexible one to fit in with units of other branches. The Engineer recommendation for 504 officers and men in a port construction and repair group was cut down by the General Staff to 24 officers, and 206 men with the title of headquarters and headquarters company, port 8 construction and repair group. Two of these units were activated toward the end of 1942 as advance charges against the 1943 Troop Basis. Four more were approved in February 1943 under tables calling for 17 officers and 230 enlisted men. The published T/O of August 1943 provided for 17 officers and 236 enlisted men. One hundred and ninety-eight of the men were concen6 (1) Hist Rpt 11, Liaison Sec Intel Div, Office of C Engr ETO, Port Constr and Repair, pp. 1-4, and App. 2. AG Special Collection, Opn Rpts. (2) Info from Mil Pers Br OCE.
bull wheel, double outside winches, and a 100-pound compressor complete with dockbuilding tools; and a deck scow which would serve as a base for divershe designated special equipment. The destination of the unit would determine whether all of this special equipment, only a portion of it, or perhaps more, would be issued.7 As a part of the general study, OCE worked out a tentative unit organization. In
with Memo, ACofS for Opns SOS for CofEngrs, 19 Nov 42, sub: Special T/E for the Hq and Hq Co, 1051st Engr PC&R Group. 400.34, Engr PC&R Units. (3) Ltr, Actg C of WPD to C Engr ETO, 4 Jan 44, sub: Equip for Hq and Hq Co, Engr PC&R Group. 400.34, Engr PC&R Group. 8 (1) Ltr, Actg C of O&T Br to CG SOS, 12 Sep 42, sub: T/O for Engr Port Constr Bn. 320.2, Pt. 33. (2) 1st Ind, 25 Sep 42, on same ltr. AG 320.3 (10-10-41) (3) Sec. 5, Bulky Package. (3) Ltr, C of O&T Br to Deputy Engr SOS ETO, 19 Oct 42, sub: Port Planning and Orgn Port Repair Ships and Dredges. 332, Gen (S). (4) Ltr, O&T Br to CG SOS, 7 Nov 42, sub: Orgn of Engr Port Repair Ship Dets 1 to 5. 332, Engrs Corps of (S). (5)
394
trated in the construction platoon, which consisted of a divers section for underwater work, a shop section for the rehabilitation of damaged mechanical facilities, and two 9 dock sections containing heavy equipment. Although the Engineers concentrated the training of many other units with heavy machinery at the EUTC at Camp Claiborne, they decided against this site for the port units.10 Claiborne, lacking streams or lakes large enough for even elementary bridging and assault boat training, was completely unsuitable for marine units. For this training the Engineers selected Fort Screven, situated on Tybee Island about twenty miles from Savannah, Georgia. Six companies were in training there by spring 1943.11 Until August 1943 these companies obtained fillers through a voluntary induction and enlistment system similar to that used to fill the original construction units at the Claiborne PEOC. Men between the ages of eighteen and forty-five were eligible, and those above the top draft age of thirty-eight could be enlisted directly. Company officers could recruit men they knew personally. To obtain specific individuals they could promise definite and immediate ratings as high as technical sergeant. They made additional contacts through construction firms, railroad companies, labor unions, and universities to obtain the wide range of skilled workers needed, from pipefitters, stonemasons, blacksmiths, and riggers to electricians, structural steel workers, draftsmen, and surveyors. If subject to the draft, the men could ask for immediate induction, with assurances that they would be assigned to the particular company with which they had corresponded. If they had been inducted already, transfers could be arranged.12
395
nicians and some are Engineer College Graduates. The privates . . . are largely from construction labor. We have also some really tough construction men, in fact, all of our field men are of this type." 13 Another boasted that "almost every member . . . came directly from civil life into this unit, and each was a specialist in some phase of Engineering or construction work."14 It was fortunate that these first units contained well-qualified men because the training at Screven was far from satisfactory. There was no attempt to introduce a unit training center organization with centralized instruction and a pool of equipment. The units were almost completely on their own, with unit officers as instructors and with organizational equipment. Since most of the officers had no more military experience than the men, basic military training was of an inferior quality. Contributing to this condition was the constant replacing of DIVER COMING OUT OF THE fillers to obtain qualified specialists of higher WATER, Camp Gordon Johnston, Fla., caliber, a process which in turn made basic is engaged in underwater repair. training a continuous and almost individual process from activation until the time the materials. It was impossible to bring such units left for overseas. As late as Decemheavy equipment as pile drivers and shovels ber 1943, the last month that Screven was from the depot at Savannah because bridges used for this training, none of the units had between Savannah and Fort Screven were
and one of the companies did not have a machine gun. The units did meet the minimum requirements, including firing a qualification course with the rifle, and each man experienced close overhead fire.15 Technical training at Screven was more effective because both officers and men knew more about the technical aspects of their work to begin with. Much of the three weeks of training consisted of lectures and brief demonstrations of equipment. Each company attempted to familiarize all of the men with all of the equipment, tools, and
13 Ltr, CO 1056th Engr PC&R Group to OCE, 7 Feb 44, sub: Info Concerning 1056th Engr PC&R Group with Incl, Resume of Status of 1056th Engr PC&R Group. Screven, 353, Tng, 1056th Engr PC&R Group. 14 Unit Hist, 1053d Engr PC&R Group ( C ) . Army Map Sv. 15 (1) Ltr, CO Ft. Screven to COs of all Engr PC&R Groups and Post Staff Offs, 1 Jun 43, sub: Tng Directives for the 1053d, 1054th, 1055th and 1056th Engr PC&R Groups, Ft. Screven, Ga. Screven, 353, Tng, PC&R Group. (2) Ltr, Dir Tng Ft. Screven to All EPC&R Groups, QM Bns, and Ship Cos, Ft. Screven, 29 Jun 43, sub: Special Rpt of Inspec. Same file. (3) Unit Hist cited n. 14. (4) Unit Hist, 1055th Engr PC&R Group (S). Army Map Sv.
396
not strong enough to support them. In order to demonstrate the cranes, hoists, and piledriving rigs at Savannah, each unit had to travel between these two points at least twice. Little attention was given to developing within the units the few specialists which they lacked. Companies activated in August 1943 still did not have enough welders and riggers in December. The divers in these companies were the only men who trained together under a centralized system, in a school established at Screven on 2 August 1943. Although most of the divers who came to Screven at this time had either civilian experience or seven to fourteen weeks of training in diving at the Navy Salvage Training and Diving School at New York, some had neither. All needed technical instruction in Army equipment and practice in the application of their skills in port reconstruction work. In the fall, when the Navy closed its salvage operations at New York, Screven was the only school remaining which could give engineer diving and salvage training. The school had two officers and four enlisted instructors. Officers from the units served as their assistants. The school taught the use of pneumatic tools, such as the chipping hammer, jack hammer, chain saw, and steel drill. The men learned something of the physics of diving and had some practical work with Navy and Army diving gear, shallow water face masks, diving floats and boats, and the decompression chamber. They learned the elements of damage control, burning and welding, steel patch work, caulking of both wood and steel, and underwater rigging. They made up charges of underwater explosives for steel, stone, concrete, and timber demolition. Instruction in pile driving and dock building was also included.16
397
steel construction be given a prominent place in training. Plans for the repair of piers and quays at that time included only 33 percent timber and the rest V-trestling, unit steel cribbing, steel sheet piling, tubular scaffolding, structural steel, and reinforced concrete. V-trestling was a particularly important part of this steel construction, and training in its use was considered essential both by the Deputy Chief Engineer, ETO, and by OCE.17 Yet no trestling had been furnished to these units prior to September 1943, and by February 1944 OCE faced the hard fact that "certain critical items which we had hoped to get for training purposes are now unobtainable due to the fact that the British are getting all available equipment. These items are the V-type trestling, tubular scaffolding, unit steel cribbing, and the Braithwaite tank pontons. . . . The training suggested in this equipment as shown in the training outline will have to be disregarded." 18 One of the unit commanders, shortly after arriving overseas, agreed with OCE and the Deputy Chief Engineer, ETO, that his unit should have had more training in erecting V-type trestling, both day and night. He also pointed out some other deficiencies. Too little time had been given to the operation of all equipment, moving it into place at night, selecting difficult positions, and simulating air raids during operations. He believed that a more intensive technical program should have been conducted, even at the expense of basic military
training, with barely enough of the latter to make the men recognizable as soldiers. Much of his criticism was apt. Lt. Col. William W. Brotherton of O&T noted in December 1943: "An effort was made to carry on some training on the larger shovels and pile drivers in and around the Savannah ASF Depot. The work projects on which these units were engaged were spread all around the vicinity of Savannah and Fort Screven and close control and coordination was apparently difficult." He found that "none of the unit commanders had any information that the training period for units after activation had been extended to seventeen ( 1 7 ) weeks for all units activated after . . . [25 September 1943], with necessary changes in the training programs for units activated before that date." 19 In late December 1943 the units moved from Screven to the ASF Training Center at Camp Gordon Johnston, near Carrabelle on the gulf coast of Florida. The new camp with its fifteen-mile beach frontage and its widely scattered housing was quite a change from Tybee Island.20 One unit "was somewhat bewildered at the vastness of the new
17 (1) Ltr, Deputy C Engr ETO to Sturdevant, 14 Sep 43. O&T Br file, Personal Ltrs to Gorlinski ( S ) . (2) Memo, C of WPD for CG ASF, 18 Jan 44, sub: Special Tng for Engr PC&R Groups. 353, Engr Port Repair Ship Crews ( C ) . (3) Memo, Garcia for Lt Col George H. Taylor, 23 Aug 43. O&T Br file, Personal Ltrs to Gorlinski (S). 18 Ltr, C of WPD to CG Camp Gordon Johnston, Fla., 14 Feb 44, sub: Special Tng for Engr PC&R Groups. 475, Engr PC&R Units. 19 Memo, C of Sch Br for C of Tng Br, 16 Dec 43, sub: Status of Tng1057th, 1058th and 1059th Engr PC&R Groups. P&T Div file, Engr Diving and Salvage Sch. 20 (1) Memo for Record, AC of Repl and Unit Tng Unit O&T, 11 Dec 43. P&T Div file, PC&R Group. (2) Memo for Record, C of P&T Div, 15 Aug 45, sub: Inspec Trip to Camp Claiborne, Camp Gordon Johnston, and Charleston Port of Embarkation. P&T Div file, Camp Gordon Johnston, Gen.
398
location and found it quite different from the previous station, which was in an exceptionally fine location with all recreational activities easily accessible." 21 Johnston was about sixty-five miles from Tallahassee, with no communities of any size in the vicinity. In contrast to the first units, which received competent fillers through voluntary induction, the six companies that trained at Camp Johnston in 1944 and early 1945 received a very poor quality of personnel. The last of these units, organized in the fall of 1944, had only one officer with any experience in dock construction and he was classified as limited service. Fillers consisted in the main of "a raft of shipyard workers who did some one job in a production
line." 22 Men had to be trained in base schools for some of the most elementary positions and the commanding officer of the unit despaired of filling the many sergeant positions with qualified men. There was much more wood pile construction in Europe than had been planned originally for these units. Part of this change in plans came about because of the unexpected availability of wood and the difficulty of shipping steel. The change was also due in part to the lack of familiarity of these units with nonwood materials and their consequent natural preference for wood
21
399
construction. Of the twelve companies about three thousand menthat trained at Screven and Johnston, seven went to Europe and five to the Pacific. In the end, despite the fact that the units continued to train for a time overseas, their efficiency was more directly tied to the number of men in each company with previous civilian experience than to the amount or quality of unit training. The later units that had not benefited from the special recruiting campaign did not measure up to the others until they gained experience.23
tion units, in early fall 1942, he was studying the feasibility of a port repair ship, as suggested by the European command.24 Such a ship had been unheard of previously because it possessed no technical or economic
(1) Analysis of the Present Status of the War Dept Trp Basis, 1 Jan 45, pp. 208, 209. AG Special Reference Collection. (2) Final Engr Rpt, ETO
23
pp. 270,271.
Unless otherwise cited, the story of port repair ships and crews is based upon (1) 560, Engr Port Repair Ships (S); (2) OCT file 564, Repair Ships (Engr Port) (S); (3) OCT file 564, Repair Ships (Port) (S); (4) Unit Hist, 1071st Engr Port Repair Ship Crew, Army Map Sv; (5) O&T Br file, Personal Ltrs to Gorlinski (S); (6) 322, Engr Port Repair Ships ( C ) ; (7) 560, Engr Port Repair
24
At the same time that Garcia was selecting the equipment for the port construc-
400
worth in peacetime. Its advantages in the kind of military situation anticipated were readily discernible. Rigged with heavy derricks it would furnish the power necessary for lifting rubble from around the docks. Outfitted with machine, blacksmith, and carpenter shops, it would provide the facilities needed to cut and mold the timbers and steel for replacing the damaged portions of the docks themselves. To these two main functions Garcia added a thirdtransporting the construction machinery, tools, and materials assigned to the port construction and repair group. The port repair ship would thus contain all the essentials for beginning the operation and when one job was done would be ready to move on quickly to another. On 6 October 1942, OCE outlined the need for port repair ships and asked SOS to arrange to supply them. As the service in charge of the Army's shipping activities the Transportation Corps was assigned the job of procuring the vessels as specified by the Corps of Engineers. On 16 December, Eisenhower followed up his original request. The landings in North Africa had convinced him of the need for such ships. The requirement was for medium-size vessels about 275 feet long which would have a shallow draft of 14 feet or less. He asked that five such ships be ready as early as possible. While ROUNDUP was foremost in his mind, he wanted the ships available for possible attacks other than across the Channel. He also served notice that the British might request conversion of two ships for their own use. In response to Eisenhower's cable, SOS asked the Transportation Corps to convert seven vessels into port repair ships. The early and optimistic plans for the preparation of these crews and ships did not materialize. The Engineers in November 1942 had hoped to fill the first five crews by
PREPARING TO RECONSTRUCT PORTS The preparation of detailed plans by the Engineers for the layout of the ships had to wait upon allocation of vessels by the Transportation Corps. On the other hand, the more the Transportation Corps knew of what the Engineers wanted the more intelligent and expeditious would be its search for a suitable vessel. Garcia therefore began in January 1943 to compile a list of the equipment to be installed and transported in the ships. For assistance in this work he turned to the group within the Engineers which knew most about ships and shipbuilding, the Marine Design Section of the Office of the District Engineer in Philadelphia. This section, since it designed and supervised the construction of dredges and other craft used in rivers and harbors work, had formerly been located in OCE. It had been transferred to Philadelphia when its chief had been appointed District Engineer there, and it had remained in that location after his assignment elsewhere. Within the month the Marine Design Section had finished what was to become the first of many assignments in connection with port repair ships. Upon reviewing the list drawn up in Philadelphia, the executive officer of OCE's Development Branch suggested that the Engineer Board be consulted with a view to selecting standard equipment to the greatest extent possible. Early in February a representative of the Marine Design Section visited Fort Belvoir to secure the needed information. Thus revised, the preliminary list was forwarded to the Transportation Corps on 8 March 1943.27 Shortly thereafter the Transportation Corps suggested for conversion a Navy attack cargo ship, the N3-M-A1. Fourteen of these vessels, designed originally as coastal cargo ships, were being built under Navy contract. Four had been assigned to the
401
British, five to the Navy, and the remainder, because the date when they were to be launched was so far off, had not yet been allocated. Garcia accepted the N3-M-A1's as entirely suitable. Accordingly, on 5 May ASF called on the Munitions Assignments Board to approve their allocation to the War 28 Department. Asked to comment, the Navy's Munitions Assignments Committee presented a decidedly cold front. Assuming that the assignments already made would remain unaltered, the committee put in a strong claim for those ships not yet allocated. The Navy suggested that the Engineers' needs might be met by transfer from the British of the requisite number of N3-S-A1's which differed from the N3-MA1's only in that they were steam- instead of diesel-powered. In the eyes of the Engineers this was a big difference. So it was also, it seemed, in the eyes of other services. At a meeting of the Navy's Munitions Assignments Committee late in May the Army, Navy, and Royal Navy pronounced the steamers unsuitable. Any sort of substitution was thus ruled out.29 At this timeMay 1943the Navy began to question the Army's need for port repair ships at all. Many Months had elapsed
(1) Memo, Actg ExO Engr and Dev Br for Garcia, O&T Br, 23 Jan 43, sub: Repair Boat. 560. (2) Memo, C of O&T Br for C of Engr and Dev Br, 30 Jan 43, sub: Engr Port Repair Ship. Same file. (3) Telg, AC of Opns Br Constr Div to Philadelphia Dist Engr, 30 Jan 43. 475, Engr Port Repair Ship Units. (4) Memo, C of O&T Br for C of Water Div TC, 23 Oct 43, sub: Engr Port Repair Ship Equip. 560, Engr Port Repair Ships. 28 See above, p. 183. 29 (1) Memo, Comdr R. S. McIver, MAC (Navy), for ExO MAB, 6 May 43, sub: ASF Request for Alloc of N3-M-A1 Vessels. OCT file 564, Repair Vessels (Engr Port) (S). (2) Memo, McIver for ExO MAB, 7 May 43, sub: ASF Request for Alloc of N3-M-A1 Vessels for Conversion to Engr Port Repair Ships. Same file.
27
402
since the request; perhaps the theater no longer wanted such vessels. Or perhaps the Navy should man them. To back up this last point, the Navy produced a cable from its commandant of the Mediterranean area. On 29 May, ASF cabled Eisenhower for instructions. On 1 June Garcia was asked to call at the Navy's Bureau of Ships. There he was told that since no N3-M-A1's were available he might wish to accept some slow cargo vessels which were. He did not wish to. On 3 June Garcia's chief, Gorlinski, laid the matter in the lap of ASF's Assistant Chief of Staff for Operations: "In view of the foregoing synopsis of the action to date relative to procurement of these 7 port repair ships it is evident that there is a great possibility that none will be available for Army use when required, and that a dispute is brewing over the Service to be charged with this operation." 30 If the Navy had thrown a monkey wrench late in May, Eisenhower's reply to the cable from ASF amounted to a bomb. The theater was unable to find out who had originated the request for the five port repair ships. The theater wanted three ships by August. The
theater thought they should be manned by the Navy. All of which caused Garcia to agree that ASF should not press the bid for the N3-M-A1's until further word came from the theater. By 23 June word had come: the European theater wanted five port repair ships manned by Army Engineers. Fortified with this clear statement, ASF appealed to the Joint Military Transportation Committee an agency of the Joint Chiefs of Staffasking for advice on filling the requirement for seven ships, two of which were needed in the Pacific, and suggesting that consideration be given to the N3-M-A1's. The committee recommended applying to the Muni-
403
building for them and on 7 October appealed to the Combined Chiefs of Staff for a reversal. Meanwhile Garcia had agreed to accept one cargo steamer from the War Shipping Administration. This ship, the Josephine Lawrence, was about one third the size of a standard ocean freighter, having a gross tonnage of about 3,000, a length of 277 feet, and a beam of 43 feet. It had a cruising speed of 10 knots, slower even 35 than the admittedly slow Liberty ships. Conversion of the Lawrence, later christened the Junior N. Van Noy for an Engineer private who had been posthumously awarded the first Congressional Medal of Honor given an ASF soldier, got under way on 11 September. A month later the British persuaded the Combined Chiefs of Staff that the N3-M-Al's would be essential in the cross-Channel invasion. Three of the vessels were therefore left in British hands and only one was transferred to the Army for conversion to a port repair ship. But shortly thereafter the Navy concluded it could afford to release three more N3M-A1's. Conversion of these four ships, which were eventually named the Thomas F. Farrell, the Madison J. Manchester, the Glenn G. Griswold, and the Robert M. Emery, after Engineer officers killed during World War II, began at various east coast shipyards the second week in December 1943. The two ships allocated later to fill out the original request for seven vessels, as well as three more which ASF added to
32 Memo, Garcia for Lt Col George H. Taylor, 23 Aug 43. O&T Br file, Personal Ltrs to Gorlinski ( S ) . 33 Unit Hist, 1071st Engr Port Repair Ship Crew. Army Map Sv. 34 Memo, C of O&T Br for C of T ASF, 19 Jul 43, sub: Tng of Engr Port Repair Ship Cos. 353, EPC&R Units. 35 Cable, CG USFET to WD, signed Lee, 20 Nov 45. 560, Engr Port Repair Ships ( C ) .
404
LAYOUT PLAN FOR THE ENGINEER PORT REPAIR SHIP the program in February 1944, were also N3-M-A1's. The first of these was turned over to the Transportation Corps by the Navy in May and the last in October 1944. With the acquisition of the ships, the Transportation Corps and the Engineers entered into a new set of relationships. In general, the Engineers had the say about the redesign of the vessels for their specialized function as port repair ships; the Transportation Corps passed upon such matters as seaworthiness. To carry out their part of the responsibility, the Engineers, represented by Garcia and the Marine Design Section at Philadelphia, drew up lists of materials and equipment and prepared layout plans.36 The N3-M-A1 had a gross tonnage of 2,483 and measured 291 feet from stem to stern and 42 feet at the beam. Two of its three holds (Numbers 1 and 2) were 56 feet long, while Number 3 hold was half that length. The Marine Design Section concentrated the shops in hold Number 2, lo-
cating the machine shop in the lower hold, the welding shop in the forward 'tween deck, the carpenter shop in the starboard 'tween deck, and electric generators and air compressors in its 'tween deck aft. Outlets for the welding machines and air compressors were provided on the main deck. Number 1 hold was reserved for transporting construction machinery. Hold 3 provided storage space for steel stock, portable generator units, refrigerator stores, and crew's quarters. The ship also carried about 75 tons of portable salvage equipment, including a ponton barge, 5-ton capacity crawler crane, 4-ton capacity stiff-leg derrick, and jacks with capacity ranging from 12 to 50 tons. What distinguished its outward appearance most, however, was the large amount of heavy lifting equipment installed on deck, equipment which included, in addition to booms ranging from 2- to
Ltr, C of O&T Br to Philadelphia Dist Engr, 26 Oct 43, sub: Engr Port Repair Ship. 560, Engr Port Repair Ships.
36
405
wold, to 1st Ind, ExO Philadelphia Dist to CofEngrs, 22 Oct 52, on Ltr, C of EHD to Philadelphia Dist Engr, 2 Oct 52, sub: Files Relating to Engr Port Repair Ship. EHD files. 38 Ltr, AC of WPD to Philadelphia Dist Engr, 3 Jan 44, sub: Engr Port Repair Ships. 560, Engr Port Repair Ships (C).
406
investigating boards at Seattle and San Francisco to determine the qualifications of the men. The two boards, composed of officers from the Coast Guard, Corps of Engineers, and Transportation Corps, interviewed each man from the deck and engine room sections and any others whose duties required a knowledge of navigation or seamanship. The results were discouraging. The board at San Francisco reported on 4 October that none of the three crews at that port could be trusted with a ship. In fact, there were not enough capable men in all three units to make one qualified crew. Although each had a competent master, none had a qualified chief engineer. Two The quality of personnel in these three units of the units had no mates who had ever served before in that capacity. Only one and in those of the same type to follow is of primary concern to us because unless the out of nine assistant engineer positions had officers and men are capable of carrying out been filled.40 their duties in a well qualified manner, prefAfter a futile long-distance attempt to erably through experience in civil life and training, there will be little opportunity to straighten out these units, the Military Personnel train them here. . . . Incidentally, weBranch are in early November finally placing considerable dependence on these held a three-day conference at Washington, 39 ships and the personnel which will use them. D. C., with the commanding officers of all There followed a close examination of the five units. The officers learned that all of officers and men assigned to the repair ship the crews were to be brought back to the crews to determine their ability to handle a east coast to complete their training under ship, once it was delivered. Garcia reported the jurisdiction of the Chief of Engineers to Gorlinski in early September that two of and that key vacancies were to be filled the units did not have a full complement of through appointments from civil life. Deofficers and none had the required number tailed plans were laid to separate the men of warrant officers. He did not know how with experience on diesel-powered ships many enlisted men were in the units nor from those with experience on steamers. what their grades or qualifications were. Crews could then be reconstituted accordThe information he had on the officers in- ing to one or the other of these two types. dicated that their grades and qualifications Shifts were planned within all five units in did not coincide with the table of organiza39 Ltr, Deputy C Engr ETO to Sturdevant, 17 tion. He pointed out that even though the Aug 43. O&T Br file, Personal Ltrs to Gorlinski ( S ) . 40 records showed licensed masters, mates, and (1) Ltr, ACofEngrs to Fac Div Engr, 15 Sep engineers, he had no information on their 43, sub: Engr Port Repair Ship Cos. 320.2, Engr Port Repair Ship Cos ( C ) . (2) Ltr, Special Bd experience in these positions. to CofEngrs, 4 Oct 43, sub: Engr Port Repair At Garcia's suggestion, OCE established Ship Cos. Same file.
ton, Washington. Marine oilers and firemen served aboard ships for on-the-job instruction. Radio operators and signalmen attended Signal Corps and Maritime Service schools. Both officers and men had some instruction in antiaircraft gunnery. A small amount of practical work was done in repairing and converting a few fishing boats. A request in August from the Chief Engineer, ETO, for a petroleum distribution company, a port construction and repair group headquarters company, and a repair ship by September 1943 focused attention upon the relatively unprepared status of the ship crews as compared to the other two types of units. The request pointed out that:
407
tion Corps announced that delivery of the vessels would be somewhat delayed. The Van Noy would not be ready until 1 February; the Manchester and Griswold not until 31 March; and the Farrell and Emery not until 30 April. Gorlinski quickly passed this information along to ASF, noting that it would now be impossible to meet the 1 April sailings. The new completion dates allowed even more time for the instruction of the crews. Recognizing at last the special nature of these units, the Engineers prepared for them a more realistic seventeen-week basic and technical program in February, reducing or eliminating altogether some of the less useful subjects. Seamanship, splicing, lifeboat drills, and twelve hours of aircraft identification were added. Night operations were increased. There was no concurrent military training to be given in the technical period that followed the basic six weeks. Machine gun crews continued to be trained, however, despite the fact that the ships' armament was manned by naval gun crews.42 A complex of factors lay behind the failure to deliver the ships when promised. Although the Marine Design Section had the conversion plans ready in time, they were, as Gorlinski warned, subject to further study and perhaps to change. Frequently one change led to another. In forwarding a set of plans to the Transportation Corps in November 1943, Gorlinski noted that the layMTP 5-101, 25 Sep 43. (1) Ltr, C of WPD to CG Belvoir, 29 Feb 44, sub: Tng Program for Floating Units, with Incl, Tng Program. 353.01, Pt. 1. (2) Ltr, CNO to C of BuOrd, 4 May 44, sub: Penn Jersey Small Cargo Vessels, Ex-AK-81 to Ex-AK-89, Inclusive, Armament for (Doc. 115481). OCT file 564, Repair Vessels, 1943-45 ( S ) . (3) Memo, Actg C of WPD for CG ASF, 10 May 44, sub: Movement of Engr Port Repair Ship Crews. 370.5, Engr Port Repair Ships ( C ) .
42 41
ary, the Manchester and Griswold 15 February, and the Farrell and Emery 15 March, it would be impossible to comply with the theater's request. ASF set 1 April as the date for overseas movement of ships and crews. On 8 January the Transporta-
408
out and arrangement of the shops might be altered and that these changes would in turn affect the Number 3 hatch opening and cargo handling gear. Changes demanded by the Engineers became so numerous and caused so much work to be ripped out and begun over again that in February 1944 the Transportation Corps served notice that it would tolerate no more of them. But freezing the design eliminated only one source of trouble. The port repair ships were being converted in the midst of labor shortages, particularly skilled labor, and of materials and components. Most important perhaps, they were a very small part of the Transportation Corps' huge program, which in turn was only part of the ship repair and conversion program as a whole. As the chief of the Water Division, OCT, later explained:
a cost-plus-fixed-fee form of contract. There were differences of opinion, too, as to the reasons why materials and components were difficult to get hold of. As a procurement agency itself the Corps of Engineers understood these problems and had its own theories about them. As a spectator waiting for the Transportation Corps to deliver the port repair ships, the Engineers became progressively more impatient.44 In mid-February 1944 Gorlinski forwarded to the Director of the Planning Division, ASF, his latest information as to when the ships would be ready. The two previously scheduled for delivery last were still due on 30 April; of the remaining three, the Van Noy's delivery date had been delayed another month and a half, the Manchester's two weeks, and the Griswold's a month. Gorlinski asked "that deadline dates ... be established based on commitBased on the conditions of material and ment dates required by the Theater involved manpower early in 1944, estimates were made of the completion dates of these conversions. and that the Chief of Transportation be Subsequent to this time, difficulties arose in directed to take whatever action may be obtaining the critical materials and the manpower situation in the conversion yards necessary to obtain priority at the shipyards . steadily became worse. . . . concerned to insure completion . . The Planning Division, ASF, persuaded The Transportation Corps has been continuously under pressure from the Surgeon that this was a case for the Joint Chiefs of General to complete the hospital ships under Staff, drafted for the signature of ASF's conversion. We have also been under conDirector of Plans and Operations a memostant pressure for the completion of ... troop carrying vessels. The Commanding randum for the Operations Division of the General of the Southwest Fac (sic) Area has General Staff. Delays now being encountexerted pressure for the completion of his ered, the Planning Division emphasized, marine repair ships. All of these conversions were no longer due to changes in design; were in competition with battle damage to Navy vessels, the landing craft program of the they were caused by diversion of working
Navy and voyage repairs to operating cargo ships and troop transports.43
43 Memo, C of Water Div for Brig Gen John M. Franklin, OCT, 16 Jun 44, sub: Engr Port Repair Ships. OCT file 564, Repair Ships (Engr Port) (S). 44 Memo for Record, Lt Col John A. Sergeant, 8 May 44, sub: Port Repair Ships. OCT file 564, Repair Vessels (S). 45 Memo, Actg ACofEngrs for War Planning for Dir Planning Div ASF, 16 Feb 44, sub: Engr Port Repair ShipsCommitment Dates, 560, Engr Port Repair Ships ( S ) .
To be sure, there was some difference of opinion as to whether blame should be laid to the shortage of labor, to labor inefficiency, which might in turn be caused by union rules preventing the firing of loafers, or to the lack of incentive to the contractor under
409
crews in shipyards to jobs of higher priority The Engineers should supervise the conver46 when labor is limited." The Joint Chiefs sion of the vessels. "Unless this action is of Staff should put a stop to this so that the taken," he concluded, "no reliable estimate latest deadlines could be met. ASF's Deputy of the availability dates can be made and a Director for Plans and Operations was not continuation of the present unsatisfactory inclined to sign this memorandum. "I dual responsibility will result." 48 shudder at referring this to JCS for any Robins went rather far in stating that no early decision," he wrote the Chief of Trans- ships had been delivered. As the Transpor47 portation. "What do you think?" The tation Corps was quick to point out, the Chief of Transportation agreed with him; Van Noy had been completed on 19 April, he would push the matter through other but after operating it for a time the Engichannels. Those directly responsible for ship neers had discovered that the generators conversion within the Transportation Corps they themselves had specified were not could see no point in this kind of pushing. powerful enough. New generators were The only way to speed up the delivery of therefore being installed at the time Robins the port repair ships, wrote the chief of the wrote Somervell. The Griswold had also Water Division on 2 March, was to give been completedon 5 Juneand would be them priority over hospital and troop ships. delivered shortly. The next three of the This was precisely what the Engineers original five ships would be finished before would have liked. But the Transportation the end of the month, the Transportation Corps could not agree to the wisdom of this Corps promised. ASF remained convinced course and ASF's Deputy Director for Plans that the Transportation Corps was doing its and Operations, convinced that the Trans- best; procurement of the vessels would reportation Corps was doing its best, did not remain with that service.49 press the matter further. As the Transportation Corps completed The Engineers continued to lodge pro- the conversion of the repair ships, the Entests. The climax of their representations to gineers sent the crews from Belvoir to pick ASF was signed by Robins on 9 Junefive up the ships and take them to Philadelphia months after the delivery of the Van Noy for final preparation for movement overhad been originally promised and three days seas.50 The first such passage to Philadelphia after the Normandy landings. Robins was that of the Van Noy from Mobile, Alapointed out that on 8 April ASF had offered assurance that all the ships would be deIncl, 28 Feb 44, to Memo, Actg Deputy Dir livered by the end of that month. "Not one Planning Div ASF for Dir of Plans and Opns ASF, ship is ready at this time, 40 days since the 28 Feb 44, sub: Port Repair Ships for ETO. OCT file 564, Repair date the final ship . . . was scheduled," he Ships (Port) (S). Memo Routing Slip, Deputy Dir for Plans and continued. Robins attributed the delays to Opns ASF for CofT, 28 Feb 44. OCT file 564, "difficulties of dual responsibility as well as Repair Ships (Port) ( S ) . 48 Memo, Deputy CofEngrs for CG ASF, 9 Jun lack of knowledge of functional require44, sub: Engr Port Repair Ships. 560, Engr Port ments of this equipment," presumably on Repair Ships. 48 Wkly War Plan Conf, 19 Jun 44. the part of the Transportation Corps, and 50 Ltr, C of WPD to Philadelphia Dist Engr, 15 to the fact that the yards lacked authority Feb 44, sub: Tng of Port Repair Ship Crews. 353, "to make immediately necessary decisions." Engr Port Repair Ships (S).
46 47
410
six months later than the ETO request for three by January and two by February of that year. The crews had been activated since February 1943, but the shortsighted personnel policies and lack of ships and other training facilities for marine units had so crippled the training of these crews that there were difficulties with them until sailing time. An urgent radiogram from ETO demanding the repair ships immediately had precipitated another reshuffling within The main engine throttle was operated with these crews in July in order to get the first the aid of a three foot stilson wrench and an eight pound hammer; boiler feed pumps acted ship started overseas early that month. Warlike old prima donnas; valves filled with weld- rant officers had to be substituted for the ing slag; the generators wouldn't carry the second and third engineers and for the first, load; the condenser, which had been robbed second, and third deck officers in the crew of stay rods, leaked and salted the boiler. On of this ship. Only one of the deck officers deck things were as bad; deck fittings and rigging fittings carried away, immediately had ever done any celestial navigation and causing the deck force to adopt safety meashe admitted that he had never hit anyures that would have otherwise required where near his position on the chart. months of training to instill. The ship was Subsequently, so many men were taken extremely tender; so much as to be unstable from two crews then in training for the Paif ever her double bottom tanks were allowed to remain slack. Only half of the Coast cific to fill the other four of the five ETO Guard Inspector's recommended tonnage of crews that Gorlinski complained it left him 51 ballast had been placed. in a hole for crews that were supposed to be Under the supervision of Col. Clarence ready in October and November.52 ManRenshaw, Philadelphia District Engineer, power problems plagued OCE until the last the crews had a few weeks of intensive train- minute. An exasperated officer in Military ing aboard ship, including shakedown runs Personnel asserted that "the supply of perand small operating exercises to test the ef- sonnel to these units must be continuous ficiency of ships, crews, and equipment. until [the] ship leaves the 3 mile limit due Nearby shipyards completed unfinished or to exceptionally heavy attrition losses." 53 unsatisfactory conversion details, aided sub- In addition to the original five crews for stantially by the crew members. Port and ETO, Belvoir trained three crews which sea watch bills were worked out. Frequent went to the Pacific; one left the United fire and boat drills accustomed the crews to States in December 1944 and the other two shipboard routine. The location and removal in March and April 1945. The last two crews of wrecks and other dangers to navigation in 51 Unit Hist, 1071st Engr Port Repair Ship Crew. the Delaware River and Chesapeake Bay Army Map Sv. 52 promoted confidence in equipment and perWkly War Plan Confs, 3 Jul 44 and 10 Jul 44. 53 Pencil note, 15 Aug 44, on Memo, C of WPD sonnel. C of Mil Pers Br, 15 Jul 44, sub: Port Repair Two of the first five ships sailed for for Ships, 1072d, 1073d, 1074th, and 1075th. 370.5, Europe in July and three in August 1944, Engr Port Repair Ships (S).
bama, in late April and early May 1944. The trip was a trying experience but perhaps more valuable in some ways than formal training. The soldiers quickly turned seamen. Between Mobile and Key West the crew learned to spit to leeward and talk in terms of decks, bulkheads, and ladders. Morale was not so high, however, among the more experienced officers who knew ships and had to run this one.
411
ferred to military control in late 1943 and early 1944. The Engineers at first proposed to send the hopper dredges overseas with their civilian crews, and three dredges with civilian crews eventually operated in the Pacific, principally in Hawaii. But the Deputy Chief Engineer, ETO, indicated that this arrangement would not be satisfactory for the three ships which he wanted in Europe by April 1944. Crews in uniform would be subject to stricter discipline.55 On 17 August 1943 he wrote to OCE:
Not long ago this office replied to an inquiry on whether or not civilian crews would be acceptable, stating that military crews were preferred. An important item in this respect is that the crews must be the most experienced obtainable because they will have to work in the early stages under extreme pressure and probably under stress due to enemy action, hence experience in performing their technical duties is vital. I would feel most secure if I knew that they were Engineer Department personnel selected for their individual qualifications.56
From that point on, complications developed. In order to comply with the ETO's wishes, the Engineers sought permission in August to commission the officers and induct the crews then operating the three ships. It was soon apparent that the existing crews could not be held together under
54 Unless otherwise indicated, this section on dredges is based upon: (1) 353, Engr Dredge Crew Units; (2) 320.2, Engr Dredge Crews ( S ) ; (3) P&T Div file, Dredge Crews, Gen ( C ) ; (4) Unit Tng, Annex I. 53 (1) Memo, C of Civil Works Div for Bureau of the Budget, 5 Feb 44, sub: Supplemental Estimate for Hopper Dredges. 560, Dredges, 1944-45. (2) Cable, Eisenhower to TAG, 8 Oct 42. 560 (S). (3) Ltr, C of River and Harbor-Flood Control Br to Philadelphia Dist. Engr, 28 Sep 43, sub: Constr of Seagoing Hopper Dredges. 560. 56 Ltr, Deputy C Engr ETO to Sturdevant, 17 Aug 43. O&T Br file, Personal Ltrs to Gorlinski (S).
412
a military system. There were physical disqualifications. Permission could be obtained to recruit only key men. It soon developed that even under pressure from the masters of the ships and from the District Engineers such key men showed little enthusiasm for the commissions and grades offered, particularly since few of them were subject to the draft. The chief electricians were especially concerned. Although by custom their authority was equal to that of the first mate, the table of organization made them warrant officers and the first mates first lieutenants.57 The warrant grade would have reduced their pay, prestige, and authority and they refused to accept appointment. They were in a powerful position to bargain because replacements were virtually unobtainable. Few private hopper dredges existed from which to draw such special skills. The table of organization was therefore revised. By mid-October 1943, most of the key men had agreed to their positions within the military framework. At that juncture a new crisis developed. When appointments for the masters and chief engineers came through, some of them were lower than the major and captain commissions agreed upon. These men also refused to accept rank which they considered lower than their civilian positions. Since the key men were being held together chiefly through the influence of the master, the refusal of this officer to serve with a ship would have caused most of them to walk out. A delay would have been inevitable in the readiness of the ships. By stressing the importance of the mission of the dredges and emphasizing Somervell's keen personal interest in meeting the sailing dates, the Engineers got the commissions adjusted.58 Only the more responsible positions
(1) Rpt of Activities Mil Pers Br for Period Ending 13 Oct 43. 020, OCE, Jul 43-Dec 43. (2) Min, Staff Conf ASF, 22 Oct 43, sub: Rsum of
Staff Conf, 22 Oct 43, Convened at 1000. 337, Staff Confs ASF (S).
413
Engineers were pessimistic, remembering the experience with the hopper dredge crews. No officers or warrants were readily available in late November 1943 when the effort to assemble the crew first began. It was predicted that it would take about two months to find them. A few experienced enlisted men could probably be obtained from the ERTC's, but most of them would require additional training. The first of February 1944 was the desired readiness date; the crew was to be trained at Belvoir. Two more partial crews for cutter dredges were added in late December, to be trained at Claiborne for Pacific duty. No more than five to twelve weeks training could be expected for these crews, needed in February and April
1944.61
The Engineers attempted to fill these crews by transferring technically qualified men who had already completed the basic military program. By 5 January, only three out of the ten officers needed for the two Claiborne crews had been definitely ob(1) Memo, C of Civil Works Div for Philadelphia Dist Engr, 20 Oct 43, sub: Notes of Conf.
59
320.2, Engrs, Corps of, 1941-43 (S). (2) Ltr, Gorlinski to Taylor, 27 Nov 43. O&T Br file, Personal Ltrs to Gorlinski (S). (3) Ltr, Actg C of WPD to Engr Sec ETO, 13 Dec 43, sub: Col Gorlinski's Ltr to Col Taylor, Dated 27 Nov 43. Same file. (4) Ltr, AC of O&T Br to Philadelphia Dist Engr, 26 Oct 43, sub: MTP for Engr Dredge Crews. P&T Div file, Dredge CrewsTng Scheds. 60 (1) Analysis of the Present Status of the War Dept Trp Basis, 1 Jan 45, p. 220. AGO Special Reference Collection. (2) Ltr, C of River and
Harbor-Flood Control Br to Philadelphia Dist Engr,
28 Sep 43, sub: Constr of Seagoing Hopper Dredges. 560 (S). (3) Memo, Garcia for Oglesby, 24 Mar 44, sub: Seagoing Hopper Dredges. 560 (S). 61 (1) Memo, Actg C of O&T Br for CG ASF, 26 Nov 43, sub: Pers for Dredge "Raymond." 320.2, Engr Dredge Crews ( C ) . (2) Memo, Deputy Dir for Plans and Opns ASF for CofEngrs, 19 Nov 43, sub: Dredge Operating Pers for CBI. P&T Div file, 12-Inch Cutter Type Dredge Crews (S).
414
tained, despite a high priority because of the early movement date. The Transportation Corps also needed men with marine experience and was not required to give them up. Promotions made some of the men ineligible for designated positions after selections had been made. The crews which finally assembled at Belvoir and Claiborne varied in proficiency, but most of the enlisted men in all three crews had only basic military training and required technical instruction aboard dredges. The crew at Belvoir subsequently received on-the-job instruction in February on a dredge then operating near Dahlgren, Virginia. The two crews at Claiborne trained aboard a dredge near Galveston, Texas, before assignment 62 overseas. There was more time to assemble and train the crews for the four new Hains class hopper dredges, the Lyman, Barth, Davison, and Hyde. By January 1944 the estimated completion dates of the first three of these ships gave the Engineers nearly a year to provide crews. Nevertheless, there had been so much difficulty with the previous hopper dredge crews that Renshaw, at Philadelphia, began in that same month to urge the immediate activation of the units at Fort DuPont. But the four crews of fifty-five officers and men each did not begin training until much later, one in July and three in November. In order to take advantage of the basic military training facilities at the training center at Belvoir, these four crews went there first for six weeks. They then transferred to DuPont for eleven weeks of technical instruction. As the dredges were commissioned, the men moved aboard for six weeks or more of unit training.63 Although the instruction aboard the dredges was of a practical nature, the techni-
1st Ind, 12 Jan 44. 320.2, Engr Dredge Crews ( C ) . (2) Msgform, ExO WPD to CG Eighth SvC, 5 Feb 44. 353, Engr Dredge Crews. 63 Ltr, TAG to CG MDW, CofEngrs, 12 Oct 44, sub: Preactivation Tng for Type Engr Dredge Crews (DE-7) Beginning November 1944. 353, Engr Dredge Crews. 64 Memo, Maj A. L. Dean and Capt O. E. Deberg for Dir Tng ASF, 21 Mar 45, sub: Rpt of Inspec of Engr Units at Ft. Mifflin, Pa., and Ft. DuPont, Del. P&T Div file, Dredge Crews, Gen ( C ) .
415
the Barth), 13 May 1953. 66 Final Engr Rpt, ETO, p. 272. 67 Incl to Ltr, Lt Col William E. Miller to C of Mil Hist [Jan 54].
416
the whole harbor had silted up under Japanese neglect, five dredges removed some 68 3,250,000 cubic yards of sand and debris. The Engineers had been dissatisfied from the beginning with the organization of the port reconstruction units into groups, but had no tangible evidence against the arrangement until the spring of 1944. At this time Trudeau of ASF returned from a visit to the North African theater and reported that the 1051st Engineer Port Construction and Repair Group was short of men. Units were attached for only limited periods. The group was not self-sufficient as to guards, medical facilities, mess, or transportation. Worst of all, it could not operate its equipment on a two-shift basis. Gorlinski seized this opportunity to comment. The most objectionable feature of the group theory, he wrote ASF, was that success depended upon how many and what type of units were attached for a particular operation. To make the right decisions as to such units required full awareness on the part of the theater staff of the demands such operations entailed. As to inadequacies in equipment, Gorlinski noted that the group was issued a minimum amount with the idea that it
Vol.
Engineers of the Southwest Pacific 1941-1945, VI, Airfield and Base Development (Wash-
ington, 1951), pp. 296, 443-52. 69 (1) Extract of Rpt on ASF Installations in North African TofOpns, 25 Mar 44, Incl with Memo, CofS ASF for CofEngrs, 12 May 44, sub: T/O&E 5-52, Engr PC&R Group, with 1st Ind, 3 Jun 44. 320.2, Engr PC&R Group (S). (2) T/O&E 5-52, 16 Sep 44. 70 Final Engr Rpt, ETO, pp. 271-74.
CHAPTER XVIII
418
military. By the beginning of World War II the petroleum industry had designed a lightweight, easy-to-assemble, pipeline sysRealizing the potentialities of this com- tem. A standard 20-foot length of 4-inch bination, a handful of officers, representing pipe weighed 186 pounds. A lighter 4-inch various services, had begun during the pipe, later called "invasion tubing," thirties to advocate pipelines as a supple- weighed only 68 pounds. Each could be ment to and a partial replacement of dis- fitted at either end with a nipple grooved tribution of petroleum by truck or rail. to match what was commonly called a vicThose who argued for the Army's adoption taulic coupling, after one of its fabricators, of pipelines could point to precedents. The the Victaulic Company of America. The Corps of Engineers had used pipelines while victaulic, or similarly designed coupling, building the Panama Canal. During World consisted of a synthetic rubber gasket held War I the Engineers had connected several in place by two semicircular metal castings. tank farms to dock areas. During the same Hydraulic pressure from inside the pipe war a thirty-six-mile pipeline laid across caused the gasket to expand and form a joint Scotland from just south of Glasgow on the that would, except in unusually rugged terClyde to Grangemouth on the Firth of Forth rain, hold as tight as if welded. Unlike a supplied the oil which otherwise would have welded coupling, the joint was not rigid but had to be shipped in tankers through the allowed about six degrees of flexibility. Alsubmarine-infested waters of the North though this type of coupling had been deSea.4 After 1930 several large military air- veloped in Britain during World War I, it fields installed pipeline distribution systems. had not been used for years thereafter except The Navy had used pipelines extensively for in water and sewerage systems because no refueling ever since 1915 when it had gasket material had been found that would switched from coal to oil. The petroleum resist for long the action of crude oil and industry, expanding rapidly after World refined products. With the introduction of War I, developed a field system to handle synthetic rubber gaskets in the mid-1930's drilling mud and water, and to gather pipelines coupled in this manner became crude oil. Pipelines soon brought crude oil feasible. from field to refinery and short lines carried In December 1939, the manager of the products from refinery to shipping points. Transportation Department of the Shell Oil But compared to other means of petroleum Company, Incorporated, offered the QMC, distribution, pipelines had been used very as the service responsible for the purchase little. Their advocates could only point out and distribution of petroleum products, a that the success of the few systems installed study entitled "Transportation of Gasoline in the Theatre of Operations." The study argued for their military feasibility. Until the late twenties petroleum pipe- was both imaginative and practical, applying the accumulated knowledge of the lines had been constructed of sections of petroleum industry to a military requireheavy pipe, screwed or welded together. Because of the difficulties of transporting, Suggested Corrections, 12 Dec 45, by McNary to handling, and assembling, such a design did Hist of Dev of Mil Pipelines. EHD file, Hist of Dev not lend itself readily to the needs of the of Mil Pipelines.
4
419
test section of three-inch pipe to be built on the government reservation near the Military Academy at West Point. Two officers and one hundred enlisted men from the Holabird Quartermaster Depot were to construct the line. But during the course of the next few months this complicated project was curtailed. In the end, the pilot model consisted of only a quarter of a mile of pipe installed at the Holabird Depot. This model was ready for inspection on 30 October. Representatives from the Corps of Engineers, among others, stood on a creek bank and watched the system pump water through 200 feet of hose laid across the creek on floats, and through a three-inch pipeline along the opposite bank to two multiplehose dispensers. All observers agreed that the pipeline was a success. The Motor Transport Division, by this time completely convinced of the worth of its pipeline, suggested that the line might also be used to refuel planes and to span awkward ship-toshore distances in the Panama area where docking facilities were not available for unloading barges. Anxious to give the pipeline a field test, the Motor Transport Division moved immediately to insure that the system would have a tryout during the First Army maneuvers in November. The day following the Holabird test, 2d Lt. Carl D. Becker was on his way to Florence, South Carolina, to select a location for a general test of equipment and for premaneuver training of QMC troops. After his arrival at Florence, Becker decided to break the seven miles of pipe into several units in order to provide
QMG 463.7, Misc, Compiled 1940. Ltr, Brig Gen J. E. Barsinski to TAG, 15 Feb 41, sub: MCE No. 2-Portable Pipeline Unit, with Incl, MCE No. 2, with 1st Ind, 26 Feb 41. QMC 400.1141, Pipeline, Gasoline Portable.
6
420
training under different situations. A complete five-mile system would be laid out later in the month during maneuvers wherever the General Staff dictated. The site chosen by the General Staff extended from a railhead at Hydro, North Carolina, across the swift Pee Dee River, up the steep bank, and on to a refilling point for the First Army near Norwood. Fortyeight enlisted men from the 56th Quartermaster Regiment, divided into three working parties of sixteen men each, laid the pipe at a rate of one mile an hour. The centrifugal pumps delivered gasoline at the end of the line at a rate of about 4,000 gallons an hour. Supply valves, with three hoses each, could be cut into the pipeline at any coupling for refilling cans. The QMC realized the potential of the pipeline for discharging an offshore cargo of gasoline but was still too closely tied to the original dispensing idea to see beyond the five-mile goal. One observer recorded his impressions in a magazine published by the Holabird Quartermaster Depot. Struck particularly by the floating section across the river, he attempted to force more ambitious claims from one of the QMC officers in charge:
The officer pooh-poohed the romantic notion that the pipeline would stretch right up into the front line refueling the tanks and trucks hustling about the fields of combat. "The main use of it," he declared, keeping his feet on the ground, "is to break up the concentration of men, trucks, and fuel containers at base sources of supply. The line will make it easy to establish fuel dumps and keep them well supplied. That's the main use of it."7
Godfrey was intrigued by the demonstration and instructed Schull, then executive officer of the 21st Engineer Aviation Regiment, to give the pipeline a thorough inspection. Schull's report from Spartanburg
421
the impossibility of getting any drums from the British, who had already obligated for military purposes all steel drums that could
there was nothing untried in the reciprocating pumps or the engines which drove them. The only untried part of Smith's design was his particular arrangement of automatic controls. The petroleum industry, according to Smith, already used similar devices which worked on the theory that "pressures in a pipe line can be used to functionally control the flows in the line so that it can, however long, however complicated, or however unlevel, be turned on and off at the delivery point like a garden hose, meanwhile functionally controlling all of its parts so that no dangerous pressures are generated by its stoppage nor dangerous runaways or voids created by its restarting." The Smith system provided means for slowing the engines and bypassing the flow
10 Ltr, Karstens to Office of Tech Info OCE, 9 Nov 45, sub: Comments on Pipeline Articles. EHD file, Hist of Dev of Mil Pipelines. 11 (1) Incl, Rpt of Conf in Magruder's Office Between the WD, Representatives of China Defense Supplies, Inc., and the Shell Oil Co., to Memo, C of Sup Sec OCE for C of Mil Mission to China, 22 Sep 41, sub: Proposed Pipeline To Be Constructed in China. 400.333, China, Pt. 2. (2) Leighton and Coakley, Global Logistics and Strategy, pp. 86, 87. (3) See above, pp. 100, 102.
volved in defense aid to the Chinese. Procurement of materials had begun for proposed improvements to the Burma Road and for the construction of a railroad to parallel it. This background, coupled with the fact that the installation of such a pipeline along the Burma Road would be essentially an engineering construction job, explained the presence of the Engineer officers at the conference. Maj. Theodore T. Molnar, chief of the Defense Aid Unit, headed the Engineer delegation. To this assembly
Smith pointed out the shortage in steel drum production in the United States and
422
around a station in response to pressures felt at a given point. For the delivery of 4,000 to 6,000 barrels a day over level ground, pumping stations would be installed at 20-mile intervals. Pumping stations were to be mobile so they could be shifted about as the military situation warranted. Smith estimated that provided "sufficient truck and stringing forces are properly organized and trained . . should be no difficulty to transport, lay, and have stations operating on up to thirty miles per day." 12 A few days after this conference, Dr. T. V. Soong, president of China Defense Supplies, Incorporated, wrote to the home office of the Military Mission to China. Technically qualified people had confirmed the merit of the pipeline. Soong now proposed to send someone to Burma to "study local technical problems." He added that "since this pipe line project has been given such favorable consideration by eminent engineers, may we suggest that you refer it to the Chief of Staff of Army Engineers for his thorough study." 13 General Magruder had already acted. He was uneasy over the fact that the control system was untested. The project involved about $5,000,000 and some 16,000 tons of steel. An investigation should be made before lend-lease agencies gave their full support to a project of this magnitude, involving large amounts of critical materials. On 18 September he requested the Corps of Engineers to make the study, adding that the Shell Oil Company was again presenting this portable pipeline to the Quartermaster Corps "as a rapid means of transportation of gasoline in the field." 14 After a cursory study, the Engineers expressed considerable skepticism. On 3 October Kingman pointed out to Magruder
Pamphlet, Portable Pipe Lines, Shell Oil Co., Ltr, President China Defense Supplies, Inc., to
Ltr, Magruder to OCE, 18 Sep 41, sub: Oil Pipeline for Burma Road. 400.333, China, Pt. 2.
16 (1) Memo, Eglin for CofEngrs, 21 Jan 42, sub: Gasoline PipelineFrom Bhamo, Burma, to Kun-
ming, China. 400.333, China, Pt. 2. (2) Ltr, Molnar to C of EHD, 28 Jul 55.
423
sentatives to the East Chicago plant of the Shell Oil Company, where he had set up a pilot pipeline. This step proved to be the turning point. Baker, from the Engineer Board, laid plans at once for a large-scale test. On 8 April he proposed to OCE that the board build a 30-mile line of 4-inch pipe, complete with pumps and automatic controls.17 The matter was then up to OCE. Fowler favored the project, visualizing at once the possibilities. "This scheme, if workable," he noted to Chorpening on 10 April, "has great military value. The rate of installation would keep up with any reasonable offensive and thus take a lot of traffic off the roads." 18 But the question for immediate decision was whether this test should be combined with the purchase of pipeline equipment for the Chinese. Fowler thought it should.
If the Chinese will have a place to lay the line by the time we can get it fabricated, we should order it at once, provided it has a reasonable chance of being shipped and working satisfactorily. ... I believe this pipe line may mean much to the Chinese Army this year and that, if tested immediately as manufactured, any mechanical defects can be corrected before shipment. The Board should acquire the pipe, pumps and other equipment for test immediately. If purchased as part of the Chinese order, time and production costs will be reduced. The time for laying 30 miles of pipe is negligible. Two weeks of continuous operation should bring out the worst bugs. The Board should therefore be able to recommend changes within 30 days of delivery of the test
equipment and the changes incorporated in later deliveries of the Chinese order. ... I would say that we would be taking a small gamble in cost of alterations if we place the Chinese order now with the possible advantage of keeping the Chinese Army on its feet until more substantial help can arrive. Should the Burma Road be captured by the Japs this year, we would still have the pipe line to support some other force.19
Although Rangoon had just fallen to the invading Japanese, diminishing the likelihood that the Chinese would ever build a pipeline along the Burma Road, OCE decreed that the experiment should go through without delay. The Engineer Board, acting upon oral instructions from Chorpening, obtained on 11 April a quotation from Hanlon-Waters, Incorporated, of Tulsa, Oklahoma, on four pumping units and thirty miles of pipe. Confirmation of procurement authority came on 15 April.20 On 30 April, Besson, chief of the Development Branch, outlined in more detail what the board was to do. Specifying that "the tests will be performed as an Engineer Board study in connection with the procurement of portable pipelines for the Chinese Government," he indicated there would also be a broader purpose. "Tests on the pipeline should include investigation as to the suitability of the operation by troop labor, speed of laying and moving the line, dependability of automatic control devices, and general suitability of all the component parts of the
(1) Ltr cited n. 16 ( 2 ) . (2) Ltr, Baker to Molnar, 8 Apr 42, sub: Preliminary Rpt on Portable Pipeline for Fuel Oils. 400.112, Pipelines. 18 Memo, Fowler for Chorpening, 10 Apr 42, sub: Preliminary Rpt on Portable Pipeline for Fuel Oils. Intnl Div file, 678. 19 Ibid. 20 (1) Memo, Baker for Besson, 11 Apr 42, sub: Portable Pipeline Test. 400.112, Pipelines. (2) Ltr, Actg C of Sup Div to President Engr Bd, 15 Apr 42, sub: Portable Pipeline. 400.333, Pt. 3.
17
424
21
complete system." The Engineers were ready to test a pipeline for general military use, Quartermaster Corps responsibility to the contrary. The board placed in charge of the tests Chauncey W. Karstens, one of its associate engineers then assigned to the Water Supply Branch. In May 1942 Karstens, an Engineer Reserve officer, was ordered to active duty as a first lieutenant and became head of a newly formed Pipeline Equipment Section. Assisting him were 1st Lt. Ernest A. Slade, who had previously manufactured control devices for pipelines, 2d Lt. Kenneth L. Treiber, who had worked for nine years on pump designs and hydraulic problems, and John Elder, an employee of the board's Bridge Section, who had previous experience in installing pipelines.22 OCE was particularly interested in determining whether or not the automatic controls would relieve the system if it were subjected to high static pressures. To this end, Besson suggested a testing site in the mountains of the Shenandoah National Park in Virginia.23 For a number of reasons, Karstens favored the use of troops rather than civilian labor on the project. The labor force would consist of types and grades of men to be expected in the field, it would be stable, and it would be subject to discipline. Estimates of construction time and recommendations regarding personnel would thus be more accurate. The work would provide valuable training. Karstens estimated that one company of a general service regiment would be required. But troops could not be spared for such work in the spring of 1942. After making a detailed survey of the site, the supervisory staff on 30 June set up camp on the Rapidan, near Herbert Hoover's fishing lodge, and began hiring civilian labor.
This plan fitted in exactly with the thinking of British and American officers in England, where the development of military pipelines had been underway since the German break-through in France in May 1940. In fact, upon the very day OCE sent the cable to SOS, ETO, a cable incorporating the same general plan of distribution crossed the Atlantic in the opposite direction, from the British War Office to the British Army staff in Washington. By July, both OCE and the Engineers in the United Kingdom had
21 Ltr, C of Dev Br to President Engr Bd, 30 Apr 42, sub: Test of Experimental Pump Equip. 412.3, Pt. 2. 22 Engr Bd Hist Study, Pipeline Equipment, p. 12. 23 Ltr, C of Dev Br to President Engr Bd, 20 Apr 42, sub: Test of Experimental Pump Equip. 412.3, Pt. 2. 24 Ltr, AC of O&T Br to Deputy CofS for Rqmts and Resources SOS, 17 Jun 42, sub: Gasoline Sup Plan for BOLERO. P&T Div file, 381, BOLERO, Folio 1. 25 Quoted in Hist Rpt 13, Liaison Sec Intel Div, Office of C Engr ETO, Petroleum-Oil-Lubricants, p. 6. AG Special Collection, Opn Rpts.
425
test a pipeline for the Chinese. The distribution of petroleum products to the Army was a responsibility of the Quartermaster Corps. On 28 July, SOS held a conference
to clear up the confusion. In effect, the status quo, based upon equipment either developed or under test, became official doctrine. The QMC would henceforth supply and maintain "portable pipe lines used in issue of gasoline," including dispensers and pumps. The Engineers would construct and operate "all pipe lines and storage facilities of 27 permanent or semi-permanent nature." Since the QMC considered anything larger than its three-inch pipe "semipermanent," this agreement amounted to an abdication by the QMC of any major role in petroleum distribution by pipeline. On 7 August The Adjutant General's Office elaborated upon this agreement. The Corps of Engineers was to make connections with floating cargo, erect storage tanks near the shore line, and from that point advance pipelines and storage facilities as the tactical situation permitted. The Quartermaster Corps would carry on from there with three-inch dispenser systems. By 17 September, when the War Department made a formal restatement of the development responsibilities of the various services, pipelines were allotted to the Chief of Engineers; dispensers went 28 to the Chief of Ordnance.
28 Ltr, Actg C of Dev Br Sup Div to President Engr Bd, 25 Jul 42, sub: Portable Pipeline. 400.112, Pipelines. 27 Memo, Dir Opns Div Motor Trans Sv to Supply Div Motor Trans Sv, 29 Jul 42, sub: Responsibility in Trans and Storage of Liquid Fuels in Overseas Opns. QMG 463.7, Cross References Only, 1942. 28 (1) Ltr, TAG to CGs AGF, AAF, SOS, et al., 7 Aug 42, sub: Responsibility for Proc, Maint, and Opn of Gasoline Dispensing Facilities Overseas. QMC 463.7, Cross References Only, 1942. (2) WD
426
Now vested with authority, the Engineers continued their experiment in the park. Once full-scale operations began, bugs in the pumping stations became apparent. The pistons of the reciprocating pumps wore out, causing frequent shutdowns for repairs. The group at Rapidan lost all faith in the Smith combination of reciprocating pumps and elaborate controls and safety devices. Treiber was sure that centrifugal pumps with manually controlled stations would be safer and more practical for a military pipeline. Part of the complication of the Smith system lay in trying to make a reciprocating pump do the work of a centrifugal pump. While reciprocating pumps build up pressure indefinitely until some part of the system gives way or a relief mechanism takes over, centrifugal pumps build up pressure only to a certain point and then churn without danger. Treiber therefore urged the substitution of the lighter, safer, pickup centrifugal pump, commonly called PUP, manufactured by the Byron-Jackson Company. With this pump, no automatic controls would be necessary. There was no question but that the automatic controls were the most troublesome part of the system. They were almost constantly in need of adjustment. "In general," wrote Karstens on 30 September, "control performance has not come up to expectations. To adjust so that the desired performance is attained is one thing, but to retain such adjustment is another matter. ... It is felt the system will work, but the question arises as to whether it is a little too complex for military field use."29 The automatic controls were "too sensitive to minor misadjustments." Their use would
427
into methods of laying a ship-to-shore pipeline. Such sea-loading line would free an invading force from dependence upon supply by cans and drums in the absence of docking facilities, and would, the Engineers anticipated, be the usual means of distribution during the second phase of an invasion. With the coastal currents of the English Channel in mind, the Engineer Section, ETO, asked that heavy drill pipe be launched in a four-knot crosscurrent. The U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey suggested several possible sites, one of which was an area off the north shore of Martha's Vineyard, Massachusetts. Among other desirable features of this location was the fact that it was near Camp Edwards, the headquarters of the Engineer Amphibian Command, which readily agreed to furnish men and equipment for the tests.33 While a decision about the site was being made, Colonel Berlin's Petroleum Section in OCE collected suggestions from petroleum companies and construction engineers on how to conduct the operation. At
(1) Memo, C of Mob and Tng Sec for Maj Holt, Rqmts Br, 6 Aug 42, sub: Pipe Couplings for TofOpns. 412.2, Pt. 2. (2) Ltr, C of Sup Div to
CG SOS, 23 Sep 42, sub: Portable Gasoline Pipeline Equip. 400.112, Pipelines. (3) Ltr, C of Engr and Dev Br to President Engr Bd, 15 Oct 42, sub: Tng of Pipeline Pers, with 2d Ind, AC of Engr and Dev Br to President Engr Bd, 9 Nov 42. Mech Equip Br file, Pipelines, Bk 2. (4) Ltr, A. D. Small to Capt Mesle, Office of Tech Info, 26 Nov 45. EHD file, Hist of Dev of Mil Pipelines. 32 (1) Ltr, Actg C of Dev Br to President Engr
31
Bd, 25 Jul 42, sub: Portable Pipeline. 400.112, Pipelines. (2) 1st Ind, 25 Sep 42, on Ltr, OCE to SOS, 10 Sep 42, sub: T/Os for Engr Pipeline Regt. AG 320.3 (10-30-41) (2) Sec. 5, Bulky Package. (3) Incl 2, with Ltr, Hq EUTC Claiborne to CofEngrs, 1 Jan 43, sub: Capacity of EUTC. 320.2, Claiborne ( C ) . 33 Memo, C of Mob and Tng Sec for C of Sup Div, 6 Oct 42, sub: Test of Submarine Sea-Loading Line and 4-Inch Pipeline. 400.112, Pipelines.
428
a meeting attended by Berlin, Karstens, Elder, and other interested persons on 3 April 1943, the Petroleum Section presented four
methods which it had culled from the responses : (1) assembly from barge or land-
combinations of pulling and pushing; (3) assembly on land and moving line into position with amphibian trucks; (4) assembly on land and pushing along sea bottom with
aid of tow. When it came to details, however, commercial practices differed sharply from those required in a military operation.
available the work would have been accomplished more quickly. In the absence of such skilled men, the group at Martha's
Vineyard could only recommend a compromise. The lightweight "invasion tubing" would not suffice, but standard weight victaulic-coupled pipe could be used in crosscurrents of less than two knots.
Industry's objective being permanency, speed of construction was sacrificed. Slade and Elder, the board's representatives at Martha's Vineyard, and Karstens, their chief, learned somewhat more from a description of British experiments. But by and large these men were pioneers and were conscious of being so. Men and materials began to arrive for the tests during the second week in May, and laying of pipe began the week after. The weight of the pipeover 624 pounds per sectionmade it difficult and dangerous to handle. Although mechanical lifting
All pipelines at the Martha's Vineyard tests were assembled on land. Assembly from barge or landing craft was not attempted. All four methods of launching
worked but none was suitable for every
position with an LCT proved fastest. But the fourth method proved to be the best. Two 5,000 pound anchors were lowered into the sea and attached to a winch line mounted on the forward end of a barge
and the sea-end of the pipeline was attached aft. The barge was then winched toward the anchors, pulling the pipeline after it with the aid of tractors on shore. Because of slippage of the anchors during the tests,
devices could be used to some extent, final alignment had to be accomplished by manpower. It took sixteen men to lift one section of pipe. The sections were joined by screwing, since the victaulic coupling was
not strong enough for this pipe, and welders with sufficient skill to join heavy wall pipe were rare in the Army. Such pipe had been
selected by Berlin because of its ruggedness, durability being important because of underwater stresses. Leaks under water would
only 2,680 feet of pipe could be launched, but Slade and his assistants believed that with improvements in details of technique
almost twice this amount could be handled. This type of launching, although complicated, was superior to the others because the pipeline was under closer control and the equipment required a draft of only three
not only be more likely to occur than on land but would be more difficult to locate and repair. However, after noting that it took 32
feet. The testing staff at Martha's Vineyard recommended that this method be used where shoals or reefs existed, in areas where
429
under Maj. James L. Lake, Jr., with a staff of ten officers recruited from various War Department agencies. All of these men had civilian experience in the petroleum industry. Slade and Treiber, from the Engineer Training Petroleum Distribution Board, remained for a short time on temCompanies porary duty. OCE retained close control As with many other specialties, the over the section through the formative Engineers did not at first contemplate any period of organization and testing which great amount of enlisted instruction in pipe- lasted through most of December. Berlin line installation and operation, relying in- remained technical director of its activities. stead upon securing sufficient enlisted per- Elder, meantime, supervised the building of sonnel with previous civilian experience. the first troop-constructed pipeline at the The experimental pipeline in the Shenan- Desert Training Center near Yuma, Aridoah Park was to be used only for training zona, and contributed materially to knowla limited number of officers.34 But it became edge of troop capabilities, heretofore based apparent during the course of the testing in on scanty estimates. The first four detachments which began Virginia that troop training would be necessary after all. The Smith system included to train in November and December 1942 some features which would be unfamiliar were handicapped by the conditions at even to experienced petroleum men, who Claiborne. West Claiborne was still a tent would in any case have to learn to apply camp with no buildings available for offices, their knowledge to military situations. Ac- classrooms, or shop maintenance work. Mess cordingly, on 15 October the Engineers halls, chapels, and open fields served as began the organization of two petroleum classrooms. The experimental pipeline sysdistribution detachments and OCE directed tem brought from the Virginia testing the Engineer Board to work out a short ground and set up next to the EUTC demotraining program for these special troops. litions area required continuous adjustment The testing officers recommended that the of the delicate and impractical automatic experimental pipeline system be removed to controls. Until the latter part of December, some southern location with adequate hous- canvas water tanks had to be substituted ing and supply facilities where there would for the metal bolted tanks which these units be no necessity for winterizing the equipment. Since additional testing remained to (1) Memo, C of Sup Div for SW, 7 Sep 42, be done, the board at first ordered the system sub: Use of the Shenandoah National Park for installed at Belvoir, but by early November Tng Officers for Pipeline Bns. 353, Engr Petroleum the original recommendations of the testing Distr Units. (2) Ltr, SW to Secy Interior, 10 Sep 42. USW file, Misc and Subject, Pipe, Pipelines, etc. 36 officers prevailed. Future testing would be (1) Ltr, Adj EUTC to CofEngrs, 16 Dec 42, conducted at the Claiborne EUTC. At the sub: Capacity of EUTC, with Incl 1, List of Units Now in Tng at EUTC. 353, Claiborne ( C ) . (2) same time, the two petroleum detachments Ltr, C of Engr and Dev Br to Engr Bd, 15 Oct 42, would train for early service overseas.35 sub: Tng of Pipeline Pers, with 2d Ind, AC of Engr and Dev Br to Engr Bd, 9 Nov 42, with Incl, The Engineers organized the Petroleum Outline for Course of Instr for Mil Portable PipeSection at Claiborne on 9 November 1942 line. Mech Equip Br file, Pipelines, Bk 2.
34
430
were supposed to be able to construct. Conventional 2-ton trucks were poorly designed for handling pipeline, and time had to be taken to convert ten of these by moving the winch from the front to the rear of the cab and adding a gin pole to the rear. A tentative technical manual in mimeographed form, completed by Slade and Smith at the end of October 1942, mentioned the PUP centrifugal pump but emphasized the reciprocating pump with automatic controls. Not until early in 1943 was Treiber detailed from Claiborne to Washington to revise and expand these original papers into a permanent manual. Still firmly convinced of the practicality of the centrifugal pump, Treiber insisted at that time upon inserting a chapter on the operation and maintenance of the PUPeventually one of the most valuable chapters in the manual. Meanwhile, at Claiborne, training and testing programs and procedures were worked out and explanatory drawings and other training aids were improvised and improved.36 Although the first units that trained in the Petroleum Section rilled slowly and training was delayed and sometimes shortened, they performed well overseas because they were composed largely of men from the oil fields. War Department policy prevented the enlistment of men between the ages of eighteen and thirty-eight but the Engineers obtained qualified men through the cooperation of numerous oil companies which supplied names of former employees who were in the Army. Such men could then be located and transferred. Civilian firms continued to aid the Engineers by advising their men when they came up for induction to contact OCE for details of a plan which would enable them to go directly from reception centers to petroleum distribution units.
431
barometric pressure readings for profiling theoretical pipeline systems and determining the locations of pumping stations. Most of
the officers for the first units were well qualified for their jobs, needing only a short, intensive course on their specific duties.
The first class began on 14 December 1942 with twenty-one officers. Subsequent enrollment ranged up to thirty-five, with each class running for about four weeks. Although there was some practical construction and operation, the main emphasis in officer training was upon theory, design, and
With organizational differences finally settled, it became necessary to start a greatly accelerated training program. By May, when the accelerated training began, Capt. Roe Gray had supplanted Lake as head of the Petroleum Section.38 As estimated in April 1943, at least four petroleum distribution companies would have to begin training in May and two each month thereafter for the rest of the year. With an average of twenty weeks or more training then envisioned, about ten companies would be in training at all times. Gray had to double the capacity of the fixed petroleum training area within the EUTC. More equipment had to be obtained for unit assembly and disassembly
in some area outside the EUTC. By early July 1943, Gray had enlarged
the existing fixed system by adding one station and ten more miles of pipe and had organization. installed another complete fixed system of Few of these units were organized until seven stations and the equivalent of seventy the spring of 1943. The first two detach- miles of pipe on the adjacent former demoments activated in October 1942 moved litions area. For field training he obtained overseas in January, leaving at the EUTC two sets of unit equipment and additional only the two units activated in mid-Decem- pumps and pipe. The companies that ber. No others began training until May trained after July had two weeks of field 1943, after OCE and ASF settled their experience with their own unit officers in divergent views on organization. In March charge. Each Transported a twenty-mile 1943 Berlin had expressed dissatisfaction pipeline system from the EUTC to a trainwith the detachment type of unit, tied to ing area near Claiborne. There each unit a regiment, and recommended the estab- connected this pipeline onto a permanently lishment of an independent company. He installed twenty-mile system and operated maintained that with 20 percent less per- the full forty miles with various rates of sonnel than the existing detachment and (1) Ltr, O&T Br to ACofS for Opns SOS, 16 without the aid of additional manpower Mar 43, sub: Proposed T/O for Engr Petroleum a company could construct and operate Distr Unit. 320.2, Engr Petroleum Distr Units. (2) Office Memo, Berlin for Plans Div ACofS 120 miles of pipeline. As finally approved for Opns ASF, 19 Mar 43, sub: Rev T/O Engr in May 1943 the engineer petroleum dis- Petroleum Distr Det. 320.2, Secret File 2. (3) tribution company consisted of 7 officers T/O&E 5-327, 14 May 43. (4) FM 5-5, 11 Oct and 221 enlisted men, divided into a head- 43, pp. 174-79. (5) EUTC Highlights, 12 Apr 43, with Incl, Prov Orgn of Units, EUTC, 12 Apr 43. quarters platoon and an operating platoon. 320.2, ASFTC Claiborne.
432
flow, pressures, and temperatures. The twenty-mile system was then dismantled by the same unit and returned to storage at the EUTC for use by the next company. Since the topography was scarcely different from that of the fixed system in camp, and water was the liquid used, there was little realism in this field training.39 The training of most of the units took place during the period when equipment became more plentiful, but the manpower shortage was beginning to be felt. The Petroleum Section obtained training facilities sufficient for both fixed and field training for two new companies each month. Staffing the section called for ingenuity. In 1942 the section had been under the control of OCE, and part of its instructor personnel had been on temporary duty from the Engineer Board. Until OCE and ASF agreed upon the organization of these units in April 1943 there had been few such companies organized and the EUTC had placed only one officer from the section on its permanent staff. Ten others were kept indefinitely in the officers' pool at the center. Officer and enlisted assistants were also on a temporary basis. Units that finished technical training provided instructors for succeeding ones. With activations doubled, field training added, and organization settled, the section in May requested a permanent allotment of 25 officers and 125 enlisted men for its staff, 15 officers and 8 enlisted men for instructors, and the rest for maintenance and administration. Before the personnel could be allotted to the EUTC, the ASF directive of 11 June 1943 restricted the total personnel in training overhead and prohibited the use of pool officers for operational purposes. If rigidly applied, the directive would have stripped the section of all personnel but
433
PREPARING FOR FIELD PROBLEM ON PIPELAYING, Camp Claiborne. Men of an Engineer Petroleum Distribution Company load 4-inch pipe on a trailer.
week program in order to have all of the companies prepared by March 1944.41 Such a tight schedule could not be maintained without the closest co-operation in providing fillers with proper qualifications at the exact times needed. To insure the early readiness of these units, Somervell directed that extraordinary efforts be made to fill them with experienced petroleum men, screened from the Army at large, and that all fillers should have completed thirteen weeks of basic training. Screening for these men began in early August but suitable fillers did not arrive. By the first of September the whole schedule was three weeks behind. Only fifty fillers had been received, and only twenty-nine were qualified for this duty and had as much as nine weeks or more basic training. Few were basically trained as engineers. Even if they had completed basic instruction in another branch of the service,
the EUTC estimated that it would take another two weeks to qualify them as basic engineer soldiers. Many had not fired the rifle qualification course or the carbine familiarization course. None had any instruction in crew-served weapons and none had gone through the infiltration course. A new schedule had to be drawn up on the basis of the fillers that this first screening produced. It allowed two weeks to make up military deficiencies, six weeks for pipeline training, and one week for processing. This was the bare minimum which the center believed would get the units past inspection. However, it was essential that five of the CBI units meet an early November sailLtr, CG EUTC to CofEngrs, 2 Aug 43, sub: Recommendations, Activation and Tng of Twentytwo Petroleum Distr Cos, with Incl 1, Proposed Sched of Activations. 322, Engr Petroleum Distr Units.
41
434
ing date. Only one would be ready at the proper time. Training for the other four units had to be further modified. Since the first and simplest task would be pipe laying, these four trained for this duty alone. The remainder of their instruction on pumping stations, tank terminals, and warehouses had to follow in the theater, with some instruction given on the troopship en route. Each of these four units left fifty-six specialists behind for an additional month of training at Claiborne. In answer to an anxious query from O&T on the status of the five CBI units, the EUTC replied it "would get them out, but that they should not be expected to be good units, as the training time 42 necessary was not available to us." By January 1944, twelve of the twentytwo petroleum companies were ready for duty as originally planned. Three went to Europe and nine to CBI. Nine out of the remaining ten made the March deadline, one being delayed until April. Four of these ten went to CBI and three each to Europe and the Southwest Pacific. By June a total of thirty companies, or approximately 6,270 men, had trained at Claiborne. Six more companies organized by the spring of 1944 left the center for a port of embarkation by August.43 The short course at Claiborne could not prepare men with little previous experience for full and accurate participation in either the construction or operation of pipeline systems. All theaters complained of dirty pipe joints, loose couplings, and debris inside the pipes. The lack of large bodies of water at Claiborne limited exercises in river crossings and the laying of submarine linesboth important operations overseas. Until 1944 there was not enough practical work in the erection of tanks. Although
MANIFOLD VALVE INSTALLATION ON PIPELINE paralleling the Ledo Road, China-Burma-India Theater, September 1944.
436
WELDER JOINING TWO SECTIONS OF PIPE on petroleum pipeline, France, September 1944.
CBI, pipeline troops experienced no difficulty in keeping up with the slow pace of military operations, but in the European theater it was another matter. Many of the units employed were not seasoned pipeline companies. The port of Cherbourg, through which most of the vital oil was to be piped inland, was not secured as soon as planned. The supply of pipe and other construction materials was not well co-ordinated. Communication between constructing and operating elements was poor. Frequent breaks in the lines occasioned delays. But the main factor which caused the construction of the
pipelines to appear to lag behind was the phenomenal speed of the advancing Allied forces after the Normandy breakout. These pipeline units laid pipe at the rate of thirty or thirty-five miles a week but still could not keep up. Gasoline, food and ammunition competed for available transportation as the pursuit gradually slowed. Although the pipeline units failed to keep pace with Lt. Gen. George S. Patton, Jr., in his spectacular dash across France, this was no measure of their usefulness in modern warfare. These companies provided critical fuels to strategic points in every theater, sup-
437
ater who considered them among the best 44 special engineer troops he had ever seen.
(1) Rad, CO Engr Dist 12 to CG Constr Sv SOS CBI, 15 Aug 44. Opns Br file, Constr Sv CBI (C). (2) Ltr, CO Engr Dist 12 to CG Constr Sv SOS CBI, 26 Aug 44, sub: Pipeline Safety and Security Program. Opns Br file, Constr Sv CBI (S). (3) Ltr, Actg ACofEngrs to C Engr USAF CBI, 3 Nov 44. Adm Br file, Constr Sv CBI. (4) Ruppenthal, op. cit., I, Ch. XIII.
44
CHAPTER XIX
become out of date more quickly than those of primitive ones, requiring constant revision to keep abreast of the changes, further complicated the situation.
439
perts at the Beach Erosion Board, Dr. Martin A. Mason, could plot coastal terrain, showing configurations of beaches, inshore water depths, natural underwater obstacles, and other conditions. In August 1942, Mason induced Dr. William C. Krumbein, professor of geology at the University of Chicago and a Guggenheim Fellow, to collaborate in the study of beaches. Valuable as the contributions of these agencies were, the city of Washington was limited in its resources. By contrast, the number of libraries in New York and the concentration there of firms with international connections provided an unexcelled reservoir of data on the engineering works of foreign countries. In May 1942, the Intelligence Branch took over a New York WPA translation project from the Soil Conservation Service, renaming it the Engineer Research Office (ERO) and placing it under the direction of Capt. John R. Vogler. Next door to ERO was the Engineering Societies Library, which subscribed to over 2,000 technical publications from forty different countries, and indexed every article. Just around the corner was the New York Public Library with its superb reference collection. At first ERO's only job was to feed information to the Intelligence Branch in Washington, and this type of work, often involving translation, continued as a major function throughout the war. Beginning in the fall of 1942, Vogler gradually prepared to take on the more difficult assignment of carrying an investigation through all the stages of research and writing before its submission to Washington. The WPA project was liquidated in January 1943, some of its employees transferring to ERO's civil serv1
440
ice payroll. Engineers, geologists, translators, and librarians had meanwhile been hired, bringing the staff at this time to a total of 106 civilians and 2 officers.2 Vogler and his executive officer, 1st Lt. Duane W. Ackerson, devised an assembly line system, dividing the work into research, bibliography, writing, and reproduction. One group combed the libraries of metropolitan New York to locate data on phases of engineering throughout the world. A staff of librarians cataloged and indexed this material according to subject, area, and author. Whenever the office started a new project or received requests for spot information, the library could furnish immediately a bibliography and a nucleus of source material. The research section then worked on the particular assignment and brought in books, periodicals, and documents to be photostated, translated, and filed for permanent reference. By the end of hostilities, the office had indexed over 140,000 entries by subject and country, 80,000 entries by author and title, and had collected great quantities of related reference materials. Normally the office worked on sixteen reports simultaneously, completing one each week and having the others in various stages along the assembly line. In June 1943 ERO submitted a four-volume report on French inland waterways, which was published as a finished Strategic Engineering Study. This marked the first of eighty such special studies prepared during the war.3 Other Strategic Engineering Studies, which covered the entire range of Engineer interests, were co-operative enterprises. A small unit in the Intelligence Branch in Washington contributed the chapters on railroads, roads, electric power, airfields, and other industrial facilities until ERO was able to assume this phase of the work in
441
photography would be used for revising these maps and filling gaps in coverage. Compilation of large-scale battle maps would still be required for key points of The Beginning of an Engineer Map attack or defense. Close co-operation beCollection tween the Air Forces and Engineers was In sharp contrast to the Corps' inexperi- therefore still indispensable to success.5 ence in collecting strategic engineer intelliIndispensable also was a systematic colgence were its century-long mapping activi- lection of maps. When war came, the War ties. Yet this traditional Engineer mission Department had an accumulation, rather was also deeply affected by prewar concepts than a systematic collection, of foreign of defense. Emphasis before Pearl Harbor maps. The War Department Map Collechad been upon the development of equip- tion had been established before World War ment and techniques to exploit aerial pho- I when G-2 consolidated the holdings of tography. To the extent that such means various intelligence units. The Corps recould be applied no matter where the Army ceived custody of this collection in 1938, fought, this approach was altogether wise turning it over to the Engineer Reproducand logical. To the extent that the possibili- tion Plant, which was located in Washingties of the new techniques had been exag- ton. Up to this time, the Engineer Reprogerated, this approach invited disaster. duction Plant had sustained a precarious Fortunately, by 1942 a good many realists existence. Although set up to perform lithohad had their say. The catchy phrase, "The graphic work for the War Department, it Army must map as it moves," was no longer operated without direct appropriations. In taken seriously. Too much depended upon order to retain a nucleus of about 100 uncontrollable factorsweather, enemy ac- trained employees, it undertook lithographic tivity, skill of pilot and photographer, range work on a repay basis for other federal and maneuverability of photographic air- agencies. The plant had equipment to recraft, and the rate of the Army's movement. produce multicolored maps of whole counEven during the maneuvers of 1940 and tries or continents, showing such features as 1941, the main supply of maps had to be natural resources, railroads, highways, cities, prepared well ahead of time. Topographic and industrial areas. Its presses were much field units supplemented the major mapping larger than those assigned to topographic preparations for these exercises by over- units. Primarily a print shop, the plant also printing last-minute revisions, reproducing employed cartographic draftsmen, and, beadditional copies, and arranging for their ginning in 1938, supervised a WPA project distribution. From his observations, Colonel Loper, the chief of OCE's Intelligence 4 Branch, concluded that the most practical (1) Memo, McCaffrey for Loper, 10 Jun 43, solution to mapping vast potential combat sub: Ann Rpt of Strategic Studies Sec for FY 1943. EHD file, Basic Mats for Ann Rpt OCE, 1943. areas would be a judicious combination of (2) ERO Staff Mtg, 25 Oct 43. ERO file, 319.1, aerial surveys with map sources already in Staff Mtgs ( C ) . (3) Wkly Rpts Intel Br and Mil Div, 22 Oct 43, 27 Jan, 3 Mar, 10 Mar 44. existence. Many areas of the world had al- Intel ERO file, 319.1-P, Wash ( C ) . 5 ready been mapped at tactical scales. Aerial See above, pp. 77-81.
442
which was compiling a large-scale map of the United States. During 1940 and 1941, while Maj. Albert G. Matthews was in charge, the Engineer Reproduction Plant gradually relinquished job printing entirely in order to concentrate on maps of Army camps and maneuver areas. To assist in this work the plant organized fourteen more WPA offices. Matthews broke down complicated jobs normally performed by experts into tasks simple enough for novices to handle. A relatively few experts could then supervise the work on an assembly-line basis. Matthews also instituted a system of training understudies for higher positions so that in an emergency the plant could expand readily under experienced and responsible leadership.6 By hiring additional employees and acquiring new and faster presses the plant increased production, but its building was too small for efficient use of staff and equipment. Early in 1941 the Engineers received authorization to erect a new building on the outskirts of Washington. Ready for occupancy by spring of the following year, this facility was a black-out type of structure that permitted uninterrupted operations in event of an air raid, was carefully designed to facilitate the flow of work from one department to another, and was air-conditioned to prevent changes in temperature and humidity from affecting the dimensions of map paper. Upon moving into this modern establishment, the Engineer Reproduction Plant became the Army Map Service (AMS), a name which more aptly described its broadened responsibilities. Experience in organizing partly skilled workers in the WPA days proved beneficial during the war years. AMS persuaded some women's colleges to offer an elementary course in cartography which prepared
ping. 061.01 ( C ) . (3) OCE, History of Mapping and Related Activities by OCE and AMS During World War II (typescript, n. d.) (cited hereafter as Hist of Map), pp. 59, 61. SWPA file, 1-17. (4) Ann Rpt Engr Reproduction Plant, 1941. AMS file, 319.2. (5) Memo, CofEngrs for CofS, 11 May 39. O&T file, Gen Folio 6 (S). (6) Ltr, ACofEngrs to TAG, 3 Aug 40, sub: Rev of Map Project for FY 1942. 061, Annual, Pt. 5. 7 (1) Wkly Rpts Intel Br, 8 May, 19 Jun 42. 020, Engrs Office C of. (2) AR 300-15, Mapping and Charting, 1 May 42. (3) Ltr, CO AMS to CofEngrs, 27 Sep 43, sub: Ann Rpt of Opns, FY 1943. AMS file, 319.2, Ann Rpt AMS 1943. (4) Memo, Actg C of Geodetic Div AMS for C of Adm Div AMS, 9 Aug 45, sub: Ann Rpt for FY 1945 Geodetic Div. AMS file, 319.2, Gen Corresp for Ann Rpt AMS, 1945-46. (5) Memo, C of Photogrammetric Div AMS for C of Adm Div AMS, 8 Aug 45, sub: Ann Rpt for FY 1945 Photogrammetric Div. Same file.
443
WOMEN COMPILING FOREIGN MAP INFORMATION, Army Map Service, January 1943. At right is Lt. Col. Frederick W. Mast, Executive Officer.
of specifications and scales. During the same period, allotments for military mapping averaged $44,000 a year, limiting this work to training areas and such projects as could be arranged through agreements with the U.S. Geological Survey and the WPA. For some years the Geological Survey, in preparing basic topographic maps throughout the United States, had given priority to areas designated by the Chief of Engineers as of military importance. To avoid duplication of effort, the Engineers in turn coordinated their mapping projects with those of the Geological Survey. But until 1941 budgets were too small to push this domestic mapping program. At this time, Con-
gress began to view an attack on the United States as a possibility and approved a threeyear War Department project for mapping, at tactical scales, a strip of territory 200 miles in depth along the coasts and borders of the United States. To accomplish this work, Loper enlisted the aid of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, the Tennessee Valley Authority, and the U.S. Forest Service as well as the U.S. Geological Survey, all of which were well qualified to handle mapping assignments. The finished maps of the Geological Survey were based upon the triangulation network furnished by the Coast and Geodetic Survey which also prepared coastal and aeronautical charts. In
444
need of highly detailed topographic infor- on foreign soil, Congress lifted budgetary mation for drainage basin studies, the TVA restrictions that formerly had applied to the had mapped the Tennessee Valley water- purchase of foreign maps. Early in 1942, shed before starting to develop the resources G-2 and the Intelligence Branch, OCE, of that region. In managing 160 national started a vigorous drive to increase the map forests, the Forest Service had to map roads collection. Through the co-operation of the and trails in an area twice the size of Cali- British Dominions and colonial governfornia. The heads of these agencies agreed ments, American military attaches were in October 1941 to mobilize their facilities able to send some maps home. But the days and about 3,000 employees for the War Dewhen one could order maps from abroad partment's domestic mapping program. were practically over because of censorship The foundation was thus laid for a unity imposed by war. To exploit local sources of of effort that could be directed, if necessary, to the compilation and revision of foreign information, intelligence agencies scoured the holdings of libraries throughout the maps.8 country and set up map collection offices This pooling of mapping resources, comin seaport towns. Much valuable geobined with the modern facilities of AMS, placed the Engineers in a position to handle graphical information was acquired from whatever maps and map sources came their 8 way. Most of the maps that had been trans(1) Ltr, C of Mil Intel Div to Dir Mil Survey ferred to the War Department Map Collec- British War Office, 7 Mar 44. 061.01 ( C ) . (2) tion and most of those received in the years Memo, C of Mil Intel Div for Dryden, 31 Aug 45, sub: Postwar Mapping. Same file. (3) Joint Ltr, immediately following came from military Secys of War, Commerce, and Interior to President attaches and other G-2 officers. For want of Senate, 23 Mar 39, sub: Surveys and Mapping of money, many sets of maps were incom- in U.S. 061.3, Pt. 2. (4) Tab C, Survey of National Mapping in U.S., with Memo, ACofS G-2 plete or obsolete. From British sources the for CofS, [c. Jul 39], sub: WD Policy on NaEngineers strengthened the foreign map tional Program of Mapping. Same file. (5) Ltr, collection. With centuries of experience in Office C of Engr Reproduction Plant to CofEngrs, 21 Dec 39, sub: Compilation of Tactical Maps, international affairs, the British had de- with 1st Ind, 4 Jan 40. Same file. (6) Ltr, ACofveloped map holdings for all parts of the Engrs to TAG, 31 Dec 40, sub: Map Project for FY 1943. 061, Annual, Pt. 5. (7) Wkly Rpts Intel world. On 26 December 1940, Maj. Sec, 7 Feb, 23 May, 3 Oct, 16 Dec 41. 020, Engrs Michael Collins of the Geographical SecOffice C of. (8) Ltr, ACofEngrs to TAG, 2 Jan tion, General Staff (GSGS), the British 42, sub: Map Project, FY 1944. 061-A ( C ) . (9) War Office mapping organization, proposed Ltr, ACofEngrs to CG SOS, 22 Jan 43, sub: Gen Mapping Program for CONUS. 061 (S). 9 exchanging data. On getting the approval (1) Ltr, Collins to Lt Col Kenner F. Hertford, of G-2, Loper sent representatives to O&T Br, 26 Dec 40. 091, England, Pt. 7. (2) 2d discuss co-ordination of the map libraries of Ind, C of Intel Sec to ACofS G-2, 12 Apr 41, on Ltr, Mil Air Attache and Actg Mil Attache to the two nations. In August 1941 Collins, in ACofS G-2, 14 Jan 41, sub: Liaison Between U. S. turn, visited OCE. That same month maps Survey Sv and GSGS. Same file. (3) Wkly Rpts Intel Sec, 20 Jun, 15, 22, 29 Aug 41. EHD files. arrived from England. They included cov(4) Ltr, C of Intel Sec to Maj S. C. Hudson, GSGS. erage for Iceland where American forces 26 Aug 41. 091, England, Pt. 8. (5) Ltr, ExO OCE to ACofS G-2, 18 Jul 41, sub: Directive for Engr had recently landed.9 Obsvr in England. Same file. (6) Ltr, Hudson to Once the nation was committed to war C of Intel Sec, 31 Aug 41. 091, England, Pt. 7.
445
COL. HERBERT B. LOPER, Chief, Intelligence Branch, OCE (right), planning a map project with Col. W. A. Johnson, Commanding Officer, Army Map Service, January 1943.
sea captains, former tourists, shipping com10 panies, and firms engaged in foreign trade. The GSGS of the British War Office nonetheless remained by far the most important source. In the spring of 1942, Col. Martin Hotine, its director, came to Washington to confer with Loper. The British were up to their necks in work and had lost part of their mapping plant in the London blitz. The Royal Air Force was not equipped to provide precision photography. The Americans lacked an adequate collection of existing maps. On 12 May representatives of the two countries signed what was commonly known as the Loper-Hotine Agreement, the cornerstone of the wartime mapping effort.
It divided responsibilities for new mapping along geographical lines. The United States accepted responsibility for preparing all new maps for the Western Hemisphere, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, the Netherlands Indies, and islands scattered throughout the whole Pacific. With the aid of aerial photography furnished by the United States, Great Britain would supply maps
10 (1) Speech, Loper to Mapping Conf, 17 Nov 43. AMS file, Tech Sv Div K-1-1 Proceedings CE
Mapping Conf. (2) Ltr, Dir USGS to ExO OCE, 7 Apr 42. 061.05. (3) For correspondence relating to the acquisition of maps through military attaches
and collection units, see file 061.4. (4) See file 061.07 concerning removal of USGS map stocks from the market.
446
CORPS OF ENGINEERS: TROOPS AND EQUIPMENT rapher to keep the camera in vertical adjustment. In the F-4 and F-5 it was necessary to install the camera in a fixed mount and
to depend upon the skill of the pilot to main-
for other areasnorthwest Europe, west and northwest Africa, Indochina, Malaya, and Thailand. Except for large-scale maps of the United States, each nation agreed to furnish source materials and reference copies of all new maps automatically and to supply copies of existing maps on special request. To co-ordinate map supply overseas, OCE would assign representatives to serve with British mapping agencies, while GSGS would likewise maintain liaison with American mapping staffs. The LoperHotine Agreement was of great advantage to the United States. The British provided copies of all maps and related information then in their possession or which they later acquired. Practically all the maps furnished for initial operations in the North Atlantic, Mediterranean, European, China-BurmaIndia, and South and Southwest Pacific areas were based upon British sources. But even British sources were far from complete and far from perfect. For full and up-todate coverage, mapping agencies at home and overseas depended upon the AAF to furnish aerial photography.11
tain a given position. The cabins of these planes were neither heated nor pressurized.
The time spent at high altitudes therefore
had to be short. The AAF proposed, through a new system of photography, to cut down on the amount of time spent in the air and to obviate the need for skilled crews.12 Almost immediately after its activation in June 1941, the 1st Photographic Group, under the command of Maj. Minton W. Kaye, had been assigned to Alaska to obtain photography which the U.S. Geological Survey undertook to convert into aeronautical charts. Since these charts were of small scale and planimetric, draftsmen could readily make use of oblique as well as vertical photography and thus speed up the work. Kaye's Photographic Group began, therefore, to mount one wide-angle camera vertically between two other wide-angle cameras tilted in opposite directions. This tri-metrogon mount took one vertical and two high oblique photographs which pictured an area from horizon to horizon. The tri-metrogon mount enabled pilots to space
(1) Speech cited n. 10 ( 1 ) . (2) Memo of Agreement on Mapping and Survey Policy Between War Office (GSGS) and U.S. CE (Intel Br), 12 May 42. App. 9, Liaison Sec Intel Div Office of C Engr ETO, Intel and Topo (cited hereafter as ETO, Intel and Topo). AG Special Collection, Opn Rpts. (3) 1st Ind, CofEngrs to ACofS G-2, 29 Aug 45, on Ltr, ACofS G-2 to CG AAF and CofEngrs, 17 Aug 45, sub: Postwar Mapping. 061.01 (S). (4) Ltr, CofEngrs to ACofS G-2, 17 Aug 45, sub: Exchange of Mapping Info with War Office. Same file. 12 (1) Unless otherwise noted, this section is based upon correspondence in G-2 file, 061.01, and OCE file, 061.01 (S). (2) Craven and Cate, AAF VI, pp. 214-15, 616. (3) Engr Bd. Hist Study, Photomapping, p. 101.
11
447
the AAF, would deprive them of means for compiling precise, large-scale maps. Trimetrogon photography could not be applied to all mapping needs of the ground forces because this type of photography produced some distortions which no known instrument could correct. Reduction in scale outward from the center of any picture makes it progressively difficult to determine the position and to identify certain features of the terrain. These difficulties were multiplied in the oblique photographs because features relatively close to the camera tend to mask those farther away. The larger the scale of the map drafted from such photography, the greater the error. Battle maps compiled from tri-metrogon photography would be inaccurate to the point of uselessness. For the preparation of tactical maps of undeveloped areas, tri-metrogon photography had its place, however. Draftsmen could hold errors of position to acceptable limits and could define bodies of water and other natural features on maps of this scale. But since innumerable errors were inevitable in distinguishing such details as highways and railroads, tri-metrogon phoLtr, Brig Gen C. W. Russell, CofS Hq AF Combat Comd, to CG AAF, 15 Dec 41, sub: Adaptation
13
of AC Photo Charting System to CE Needs. 061, Pt. 2. 14 (1) Ann Rpt OCE, 1936. (2) Ltr, ExO Engr
Bd to CofEngrs, 19 Mar 42, sub: T-5 Cameras.
448
tography could not be applied, even to tactical maps, in regions such as Europe. Within the Corps of Engineers opinions differed as to the position to be taken on the AAF development. The Engineer detachment at Wright Field, emphasizing the threat to precise mapping, urged continued concentration upon the perfection of compilation from vertical wide-angle photography. But Dau, heretofore a strong advocate of this type of photography, faced up to the fact that topographers had better prepare to make the most of whatever the AAF furnished. From the Engineer Board, Dau advised the Wright Field detachment to study equipment and techniques for applying the new method. The board selected several of the devices used by the Geological Survey for plotting obliques, and the techniques of mapping from tri-metrogon photography were made an integral part of the 15 training of topographic units. This training was superimposed upon, rather than substituted for, instruction in the standard methods of compilation from vertical photography. In a memorandum written to the War Department in September 1942, Loper cited the limitations of the AAF's method and warned against "over optimistic conclusions" as to its value. The AAF was to take sharp issue with the Engineers' estimate of the worth of tri-metrogon photography, but not until after experiences overseas had 16 added fuel to the quarrel. In 1942, while MacArthur was organizing the Southwest Pacific Area to defend Australia from invasion, the Intelligence Branch collected a nucleus of maps for his current and future needs. In addition to maps of British and Dutch origin, the branch sent him aerial photography and information acquired from oil companies and other private firms. AMS prepared small-
449
Loper-Hotine Agreement accorded first priority to the channel area in providing for American assistance "where this is outside the capacity or equipment of Photographic Reconnaissance Units of the R. A. F." 19 On 13 May 1942, G-2 suggested practical arrangements to Marshall. Under the plan proposed, the AAF would convert four heavy bombers to photographic aircraft and furnish them with highly trained crews. One engineer photomapping company would proceed to England to assist the British in compiling maps by multiplex. Sufficient crews and specially equipped planes to form a complete mapping squadron and additional topographic units would augment this advance echelon as soon as possible in order to compile maps of other areas destined for offensive operations. In June, Maj. Herbert Milwit, who then commanded the 30th Engineer Topographic Battalion (GHQ), arrived in England to prepare for American participation in the Benson Project. Milwit did not minimize the difficulties to be faced in securing the precise vertical photography needed to make the assignment of American topographic units with their specialized equip17 (1) Ltrs, Maj G. H. Harding to Office of C of Mil Intel Sv WDGS, 21 Mar and 8 Apr 42, sub: Map and Photo Info on Foreign Countries. 061.4. (2) Memo, Harding for All Foreign Map Sec Units, 13 May 42, sub: Map and Mapping Info Data. Same file. (3) Teleg, CofEngrs to CINCSWPA and C Engr SOS Hq SWPA, 3 Feb 43. 061.4 (C). (4) Engineers of the Southwest Pacific, Vol. III, Engineer Intelligence., (cited hereafter as SWPA, Engr Intel) pp. 25-28, 30-36. (5) Ltr, C of Intel Br to C Engr USAFFE, 5 Aug 43, sub: Maps and Mapping. 061.01 ( C ) . (6) Ltr, Actg C of Trps Div to CG AGF, 7 Nov 43, sub: Rcn Map in SWPA and CBI. Same file. 18 ETO, Intel and Topo, pp. 6-20. 10 Memo of Agreement on Map and Survey Policy Between War Office (GSGS) and U.S. CE (Intel Br). App. 9, ETO, Intel and Topo.
altitudes and angles and a mass of unusable photography. Moreover, the British were
unprepared to do photogrammetric work for they had no multiplex equipment.18 The
450
ment worth while. He anticipated the necessity for fighter protection and the employment of diversionary tactics in order to safeguard the precious B-17's and their crews. Yet he thought the job could somehow be done. The AAF disagreed: it would be impossible to fly on a given straight line at a set altitude in the face of heavy enemy opposition on the Continent. The B-17's were diverted to North Africa and, upon its arrival in England, the engineer photomapping company set aside its multiplex and went to work with the British in an attempt to make something out of the random photography available. Production of the entire force, including seven British companies, amounted to about 1,500 square miles of compilation a month. The engineer company alone could have doubled this output had wide-angle vertical photography been obtained. For the time being, however, these frustrations were submerged in the general effort to supply maps for the impending landings in North Africa.20 For the initial operations in this theater the British furnished sets of French maps dating from 1920 to 1939. The coast had
1943.21 The initial supply of maps and intelligence data provided the foundation upon which AAF photographic crews and Engineer topographic troops were to build. Adverse reports were not long in reaching the Intelligence Branch. There was the
dramatic letter from an Armored Force commander:
On the eve of going into action I feel that it is absolutely necessary to invite your attention to the fact that this command is going in without adequate photographic coverage of the terrain over which it is going to operate. Certain Air Corps pilots have done very valiant work in securing the photographs which we have, and all credit should be due them. However, the coverage is not only incomplete, but the copies furnished the troops are insufficient.22
ETO, Intel and Topo, pp. 6-20 and App. 12. (1) Memo, ACofEngrs for CG AGF, 5 Jun 42, sub: Maps of Foreign Theaters. 061.03 (S). (2) Topo Memo 1, Intel Br, 1943, sub: Topo Experiences in Foreign Theaters. KCRC, 061.20, Intel Rpts, Binder 4. (3) Numerical List of SES ( C ) . AMS file, Tech Sv Div. 22 Tab A, with Memo, Strong for CofS, 17 Apr 43, sub: Centralized Control of Map and Chart Activity. G-2 file, 061.01.
21 20
been mapped at 1:50,000 scale, much of the remaining area at 1:100,000, and the entire theater from French Morocco through Tunisia at 1:200,000 and 1:500,000. The
Intelligence Branch compiled an encyclopedic engineering report on North Africa in thirteen volumes. For this study ERO furnished extensive bibliographical and reference data which the staff in Washington utilized in writing three volumes on roads, railroads, airfields, electric power, and fuel. The Forest Service contributed a section on building materials. The Military Geology unit prepared two volumes of maps and tables which gave information
451
January 1943, the War Department directed the AAF to develop such a plane. Now that he had an unequivocal endorsement of Engineer standards, Loper pushed his advantage in an effort to insure enforcement. On 25 February, Reybold reiterated his recommendation for centralized command of mapping activities. As finally worked out by G-2 in April, the proposed reorganization took its model from the British. The plan called for the creation, under the supervision of G-2, of a topographic survey directorate to control the organization, training, and employment of Air Forces and Engineer mapping and charting personnel; provide theater facilities for production and distribution of maps and charts; and co-ordinate supplies with the Navy, with civilian agencies, and with 24 American Allies. Up to this time it had been extremely difficult to get the AAF to commit itself on future plans. There had been no response to the War Department's directive to develop a special plane. Comment on an Engineer statement of photographic requirements in Europe was not forthcoming for almost two months, and then only after OPD had sought AAF's reaction a second time. On 4 May, however, Brig. Gen. Thomas J. Hanley,Jr., Deputy Chief of Air Staff, issued two statements of policy. The first, addressed to key AAF officers, apparently signaled complete capitulation to the Engineers' demands. "Starting at once," Hanley ordered, "pictures required by the
2d Ind, Kaye to TAG, 21 Dec 42, on Ltr, Loper to TAG, 24 Sep 42, sub: Test of Suitability of Aeronautical Charting Methods Employed by U. S. AAF for the Preparation of Various Types of Mil Maps. Tab G, with Memo, Strong for CofS, 17 Apr 43, sub: Centralized Control of Map and Chart Activity. G-2 file, 061.01. 24 See above, p. 78.
23
452
Ground Forces and the Engineers will be made according to the requirements for military mapping designated by the Engineers." It was Hanley's expressed hope that his order would put a stop to "the bickering" between the services, but his second memorandum, to G-2, contained the seeds of further discord.25 The AAF opposed the development of a special photographic plane because in the two or three years it would take to get one into production the enemy would have matched it with fighter craft. The War Department's requirement could best be met by the expected transfer of a number of British mosquito planes which could carry a cameraman. With or without mosquito planes the AAF stood ready to obtain any photography deemed necessary. Hanley emphasized, however, that responsibility for determining necessity rested with the War Department and with theater commanders. The War Department should state the mapping requirements for each theater, indicating at the same time the priority to be assigned this task in relation to other military missions. That the Director of Photography, AAF, had been banking heavily on a low priority for mapping missions was clear from counsel he made to the two ranking Air Forces officers in the ETO within four days of Hanley's memoranda. While admitting that an invasion force would find it "extremely costly" to operate with the antiquated maps on hand, Kaye nevertheless exhorted the Air Forces generals to "steadfastly recommend against the performance" of the photographic missions requested by the Engineers, encouraging the theater commander to "balance the extreme cost of performing this job against the absolute military requirement for this type of map." A "major effort" involving 40 or 50 B-17's,
453
To deliver acceptable photography with F-5 airplanes demanded more skill on the part of the pilot than if there had been room for a photo-navigator. The AAF assured the requisite skill by following through in its plans to improve the training of reconnaissance units, including those assigned to mapping photography. In the end everything hung on this. Mosquito planes were not transferred in any numbers. The special photographic airplane never got into production. Most photographic missions were flown in F-4's and F-5's by a small group of dedicated Air Forces officers, among whom Col. Karl L. Polifka rendered outstanding service, first in the Southwest Pacific and later in the Mediterranean theater.31 Convinced that the AAF had embarked on a comprehensive program to improve its photographic services G-2 suspended action on the reorganization scheme. Quickly Loper turned his attention toward having a comprehensive mapping directive sent out to the theaters.32 On 18 August 1943, the War Department issued such a directive. It was not quite what Loper desired. He had recommended the establishment, in the theaters, of a staff agency endowed with power to direct the entire mapping effort. Instead of making such a provision, the War Department deferred to the AAF viewpoint that mapping was the direct responsibility of the theater commander, and that having knowledge of over-all demands, he "must weigh the relative importance of mapping
28
29 30
Craven and Cate, AAF VI, pp. 221, 617. ETO, Intel and Topo, p. 29. Ltr, Loper to Lt Col Edward F. Kumpe, 10 Aug
43. 061.01 (S). 31 (1) Craven and Cate, AAF VI, pp. 211-22, 617-19. (2) ETO, Intel and Topo, pp. 27-28. (3)
Ltr, Loper to C of EHD, 17 Apr 56. 32 Ltr, Loper to Hotine, 10 Aug 43. 061.01 (C).
454
photography and indicate positive priorities." But the whole tenor of the memorandum emphasized the importance of accurate maps and made a sharp distinction between mapping photography and trimetrogon photography. Accurate maps could not be produced overnight. Photography must be obtained well in advance of operations. Map supply must, therefore, be included in the very earliest stages of planning. By the fall of 1943 the Engineers, despite the loss of a few battles, had won a war.33
neer topographic organizations to a severe test. Topographic units had been devised to meet average requirements of corps, army, and GHQ. Experience overseas demonstrated the need for flexibility in organization and equipment. Basic map sources might be relatively plentiful for one theater, extremely scarce for another. Variations in the availability of aerial photographs were also to be expected. During the North African campaign two provisional engineer map depot detachments proved their utility. Similar detachments, or teams as they came to be designated, were organized in 1943 under the Engineer Service Organization, T/O 5-500, which contained numerous
Ltr, TAG to CG AAF et al, 18 Aug 43, sub: Map and Map Photo, G-2 file. 061.01.
33
455
SOLDIER USING MULTIPLEX to determine the third dimension of aerial photography, England, January 1943.
cellular units favored by Loper as being particularly applicable to mapping. Besides the map depot teams, T/O 5-500 made provision for survey teams, survey liaison teams, reproduction teams, photomapping teams, and model-making teams. These teams would either supplement the larger topographic organizations or would be combined in ways that permitted concentrating on whatever phase of mapping was most urgent.34 To increase the adaptability of topographic units, the Intelligence Division assigned special equipment or encouraged
camouflage. A detachment of model-makers had been trained at Belvoir to make threedimensional plaster-of-Paris models of military and industrial installations in order to devise ways to conceal the real thing from the enemy. For the North African and Sicilian landings this group prepared terrain models of ports and beaches, enabling busy task force commanders to grasp the situation at a glance. The models came in three-byfive-foot sections and although very heavy, they were flown to the Sicilian task force in
See above, page 230. Unless otherwise noted, this section is based upon correspondence in: (1)
34
variations from T/O's which, according to Loper, "frequently meant the difference between success and failure in accomplishing missions." 35 The model-making teams were something new, an outgrowth of investigations into
061.01 (S), (2) 061.01 ( C ) , and (3) Numerical List of SES. AMS file, Tech Sv Div ( C ) . 35 Ltr, C of Mil Intel Div to ACofS G-2, 7 Mar 44, sub: TO&E's for Topo Trps. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 2 ( C ) .
456
the summer of 1943.36 "I shudder to think of the amount of air transport we have used in getting the models into the theater," commented Loper, who at the time had difficulty in securing priorities for sending copies of maps overseas by air. To save cargo space and otherwise reduce strains in transportation, model-making teams were sent to the 37 theaters. Survey liaison teams filled a need felt at Engineer theater staff level for assistance in determining map requirements, supervising topographic battalions, and coordinating the exchange of grid data with the artillery. At first, theater Engineers had to improvise groups of experts by drawing them from topographic units or British Survey Directorates. Allowance for survey liaison teams in T/O 5-500 eliminated this objectionable practice.38 The increase in topographic troops provided under T/O 5-500 was more than offset by reductions of Engineer estimates for the 1944 Troop Basis. The Engineers had put in for five base battalions, nine army battalions, and eighteen corps companies. The General Staff, intent on cuts in manpower, proposed to eliminate two of the already existing four base battalions. In arguing against this action, Loper and Sturdevant pointed out that these units, equipped with the multiplex, were about to come into their own now that the AAF was beginning to deliver aerial photographs in quantity. The General Staff agreed to the retention of four base battalions, allowing the Engineers to choose other means for reducing personnel. New T/O's which became effective toward the end of 1943 eliminated one of the survey companies from the base battalion, substituted a photomapping company for the survey company in the army battalion, and reduced the strength of the headquarters and service,
USAFFE, 23 Aug 43. 061.01 (C). 38 (1) Memo, C of O&T Br for Trp Units Br
Mob Div ASF, 27 Aug 43, sub: Activation of Engr Map Depot Dets. 322, Engrs Corps of ( C ) . (2) Ltr, ACofEngrs to Trp Units Br Mob Div ASF, 28 Sep 43, sub: Reduction of Engr Topo Bns (Base). 320.2, Engrs Corps of ( S ) . 39 (1) Ltr cited n. 38(2). (2) T/O 5-55, Engr Topo Bn Army, 17 Nov 43. (3) T/O 5-185, Engr Topo Bn Base, 29 Dec 43.
457
Board.41 Drs. Mason and Krumbein, landing beach experts, worked directly with the Joint Chiefs of Staff in preparing plans that were used in the landing at Salerno. ERO had already furnished them a considerable
amount of various types of source material prepared by the Rockefeller Foundation, the German Navy, the Italian National Research Council, and the International Geographic Union. After investigations of malaria in Italy and Albania, the Rockefeller Foundation had published sixteen volumes showing where this disease was prevalent. Intended as a contribution to public health, these reports could be applied for military purposes because they offered a guide to terrain conditions along the shores. The German publication contained photographs and the others were scholarly monographs on the Italian coastline.42 For early operations on the Italian peninsula, the Intelligence Branch published ten
rents to aid in planning for floating bridges. Engineers also required specifications of Italian bridges in order to estimate stockpiles of timber and prefabricated parts for repairing damaged structures. Upon urgent request, ERO prepared in twelve days a four-volume study on 364 highway bridges, based primarily on information taken from Italian engineering publications. By December 1943 ERO had compiled ten additional volumes on Italian railroad bridges and tunnels. Besides being of use for accumulating stockpiles of materials, these studies were valuable for traffic control and for selecting targets for aerial bombardment.43 Loper in January 1944 agreed to assist the Benson Project by compiling maps covering 16,000 square miles of northern France. He assigned the work to the U. S. Geological Survey and the TVA, and with aerial photography sent from England these agencies prepared 200 sheets at 1:25,000 scale. When the task of indicating
(1) Memo, ACofEngrs for CG AGF, 5 Jun 42, sub: Maps of Foreign Theaters. 061.93 (S). (2) Ltr, ACofEngrs to CG ASF, Attention Trp Units Br Mob Div, 28 Sep 43, sub: Reduction of Engr Topo Bns (Base). 320.2, Engrs Corps of ( S ) . (3) Memo, C of Intel Br for ACofS G-2, 2 Oct 43, sub: Activation of Topo Orgns. 322, Engrs Corps of (C). 41 (1) Wkly Progress Rpts Intel Br, 18 Jun, 9 Jul, 20 Aug 43. ERO file, P-3M, Washington Wkly Prog Rpt (C). (2) Outline Guide for JANIS, n. d. ERO file, 461 JANIS ( C ) . (3) War Plan Wkly Staff Conf, 5 Jun and 28 Aug 44. 42 ( l ) Memo, ExO ERO for McCaffrey, 13 Aug 43, sub: Rpts on Malaria Control in Italy and Albania, with list of rpts. ERO file, 091-R, Albania (C). (2) Memo, C of Strategic Intel Br for John Denton, 19 Oct 44, sub: Exceptional Meritorious Award for Dr. Mason. ERO file, 091-R, Gen Liaison (S). 43 (1) ERO Staff Mtg, 25 Oct 43. ERO file, 319.1, Staff Mtg ( C ) . (2) Ltr, C of Opn Div Office ACofAS Intel to Loper, 22 Oct 43, sub: Railway Bridges in Northern Italy. ERO file, 091, Italy ( C ) . (3) Ltr, CO ERO to NAD Engr, 15 Oct 42, sub: ERO Special Rpt No. 57. ERO file, Misc Corresp
40
volumes on landing beaches, ports, terrain, and water supply and a study on river cur-
(S).
458
SORTING MAPS FOR DISTRIBUTION to men of the 35th Division, St. Lo area, France, July 1944. such fine but essential details as hedgerows threatened to delay completion of the maps until after the Normandy landings, the Intelligence Division reconciled the requirements for timely yet complete representation by backing up each battle map with a photomap of the same area. In April 1944 the Intelligence Division began to receive schedules from ETOUSA for reproduction of maps to support future Allied operations on the Continent. Guided by requisitions averaging 7,500,000 copies per month, AMS and private contractors printed about four out of every ten maps used in the theater. The rest were reproduced by the British, by overseas topographic organizations, and later by the French National Geographic Institute. The first shipment from AMS was ready in July 1944, a month ahead of schedule, and by the following April, this agency had shipped nearly 80,000,000 copies of maps that covered the area from Normandy to Berlin.44 While co-ordinating mapping activities for the invasion, Loper also reached an understanding on the division of responsibility for strategic intelligence. Like the arrangements in regard to mapping itself, this understanding was not to be rigidly adhered to, but in general British and Americans in the theater were to supply data on northern France and Germany, while the Intelligence
44 (1) Wkly Rpt Mil Intel Div, 21 Apr 44. ERO file, 319.1-P, Washington ( C ) . (2) Memo, ExO AMS for C of Mil Intel Div, 10 Jul 44, sub: Request for Additional Story on the Dalecarlia Distr Depot of AMS, with Exhibit A. AMS file, 319.2, Gen Corresp on Ann Rpt AMS, FY 1944. (3) ETO, Intel and Topo, pp. 70-71.
459
were worth seizing and which could be bypassed. The Intelligence Division answered many requests for information about possible locations for airfield sites. If conditions on certain islands made it impossible to develop advance bases, these places would be bypassed in favor of more advantageous sites. Besides indicating the potential military value of many islands, geologists pointed out where construction materials and potable water were to be found. For some of the Japanese mandates, published geological reports were unavailable, but from information on vegetation which grew in these areas, geologists were able to predict the nature of the underlying terrain. Similarly, in the absence of other information, beach erosion experts developed means of determining beach gradients from wave studies.46 After the Teheran Conference in November 1943, the Intelligence Division focused more attention upon operations in the Pacific. MacArthur's plans for 1944 called for a series of amphibious landings at strategic points on the northern coast of New Guinea and its outlying islands, to culminate in the invasion of the Philippines. During the spring of 1944, the Joints Chiefs of Staff, in consultation with the Engineers, the AAF, and the Navy, issued a directive for the Philippines mapping program. The
archipelago was divided into two topo45 (1) Wkly Rpt Mil Intel Div, 17 Dec 43. ERO file, 319.1-P, Washington ( C ) . (2) Memo, C of Strategic Intel Br for John Danton, 19 Oct 44, sub: Exceptional Merit Award for Dr. Mason. ERO file, 091-R, Gen Liaison ( S ) . (3) Ltr, Capt A. R. Spillers, AC of Mil Intel Div, to NAD Engr, 17 Jan 44, sub: Request for ERO Rpts. ERO file,
Mil Intel Div, 21 Feb 45, sub: Info for Gen Worsham's Trip to ETO. ERO file, 091-S, Gen ( S ) . 46 (1) Wkly Rpt Mil Intel Div, 26 May 44. ERO file, 319.1-P, Washington (C). (2) War Plan Wkly Staff Conf, 2 Oct 44.
460
graphic zones: one consisting of Mindanao alone, which received first priority because it was then indicated as the first strategic objective, and another, which embraced the remaining islands to the north. Photographic requirements for Mindanao involved a general coverage of 36,000 square miles by tri-metrogon photography, supplemented with 7,000 square miles of vertical photography for areas where intensive ground operations were expected.47 Topographic units in the Southwest Pacific had been unable to start remapping the Philippines before August 1944 because photographic aircraft based in New Guinea lacked sufficient range. Accordingly they looked to AMS to prepare the initial supply of maps. Existing coverage at tactical scales for the Philippines, which embrace over 7,000 islands, was confined mainly to the coastal fringes. Most of these charts had been made between 1903 and 1938 by the Navy and the Coast and Geodetic Survey by means of survey boats. The U.S.N. Hydrographic Office furnished AMS with hydrography for 469 sheets covering Luzon, Mindanao, and the Central Philippines. In peacetime the Corps of Engineers had also started to map some of the major islands at tactical scales, but limited funds prevented progress. AMS had some aerial photography of Luzon and the Sulu Archipelago dating from the late thirties. With these materials, AMS prepared to deliver, between August and December 1944, stocks of maps for the area south of 15, with particular emphasis on Mindanao. Topographic units in the theater would revise these maps as soon as photography became 48 available. While preparations for the invasion were proceeding according to plan, naval reconnaissance on 12 September 1944 revealed weakness in the defenses of the Central
Map Photo, and Photo for Strategic Bombardment of Japan and Approaches Thereto, with Memo, Col Dau, WDGS G-2, for Secy Joint Intel Comm, 12 Apr 44, same sub. G-2 file, 061.01. 48 (1) Wkly War Plan Staff Conf, 12 Jun and 16 Oct 44. (2) Memo, ExO AMS for C of Mil Intel Div, 18 Dec 44, sub: Cartographic Work Prepared By Other Government Agencies for AMS, FY 1944. AMS file, 319.2, Gen Corresp on Ann
Rpt AMS, FY 1944. (3) SWPA, Engr Intel, pp. 75, 120-22, 202. (4) Rpt, C Engr SWPA, Aug 1944. EHD files, SWPA Br. 49 (1) Engineers of the Southwest Pacific, Vol. I,
Engineers in Theater Operations, p. 204. (2) SWPA, Engr Intel, p. 93, n. 16. (2) Hq Sixth Army, Rpt of the Leyte Opn, 17 Oct-25 Dec 44, n. d., pp. 161-62, 234. (3) Hq Sixth Army, G-2 Wkly Rpt 79, 7-14 Mar 45, pp. 38-39. EHD files, SWPA Br. (4) Intel Div OCE GHQ SWPA, Ann Rpt 1944. Same files.
461
45, n. d., Vol. III, p. 19; Vol. IV, pp. 11-12. (4)
Ltr, Lt Col H. E. Thomas, Advance Echelon OCE GHQ SWPA, to Lt Col R. Moore, Engr Intel Sec GHQ SWPA, 9 Feb 45. EHD files, SWPA Br. (5) Memo, Thomas for Record, 18 Feb 45, sub: Critique on M-1 Mapping. Same files. 51 Ltr, C of Mil Intel Div to Dept Engr Panama Canal Dept, 30 Apr 45. 061.01 ( C ) . 52 (1) Wkly War Plan Staff Conf, 10 Jul, 30 Oct, 13 Nov 44; 5 Mar, 2 Apr 45. (2) Wkly Rpt Mil Intel Div, 21 Apr, 19 May 44. ERO file, 319.1-P, Washington ( C ) . (4) Ann Rpt OCE, 1945. 53 (1) Daily Log ERO, 24 Mar 44. ERO file, Gen Corresp, Mar-May 44 (S). (2) SWPA, Engr Intel, p. 195.
462
these records had been planted for the pur- gram for photographic and mapping oppose of misleading American intelligence, erations. Matthews, who served as chairthe Engineers took precaution to check other man of the mapping committee, recomsources. ERO contacted exporters of in- mended the establishment of a single agency dustrial and railroad equipment and in- under MacArthur for co-ordinating the efvestment bankers who had dealt in Japanese forts of AMS and the topographic units securities. Late in 1944 Vogler and three scattered throughout the Pacific. Mapping experts from ERO went to Paris to collect requirements for the projected campaigns information on the Far East. In spite of included beach areas at 1:10,000 scale, the handicaps of doing research under war- completely new coverage of Kyushu and time conditions, the Vogler team was able Honshu at 1:25,000 and 1:50,000, and to send back a tremendous amount of micro- road maps for the entire archipelago at 55 filmed material, including a Japanese en- 1:250,000. As a result of the mapping conference, cyclopedia and several thousand aerial photographs and accompanying descrip- Army Forces in the Pacific requested AMS tions of the coastline of Indochina. For the to reproduce and ship 27,000,000 maps by translation of data written in Japanese, the first week of July and 33,000,000 more ERO received inestimable assistance from a by October. This was by far the biggest orJapanese-English technical dictionary which der to be produced within such a short time, was being compiled by Stanley Gerr under but with the aid of ninety-five lithographic the auspices of the Rockefeller Foundation. and seven drafting firms, the deadline was The only work of its kind, Gerr's dictionary met. The Intelligence Division furnished contained approximately 130,000 entries, fourteen volumes on Japanese railroads as equivalent to several thousand pages of well as numerous terrain studies and pretext. In the spring of 1945, after learning pared forty-six additional volumes of strahow critically this work was needed for re- tegic information for possible operations on search on Japan, the author loaned his the Chinese mainland. After the surrender manuscript, notes, and card index to ERO of Japan, two months before the projected 54 without charge. 54 By this time, landings on Iwo Jima and (1) Ltr, Office of C ERO to D. B. Britt, C Okinawa had brought American forces Midwest Office Dept of Justice, 15 Oct 43. ERO 091-R, Gen ( S ) . (2) Ltr, Act C of ERO to within 350 miles of Kyushu, southernmost file, Spillers, 12 Oct 44, sub: Request for Info. ERO of the main islands of Japan. As the Army file, 091-R, Formosa ( C ) . (3) Daily Log ERO, and Navy converged upon the enemy's 29 Jan, 9 Feb, 1 Mar, 18 May, 22 May, 14 Jun 45. files, 319.1-P, ERO to NAD (S) and Misc stronghold, MacArthur and Nimitz pre- ERO Corresp, Mar-Apr 45 (S). (4) Interim Rpt of pared to carry out plans for invasion. W. H. Stahl's Visits to Downtown New York Firms Photographic aircraft at last could reach Dealing in Japanese Electric Power Securities Before the War. ERO file, 300.6, Research ( C ) . (5) Japan and secure coverage needed for re- See ERO file 091-R, Gen Liaison, concerning invision and original compilation. At the end formation secured by the Vogler team in Paris. (6) Memo, CO ERO for McCaffrey, AC Mil Intel of May 1945, representatives of the War Div, 13 Jan 44, sub: Publication of Japanese DicDepartment and the various Pacific com- tionary. ERO file, 091-R, Japan ( C ) . (7) Legal arrangements for use of Gerr's dictionary are in mands held a conference at Nimitz' head- ERO file, Japanese Dictionary of Technical Terms. 55 quarters in Hawaii and formulated a proSWPA, Engr Intel, App. XXXIX.
463
uncultivated areas, widely separated, had to be covered. In Europe, where tri-metrogon photography could not be used, the AAF's inadequate photographic air craft threatened to cancel out the years spent in perfecting modern methods of map compilation and to interfere seriously with the timely delivery of maps. Both for want of aerial photography and as a result of break-downs in the system of distribution, shortages of maps occasionally did occur in Europe, but in general the right maps were on hand at the right time. The Engineers proved correct in their estimate of the demand for large- as well as small-scale maps. As long as the Army moved rapidly, it had no use for battle maps. In landing operations and in areas where the enemy had established strong defensive positions, there was an insistent call for large-scale, highly detailed maps.57 Realizing that theater units could not supply nearly enough maps for the expeditionary forces, the Corps of Engineers enlisted the aid of civilian agencies and reorganized and strengthened the Army Map Service. Incidental to printing a total of 450,000,000 copies of 44,000 different maps, AMS developed into a complete mapping establishment with a collection that covered all parts of the world.
56
57
(1) Ibid., p. 196. (2) Hist of Map, p. 31. (1) Final Engr Rpt, ETO, pp. 98-104, 120.
(2) The General Board U.S. Forces European Theater, Engineer Technical Policies, Study 73, [c. 1946], Ch. IV, p. 8. Twelfth Army Group
CHAPTER XX
Improvements in Equipment
could be handled more expeditiously at locations other than Belvoir. By the summer of 1943 the Engineer Board had established field offices at the following locations: Desert Warfare Training Center, Camp Young, California (desert roads); Mountain needed to be brought to a successful con- Training Center, Camp Hale, Colorado clusion. On top of these came new assign- (mountain warfare equipment); U.S. Naments as a result of new Engineer missions. val Amphibious Training Base, Fort Pierce, Although commitment of American troops Florida (beach and underwater obstacles); overseas affected the program to some ex- Martha's Vineyard, Massachusetts (amtent from the beginning, it was not until phibious equipment); Barrage Balloon mid-1943 that battle lessons became the Training Center, Memphis and Camp Tyson, Tennessee; Imperial Dam, Yuma, Aridominant influence. zona (bridge tests); and Seattle, Washington (camouflage studies). The Over-all Program Within this framework of more funds, During the war years the Engineer Board facilities, and personnel, the Engineer had a great deal more money to spend on Board looked forward to an expanding and the development of equipment than had urgent program. The number of developbeen available previously. In the fiscal year ment projects had increased slightly by June 1943 the board expended over six million 1942 from the 99 remaining open at the dollarsalmost three times as much as it end of the previous year to 117. This count had been allotted in the eighteen months was shortly thereafter artificially raised by before Pearl Harbor. More employees could a revision in the system of numbering. The be hired. As of 30 June 1941 there were new numbering system broke down the 117 38 officers and 453 civilians on duty; a projects into their components. Thus, what year later the number of officers and en- had been one project under MP 235, Orlisted men had increased to 124 and the ganization and Equipment of Topographic number of civilians to 821. Facilities, too, Battalions, now became six, with project were at last adequate. By July 1942, eight- MP 235 A, Table of Organization and een of twenty-four new buildings had been Table of Basic Allowances, project MP 235 completed. B, Military Level, and so on. According to Some assignments of a specialized nature the new method of counting, the Engineer As in other aspects of the Engineer effort to ready troops for war, the attack on Pearl Harbor brought about no sudden break or shift in the program for developing equipment. Pearl Harbor found the Engineers in the midst of a number of studies that
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
Board had 600 active projects in the summer of 1942.1 About this time, various higher echelons of command began to challenge the desirability of an expanding development program and attempted to siphon off some of the energies being expended on it into the
465
speedy completion of essential work. After reviewing all currently active projects these officers recommended the immediate closing of 208 out of 613. Although their recommendation was carried out and although the Engineer Board and OCE officials attempted to screen projects carefully, more production of equipment already selected. officers continued to be assigned to the In June 1942, the Army and Navy Muni- board and more civilians to be hired. By tions Board notified the Corps of Engineers February 1943, with total active projects at that procurement of pilot models would be 448, the number of civilian employees stood granted only AA-3 priority, the higher at 1,342, a 64 percent increase during the ratings to "be reserved for the production of previous eighteen months. At this point SOS end munitions items now urgently needed stepped in, demanding a cut not only in 4 for the current conduct of the war." The projects but in staff. In March 1943, representatives of OCE ANMB turned a deaf ear to the Engineers' and the Engineer Board sat down with the objection that this order would slow down chief of ASF's Development Branch to detheir attempts to carry out the many assignments recently received. The outbreak of cide which projects could be dropped. The war made the search for new and better Engineers emerged from this conference equipment a less important task than having agreed to eliminate 183. By the end getting previously selected items into the of May the board was carrying only 218 hands of the troops.2 Sounding a similar note projects. Still ASF was not satisfied. On 31 a few months later, Fowler cautioned the July, Somervell called for further scrutiny: Engineer Board against losing sight of the Prior to and during the early stages of the end-all of the development program"the present war the matter of research and develissuing of suitable equipment in quantity to opment was of the greatest importance the troops in the field. . . . Efforts should be because of the dearth of modern munitions. directed not toward obtaining the best item Because of the great progress that has been in the world," he admonished, "but toward made in this field and the substantial production now being realized in up-to-date weapons obtaining in quantity a suitable article. ... Personnel working on development should 1 (1) Ann Rpts Engr Bd, 1941, 1942. (2) Engr continually ask themselves, 'Is this article Bd Hist Study, Engr Research and Dev in World good enough to be put in quantity produc- War II, Over-All Account, p. 46. tion without further refinement?' " 3 Unless otherwise noted, the remainder of this If the assignment of lower priorities and section is based upon correspondence in 400.112, Engr Bd, Pts. 1 and 2. 2 Fowler's restatement of principles served as Ltr, ExO Sup Div to ANMB, 9 Jul 42, sub: a general indicator of the way the wind was Priority Asgd Research Activities, with 1st Ind, 14 blowing, the conclusions of a group of of- Jul3 42. 400.1301, Pt. 5. Ltr, C of Sup Div to President Engr Bd, 21 ficers appointed to study the board's pro- Nov 42, sub: Instrs to Bd Pers on Relation Between and Proc. 334, Engr Bd, Pt. 1. gram in July 1942 definitely established the Dev 4 Dir Rqmts Div SOS to Dev Br, 6 Oct 42, new trendthe contraction of the develop- sub:Ltr, Cancellation of Dev Projects, with Incls, Lists ment program as a whole with an eye to the A, B, and C. ERDL file, BR 287.
466
and equipment, a review of the situation is indicated. Although it is not desired to take any action which will curtail the development of those important items of munitions which give promise of substantially assisting in the war effort, it is considered imperative to restrict all future development to items of this category.5
In reply, Reybold insisted that all possible precautions were being taken to insure the attainment of ASF's objective. Before a project was assigned, the Troops Division first determined whether the proposed development was essential to the prosecution of the war. Clearance by the Technical Committee and authorization by ASF followed, and finally the Engineering Division reviewed the plan of development as proposed by the Engineer Board. In conclusion Reybold reviewed the substantial reduction that had taken place since the first of January. The Engineer Board was now carrying less than a third of its former work load. From 391 projects at the beginning of the year it had dropped to 123 as of the end of August. To be sure, reductions in staff had not kept pace with reductions in projects, but with a total of 966, the number of military and civilian employees was about the same as in June 1942. This, argued Reybold, was "an absolute minimum working strength" because the board's work encompassed more than development of new equipment. Its personnel conducted engineering studies, prepared plans and specifications, analyzed criticisms of equipment received from the field, and supervised service tests. Engineer participation in the drive to find substitutes for materials in short supply was centered at the board. About 25 5 Memo, CG ASF for CofEngrs, 31 Jul 43, sub: percent of the board's work was on so-called Curtailment of Nonessential Dev Projects and Reservice projects. Some of this work, the pro- duction of Dev Activities. 400.112, Engr Bd, Pt. 2. 6 curement of pilot models, for example, could 1st Ind, 2 Sep 43, on memo cited n. 5.
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
467
tachments in the spring of 1942. Similar were to be satisfied by the heavy bar and efforts went into the perfection of water rod mat. This type took up a large amount supply equipment, the Engineer Board of shipping space and had been known to working closely with industry in the de- break when subjected to unusual strain, but velopment of purification units, distillation it possessed a higher strength-weight ratio, units, storage tanks and trucks, pumps, and was easier to lay and to camouflage, and 7 well drilling rigs. Tests of landing mats was more skid-resistant than the pierced continued, with particular emphasis upon plank mat.9 Despite the board's recomthe behavior of these mats under varying mendation the pierced plank mat continued conditions of soil and weather. A group of to be the type requested by theater comexperts from the Engineering Division, manders. It was the type they knew most OCE, and from the Waterways Experiment about, deficiencies and all. Even while listStation at Vicksburg, Mississippi, lent much ing its imperfections and calling for imvaluable assistance in the conduct of these provements after the war was over, the Entests. This group had investigated the sub- gineers admitted that the pierced plank mat ject of soil bearing capacity in an effort to "turned in a creditable performance provide permanent runways that would through-out the world." 10 In seeking to imsupport the increasingly heavy bombers. prove what theater commanders had found Although mainly applicable to the construc- to be generally satisfactory, the Engineer tion undertaken by the Corps of Engineers Board indulged the naturally perfectionist, for the AAF in the United States, the design but time-consuming and expensive, attitude criteria developed were also made avail- of the research agency, which ASF and able to theater Engineers.8 OCE were attempting to curb. By and By spring 1943 the board's earlier deciThe following files contain information on the sion to concentrate on developing one alldevelopment of gas generating equipment: 451.2, purpose mat had been vindicated. Theater 400.112, Oxygen Generating Plant Equipment, and commanders reported that all airfields had office files of the Mechanical Equipment Branch. to support heavy as well as light planes. The A summary of the development of water supply is given in the following Engineer Board Engineer Board continued to point out the equipment Historical Studies: Water Purification, Water Disdeficiencies of the pierced plank mat. Pre- tillation, Water Distribution and Storage, and cious steel was wasted in its fabrication. In Water Pumps and Wells. (1) Fine and Remington, CE, Military Conwet weather, mud and water seeped onto struction in the United States. (2) Memo, C of Soil its surface causing it to become dangerously Mech Unit for C of Engr and Dev Br, 22 Sep slippery. The pierced plank mat had a ten- 42, sub: Performance Tests on Landing Mats. ERDL file, Air Corps, 318. (3) Memo, Engr and dency to bend and to curl at the edges after Dev Br for Files, 23 Sep 42, sub: Resume of Conf a relatively short period of use by heavy on Relation Between Bearing Capacity of Soils and bombers. By March 1943 the board had Various Types of Airplane Landing Mats. Same file. (4) Ltr, C of Engr Div to President Engr Bd, become convinced that these deficiencies 11 Jun 43, sub: Traffic Tests on Airplane Landing Read file, Gayle McFadden, 1943. outweighed the fact that the pierced plank Mats. 9 Engr Bd Rpt 735, 15 Mar 43, sub: Fourth mat could be produced in greater quantity Interim Rpt, Emergency Landing Mats for Airthan any other type and took up less cargo fields. 10 Ltr, C of R&D Div to CG ASF, 5 Sep 45, sub: space. Production of pierced plank mat Future Dev of Airplane Landing Mats. 400.112, should be reduced. Additional requirements Landing Mats, Pt. 2.
7 8
468
large, however, the board's work during the war years arose directly out of needs resulting from the character of operations overseas. Among the predictions which the Engineers had made as to the tactical nature of mobile warfare none turned out more nearly true than the ones on employment of obstacles to impede the advance. Months before American troops were committed to combat, the Army knew what to expect. From the Russian front and from the British in North Africa the evidence piled up: land mines were being used extensively and effectively by armies in retreat. American experience in North Africa offered further unhappy confirmation. Rommel had strewn large numbers of antitank and antipersonnel mines which enabled him to keep ahead of his pursuers for a long time. In Italy the enemy, grown more desperate, resorted to all the delaying tactics that terrain and available resources permitted. There, as Eisenhower described it in his memoirs, the German, in yielding "even a foot of ground . . . made certain that every culvert and bridge on the miserable roads was blown out; every shelf road cut into the steep mountainsides was likewise destroyed." 11 In the Pacific theater nature itself had provided so many obstacles that the Japanese were saved the trouble of creating a large number of artificial ones, but by exploiting to the utmost what was ready-made, they were able to maintain a formidable resistance to the American advance.
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
explosives. After the test in the Tennessee Valley, the Engineer Board's Demolition and Obstacle Branch worked closely with the Ensign-Bickford Company, the Niles Steel Products Division of Republic Steel Corporation, the American Can Company, the Atlas Powder Company, and DuPont in an effort to determine the ideal size and content of explosive. By the spring of 1942 this co-operation had resulted in a prefabricated bangalore torpedo five feet long and two inches in diameter, containing about 8 pounds of ammonium nitrate, and fitted with a copper well for the reception of a blasting cap or other detonating device. In addition to spurring the effort to improve the design of the bangalore torpedo, Hoel's work in the Tennessee Valley contributed much useful information about the proper use of blasting caps, the hooking of circuits, and safety precautions. Interest next shifted to Aberdeen Proving Ground, Maryland, where Ordnance and Engineers co-operated in erecting an antitank obstacle course. The Engineer Board's report of the tests at Aberdeen contained detailed instructions for demolishing as well as for constructing log blocks, tetrahedrons, hedgehogs, and steel sheet and timber piling. More dramatic in background and more productive of new methods of demolitions was a highly secret project to parachute a force into Norway and destroy its power plants. The personal interest of Roosevelt and Churchill and their assistants, Harry L. Hopkins and Mountbatten, caused an extraordinary amount of activity in the late spring and summer of 1942. Before the Norway enterprise was canceled several new explosives had been discovered, methods of packaging explosives vastly improved, and a well-nigh foolproof delay detonator developed.13
469
While these general investigations were under way, the Engineer Board directed attention to the more specific problem of clearance of mine fields. At this time troops were being taught to loosen mines with a probe and either to remove them one by one by hand or explode them one by one with TNT, a slow and dangerous method. What was desired was a means of removing a number of mines at once without exposing troops either to the mines themselves or to the enemy's covering fire. A beginning in this direction was reported on 4 March 1942 by Maj. William F. Powers, chief of the Demolition and Obstacle Branch. Following a British lead, Powers proposed to join together a number of bangalore torpedoes to be pushed onto the mine field from a covered position, then detonated.14 Adoption of a special vehicle, or a special attachment for a standard vehicle, equipped either to excavate or explode mines remained a possibility in the spring of 1942. But the Engineers, while eagerly examining many proposals along this line, had found nothing worth investigating seriously. The Corps of Engineers shared this responsibility with the Ordnance Department, Ordnance being generally in charge of the
(1) Engr Bd Rpt 682, 30 Mar 42, sub: Demolition of Structures. (2) Engr Bd Rpt 672, 4 Mar 42, sub: First Interim Rpt on Detection and Destruction or Removal of Antitank Mines. (3) Memo, Hoel for Maj Powers, 20 Mar 42, sub: Bangalore Torpedoes. ERDL file, GN 316. (4) Ltr, Hoel to C of Engr Hist Div, 3 Mar 53. (5) Incl with Ltr, Hoel to OCMH, 4 Jan 54. (6) Engr Bd Rpt 716, 4 Sep 42, sub: Constr and Test of Tank Obstacle Course at Aberdeen Proving Ground, Md. 14 Memo cited n. 13 ( 3 ) . Unless otherwise indicated the following discussion of mine detectors and mine field clearing devices is based upon correspondence in ERDL file, GN 316, and Engr Bd Rpt 672, 4 Mar 42, sub: First Interim Rpt on Detection and Destruction or Removal of Antitank Mines.
13
470
development of mechanical, and the Engineers, explosive, means for clearing mine fields. Ordnance had made little progress either. Models of two mechanical mine exploder devices had been produced, but neither was acceptable. A year later, the Army was only slightly better off. Tests of the bangalore torpedo had, to be sure, confirmed the British report of its effectiveness against the type of German mines so far encountered, but it proved incapable of clearing a sufficiently wide gap when employed against the more blast-resistant mines already adopted by the American Army. Because the Germans might put a highly blast-resistant mine into the field also, the Engineer Board began, in January 1943, to experiment with a Canadian mine clearing device called a snake. The snake packed more explosive into its three-inch pipe than had the series of bangalores and since it was designed to be pushed forward by a tank, provided greater protection against defensive small arms fire. In addition to procuring a facsimile of the Canadian snake, the Engineer Board called upon several manufacturers to suggest ways to improve it. The Armco International Corporation devised a specially shaped snake made of longitudinally corrugated sheets into which cartridges of explosive were to be packed and bolted in the field. The Armco snake outperformed the Canadian prototype in firing the German mines, but also lacked effectiveness against American mines. Even with this defect, the snake was the best device offered in July 1943 when representatives of NDRC, Ordnance, and Engineers sat down to review the status of their work. The best that could be said for the various appendages developed by the Ordnance Department for tanksdisk rollers, drums, drag weights, and a flail device
ME 264 (S).
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
refusing to approve the project, but work on the tank dozer should continue.16 Working first with the producers of tractor bladesLeTourneau and LaPlanteChoateEklund and the board's project engineer, William J. Murwin, next enlisted the aid of the Ordnance Department in mounting various blades on tanks. By the spring of 1943 the co-operation of industry and of the two services had resulted in two models, one produced by LaPlante-Choate and the other by LeTourneau. Both of these excavators were V-blades with teeth, and thus operated more like a plow than a bulldozer. Despite much improvement in operation over the V-blades tested at the Desert Warfare Center, these tank dozers appeared scarcely more promising than the snake, the scorpion, or any of the other mine field clearing devices still under consideration. Yet the fact had been established that the medium tank could handle the dead load of a dozer blade and that its traction enabled it to knock over substantial barriers.17 The importance of an armored bulldozer was highlighted almost as soon as its capabilities were discovered, when, during the summer of 1943, reports like the following one from New Georgia began to come in:
. . . the blazing of Jeep trails was of prime importance. Construction of these trails through the jungle allowed food, ammunition, and supplies to be carried up to the most advanced Infantry lines. A platoon of combat Engineers was assigned to each Infantry Combat team, for this purpose. . . . Due to the type of fighting in this area, the "front-lines" at times were everywhere, and at times the dozer operated in front of the Infantry lines. It soon became a special target for Jap snipers and Jap machine gunners, who waited for its appearance in ambush, or sniped from a distance. In the first few days of operation several
471
dozer operators were killed or wounded. In order to combat this, shields were hastily made, using armor plate taken from beached Jap barges. This afforded some protection to the operator, particularly from snipers who infested every trail and every rear area. . . . Quoting a remark overheard from an infantryman along the trail, "The Dozers and Jeeps won this battle." 18
If any confirmation were needed, Somervell supplied it when he returned from a tour of the Pacific theaters. "The roads must be pushed up behind the leading elements," he wrote Marshall. "Some form of armor is recommended by most of the Division commanders because heavy casualties occurred 19 to the operators." From North Africa came further confirmation:
. . . considerable losses in personnel have been caused by detonation of mines and booby traps when operators of construction equipment rolled over them. This was particularly true of craters in such places as roads and airdrome runways which the retreating enemy mined knowing that they would be filled in;?0
16
Rqmts Div SOS to CofOrd, 10 Jun 42, sub: Use of Specially Equipped Tanks to Counteract Tank Obstacles (basic missing). 470.8, Pt. 3. (2) 1st Ind, 1 Jul 42, and 3d Ind, ACofS for Matriel to Cof Engrs, 28 Jul 42, on Ltr, ExO Dev Br to President
Engr Bd, 15 Jun 42, same sub. Same file. (3) Engr Bd Rpt 774, 6 Oct 43, sub: The Engr Tank Dozer. The remainder of this discussion of the tank dozer
17 Engr Bd Rpt, 20 May 43, sub: Mech Devices for Removal of Enemy Mines. 18 Ind, 21 Aug 43, with Memo, C of Trps Sv
is based principally upon this Engineer Board Report and correspondence in ERDL file, ME 264 (S).
Subsec EFMO for C of Engr and Dev Div, 15 Dec 43. Mech Equip Br file, Armd Protection for Constr Equip, 19 Memo, C of Equip Br Trps Div for Rqmts Div
472
Looming ahead was the greatest amphibious operation ever undertakenthe crossChannel attack. The Dieppe raid of August 1942 served to point up the serious consequences of failure to overcome obstacles placed on the beaches and in the surf. In December 1942 Hoel had returned from England full of information about what happened at Dieppe and what the British were doing as a result. The Dieppe raiders had encountered steel spikes designed to impale landing craft, barbed wire, concrete walls and blocks, antitank ditches, and minesall covered by persistent enemy fire. The casualty rate among engineers had been extremely high. To make certain that future invading forces would be equipped and trained to gain the beachhead without ex-
cessive losses, the British had constructed an elaborate beach obstacle course and had assigned high priority to the development of special armored vehicles. Shortly after his return to the United States, Hoel recommended that the Corps of Engineers sponsor a similar investigation. Army Ground Forces gave its approval
in February 1943, suggesting co-ordination with its own Amphibious Training Center, the Engineer Amphibian Command, and the Amphibious Force, Atlantic Fleet. The assumption of all amphibious training by the Navy a few months later removed the first two organizations from the picture, but the Amphibious Force, Atlantic Fleet, worked closely with the Engineers throughout the course of their experiments. To as-
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
473
ROAD CUT THROUGH HILLS AND JUNGLE is used by troops in New Georgia, July 1943.
sure this co-ordination the Engineers selected a site near the Navy's Amphibious Training Base at Fort Pierce, Florida. By the first of July 1943 construction of the obstacle course had progressed to a point where tests could begin. Hoel, in charge of the Fort Pierce experiments, was assigned several officers and a company of combat engineers.21 The opening of the Fort Pierce testing area coincided with the production of a tank dozer which, thanks to the unorthodox activities of Eklund and the continued interest of LeTourneau and LaPlante-Choate, exhibited every mark of a successful machine. In June 1943 funds hitherto available to the Corps of Engineers for development of the tank dozer had been cut off. The Ord-
nance Department was directed to assume exclusive control in this field. But Eklund,
(1) Ltr, Engr Bd to CofEngrs, 20 Mar 43, sub: Review of Landing Area Rpt, Cherbourg to Dunkerque and Dieppe Rpt Concerning Obstacles. 400.112, Beach and Underwater Obstacles, Pt. 1 ( C ) . (2) Incl., n. d., Brief Review of Dieppe Raid, with Ltr, C of Engr and Dev Br to CG ASF, 29 Mar 43, sub: Passage of Beach and Underwater Obstacles. Same file. (3) Incl, 11 Jan 43, with Memo, ExO Engr Bd for All Members, 11 Jan 43. ERDL file, GN 316. (4) Ltr, AGF to CofEngrs, 21 Feb 43, sub: Dev of Technique of Passage of Underwater and Beach Obstacles, with 2d Ind, ExO Engr and Dev Br to Engr Bd, 8 Mar 43. 400.112, Beach and Underwater Obstacles, Pt. 1
21
474
now fully convinced that combat engineers needed a tank dozer to reduce obstacles other than mines, and that he was on the verge of obtaining one, tried and succeeded in getting the work done for nothing. He persuaded LeTourneau to construct a pilot model at no cost to the government, and shortly thereafter, LaPlante-Choate, with an eye on this competitor, followed suit. The standards of performance set down for the tank dozer by Eklund and his civilian aide, William J. Murwin, were high. Wishing to produce a unit that could be as readily controlled as a bulldozer, they switched to a straight toothless blade. When the LeTourneau model was tried out at Belvoir in June 1943, its earth-moving capacities were reported to compare favorably with those of a D-8 tractor. Still with no money, but even more convinced that he had something extraordinarily valuable, Ek-
lund shipped the tank dozer to Fort Pierce, using funds available from the project for clearance of beach and underwater obstacles.22 The LeTourneau tank dozer gave an outstanding performance under a series of exhaustive tests at Pierce, easily overcoming "obstacles previously classed as rendering 'Direct assault . . . useless.' " In subsequent tests the performance of the LaPlante23 Choate unit was equally praiseworthy. Procurement of a tank dozer which combined the best features of each model began immediately and the first units arrived in
(1) Memo, Eklund for Col Horace F. Sykes, Jr., ExO to ACofEngrs for War Planning, 25 Mar 44, sub: Medium Tank Dozer Dev. Mech Equip Br
file, Tank Dozers, Pt. 2 ( S ) . (2) Engr Bd Monthly
22
Rpt on Dev, Jun 43. ERDL files. 23 Ltr, Actg ExO Engr Bd to CofEngrs, 14 Sep 43, sub: Use of Especially Equipped Tanks to Counteract Tank Obstacles. ERDL file, ME 264 (S).
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT Italy in plenty of time for the spring 1944 offensive. In that campaign Eisenhower re24 called, the tank dozer was "a godsend."
Sturdevant had been watching the work at Pierce with much interest, and early in August directed the Engineer School to take advantage of the setup there to test techniques and doctrine and to bring tactical considerations to bear upon the board's
475
and his assistants persisted in developing a 26 more versatile engineer armored vehicle.
Both the projected engineer armored vehicle and the tank dozer were special purpose machines. The work power of the tank dozer was not nearly so great as that of the standard tractor-mounted dozer. The tank dozer was difficult to maneuver and subject to more frequent breakdowns. A disadvantage of the standard tractor-mounted machines, on the other hand, was vulnerability. There were many occasions, as reports from overseas showed, when operators of bulldozers and other construction machinery required protection from small arms fire, even though they did not need a tank gun. Because of this, and also because it was doubtful whether or not medium tanks would be shipped to the Pacific, the Engineers designed armored cabs for tractors and other construction machinery at the same time they were developing the tank dozer. Lt. Col. Grant E. Beverly of the board's Mechanical Equipment Section, and his civilian aides, George Weidner, James A. Cobb, and Miller L. Coe concluded from the outset that for advice they should lean heavily upon both the Ordnance Depart24
25
Neither could they be provided until the infantry had silenced the enemy's fire. Nevertheless Walsh believed that much profit
could be expected from further investigation of hand-placed charges and from the study of the effectiveness of rockets. And, since rockets appeared from the preliminary work at Pierce to show so much promise, Walsh encouraged Hoel's group in its efforts
Eisenhower, Crusade in Europe, p. 201. (1) Ltr, CofEngrs to Comdt Engr Sch, 3 Aug
43, sub: Passage of Underwater and Beach Obstacles. App. A, Engr Bd Rpt, Passage of Beach and Underwater Obstacles, 1 Oct 43. (2) Ltr, Walsh to C of Demolition Sec Engr Bd, 23 Sep 43, sub: Tactical Comment on Tests of Methods of Removing Beach and Underwater Obstacles. Same file. 26 (1) Engr Bd Rpt, Passage of Beach and Underwater Obstacles, 1 Jul 43-1 Aug 43. (2) Ltr,
Hoel to C of EHD, 3 Mar. 53. (3) Incl with Ltr, Hoel to OCMH, 4 Jan 54. The group at Pierce also investigated, with no
conspicuous success, techniques for overcoming underwater obstacles. For information on this activity, see the various Engineer Board Reports on the passage of beach and underwater obstacles.
476
ment and the Caterpillar Tractor Company. The experts on armor plate and on the ballistic effects of various details of design were to be found in the Ordnance Department. The manufacturers themselves were the ones most familiar with the dimensions and strengths of their products and would be most likely to offer good advice about the effect of proposed changes. The aim was to afford maximum protection to operators while preserving the efficiency of the machines. At either extreme these objectives were incompatible. The heavier its weight, the more rounded its silhouette, the fewer its openings, the greater the protection; the lighter its weight and the greater the visibility achieved by portholes and angular construction, the greater its efficiency. Sacrifices had to be made on both
development of the tank dozer had been a detour around the problem of mine field
clearance, which was still awaiting a satisfactory solution in the fall of 1943. Meeting on 6 October of that year, representatives of the General Staff, ASF, AGF, the Canadian Army Technical Development Board, the Ordnance Department, and the Corps of Engineers agreed that all the devices tried so far were either too heavy, too complicated to project into a mine field, too slow, or too lacking in dependability. The Armco-type snake and the Aunt Jemima, the latter a disk roller device developed by Ordnance, were merely the best of the groupnot a real solution. Pressure to provide something bet-
ter in the way of detection as well as clearance increased early in 1944 as the Allies,
(1) Ltr, Col Lacey V. Murrow to CG SOS, 6 Oct 43, sub: Armor for D-7 Tractors. ERDL file, MES 264 ( S ) . (2) Engr Tech Info Bull 7, GHQ SWPA, OCE, 3 Nov 44 ( C ) . (3) Hq Sixth Army, Rpt of the Luzon Campaign, p. 164. (4) Info from historians preparing volume, CE: The War Against Germany.
27
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
pushing north in Italy, encountered the ultimate in German ingenuity in the use of mines and booby traps. The portable mine detector, SCR 625, had performed well in North Africa but proved unreliable in Italy, first, because the soil contained so much iron, and second, because the Germans planted many more antipersonnel mines there than they had in Africa, and 28 some of these mines contained little metal. These defects in performance served to emphasize the other shortcomings of SCR 625. Operators tired quickly while sweeping an arc with an instrument weighing seven and a half pounds. Often when it was most needed, SCR 625 broke down. Most failures occurred during rainy weather, but the
477
electronic induction bridges, was mounted
seven feet in front of the vehicle. The indicating mechanism consisted of dial lights, which registered when the detecting mechanism passed over a mine, at which point
the vehicle automatically braked. Impressed
with the possibilities of the Doll-Lebourg model representatives of the Armored Force
Board recommended mounting it on a jeep. The details of such a mounting proved complicated and time-consuming because the
boom was too heavy for the light vehicle from which it was controlled. Efforts to design a lighter boom for the Doll-Lebourg device continued over the next few months, but as an alternative Rote experimented
with another device, which came to be known as the prairie dog. The prairie dog
delicate construction of tubes, transformers, and other parts accounted for a good share of them. Since operators had to stand while using SCR 625, they were exposed to fire during daylight and at night found it impossible to locate the trip wires of antipersonnel mines which had to be felt for. Under the supervision of Maj. George A. Rote, the Engineer Board investigated four different devicesa vehicular-mounted detector, a
detector for nonmetallic mines, a combination metallic and nonmetallic detector, and a detector with a shortened arm.29 Development of a detector mounted on a vehicle had begun in December 1941, following a request from the Armored Force Board. For the first two months the Engineer Board experimented with the same type of circuit used in SCR 625, but in February 1942 the board learned that J. G. Doll and Maurice Lebourg, two former lieutenants in the French Army now in the States, had been working on a vehicular detector at the time France capitulated and had completed a pilot model. The detection mechanism of this unit consisting of four
consisted of a light-wheeled tractor, trailed by a detector unit controlled by a half-track. Its detecting system was similar to that of the Doll-Lebourg unit. Spurred on in the spring of 1943 by requests from the North African theater for a vehicular-mounted detector, Rote arranged a demonstration so that a choice between
28
ERDL file, GNS 316. (2) Engr Bd Hist Study, Passage of Mine Fields, p. 27. (3) Green, Thomson, and Roots, op. cit., p. 387. (4) Wkly War Plan Conf, 15 May 44. (5) Engr Bd Hist Study, Metallic Mine Detectors, pp. 85-86. 29 (1) Hist Study cited n. 28 (5), p. 24. (2) Ltr,
2d Lt Hilmar J. Schmidt, Office of CSigO, Hq
Engr Sch to Comdt Engr Sch, 8 Dec 43, sub: Interim Rpt on Short Arm Mine Detectors. ERDL file, XR 508. (5) Ind, CG AGF to R&D Div ASF,
n. d., sub: Short Arm Mine Detector, with Memo,
Asst Engr Hq AGF for Dir Tech Div II Engr Bd, 18 May 44. Same file.
478
the two units could be made. The DollLebourg model, called AN/VRS-1, was selected, for although the prairie dog swept a wider path and could be operated 100 feet ahead of the control vehiclean advantage which eliminated the necessity for an automatic braking systemit was more complicated to maneuver and maintain, was extremely vulnerable to fire, and would be costlier and more difficult to produce. Another year elapsed before any AN/ VRS-1 detectors arrived overseas. In service tests at the Desert Warfare Board early in 1944, the AN/VRS-1 gave some false readings over magnetic types of soil so that procurement in quantity was held up pending alterations which eliminated this defect. Production of the first fifty sets did not begin until a month before D Day and it was fall before any arrived in Europe. Even had vehicular detectors been available sooner and in greater quantity, their usefulness would have been as sharply limited as was that of SCR 625 because of the Germans' gradual approach toward a completely nonmetallic mine. Fully aware of the urgent need for an instrument to detect nonmetallic mines, the Engineer Board was equally aware of the difficulties of developing one. Wishing to spare its staff from spending time in what it anticipated would be fairly long-drawn-out preliminary research, the board sought the help of the National Defense Research Committee in January 1943. During the next six months, Rote, in co-operation with NDRC, encouraged investigations which attempted to detect the presence of mines by comparative measurements of electric current, sound, or solidity. None of these was outstandingly effective, reported Rote on 1 February 1944. With the exception of the electronics instrument developed by the Radio Corpo-
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
Reasoning that simplifying the location of the trip wires so often attached to these mines would greatly increase the safety of the soldier searching a mine field, AGF suggested the development of a detector that could be used while kneeling or lying flat and which would permit one hand to be free to search for such wires. Accepting wholeheartedly the need to supply something of the sort at once, the Engineer Board plunged into the work of modifying SCR 625 as the quickest means of accomplishing the purpose. At the same time the board took advantage of the opportunity afforded by this opening of the subject to propose a complete redesign of SCR 625 in order to make it lighter, more rugged, and waterproof. In pursuit of the board's first aim, that of modifying SCR 625, Rote got in touch with representatives of the Horni Signal Manufacturing Corporation, one of its producers, which made the desired changes. The amplifier and search coil were retained in the new model. A short rod for operation in a prone or kneeling position could be connected to a longer one for operation while standing. With a view toward lightening the instrument, the visual indicating meter (never very dependable) was eliminated, making it possible to attach the control box to the operator's belt rather than to the instrument's rod, and making detection completely dependent on aural controls. The new set thus produced, the SCR 625(H), while maintaining a standard of performance equal to SCR 625, was four pounds lighter, yet so slight were the differences between the two that one could be converted into the other in the field upon receipt of a kit containing the new parts. Early in October 1944, the Engineer Board recommended that procurement of conver-
479
sion kits as well as of complete units of the modified detector begin, but because of the dissatisfaction of the Signal Corps with the drawings and specifications furnished, no units were ordered until January 1945. As a result, few arrived overseas in time to be of service. The best detector developedthe redesigned SCR 625 which the International Detrola Corporation agreed to work on in August 1944never got overseas at all. Utilizing the same principles of operation as those of SCR 625, Detrola's design engineers and Rote and his assistants produced a unit, AN/PRS-3, that (1) could be operated in a prone, kneeling, or standing position ; (2) was more than ten pounds lighter; (3) was more ruggedly constructed; (4) was waterproof; and (5) was more efficient in detecting antipersonnel mines. While not all that could have been wished for, since the problem of detecting nonmetallic mines remained unsolved, AN/PRS-3 thus overcame many of the deficiencies of SCR 625. Recognizing this fact, representatives of AGF, Signal Corps, NDRC, OSW, and Engineers agreed early in January 1945 to switch to procurement of this type. Orders were canceled after V-E Day, however, because supplies of SCR 625 were sufficient to meet the needs of the Pacific theaters, where mines were never extensively employed.32 Although detectors were the first step, if not the key, to clearance of mine fields, and thus failure to produce anything approaching a foolproof detecting instrument went a long way toward spelling lack of success in
(1) Engr Bd Rpt 874, 3 Oct 44, sub: Short Arm Mine Detector. (2) Engr Bd Hist Study, Metallic Mine Detectors, pp. 30, 83. (3) Memo, Rote for Files, 2 Aug 44, sub: Visit to International Detrola Corp. ERDL file, XR 508. (4) Ltr, President Engr Bd to CofEngrs, 16 Jan 45, sub: Conf on 11 Jan 45. Same file.
32
480
this effort, development of more efficient means of clearing paths through mine fields might have made up somewhat for detection failures. For this reason, in February 1944 Army Ground Forces urged the Engineers to conduct an all-out drive to provide something superior to the snake. In reply the Engineers requested a better testing area and the assurance of sufficient personnel. Army Ground Forces offered space at the A. P. Hill Military Reservation, not far from Belvoir. But it was June before all details had been straightened out, and even after that the Engineer Board experienced difficulty keeping enough troops on hand to carry on its program.33 In the months that followed, the group at A. P. Hill tested more than twenty-five different devices such as detonating cord, plywood and neoprene rollers, fiberglass neoprene-coated hose filled
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
481
only with probes, and the tank dozer re- of OCE's War Plans Division, expressed no mained the combat engineers' closest ap- enthusiasm for this idea. "I can't quite see 35 proach to an assault vehicle. forming a new organization to fit a parThe engineer armored vehicle designed at ticular vehicle," he remarked at a staff Fort Pierce was an elaboration of the tank meeting. "A vehicle of this kind would be dozer, basically "a medium tank with some useful to many types of engineers if they are of the guts removed, with doors on the sides, attacking a fortified place, not only beachand a dozer blade." 36 A rocket launcher heads." Worsham wondered why the vewas substituted for the standard 75-mm. hicle could not be issued as the tactical situagun. A trailer, or pallet, for carrying extra tion demanded. It could not, he was addemolitions could be attached at the rear of vised, because operators would have to be the vehicle, a snake at its front. On its blade specially trained to handle it. Worsham was could be carried a doozit, a device for plac- impatient. "You would never get any ing explosives mechanically. All of these ac- place," he closed the subject, "establishing cessories possessed limitations. Those of the a new organization to employ one implesnake were well known. The rocket launcher ment of war." 39 These arguments turned had to be brought quite close to the target in out to be largely academic. Engineer order to assure accuracy. Both the launcher armored vehicles were not developed in time and the doozit were extremely vulnerable to to be issued to units participating in the fire. Yet the Engineer School's representative cross-Channel attack, where they might at Pierce, at the time the engineer armored have been employed to greatest effect.40 For vehicle was tested in the spring of 1944, be- this operation, combat engineers were to lieved that, with its accessories, the vehicle have been supplied with tank dozers, in adadded up to a reasonably efficient piece of dition to wirecutters and explosives. equipment which afforded good protection Unfortunately, of the sixteen tank dozers to its operator.37 assigned to combat engineers in the NorThe most formidable block in the way of mandy landings at OMAHA beach, only getting the engineer armored vehicle six were delivered ashore and one of these adopted was the organization and doctrine with its blade missing. Most of the tank of the American Army. When the Engineers 35 (1) Engr Bd Rpt 951, 11 Sep 45, sub: Evalucast about for a place to assign this specialation of Mine Field Clearing Devices. The Engiized piece of equipment, they were forced neer Board added that "the 10.75-inch Rocket, to conclude that the armored battalion was T-91, is equivalent and possibly more desirable the only unit that could absorb it. Un- [than the snake], because it does not produce a crater." (2) Green, Thomson, and Roots, op cit., daunted, Engineer School and Board joined pp. 388, 389-90, 392. (3) Baxter, op. cit., p. 104. 36 in recommending that "consideration . . . Memo, Capt A. L. Hendry, Engr Sch, for Maj be given to the forming of special Engineer Brewer, Hq Engr Sch, 22 Apr 44, sub: Engr Tank. ERDL file, DM 460 ( C ) . 37 units to exploit the apparently excellent pos(1) Ibid. (2) Engr Bd Rpt 835, 4 Jul 44, sub: Engr Armd Vehicle. sibilities of this multi-purpose weapon.'' To 38 Rpt cited n. 3 7 ( 2 ) . 39 back up their position they appealed to Wkly War Plan Staff Conf, 29 May 44. 40 On V-J Day, two engineer armored vehicles British practice. The British had such a vecrews and instructors were at the port of hicle and had organized special assault bri- with embarkation. Engr Bd Hist Study, The Passage of 38 gades around it. General Worsham, chief Beach and Underwater Obstacles, p. 66.
482
dozerslike the amphibious tanks which Bradley planned to land ahead of the infantrysank in the stormy waters of the Channel. Although naval support proved invaluable as the battle progressed, initial air and naval bombardment were quite ineffective. German resistance was unexpectedly heavy. These adverse circumstances and the crowding of friendly troops on the beach made it impossible for the engineers to open exits through the obstacles as scheduled. Tasks that had called for courage now demanded heroism. Engineer casualties reached 40 percent on D Day on OMAHA. More tank dozers would have served the engineers in good stead. Certainly the German defenders had great respect for these vehicles, singling them out as prime targets and succeeding in knocking out all but one.41 The tank dozer was, however, only moderately effective against the hedgerows of Normandy. For the specific purpose of overcoming these obstacles, a tank sergeant invented the highly efficient hedgecutter, a toothed blade for attachment to the tank. After the break-through the tank dozer continued to serve as it had in Italy. Issued to armored as well as engineer units, it combined the fire power of a military weapon with the work power of an industrial machine, and as such was the fighting tool par excellence of the combat engineer.42 At least one foreign writer has criticized the American Army for failing to follow the British lead in adopting more specialized armored vehicles. This writer claims that the crabs, an improved scorpion, which plunged ahead flailing away at mines, and the AVRE's (Assault Vehicles Royal Engineers), which threw their peculiar charges at pillboxes and walls, turned the trick on the British sectors of the beaches despite the fact
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
with the late start of the investigation as a whole, in all probability had a greater determining effect upon the outcome than the scattering of responsibility. There was, moreover, for better or worse, the practice, somewhat modified as the war progressed, of relying primarily upon the infantryman in the initial assault. This doctrine was undoubtedly responsible for the late start in developing mechanical clearing devices, and doubtless had a retarding effect upon the investigations once they were started.
483
that not enough was known about this bridge. In April 1942 Howard H. Mullins, the board's senior engineer for bridge design, supervised the accumulation of such data in a series of tests on the Chattahoochee River. His measurements reinforced the conclusions arrived at previously: the bridge was safe for the passage of 30-ton tanks, provided the drivers maintained a 100-foot distance between them.47 Armored Force engineers, proud and enthusiastic about the treadway bridge itself, were completely dissatisfied with the bridge truck on which the rapid erection of the bridge was so dependent. The truck was de-
Bridging
a tank in the 35- to 40-ton class, while under study, was so remote a possibility as not
to "warrant any change in the procurement planning ... for bridging equipment." 4 5 Although Besson, now chief of the Development Branch, OCE, expressed some mistrust of this statement, the Engineers planned no revision in their program but concentrated instead upon perfecting the floating equipage designed for 30-ton loads, namely, the 25-ton ponton and steel tread46 way bridges. The Sherman tank had crossed the tread-
484
to place each length of treadway on the floats.48 After the Carolina maneuvers in the fall of 1941, Stanley called on Cowley to work out something that would be powerful enough to remove two treadways from the truck at one time in five minutes. The result was the so-called "bullwheel" device, which consisted of two parallel arms mounted on the rear of the truck and joined by a cross member to which chain hoists were attached. The unit was controlled by means of a gearoperated power take-off. Stanley asked the board to investigate the bullwheel device in September 1941 and the board in turn forwarded the idea to the FWD Company for an opinion, with the proviso that the Aframe trucks already ordered were to have priority. What with the rush of work on the original order no more than a preliminary drawing had been made by January 1942. Late that same month Capt. Frederick J. Bogardus went to Fort Knox to review the status of the bridge truck. The best anyone could say for the A-frame gear was that it was "better than nothing." Procurement should continue only until the bullwheel lift had been perfected. Toward this end Bogardus and Cowley applied themselves, making sketches and even cardboard models, until they concluded that hydraulic controls would offer great advantages over the gears which regulated the mechanism as then designed. No winches would be necessary if this change turned out to be practicable and the entire operation was bound to be speeded up. The following week the "ideal" bridge truck was described to Herbert O. Day of the Daybrook Hydraulic Corporation. Daybrook produced a design which struck Bogardus' assistant, Glenn D. Ferguson, as having "considerable merit." It did. The hydraulic ram produced by Day-
(1) Engr Bd Hist Study, Steel Treadway Bridging, pp. 25-29. (2) Booklet, W. E. Cowley, Dev of Engr Bridge Truck for Transportation and Erection of Armd Force Steel Treadway Bridge. Personal file, William Eugene Cowley. (3) Memo, Oliver for Johns, 27 Jan 47. EHD files. (4) Interv, Cowley, 7 Mar 51. (5) Memo, Ferguson for Files, 5 Feb 42, sub: Armd Force Bridge Truck. ERDL file, BR 340. (6) Ltr, C of EHD to Bogardus, 6 Jul 55 and reply, 10 Jul 55.
SP49340.
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
485
no concern about the fact that construction time was lengthened for they did not expect to reinforce most of these bridges. 50 Tanks would not always be present. As tests on the 25-ton ponton bridge were being completed, news came in that American engineers in the British Isles who were taking part in planning the invasion of the Continent (then scheduled for the spring of 1943) might prefer the floating Bailey.51 Although such a choice seemed logical in view of the serious shortage of cargo space, Besson warned AGF against a hasty decision:
My tour of duty in England last summer taught me that the British are overly optimistic, not only on the capabilities of their
own equipment but also in their production planning. They are prone to seize admitted advantages and extrapolate unwarranted conclusions with a complete disregard for various disadvantages. Based on my observation, I strongly recommend against complete reliance upon the British to meet all of our bridge requirements.52
Any such decision should await "an analysis of capacity, transportation and construc50 (1) Engr Bd Rpt 697, 15 Jul 42, sub: Interim Rpt on Tests of Medium (25-ton) Ponton Bridge. (2) Memo, AC of O&T Br for Lt Col Hamilton, 12 Aug 42, same sub. 400.112, Bridges, Pt. 1. 51 Ltr, C of Sup Div to CG Ft. Belvoir, 9 Jul 42, sub: Engr Bd Tests on Bridging. 400.112, Pt. 17. 52 Ltr, C of Dev Br to Col J. B. Hughes, AGF, 29 Jun 42, sub: Additional Data on Bailey Bridge. 653, SP 341, Pt. 1.
486
tion." 53 The Engineer Board on 9 July 1942 was asked to make such an analysis, comparing the Bailey's performance to that of standard American bridges.54 In August, Besson and Capt. George W. Howard of the board's bridging section went to London, where they found Col. Frank O. Bowman, Engineer, II Corps, not nearly so enthusiastic about the Bailey bridge as they had expected him to be. Reporting to his chief, Maj. Clayton E. Mullins, on 10 August, Howard noted "that the 25-ton ponton equipage still is very much in evidence. Frank's [Besson's] worries have now changed from the fact that they would not use the equipment to whether so much equipment should be allotted to this Theater." 55 Bowman granted the superiority of the fixed Bailey for construction in rear areas where time was not of so much consequence. He would eliminate the H-10 bridge because it would have to be shipped in. He wished to retain the 25-ton ponton as a tactical bridge because it could be constructed more rapidly than the floating Bailey. Agreeing wholeheartedly with Bowman that the Bailey's usefulness was confined to rear locations, Besson argued for inclusion of the H-10 bridge and succeeded in setting up requirements for a few units. As the final recommendations stood when Besson left England, the Bailey, instead of replacing all American medium and heavy bridging, had replaced only the H-20. Again with an eye on savings in shipping space, Bowman proposed to substitute pneumatic floats for 10-ton pontons. Assault boats and pneumatic floats for ferrying troops and vehicles of 8 tons and under would carry the first waves across the river. Division troops would then build the 12-ton capacity pneumatic (infantry support)
BRs 341 E.
(1) Incl, Ltr, Bowman to CG II Army Corps, 6 Aug 42, sub: Bridging Equip for American Forces, with Memo, C of Engr and Dev Br for ExO Sup Div, 23 Aug 42, sub: Bridging Equip for ETO. ERDL file, BR 305 C. (2) Ltr, Bowman to CG II Army Corps, 18 Aug 42, sub: Bridging Equip for American Forces. Personal file, Maj Gen Arthur W. Pence, Bridges-ETO-1942 ( S ) . (3) Engr Bd Rpt 720, 10 Sep 42, sub: Rpt on Orgn and Issue of Pneumatic Bridging. (4) Engr Bd Monthly Rpt of Opns, Jul 42. ERDL files. (5) 1st Ind, 10 Oct 42, on Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to CofEngrs, 11 Sep 42, sub: Rpt on Orgn and Issue of Pneumatic Bridging. 400.112, Bridging, Pt. 1.
56
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
The bridge spanned the turbulent Colorado River from the California to the Arizona border. A medium tank was almost across on its return trip to the California side when its treads began to climb the curb. The bridge tipped, the tank fell on its side into the water, and three floats slid out from under the bridge. No lives were lost. The second accident took place at Fort Benning on the Chattahoochee, again in a swift current. The commanding officer was experimenting with distances between tanks. When the distance was cut to 20 yards, the floats submerged and the bridge twisted, causing two floats to slide out. Again no lives were lost but one tank was submerged in the process of towing it to shore. During maneuvers in Tennessee the third accident occurred, on a bridge across the Cumberland River constructed by the 24th Engineer Armored Battalion of the 4th Armored Division. Most of the 37th Armored Regiment had crossed when one tank driver stopped and another closed in to a distance of about 15 yards. This section of the bridge then submerged, twisted counterclockwise, and released five or six floats. Both tanks were thrown into the water. Six men drowned.57 The fourth accident took place at the same site as the first during tests to determine the cause of the others. It was described by Major Mullins who was in charge of the tests:
The right track of the tank was held against the right (downstream) curb throughout the test [according to instructions]. At no time did the tank treads climb the curbs. . . . The fourth or fifth float was the first to be submerged. At the seventh or eighth float, it was noted that these floats were submerged two to three inches, with the water running up on the saddles. At about the 13th or 14th float, the water was completely over the saddle structure and was touching the bottoms of the treadways. The bridge, at this time, ap-
487
peared level. Shortly thereafter, when the tank was on the 17th or 18th treadway, the bridge developed a slight list toward the upstream side. This list seemed to be caused by the downward forces created by the tension in the anchor cables and the current piling up on the upstream side of the saddles and floats. At this point, the driver was instructed to accelerate his tank to see whether or not the list could be lessened or held static. At about the 19th treadway, it was apparent that the list was gradually increasing. At this moment, the driver was instructed to leave the tank. The driver came forward approximately one-half to one treadway length further and brought his tank to a stop, at which time he was ordered to leave the tank immediately. The driver was either caught or restrained from leaving the tank and made at least three efforts to come out the open driver's hatch. He was almost completely out by the time the tank entered the water but he was not seen thereafter.58
A wave of concern spread through OCE, the Engineer Board, the Armored Force, and Army Ground Forces as news of the four accidents came in. But Armored Engineers clung to their bridge. Typical of their reaction was that of Col. Bruce C. Clarke who had been one of the first to complain
57 (1) Ltr, Div Engr 5th Armd Div to CofEngrs, 23 Sep 42, sub: Rpt of Bridge Accident. ERDL file, SP 340. (2) Ltr, Corps Engr Hq VII Corps to CofEngrs, 24 Sep 42, sub: Failure of Heavy Rubber Ponton Bridge Under Mark IV Medium Tank. 417.112, Pt. 10. (3) Ltr, CO 55th Armd Engr Bn to Engr Armd Force, 2 Oct 42. Armd Center file, 823, Bridges, Pt. 1. (4) Ltr, Asst Engr Armd Force to Engr Armd Force, 19 Oct 42, sub: Rpt of Treadway Bridge Accident on Cumberland River. Same file. (5) Incl, Rpt, Unit Umpire D Co, 24th Armd Engr Bn, n. d., sub: Obsvns of Failure of Pneumatic Ponton Bridge Over Cumberland River, with Ltr, Engr Fld Hq XI Corps to ExO Engr Bd, 21 Oct 42, no sub. ERDL file, BR 340 F. (6) Proceedings of Bd of Offs, 22 Oct 42. Armd Center file, 823.76, Failure of Steel Treadway Bridge. 58 Ltr, Asst ExO Engr Bd to ExO Engr Bd, 25 Oct 42, sub: Failure of Steel Treadway Bridge.
488
MEDIUM TANK CROSSING TREADWAY BRIDGE over the Colorado River, 17 September 1942. A few minutes later the vehicle fell into the river.
about the standard bridging and who had initiated some of the early experiments at Fort Knox. Clarke, at this time commanding the 24th Engineer Armored Battalion which had been associated with the most serious accident, blamed the disaster entirely on personal error.59 His opposition to attempts to make the bridge foolproof were strongly endorsed by his commanding officer, Maj. Gen. John S. Wood:
This . . . bridge has been crossed many times by the 4th Armored Division with all types of vehicles. It is possible that redesign or additional attachments may lessen the probabilities of accidents. However, it must be realized that additions to the bridge will add materially to the amount of transportation necessary . . . and the time necessary to construct it. Any increases of this kind will lessen
the many advantages now possessed by this bridge over other types.60
Typical of Washington's reaction was that of Lt. Col. Paul W. Thompson, then executive assistant of the Troops Division, who wrote Sturdevant immediately after the first accident: "It underlines the fact that we have adopted and issued a bridge which is essentially untested. . . . There is no time for recrimination, but the present instance illustrates the pitfalls which seem invariably
(1) Ltr, Asst Engr Armd Force to Engr Armd Force, 6 Nov 42, sub: Rpt on Recent Trip Made to Camp Forrest, Tenn. Cowley file. (2) Interv, Cowley, 7 Mar 51. (3) See above, p. 44.
60 1st Wrapper Ind, CG 4th Armd Div to CG Armd Force, 26 Oct 42, on Proceedings of Bd of Offs, 22 Oct 42. Armd Center file, 823.76, Failure of Steel Treadway Bridge.
59
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
489
TANK FALLING INTO THE COLORADO RIVER after its treads climbed the curb, tipping the bridge. Note three floats sliding out from under the bridge.
to develop when a tried and true item of equipment (i. e., the 25-ton ponton bridge) is supplemented by an item which looks so good at first glance." 61 But neither Thompson nor anyone else proposed to discard the bridge. The accidents had revealed some weaknesses. Systematic tests might reveal more. After the facts were in, these weaknesses could probably be corrected. Responsibility for conducting the engineering phase of the tests was assigned to Major Mullins; that for the service tests to the Ground Engineer of AGF, with the Armored Force Engineer to maintain close liaison. The site chosen was a side channel of the Colorado River extending downstream from a sluice gate of the Laguna Dam in Arizonaan ideal spot because currents could be changed by opera-
tion of the dam's gate. Mullins began his tests on 23 October and ended them on 16 December. The most obvious weakness which the accidents had revealed in the treadway bridge was its lack of buoyancy. Whatever the initial cause or combinations of causes climbing of the curbs, tanks following each other too closely, panicky drivers, or swift currentsome floats were submerged and subsequently were torn out from the bridge in all four accidents. Mullins' primary aim therefore was to provide sufficient buoyancy, but he wished also to provide other safeguards. By 25 November he could report
61 Memo, Thompson for Sturdevant, 5 Oct 42, sub: Failure of Treadway Bridge. ERDL file, BR 340.
490
that a 17- to 18-ton float, 31 or 32 feet long (as against the 12-ton, 15-foot float of the original design) with upraked ends seemed safe for loads of 33 to 34 tons. Less progress had been made in designing a protective curb for the treadways4 inches additional height would make it difficult but not impossible for the tank to climb out. Mullins thought the best answer to the climbing problem lay in better training of drivers. Human errors were always possible. A tank could be driven off any bridge. He had not given up on supplying better curb protection, however, and shortly thereafter Lt. Richard R. Stander of the Engineer Board devised a 1-inch round drill rod, welded on top of the treadway and projecting about 1/8 of an inch inward. This proved highly efficient in preventing the tank treads from mounting the treadway. At the same time, 1st Lt. Gordon Gravelle conducted various experiments with lights and markers, with the result that traffic crossing the bridge was safely speeded up. These three improvements transformed the steel treadway bridge into a safe structure without sacrificing any of its efficiency.62 This conclusion was reached just about the same time that the board was considering the results of comparative tests of the Bailey with the standard H-10 and H-20 bridges. The great advantage of the Bailey bridge, Howard pointed out, lay in its flexibility as regards capacities and spans, but its many parts made for slower construction and more transportation. A minor disadvantage of the Bailey was the fact that it could not be readily widened as could the H-10 and H-20. The Troops Division, OCE, had assured the board, however, that widths of vehicles would be held to the limit the Bailey could accommodate. In his presentation to the Engineer Board, Howard
ERDL file, 340. Oliver recalls that he and Stanley were worried about the tank treads climbing the curbs but were encouraged not to make any fundamental change in the design lest deliveries of the bridge be delayed. They experimented with drill rods also but decided against their adoption after tank drivers assured them they could "feel" the tank begin to climb in plenty of time to take corrective action and since the rods increased the weight of the treadway slightly and made stacking on the truck more difficult. Ltr, Oliver to C of Mil Hist, 31 Dec 53. For decision to eliminate the drill rod on the curb see Ltr, Oliver to Chorpening, 6 Jun 41, in Structures Dev Br file, Ponton Equip, Misc.
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
Ordnance Department's Technical Committee, was aware of this need and of the conviction in Ordnance that it could be met only by providing a heavier, wider tank, the Engineers were also aware that AGF headquarters had not favored the development of heavy tanks in the past. The Corps professed surprise if not shock, therefore, when Ordnance announced in January 1943 that the new medium tanks of the M-4 series would be 114 inches wide; the T20, 122 inches; and the T23, 124 inches, as compared with the 96-inch limit prescribed by the formal Army regulation and the actual 99-inch already present in the Sherman tank. Ceilings on weights would also be lifted somewhat to 17 or 18 tons for infantry divisional vehicles and to 35 or 40 tons for armored divisional and army vehicles.63 These increases in weights and widths would affect every bridge on the books. The M-3 pneumatic ponton bridge would have to be reinforced and widened before it could pass 18-ton divisional loads and even then traffic would be required to proceed at a slow rate of speed. The 25-ton ponton bridge was wide enough, but the amount of reinforcement necessary to provide a normal capacity of 35 tons made its use questionable. The steel treadway bridge was much too narrow, having two 33-inch treads on a total width of 106 inches. The introduction of wider tanks would necessitate widening the treadways themselvesnot simply spacing them farther apartbecause the inner edges of the treadways would need to be near enough to accommodate trucks and other vehicles. Longer and heavier chess would be required for the H-10 and H-20 bridges. The Bailey bridge came closest to being adequate. Its capacity could be readily increased, and with a clear deck of 129 inches, was wide
491
enough, if only barely so. Provision of a guard rail should give sufficient guidance for drivers. The Engineers were not greatly worried about modifications in design. These could be accomplished with relative ease. Their most serious concern was the fact that quantities of bridging equipment in stock would be obsolete and that it would take months for procurement to catch up with the new requirements.64 Much as they deplored the changes announced by Ordnance, the Engineers saw neither hope nor justification in opposing them. The limitations formally prescribed, and in many cases already exceeded, were obviously too restrictive. What the Engineers did want, Reybold informed Somervell, was a quick decision and some protection against sudden revisions in the future. But revision of regulations should be undertaken at the same time that new designs were proposed so that the Corps of Engineers could prepare for the change. To insure that this was done Reybold recommended that a committee composed of representatives of the General Staff, Army Ground Forces,
(1) Green, Thomson, and Roots, op. cit., pp. 275-87, 301-02. (2) Engr Bd Rpt 729, 5 Dec 42, sub: Panel Bridge (Bailey Type), H-10 and H-20 Bridge. (3) Min of Engr Bd, 9 Dec 42. ERDL Records Sec. (4) Memo, Deputy C of Tech Div Ord Dept for CG SOS, through CofEngrs, 14 Jan 43, sub: Bridge Equip. ERDL file, BR 340 F. (5) Incl, Preliminary Study of Clear and Weight Limit on Tanks, with Ltr, Engr and Dev Br to President Engr Bd, 20 Jan 43, same sub. Mech Equip Br file, Misc Book 2. 64 (1) AR 850-15, 28 Aug 43. (2) Memo, C of Engr and Dev Br for Chm for Rev of AR 850-15, 30 Jan 43, sub: Preliminary Draft for Rev of Par. 5 of AR 850-15, with Incl 6, Table I, and Incl. 2, Preliminary Draft of 1st Ind, CofEngrs to CG SOS, 30 Jan 43, on Memo, Deputy C of Tech Div Ord Dept for CG SOS, through CofEngrs, 14 Jan 43, sub: Bridge Equip. ERDL file, BR 340 F, and Structures Dev Br file, Ponton Bridging Equip, Misc, Pt. 2.
63
492
Army Air Forces, Ordnance, and Engineers be placed in charge of revising the applicable Army regulation. Ordnance and Engineers were to maintain direct and continuous liaison "with a view to keeping the design of development models within the capacity of bridges in quantity production and, when this is impracticable, to enable the Engineers to work out modifications in the bridging program which can be placed in quantity production by the time the new Ordnance equipment is produced." The Ordnance Technical Committee was to be restrained from recommending the adoption of any equipment "unless it can be clearly shown that the bridging program . . . meets, or can be modified in sufficient time to meet, the requirements which would be imposed by the proposed new equipment." 65 SOS felt the Engineers were screaming before they were hurt. Brig. Gen. Walter A. Wood, Jr., director of its Requirements Division, pointed out that the Corps was now informed of the proposals and that its comments, along with those of AGF, would be taken into account by the General Staff. Since it would take several months before the wider tanks would be produced in quantity, bridges to support them could presumably be designed.66 On 6 February, Clay turned down all three of Reybold's suggestions. A committee was now revising the Army regulation. No standing committee was necessary. Liaison between Ordnance and Engineers could be accomplished through the already functioning Technical Committee, but the Chief of Engineers might assign a representative to the TankAutomotive Center if he desired. The regular channelsTechnical Committee, Chief of Service, Commanding General, SOS,
ordination of Vehicle Design with Capacities of Mil Bridges. Structures Dev Br file, Ponton Bridging Equip, Misc, Pt. 2. 66 Incl, Memo, Dir Rqmts Div SOS for Clay,
14 Jan 43 (typographical error 1942), sub: Coordination of Mil Design with Capacities of Mil
Bridges, with Memo, ACofS for Matriel for CofEngrs, 16 Jan 43, same sub. 451, Pt. 1. 67 1st Ind, ACofS for Matriel to CofEngrs, TC. 5 Feb 43], on Ltr, CofEngrs to CG SOS, 13 Jan 43, sub: Co-ordination of Vehicle Design with Capacities of Mil Bridges. 451, Pt. 1. 68 (1) Memo, Thompson for Sturdevant, 13 Jan 43, sub: Situation re Heavy Ponton Bridges. Structures Dev Br file, BR 287, Pt. 2. (2) Ltr, C of Engr and Dev Br to President Engr Bd, 12 Jan 43, sub: Bridging Possibilities. Same file. (3) 1st Ind, ACofEngrs (Sturdevant) to CG SOS, 4 Feb 43, on Ltr, Deputy C of Tech Div Ord Dept to CG SOS, through CofEngrs, 14 Jan 43, sub: Bridge Equip. 417, Pt. 13. (4) Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to Engr and Dev Br, 21 Jan 43, sub: Bridging Possibilities. Same file.
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
493
BAILEY BRIDGE over bypass on Highway 7 near Sessa Aurunca, Italy, April 1944.
decked-over treadway bridge, and the design of a guardrail for the Bailey.69 The treadway bridge, M-2, designed by Col. Clayton E. Mullins, Howard H. Mullins, and assistants at the Engineer Board with the help of Cowley, was a product of the fall 1942 accidents and the demand that both the old and the new tanks be accommodated. The Armored Force did not want a completely decked bridge because of the greater time required in construction and because such a bridge could not be readily transported in the trucks already available. The desired capacity was attained in the M-2 bridge by adopting larger (33-inch wide, 33-foot long) pneumatic floats and shorter and wider (12-foot long, 45 -inch
wide) treadways. Procurement of the M-2 treadway bridge began in June 1943.70 By this time the steel guardrail which would render the Bailey bridge safe for the wider tanks had also been designed. Still partly undecided was the extent to which the Americans would follow their British al(1) Tel Conv, Col K. B. Schilling, Engr Armd Force, and Col Hughes, Ground Engr, 6 Feb 43. Armd Center files, 823, Bridges, Pt. 1. (2) Ltr, Engr Armd Force to Besson, 8 Feb 43. ERDL file, BR 340. (3) Memo, C of Engr and Dev Br for ExO Engr Bd, 6 Feb 43, sub: Bridging Dev. ERDL file, BRs 341 E. (4) Ltr, Engr Armd Force to ExO
69
Engr Bd, 9 Feb 43. ERDL file, BR 340. 70 (1) Engr Bd Rpt 747, 24 May 43, sub: Steel Treadway Bridge. (2) Engr Bd Rpt 786, 26 Nov 43,
sub: Final Rpt on Steel Treadway Bridge. (3) Engr Bd Hist Study, Steel-Treadway Bridging, p. 106.
494
lies in adopting the Bailey as an all-purpose bridge. The tendency to do so was strong, for American engineers in the ETO were by this time fully convinced of the Bailey's advantages. In February 1943, the Supply Division had notified the Engineer Board that the Bailey would supplant the H-10 as well as the H-20 in meeting the requirements for fixed bridging, and that should tests of the Bailey as a floating bridge prove successful, the H-10 would be dropped entirely. The new limitations on weights and widths of vehicles were formalized on 28 August 1943. Vehicles measuring 18 feet or less between axles and assigned to infantry divisions could weigh as much as 18 tons loaded and measure 108 inches in width. In the few cases where the measurement between axles exceeded 18 feet, thus providing greater distribution of load, gross weight could slightly exceed 18 tons. Vehicles measuring 18 feet or less between axles and assigned to armored divisions or armies could weigh as much as 39 tons loaded and measure 124 inches. A greater gross weight was also allowed for those armored division and army vehicles which measured more than 18 feet between axles. The modifications made in the Bailey and steel treadway bridges made these structures safe for the in71 creased weights and widths. But the Engineer Board's success in adapting the treadway and Bailey bridges to the new requirements did not satisfy Army Ground Forces. As Headquarters, AGF, viewed the bridging equipage available to infantry units in September 1943:
. . . the reinforced five boat infantry support raft will ferry combat team loads up to a gross of ten tons in a stream of velocity of 3.5 miles per hour. The M-3 bridge, fully reinforced will pass eighteen ton tank loads with restricted movement in currents of velocities up to 4.8 ft. per second, but will not pass the four
This situation, concluded AGF, demanded a complete revision in floating bridge equipage.
Wishing to depart from current dependence on a different bridge for each different set of loads, AGF specified that the new bridging components be the same for all bridges. This condition could be met, AGF suggested, through the use of half-boats placed singly in the division bridge, joined end to end to form supports for the army bridge, and spaced closer together to carry exceptionally heavy loads. The bridge was to be fully decked and all parts light enough to be put in place by hand. Construction time for the divisional bridge was set at one-half hour plus three feet per minute; for the army bridge, two hours plus two feet per minute. These conditions could be met if both boats and balk were constructed of light metals such as aluminum, which by this time was in less critical supply and for which AGF was prepared to request AAA priority.73
71 (1) Engr Bd Hist Study, The Bailey Bridge, p. 30. (2) Ltr, ExO Engr and Dev Br to President Engr Bd, 18 Feb 43, sub: Transmittal of Rpt 729. ERDL file, SP 341. (3) AR 850-15, 28 Aug 43. 72 Ltr, Asst Ground Engr to Rqmts Div ASF and CofEngrs, 1 Sep 43, sub: Dev and Rqmts of Div and Army Floating Bridges. 400.112, Bridges, Pt. 1. Cf. reports of Engr Bd that reinforced with pneumatic floats the 25-ton ponton bridge would carry 40 tons. Unless otherwise noted, the discussion of the division-army bridge is based upon correspondence in 400.112, Bridges, Pts. 1 and 2, and Engr Bd Rpt 821, First Interim Rpt on Dev of Div and Army Floating Bridge Equip. 73 War Plan Wkly Staff Conf, 29 May 44.
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
Lacking sufficient staff to develop the division-army bridge as quickly as AGF desired, the Engineer Board sought the aid of civilian firms. By 4 November, the naval architects, Sparkman & Stephens of New York, had agreed to design a ponton and superstructure, and the consulting engineers, Howard, Needles, Tammen, and Burgendoff of Kansas City, to design a superstructure. Shortly thereafter the Allison Steel Company also contracted to work on a superstructure. But the five months allotted these designers to fulfill their contracts had not elapsed when requirements 74 changed. On 19 February 1944, G-4 announced that allowable weights for divisions would be raised from 18 to 25 tons and for armies from 38.9 to 50 tons. The roadway of division bridges should measure 128 instead of the former 108 inches and that of army bridges 150 instead of 124. If the 25-ton ponton was approaching the obsolete before, it was clearly out of the picture now. The Engineering and Development Division urged the Engineer Board to push the division-army bridge. There was, to be sure, an alternative the Bailey, which, if widened, could carry the increased loads. Tests of the floating Bailey had convinced the board that it was superior to the 25-ton ponton as well as the
H-10. Colonel Howard, in charge of test75
495
AGF disagreed. Its representatives were pleased with the division-army bridge. Although the Engineer Board designed a Bailey bridge with a clear roadway of 150 inches, beginning this job in March and completing tests in September 1944, the Bailey was never regarded as a substitute 77 for the division-army bridge. The superstructure of the division-army bridge, which followed the Sparkman & Stephens design, looked more like the 25-ton ponton bridge but was actually closer, structurally, to the treadway. It looked like the 25-ton ponton bridge because it was fully decked. It was structurally similar to the treadway because balk and chess were com-
bined. While the "treadway" was a threesided section which formed a channel, the "deck-balk" designed by Sparkman & Stephens had four sides. Fitted together, these hollow aluminum sections provided an articulated connecting system, and flooring as well. The components that proved most troublesome to perfect were the half-boats and the approach which spanned the distance from shore to the point where the water became deep enough to float the first ponton. By mid-August 1944, two attempts had been made and a third was under way to design a half-boat combining the desired strength and lightness. Writing from the Yuma Test Branch, Howard urged still further modifications: "It is time that it be made clear to the designers that the primary
74 Ltr, Asst ExO Engr Bd to Equip Dev Br, 4 Nov 43, sub: Consultants for Div and Army Floating Bridge Equip. ERDL file, BR 336. 75 Engr Bd Rpt 792, 15 Feb 44, sub: First Interim Rpt on Floating Panel Bridge (Bailey Type). 76 Ltr, C of Yuma Test Br Engr Bd to Dir Tech Div IV Engr Bd, 19 Feb 44, sub: Div and Army Bridge. ERDL file, BR 473. 77 Ltr, ExO Engr Bd to Equip Dev Br, 30 Sep 44. sub: Widened Panel Bridge (Bailey Type).
ing the division-army bridge, was not impressed with the preliminary designs:
Once the Panel Bridge ... is erected, it is believed to be a better bridge, except for its width limitations, than any of the experimental bridges now being procured. ... If a means was provided to adjust the floor width of the Panel Bridge, and to lighten the members, it is believed that this type of bridge would be a much better solution to the present problem than the superstructure now proposed.76
496
consideration is to secure a ponton capable of carrying 50-ton loads, and secondarily, to hold the weight to a minimum," he wrote his superior at Belvoir.78 Indeed, by this time AGF had conceded that pontons capable of supporting the load would perforce be too heavy to handle by manpower, and had therefore consented to the use of cranes for loading and unloading them. Although the bridge was far from perfect when tested, the over-all design proved so excellent that AGF accepted it on 15 November 1944, subject to assurances that use of a stronger aluminum alloy in the balk would correct the weakness in the approach span, that the 50-ton trestle then being fabricated was satisfactory from an engineering standpoint, and that the ponton would be strengthened.79 The adjustments thus made turned out well. In December, the site for service tests was switched from the placid Sabine River in Texas to the turbulent Columbia near Rufus, Oregon, where it was found that the new bridge (now called the M-4) would support 50-ton loads in currents up to 10.4 feet per second.80 Construction timetwo hours plus one foot per minuteexceeded the rate demanded by AGF.81 Getting the M-4 overseas in time to be of service was something else. One hundred and sixty-eight sets of bridges had been ordered in November 1944, but lack of materials had slowed production. The War Plans Divisionworried about the impending Rhine crossingsaw no hope of any deliveries before 1 April.82 The Rhine was crossed, thanks in part to German failure to blow the bridge at Remagen, and thanks to the steel treadway bridge which American engineer troops had completed before the Remagen bridge col-
IMPROVEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT
497
STEEL TREADWAY BRIDGE from Simbach, Germany, to Braunau, Austria, replaces the one destroyed by retreating Germans, May 1945.
and talent in order to win the race against time. But since such investigations could be made only by sacrificing production of items already in the field, they had to be of a most compelling nature. Perhaps a greater investment in the field of mine detection and clearance might have paid substantial dividends. Perhaps, too, the Engineer Board and OCE were slow to grasp the potentialities of the Bailey and treadway bridges and to discard other, less suitable, types. This hesitation in choosing between the tried and the untried was costly in terms of precious technical talent. Yet in the face of the ac-
cidents which occurred on the treadway, the board went ahead successfully to convert this bridge into a safe structure. This improvement in bridging, together with the development of the tank dozer, were outstanding achievements made under great pressure for time and other handicaps common to a war economy. Partly as a result of these accomplishments, but even more as a result of the firm foundation laid during the period before Pearl Harbor and the wise decision to concentrate upon production, the engineer soldier was well equipped to carry out his work.
CHAPTER XXI
499
cerned, the Secretary of MAC(G) contended, the Corps of Engineers was arriving at decisions on the basis of incomplete information as to military operations, military justifications, theater stocks, and other factors about which the International Division, SOS, was well briefed. Requisitions by the British for noncommon items as well as for the needs of the Russians were attended to without relation to the common stockpile, 4 sometimes with wasteful results. Fowler's defense of the stockpile was comprehensive and firm. The interests of the United States were being carefully guarded. "The adoption of the recommendations can only serve to slow up a procedure which is now work-
ing satisfactorily," he concluded.5 Fowler's shift from a lukewarm supporter to a strong defender of the common stockpile is an interesting commentary both upon the extent
to which British requirements were cut and upon the relative success of the Engineer procurement program. The common stockpile endured until November 1944.6 The reduction in international aid was
3
4
(1) Memo, Molnar for C of Intnl Br, 29 Dec 42, sub: Confs, Tuesday, 29 [Dec] 42. Intnl Div file, 400.333, Australia. (2) Memo, Molnar for C of Intnl Br, 30 Dec 42, sub: Confs on Wednesday, 30 Dec 42. Intnl Div file, 400.291, Stockpile U. S.-U. K. (3) Memo, Secy MAC(G) for Chm, 22 Nov 43, sub: Discontinuance of Engr Stockpile Procedure. 400.291, Pt. 9. 5 Memo, ACofEngrs Mil Sup for Chm MAC(G), 4 Jan 44, sub: Discontinuance of Engr Stockpile Procedure. 400.291, Pt. 9. 6 Ltr, Actg Dir Intnl Div SOS to CofEngrs, 8 Nov 44, sub: Rescission of Engr Stockpile Procedure. Exec Office Rqmts Div, Read file.
500
Kingdom. The President had placed the Russian Protocol on his "must" list in view of the importance of the winter campaign in that country. The Russian program was, moreover, relatively small compared to Britain's. Though resigned to the cut in the Engineer portion of the program, Brigadier Blood remarked upon its severity. The reduction as it stood late in January 1943. Blood informed the International Branch, OCE, was entirely in noncommon items. He had estimated requirements in this category (Section III of the ASP) at $137,000,000. After allowances were made for prior commitments only about $30,000,000 would remain. The total dollar value of international aid in the 1 February ASP was
1942, to go into effect the following year. The Controlled Materials Plan put it up to the procurement agencies to state well in advance just how much would be needed 7 $237,904,694. and when. There would be little leeway for Adjustments in replacement factors pro- slipping in additional emergency requisivided a third means of reducing total re- tions. The Engineers, with their uniquely quirements. Such allowances were hence- large demands for Class IV matriel, sufforth based upon an estimated average over- fered unusual strains in adjusting to the seas strength rather than an anticipated ter- policies established in 1943. As access to raw materials became more minal strength as had been the case previously. In addition, certain areas, such as closely tied to firm statements of requireHawaii, heretofore considered active the- ments, the Supply Division exhibited inaters, were reclassified so that factors were creasing concern about forecasting Class IV the same as for the United States. Still SOS needs. Typical of this feeling was Fowler's continued to hammer away at replacement complaint in September 1942 that the Operfactors, convinced that greater efforts could ations and Training Branch, to which the be made to arrive at more realistic percent- Supply Division had to look for guidance ages, and suggesting early in 1943 that teams on requirements for Class IV matriel, "probe sent overseas to get at the facts. Four vides us with no information which will Engineer teams were dispatched to major 7 theaters in the summer, poorly briefed, it (1) Ltr, C of Engr BAS to C of Intnl Br, 25 was later claimed, and given a cool recep- Jan. 43. Intnl Div file, 400.192, ASP. (2) ASP Sec. tion upon arrival at their destinations. I, 81 Feb 43. (3) ASP, Sec. III, 1 Apr 43. (1) SOS Memo S 7000-9-43, 20 Feb 43, sub: Orders from ASF, rather than reports from Determination of Distr and Maint Factors. 400.314. overseas, were to result in a substantial low(2) Memo, C of Rqmts and Stock Control Br for ering of replacement factors as the year ran Fowler, 27 Aug 43, sub: Rev Maint Factors. Exec out. In the early months of 1943, however, Office Proc Div file, Engr EquipSpare Parts No. 1. (3) Memo, C of Fld Sv Sup Div for C of Sup the Engineers were dominated by a fear of Div, 16 Sep 43, sub: Maint Factors. Rqmts and not having put in for enough. High replace- Stock Control Br, Read file. (4) See below, p. 523.
PRODUCTION IN HIGH GEAR result in advance procurement but only calls on us for materials after definite war plans have been put into effect." He added that "frequently these plans call for early sailing dates which necessitates the rapid assembly of a miscellaneous set of equipment and 9 many shortages." It was a British proposal, heartily endorsed by Fowler, to establish a joint planning committee which would be fed information by the Combined Chiefs of Staff. On the basis of such data the common stockpile could be enlarged, both as to type and quantity, and the Engineer Subcommittee of MAC (G) could make more intelligent recommendations on assignments. The Engineer Advance Planning Committee, with Brigadier Blood, General Fowler, Colonel Gorlinski, and Col. Lewis T. Ross, Troops Division, as well as representatives of the Operations Division and the Transportation Service, SOS, was duly established in September 1942. Shortly thereafter a Class IV Requirements Board was set up within OCE, composed of representatives from the Operations and Training, Requirements, and Development Branches. The Advance Planning Committee failed to gain access to the requisite information. Lacking such information, the Class IV Requirements Board felt severely handicapped. Approximately how many airfields were to be built? How much port construction was indicated? What geological conditions were likely to be encountered? These were some of the more pressing questions that the Requirements Board felt must be answered if requirements were to be accurately com10 puted and purchase by requisition avoided. Although the Engineer stockpile had been invaluable, Reybold wrote Somervell on 16 February 1943, it had been necessary all too often "to scour the country for non-anticipated matriel as requisitions were re-
501
ceived." The Chief of Engineers felt that "at best" such procedures left "too much to chance" and emphasized the increasing difficulty of securing steel and other materials on short notice. Reybold did not mince words. He invited Somervell's attention to "the dangerous situation which may develop due to lack of knowledge ... of contemplated strategic and tactical plans."11 Reybold could not have addressed a more sympathetic ear. The Commanding General, SOS, was doing his utmost at this time to acquire a seat in the councils of the General Staff, to demand for logistics something more than its traditional advisory voice in the determination of strategy.12 For their part, the Engineers were quite willing to settle for information"any information which may be of use . . . for the purpose of procurement planning based on strategic considerations." 13 In the relatively more immediate plans of theater staffs there existed a second source of valuable information to which the Operations and Training Branch and the SupMemo, Fowler for Gorlinski et al., 11 Sep 42, sub: Plan-Proc for Engr Equip for TofOpns. Intnl Div file, 334, Intnl Sup Subcomm. 10 (1) Memo, Deputy Dir Proc SOS for C of Sup Div, 28 Sep 42, sub: CE Prod Program Conf. 337, Pt. 1. (2) Opns Sec Rqmts Br Diary, 24 Oct 42. (3) Memo, C of Rqmts Br for C of Sup Control Sec, 9 Nov 42, sub: Adm Devs. 020, Pt. 1. (4) Memo, Chm Class IV Rqmts Bd (Dawson) for Chm British Engr-U. S. Engr Strategic Subcomm (Fowler), 22 Feb 43, sub: Proc Planning for Engr Class IV Matriel. 400.12, Pt. 1. 11 Memo, Reybold for Somervell, 16 Feb 43, sub: Proc Plan for Engr Non-T/BA Equip. 400.12, Pt. 114. 12 For detailed accounts of the Somervell effort see (1) Cline, Washington Command Post, pp. 26978, (2) Leighton and Coakley, op. cit., pp. 649-55, and (3) Millett, Organization and Role of the ASF, pp. 111-23. 13 Memo, Reybold for Somervell, 16 Feb 43, sub: Proc Plan for Engr Non-T/BA Equip. 400.12, Pt. 114.
9
502
ply Division sought access. More and more the group of officers at home felt a sense of alienation from their fellows overseas. Temporary liaison officers sent by overseas theaters to Washington on specific missions did not provide a bridge of understanding, Col. Robert H. Burrage of O&T pointed out to his chief, Gorlinski. What a liaison officer knew was confined to his own theater, and often his knowledge even of this area was all too narrow. Burrage continued:
Similarly, it may not be hoped that liaison can be maintained by letter or cable. Answers to specific questions can usually be obtained sooner or later, but rarely is the reply either complete or satisfactory, for neither end knows how the other end is thinking. The theater Engineer is capable and knows what he wants, but rarely does he know what other theaters want or need, whether what he wants is available or will work in with what we must send, nor does he fully appreciate the situation as to procurement, stock-piling and shipping space. On this end, we cannot know all his problems, nor can we learn much of how the equipment we send him is working out. Reports from the field are notable for their absence. This is not strange, for on both ends each has a thousand things to do and no time to go into detail with the other fellow, desirable as it is to do so.
Difficulties of communication loomed all the more serious when coupled with the hard fact that only nine of O&T's forty-two officers had ever seen an active theater and these nine not for twenty-five years.14 Yet the prospect for improvement in long-range forecasting of Class IV requirements was not altogether negative. Although information on future strategy was never forthcoming to the extent desired by OCE, much less by ASF, plans for operations against Germany became firm and available to the logisticians in 1943. The decision to go into Sicily and thence into Italy was made at Casablanca in January.
503
briefly described and assigned a number for example, "Project A 16: Rehabilitation Ports of Manila and Olongapo, including construction of 7 piers, 400 X 80 ft." The theater could, if it preferred, compile its own bill of materials for each project or could request that the technical service do this. A bill of materials received from the theater would include only those supplies which would have to come from the United States. If the bill was to be drawn up in the United States, the theater was to indicate what supplies need not be imported because they could be assembled in the theater itself. Projects would show the date when supplies should arrive at the port. Upon receipt from the theater, projects went first to the Operations Division, War Department General Staff, which was the group best able to relate them to the strategic and tactical plan of the theater concerned and to the over-all strategy of the war. OPD approved the project if it fitted in with these plans and policies. Planning Division, ASF, conducted another review, geared more to logistical considerations, satisfying itself that the project was in general conformity with policies of the War Department and checking for possible duplication in the ASP. The technical service
16
Vol. II, Pt. IV, pp. 213-14. Unless otherwise noted, the remainder of this section is based upon this study, pages 216-20, and upon (1) Engineers of the Southwest Pacific, Vol. VII, Engineer Supply, pp. 44, 103-04, 142, 144, 147-48, (2) Liaison Sec Intel Div, Office of Engr ETO, Hist Rpt 3. Supply, pp. 18-35, and (3) Maj Harry F. Kirkpatrick, Development of Supply Planning for Engineer Class IV Supplies (typescript, 20 Dec 45), pp. 11-22. 17 (1) Memo, ACofS for Opns ASF for Cs of Svs and Staff Divs, 2 Apr 43, sub: Opns Stockpile. P&T Div file, 381, Task Forces, Folio 3. (2) Ltr, AC of O&T Br to CG ASF, 15 Apr 43, sub: Engr Class IV Rqmts. Same file.
504
concerned (the Transportation Corps and Corps of Engineers were usually the ones concerned) scrutinized the project in more detail. Was it necessary and adequate from both a technical and a tactical standpoint? What, if any, changes were indicated in the bill of materials? At this point the ASP could be revised to include additional requirements. General recommendations and the edited bill of materials were to leave the technical service within 30 days. Final approval by ASF followed and theater and port supply officers were notified that requisitions for noncontrolled items bearing the number of the approved project would be honored automatically. Requisitions for controlled items remained subject to approval by the technical service. Because of the manner in which requirements were to be matched up with, or keyed to, specific operations, this procedure for handling Class IV supplies, formalized by the War Department on 20 September 1943, was known as the "keyed projects system." The keyed projects system was not merely a means of revealing Class IV requirements. It was, in addition, a means of limiting requirements. Neither in the theaters nor in OCE did the keyed projects system generate enthusiasm. It was recognized, of course, that something of the sort must be done. The Chief Engineer, ETO, had in fact set his staff to work on estimates of Class IV needs for operations on the Continent in November 1942 at which time the cross-Channel invasion was scheduled to occur in 1943. Using twenty-two categories of Engineer activity, the staff was to make up unit bills of materials, showing, for example, requirements for a so-many bed hospital, a so-many man camp, for various types of airfields, maintenance shops, and the like. The number of hospitals, airfields, and other "units"
505
On 17 December 1943, Fowler, just back from a tour of Pacific theaters, discussed the current dissatisfactions with members of his staff. In the Engineers' view, the original purpose of the keyed projects systemunderstood to be that of initiating procurement in time to assure availability in the theaterwas being broadened to encompass control of shipments. This was wrong, the Engineers argued. Estimates supposedly drawn up a year or more in advance were not sufficiently firm to form the basis for issue of supplies. Review of projects might serve a useful purpose to OPD in its overall control of theater activity, but policing should be left to The Inspector General rather than to the technical services. OCE could not pass judgment on the technical and tactical adequacy of projects unless allowed an increase in staff and access to considerably more information about the theater's plans.19 The basic change in procedure which OCE advanced to ASF a few days after the conference in Fowler's office was complete divorcement of requirements computations, procurement action, and shipment of supplies from the keyed projects system. The function of keyed projects would be narrowed so as to provide general information. Under this conception, keyed projects need be descriptive only; no bill of materials was necessary. For purposes of computing requirements for inclusion in the ASP, the Engineers suggested that theaters submit a
19 (1) Memo, Actg G of Fld Sv Sup Div for ExO Sup Div, 10 Nov 43, sub: Procedure for Handling Rqmts of Special Operating Sup. Rqmts Br, Read file. (2) Memo for File, 20 Dec 43, sub: Conf, 17 Dec 43. Exec Office Proc Div file, Adm Memos, Interoffice. (3) Ltr, ExO OCE to Dir P&O Div ASF, 18 Dec 43, sub: Procedure for Handling Rqmts of Special Operating Sup. 400.314.
506
net bill of materials, by quarter, for five quarters in advance. The Engineers got a good measure, but not all of the changes desired. The quarterly estimate system went into effect on 31 January 1944, with the first bill of materials to cover five quarters beginning 1 July 1944 due from the theaters on 1 May. In submitting projects for approval, the theater would describe the job (its approximate size, type
could give. Equally accurate data was expected for the next 180 days. This was not
an impossible task in Europe. But in the
of construction, number of buildings, length of runways, and so forth), indicate its place in the logistical plan, and list only the major items (those in short supply) that would
have to be shipped from the United States. But quarterly estimates remained tied to keyed projects. The theater was to indicate by project number on its five-quarter bill of materials the projects covered therein. The-
on Leyte, Sixth Army was given roughly 150 days' notice under the original schedule. A decision to advance the date of the Leyte landings from 20 December 1944 to 20 October reduced the time available for planning to 90 days. The Luzon campaign opened within 120 days of the decision to invade. The Engineer, Sixth Army, was
adamant that "in a moving situation such
aters were informed, however, that the War Department realized the difficulty of forecasting several months into the future. Detail and accuracy were expected for the first two quarters. Figures submitted for the succeeding three quarters would be treated as estimates to be used in procurement planning but subject to revision. In other words, requirements for the first two quarters were to consist of approved current operational projects; requirements for the remaining
as exists in SWPA where enemy weakness is being timely exploited, careful advanced logistical planning cannot be given in detail or
by the project method prescribed." He be-
three quarters, based on anticipated projects, were to be used by OCE as the basis 20 for procurement. The quarterly estimate system put into
the hands of the Supply Division statements of requirements covering a longer period of time than had been forthcoming under the keyed projects system. But OCE continued
estimates should suffice and requisitions against them be honored. OPD took quite another view of the matter. Review of projects enabled the War Department to balance demands in a twofront war. Review of projects provided a
(1) Memo, Deputy Dir P&O ASF for CofEngrs et al., 28 Dec 43, sub: Sup Proposals Presented by CofEngrs, with Incl. 475, Engr Equip, Pt. 2. (2) WD Memo W 700-44, 31 Jan 44, sub: Engr Class IV Materials and Sup. 21 (1) Memo, ACofEngrs for CG ASF, 15 May 44, sub: Special Operating Sup. 400, Pt. 2. (2) Engineers in the Southwest Pacific, Vol. VIII, Critique (Washington, 1951), p. 388. (3) Final
20
to feel that there was too close a tie between keyed projects and requirements computations.21 Was it not unreasonable to expect the theaters to key their requirements to operational projects even for the first two
507
the process of being radically overhauled. During 1944 ASF was to place increasing weight upon past experience in the consumption of supplies as a measure of future requirements. It was possible to do this because production in nearly all categories had more than caught up with demand.
The Administrative Reorganization of
January 1943
The Engineer portion of the 1 February 1943 ASP was valued at $1,616,000,000. Thanks to the lowering of the troop basis and the reduction in international aid it was smaller than had been projected earlier. Yet it represented over $1,000,000,000 more than the value of Engineer deliveries in 1942. In order to complete the 1943 program, deliveries would have to average over $100,000,000 a month. In only two months previouslyAugust and December 1942had they reached $90,000,000. The average for the last six months had been $77,000,000.24 The main hope of attaining the desired acceleration was offered by the prospect of an increase in the supply of steel and by a change in the method of distributing this scarce material. Steel production was expected to increase approximately 7 percent during 1943. The Controlled Materials Plan (CMP) would have replaced the unpopular Production Requirements Plan as a method of distribution by summer. CMP imposed upon the procurement agencies a host of new responsibilities hitherto assumed by the WPB. But neither these new responsibilities nor the character or volume
Ltr, Maj Gen H. A. Craig, Actg ACofS OPD, to Maj Gen Edmond H. Leavey, Deputy Comdr and CofS USAFWESPAC, 14 Jul 45. Dawson personal file. 24 ASP, 1 Feb 43.
23
508
of Engineer procurement seem sufficient to have dictated the unique organization established to administer them. There were five major reorganizations of field procurement offices during the war yearstwo of them in 1943. (Chart 7) At the peak of procurement activity the Corps of Engineers had fifty-five field offices in operation. The Signal Corps, whose volume of buying most closely approached that of the Engineers, had three field offices. The Quartermaster Corps, which like the Engineers
bought a large variety of commercial articles but in much greater quantity, managed with twenty-eight. In the opinion of some observers, concern for the fortunes of the Engineer Department decreed the size and shape of the Engineer procurement organization. In the fall of 1942 the Engineer Department employed 70,000 civilians in eleven division and forty-four district offices. Except in the Mississippi Valley where flood control was the determining factor, geo-
509
change which came to them as a complete surprise and which they regarded as unwise. Since the Engineer Department needed business and the procurement program needed personnel, so ran the logic of those who made the decision, the two organizations should be welded more closely together.25 But not too closely. On 1 January 1943 the number of procurement offices was increased modestly from six to ten:
North Atlantic Division New York District Philadelphia District Middle Atlantic Division Baltimore District South Atlantic Division Atlanta District Ohio River Division Pittsburgh District Cincinnati District Great Lakes Division Chicago District Upper Mississippi Valley Division St. Louis District Southwestern Division Pacific Division San Francisco District
As outlined by Fowler in October 1942 and as put into effect in January, Division Engineers would be kept in the background. The Supply Division, OCE, would continue
to conduct the day-to-day business by direct contact with procurement districts. District, not division, offices would handle all
25
510
contracting. In line with previous practice, all 44 districts of the Engineer Department would assist procurement offices by inspections and expediting. Division Engineers would concentrate upon improving administration in the procurement districts. Policies and procedures would be laid down in Washington. For procurement purposes, moreover, geographical boundaries took on a different contour from those of the Engineer Department, the groupings of industrial facilities dictating the areas of responsibility. For example, the North Atlantic Division supervised military construction projects and allied activities in New York, New Jersey, and Delaware only, but was assigned cognizance over procurement activities in the New England states and part of Pennsylvania as well.26 Seybold, the chief of the Procurement Branch, and his assistant, Col. George K. Withers, had expressed a preference for departmental boundaries. Indeed Withers believed, and so informed Fowler, that the deviations destroyed "the one advantage" of the reorganization, namely, direct chain of command. Delay and disruption, Seybold and Withers agreed, would result from any change.27 If the Procurement Branch, OCE, was lukewarm to the reorganization, the Purchases Division, SOS, opposed it outright. The Purchases Division thought the Engineers had been off the track from the beginning in fostering a territorial breakdown of procurement operations. The Corps should set up three procurement offices, New York and Chicago to carry the main load, and San Francisco the rest, all items to be earmarked for purchase by one or the other. Commodity buying would insure lower prices. Commodity buying would
1 29 (C). Memo, CofEngrs for Dir Purch Div SOS, 29 Jan 43, sub: Special Proc of Trp Sup by CE. 400.12 Pt. 1 ( C ) .
511
to be digested and ready three months in advance of the applicable quarter for presCertainly the major task set before the entation to the Requirements Committee, procurement organization at the outset of WPB, on which sat representatives of all the 1943 was the administration of the Con- claimant agencies. The Requirements Comtrolled Materials Plan. CMP recognized mittee looked at the production forecast of three materialssteel, copper, and alumi- steel, copper, and aluminum and rationed numas dominating the nation's produc- out the quantities after due consideration to tion. Like the Production Requirements "must programs," strategic plans, and logisPlan, and unlike the priorities system, CMP tical factors. Each claimant agency then adwas pledged to allot no more of these ma- justed programs and delivery schedules to terials than was available in any one quar- conform to its own bulk share. Manufacter. The concept of distribution under turers received the revised schedules along CMP was vertical in contrast to the hori- with allotments of materials. zontal system which had characterized PRP. The Army was willing, even anxious, to Under PRP the individual manufacturer assume this vast burden because CMP afhad applied for his share of materials and forded to it so much more control over the WPB had made the allotments. CMP al- procurement program than had the priorilowed a limited number of "claimant agen- ties system or the PRP. Indignation followed cies," such as the Army, Navy, and Mari- dismay therefore when the WPB widened time Commissionseven in allto bid for the door to admit a large number of extheir contractors' shares on the basis of ceptions. Certain products were clearly unestablished war production programs. The suited for inclusion under CMP, a vertical Army got its steel allotment in a lump and system of materials control. These were the parceled it out to the technical services, so-called shelf items or general industrial which divided it among their prime con- suppliesbolts, bearings, motors, and other tractors who saw to it that their subcontrac- components. The fabricators of such suptors were supplied. plies were general suppliers or vendors The research, mathematical calculation, rather than subcontractors. They received and discussion that attended CMP was stag- orders from innumerable producers of end gering in its quantity. The prime contractor items and would have to depend, if included supplied the claimant agency with a unit bill in a vertical system of allocation, on similar of materials for his product. The claimant innumerable allotments of controlled maagency extracted the quantity of steel, cop- terials. CMP left room for use of a horiper, and aluminum and multiplied this by zontal system where administration would the number of units scheduled to be pro- be thus rendered chaotic. The Army had duced each quarter. "Lead time," the num- no quarrel with this principle. What gave ber of months required from date of ship- rise to the dismay and indignation was the ment of raw materials to delivery of the fin- announcement by WPB that all civilianished product, was figured into production type end products would be classed as "B" schedules in order to establish the date when products along with shelf items and induscontrolled materials were to be made avail- trial supplies. Commercial items, so the able to the manufacturer. All this data had WPB reasoned, were being ordered by
512
numerous claimant agencies. To avoid administrative chaos, allocation should be by WPB upon application from the manufacturers. The claimant agencies would inform WPB either of the number of units or of the dollar value of B products required. The WPB would then calculate the amounts of material needed in their manufacture.30 This decision hit the Corps of Engineers where it hurt. Some 80 percent of the items procured, including tractors, cranes, shovels, air compressors, and the whole long list of more specialized construction machinery, were B products. The first agonized scream of protest went up to SOS on 21 October 1942:
The Corps of Engineers is unwilling to jeopardize its procurement program by allowing other agencies to make decisions which may affect drastically the ability of this office to fulfill its obligations.31
The Corps was to renew its pleas for modification of the B list some months later after CMP had gone into operation. Meanwhile, following the guidance of ASF, the Supply Division began in November 1942 to gear its administrative machinery to the new materials distribution system. The focal point of CMP management in OCE was the Central Planning Section, Procurement Branch, which was established in December with a nucleus of 1 OO persons from the Materials Section, including J. M. Wright who retained his position as chief. Intensive recruitment of personnel followed. By March the section had almost 300 on the payroll and the procure-
Ltr, C of Sup Div to Dir Prod SOS, 21 Oct 42, Ltr, C of Sup Div to Dir Prod SOS, 28 Oct 42,
sub: Comments on Rev Draft of CMP. Management Br Proc Div file, Jan-Dec 42, Corresp. 33 CMP and Materials Sec OCE, History of CMP Operations in CE, 1942-1945 (typescript, 17 Sep
513
By late April 1943 there were indications that third quarter cuts would be even more severe. Processing in WTB's Construction Machinery Branch, which was responsible for the major portion of the Corps' B products, was slow. It was late Februarytwo weeks after producers of A products had received allotments for the entire quarter before construction machinery plants received allotments for the month of April only. Allotments to B producers for May and June rollings were not forthcoming until late March by which time mill schedules were so set up that a number of emergency rulings were required to assure delivery on the allocations. In April the Construction Machinery Branch, with no steel in reserve, was faced with the need to provide some for emergency requirements. The Engineers had to find the steel. The Supply Division attributed these failures in the system to the inability of the Construction Machinery Branch to identify military orders. Too much steel was flowing to nonessential production, the Engineers claimed, and this was bound to be the case as long as construction machinery remained on the B list, out of reach of those who understood what was needed and when.35 Construction machinery should be transferred to the A list:
The Chief of Engineers is held responsible for fulfillment of Army Supply Program objectives as regards construction machinery. These objectives are not constant. They shift not only among themselves but in relation to other Army Supply Program items. Since the purpose of the Controlled Materials Plan is to channel materials and production for maximum military effectiveness through a type of
34
15 30 20
514
budgetary balancing process, control over grants of material must be retained by the Chief of Engineers so that his objectives may be achieved by a consideration of total requirements on the one hand and total mate36 rial available on the other.
Speaking for the other technical services as well as for the Corps of Engineers, ASF had ranged itself against the lengthy B list from the beginning. This viewpoint having found considerable support among WPB officials themselves, by mid-May that part of the B list the Engineers had found so objectionable was on the way out. The first step in this direction was the designation of a group of "Class A Civilian Type End Products," which claimant agencies could elect to handle by vertical allotment. The following month WPB restored the B list to its original concept. Beginning in the fourth quarter only components would be allocated on a horizontal system. Despite the mountain of work created and despite the problems resulting from the original composition of the B list, the Engineers stoutly maintained their faith in the essential soundness of CMP. The Supply Division noted in June 1943 that while in the past allotments had not served as an absolute guarantee of receipts of controlled materials, there were signs that they would so serve in the future. The Supply Division applauded the discipline that CMP had imposed upon all involved in procurement operations, from contractors, through field offices, to OCE, Improvements in scheduling production were already apparent. More data would be forthcoming on Class IV supplies. The mechanics of the job would be perfected as time went on.37 Study of the first two computations made under CMP revealed, for example, that 85 percent of controlled materials were being consumed in the production of some 250
515
in countless end itemstanks, planes, tractors, trucks. Ball bearings, crankshafts, carburetors, and magnetos were all needed by the engine manufacturer. In the case of components therefore the WPB had to concern itself not only with the flow of materials but also with the flow of the components themselves, to see that components, as well as materials, were available at the time and place dictated by the needs of various war production programs. In a move designed to provide an accurate estimate of the quantities of raw maThe Shortage of Components terials required and to ascertain whether or Until the summer of 1943 the shortage not there was sufficient plant for the manuof steel had partly concealed the existence facture of components, the WPB, on 20 Janof a shortage of components. So long as uary 1943, directed that orders be placed there was not enough steel for tanks and by 6 February for thirty-two so-called critrucks and ships there seemed to be plenty tical common components if delivery were of engines. With steel suddenly become rel- desired prior to 1 July. Orders for the last atively plentiful, engines and other compon- six months of the year were to be on manuents emerged as the nation's number one facturers' books by 1 March. It took five bottleneck in war production. Never so seri- days for the WPB directive to arrive in the ous as the steel shortage, the scarcity of Supply Division, OCE, which was just then components continued until well into 1944. in the process of computing requirements The WPB, anticipating difficulties in this for the February ASP. Fowler and other area in view of the greatly increased pro- spokesmen for the Engineers were at immeduction programs of 1943, began a timely diate pains to point out the changes that would be forthcoming upon approval of the attack on the problem early that year. Regulating the production and distribu- ASP and to express concern over future Class IV requisitions. Instructed to do the tion of components, as the WPB set out to do, called forth a set of techniques different best they could, they flashed word to the from that needed in regulating the produc- field on 25 January. All requisitions now on tion and distribution of raw materials. A hand in district offices must be covered by steady and adequate flow of materials to contracts immediately. All contractors and manufacturers of components was essential, their subcontractors must be impressed with of course. The WPB assumed sole responsi- the necessity for compliance. Procurement bility for assuring this under the horizontal districts must stand ready to place addisystem of allocations provided for B prod- tional orders within the next few days after ucts. But components were not solely con- the Supply Division completed the Engineer sumers of raw materials. To a large extent portion of the ASP. Notices would be incomponents consumed other components. 38 Once fabricated they were in turn consumed Hist cited n. 33.
516
formal; standard requisitions would follow as time permitted. On 26 February, WPB took a second and more important step to assure adequate production and distribution of components. Under General Scheduling Order M-293 which became effective on 1 May, some three dozen components were singled out for special treatment. Manufacturers of the larger and relatively less critical group, which included such items as gasoline and diesel engines, crankshafts, and magnetos, were to file with the WPB their production schedules. Acting upon the advice of the procurement agencies, the WPB would adjust the schedules to conform to those of prime contractors in accordance with the relative importance of the various end products. Once approved, schedules were to remain frozen unless changed by WPB. As applied to the seven most critical components, comprising such items as compressors and dry vacuum pumps, heat exchangers, and turbo-blowers, General Scheduling Order M-293 stipulated that manufacturers of end items seek approval of WPB before placement of orders. Numerous other items were brought under general control by the requirement for filing informational reports. In all three groups WPB reserved the right to cancel, reschedule, or take other action deemed necessary.39 Although the Engineers had an interest in nearly all the critical common components which were embraced by General Scheduling Order M-293, it was engines and the components of engines that concerned them most. Their needs centered on the heavy duty, slow speed, so-called industrial engines, as compared with the lighter, high speed automotive type for which the nation had more peacetime productive ca-
ment of Orders Required for Critical Common Components. Exec Office Proc Div file, Proc Policies and Procedures. (4) General Scheduling Or-
der M-293. Unless otherwise noted the remainder of this section is based upon correspondence in 004.03, Pt. 1, and Exec Office Proc Div file, Engr Equip, Misc Engines.
517
July Fowler admonished the field offices that the trend must be reversed immediately:
The situation is seriousaction of the most vigorous sort is called for both in initiating a program and following up to assure that it is carried out. All means such as subcontracting, developing additional facilities, partial cancellation and replacing orders with manufacturers who can produce, as well as the usual means of expediting, securing materials, demanding full use of facilities, securing required manpower, etc. should be called 42 upon.
Early in August the field received another pep letter. Yet engineer matriel was piling up in the depots. At the end of June approximately 80 percent of the items in the common stockpile had reached maximum reserve levels. The paradox of scarcity in the midst of plenty was explicable in terms of distribution. Some products had been delivered considerably ahead of schedule and were, in the parlance of the supply experts "overprocured." By July seven out of eleven major groups of equipment were ahead of schedule. Searchlights, barrage balloons, landing mat, precision instruments, boats and bridging, motorized shops, water supply equipment, nearly all of which had caused some difficulties the year before, fell into this "overprocured" category. More productive capacity, more experience in the fabrication of special military items, more steel and aluminumthese were the factors
40 (1) Memo, CofEngrs for CG ASF, 16 Jun 43, sub: Engine Sup for Engr Prod. 400.12, Pt. 114. (2) Memo, C of LiaisonMach ToolFacility Expansion Sub-Sec for C of Tractor and Crane Sec, 19 Mar 43, sub: Rpt on Detroit Diesel Engine Mtg, Mar 19, 43. Management Br Proc Div file, Engines, Diesel Detroit 1945, Mach and Equip ( C ) .
(3) Intnl Div ASF, Lend-Lease, pp. 476-83. 41 ASF Stat Review, p. 78.
42 Ltr, ACofEngrs to Div Engrs, 1 Jul 43, sub: Deficiencies in Mtg 1943 ASP for Engr Equip. 004.03, Pt. 1.
518
largely responsible for the upsurge of deliveries. The easing of the aluminum shortage put the mapping equipment program on its feet. Early in the year the Eugene Dietzgen Company, principal source of precision instruments, completed a Navy contract. Thereafter the Engineers had available to them all of the transits manufactured by this firm. Deliveries of searchlights began to soar in February when General Electric's plants got into full operation. Low altitude barrage balloons had been easy to procure 43 even in 1942. Delivery of so many costly items in such large quantities tended to inflate the overall dollar value of Engineer deliveries. When cutbacks in these categories of supplies began, the over-all program appeared to have slipped more than was actually the case. In June, with the possibility of aerial attack all but removed, production of searchlights was slowed down to 100 units a month. A second mirror plant at Mariemont, Ohio, on which construction had begun the previous summer, closed in August 1943 without ever having been put into full operation. For the same reason production of low altitude barrage balloons ceased after delivery of 3,212 against an original requirement of 4,130 although production of very low altitude barrage balloons to aid the defense of ships at sea and of amphibious forces continued throughout the year. Although the two types of balloon were similar, the lighter winch required for the very low altitude balloon kept its deliveries behind schedule. One manufacturer of winches lost engineers to the draft, another had difficulty locating a suitable power plant, and another produced a number of unsatisfactory units. Although delivery of the new type of balloon did not lag seriously enough to affect the over-all record appreciably, it did not serve to boost
519
sideration should also be given to the possibility of expanding the foundry industry and to allocating facilities in that industry. The foundries should be allowed to raise wages so that workers would be better compensated for the unavoidably unpleasant working conditions and so induced to remain on the job. Skilled foundry workers should be more effectively protected from the draft, and in fact the entire labor force should be built up so as to keep the industry operating on three shifts.46 Having made strenuous representations
(1) Ltr, AC of Proc Br to Dir of Rqmts ASF, 25 May 43, sub: Proc of Searchlights. 470.3 ( C ) . (2) OCE, Record of Factory Expansions Jun 40Mar 43, WD Financed or Sponsored Through DPC, [c. Aug 43]. Exec Office Proc Div file, Plant Expansion Rpt. (3) Memo for File, 17 Aug 43, sub: Transfer Mirror Plant 2, Mariemont, Ohio. Same file. (4) MPR, Sec. 1-A, 31 Jan 43, 28 Feb 43, 30 Aug 43, 31 Dec 43. (5) ASP, Sec. 1, 1 Feb 43, 1 Aug 43. (6) Engr Bd Hist Study, Balloons, pp. 3, 24. (7) Engr Bd Hist Study, Winches, pp. 21-26. (8) Ltr, AC of Central Plan Sec Proc Br to Priorities and Alloc Review ASF, 9 Feb 43, sub: Distr of Landing Mat Carbon Steel Tonnage for 1st Quarter 1943. 411.5, Pt. 2. (9) Memo, Maj Charles A. Allen, ASF, for C of Steel Sec ASF, 15 May 43, sub: Semimonthly Rpt. 319.1, Semimonthly Rpts. (10) Ltr, AC of Proc Br to CG ASF, 20 May 43, sub: Mats Available for Advance Allot. Management Br Proc Div file, Corresp. ( 1 1 ) Memo, C of Opns Br Proc Sv for C of Proc Sv, 10 Aug 43, sub: Analysis of Recent Prod. Exec Office Proc Div file, Misc Corresp. ( 1 2 ) Memo, C of Proc Control Sec, 16 Aug 43, sub: Special Memo for Use of CofEngrs at ASF Staff Conf of 17 Aug 43. Same file. 45 (1) Ltr, C of Proc Br to All Div Engrs Having Proc of Mil Sup Functions, 22 Mar 43, sub: Monthly Rpt on Gas and Diesel Engines. 412.5, Pt. 1. (2) Ltr, ExO Proc Br to Various Div Engrs, 24 Jun 43, sub: Monthly Rpt on Gas and Diesel Engines. Management Br Proc Div file, Central Plan Br Directives. (3) Ltr, Fowler to Clay, 8 Jun 43, sub: Immediate Proc of 1944 ASP Engr Items Which Require Internal Combustion Engines, with 1st Ind, 16 Jun 43. Constr Mach Br Proc Div file, ASP Cranes 1944. 46 Memo, CofEngrs for CG ASF, 16 Jun 43, sub: Engine Sup for Engr Prod. 400.12, Pt. 114.
44
520
to the field to improve the quality of its reports, having drawn on the talents of expediters, having got permission to insure the future, and having recommended the enlargement of facilities, the Procurement Branch declared that all possible angles had been exhausted. The branch cast a doubtful eye upon the possibility of substituting one engine for another, a step that was being urged upon the Corps by the ASF in view of idle capacity at the Chrysler factory. As Reybold interpreted the Procurement Branch's position to Somervell in June:
curement Branch had ordered over 7,000 Chrysler engines and Reybold was referring to the substitution as "the most far-reaching step thus far taken toward the solution of the component difficulty." 49 Although long-term results were to confirm the truth of this statement, the changeover gave rise to unexpected complications and delays. Crane and shovel manufacturers, with reputations to protect, hesitated and had to be talked to firmly by procurement officials before they could be moved to forsake the old and tried. Further discussion and compromise was in order when It is true that there is considerable addithe crane and shovel people submitted tional engine capacity, but this consists almost entirely of high speed automotive and tank twenty-six variations on Chrysler's standengines. Few of these would be suitable for ard product, and crane and shovel models Engineer equipment. Investigation also dis- had to be altered to conform to the four or closes that in most cases it would take until five types that Chrysler would agree to furnext October or November to get a substitute engine into production due to the lead time nish. Chrysler itself found out that it took required for the component parts. Every longer to prepare drawings, patterns, and effort is being made to meet our deficiencies so on, than its salesmen had estimated. Once by this method and several substitutions have committed to the substitution the Procurealready been made, but it is not believed that ment Branch pushed it with the vigor born this method will solve the entire problem.47 of confidence that here was a real opporUnconvinced by these arguments, the Pro- tunity to break the engine bottleneck, at duction Division, ASF, took the initiative in the same time continuing to urge wage and discussions with Chrysler. In July represent- price adjustments in the casting and forgatives of the Chicago and Detroit Engineer ing industry and to suggest that its products Districts accompanied Col. James P. Crow- be allocated. The Corps felt constrained to den of ASF to the company's plant where the ins and outs of engineering and pro47 Ibid. See also Memo. ExO Mil Sup for Actg duction were gone into in detail. Crowden CofEngrs, 22 Dec 43, sub: Use of Chrysler T-126 returned to Washington with no real ques- Engine in 30 KW Generator Sets. Exec Office Proc Div file, Engr Equip Misc Engines. 48 tion in his mind but that substitutions were (1) Memo, ExO Mil Sup for Actg CofEngrs, 22 feasible. Chrysler promised delivery of sub- Dec 43, sub: Use of Chrysler T-26 Engine in 30 stantial quantities of engines within thirty KW Generator Sets. Exec Office Proc Div file, Engr Equip Misc Engines. (2) Memo, ExO Proc Sv for days, even more within the next two to three Col Forney, 15 Jul 43, sub: Substitution of Chrysmonths, since the plant had a large in- ler Engine in Engr Equip. Same file. (3) Memo, Deputy C of Mats and Prod Br Prod Div ASF for ventory of subcomponents on hand. Fowler Dir Prod Div ASF, 17 Jul 43, sub: Substitution of was persuaded that the automotive engines Automotive Type Engine for Industrial Type EnSame file. would prove satisfactory for shovels and gine. 49 Memo, CofEngrs for CG ASF, 16 Aug 43, sub: 48 cranes at least. By mid-August the Pro- Jul Prod. 004.03, Pt. 1.
521
1943 the Engineers had more reason to feel threatened than previously. This was the summer when plans were afoot in ASF headquarters to abolish the technical services. The Administrative Reorganization of On 24 August, one month before these plans November 1943 appeared in the newspapers, but certainly not before some rumors had circulated, OCE In memorandum after memorandum the announced its intention to bring the entire Corps of Engineers hammered away at the Engineer Department into procurement scarcity of components in explanation of operations. If the determination to maintain slippage in its procurement program. This the integrity of the Corps be accepted as the correspondence contained no suggestion of motivating force in both reorganizations, administrative failures or of complaints the basis of reasoning had certainly changed about the field organization. To judge by by the summer of 1943. In January OCE its silence ASF was similarly content with had presumably sought to protect the civil the administrative set-up. The purchase of works organization from disintegration by tractors, searchlights, barrage balloons, and assigning it procurement business. In Auother key items on a commodity rather than gust the Corps sought presumably to use the a territorial basis, had insured the flow of river and harbor organization, which had contracts mainly to the Chicago and New many friends in Congress, as a bulwark York Districts, the very offices where ASF's against the anticipated raid on its procurePurchases Division had previously suggested ment activities and subsequently upon the that the work be centralized. The value of Corps itself.52 allotments made to division offices during The announced purpose of the reorganfiscal year 1943 showed this picture: 51 ization was to obtain direct channels of reTotal____________ $1, 312, 641, 044 sponsibility and straight-line control to Great Lakes_____________ 595,008,902 improve deliveries, and to increase producNorth Atlantic___________ 347, 769, 265 tion. Boundaries would conform to those of Ohio River_____________ 199,977,032 the Engineer Department, thus assuring uniSouthwestern ____________ 48, 678, 412 formity of command in supply, military conSouth Atlantic___________ 39,961,510 Upper Mississippi Valley_____ 36, 771, 834 struction, and civil works. The additional Middle Atlantic__________ 29, 873, 743 advantages of proximity to contractors and Pacific _________________ 14, 600, 346 access to experienced personnel were urged In view of the seeming satisfaction with upon ASF as products of the change. But the performance of field offices, the second Maj. Frank W. Xiques of ASF's Purchases reorganization of 1943, like the first, came Division registered strong disapproval of the as an unwelcome surprise to employees of reorganization. It was time, he thought, for the Procurement Branch, OCE. Unfriendly the Corps to show substantial reductions in critics of the change were convinced that 50 Ibid. 51 the needs of the procurement program had Ann Rpt OCE, 1943. (1) See above, pp. 508-10. (2) Orgn for Engr again been unnecessarily subordinated to what higher echelons believed was the gen- Proc. (3) Memo, C of Proc Div for ACofEngrs Mil Sup, 26 Mar 48, sub: Orgn of CE for Proc of Mil eral good of the Corps. In the summer of Sup. Exec Office Proc Div file, OrgnCE.
52
522
its field staff. Xiques predicted that with fifty-five offices engaged in procurement, responsibility was going to be spread very thin. Clay expressed some reservations about the plan to split contracting functions between division and district offices.53 On the whole, however, the Engineers found Clay, an Engineer officer, receptive to the main argument they produced, namely that the new administrative arrangement "takes full advantage of the entire organizational strength
North Atlantic Division. Camouflage equipment, firing devices, searchlights, water purification equipment
of the U. S. Engineer Department . . . for supply matters as well as construction Middle Atlantic Division- Calcium carbide, laboratory field and soil work." 54 testing equipment, all Under the reorganization which took items from Canada place between 1 September and 1 NovemPacific Division______ Asphalt, lumber and plyber 1943, Division Engineers for the first wood for shipment time assumed an active role in procurement west of the Rocky Mountains, p o n t o n operations. Hitherto they had merely superlumber by the Seattle vised the districts. Now they were to secure District the contractor and issue a letter purchase order to him. Negotiation of the final con- Unlike previous commodity assignments, tract, expediting, and inspections would be those made in the fall of 1943 did not retain done by the district in which the con- all procurement operations in one office. Intractor was located. For small purchases stead, the work was divided between divi55 and for items having single sources of sup- sions and districts. ply, the Division Engineer could, if he Deliveries: 1943 chose, allow the district to handle the entire sequence. Again, provision was made for In the month of October (before the recommodity purchasing: organization had been completed) deliverGreat Lakes Division___ Cranes, shovels, crawler ies of Engineer equipment turned sharply tractors upward, reaching $136,865,000 worth or more than $17,000,000 over those of Au(1) C/L 2516, 24 Aug 43. (2) Memo, Xiques for Col Phillips W. Smith, 28 Oct 43, sub: Modification of Proc Procedure for Engr Equip and Sup
CE. Exec Office Proc Div file, Proc Policies and Procedures.
54 53
Ohio River Division. Boilers, Bailey bridges, prefabricated steel buildings, gas cylinders, landing mat, machine tools
Nov 43, sub: Approval of Modification of Proc Procedure for Engr Equip and Sup. 400.12, Pt. 114.
55
523
ductive capacity. Yet so long as the steel shortage persisted, the Supply Division considered it impractical to seek additional plant. At the beginning of 1943, moreover, those officials who would have passed upon a request for expansion of manufacturing facilities had focused their attention on the store of surplus machinery in the hands of the Construction Division. Clay and Michael J. Madigan of Secretary Patterson's office had been referring to this source for months. On 13 February 1943 they instructed representatives of the Supply and Construction Divisions to show results. The Construction Division had in its possession at this time approximately 85,000 pieces of equipment, including over 30,000 trucks. Some of this equipment would have to be retained by the Construction Division, Clay agreed, but most of it, and certainly the machines in better condition, was to be released to the Supply Division. The original understanding was that the use of secondhand machinery would be confined to training centers and to construction in noncombat areas, but provision was soon made to send some used equipment to theaters of operations.58 As criteria for selection were
56 (1) Crawford and Cook, Statistics, p. 15. (2) MPR, Sec. 6, 31 Dec 43. 57 (1) Memo, C of Rqmts Br for C of Sup Div, 27 Aug 43, sub: Rev Maint Factors. Exec Office Proc Div file, Engr EquipSpare Parts No. 1. (2) Memo, CofEngrs for CG ASF, 16 Oct 43, sub: September Prod. Exec Office Proc Div file, ASF. (3) Memo, AC of Rqmts Br for ACofEngrs Mil Sup, 11 Oct 44, sub: Repl Factors. EHD files. (4) Memo, ACofEngrs Mil Sup for CG ASF, 11 Oct 44, sub: Determination of Repl Factors. 400, Pt. 2. 58 (1) See above, p. 182. (2) Memo for File, 13 Feb 43, sub: Mtg in Gen Clay's Office This Date. Exec Office Proc Div file, Salvage and Surplus Mats. (3) Memo, C of Tractor and Crane Sec for File, 28 Sep 43, sub: Notes on Mtg with Col. Needles, re Rebuilt Constr Mach. Constr Mach Br file, Program Determination 447.
524
spelled out for Division Engineers on 26 February, equipment destined for overseas should "preferably" be "new, substantially new, or in excellent condition after reconditioning. That slated for shipment to off-continent construction projects should be in "very good or good condition" after reconditioning with only a moderate quantity of spare parts. Troops in training should receive standard makes and models that were in "working condition." 59 The Supply Division prepared a list of machines desired (tractors and shovels were the most desperately needed) and worked up quantities of each type to be rebuilt, reconditioned, or simply certified as suitable for troops in training. The first batch of secondhand machines received at the training centers was universally poor. Tractors arrived without power control units and with attachments that did not fit. Much of the equipment would not run at all without extensive repairs.60 Early in June when it became evident that deliveries of new construction machinery would be less than scheduled, the Supply Division abandoned all attempts to transfer standard makes and models to the centers. Troops in training in fact had to release standard machinery in their possession for shipment overseas. Division Engineers were urged to make a special effort to round up nonstandard machines to replace those leaving the centers. The field should see that the machines were in "working condition or better." 61 Admonitions to Division Engineers to furnish better machines were of no avail. Early in August the Construction Division found it necessary to do away with the term "working condition" altogether. Henceforth each machine would go into the shop for clean-
525
stated requirements. (Table 12) Redesign and test of the steel treadway bridge following the accidents in the fall of 1942 had taken many months. Fabrication of the new treadway bridge did not begin until summer. Lost time would be recovered early in
526
TABLE 11CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY: ANNUAL REQUIREMENTS AS OF FEBRUARY, AUGUST AND DECEMBER 1943 AND ACTUAL DELIVERIES IN 1943
527
TABLE 11CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY: ANNUAL REQUIREMENTS AS OF FEBRUARY, AUGUST, AND DECEMBER 1943 AND ACTUAL DELIVERIES IN 1943Continued
Requirements not shown in available records. These figures differ from those in Crawford and Cook, Statistics, which have been adjusted to include procurement by Ordnance Department.
b
Source: (1) ASP, Sec. 1, 1 Feb 43 and 1 Aug 43, (2) MPR, Sec 1-A, 31 Dec 43, 31 Jan 44, 29 Feb 44, (3) Crawford and Cook, op. cit., pp. 25-27.
528
TABLE 12MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT: ANNUAL REQUIREMENTS AS OF FEBRUARY, AUGUST, AND DECEMBER 1943 AND ACTUAL DELIVERIES IN 1943
529
TABLE 12MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT: ANNUAL REQUIREMENTS AS OF FEBRUARY, AUGUST, AND DECEMBER 1943 AND ACTUAL DELIVERIES IN 1943Continued
Requirements not shown in available records. New model under development. c MPR, Section 1-A, for December, combined the two types with total deliveries of 1,110. In January 1944, Type B was given for the first time, with delivery of 890 in 1943. MPR's prior to December 1943 gave Type A only, with deliveries higher than could be possible if 890 Type B were made and 1,110 was actually the combined figure. d This was the actual delivery total in May, the last time the watch compass was reported. At that time, over-procurement to a total of 1,021,387 had been authorized.
b
(2) MPR, Sec. 1-A, 31 May 43, 30 Nov 43, 31 Dec 43, 31 Jan 44, 29 Feb 44. (3)
CHAPTER XXII
factory to designated depot in the United States whence it was called forward at the appropriate time for shipment to troop unit or to theater. Control of that part of the matriel that was moving overseas was largely in the hands of the major ports, which had been assigned responsibility for the supply of particular theaters or bases. For the vast majority of items the requisition channels were direct from theater to port to depot. A selected group, in general those known to procurement staffs as "critical" items, became, for the purpose of disEvolution of the Supply System tribution, "controlled" items. Requisitions The immediate result of more plentiful for controlled items went from port to techstocks in all of the technical services was the nical service for a check upon theater prioremergence of an orderly system of distribu- ities, rather than direct from port to depot. tion. Although in 1943 there were still in- (Chart 8) With the maturation of the stances of last-minute purchases to fill short- wholesale system, the depotsheretofore ages of units alerted for overseas movement small depositories for slow-moving, largely and to satisfy unexpected Class IV requi- obsolete equipmentcame into their own. sitions, this method of supply became less Their importance, first apparent in relation common as the year wore on. During 1942 to the distribution of matriel, was to grow many needs had perforce to be met on a as the quantities of supplies in storage and retail basis. Purchase by requisition and the rate at which they were being issued
532
became the major determinants in the com1 putation of the Army's requirements. In developing its storage system the Corps of Engineers was guided by policies set forth by the War Department and, more particularly, by ASF, which looked in turn to the Quartermaster Corps as the most experienced "supplier" in the Army. The Engineer supply system was in Dawson's bailiwick, which, it will be recalled, was the Requirements, Storage and Issue Branch. Those officers and civilians whose concern was storage and issue had attempted, during 1942, to provide the fundamentals of an efficient system. Their first concern had been the acquisition of space itself. In July 1941 the Engineers maintained storage facilities in five depots administered by The Quartermaster General for the War Department: at Brooklyn and Schenectady, New York; Columbus, Ohio; San Antonio, Texas; and San Francisco, California. Total space available was well under a million square feet. During the succeeding twelve months there was but a modest expansion of storage areas to somewhat over 5,000,000 square feet. The greatest additions occurred in the last six months of 1942. By January 1943 storage facilities under the control of the Corps had reached 36,900,000 square feet. By the summer of 1943, when distribution and control of stocks began to assume a position of importance equal to that of procurement, the Engineers had 42,900,000 square feet of storage space available to them. Over the course of the next twelve months the Corps added another 18,000,000 square feet. Engineer storage installations were, moreover, scattered all over the country in eight Engineer
533
has wheels or can be put in the vest pocket, an intelligent substitution cannot be made with5 out a guide.
Dawson, persuaded by this time that stock control was an all-or-nothing proposition, agreed that the only thing to do was "to wash the slate clean and start all over again."6 Starting over again and doing a thorough job was a formidable task. Capt. Coleman P. Cook, the chief of the Tabulating Section, reported the state of affairs in midSeptember:
The task of setting up complete nomenclature on cards for . . . Parts I and II of the catalog is proceeding. Cards have been punched through the letter "E." . . . Colonel Holt [of the War Planning Section] has approved bringing the cataloging of new items to a temporary halt until the catalog group can digest recent heavy influx of new equipment in connection with War Aid, barrage-balloon equipment, searchlight cleaning and preserving materials, motorized shop equipment, reproduction equipment, amphibious force supplies, T/O equipment and non-standard items actually on hand at depots.
Pressure of work had prevented the catalog group from putting out a complete list of items cataloged so far.7
3 (1) Dawson Speech. (2) CE Sup Catalogs, 1941, 1942. (3) Ltr, ExO Sup Div to Engr Sup Off Utah Gen Depot, 30 Dec 41, sub: Listings of Pts I and II of New Engr Sup Catalog. 400.34. (4) Memo, C of Rqmts Br for C of Requisition Sec, 8 Jul 42, sub: Catalog Number. Constr Mach Br file, Standardization of Tractor. (5) Ltr, AC of Rqmts Br to Engr Sup Officer Columbus Gen Depot, 13 Feb 42, sub: Engr Catalog, Pt. 2. 400.291, Pt. 7. 4 (1) Dawson Speech. (2) Memo, C of O&T Br for Sup Div, 3 Aug 43, sub: Nomenclature. 400.34, Pt. 43. (3) Tabulating Sec Diary, 4 Aug 42, 16 Sep 42. Rqmts Br file. 5 Tabulating Sec Diary, 20 Aug 42. 6 Dawson Speech. 7 Tabulating Sec Diary, 16 Sep 42.
536
Expansion of the Engineer supply system got under way during the period when the shortage of officers was most acute and came into full operation just as civilian manpower was becoming difficult to obtain. A large force of officer-managers, civilian clerks, and common laborers suddenly had to be built up from scratch to carry out duties with which the Corps of Engineers had almost no experience and which were regarded in some quarters as of little importance. Fowler sensed trouble ahead as early as March 1942. So far, he complained to Military Personnel, the officers assigned to supply duties had been too young, too inexperienced, and too few. This trend should be reversed. Urging that "supply duties should be put on an equal basis with troop duty and construction duty," he asked for twenty qualified officers a month beginning 1 May.8 Military Personnel found it impossible to keep up with the demand for supply officers. In August Military Personnel was planning to assign about 150 officers from the Engineer Officer Replacement Pool, the hopper that contained Reserves, men commissioned direct from civil life, and OCS graduates. The hope was that most of these men would have an opportunity to attend the Engineer supply school at Columbus Depot before assignment, but "the urgency of personnel requirements" might make it necessary to train them after they arrived on the job at 9 port or depot. The "urgency of personnel requirements" was evident. Dawson was asking for 282 additional officers at this time. The new depots at Granite City, Illinois, and at Marion and Sharonville, Ohio, went for weeks without officers. By early 1943, however, every Engineer installation had its commanding officer, every port its Engineer. All told there were at this time approximately 275 officers
537
stocked its maximum level, balance on hand as given on stock record cards and as shown on a memorandum receipt account, quantities due in and due out, and cumulative issues for the quarter reported. Comparison of quarterly stock status reports would enable the depots to revise station levels, subject to review by the Director of Stock Control. Stock levels at the depots themselves were fixed at the quantity issued over the last five months (January-May 1943). Any balance over and above this amount became a reserve subject to the control of OCE. Revision of depot levels would be a joint responsibility of the depot and the Director of Stock Control. Replenishment by direction of the Storage and Issue Branch would ordinarily be automatic, but depots were to notify that office if stocks of any item fell below 50 percent of the authorized level. The primary instrument for maintaining and adjusting stock levels was the consoli(1) GO 6, 14 Jan 43. (2) Ltr, ACofEngrs (Fowler) to All Concerned, 29 Apr 43, sub: Stock Control Procedure. EHD files. (3) Memo, Lt James M. Roche for Beauchamp, 5 Mar 43, sub: Final Rpt Engr Sup Sec Utah QM Depot, with Incl, Depot Flow of Requisitions and Ship Tickets. 333.1, Pt. 1. 12 (1) Memo, Beauchamp for Dawson, 28 Jun 43, sub: Comparative Sum of Requisitions Received and Back Orders Released. Storage Br, Read file. (2) Ltr, C of Storage Br for Plans and Analysis Br Storage Div ASF, 10 Jul 43, same sub, with 1st Ind, 17 Jul 43. 400.312, Pt. 8. (3) Memo, Dir of Stock Control for C of Inventory Control Br, 30 Jul 43, sub: Proposed Monthly Depot Space and Operating Statement. 400.242, Pt. 2 13 (1) Memo, Fowler for Chorpening et al., 23 Mar 43, sub: Balance of Proc and Control of Stocks. Intnl Div file, 310.1. (2) Memo, Dir of Stock Control for C of Sup Div, 17 Apr 43, sub: Orgn and Immediate Objectives of the Office of Dir of Stock Control. Exec Office Proc Div file, Adm Inter-Office Memos. (3) Memo, Dir of Stock Control for C of Fld Sv, 5 Jul 43, sub: Progress of Dir of Stock Control. 400.291, Pt. 3.
11
538
dated stock status report. As of the close of business on Friday each depot listed the number, nomenclature, and maximum stock level of every item stocked, noted cumulative issues since the beginning of the year, and gave quantities on hand, due out, and due in. The individual reports were forwarded to the Granite City Depot where the former Tabulating Section, still under Major Cook, was now located. As put into final form by Cook's section, the consolidated stock status report served also as a basic tool in directing the flow of supplies to troop units and ports.14 If the depots had been stocked up to prescribed levels at all times the flow of supplies would have been automatic. Thus some installations, designated "distribution" depots, carried a balanced stock for the supply of troop units stationed within a prescribed geographical area. Others, the socalled "filler" depots, maintained supplies for shipment overseas upon call of a particular port. "Reserve" depots kept on hand stores which were drawn upon by distribution and filler depots and occasionally by the ports. Certain suppliestopographic equipment, for examplewere concentrated in "key" depots. All of the Engineer depots served in more than one of these capacities. (See Chart 9.) Although the flow of supplies was through designated points of the depot system to stations in the United States and through the ports to the theaters of war, the flow of paper which determined the movement of supplies passed through other points as well. The whole process can best be described by following a theoretical unit from the time of its activation to its overseas station. About 1 July 1943 the Organization and Equipment Section, located at the Granite City Engineer Depot, received notice that X General Service Regiment would be activated
539
sound stock control plan, and the continual application of this plan will lead to correctly adjusted stocks. If all concerned aggressively and industriously apply this plan, kept constantly current with changing conditions, we 16 can hope to approach "stock control."
was entitled arrived at the camp. About midway in its 26-week training period X Regiment's commanding officer received notice of the unit's having been scheduled for
movement overseas and of its consequently higher priority for equipment. Claiborne's supply officer filled in what shortages he could from station stocks and then requisitioned San Antonio, which forwarded sup-
plies on hand and extracted missing items to Granite City. The Controlled Equipment Subsection, OCE, had meanwhile authorized Granite City to obtain for the regiment
the tractors and other controlled items due it. Having arrived in the British Isles just before D Day, the X General Service Regiment subsequently participated in the reconstruction of the port of Cherbourg. The list
1943
of Class IV supplies needed for this operation had been submitted to the War Department by the theater in the form of a keyed project in August 1943. Some months later
the New York port received the actual requisition for supplies. The Engineer Section of the port edited the requisition, referring controlled items to OCE and noncontrolled
and (6) miscellaneous, nonstandard, and obsolete equipment. Omitted from the list were spare parts procurable only from the
manufacturer of the particular machine, one-time purchases, emergency purchases, and certain international aid supplies. Items had been grouped under the Federal Standard Stock Catalog Classification, resulting in a twelve-digit decimal system. Publication of the SNL and of a revised
15 (1) Ltr, ACofEngrs (Fowler) to Engr Sup Offs QM Depots et al, 26 Mar 43, sub: Transfer of Certain Functions to Granite City Engr Depot. 323.3, Granite City Engr Depot. (2) Ltr, ACofEngrs to All Concerned, 29 Apr 43, sub: Stock Control Procedure. EHD files. (3) C/L 2248, 2 Jul 43, sub: Activation of Fld Liaison Office NAD. (4) Ltr, C of Fld Sv to COs Engr Depots et al, 16 Jul 43, sub: Back Orders for Overseas Shipment. 400.291, Pt. 2. (4) Ltr, ACofEngrs to NAD Engr, 14 Apr 43, sub: Estab of Engr Port Liaison Office. Rqmts Br Noncontrolled Equip Sec file, 320.2. 16 Memo, Dir of Stock Control for C of Fld Sv, 5 Jul 43, sub: Progress of Dir of Stock Control. 400.291, Pt. 3.
items to the Engineer Section of the Schenectady ASF Depot. The field liaison office
of the North Atlantic Division kept tab on movements, contacting as necessary OCE, the depots, and the Engineer Section of the New York port until matriel had been loaded and shipped.15 In summarizing the steps taken to install the new system, Rodwell offered a few words of warning to his colleagues:
There is a tendency among many in the Supply Division today to expect wonders by merely stating, "Now that we've got Stock Control . . . ." We do not have Stock Control! However, we do have an apparently
540
catalog in October 1943 fell far short of solving the problem of identification. The habit of referring to items by their trade name or old stock number persisted in spite of formal orders that every document in the supply chain carry the standard name and number. A two weeks' survey in September revealed that 57 percent of the requisitions issued from OCE were without a stock number. Disinclination or inability to match up nomenclature used in the ASP or on papers from overseas with the SNL accounted for this situation in part. The main reason for it was the fact that the SNL was out of date. A good many persons in the Supply Division believed that the group charged with this workone officer and twelve civilians including typistswas entirely too small to handle the job. Rodwell asserted, however, that the SNL would be put on a current basis within a short time and would thereafter be kept so. Recommendations for en17 larging the staff were disapproved. Some 3,300 unnamed items continued to float through the Engineer supply system. The depots assigned them temporary numbers and referred a description to the Storage and Issue Branch for positive identification. Late in August EFDO dispatched representatives to the depots in an effort to reduce the number of items carrying temporary numbers. In November the Supply Division launched another "concentrated drive." This time representatives of the depots were to come to Washington to work with the chief cataloger. The hope was to 18 clear the books by 1 January 1944. A large part of the confusion in the depots resulted from the poor caliber and inexperience of officers and civilians. Ultimately a few warehousemen turned up for direct commissions, but the bulk of officers at depots and ports of embarkation were
Mtg of 23 Sep 43. Same file. (5) Memo, Maj C. G. Strong for Comm on Sup Procedure, 6 Oct 43, sub: Proposed Action re Standard Nomenclature Program. 020, Pt. 2. (6) Memo, C of Rqmts Sec for Rqmts and Stock Control Br, 8 Oct 43, sub: Reorgn of Standard Nomenclature Subsec and Allow and Catalog Subsec. Rqmts Br, Read file. (7) Memo, ExO Sup Div for C of Sup Div, 10 Apr 44, sub: Nomenclature and Catalog Sec. Same file. 18 (1) Ltr, C of EFDO for COs Engr Depots et al., 21 Aug 43, sub: Program for Identification of Depot Stocks. Opns Sec Storage Br file, Lt.
Seaton. (2) Memo, Capt Davis, Rqmts Br, for
Workman, EFDO, 27 Nov 43, sub: Unidentified Items in SNL. Rqmts Br, Read file. 19 (1) Depot Opn and Changes. Basic Mats Submitted for Ann Rpt OCE, 1943. EHD files. (2) MPR, Sec. 2-H, Sup Storage Opns, 30 Sep 42-31 Dec 45.
541
and supervisors. The IBM industry itself was young. Those who knew it were young, too. It took most persons three to four years to qualify as supervisors. In an effort to provide replacements for IBM experts called to service, the Engineers transferred employees from depot to depot and sent many to IBM schools and the AGO "brushup" course, concentrating the while on women workers. In time some of the young men who had been drafted, particularly those who had been classified for limited service, were assigned as enlisted men to IBM work in the depots. Italian Service Units (prisoners of war) finally eased the shortage of laborers in depots in the west.21 Incompetence in the ranks of management and labor and lack of an airtight system of identification of stocks all but ruled out the possibility of efficient operations. Fortunately the supply system could absorb a great deal of inefficiency. By spring 1943, Engineer depots were handling over 300,000 tons of supplies a month. More significantly, shipments, rather than receipts, accounted for the greater part of the increase in work load. Total tonnage handled rose by 53 percent from the fall of 1942 to the fall of 1943. During this same period the volume of shipments increased 150 percent. (Chart 10.) Above all, the shortages of matriel which had everywhere prevailed during 1942 began in 1943 to be overcome in certain areas. By the end of 1943 stocks were being assembled in the United Kingdom at the rate
20
Bostick was convinced "that this Depot has for laborers, the finest conglomeration of morons of any depot of the United States and that 98% of them having predicated their wants and needs on W. P. A. and relief salaries will not work when it rains or until they have spent their money after each pay day. As they can get a position in town at 40 an hour over their present salary, no disciplinary action can be taken with them." 20 By no means could all of the turnover and absenteeism be attributed to shiftlessness. Self-advancement in the form of higher pay remained an American ideal even in wartime. Sickness occurred more frequently among the older workers who had replaced younger drafted men. Many women found it difficult to hold down two jobs on a full-time basis. The manpower shortage hit the depots hardest when it came to finding IBM clerks
tion, Lathrop Engr Depot. Storage Br file, Fld Sv. 21 (1) Memo, ACofEngrs (Fowler) for Deputy CofEngrs, 10 Feb 44, sub: Scarcity of Trained Pers for EAM Opns in Depots. Storage Br, Read file. (2) Ltr, Engr Sup Off Utah ASF Depot, 17 Jun 44, sub: Monthly Depot Space and Operating Rpt,
Reporting of Hours for Italian Sv Units. Same file.
CHART 10
543
with figures in the consolidated stock report. The variations were shocking:23
... in some cases, EAM [IBM] report showed stock on hand of almost double the quantity shown on special inventory report . . . . EAM report also showed stocks on hand that had not appeared in the special inventory reports, and the special reports showed stocks on hand that were not reflected in the consolidated stock report.
Since similar inconsistencies had frequently come to light in the normal day's work, the
(1) Info from historians preparing volume, The Corps of Engineers: The War Against Germany, for the series UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II. (2) Engineers of the Southwest Pacific,
23
VII, Engineer Supply, p. 112. 23 1st Ind, Dir Stock Control to C of EFDO, 18 Dec 43, sub: Stock Control DataMonthly Depot Space and Operating Rpt. 400.291, Pt. 3. Figures are for November.
544
of the accounts of several thousand items. In a strongly worded letter to all concerned, Fowler called for immediate reform.24 The proven inaccuracies of Engineer stock records were the more alarming because of ASF's determination to key future purchasing to amounts on hand and past rates of issue. The new approach was the essence of stock control and had therefore been in the wind ever since the inauguration of the stock control program in the summer of 1943. Reports of gross overprocurement on the part of the Army had not been borne out by investigations, but sufficient evidence existed to indicate that the time had come to think in terms of establishing lower ceilings upon the procurement program.25 Clay sounded the keynote of the new approach in January 1944:
The first and major phase of our war production . . . called for the provision of the initial or capital issue for a rapidly expanding Army of 7,700,000, the provision of similar equipment for our Allies, and the provision of replacements, spares and operational requirements for the relatively small number of troops engaged in overseas operations in 1942 and 1943. The provision of initial equipment on time necessitated establishing high production rates. This phase of war procurement is approaching completion and, except for comparatively few items, procurement for the future must be designed and scheduled to meet estimated replacements and operational requirements; production must closely approximate expenditures. Obviously, a still closer procurement control is essential to assure the requisite supply being available on time and to avoid the accumulation of surpluses. A high degree of coordination is essential between the branches responsible for the calculation of requirements, the scheduling of production, and issue and storage.26
nomic Mobilization, Ch. III, pp. 89-97. 26 Memo, Dir Mat ASF for Dir Purch Div ASF
et al., 28 Jan 44. Doc. 119 in Lt. Col. Simon M. Frank, The Determination of Army Supply Re-
quirements. MS, OCMH. 27 C/L 2359, 12 Apr 43, sub: Estab of the Office
of the Dir Stock Control. 28 Memo, C of Sup Div for Dir Stock Control,
17 Aug 43, sub: Proc of 1943 and 1944 ASP Rqmts. Exec Office Proc Div file, Adm Memos.
545
factors ordered by ASFwith the quantities on order, they discovered "many instances" where 1944 required production 32 cember 1944.29 had "already been exceeded." ASF perAlthough these and similar ASF pro- mitted the Corps to reschedule many connouncements were rather clear indications tracts into 1945 because engines were inof the way the wind was blowing, it was not volved. Even so the Procurement Division until January 1944 that the matter took on was faced with the necessity for canceling hurricane proportions and the Procurement or cutting back more than 200 contracts.33 Division's world began to topple. On 12 Stricter regulations for welding together January at 4:45 p. m. that office received the determination of requirements, the from the Control Division, ASF, a copy of scheduling of procurement, and the stocka report which charged the Corps of Engi- age and rate of distribution of matriel were neers with thirty-two cases of having con- in preparation. On 7 March 1944 ASF tracted for more than the total quantity inaugurated the Supply Control System, authorized by the 1943 and 1944 programs which gradually replaced the Army Supply combined. The Procurement Division Program as the primary statement of rethought the charge unwarranted. Half of quirements. The Supply Control System the items said to be "overprocured" were recognized two categories of items. Principal merely "overrequisitioned." Orders might items (P items) took in all the former critibe canceled long before deliveries materialized. In other cases authorization to increase (1) Ibid. (2) Memo, ACofEngrs (Fowler) requirements was pending. But there was for CG ASF, 6 Sep 43, sub: Proc of Munitions. no blinking the fact that ASF's Production 470, Pt. 2. (3) Memo, Actg Dir Mat ASF for Division held strong convictions about the Fowler, 23 Sep 43, same sub. Same file. (4) Memo, Dir Mat ASF for CofEngrs et al., 3 Aug 43. Same way the Engineers were handling their pro- sub. OQMG file, 471. curement program. Not a few weeks preMemo, ACofEngrs (Fowler) for Actg CofEngrs viously, the Procurement Division had been (Robins), 12 Jan 44, sub: Rpt. of Maj Xiques, ASF, as to Overproc of Engr Items. Exec Office told informally that percentagewise on the Proc Div file, Engr Equip, Misc 3. 31 basis of total program the amount of the Memo, Dir Prod Div ASF for CofEngrs et al., 29 Jan 44, sub: 1944 ASPPolicies Affecting Corps' overprocurement was greater than Prod. Exec Office Proc Div file, Cancellations or that of any other technical service. But Cutbacks to Jul 44. 32 Fowler believed the Engineers had an ex(1) Memo, C of Alloc and Contract Br for C of Proc Div, 20 Mar 44, sub: Mtg of Div Engrs cellent general defense in the obvious diffion 28 and 29 Mar 44. Exec Office Proc Div file, culty of estimating requirements for Class Divs or Dists, Misc to All. (2) Memo, C of Rqmts 30 IV supplies. Br for C of Sup Div, 27 Aug 43, sub: Rev Maint ASF was not impressed. Procurement Factors. Exec Office Proc Div file, Engr Equip Spare Parts 1. must be brought into immediate alignment (1) Memo, ACofEngrs for Mil Sup (Fowler) with the ASP and kept there.31 When the for Dir Mat ASF, 8 Feb 44, sub: 1944 ASP Policies Affecting Prod. Exec Office Proc Div file, Engineers compared the quantities in the 1 Cancellations or Cutbacks to Jul 44. (2) Speech, February 1944 ASPquantities that had C of Proc Div, 28 Mar 44, sub: Procedures with to Cutbacks, Rescheduling and Cancellabeen reduced by about 25 percent as a re- Respect tions. Exec Office Proc Div file, Divs or Dists, Misc sult of the recomputation of replacement to All.
29
30
33
546
cal or controlled items as well as newly adopted equipment or equipment on which for other reasons there had been little opportunity to accumulate issue experience. All items not P items were designated secondary items (S items). The computation of requirements for P items and the resulting adjustment of procurement schedules had to be undertaken at least once a quarter as compared with the semiannual revision of the ASP. S items were studied at less frequent intervals and in less detail. The requirements computations, known as "supply and demand studies," were derived from 34 the information shown on Chart 11. As interpreted by Col. Fred G. Sherrill, chief of the Procurement Division, to a conference of Division Engineers, the Supply Control System was aimed at "the almost impossible task of always having enough supplies on hand without ever having a surplus . . . ." Cancellations and cutbacks were "a necessary evil" which would "have an unhealthy effect" on contractors. Predict-
ing that it was going to be more difficult to meet the ASP in 1944 than it had been in 1943, Sherrill warned the conference against allowing the new policies to interfere with the main job, which was still the attainment of high rates of production.35
547
were the same or almost so in all types. (Table 13) Although the unfilled demand for other types of construction machinery increased in the last month of 1944 and the first month of 1945, deliveries were large and generally in line with requirements. (Table 14) The situation as a whole was so much better in 1944 that in the latter half of that year the Engineers curtailed the used equipment program. In April 1945 the Redistribution and Salvage Branch directed the Great Lakes Division to confine its repairs to standard machines with a remaining life of not less than 75 percent that of a new machine.37
(1) C/L 2995, 5 May 44, sub: Asgmt of Priority Ratings to Mil Sup. (2) Memo, C of Proc Div for C of Opns Br, 9 Mar 44, sub: Mtg with Gen Knudsen on Prod of Tractors, Cranes, and Shovels. Exec Office Proc Div file, Engr Equip, Misc 3. (3) Ltr, Dir Constr Mach Div WPB to R. G. LeTourneau, Inc., 5 May 44. Management Br Proc Div file, R. G. LeTourneau, Inc., Pt. 1. (4) Hist of Constr Mach Div WPB, p. 42. (5) See above, p. 525. Tractor deliveries in 1944 cannot be compared with earlier figures. In January 1944 the War Department redefined the division of responsibility for procurement of tractors. The former arrangement whereby the Ordnance Department bought prime movers and the Corps of Engineers constructiontype tractors had resulted in the two services getting production off the same lines in many cases. Under the January 1944 arrangement the Ordnance Department procured tractors operating over twelve
miles per hour; the Corps of Engineers, those operating up to and including twelve miles per hour. The new arrangement increased the Engineer program. Maj. Ralph L. Appleton, History of Construction Machinery for Overseas Supply (type36
36
script, c. 1945), pp. 47-48. 37 (1) MPR, Sec. 6, 31 Jan 45. (2) Ltr, C of Redistr and Salv Br to Great Lakes Div Engr, 4 Apr 45, sub: Repair of Used Equip for Trp Issue. 400.5, Pt. 2. (3) Memo, C of Constr Mach Br for C of Proc Div, 29 Dec 44, sub: Daily Log 152, 28 Dec 44. Tech Br Proc Div file, Daily Log Dec 44. (4) Wkly War Plan Staff Conf, 6 Nov 44.
548
TABLE 13TRACTORS, CRANES AND SHOVELS: ANNUAL REQUIREMENTS AS OF SELECTED DATES AND ACTUAL DELIVERIES
a Requirements not shown in available records. Source: (1) ASP, Sec. 1, 1 Feb 44, 1 Oct 44. (2) MPR 22-G-X, 28 Feb 45. (3) MPR 22-G, 30 Jun 45.
549
once more to buy the H-10 bridge, this time in a knockdown version which made for easier shipping. Requirements were known far enough in advance so that the full demand of 200 was met by the end of the year. By the time Japan surrendered, the Engineers had purchased 160 additional H-10 bridges.39 A success statistically, procurement of Bailey bridges was to all practical purposes almost a complete failure. Bailey bridge parts not only had to be interchangeable with each other but also with those parts
made in England. The Chicago Ordnance District bought the gauges for the Engineers in 1942. Although inspected by the British representative, the gauges proved
inaccurate, and reports that the parts were not interchangeable began to come in during 1943. The Engineer Board found that the master gauge could not be altered, and it was not until August 1944 that a new one was ready. Gauges were then altered and inspectors given instruction that was long overdue. In 1944 the Engineers bought 850 Bailey bridges, a quantity that was more than sufficient to meet overseas demands.
(1) Memo, C of Components Sec Tech Br for C of Tech Br, 22 Aug 44, sub: Catalog Order Bd Crane and Shovel Production. Management Br Proc Div file, Components. (2) Memo, AC of Components Sec for C of Tech Br, 16 Aug 44, sub: Engine Substitution. Exec Office Proc Div file, Engr Equip, Misc, Engines. (3) Memo, ACofEngrs War Planning for ACofEngrs Mil Sup, 6 Jan 45, sub:
Expansion of Catalog Engr Production, with 1st
38
Ind, 17 Jan 45. Management Br Proc Div file, Engines. 39 (1) Engr Bd Hist Study, The Conservation of Critical and Strategic Materials in the Development of Engineer Equipment, pp. 66-67. (2) Ann Rpt OCE, FY 1945. (3) Memo, Robert F. Wise for C of Gen Planning Br Proc Div, 28 Jun 44, sub: Proc H-20 Bridges on Requisition EP-84729. Exec Office Proc Div file, Engr Equip, Misc 3. (4) MPR 20ENG, 30 Nov 44. (5) Daily Log, Rqmts Br, 27 Jul 44. Rqmts Br file, Daily Log.
550
TABLE 14CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY: ANNUAL REQUIREMENTS AS OF SELECTED DATES AND ACTUAL DELIVERIES
551
TABLE 14CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY: ANNUAL REQUIREMENTS AS OF SELECTED DATES AND ACTUAL DELIVERIESContinued
Source: (1) ASF, 1 Feb 44, 1 Oct 44. (2) MPR 22-G-X, 28 Feb 45. (3) MPR 22-G, 30 Jun 45. (4) Crawford and Cook, op. cit., pp. 25-27.
In the European theater, however, these American Baileys had to be set aside or carefully segregated from those of the British bridges because corrections in the gauges had come too late to provide the desired 40 interchangeability. (Table 15) During 1944, the canvas shortage as well as a lack of engines interfered with production of water supply equipment. In order to produce 3,000-gallon water tanks, Engineer contractors needed the heaviest weight canvas. Partly because replacement rates were high in the Pacific, 1944 requirements were far greater than in 1943. Even with delivery
of over 16,500 tanks, shortages of canvas cut the supply to more than 1,350 below required production at the end of 1944. Because of the difficulty in getting canvas and because fungus growths in the Pacific caused canvas tanks to deteriorate rapidly, the Engineers turned to glass fiber cloth as soon as this fabric had been developed. Through the use of both canvas and glass fiber cloth contracts for which were let in the fallof 1944supply caught up with demand in
40 (1) Incl, 31 Mar 44, with Memo, C of Proc Div for C of Prod Sv Br ASF, 10 Apr 44, sub: Monthly Rpt of Prod Difficulties. 400.12, Pt. 1 ( C ) . (2) ERDL file, BR 341E.
552
TABLE 15BOATS AND BRIDGES: ANNUAL REQUIREMENTS AS OF SELECTED DATES AND ACTUAL DELIVERIES
Source: (1) ASP, 1 Feb 44, 1 Oct 44. (2) MPR 20-ENG, 31 Dec 44, 31 Aug 45. (3) MPR 22-G-X, 28 Feb 45. (4) MPR 22-G,
30 Jun 45. (5) Crawford and Cook, op. cit., p. 25.
553
cilities became common. Procedures and practices varied from one division to another. On 1 September 1944 the Engineers reorganized once again in an effort to relieve the procument program of these burdens. This time territorial boundaries were erased. All major itemsover 2,500 in number were earmarked for commodity purchase by one of the eleven Division Engineers, who were to handle the contracting process from start to finish. District Engineers, acting on appointment as agents of Division Engineers, would take care of production and shipping matters. Potentially each District Engineer had eleven bosses and each Division Engineer forty-four offices to supervise. The Procurement Division considered the reorganization of September 1944 a forward step. As ASF had predicted almost two years earlier, commodity purchasing proved far superior to procurement on a territorial basis. Another aid to simplification occurred when several Division Engi(1) Engr Bd Hist Study, The Conservation of Critical and Strategic Materials in the Development of Engineer Equipment. (2) Engr Bd Hist Study, Water Distribution and Storage. (3) ASP, Sec. 1, 1 Feb 43. (4) Memo, J. I. Horn, Canvas Unit, for C of Management Br, 11 May 45, sub: Rpt on Mr. Horn's Two-Day Fld Trip to NAD, May 2 and 3, 1945. Management Br Proc Div file. (5) Ann Rpt OCE, 1945. 42 (1) Study cited n. 41 (1). (2) MPR 20 ENG, 31 Dec 45; 31 Mar 45. (3) 1st Ind (basic missing), Exec Asst Sup Div Ohio River Div to Gen Items Br Rqmts Div, 4 Jun 45, sub: Receipt of Incomplete and Unissuable Items of Engr Sup From Proc. Exec Office Proc Div file, Divs and Dists, Misc 1945. 43 (1) MPR, Sec. 6, 30 Jun 44. (2) Crawford and Cook, op. cit. (3) Ltr, ACofEngrs for Mil Sup to Great Lakes Div Engr et al., 16 Jan 45, sub: Mil Sup Status. Exec Office Proc Div file, Proc Policy and Procedures. (4) 1st Ind, 20 Nov
41
airplane hangars. In the fall of 1944 the Engineers also revised these specifications to allow the use of glass fiber cloth. Because there were no further requirements for catenary-supported hangars by the end of 1944 and deliveries were satisfactory no covers were produced from glass-fiber cloth. Production limitations, however, resulted in an unfilled demand for 141 structural steel hangars, 130 by 160 feet. Although fiber glass doors were authorized to replace canvas in 1944, the Procurement Division was unable to get any deliveries until May 1945 because of deficiencies in the design. In the meantime, sufficient canvas was obtained so that by March supply caught up with demand.42 The success of the Engineer procurement program thus varied according to the item being bought. In the first half of 1944 deliveries were but 42.7 percent of the 1943 program, with monthly receipts well below the high set in December 1943. Then in August the Corps attained a record delivery of $150,579,000. Increasing deliveries each month to a wartime peak of $192,632,000 in December, the Engineers by purchasing equipment valued at more than $1,778,000,000 met 96.1 percent of their 1944 procurement objective.43 This impressive record was achieved with an administrative organization which gave constant evidence of inefficiency. Disputes over prices and delivery schedules occurred frequently after the reorganization of November 1943, which split responsibility for contracting between divisions and districts. Requests for permission to cross over division boundaries in search of production fa-
44, on Memo, Dir Sup ASF for CofEngrs, 20 Nov 44, sub: Availability of Engr Supplies and Equip. Storage Br, Read file.
554
neers asked to be relieved of procurement functions. By the spring of 1945 the organization was operating with six division and thirty district offices. But administration 44 was still far from smooth. Consider the typical case of the District Engineer who reported that his office was required to handle contract modifications in three different ways.45 Complaints about the procurement organization were confined to those who had to work with it day in and day out. Not unnaturally higher echelons of the Chief's office concluded that nothing much could be wrong with an organization which month after month reported steadily mounting deliveries of engineer matriel. Such evidence led Reybold to pronounce the organization "truly sound" even as he called attention to numerous areas of confusion and dissatisfaction.46 Brig. Gen. Rudolph C. Kuldell, who replaced Fowler as Assistant Chief of Engineers for Military Supply in June 1944, was a good deal more reserved in his judgment. "While, of course, we can get results by the present organization and methods," Kuldell wrote in December 1944, "it is impossible to compete in speed and performance with other services who are organized on a nation-wide scale according to a standard, pre-determined organization and who use identical methods and procedures in handling all phases of the procurement program." 47 Yet it was not in the actual purchase of supplies but in carrying out its part in the Supply Control System that the supply organization fell down most seriously.
Inefficiency
Responsibility for preparing the supply and demand studies required by the Supply
555
for electric accounting machine operators. ... It was noted that there had been inadequate follow-up . . . concerning proper methods of reporting issues, specifically in the transfer of issue balances to key depots and the elimination of extraneous issue balances for non-standard items.52
Statistical reports revealed other signs of weakness. At the end of September seven depots reported between 11 and 19 percent of their requisitions unprocessed for reasons presumably within their control. Additional requisitions had been held up because of failure to receive transportation releases or because items were out of stock. Extracts were running between 9 and 32 percent of shipping work loads, owing largely, the depots claimed, to insufficient stocks. There had been a large increase in shipments immediately after D Day. (See Chart 10.) All the services found themselves short of stocks in July and August. But Beauchamp suspected that success as measured by overseas shipments was not the sole cause of
(1) Orgn Chart Sup Div, 10 May 44. (2) C/L 2981, 28 Apr 44, sub: Transmission of TriWkly Stock Balance Rpts on Critical Items to Engr CENSTOCK. (3) C/L 3032, 19 May 44, sub: Transfer of Responsibility of Dir Stock Control. Strictly speaking, Dawson had never been chief of the Supply Division, but the Supply Division at this time was the equivalent of the old Requirements, Storage and Issue Branch. See above, pp. 94, 532. 49 (1) C/L 2800, 26 Feb 44, sub: Engr Trp Sup. (2) C/L 2888, 23 Mar 44, Same sub. (3) Memo, C of EFDO for C of Sup Div, 23 Feb 44, sub: Summary Rpt on Inspec Made as a Result of Sup Div Ltr 111. Opns Sec Storage Br file, Lt. Seaton. 50 1st Ind, C of Storage Br to NAD Engr, 4 Sep 44 (basic missing). Storage Br, Read file. 51 Memo, C of Procedures Sec Storage Br for C of Storage Br, 29 Sep 44, sub: Visit, Granite City Engr Depot. Storage Br, Read file. 52 Ltr, AC of Storage Br to Pacific Div Engr, 20 Oct 44, sub: Rpt of Visit of Capt R. H. Workman to Depots of Pacific Div. Storage Br, Read file.
48
556
failure to measure up to established standards of efficiency. Stocks would not have been so low, Beauchamp believed, unless the depots had been laggard in submitting replenishment requisitions or unless some responsible agency had neglected to fill them.53 Late in November ASF's Distribution Branch noted that for the past several months Engineer depots had been able to furnish only about 75 percent of items on initial requisitions. ASF granted that this fact was no proof that troops were suffering
for want of engineer equipment. Diversion of requisitions to other supply points might have assured the timely flow of supplies. ASF did contend that the high percentage of depot refusals proved that "stock control
has not been made effective to the extent which will generally preclude unwarranted rehandling of requisitions with the consequent loss of time and efficiency."54 The
Engineers called for another look at the figures, claiming that the total picture was being distorted because of the admittedly "acute problem" of procurement of spare parts. More than 83 percent of general
items of equipment had been supplied by the original source in October. The trend of availability for this group had been steadily upward for the last five months.55 The Corps was also quick to take umbrage at ASF's judgment that the "general performance" of the Engineer supply organization "has not been on a par with that attained by a majority of the other Services." Let ASF compare the Engineers' work load with that of the others, Kuldell protested on 18 October. Procurement records showed that Engineer deliveries were 55 percent greater in the third quarter of 1944 than in the first quarter of 1943 as compared with a 10 percent increase experienced by all the
THE FLOW OF SUPPLIES dell reveals indeed that the increase in Engineer deliveries was 61.5 percent rather than the 55 percent cited by him in October 1944, and this was against an over-all increase of only 11.9 percent. Although the increase in tonnages shipped by the Engineers during the same period appears to have been somewhat less than Kuldell claimed, it was still substantial, 268 percent. The corresponding increase in tonnages shipped by all services was but 84.5 percent. It must be remembered, however, that the Engineer procurement program did not pick up momentum until the second quarter of 1943. Taking this quarter as a starting point, Engineer deliveries show an increase of 31.3 percent through the third quarter of 1944. But all services showed an increase of only 7.0 percent during this time. By the fourth quarter of 1943 the disparity between the Engineer experience and that of the other services began to narrow; in fact, if shipment by line items rather than by tonnage is taken as a measurement during this period, the Engineer increase was less than the average, as indicated below:
557
Kuldell admitted that the performance of Engineer depots had been substandard in shipments on initial requisitions. Low stocks were one cause of this. The otherand this was confessing a good dealwas stock misplaced. He claimed, however, that CENSTOCK had been able in almost all cases to locate the needed items somewhere. The record on second extracts was 95 percent. Final delivery was well over 95 percent because some supplies were still being shipped direct from factory to port. A 95 percent record on second extract could hardly have impressed ASF which had set the standard at 95 percent on first extract.57 When Kuldell referred to misplacement of stocks in partial explanation of the poor record made by the depots in filling initial requisitions, he was referring to a condition that had, as well, an adverse effect upon keeping accurate stock records and consequently upon the preparation of the supply control sheets which were the stuff from which requirements were now being computed under the Supply Control System. Time and again the depots were told that accounts must correspond to what was physically available for distribution. But records continued to show stocks that were misplaced and therefore for all practical purposes did not count. The rules of the names and numbers game were being violated in all echelons of supply despite general improvement in catalogs. As revised in February 1944 to conform to the presentation prescribed by ASF, the Engineer standard catalog consisted of eleven parts, six on general items and five on spare parts. In addition the
(1) Ibid. (2) Ltr, C of Rqmts and Stock Control Div to NAD Engr, 15 Dec 44, sub: Short Rpts as an Indication of Out-of-Stock Condition. Exec Office Rqmts Div, Read file.
57
558
Engineers published in June a handbook commonly called the "Pink Book." Issued bimonthly, the Pink Book listed the approximately 10,000 standard items of Class II and Class IV supplies. The Pink Book listed the office responsible for procurement of each item, its procurement status, the region or depot responsible for storing it, crossreferenced substitutions, and in other ways provided a ready reference for untangling the maze of functions and the offices which performed them. But the various catalogs and lists were never brought into complete conformity. At all times some group somewhere along the line lacked current information on changes. Depots had been told to use the Pink Book in making up stock reports. But CENSTOCK, the agency which had to work with the reports, was nearly always a step ahead of the current edition of the Pink Book. Procurement officials were particularly remiss about entering the correct name and number on documents forwarded to depots. They had their minds on other matters. In October. Workman reported from the Storage Branch that an on-hand quantity of almost 34,000,000 for 2,052 items from bolts to tractors had been omitted from the Consolidated Stock Report because of various discrepancies in identification.58 In view of the well-known inaccuracies in the basic data, persons like Workman and Wright could not have been greatly surprised when the chief of the Requirements Branch, ASF, pronounced the supply control sheets prepared by the Corps of Engineers "the worst of all the Services." But officially the Corps fought back. In relation to volume of procurement, the Corps was required to produce many more sheets than the services to which it had been unfavorably compared: Ordnance, with procure-
Preparation of the sheets requires availability of data as to past production, future production schedules and issues as of the end of that month. Much of these data must come from depots and procuring districts in the field, and experience has shown . . . th formation cannot be made available in OCE until at least the sixth of the month. Through working many hours of overtime and diverting to the task numerous employees from other units ... it has been possible ... to deliver the . . . sheets on the 11th month. The speed required is so great, however, as to put out of the question any except the most routine checking. . . . Subse to the delivery of sheets, this office must compile within 72 hours and 144 hours, respect-
ively, the exhaustive dollar volume summary tabulations. . . . Upon the receipt o
published MPR-20 ENG, usually about the 15th of the month, copies are studied for about two days by all interested divisions of O. C. E. Thereafter informal conferences are held ... at which ... it is for the first time possible to form . . . considered re mendations as to ... particular items of supply. . . . Decisions thus reached
58 (1) Engr Sup Procedures, Mar 45. (2) Memo, Dir Mil Sup for OCE Suggestion Comm, 23 Jun 45, sub: Suggestion 183. Exec Office Rqmts Div, Read file. (3) Ann Rpt OCE, 1945. (4) Memo, AC of Storage Br for ACofEngrs Mil Sup, 13 Jan 45, sub: Control Br Survey of Engr CENSTOCK. Storage Br, Read file. (5) Ltr, C of Rqmts and Stock Control Div to NAD Engr, 16 Jan 45, sub: Changes in Stock Nos. Exec Office Rqmts Div, Read file. (6) Memo, G of Stock Accounting Sec Storage Br for ACofEngrs for Mil Sup, 11 Nov 44, sub: Relation of Uniform Stock Identification to Performance of Engr Sup. Exec Office and Coord Sec Rqmts Div, Read file. 59 Memo, ACofEngrs for Mil Sup for Dir Rqmts Div, 19 Dec 44, sub: Sup Control Sheets. 400, Pt. 2.
559
submitted on the 21st of the month. Follow- more accurate, fluctuations in the procureing its combination with the agenda submis- ment program would have been neither so sions of interested ASF divisions, decisions as frequent nor so violent: 63 to procurement action are taken at the Required Production 1945 agenda meeting [ASF] on the 27th and 28th of the month. Following receipt of approval 31 January_____________ $2,136,988,000 February____________ 1,923,254,000 of these decisions . . . they must 28 be implemented by the issue of ... procurement 31 March_____________ 2,316,368,000 requisitions. Before the completion of the req- 30 April______________ 1,869,191,000 uisitioning process, the sixth of the following 31 May_______________ 1,607,329,000 month, bringing with it the new compilation 30 June_______________ 1.850,050,000 60 31 July_______________ 1,572,575,000 of supply control sheets, is usually at hand.
The Supply Control System was unpopular within the Procurement Division, its
31 August_____________
1,114,854,000
chief, Colonel Sherrill, protesting what he termed procurement on a "30-day stop and go basis." "I am not unmindful of the fact that the conduct of the war and its progress has a material bearing on what is needed at any given moment," he told Kuldell. "Nevertheless, it seems to me to be bordering on the fantastic to say on 31 December that we need a definite number of Item X which cannot come to hand for six months and then on 31 January say we need less or more of Item X, still four to six months away." Sherrill favored launching a movement "which will have as its objective the fixing of a policy ... to take everything within the scope of a given contract which industry can produce, pay full prices up to 'VJ Day' plus six months and to do converting or tapering off during that six months' period." 61 In a more practical vein Kuldell himself admonished ASF that "issue history must be given relatively little weight when firm requirements, such as
Greater accuracy in statements of requirements might also have precluded the large inventories of supplies held in Engineer depots at the end of the war. Spare Parts All the troubles which plagued the procurement and supply system, troubles that had their roots in the shortage of steel, of components, of manufacturing capacity, and of experienced officers and civilians, were present to an exaggerated degree in the effort to provide spare parts for engineer equipment. The report of the chief of the Maintenance Section on the status of spare parts supply at the end of 1942 had been generally optimistic. Although promising Fowler no miracles, Smith had expressed faith in the soundness of the Engineer maintenance system. He was encouraged by signs that the Procurement Branch
Memo, CofEngrs for Dir Plans and Opns ASF, 15 Dec 44 sub: Sup Control Rpt MPR20 ENG. Exec Office and Coord Sec, Read file. 61 Memo, C of Proc Div for ACofEngrs Mil Sup, 29 Jan 45, sub: Term and Cutbacks. Exec Office Proc Div file, Cancellations, Cutbacks, and Term. 62 1st Ind, 8 Feb 45, on Memo, Dir Plans and Opns ASF for C of Rqmts and Stock Control Div, 17 Jan 45, sub: Results of Sup Control Action Conf. Exec Office Proc Div file, MPR20 ENG, Sup Control. 63 (1) MPR-22 G, 31 Jan 45, 31 Mar 45-31 Aug 45. (2) MPR-22 GX, 28 Feb 45.
60
560
was going to buy fewer different makes and models. He was hopeful that with production in full swing a better balance could be struck between the delivery of end items and of spare parts. He had been convinced, moreover, that certain administrative changes scheduled to go into effect early in 1943 would prove beneficial. Basic to these forthcoming administrative changes was the decision to concentrate the storage of spare parts in the Engineer Section of the Quartermaster Depot at Columbus, Ohio. Ideally, spare parts, like general items of equipment, should have been stored in several locations, close to the ports of embarkation and near the training camps. But dispersion of the relatively small store of parts would have resulted in a multiplica-
tion of depot refusals, extracts, and transporting back and forth. Under the circumstances, central storage promised speedier operations. The Columbus depot appeared particularly suitable because it was located in the heart of the construction machinery industryclose to suppliers if distant from most of the installations to be supplied.84
(1) Unless otherwise noted, this section is based upon correspondence in 400, Pt. 2; 460, Pt. 1, and Exec Office Proc Div file, Engr Equip Spare Parts. (2) See above, p. 214. (3) Route Slip, Dawson, 10 Nov 42. Intnl Div file, Defense Aid 451.31, 23 Apr 40-13 Mar 42. (4) Memo, Fowler for All Concerned, 11 Nov 42, sub: Spare Parts for Defense Aid. Same file. (5) Route Slip, Smith to Molnar, 12 Nov 42. Same file. (6) Interv, Brig Gen C. Rodney Smith, 25 May 55. About 5 percent of spare parts was stored at Ogden, Utah (searchlights), and Granite City, Illinois (nonstandard tractors, cranes, and shovels).
64
561
depots run by Engineer spare parts supply companies for issue to lower maintenance echelons) were replenished automatically every six months. Such a policy, Smith and Harrison realized, should not continue indefinitely because some parts would, for one reason or another, turn out to have a low rate of demand, and surpluses would result. In February 1943, Smith proposed a change. There would be one automatic issue of a twelve months' supply. Further replenishment was to be made on the basis of need as set forth in requisitions from the theaters. On 22 March, the War Department placed Smith's recommendations in effect.66 During 1942 spare parts procurement lists had not only been furnished to the procurement districts but had also been used to a large extent by the Spare Parts Branch itself, for during that year the branch had done a great deal of purchasing direct from suppliers. Production problems had then been so serious that Smith feared the procurement districts would neglect spare parts. Procurement direct from Columbus counterbalanced this tendency. All things being equal, however, it made for efficiency and ease of supervisory control if procurement of spare parts was done by the same office that was purchasing the end item. By the beginning of 1943, with deliveries of engineer equipment more nearly on schedule, less risk was involved in allowing the regu(1) GO 53, 29 Dec 42. (2) Memo, Smith for All Concerned, 5 Jan 43, sub: Transfer of Engr Maint Sec to Columbus, Ohio. Exec Office Proc Div file, Adm Interoff Memos. 66 (1) Investigation of the National Defense Program, Hearings, Pt. 26, pp. 11712, 11729-30. (2) Ltr, Fowler to CG ASF, 19 Feb 43, sub: Sup of Spare Parts for Engr Equip. 475, Engr Equip, Pt. 1. (3) WD Memo W700-15-43, 22 Mar 43, sub: Sup and Proc of Spare Parts for Engr Equip. (4) Interv, Gen Smith, 25 May 55.
65
562
lar procurement organization to take over all of this work. The Columbus Spare Parts Branch then began to bow out of procurement. A directive issued on 8 December 1942 made it incumbent upon the procurement districts to see to it that spare parts were an integral part of every contract. The Spare Parts Branch was to furnish the procurement district with the requisite spare parts lists within ten days of receipt of notification of the impending negotiation of a contract.67 Although the Spare Parts Branch did not immediately achieve this goal, by spring 1943 the procurement districts were receiving the lists in plenty of time to carry out their part of the job, and the spare parts sections of supply catalogs were either published or well on the way toward publication. Changes were constant, however. The Spare Parts Branch was attempting to cover
items that had been procured previously without spare parts and to avoid ordering parts for which stocks on hand or due were sufficient. Quantities varied therefore with the negotiation of each contract. So, in many cases, did types. The shortage of materials, of engines, and of other vital com(1) Interv cited n. 66(4). (2) See above, ponents made it impossible for procurement pp. 212-13. (1) Memo, Maj Walter S. Shoffstall for Seyoffices to insist that manufacturers adhere 3 Apr 43, sub: Average Time for Securing to the list of Standard Components of Stand- bold, Spare Parts Lists, with Incl. Personal file, M. S. ard Makes and Models that had been pub- Denman, Proc of Spare Parts. (2) Memo, Maj Gen lished in the fall of 1942. The changeover to LeRoy Lutes, ACofS for Opns SOS, for CofEngrs, 9 Mar 43, sub: Rpt on Columbus QM Depot, Chrysler engines brought about the most far- Jointly Occupied, Engr Sup Sec, with Incl, 5 Mar reaching modification as to types, but 43. 400.242, Columbus Gen Depot.
68
throughout the war manufacturers were forced to make use of whatever happened to be available. Substitutions of one material for another, although properly encouraged because of the same long-run advantages that were present in the switch to automotive engines, added to the complexity of the
69 (1) Memo, Fowler for ACofEngrs for War Plans, 17 Mar 44, sub: Use of Standard Engr Equip. Exec Office Rqmts Div, Read file ( S ) . (2) Memo, ExO Sup Div for C of Sup Div, 28 Apr 44, sub: Rpt on San Francisco Fld Liaison Office. Exec Office Rqmts Div, Read file. (3) Draft Ltr,
563
The Engineers had committed themselves to keep completely in repair only the approximately 10,000 standard types. For the rest they planned to supply only 1st echelon repair sets or at the most very small quantities of depot stocks. Columbus was said to stock about 200,000 different parts.70 Actually this figure included many parts that were identical but were carried on the records as unique because of the practice of matching parts to particular machines. The Engineers knew that parts common to several machines should be assigned Federal Catalog numbers and stored together, but since experts were required to do this timeconsuming work, most parts were identifiable only by manufacturers' numbers, which were themselves unstable.71 In the face of a shortage of certain key components, procurement of spare parts amounted to considerably more than seeing to it that they were covered in the contract. For what were spare parts if not components? Since in many cases a choice had to be made, procurement officers, being human, tended to push the delivery of end items. Spare parts possessed no glamor and promised little glory. Only end items appeared on the Monthly Progress Reports.72 Smith's hopeexpressed to Fowler at
of many spare parts themselvescontributed to a generally unsatisfactory state of affairs at Columbus depot. Unfortunately, additional evils were generated within the depot itself. Many of the difficulties that arose at Columbus stemmed from the physical setup. As in similar installations, storage facilities assigned to the technical services by the Quartermaster officer in command consisted of warehouses, sheds, and open areas. Although in January 1943 the Corps of Engineers occupied more space in the depot than any of the other three services involved, over half of its allotted area was uncovered. Storage of spare parts took up comparatively little of the Engineer allotmentless than 300,000 square feet in one warehouse and five sheds. Spare parts was but one of the many things that the inexperienced Engineer supply officer, Col. David L. Neuman, had to think about in January 1943. But spare parts forced themselves more and more to his attention, for it was not long before the storage and issue of spare parts
70 As used here and below, "Columbus" and "the depot" stand for the Engineer Section of the Columbus ASF Depot. 71 (1) Engr Sup Procedures, Mar 45, p. 1. (2) Engr Catalog, Pt. III, Sec. CE-15. (3) Investigation of the National Defense Program, Hearings, pp.
564
dominated Engineer operations at Columbus.73 Despite the fact that deliveries of spare parts were running seriously behind schedule, the growth of business done at Columbus was, according to Smith, the man who should have shown least surprise, "almost 74 unbelievable." Smith's figures showed that from September 1942 through February 1943 the monthly volume of spare parts increased from 3,056,126 to 15,000,000
pounds. Work was carried on in cramped quarters. Not only was there insufficient
over-all space, but in the opinion of Beauchamp of the Engineer Field Depot Office, Neuman and his staff had not made the most of what space was available. Estimates of the number of bins required for storage had been based upon the dollar value of parts under order, a most imprecise means of figuring how many bins to construct. The idea was to store items by manufacturer and by size, but there were so few empty bins that constant shifting was necessary. Lack of bins was causing serious delays in putting away parts, a process that averaged about three weeks from railside to bin in the spring of 1943. In records keeping also, Columbus got off to a poor start. In February 1943 the depot was stocking parts from over 300 manufacturers for a total of 782 different machines. Only seven suppliers had been picked up on the IBM system. Although the parts furnished by these seven constituted about half the work load, Smith predicted it would take months to finish the conversion from manual to machine bookkeeping, even with the additional clerks and machines that Neuman had by this time succeeded in rounding up. At Columbus, as elsewhere, it was difficult to hire and keep competent clerks and
Dawson: They tell me that it'll take the Depot thirty to sixty days to get them out . . . . Smith: Well, the average time now is about 30 days. . . . Dawson: That's terrible. Smith: I know it. . . . The chief reas lack of parts. All the back orders, the fact that availability has to be determined, back orders set-up, stuff packed without complete ship76 ments.
73 (1) Figures for the Engineers include space at two subdepots. Memo, C of Depot Sec for C of Rqmts, Storage and Issue Br, 26 Jan 43, sub: Rpt on Columbus QM Depot. Storage Br, Read file.
(1) Memo, Dawson for O&T, 22 May 43, sub: Asgmt of Depot Cos to Engr Depots and Engr Secs of ASF Depots. Storage Br, Read file. (2) Memo,
Dawson for C of Mil Pers Br, 16 Jun 43, sub: Asgmt
75
of Offs. 210.01. (3) Incl, 20 Mar 43, with Ltr, Mil Pers Br to CG SOS. 290, Manpower. (4) Ltr, Col D. G. White, Actg C of Fld Sv Sup Div, 5 Nov 43, sub: Tng of Depot Cos and Parts Sup Cos. 353,
Columbus Gen Depot. (5) Investigation of Na-
tional Defense Program, Hearings, pp. 11697-701. 76 Tel Conv, Dawson and Smith, 1 May 43. 400.333, Pt. 1.
565
CONVERTING STOCK RECORDS OF PARTS from manual to machine bookkeeping, Columbus, Ohio, October 1943.
Although Smith laid the main cause for inefficiency at the door of procurement, he and everyone who had anything to do with the Columbus depot agreed that more space was desperately needed. On 29 April, Dawson entered a formal request for construction of another warehouse, which was promptly authorized. Although this expansion proved insufficient, it was nevertheless the last one. A brake had been applied to new construction. Other means for providing more space would have to be found. Neuman, strongly supported by Smith, had been advocating other means in addition to new construction for some months. His efforts had led to the transfer elsewhere of various activities, among them an officers' supply school. He had shifted
quantities of spare tires to the depot at Marion, Ohio. He had recommended further diversion of general engineering stocks. In mid-July 1943, Dawson directed the gradual removal of all general items from Columbus, the shift to be accomplished in 30 to 90 days. It seemed logical and economical to make the transition gradually. Instead of a sudden emptying of the warehouses with all the paper work and transportation involved therein, Columbus would simply continue to fill requisitions for general items for a time. As fast as the general items moved out, spare parts would move in. It took the full 90 days to "complete" the removal of general items from Columbus, and as late as March 1945, 100,000 square feet of warehouse space was still oc-
566
cupied by some of this equipment. The piecemeal acquisition of space necessitated much more moving about of spare parts than if clearance had been effected at one time. Neuman needed elbow room. Unpredictable expansion made an over-all plan for orderly storage impossible.77 In June 1943, the Supply Division increased the tempo of its attack on what Smith considered the root of the problem, namely, the lagging procurement program. Interest was whipped up by the announcement of a drive on the part of Columbus for the shipment of 6,000,000 pounds of spare parts that month with a steady increase monthly to 10,000,000 pounds in October. The June drive was successful. Receipts at the depot were the highest on record and the goal of shipping 6,000,000 pounds of spare parts was met. By fall Neuman claimed substantial progress. The IBM system was almost wholly installed. Thousands of bins were being constructed and rearrangement of stocks was under way. Shipments, although short of the goals announced in June, had increased steadily to more than 8,000,000 pounds in September. The depot presented quite a different picture to the officer from The Inspector General's Office. He noted a backlog of 10,000 requisitions amounting to 20,000,000 pounds in shipments while 8,000,000 pounds of parts awaited unpacking and storage. Stocks appeared seriously out of balance. Orders representing 2,400 different Caterpillar tractor parts remained unfilled because these items were not on hand, but the depot contained $500,000 worth of cabs, chassis, and other heavy units for which practically no demand existed.78 On 15 October, Col. Roy D. Burdick replaced Neuman at Columbus. Burdick had
22 Mar 45, sub: Gen Engr Stock Engr Sec Columbus ASF Depot. Storage Br, Read file. (5) Investigation of National Defense Program, Hearings, pp. 11666, 11674-75. (6) Comments, Smith for EHD, 1678Apr 56. (1) Ltr, Rosenberg to NAD Engr et al., 2 Jun 43, sub: Delivery of Spare Parts. Exec Off Proc Div file, Divs or Dists, Misc to All. (2) Ltr, Withers, Actg C of Proc Sv, to Great Lakes Div Engr et al., 3 Jul 43, sub: Delivery of Spare Parts. Same file. (3) Ltr, Neuman to Fowler, 4 Oct 43, sub: Rpt on Plans of Engr Sup Off of Engr Sec Columbus ASF Depot. 323.3, Columbus Gen Depot. (4) Ltr, Lt Col Allen G. Raynor, Office of IG to TIG, 23 Sep 43, sub: Special Inspec of Spare Parts Br and Maint Unit Repair Activity Engr Sup Sec Columbus ASF Depot. Storage Br file, Spare Parts.
567
bleto rely instead upon the theaters to
requisition what they needed. The Maintenance Office was to examine each requisition in the backlog at Columbus and cancel those covering items for which an "appreciable" quantity of parts had already been shipped. The depot would fill the remainder if possible; all that could not be filled would be canceled. To insure against future inflation, Fowler ordered the Maintenance Office to make a 50 percent reduction in the quantities of each item on spare parts lists. A week later the Supply Division instructed Columbus to suspend all back orders three months old or older and to notify the theaters to requisition these items if they still wanted them.81 The wholesale cancellations ordered by the Supply Division bespoke a desperate attempt to prevent another crisis at Columbus. The attempt failed. Cancellations, suspensions, and reviews of spare parts lists took time. By mid-April the backlog in automatic shipments had reached 45,000,000 poundsmore than twice the total six months before when Burdick took over. Fifty railroad cars of spare parts bore witness to the slowness with which stocks were being moved into storage. Warehousing was
79 (1) Investigation of National Defense Program, Hearings, p. 12224. (2) 1st Ind, 12 Nov 43, on
parts, supposed to serve as a stopgap for conversions to federal stock numbers, had fallen behind. So had the revision of spare parts lists and catalogs. Aside from the injection of a noticeable sense of urgency, the diagnoses and remedies of late 1943 bore a striking resemblance to those advanced earlier. By the beginning of 1944, however, the drive to get the situation in hand had produced a new theory as to the cause for the disorder.79 As pressure was exerted to step up procurement of spare parts and as Columbus fell further and further behind in shipments, the Supply Division for the first time challenged the requirements as set forth in Smith's office. Try as it would, the Spare Parts Branch could not obtain sufficient information from the theaters to keep abreast of the rate of consumption. Statements of requirements, designed to furnish automatically a year's supply of parts, continued to be based upon theoretical assumptions. Fowler and his advisers in the Supply Division believed that certain parts were piling up overseas just as at Columbus and that the procurement, handling, and storage of quantities of these parts diverted materials and labor away from the effort to provide critically needed parts. Reybold, just returned from a tour of the Pacific theaters, asserted that an adequate supply of spare parts had begun to arrive, but were lying around unpacked for lack of trained personnel. While O&T sought authorization for an increase in the numbers of maintenance units, the Supply Division determined to arrive at a more realistic estimate of the types and quantities of spare parts to be 80 supplied. On 24 February 1944, Fowler announced the first step in a move to eliminate automatic supply to the greatest extent possi-
Memo, ExO Control Br for C Engineer Field Maintenance Office, 8 Nov 43, sub: ASF Study of Spare Parts. Control Div file, Folder A-Z. (3) Ltr, Beauchamp to Burdick, 20 Dec 43, sub: Examination of
Procedures Within Storage Div Engr Sec Columbus ASF Depot. Storage Br file, Fld Sv. 80 (1) Ltr, Fowler to Engr Sup Officer Columbus ASF Depot, 24 Feb 44, sub: Procedure with Respect to Processing Spare Parts Requisitions. 400.312. (2) Memo, CofEngrs for CG ASF, 2 Feb 44, sub: Provision of Adequate Maint and Parts Sup Orgns in Overseas Theaters. 320.2, Engrs,
Corps of (S).
(1) Ltr cited n. 80 (1). (2) C/L 2823, 1 Mar 44, sub: Filling Spare Parts Requisitions and Canceling Back Orders.
81
568
still haphazard. Burdick, like Neuman before him, had delegated little authority. Morale was poor. Under what he termed "considerable pressure" to show results, Burdick appealed to his subordinate officers to spend more time working and less time drinking coffee and relaxing with feet on the desk. "Don't just look alive; be alive," he counseled.82 The pressure Burdick referred to was from Col. James M. Barclay of the Storage Divi-
month of May saw 700,000 such cancellations, compared with slightly over 100,000 in April and again in June. By the middle of August the backlog had vanished. Operations were current.85 The Special Committee Investigating the National Defense Program, which had become interested in Columbus during the depot's most troublous times but which had agreed to postpone its inquiry until ASF instituted its reforms, attributed much of the improvement evident in September to the to the backlog in automatic requisitions he cancellations. In insisting that an increase in declared there was "no question about it efficiency had been largely responsible, Barthat these supplies should have been over clay stated that most of the cancellations 84 had been temporary and that when the there." Barclay remained at Columbus six weeks, theaters confirmed many of the old requisiand during this time brought in Lt. Col. tions with new ones, the new ones were Paul H. Startzman and several additional handled expeditiously, in a matter of days. officers with creditable civilian and military Columbus could now ship 20,000,000 supply experience to replace Burdick and his pounds monthly, if need be, and had top assistants. Altogether about 25 officers shipped 13,800,000 pounds in August. So and 400 civilians were removed. Making much had in fact been accomplished to little change in the form of the organization, speed the flow of spare parts in and out of Barclay distributed responsibility from top to bottom and inaugurated a training proMemo, Burdick for All Offs Engr Sec, 17 Apr gram for the entire staff. With duties thus 44, sub: Deficiencies. Investigation of National DeProgram, Hearings, pp. 12213-14. clarified and with some rearrangement of fense Investigation of National Defense Program, stocks and improvements in procedures for Hearings, pp. 11637, 11644, 11646-48. 84 Ibid., p. 11647. handling the flow of paper and materials, 85 (1) I bid., pp. 11645-46, 11664, 11666, 12215Barclay expected the depot to reach a 24, 12227.
82
83
569
order. In the fall of 1944 the drive to consolidate parts numbers began in earnest. The work, although promising, was slow. As of the end of the year, 28,000 parts numbers, a small fraction of the total, had been consolidated into 8,000. Supply and demand studies, the necessary preliminary to procurement programs, had to be made using the old numbers. This work, begun in June 1944 under a manual system, was completed after a change to IBM by the Spare Parts Control Office (successor to the Engineer Field Maintenance Office) at the end of November. Procurement requisitions were then forwarded to the districts. These requisitions did not represent a true statement of requirements because the Spare Parts Control Office had left it to the districts to make adjustments after studying orders already placed. Protesting that the Spare Parts Control Office had sufficient data on hand to make the necessary adjustments, the Procurement Division refused to allow this work to be unloaded on the already overburdened districts. In view of the mounting back orders at Columbus and of Startzman's confident assertion that 20,000 items were in short supply, Sherrill ordered procurement offices to place under contract all requisitions calling for deliveries through the first six months of 1945. Checking against orders already
(1) Ibid., pp. 11644, 11656, 11675-76, 1168486, 12214. (2) Ltr, Startzman to Ohio River Div Engr, 28 Oct 44, sub: Rev of Opn Plan 2, Columbus ASF Depot. Storage Br file, Lt Col James M. Barclay. (3) Ltr, Majs E. W. Downard and C. E. Keiser, Opns Br Distr Div ASF, to CG ASF, n. d. [c. 31 Jan 45], sub: Obsvn of Stock Control Opns at Engr Sup Sec Columbus ASF Depot. . Period 25-31 Jan 45. 400.291 Columbus Gen Depot, Pt. 3. 87 (1) Investigation of National Defense Program, Hearings, p. 11675. (2) Ltr cited n. 86 (3). (3) WD Cir 227, 7 Jun 44, sub: Spare Parts Rqmts, Proc, and Issues.
86
570
placed and necessary cancellations would 88 follow. Neither this order nor subsequent directives to expedite procurement succeeded in bringing about a balanced stock at Columbus. Deliveries of the so-called fast-moving parts lagged behind if for no other reason than that they were urgently needed as components of end items in great demand. In March 1945, an analysis of approximately one third of the parts carried on the books at Columbus revealed 15 percent out of stock, 12 percent below established levels, 48 percent surplus, and 25 percent between established and surplus levels.89 The Engineer task overseas, primarily a task of construction, could not fail to be hampered by the chronic disorders which characterized the effort to furnish spare parts for engineer equipment. In the theaters, moreover, these disorders were aggravated by too few maintenance troops. In the spring of 1943 Smith had begun to press for more spare parts personnel in all echelons. The measure of his success was AGF's willingness to incorporate parts supply platoons in maintenance and depot companies. Meanwhile OCE urged the War Department to consider the entire maintenance picture. Assuming a coverage of about 200 tractors, air compressors, or similar machinery per company, all 34 maintenance companies in the troop basis plus an additional 5 had to be assigned to support engineer AGF units. In August Gorlinski requested 20 maintenance companies for ASF and estimated that engineer aviation units would require the support of 45 companies. On the assumption that the heavy shop company could provide fourth echelon maintenance for 1,000 items, Gorlinski fixed the ratio of heavy shop companies to maintenance companies at 1:5 and recommended 5 more
571
course, as applicable to spare parts as it was to troops. Failure to supply sufficient men and parts to maintain the construction plant spelled waste and frustration. Waste was, moreover, not simply the product of shortages. Surpluses must also be counted. To cite an extreme but instructive example, in April 1945 the Corps of Engineers found itself with $4,000,000 worth of rock bits and drill steels to be disposed of. Some of this excess, perhaps three quarters of a million dollars worth, represented international aid stocks, which for one reason or another had not been shipped. But most of the surplus had resulted from gross miscalculation and lack of co-ordination. Bits and drills had been procured both as primary items (on requisitions made up by the Procurement Division) and as spare parts (on requisitions made up by the Maintenance Division ). Both offices had set requirements far too high, assuming apparently that hard rock would be encountered whenever engineer construction troops set out to build a road or an airfield.93 Such miscalculations arose from a desire to err on the safe side, for error was inevitable in a field where experience was so slight. Shortages of spare parts were due not so much to underesti91 (1) Memo, Actg C of Sup Div for CG ASF, 1 Nov 43, sub: Maint. 320.2, Engrs Corps of ( S ) . (2) 5th Ind, C of O&T to CG ASF, 3 Nov 43, on Memo, Dir Mob Div ASF for CofEngrs, 25 Jun 43, sub: Additional Engr Maint Units for Trp Basis. Mob Br file, Maint Cos ( S ) . (3) Memo, Mob and Trp Units Sec Theater Br WPD for C of Theater Br WPD, 15 Jan 44, sub: Study of Engr Maint and Parts Sup Units in TofOpns. 400 (S). 92 (1) Memo, ACofEngrs for CG ASF, 24 Mar 44, sub: Engr Maint and Parts Sup Orgns. 320.2, Engrs Corps of, Pt. 2 ( S ) . (2) Wkly War Plan Staff Conf, 29 May 44, 5 Jun 44. 93 Memo, Col White, C of Rqmts and Stock Control Div, for C of Redistr and Salvage Br, 23 Apr 45, sub: Excess Stocks of Rock Bits and Drill Steels. Exec Office Rqmts Div, Misc Read file.
572
CORPS OF ENGINEERS: TROOPS AND EQUIPMENT throughout the entire year due to the fact
that the theaters did not, or could not, draw out in shipments the total tonnage which had been procured for them and placed in depots for their use, in accordance with computed requirements and estimated projects."96 Insofar as surpluses can be attributed to circumstances overseas rather than to inefficiency in stock control, the answer in the case of the European theater was "did not." Supplies in the ETO, which held first priority on shipping as well as matriel, were generally plentiful from D Day onward. On the Continent, engineer troops did not encounter the wholesale destruction anticipated. Conversely, they were able to obtain many supplies locally. In the Southwest Pacific, it was a case of "could not." Mainly because of the tremendous distances from the United States to the theater and within the theater itself, nothing like abundance
Pacific especially suffered from grave deficiencies throughout most of the war despite noted improvements beginning late in 1943. At the end of 1944 this theater reported about 2,000 parts in short supply, and pointed out that 30 percent of its machinery was continuously out of order as a result.95 The end of the war found the Engineers in possession of large quantities of matriel. A month after the defeat of Germany Kuldell noted that "for the past twelve months the Corps of Engineers has never procured in excess of its approved procurement program, but has nevertheless increased its inventory at an alarming rate
475, Spare Parts. (2) Engineers of the Southwest Pacific, Vol. VII, Engineer Supply, pp. 71-73, 13236, 200-01. 96 Ltr, Dir Mil Sup to Div Engrs, 18 Jun 45, sub:
Mil Sup for May 45. 400, Pt. 3. 97 (1) Info from historians preparing volume, The Corps of Engineers: The War Against Germany. (2) Engineers of the Southwest Pacific, Vol. VII, Engineer Supply, p. 195.
CHAPTER XXIII
574
combat over service functions has been notable. Prior to the 1942 reorganization of the Army the War Department officially recognized the engineer combat tradition by des-
ignating the Corps an arm as distinguished from a service branch. Given the expanded role of logistics and of air power, the 1942 reorganization of the
Army into three commands was all but inevitable, but granting to air and logistics an equality with ground forces did not end the struggle for power among these elements. For the Engineers the wartime organization proved a mixed blessing. The change of designation from "arm" to "service" and
the insertion of a layer of command between the Corps and the General Staff struck a
blow at pride and prestige but otherwise occasioned little embarrassment. Where a given activity fell clearly and completely within the province of one of the three commands, as did engineer supply within ASF, administrative arrangements improved. Where the activity was scattered, as was the training of engineer troop units, the system
This lag between words and deeds can be traced primarily to the small military budgets of the peacetime years. Perhaps, too, being forced to do with so little for so long left too great a residue of caution at the Engineer Board. A disposition to modify rather than to scrap and start all over explains in part the waste of time and talent in the provision of suitable emergency bridges. An equally potent influence in this particular case was the somewhat naive
became at times barely workable. In the person of the Commanding General, AGF, who had considerable influence
upon organization and training from the beginning of the emergency, the Engineers encountered a tactician who was an embodiment of the combat tradition and who regarded the new mobility as almost pure asset. To keep units lean, to travel light, to
575
faster and with fewer men. Large as was the total strength of the Corps in World War II, engineer troops accounted for a smaller
But skepticism and perfectionism are not equivalent to rejection. The man who is
without responsibility is gloriously free to
Because military engineering involves the conversion of intrinsically civilian techniques to the needs of warfare the role of the Engineer Board often boiled down to a
selection of the most suitable commercial product. During the prewar years the emphasis upon combat engineering placed
than to troops.
The question is academic whether during
576
the defense period the Corps of Engineers or even the Army could have overcome the various powerful forces which opposed the full-scale conversion of the American economy to war production. Still the opportunity to prevent the acute shortage of construction machinery was present in the months before Pearl Harbor. A small stockpile of machinery could have been accumulated if the industry had been operating at full capacity and civilian consumption had been reduced. Failure to appreciate the significance of the switch from hand tools to power machinery, gross miscalculation of future construction activity, and a widespread belief that commercial products could be had for the asking combined to insure the loss of the opportunity. By early 1942 the Engineer procurement program was at a disadvantage in competing for steel against the claims of ships, tanks, and industrial construction. The gap between deliveries and requirements was so wide that all manner of makes and models and much used machinery were forced into service in face of obvious injury to the supply system as a whole. By gaining a large measure of authority over the procurement and distribution of key items of engineer equipment, the Corps succeeded in mitigating shortages. The ultimate solution to the complex problems of supply was to be found, of course, in the more general administrative and economic controls established by WPB and ASF. Since the aim of both the civilian and the military agencies was to balance supply and demand, accurate statements of requirements were obligatory. The Engineers, with the bulk of their needs tied up in relatively unpredictable quantities o f Class I V
577
to troop units a better grasp of engineering principles than did the youthful and hasty product of OCS. Too frequently the OCS classes contained men whose previous education and work were unrelated to the job ahead. Too frequently the compulsion to turn out quantities of officers forced a lowering of standards for graduation. The inferior quality and inexperience of many OCS graduates, coupled with the diversion of many officers of proven ability to the military construction program, made doubly valuable those who entered the Corps from civilian positions closely akin to military tasks. In a nation so highly industrialized the frustrating search for men with mechanical and engineering experience developed unexpectedly. During World War I the U. S. Army had depended upon the Allies for much of its matriel. Reversal of this situation during World War II meant that a large portion of the labor force, technically subject to the draft, remained on the farms and production lines. Another sizable quantity of those supposedly eligible for military service was rejected because of substandard health. Fewer of the nation's adult males could be inducted than had been anticipated; even fewer could fill positions calling for specific skills. More deeply affected by the manpower pinch than AAF or ASF, AGF capitalized further upon the increase in firepower and mobility, introducing the flexible group system of small units which could be combined and recombined, employed in the rear or brought forward quickly as occasion demanded. The Engineers were particularly opposed to the extension of this type of organization to service units. Construction jobs in rear areas were usually of such magnitude as to require a force of at least regi-
578
mental size. Other arguments, far from frivolous, advanced against the group system were loss of regimental commands for Engineer officers and of esprit de corps generally. The sense of belonging to an organization large enough to accomplish significant tasks was no less real for being intangible, and no organization can attract and keep good men unless it offers opportunities for advancement. From top to bottom, in fact, mechanization of engineer work implies higher grades and ratings than were offered during World War II. The construction battalion, authorized at the end of 1943, contained almost as many men as the general service regiment it was designed to replace and accorded greater recognition to their skills. Not fully tested during World War II, the adequacy of the battalion as the basic construction unit and the practicability of applying the group principal to engineer units, combat as well as service, remained to confront postwar organizational experts. While bowing to pressure for manpower economies, the Corps of Engineers emerged from World War II with a greatly altered troop unit structure, the most obvious characteristic of which was variety. Some specialization was evident before the war certain units being assigned to fast jobs of a temporary nature in forward areas and other units to more complicated and permanent work in the rearbut this was only a beginning. In several instances engineer units came into being or under the control of one of the three commands not so much because of diverse duties but because a command desired to acquire or retain power. Little real difference in functions could be discerned between various types of supply units. The clear-cut line originally drawn between ASF construction units and engi-
of the Engineer mission. The soundness of this goal was demonstrated time and again after the units reached their overseas destination. Seldom did any theater have enough engineers. Special functions were impossible to keep separated. Engineer units of whatever type had to fall to at any engineering task.
579
The shortage of time, of equipment, and Corps might still have transformed most of of seasoned officers prompted the Engineers the men into versatile engineer soldiers if early in the war to decide that closely super- only there had been more time, or at least vised centers would provide optimum con- a predictable amount of time. The War Deditions for training engineer units as well as partment could not, however, devise a individual replacements. Familiarity with training formula that would apply under machinery and practice in working as a all circumstances, but issued instead a series gang were of more value to most engineer of regulations designed to produce the best units than a precise comprehension of their product consistent with current strategy. place in large-scale military operations. If The squeeze which strategy exercised upon maneuvers afforded the latter experience, time reduced the scope of Engineer subso much the better, but with the exception jects in the preparation of both units and of divisional combat battalions a less elabo- replacements and repeatedly burdened units rate field period was an adequate substitute. with basic training. Instances multiplied Training at engineer centers offered the when a choice had to be made between givadvantage of closer control, a better chance ing the recruit a general course of engineerto carry out an orderly program with uni- ing training or one in a limited field of specialization. To man the new equipment, form standards. Standards differed markedly in the three great numbers of recruits had to be given commands. Only for those troops serving the more restricted training. Not until midwith ASF did the Engineers effect a desir- 1943, when the peak training load had alable amount of centralization. AGF would ready been reached, was it possible to esnot bring similar units together for instruc- tablish schedules of sufficient length for the tion because of definite policy; AAF did not Corps to approach its ideal training goal. largely through neglect. Although the Corps In general, the programs which OCE had many differences with higher authority prepared for the various units showed a high in ASF, these altercations were never so order of planning and were flexible enough serious as those with AAF and AGF. Most to allow commanding officers ample latiof the disturbances to the training programs tude to make changes. Units which made at ASF centers were common to the Army as poor showings were often those which were a whole. ASF never questioned the importance of the logistical task as did AGF. unable to complete the full schedule. Some Within ASF there was never any quarrel faulty programming did occur, notably in as there was in AAF over the recruit's in- the case of crews for ships and dredges, but doctrination as an engineer soldier. A lack OCE showed itself far better qualified to of appreciation of the training required by judge the technical requirements for engiengineer units to assure satisfactory per- neer units than did the training staffs of formance overseas compounded the diffi- any of the three commands. Zealously, but not always successfully, culties in both AAF and AGF. the Corps of Engineers asserted its preDespite the disparate influences of the three commands and the makeshift ar- rogative as an organization of experts to rangements which resulted from the scarcity define its mission, to determine the quantity of essential construction machinery, the and quality of its members, to choose its
580
equipment, to decide how it must be organized and trained. In defining and redefining its tasks, in adjusting to the new Army and to the demands of global warfare, the Corps exhibited an admirable degree of flexibility, imagination, and ingenuity. The ease with which the Engineers took hold of amphibious doctrine and carried it beyond the training of boat crews to the development of shore parties is but one instance of a ready assumption of new duties. In the performance of more traditional functions the Corps displayed no less ability. Map-
Bibliographical Note
material on all subjects covered. One of these two, the Subject Series,3 is arranged according to the War Department's deci4 mal file system. The other, the Military Series, is set up in a combination alphabetical-decimal system. Except in Chapters XIV, XV, and XVI, where most of the source materials were found elsewhere, lack of identification before the file designation means that the file is in OCE central files. Thus 320.2 will be found in OCE Subject Series; 320.2, Engineers Corps of, in the OCE Military Series. All OCE central files falling in the World War II period are deposited in the Technical Services Records of World War II must be regarded primar- Section, the Departmental Records Branch, The Adjutant General's Office, Alexandria, ily as a starting place. Policies on preservation of records are Va. Files accumulated by administrative units subject to change. This note, which proposes to furnish an accurate guide to future re- of OCE (convenience files) contain much search may therefore become outdated.2 But informal correspondence which served to by and large the collection of Engineer rec- supplement the central files. Convenience ords now in existence should remain as de- files are identified in the footnotes by the scribed below because it has been sub- name of the office that accumulated them. Those that have been preserved intact jected to the authorized screening process. The physical location of records is a matFor policy on the preservation of records, see ter separate from their preservation. Army 345-5, 5 Sep 56, sub: Records. records remain for a time in their office of DAAMemo few collections cited in this volume, includorigin and are then retired for several years ing some private papers, are not mentioned specifito one of the records depositories maintained cally in this note because they were used only inciThe bibliographical file in Engineer by The Adjutant General's Office. Perma- dentally. Historical Division locates these records. 3 nent deposit then follows in The National Not to be confused with the "Subject Series" Archives. This note locates the records as of referred to on p. 351, Federal Records of World War II. Series referred to above is not described in December 1956. Federal Records of World War II, Volume II, MilOf the Engineer records used in the prep- itary Agencies. War Department Decimal File System (Revised aration of this book, two of the fifteen series Edition) compiled under the direction of The Adof central files maintained by the Office of jutant General of the Army (Washington: Govthe Chief of Engineers (OCE) provided ernment Printing Office, 1943).
The bulk of the source materials for this book are contained in records of the Corps of Engineers. Federal Records of World War II, Volume II, Military Agencies, prepared by the General Services Administration, National Archives and Records Service, The National Archives (Washington, Government Printing Office, 1951) is a good introductory guide to Engineer records as well as to those of other agencies of the War Department which yielded information essential to the preparation of this history. Since records are subject to reduction and relocation in accordance with policies of the Department of the Army,1 Federal Records
582
namely those of the International Division, the Research and Development Division (Mechanical Equipment Branch and Structures Development Branch), the diaries of sections and branches of the Supply Division, certain Requirements Branch files (The General Staff, G-4; USW; The Budget Officer; and Engineer Supply Notes), and the Operations and Training Section (except Personal Letters to Gorlinski) are in the Departmental Records Branch. Material from the files of the Plans and Training (P&T) Division not duplicated elsewhere has been integrated with OCE central files. Most of the files originated by various administrative units of the supply organization (Procurement Division, Requirements Division, Storage Branch, and Fiscal Liaison Section) have been destroyed as have those of the War Plans Division (Mobilization Branch) and the Intelligence Division (Topographical Branch).5 Since many of the research notes for this volume are in the form of Photostat or typed copies of documents, much of the essential information from these destroyed files has been preserved in the Engineer Historical Division. The records of pertinent Engineer field installations (identified in the footnotes by name of installation) furnished a significant block of source materials. Files accumulated by training centers and project files of the Engineer Research and Development Laboratories (ERDL) are in the U. S. Army Kansas City Records Center, Kansas City, Missouri. ERDL has a complete collection of Engineer Board reports. Kansas City Records Center holds some of the Headquarters files of the Engineer Amphibian Command; the remainder are in U.S. Army AG Records Center, St. Louis, Missouri. Engineer Research Office files are in the
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE including statistical reports (Army Supply Program and Monthly Progress Reports) are in The National Archives. Statistical reports issued by the Office of the Under Secretary of War (Expediture Program and OMG-Eng-Med Weekly Status Report) are in Departmental Records Branch. Records of the Office of The Quartermaster General and the Office of the Chief of Transportation are in the Departmental Records Branch. In the Engineer Historical Division are copies of correspondence and notes of interviews with officers and civilians who participated in events described in this volume. Engineer Historical Division files also contain reports, historical studies, and research notes. The footnotes of the original draft were unreasonably long. They have been reduced by citing a file rather than the individual documents within that file wherever a file contained a concentration of material essential to the preparation of some portion of the text. Copies of the original draft, with
583
citations in full, are in Engineer Historical Division files. A number of special studies and general works, both published and unpublished, served to place the Engineer activities described in this volume within the larger framework of the War Department and the nation. Some in the series UNITED STATES ARMY IN WORLD WAR II were used so extensively as to merit special mention: Kent Roberts Greenfield, Robert R. Palmer, and Bell I. Wiley, The Organization of Ground Combat Troops (Washington, 1947); Richard M. Leighton and Robert W. Coakley, Global Logistics and Strategy, 1940-1943 (Washington, 1955); R. Elberton Smith, The Army and Economic Mobilization (MS); Robert R. Palmer, Bell I. Wiley, and William R. Keast, The Procurement and Training of Ground Combat Troops (Washington, 1948); Mark S. Watson, Chief of Staff: Prewar Plans and Preparations (Washington, 1950); and Theodore E. Whiting, Statistics (MS).
Glossary
AA AAF AAFBU AAFPGC AAFTC AAFTTC A/B AG ACofAC
ACofEngrs ACofS Actg Adj
Antiaircraft Army Air Forces Army Air Forces Base Units Army Air Forces Proving Ground Command Army Air Forces Training Command Army Air Forces Technical Training Command Airborne Air Corps, Assistant Chief Assistant Chief of Air Corps
Assistant Chief of Engineers
Adm AEF AFCC AFHQ AFTAI AG AGCT AGF AGO AIC Alloc Allot
Allow Amph AMS ANMB Ann
Assistant Chief of Staff Acting Adjutant Administrative American Expeditionary Force Air Force Combat Command Allied Force Headquarters Air Forces Technical Air Intelligence Adjutant General Army General Classification Test
AP
Armd ASF ASFTC Asgd Asgmt ASP Asst
GLOSSARY
ASTP ASW ASWAAF Atchd Avn AVRE's AWOL BAS Bd Bn BOLERO
Br BR Brig Bull BuOrd C CofAC CBI CofCav CE CofEngrs CG CandGS Chm Cir C/L Clas CMAB CMP CNO CO Co
Comd Comdt Comm ComZ Conf Conserv Constr
585
Army Specialized Training Program Assistant Secretary of War Arms and services personnel with the Army Air Forces Attached Aviation Assault Vehicles Royal Engineers Absent without leave British Army Staff Board Battalion Build-up of U. S. forces and supplies in United Kingdom for cross-Channel attack Branch Bridge Brigadier, Brigade Bulletin Bureau of Ordnance, Navy Department Chief Chief of the Air Corps China-Burma-India Chief of Cavalry Corps of Engineers Chief of Engineers Commanding General Command and General Staff Chairman Circular Circular letter Classification Combined Munitions Assignments Board Controlled Materials Plan Chief of Naval Operations Commanding Officer Company Command Commandant Committee Communications zone Conference Conservation Construction Continental United States Correspondence Chief of Staff
GLOSSARY
587
Supply section General General Headquarters General Staff Geographical Section, General Staff House of Representatives Historical Division High explosive History Horsepower Iron and Steel International Business Machines Inspector General's Department Inclosure Infantry Information Inspection Instructions Intelligence Interview International Joint Army-Navy Intelligence Studies Kansas City Records Center Landing craft, infantry Landing craft, mechanized, Mark III Landing craft, personnel Landing craft, tank Landing craft, vehicle Landing craft, vehicle and personnel Landing ship, dock Landing ship, tank Letter Military attache Munitions Assignments Board, Washington Munitions Assignments Committee (Ground) Machine, machinery Maintenance Material, matriel Mechanical, mechanics Mechanized Machine gun Management Military
LCM (3) LCP LCT LCV LCVP LSD LST Ltr MA MAB MAC(G)
Mach Maint Mat Mech Mecz MG
Mgt Mil
588
Min Misc MIT Mob MPR M/S
Mtg MTP
Mtzd
NG OASW
Obsvn Obsvr OCofAC OCE OCMH OCO OC&R OCofS OCT Off OPD OPM Opns Ord Orgn
GLOSSARY
Plan Plat PMP P&O POA POM Proc Prod PRP P&T Pt Purch QMG RA RAINBOW
Plans, planning Platoon Protective Mobilization Plan Plans and Operations Pacific Ocean Area Preparation for Overseas Movement Procurement Production Production Requirements Plan Plans and Training Division Part Purchase, purchasing Quartermaster Corps Regular Army Various plans prepared between 1939 and 1941 to meet Axis aggression Research and Development Reception Center Reconnaissance Regiment Representative Replacement Resolution Retired Revised, revision Reserve Officers Training Corps Plan for major U. S.-British attack across the Channel in 1943 Report Requirements Replacement Training Center Military intelligence section of a unit not having a general staff Operations and training section of a unit not having a general staff School Schedule Section Serial, series Strategic Engineering Study Supreme Headquarters Allied Expeditionary Force Standard Nomenclature List Services of Supply
589
R&D RC Rcn
Regt Rep Repl Res Ret Rev ROTC
S-3
Sch
Sched Sec Ser SES SHAEF SNL
SOS
590
Spec SPOBS Squad SSN Stat Sub Subcomm Sup Sv SvC SW TAG T/BA TCC Tech Tel Conv Telg TIB TIG Tng TNT T/O TofOpns Topo Trans TRIDENT Trps TVA U.K. USAF USAFWESPAG USAR USCG USMA USN USW UTC WD WDGS WDSS Wkly WPA WPB
Topographical Transport, transportation International conference at Washington 12-25 May 1943 Troops Tennessee Valley Authority United Kingdom United States Air Force United States Army Forces in the Western Pacific United States Army Reserve
United States Coast Guard United States Military Academy United States Navy Under Secretary of War Unit Training Center War Department War Department General Staff War Department Special Staff Weekly Works Progress Administration War Production Board
GLOSSARY
591
War Plans Division War Resources Board Tank lighter. This was the designation of an early version of the LCT, which was also known at one time as tank landing craft (TLC)
The Supreme Command Logistical Support of the Armies, Volume I Logistical Support of the Armies, Volume II The Middle East Theater The Persian Corridor and Aid to Russia The China-Burma-India Theater Stilwell's Mission to China Stilwell's Command Problems Time Runs Out in CBI The Technical Services The Chemical Warfare Service: Organizing for War The Chemical Warfare Service: From Laboratory to Field The Chemical Warfare Service: Chemicals in Combat The Corps of Engineers: Troops and Equipment The Corps of Engineers: The War Against Japan The Corps of Engineers: The War Against Germany The Corps of Engineers: Military Construction in the United States The Medical Department: Hospitalization and Evacuation, Zone of Interior The Medical Department: Medical Services in the Mediterranean and Minor Theaters The Ordnance Department: Planning Munitions for War The Ordnance Department: Procurement and Supply The Ordnance Department: On Beachhead and Battle/rant The Quartermaster Corps: Organization, Supply, and Services, Volume I The Quartermaster Corps: Organization, Supply, and Services, Volume II The Quartermaster Corps: Operations in the War Against Japan The Quartermaster Corps: Operations in the War Against Germany The Signal Corps: The Emergency The Signal Corps: The Test The Signal Corps: The Outcome The Transportation Corps: Responsibilities, Organization, and Operations The Transportation Corps: Movements, Training, and Supply The Transportation Corps: Operations Overseas Special Studies Chronology: 1941-1945 Military Relations Between the United States and Canada: 1939-1945 Rearming the French Three Battles: Arnaville, Altuzzo, and Schmidt The Women's Army Corps Civil Affairs: Soldiers Become Governors Buying Aircraft: Matriel Procurement for the Army Air Forces The Employment of Negro Troops Manhattan: The U.S. Army and the Atomic Bomb Pictorial Record The War Against Germany and Italy: Mediterranean and Adjacent Areas The War Against Germany: Europe and Adjacent Areas The War Against Japan
Index
Amphibious equipmentContinued A. P. Hill Military Reservation: 265, 290, 480 road expedients: 374 Aberdeen Proving Ground: 469 testing site: 464 Ackerson, Maj. Duane W.: 440 Amphibious operations Adcock, Maj. Gen. Clarence L.: 23, 36, 41, 59, 138 division of control between Army and Navy: Adjutant General, The: 121-22, 123, 150, 287, 342 355, 356-61, 369, 372, 376-79, 380, 382, 383, Adjutant General's Office: 282, 294, 351, 365, 425 384, 385, 386 Administrative Division, OCE: 132 doctrine: 362-63, 580 Advisory Commission to the Council of National early doctrine and equipment for: 21, 355-58 Defense. See National Defense Advisory ComAmphibious training mission. AGF Amphibious Training Centers: 358-59, Aerial photography. See Camouflage; Mapping, 360, 361, 364, 367, 371, 378, 379, 387, 389, aerial photography. 472 Agriculture, Department of: 83, 84, 289 Engineer Amphibian Command Air compressors: 33-34. See also Construction administrative organization: 361-62, 365, machinery. 368 Air Corps. See Army Air Forces. effect of Southwest Pacific theater of operaAir Engineer. See Army Air Forces, Air Engineer. tions requirements on: 379-85, 386 Air Force Combat Command: 129, 140 effort of AGF to absorb: 387 Air Service. See Army Air Forces. establishment: 361 Air Transport Command: 316 facilities: 364 Airborne aviation battalions: 145n, 315-16, 318, mission: 360-61, 362-63, 369-70, 372, 376, 319, 324, 325, 329, 332 378-79 Airborne battalions: 145n, 222 schooling: 367-68, 373 Airborne combat engineers: 315 summary and evaluation: 389-90 Airfields, construction of: 18, 56-57, 62, 315, 467. training literature: 388 See also Landing mat. 4-week program: 366-67, 368, 369, 370 Airplane hangars, portable: 553 5-month program: 388-89 Albany Engineer Depot: 543 joint training with AGF: 367, 372-73, 379, 386Alcan Highway: 143, 298, 299 87, 389 Alligator: 356, 374-75 Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Co.: 32, 180, 190, Amphibious Training Command, Atlantic Fleet: 389 191 Appropriations. See also Funds. Allison Steel Co.: 495 Army: 93, 94 American Can Co.: 469 civil and military, 1938-41: 9, 9n American Expeditionary Force. See World War I. procurement of supplies: 36, 92, 94, 97, 98, 99, American Revolution: 2 99n, 100, 176 American Steel and Wire Co.: 58 Arbeitsdienst (Labor Service) : 20 Amphibian brigades Armco International Corp.: 470, 476 activities overseas: 372, 390 Armored battalions: 23-24, 34, 44, 53, 126, 137classification and control of: 222, 387 38, 222, 224. See also Unit training, before organization and functions: 363, 365, 376, 378, Pearl Harbor; Unit training, AGF, nondivi384, 387 sional units. personnel: 156, 342, 365-66, 372, 388, 390 Armored Divisions: 224 renamed special brigades: 386, 387 1st: 44 Amphibious equipment 2d: 130 Alligator: 356, 374-75 Armored Force: 23, 24, 26, 146. See also ArDUKW: 375-76 mored battalions, landing craft: 363-64, 369, 370, 371, 373-74, bridging: 43, 46, 48, 49, 52-53, 63, 483, 484, 377, 385-86, 389 487, 492, 493 plan for assembly in Southwest Pacific on camouflage of individuals: 86 and petroleum pipelines: 419 theater of operations: 380-84, 382n
596
Armored Force Board: 477 Armored Force Engineer 489. See also Oliver, Maj. Gen. Lunsford E. Armored forces: 16-17, 75 Army Air Forces: 9, 26, 135, 492, 502. See also Aviation units; General Headquarters Air Force; Mission, with Army Air Forces. Air Engineer: 314, 319, 323, 325, 334. See also Davison, Brig. Gen. Donald A.; Godfrey, Brig. Gen. Stuart C.; Mayo, Col. George, camouflage: 84 Commanding General. See Arnold, Gen. Henry H. Director of Photography. See Kaye, Col. Minton W. engineer units controlled by: 221, 222. See also Troop units, division of control among commands, equipment development landing mat: 56, 57, 58-61, 62, 201 Engineer Board representative: 29 maintenance units: 570, 571 mapping: 70. See also Mapping, aerial photography. percentage of engineer troops in: 238 personnel assignment: 153 Bradley Plan for redistribution: 331-32 Engineer officers: 123, 146 officers: 124 specialists: 117. See also Specialists, recruitment by voluntary enlistment, AAF units. procurement: 102, 204 in relation to ground troops: 223 Strategic Engineering Studies: 440 training. See also Basic training, of aviation engineers; Unit training, AAF. engineer officers: 330 equipment: 316-17 specialists. See Specialists, training. Army Air Forces (Technical) Training Command: 317, 318, 322, 326, 327, 333, 334. Army Air Forces units 1st Photographic Group: 77, 446, 447, 451 91st Observation Squadron: 70 Army Corps bridging for: 39 engineer units in: 15-16, 24, 139. See also Group system of organization, supply and maintenance units for: 35-36 Army General Classification Test: 116, 300, 576 Negroes in Classes IV and V: 237-38 percentage of AGF fillers in Classes IV and V: 349 percentage of engineers in Classes I and II: 153 in selecting officer candidates: 149, 152
283
Army GHQ reserve engineer component of: 139, 225 supply and maintenance units for: 36 Army Ground Forces: 135, 277, 452. Commanding General. See McNair, Lt. Gen. Lesley J.
engineer units controlled by: 221-23. See also Troop units, division of control between commands, equipment development beach obstacle clearance: 472 bridging: 484, 485, 487, 489, 491, 492, 494-96 mine detectors and minefield clearing devices: 476, 478-79, 480 tanks: 491 functions: 224 Ground Engineer. See Hughes, Col. John B. Ground Engineer Section: 337-38, 350, 353 percentage of engineer troops in: 238 personnel. See also Cadres; Fillers; Specialists, assignment: 153, 350 fillers for service units: 161, 242 reductions in number of divisions: 223 training. See also under Basic training; Unit training. amphibious: 358, 360, 363, 366, 367, 369 specialists. See Specialists, training. Engineer officers: 160 troop organization. See also specific types of units. conversion of separate battalions to general service regiments: 139-40 group system: 225, 230-31, 232, 577 maintenance and supply units: 227-29, 570, 571 Army Ground Forces Reduction Board: 226 Army Ground Forces units Divisions 4th Armored: 487 5th Armored: 486 1st Infantry: 355, 356, 358 3d Infantry: 355, 356, 358, 359 4th Infantry: 389 41st Infantry: 249 45th Infantry: 373 Headquarters and Headquarters Detachment, Special Troops: 341 Regiments 30th Infantry: 356 Army Industrial College: 111 Army Map Service: 442, 444, 450, 456, 457, 458, 460, 461, 462, 463 Army and Navy Munitions Board: 96, 99, 102,
INDEX
597
Army Service Forces (Services of Supply)Con. Army regulations supplyContinued camouflage: 81, 82 Class IV supplies: 501, 502-04, 505, 507 mapping: 70, 72, 73, 76 construction machinery: 191, 192, 210 weight and width of vehicles: 492 Controlled Materials Plan: 512, 513, 514 Army Service Forces (Services of Supply): 3, 154, criticism of engineer operations: 545, 556, 159, 199, 224 557, 558 administrative organization: 219-21 depot operations: 532, 536, 537, 543, 556, Assistant Chief of Staff for Personnel: 157 557, 566, 568 Commanding General. See Somervell, Gen. engines: 191, 516, 519, 520 Brehon B. international aid: 183, 184, 186, 195, 196, Deputy Chief of Staff for Requirements and 499 Resources. See Clay, Lt. Gen. Lucius D. mines for training: 255 Deputy Director of Operations: 233 port repair ships: 400, 401, 402, 403-04, Deputy Director of Training. See Trudeau, 407, 408-09 Brig. Gen. Arthur G.; Weible, Maj. Gen. priorities: 189 Walter L. Production Requirements Plan: 199 establishment and functions: 135-36 replacement factors: 193-95, 500, 523 amphibious operations, organization and trainSupply Control System: 544, 545, 558, 559 ing: 360, 363, 369, 370, 372, 377, 379, 382, vehicles for training: 284 383, 385, 387 Army Service Forces Training Centers: 293, 296, engineer units controlled by: 221-223. See also 313. See also Engineer Unit Training Centers, Troop units, division of control among commands, Camp Ellis. equipment development: 465-66, 467, 470, 476, Army Specialized Training Program: 253 Army Supply Program: 515, 537 492 Class IV requirements in: 180, 503, 504, 505 officers commissioned from civil life: 157 and Controlled Materials Plan: 513, 514 percentage of engineer troops in: 238 international aid in: 183, 184, 500 personnel distribution: 153, 161, 174, 350, 351, 366 make-up and uses: 179-180, 540 training mines for training: 347 1942: 193-94, 198 center system for AGF nondivisional units: 1943: 498-99, 500, 507, 517, 518, 523, 525 340, 343-44 engineer units controlled by: 579 1944: 519, 544, 545, 546 Army War College: 419 heavy shop companies: 288 Negroes: 310, 312 Arnold, Gen. Henry H.: 58-59, 60, 61, 326, 332, officer schooling: 282 335 realism in: 255 Arnold, Col. Richard R.: 68, 69, 74, 81, 84, 86 replacement training capacities, input and Asiatic Petroleum Co.: 421 output: 259-60 Assault Vehicles Royal Engineers (AVRE's): 482 Assistant Chiefs of Engineers: 4-5, 132, 134, 217, replacement training programs: 169-70, 250, 263 219. See also Fowler, Brig. Gen. Raymond F.; Kingman, Brig. Gen. John J.; Kuldell, specialist: 242-43, 244, 250, 252, 262-63 Brig. Gen. Rudolph C.; Robins, Maj. Gen. supervision of centers: 266-67, 268, 277, 278, 279, 292, 296-97, 303, 304, 305, Thomas M.; Sturdevant, Maj. Gen. Clarence 305n, 432 L.; Worsham, Brig. Gen. Ludson D. Assistant Secretary of War. See Patterson, Robert unit training programs: 281, 293 P. troop organization Assistant Secretary of War, Office of. See also construction units: 234, 235, 236, 237 Under Secretary of War, Office of. group system: 231, 232 procurement planning: 88, 89, 91 maintenance units: 570 procurement regulations: 96, 97, 98 petroleum distribution units: 427, 431 Associated Equipment Distributors of Washington, supply: 574, 576 D. C.: 287 administrative organization: 177, 178, 510, Astrella, Maj. Theodore F.: 348 521-22, 553, 561 Atlanta ASF Depot: 538, 543 Army Supply Program: 179, 193-95, 519, Atlanta District: 509 544-45 Atlantic Fleet Amphibious Force: 376, 378, 379 catalogs: 557 Atlantic Refining Co.: 426
598
Atlas Powder Co.: 469 Aunt Jemima: 476 Australia: 1, 197, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384 Australian Purchasing Commission: 381 Aviation Engineer Notes: 322, 330 Aviation units battalions: 237, 239 activations: 314, 319 in maneuvers: 129 officers commissioned from civil life: 156 organization, equipment, and functions: 25, 140, 236 personnel cuts and inactivations: 237, 33133 training estimate, 1943: 324 in 1942 troop basis: 144 classification and control of: 25-26, 222, 234-35 companies, maintenance: 570, 571 expansion: 115 specialists. See under Specialists. training. See Unit training, AAF; Unit training, before Pearl Harbor; and under Basic training. regiments: 62, 140 officers: 120 organization, equipment, and functions: 18, 24-25, 56 training regiments: 319-20 AVRE's (Assault Vehicles Royal Engineers): 482
Basic trainingContinued port reconstruction units: 395, 397, 400, 402, 405, 407, 412, 413, 414 of replacements: 125, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165-71, 174, 243, 247-48, 250, 252, 253, 259, 262, 264, 268 by units: 125, 160-61, 273, 274, 275, 276, 280, 281, 286, 287, 289, 290, 294, 295, 303, 308, 313 Baton Rouge ASF Depot: 543 Battalion-group system. See Group system of organization. Battle maps. See Field Artillery, mapping; Maps, coverage and scale. Bausch and Lomb Optical Co.: 66, 71 Beach Erosion Board: 439, 440, 450, 459 Beach obstacle clearance: 464, 472-73, 475, 481 Beauchamp, Lt. Col. Stonewall J.: 536, 537, 554, 555, 556, 564, 566 Becker, 2d Lt. Carl D.: 419 Belvoir. See Fort Belvoir, Va. Benson Project: 449, 457 Berlin, Edson W.: 425, 427, 428, 429, 431 Bessell, Brig. Gen. William W., Jr.: 117, 122, 146, 147, 156, 157, 340 Besson, Brig. Gen. Frank S., Jr.: 42, 47, 49, 51, 60, 61, 197, 423-24, 483, 485-86, 492 Besson, Col. Frank S., Sr.: 253, 258-59 Beverly, Lt. Col. Grant E.: 475 Blitzkrieg: 18, 19-21, 22, 23, 28, 37, 76, 355, 573 Bagley, Lt. Col. James W.: 65, 70 Blood, Brigadier W. E. R.: 187, 188, 196, 197, Bailey, Sr. Donald Coleman: 50 198, 500, 501 Baker, Col. William C., Jr.: 28, 33, 41, 44, 45, Board of Engineers for Rivers and Harbors: 439, 48, 62, 423 440, 450 Ball, Col. Clinton W.: 312, 313 Boats: 42, 48, 52, 93, 99, 201, 204, 486, 525. See Baltimore District: 509 also Pneumatic floats. Banfill, Brig. Gen. Charles Y.: 59, 60, 69, 75, 76 Bogardus, Maj. Frederick J.: 484 Bangalore torpedo: 173, 468-69, 470 BOLERO: 427. See also Great Britain, build-up in. Barbey, Capt. Daniel E.: 379, 382, 382n Boiling, Maj. Gen. Alexander R.: 344, 349, 350 Barclay, Col. James M.: 568 Boiling Field: 82 Barrage Balloon Training Center: 464 Bonneville Dam: 5 Barrage balloons: 204, 464, 517, 518 Bostick, Lt. Col. Sidney F.: 541 Bart Laboratories, Belleville, N. J.: 91 Bowley, Maj. Gen. Albert J.: 70 Earth: 414 Bowman, Brig. Gen. Frank O.: 486 Base depot companies: 229, 298, 307 Bradley, Maj. Gen. Follett: 331 Base equipment companies: 229, 235, 277, 307. Bradley, Gen. Omar N.: 482, 573 Bradley Plan: 331-32 See also Equipment companies; Light equipBridge company, armored battalion: 24, 45, 52ment companies. 53, 138, 224. See also Treadway bridge Base shop battalions: 222 companies. Basic training Bridges AGF nondivisional units: 340, 341, 343, 353 Bailey: 496, 497, 575 amphibious units: 366-67, 368, 372, 385, 389, adoption of: 485-86, 490, 493-94 390 deliveries, 1944: 549-51 of aviation engineers: 161, 315, 316, 317-19, description: 50-51 322, 323, 324, 325-27, 334, 335 lack of interchangeability with British: for officers: 282 549-51 petroleum distribution units: 430, 433
INDEX
BridgesContinued BaileyContinued modifications: 491, 493, 495 training in erection of: 172-73, 285, 307 design criteria: 37 footbridges: 52 H-10 fixed: 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 45, 49-50, 51, 486, 490, 491, 494, 495, 549 H-20 fixed: 39, 40, 44, 45, 49-50, 51, 486, 490, 491, 494, 549 infantry support: 49, 486 M-3 pneumatic ponton: 491, 494 M-4 division-army: 494-96, 497 procurement of: 93, 97, 98, 99, 106, 108, 201, 204, 525, 549 steel treadway: 63, 494, 496, 497, 525, 575 accidents on: 486-89 development and tests: 42-49, 52, 483 procurement of: 493, 549 redesign of: 490n, 491, 492-93, 494 truck for: 483-84 testing site: 464 trestle: 39, 44, 45, 47 5-ton ponton: 42 7-ton ponton: 38 10-ton ponton: 38-39, 41, 44, 45, 46, 141, 486 23-ton ponton: 41 25-ton ponton: 41-42, 44, 45, 49, 483, 484-85, 486, 489, 491, 494, 494n, 495, 496 Bridging increase due to motorization and mechanization: 14 in theaters of operation: 1, 306, 496 1941 maneuvers: 130-31 British Army: 14, 18, 54, 77, 357, 368 British Army Staff: 184, 186, 424 Chief Engineer of. See Blood, Brigadier W. E. R. British Combined Operations Staff: 378 British Navy: 368 British Survey Directorates: 456 British War Office: 424 Brooklyn General Depot: 532 Brotherton, Col. William W.: 397 Brown, Col. Edward A., Jr.: 305n Bucyrus-Erie Co.: 98 Buda Co.: 516, 519 Bulldozer: 30-33. See also Construction machinery; Tank dozer. Burdick, Col. Roy D.: 566, 567, 568 Bureau of Standards: 27 Burma Road: 421, 422, 423 Burrage, Col. Robert H.: 502 Byron-Jackson Co.: 426
599
CadresContinued Engineer Replacement Training Centers: 119n, 260, 261, 264 general and special service regiments: 272, 275 Negro units: 118-19 Camouflage: 58, 81-87, 129, 204, 455, 464 Camouflage battalions and companies: 11, 26, 222 Camouflage materials, procurement of: 88, 204 Camp Abbot, Ore.: 257-59 Camp Carson, Colo.: 341 Camp Edwards, Mass.: 360, 361, 364, 367, 376, 379, 385, 389, 427 Camp Gordon Johnston, Fla.: 389, 397-98 Camp Hale, Colo.: 464 Camp Maxey, Texas: 345 Camp Pontchartrain, La.: 434 Camp Roberts, Cal.: 349 Camp Robinson, Ark.: 128, 349 Camp Shelby, Miss.: 341 Camp Sutton, N. C. See Engineer Unit Training Centers, Camp Sutton, N. C. Camp Swift, Texas: 345 Camp Tyson, Tenn.: 464 Camp Young, Cal.: 464 Canada: 143, 470 Canadian Army Technical Development Board: 476 Canan, Col. Howard V.: 72, 73 Caples, Col. W. Goff: 70 Carnegie-Illinois Steel Corp.: 58 Carnegie Institute: 81 Carrabelle, Fla.: 360, 364, 376, 379 Casablanca conference: 502 Catalogs. See Supplies, nomenclature and numbers. Caterpillar Tractor Co.: 32, 180, 190, 191-92, 212, 245, 246, 287, 476 Cavalry: 3, 17, 75, 117 Cavalry division, engineer component of. See Squadron, cavalry division. Cavalry, mechanized. See Armored forces. Cavalry unit, 7th Cavalry Brigade (Mechanized): 17 Cellular organization: 229-30, 233, 235, 454-55, 456 CENSTOCK: 554-55, 557, 558 Central Pacific theater of operations: 237-38 Central Planning (Section) Branch, OCE: 512, 514 Chaffee, Brig. Gen. Adna R.: 17 Chemical Warfare Service: 117, 241, 318 Cherbourg: 391, 416 Chesapeake and Ohio Canal: 2 Chicago District: 177, 178, 191, 509, 520, 521 Chicago Drainage Canal: 30 Chicago Ordnance District: 549 Chief Engineer, AEF: 65 Chief of Engineers. See also Reybold, Lt. Gen. Eugene; Schley, Maj. Gen. Julian L. and bridging: 39 duties: 4, 221
Cadres: 112, 116, 161. See also Instructors and administrative staffs. AGF units: 339, 340, 349 dredge crews: 412
600
Class IV suppliesContinued requirements for. See Requirements for supplies, Class IV supplies. Claterbos, Col. Louis.: 13, 43, 120 Clay, Lt. Gen. Lucius D.: 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 193, 195, 210, 211, 424, 470-71, 492, 519, Chief of Staff: 4, 12, 122. See also Craig, Gen. 522, 523, 524, 544 Malin; Marshall, Gen. George C. Cleveland Tractor Co.: 32, 180, 190 and ASF: 219 Coast Artillery Corps: 117, 204, 368 on engineer expansion: 115-16 Coast Guard: 364, 406 on engineer supplies: 93 Cobb, James A.: 475 on replacement training program: 162 Coe, Col. Edward H.: 259 testimony on appropriations: 94 Coe, Miller L.: 475 China: 1 Collins, Maj. Michael: 444 international aid to: 100, 102 Columbus ASF Depot: 209, 211, 212, 213, 227, petroleum pipelines: 420-23, 425 321, 532, 536, 543, 560, 561, 563-70, 563n strategic studies of: 438 Combat battalions: 254 China-Burma-India theater of operations corps dredges for: 413 number of: 239, 351 maintenance of equipment: 571, 572 organization and functions: 139, 225-26, petroleum distribution units for: 432, 433-34, 231, 232 436 overseas activities: 353 roadbuilding: 1, 143, 549 training. See Unit training, AGF, nondiChina Defense Supplies, Inc.: 421, 422 visional units, Chorpening, Col. Claude H.: 28, 29, 48, 49, 51, divisional 56, 175, 187, 190, 194, 423 classification and control of: 222 Chris-Craft Corp.: 381 number of, June 1945: 239 Christiansen, Maj. Gen. James G.: 226, 228 organization, equipment and functions: 12, Churchill, Winston S.: 182, 469 14-15, 16, 22-23, 34, 136-37, 138, 139, Chrysler Corp.: 520, 521, 525, 547, 549, 562 224, 362-63 Cincinnati District: 509 training. See Unit training, AGF, combat Civil Affairs and Military Government: 440 Civil War: 2, 36, 38 battalions, divisional; Unit training, beCivil works: 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 97, 120, 121, 135, fore Pearl Harbor. 221, 401, 411, 509, 521, 575regiments Combat Civil Works Division, OCE: 4, 5, 7, 8 corps Civilian personnel. See Personnel, civilian. classification and control of: 222 Civilian Personnel Branch, OCE: 132 Negroes in: 119 Claiborne-Polk Military Railroad: 275 officers for: 120 Clarke, Brig. Gen. Bruce C.: 44, 45, 52, 487-88 organization, equipment and functions: 16, Class II supplies. 24, 34, 68, 138, 139, 225 in catalogs: 533 training. See Unit training, before Pearl construction machinery: 33, 34 Harbor. definition of: 31 priorities for production: 189 divisional: 11, 12, 23, 112 priorities in shipping: 194 Combat teams: 20, 22, 136, 138 reductions in allowances: 193 Combined Chiefs of Staff: 183, 184, 186, 403, 450, requirements for: 94, 175 501 Class IV Requirements Board: 501 Command and General Staff School: 111, 159 Class IV supplies: 236 Components. See Engines and other components. in catalogs: 533 Congress: 2, 443, 444 construction machinery: 33, 34 Congressional committees: 8 definition of: 31 House Appropriations: 93, 136 priorities for production: 189-90 Special Committee Investigating the National priorities in shipping: 194 Defense Program: 568 procurement Construction battalions: 234, 235, 236-37, 238, before Pearl Harbor: 94-95, 104, 105-07 purchase by requisition: 198-99, 530 239, 307, 308-09, 310, 578
Chief of EngineersContinued and international aid: 196, 197 and landing mat: 57 and recruitment by voluntary enlistment: 294 on spare parts supply overseas: 572 troop organization: 12, 17, 235, 237
INDEX
601
Cross-Channel attackContinued Construction Division, OCE: 132. See also Miliplans for Army amphibious training: 358, 359, tary construction program. 360, 361, 364, 371, 372, 376, 378 construction machinery: 182, 210-11, 316, 523, plans for port reconstruction: 392, 400 524 spare parts requirements: 568 projects for aviation battalions: 323, 324 1942 agreements on activation and training transfer of officers to troop duty: 147-48 plans for: 340 Construction industry: 3, 282, 575 Construction machinery Crowden, Col. James P.: 520 adoption of: 29-34, 56, 62-63, 575. See also Dalton, Maj. Gen. Joseph N.: 157 Enlisted men, mechanical skills required, Dau, Col. Frederick J.: 71, 448 allowances: 30-31, 34, 139, 193 Davis, Col. Ellsworth L: 315 armor for: 470-71, 475-76, 575 Davis, Lt. Col. Eugene L.: 286, 287 bantam: 316 control over distribution of: 182, 186, 187, 188, Davis, Capt. Warren S.: 195, 523 Davis-Monthan Field, Ariz.: 320 190, 192, 576 procurement: 88, 89, 93, 98, 99, 106, 182, 190- Davison: 414, 415 Davison, Brig. Gen. Donald A.: 25, 56, 58, 60, 92, 204, 512, 513, 518-21, 575-76 330 392 deliveries: 100, 106-07, 199, 201, 525, 547 Dawson, Col. Miles M.: 175, 183, 196, 197, 198, percentage of program: 180 532-33, 536, 537, 539, 554, 555n, 564, 565 road-building set: 35n Day, Herbert O.: 484 use in bridge building: 37, 40, 41, 43, 45, 46-47, Daybrook Hydraulic Corp.: 484 48, 496 used: 180, 210-11, 248-49, 284, 320-21, 523- Defense Plant Corp.: 203 Demolitions: 468-69 24, 547 Denman, Morris S.: 175 Construction machinery industry: 180. See also Depot companies: 11, 15, 26, 35, 36, 115, 221, 222, specific companies by name. 229, 231, 564, 570 Construction Methods: 29 Depot group headquarters: 231 Construction program. See Military construction Depot group headquarters and headquarters comprogram. panies: 227 Construction regiment, proposed: 232, 233, 234, Depot Operating Procedure Manual: 536 236 Depots. See also specific depots; Personnel, civilConstruction (Fortifications) Section, OCE: 7, 57, ian, depots; Supplies, distribution of. 62, 104 functions and facilities: 530, 532, 536, 538, 565 Construction specialist company, proposed: 234 procedures: 536-38 Construction units requisitions, tonnage, and line items handled: reorganization and conversion of: 231-38, 308536, 541, 543, 555-56, 557 10 stock control: 537, 538, 540, 555 types and numbers, June 1945: 238 Deputy Chief of Engineers. See Robins, Maj. Gen. Contracts. See Procurement (Branch) Division, Thomas M. OCE, contracting; Procurement of Supplies, Desert Warfare Board: 470, 478 contracts. Desert Warfare Training Center: 322, 347, 348, Contracts and Claims Branch, OCE: 132 429, 464, 471 Control Branch, OCE: 216 Detroit Diesel Division, General Motors Corp.: Controlled Materials Plan: 500, 507, 510, 511-15 516 Cook, Lt. Col. Coleman P.: 533, 538 Detroit District: 520 Corps Area Engineers: 114 Development Branch, OCE. See also Besson, Brig. Corps of Chaplains: 157 Gen. Frank S., Jr.; Chorpening, Col. Claude Corps of Engineers. See Engineers, Corps of. H.; Engineering and Development Division, Couse Laboratories, Inc.: 206 OCE. Cowley, Col. W. Eugene: 47, 48, 49, 484, 493 air compressors: 33-34 Craig, Gen. Malin: 12 Class IV supplies: 501 Crawford, Brig. Gen. Roscoe C.: 150-51, 159, 490 equipment specifications: 98 Critical Items List: 102 equipment standardization: 208 Cross-Channel attack. See also Normandy landings functions and staff: 27, 28 and breakthrough, petroleum pipeline test: 423 mapping requirements: 449 port repair ships: 401 Dieppe raid: 472 obstacle clearing devices: 472
602
Distribution factors: 179, 180, 193-95 District Engineers. See District offices. District offices: 5, 234. See also districts by name. procurement activities. See also Procurement of supplies, administrative organization. Controlled Materials Plan: 512, 514 engines and other components: 515-16 Production Requirements Plan: 199 spare parts: 561-62, 569 projects for aviation battalions: 323 recruitment of dredge crews: 412 recruitment of officers commissioned from civil life: 156, 157, 272, 281 Reserve officer training: 114-15 transfer of officers to troop duty: 147, 148 Division Engineers. See Division offices. Division offices: 5 procurement activities. See procurement of supplies, administrative organization, projects for aviation battalions: 323, 324 recruitment of officers commissioned from civil life: 156, 281 recruitment of specialists: 282 supervision of depot activities: 554 transfer of officers to troop duty: 147 used construction machinery: 524 Doll, J. G.: 477 Draft: See Selective Service Act. Dredges: 392, 411-16 DUKW: 375-76 Dump truck companies: 11, 26, 35, 115, 118, 119-20, 222, 238, 270. See also Unit training, ASF; Engineer Unit Training Centers, Camp Ellis; Engineer Unit Training Centers, Camp Sutton. Du Pont, E. I. De Nemours & Co., Inc.: 469
Engineer Board: 7, 15 administration and functions: 8, 13, 27, 28-29, 464-66 barrage balloons: 204 bridging: 38, 39, 41, 42, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 483, 484, 486, 487, 490, 492, 494, 495, 497 camouflage: 81-82, 83, 84, 85, 86 clearance of mines and other obstacles: 53-54, 468-70, 471, 475, 477, 479, 480 combat battalions, divisional: 23 construction machinery: 30, 31, 32, 33, 316, 475-76 engineer armored vehicle: 481 evaluation of activities: 574-75 executive officer. See Baker, Col. William C., Jr.; Young, Capt. James M. forestry companies: 142 landing mat: 58, 59, 60, 61-62, 467 mapping equipment: 66, 69, 73, 74, 448 mobile repair shops: 206 petroleum distribution: 423, 424, 428, 429, 432 port repair ships: 401 searchlight mirror plant: 91 supply and maintenance units: 35-36, 227, 228 water supply equipment: 141, 467 Engineer Central Stock Control Agency: 554-55, 557, 558 Engineer Department: 5, 147, 411. See also District offices; Division offices. Engineer Field Depot Office: 536, 540, 554, 555, 564 Engineer Field Maintenance Office: 287, 561, 567, 569 Engineer Officer Candidate School. See Officer Candidate School. Engineer Officer Replacement Pool: 536 Engineer Replacement Training Centers: 116, 119, Eastman Kodak Co.: 74 120, 132, 158. See also Instructors and adEdwards, Maj. Gen. Idwal H.: 377 ministrative staffs, Engineer Replacement Training Centers; Replacement training; Eglin Field, Fla.: 319, 320, 322 Specialists, training, at Engineer Replacement Eisenhower, Gen. Dwight D.: 372, 378, 392, 393, 400, 402, 451, 468, 475 Training Centers. Eister, Lt. Col. William D.: 320, 321 Camp Abbot: 257-59 capacities, input, and output: 119n, 161, 166, Eklund, Col. Karl F.: 35, 470, 471, 473-74 174, 242, 249, 257, 260, 261, 269, 314-15, Elder, John: 424, 428, 429 Electric accounting machines. See IBM systems. 350-51 conversion to Army Service Forces Training Electric lighting equipment: 108, 204 Centers: 313 Emery: 403, 407 evaluation: 268-69 Emmons, Lt. Gen. Delos C.: 18 Fort Belvoir: 161 Engineer Advance Planning Committee: 501 Fort Leonard Wood: 158, 161-62 Engineer Amphibian Command: 298, 427, 472. instructors for EAC: 368 See also Amphibious training, Engineer Aminstructors for unit training centers: 272, 273, phibian Command. 286, 298, 307 Engineer armored vehicle: 475, 481, 481n OCS quotas: 150, 152 Engineer Aviation Unit Training Centers: 314, Engineer Reproduction Plant: 7, 66, 74, 78, 79, 320, 324, 334-35. See also Unit training, 132, 441-42 AAF, center system.
INDEX
Engineer Research Office: 439-40, 450, 457, 459, 462 Engineer School: 7, 8, 13, 15, 109, 110, 122, 132, 304. See also Officer Candidate School; Research courses, equipment development: 28 beach obstacle clearance: 475, 481 camouflage: 82 training curriculum, faculty, and output: 111, 113,
603
Engineer unitsContinued BattalionsContinued 30th Engineer Topographic (GHQ): 78, 449 85th Engineer Heavy Ponton: 128 87th Engineer Heavy Ponton: 49, 368 89th Engineer Heavy Ponton: 128 90th Engineer Heavy Ponton: 128 97th Engineer Separate: 127 286th Engineer Combat: 351-52 405th Engineer Water Supply: 226 411th Engineer Base Shop: 381, 382, 383, 384, 385 692d Engineer Base Shop: 389 803d Engineer Aviation: 127 809th Engineer Aviation: 127 821st Engineer Aviation: 323 833d Engineer Aviation: 314-15 835th Engineer Aviation: 322, 323 850th Engineer Aviation: 322, 323 857th Engineer Aviation: 322 871st Engineer Airborne (experimental) : 316 1272d Engineer Combat: 352 1696th Engineer Combat: 352 Brigades 1st Engineer Amphibian: 365, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 389, 390, 2d Engineer Amphibian: 372, 373, 376, 379, 382, 383, 384, 388, 390 3d Engineer Amphibian: 370, 372, 376, 379, 382, 385, 386, 388, 390 4th Engineer Amphibian: 385, 386, 388, 389 5th Special: 390 6th Special: 390 Companies 32d Engineer Combat (Separate): 104 56th Engineer Shop: 35 70th Engineer Light Ponton: 39, 52, 112 73d Engineer Light Ponton: 128 Detachments Engineer School: 111, 118 Wright Field: 65, 66, 71, 447, 448 Groups 1051st Engineer Port Construction and Repair: 416 1104th Engineer Combat: 345 1114th Engineer Combat: 345 1118th Engineer Combat: 345 Regiments 1st Engineer Combat: 112 3d Engineer Combat: 127 5th Engineer Combat: 32, 39, 40 18th Engineer Combat: 104, 112 19th Engineer Combat: 125 21st Engineer Aviation: 56, 58, 60, 62, 129, 315, 420
specialist: 116, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 262, 263 unit: 125, 307
troop organization bridge company, armored battalion: 52 combat battalion, divisional: 23, 137 engineer component of Army corps: 24 ponton units: 141 reduction in types of general units: 138-39 Engineer Unit Training Centers. See also Instructors and administrative staffs, Engineer Unit Training Centers; Specialists, training, at unit training centers; Unit training, ASF. Camp Claiborne, La.: 293, 294, 298, 316, 394, 538, 539 absorption of specialist candidates into units: 251-52 administrative organization: 278, 279, 292 conversion to Army Service Forces Training Center: 293 description: 270-72, 280
604
Engineer unitsContinued RegimentsContinued 21st Engineer General Service: 112 31st Engineer Combat: 345 35th Engineer Combat: 297 36th Engineer Combat: 342 37th Engineer Combat: 368 39th Engineer Combat: 342 40th Engineer Combat: 342
41st Engineer General Service: 118-19,
development of: 7, 8. See also specific items of equipment. agencies involved in: 27-29 curtailment of program: 464-66 summary and evaluation: 29, 62-63, 49697, 573-75
maintenance of. See Maintenance of equipment,
126-27, 297 43d Engineer General Service: 117 131st Engineer Combat: 342 132d Engineer Combat: 345 133d Engineer Combat: 342, 345 361st Engineer General (Special) Service: 295, 298 532d Engineer Shore: 342, 373 924th Engineer Aviation: 320 1301st Engineer General Service: 301, 302, 305-06
1303d Engineer General Service: 305-06
procurement of. See Procurement of supplies. standardization of. See Maintenance of equipment, standardization.
for training: 92-93, 100, 105, 108, 112, 163, 170-71, 172-73, 254-55, 264, 274-75, 276-77, 284-85, 293, 305, 307, 308, 309, 316-17, 32021, 341, 347, 348, 353, 395, 397, 432. See
also Construction machinery, used.
weight of: 31, 32, 33, 63, 574. See also Tanks,
weight and width of.
1306th Engineer General Service: 305-06 1317th Engineer General Service: 303 Troops 47th Engineer Mechanized: 17 Engineering and Development Division, OCE: 217, 466, 467, 495 Engineering Section, OCE: 62 Engineering Societies Library: 439 Engineers, Corps of. See also Mission; Office of the Chief of Engineers; Strength, administration
and reorganization of War Department:
companies. Esgate, E. E.: 142 Eugene Dietzgen Co.: 203, 518 European Theater of Operations. See also CrossChannel attack. amphibian brigades: 372, 390 armored construction machinery: 476
aviation units: 234-35
135, 136, 219-21, 574 before 1942: 4-5, 7-8 historical sketch: 1-4 modernization: 27, 36 summary and evaluation: 134-35, 216, 579-80 Engines and other components: 191, 511, 514, 5 1 5 17, 518-21, 546, 547, 549, 562, 563 Enlisted men. See also Army General Classifica-
map supply and strategic intelligence: 438, 44950, 451, 452-53, 457-59. See also France,
map supply and strategic intelligence.
tion Test; Cadres; Fillers; Specialists; petroleum distribution: 424, 427, 434, 436 Strength. port reconstruction: 391, 392, 398-99, 402, 406, classification and assignment: 116, 117-18, 295407, 410, 411, 412-13, 415, 416 96, 318 supplies: 214-15, 504, 506, 507, 572 training recommendations: 397 handicapped: 163, 165-66, 299 mechanical skills required: 109, 119, 139, 140, Evinrude Motor Co.: 244 231, 232-33, 239-40, 247, 576-77 Facilities rotation of: 267 equipment development: 28, 29, 464 summary and evaluation: 576-77 industrial training and experience in peacetime: 110, 111 allocation: 88, 89, 91, 92, 97, 98, 99 Ensign-Bickford Co.: 469 conversion: 180-81 Equipment expansion: 91, 96, 182, 191, 203, 516, 519, commercial nature of: 27, 89, 96 523, 524, 525, 547
computation of requirements for. See Requirements for supplies. map compilation and reproduction: 442 storage. See Depots.
INDEX
605
FacilitiesContinued Fort DuPont, Del.: 412, 413, 414 training: 128, 166, 170, 242, 243, 274, 275, 276- Fort Eben-Emael, Belgium: 19-20 77, 293, 296, 302-03, 306, 307-08, 313. See Fort Knox, Ky.: 17, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48, 49 also specific camps and centers. Fort Lawton, Wash.: 405 Factory schools. See Trade schools. Fort Leonard Wood, Mo.: 128, 158, 161-62 Fairchild Aerial Surveys: 456 Fort Lewis, Wash.: 128, 291, 360 Fairchild Aviation Corp.: 71 Fort McClellan, Ala.: 349 Falmouth Marine Railway: 364 Fort Peck Dam, Mont.: 5, 28 Farrell: 403, 407 Fort Pierce, Fla.: 464, 473, 474 Federal Standard Stock Catalog Classification: Fort Pulaski, Ga.: 402 539 Fort Screven, Ga.: 394, 395-96, 397, 402, 403 Federation of Paint, Varnish, and Lacquer Pro- Fortifications: 18-19, 20-21, 53 Fortifications Section, OCE. See Construction duction Clubs: 83
Ferguson, Glenn D.: 484 Ferries. See Rafts and ferries. (Fortifications) Section, OCE.
Field armies bridging for: 39, 49 engineer component of: 139. See also Group
system of organization, supply and maintenance units for: 35-36 Field Artillery: 20
Foundary detachments: 277-78 Four Wheel Drive Auto Co.: 483, 484 Fourth Air Force: 322 Fourth Army: 128, 352-53 Fowler, Brig. Gen. Raymond F.: 134, 217, 554
equipment development: 465 Negro personnel: 119
camouflage: 85-86 comment on engineer combat mission: 21-22 Engineer Board representative: 29 mapping: 64, 66, 69, 71, 72, 75, 76, 80, 447
specialists required: 117
Field exercises: 265-66, 280-81, 293, 294, 322-23, 330 Field manuals: 11, 22, 70, 72, 73, 76
Fillers
Class IV requirements: 500-501, 505 construction machinery: 180, 182, 211, 524
engines and other components: 515, 519, 520
AAF units: 314-15, 318 AGF units: 340, 341, 342, 343, 349-50, 35152, 353 construction units Camp Claiborne: 247, 272, 273-74, 275, 283, 284, 292, 294, 295, 296 Camp Ellis: 298, 299-300, 303, 304-05
heavy shop companies: 287 lack of unit training: 166 petroleum distribution units: 430, 433 port reconstruction units: 394, 395, 400, 403,
international aid: 183, 186, 196, 197-98, 499 material shortages: 191 officers for: 536 priorities: 189-90 procurement program: 517, 519, 544, 545
replacement and distribution factors: 194
spare parts: 213, 214, 559, 563, 567 stock control: 537, 544, 555
413,
Fire fighting school: 434 First Army: 128 Fiscal Branch, OCE: 132 Forestry companies: 142, 156, 222, 229, 278, 28991, 293, 295 Fort Belvoir, Va.: 7, 8, 27, 28, 36, 47, 48, 161
Commanding General.
troop organization combat battalion, divisional: 136 414 general units: 138, 139 supply and maintenance units: 227 visits to theaters of operations: 502 France fall of: 18
maps and strategic intelligence: 440, 449, 456, 457-59 World War I: 2
Frank, Col. Simon N.: 187
Franklin Technical Institute of Boston: 246 French Army: 54, 57, 477
French Information Center: 459 French National Geographic Institute: 458 Funds. See also Appropriations.
Edwin H.
training of dredge crews at: 413, 414 training of port repair ship crews at: 407, 410, 411
Class IV supplies: 34-35, 95, 104, 105-06 equipment development: 28, 29, 30, 39, 47, 57, 58, 464, 574
606
FundsContinued international aid: 100, 102, 176, 184 mapping: 69, 443, 444 scarcity of: 5, 17 supply and maintenance units: 35, 36
Gallant, Col. Edward B.: 382 Galloway, Col. Gerald E.: 13, 113 Garcia, Maj. Marcelino, Jr.: 393, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 406 Garcia and Diaz: 393 Garlington, Brig. Gen. Creswell: 23, 267 Gas generators and gas generating detachments: 230, 466-67 Geiger Field, Wash.: 319, 320, 321, 324, 325, 328, 334, 335 General Electric Co.: 91, 98, 203, 518 General Headquarters Air Force: 4, 18, 25, 57, 60, 61 Engineer. See Davison, Brig. Gen. Donald A. General Headquarters Army: 4, 10, 23, 77, 80, 125, 135 General Motors Corp.: 191, 245 General Scheduling Order M-293: 516, 517, 519 General service battalions: 238 General service regiments: 15, 578 construction in Middle East and United Kingdom: 155, 270 control of: 221, 222, 343 demand for: 115, 144, 145 fillers. See Fillers, construction units. for Negroes: 237-38, 310 Negroes in: 118 number of, June 1945: 238, 239 officers: 120, 123, 272, 273, 281-82, 295
organization, equipment, and functions: 11, 16,
AAF troops for build-up in Britain: 332 distribution: 342, 350, 351 increases and reductions: 25, 115, 252-53, 456 officers: 121, 157 port repair ships: 408 relationships of Engineers with: 13-14, 135, 136, 146, 574 supplies allowances: 193 Class IV: 95, 104, 105, 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506-07, 576
engines: 191
international aid: 183, 184, 187 requirements computation: 94, 176 troop organization and training AGF nondivisional units: 343 amphibious: 358, 360, 363, 369, 377, 379, 380, 382, 385, 387, 388 aviation engineers: 56 combat battalions, divisional: 14, 15, 16, 23, 137 construction units: 232-33, 235-36
corps units: 16, 139
general service regiments: 140, 145 group system: 232 maintenance units: 36 officers: 114, 151
petroleum distribution units: 427
port construction and repair groups: 393 replacement training: 162, 167 separate battalions: 140 specialist schools: 328
unit training centers: 277, 311
24, 33, 34, 138, 139, 143, 225, 226, 231-37 War Department reorganization: 135, 136 airfield construction: 18, 62 General units: 11, 25 petroleum distribution: 427 reduction in types: 138-40
port construction and repair: 391 training program: 125
Camp Ellis, Ill.; Engineer Unit Training Centers, Camp Sutton, N. C.; Unit training, ASF; Unit training, before Pearl Harbor. General Staff. See also Chief of Staff, camouflage: 82 Deputy Chief of Staff. See McNarney, Gen. Joseph T.
engineer combat mission: 20 engineer intelligence: 438, 440
Geographical Section General Staff, British War Office: 444, 445, 446, 456 German Army
amphibious doctrine: 357
engineers: 14, 15, 16, 19-20, 24, 43-44, 53 mines and other obstacles: 1, 54, 347, 468, 47677, 478
offensive in western Europe, 1940. See Blitzkrieg.
equipment bridges: 37-38, 51, 491, 492 mine field clearance: 476
petroleum pipeline systems: 420
weight of: 31, 41, 495 mapping: 64, 70, 71, 72-73, 75, 76-77, 81, 441, 444, 449, 451, 452, 453
German prisoners of war: 307, 313 German Sixth Army: 76 Germany, equipment development: 42, 66, 71, 574, 575 Gerr, Stanley: 462
INDEX
Godfrey, Brig. Gen. Stuart C.: 13, 19, 334, 337, 338 aviation engineers airborne tactics: 315 fillers and replacements: 328, 331 on inactivation of units: 332-33 officers: 156 as service troops: 25-26 training: 318-19, 322, 325-27, 329-30 on Engineer representation in General Staff: 13 equipment bridging: 41, 44, 46, 52 construction machinery: 34 mine detectors: 54, 55 petroleum pipeline systems: 420 procurement: 93 officer qualifications: 123-24 river crossing tactics: 37 Goerz, Col. Peter P.: 466 Goldsmith, Lester M.: 426 Gorlinski, Col. Joseph S.: 501, 502 on heavy shop company training: 288 maintenance units: 570, 571 officers for Negro units: 312 port reconstruction: 402, 406, 407-08, 410, 416 on replacement training program: 261-62 specialist training: 244 Gowen Field, Idaho: 320 Grabau, Capt. B. I.: 383, 385 Grades and ratings: 576, 578 construction units: 232-33, 236, 237 dredge crews: 412 voluntarily enlisted specialists: 349-50 Granite City Engineer Depot: 263, 536, 538, 539, 543, 555, 560n, 564 Grant, Maj. Gen. Ulysses S., III: 36, 152 Gravelle, Capt. Gordon: 490 Gray, Maj. Roe: 431, 432 Gray Marine Motor Co.: 383 Great Britain. See also British Army; British Navy. build-up in: 1, 144, 213, 331, 541, 543 cross-Channel attack: 360, 364 equipment development: 575 armored vehicles: 470, 472, 481, 482 bangalore torpedo: 468 barrage balloons: 204 bridging: 39, 50, 51 camouflage: 86 landing mat: 57 pipeline couplings: 418 equipment maintenance: 571 international aid to: 100, 102, 176, 182-83, 184, 186-88, 196-97, 198, 499, 501 map supply. See Map supply, division of responsibility with Great Britain. military observers in: 25, 28, 51, 472, 485, 486 petroleum pipeline tests: 428
607
Great BritainContinued port reconstruction: 392, 401, 403 training of engineer troops in: 172 Great Lakes Division: 509, 521, 522, 547 Grefe, Maj. Richard F.: 321 Greulich, Gerald G.: 58, 60, 61 Gridley, Col. Richard: 2
Hains: 411, 415 Hall, Col. James G.: 453 Hammer Field, Cal.: 322
Handy, Gen. Thomas T.: 377 Hanley, Maj. Gen. Thomas J., Jr.: 451-52 Hanlon-Waters, Inc.: 423 Hanson Clutch and Machinery Co.: 103 Harding: 411 Harding, Col. Chester K.: 41 Harris-Seybold-Potter Co.: 75 Harrison, Col. Raymond L.: 209, 561 Harrison Equipment Co.: 209 Harvard University: 373 Hassinger, Lt. Col. John H.: 186, 190, 191, 192, 199, 210, 212 Hays, 1st Lt. George M.: 470 Hazeltine Service Corp.: 54 Heavy ponton battalions: 26 classification and control of: 222 organization and functions: 11, 51-52, 141, 226 training: 128, 345 Heavy shop companies: 229, 570, 571 control of: 222 organization and functions: 207-08, 286 personnel and training: 277, 286-88, 295 Hedden Metal Locators, Inc.: 54 Heileman, Maj. Gen. Frank A.: 233 Hercules Motors Corp.: 516, 519 Herrington, Col. Russel McK.: 70, 72 Hertford, Brig. Gen. Kenner F.: 13 Hewitt, Rear Admiral Henry K.: 376, 377, 378 Higgins, Andrew J.: 356 Higgins Industries, Inc.: 367, 380, 381, 383, 385 Killer, Maj. Maurice L.: 234, 235 Hoel, Maj. Alfred G., Jr.: 468, 469, 472, 473, 482 Holabird Quartermaster Depot: 419, 420 Holt, Col. Andrew H.: 533 Hoover, Herbert: 424 Hoover Dam: 29 Hopkins, Harry L.: 469 Horni Signal Manufacturing Corp.: 479 Hoskins, Lt. Col. Harry D.: 380-81, 383, 385 Hotine, Col. Martin: 445, 449
608
Inspections and investigationsContinued Fort DuPont, Del.: 414 Jefferson Barracks, Mo.: 327 replacement training: 268 Inspector General, The on AGF nondivisional units: 340, 345 and Engineer Amphibian Command: 370 and supply operations: 505, 566 Inspector General's Department, The: 303n Instruction and testing Engineer Officer Candidate School: 154, 155 Engineer Replacement Training Centers: 163, 165, 172, 173-74 Instructors and administrative staffs AAF basic training center, Jefferson Barracks, Mo.: 319, 324, 327 AGF units: 341, 352 Engineer Amphibian Command: 368, 390 Engineer Officer Candidate School: 151-52, 15354 Engineer Replacement Training Centers: 125, IBM systems: 532, 533, 541, 564, 566, 569 158, 163, 166, 167, 171, 172, 173, 249-50, Imperial Dam: 464 258, 260, 266-68 Industry. See also Construction machinery inEngineer Unit Training Centers: 272, 273, 275, dustry. 278-80, 283, 286-87, 292, 298, 300, 304, 305, equipment development: 27, 42, 57, 58, 62, 83, 307, 311-12 141, 467, 575. See also individual firms by petroleum distribution unit training: 429, 432 name. Intelligence. See Reconnaissance; Strategic intellipreparation of maps: 78, 79 gence. recruitment of military personnel: 3, 282, 287, Intelligence (Branch, Section) Division, OCE: 132, 365, 430, 575 217. See also Loper, Brig. Gen. Herbert B. Infantry: 20, 26 functions: 7 camouflage: 86 and mapping: 27, 444, 456, 458 instructors for EAC: 368 and strategic intelligence: 438-39, 440, 450, 457, mapping: 75 458-59, 461, 462 specialists required: 117, 241 and topographic units: 455 tank weights: 37-38 Infantry division. See also Square division; Tri- International aid administration, policies, and procedures: 182-84, angular division. 195-98 bridging: 39, 41, 49 Army Supply Program: 179 engineer component. See Combat battalions, dicommon stockpile, Great Britain: 186-88, 189visional; Combat regiments, divisional. 90, 196, 197, 198, 499, 501 percentage of engineer strength in: 12, 14, 15, petroleum pipeline, China: 420-23, 425 16, 224 priorities: 187, 189-90 reorganization: 12,14-15, 22, 23, 68 reductions: 498, 499-500 Infantry divisions. See Army Ground Forces units, Divisions. Russia: 499, 500 Infantry Journal: 19 transfers from Treasury Department: 184, 186 Infiltration courses. See Obstacle courses. 1941: 100, 102, 104, 105 Information Bulletins: 8, 27 1942: 175, 176, 198 Ingalls, Col. Robert D.: 297-98, 299, 300, 3011943: 525 International Business Machines Corp.: 532 02, 303, 304, 305, 305n International Detrola Corp.: 479 Inspections and investigations: 8 Camp Ellis, Ill.: 299, 303, 303n, 305 International (Aid) (Branch, Section) Division, Camp Sutton, N. C.: 308, 311 OCE: 175-76, 183, 195-98, 217, 499. See Engineer Amphibian Command: 370-71 also Molnar, Lt. Col. Theodore T. Engineer Section, Columbus ASF Depot: 566, International Geographical Union: 457 568 International Harvester Co.: 32, 180
Howard, Lt. Col. George W.: 486, 490, 495-96 Howard, Needles, Tammen, and Burgendoff: 495 Hughes, Col. John B.: 225 authority accorded by AGF headquarters: 337-38 equipment for nondivisional combat battalions: 353-54 specialists recruited by voluntary enlistment: 350 training mine warfare: 347 ponton units: 345 time allotted: 352-53 troop organization combat battalions, nondivisional: 351 group system: 346 supply and maintenance units: 227, 228-29 water supply units: 226 Hull, Lt. Gen. John E.: 332 Hyde: 414
INDEX
International Supply Committee: 183, 187-88, 196 Irving Subway Co.: 61 Italian campaign amphibian brigades: 372, 390 maps and strategic intelligence: 456, 457 mines and other obstacles: 1, 468, 476-77, 480 port reconstruction: 391 supplies: 543 tank dozer: 475 water supply: 226 Italian collaborators: 307 Italian National Research Council: 457 Italian Service Units: 541
609
Krumbein, Dr. William C.: 439, 457 Kuldell, Brig. Gen. Rudolph C.: 217, 554, 556,
Labor shortages: 203, 408, 546, 547, 549 Lake, Maj. James L.: 429, 431 Lake Charles, La., airport: 129 Landing craft. See Amphibious equipment, landing craft. Landing mat development of 56-62, 63, 467, 575 in maneuvers: 62, 129 procurement of: 201, 204, 518, 525 training in laying of: 301, 322, 323 LaPlante-Choate Co.: 98, 471, 473, 474 Japan: 438, 461-63 Lathrop Engineer Depot: 383, 541, 543 Japanese Army: 357, 468 Lawrence: 403 Japanese Imperial Land Survey: 461 Lebourg, Maurice: 477 Jefferson Barracks, Mo.: 317-19, 324, 325, 326, Ledo Road: 1, 143, 549 327, 328, 329 Legal Branch, OCE: 132 Johns, Brig. Gen. Dwight F.: 60 Le Havre, France: 391 Johnson, Drake & Piper, Inc.: 393 Lend-lease. See International aid. Joint Army-Navy Intelligence Studies: 457 Lend-Lease Act: 100 Joint Army and Navy Personnel Board: 232 Lentz, Brig. Gen. John M.: 344-45 Joint Chiefs of Staff: 361, 376, 377, 378, 379, LeTourneau. See R. G. LeTourneau, Inc. 380, 402, 408, 409, 457, 459 Light equipment companies: 222, 225, 229. See Joint U.S. Staff Planners: 360, 378 also Base equipment companies; Equipment Joint U.S. Strategic Committee: 360 companies. Light ponton companies: 15,26, 49 Karstens, Maj. Chauncey W.: 424, 426, 428 classification and control of: 222 Kaye, Col. Minton W.: 446, 451, 452, 453 Negroes in: 118, 119 King, Admiral Ernest J.: 359, 369, 376, 377, 378, organization, equipment and functions: 11, 16,
382
Kingman, Brig. Gen. John J.: 7, 8, 9 training: 128 duties: 132 Lima, Ohio: 547 equipment development: 29 Linkswiler, Col. Gilbert E.: 32 bridges: 38, 39, 41, 44, 48, 52 Loper, Brig. Gen. Herbert B.: 78, 79-81, 230, 441, landing mat: 59, 61 443, 444, 445, 448, 451, 453, 455, 456, 457, mapping: 69, 71, 74 458, 461 Negro personnel: 119 Loper-Hotine Agreement: 445-46, 449 officers: 121, 122 Louisiana maneuver area: 128-29 Lower Mississippi Valley Division: 5, 147 petroleum pipeline systems: 422 Lyman: 414 research courses: 22 strength: 16, 115 MacArthur, Gen. Douglas: 1n, 234, 359, 380, 382, supplies: 36 384, 385, 386, 387, 390, 448, 459, 462, 476, Class IV: 95, 105 572 procurement contracts: 98 McChord Field, Wash.: 330 procurement planning: 91 McCloy, John J.: 346 procurement program: 93, 96, 102 McCoach, Maj. Gen. David, Jr.: 132 troop organization: 13 McCook Field: 65 armored units: 17. MacDill Field, Fla.: 320, 324, 334, 335 aviation units: 18, 25, 56, 140 McNair, Lt. Gen. Lesley J.: 354 general units: 138 as administrator: 337, 338 maintenance units: 36 Knudsen, Lt. Gen. William S.: 180, 182, 525, on amphibian brigades: 387 combat training emphasis: 338, 339, 574 547 and manpower shortages: 343 Krueger, Gen. Walter: 130, 344, 345 mine warfare training: 346-47 Krum, Arthur E.: 175
610
Mapping equipmentContinued McNair, Lt. Gen. Lesley J.Continued camerasContinued nondivisional unit training: 340, 343, 344, 345 and specialists recruited by voluntary enlistment: T-3a: 65, 70, 71, 72 T-5: 71, 72, 447 349 tri-lens: 65 troop unit organization: 23, 223, 224-25, 226, wide-angle: 446, 447 228, 229, 574 multiplex aeroprojector: 66, 71, 442, 448-49 on 1941 maneuvers: 130 procurement of: 93, 99, 106, 108, 201, 203, 204, McNarney, Gen. Joseph T.: 267, 359, 360 518, 525 Madigan, Michael J.: 523, 524 stereocomparagraph: 65-66 Maginot Line: 19 Mapping techniques: 64-66, 70, 447-48 Magruder, Brig. Gen. John: 421, 422, 423 Maintenance companies: 206, 221, 222, 228-29, Maps coverage and scale: 64, 66, 72, 76-77, 79-81, 231, 321, 570, 571 447-48, 449, 451-52 Maintenance (Section) Division, OCE: 176, 206, reproduction of: 66, 68, 73-75, 78, 458, 462 211, 212, 217, 228. See also Smith, Col. C. March Field, Cal.: 320, 324, 325, 327, 329, 330, Rodney. 331 Maintenance of equipment. See also Base shop battalions; Foundry detachments; Heavy shop Mariemont, Ohio, searchlight mirror plant: 91, companies; Maintenance companies; Parts 96, 518 supply companies; Shop companies; Spare Marine Corps parts. amphibious operations: 364, 378 echelons of: 206-07, 207n development of doctrine for: 355-57 landing craft: 370 in Pacific theaters of operations: 359, 360, standardization: 192, 207-10, 214, 560, 562, 572. 361 See also Construction machinery, used, provision of instructors for Engineer Amat training stations: 321 phibian Command: 368 Malony, Maj. Gen. Harry J.: 77 equipment development: 27 Manchester: 403, 407, 408 tractor requirements: 182 Maneuvers: 22, 24, 52, 62, 78-80, 82, 86-87, 93, Marine Corps unit, 1st Marine Division: 380 113, 128-31, 136, 227, 419-20, 441. See also Marine Design Section, Philadelphia District. See Field exercises. Philadelphia District, port repair ships and Manhattan District: 307 crews. Manila, P. I.: 415-16 Marion Engineer Depot: 536, 543, 565 Map supply. See also specific theaters of operaMaritime School, Brooklyn, N. Y.: 414 tions; Army Map Service; Engineer ReproducMaritime Service schools: 406, 407 tion Plant; Theaters of operations, mapping, Marks, Brig. Gen. Edwin H.: 466 division of responsibility with AAF: 70. See also Marksmanship: 163, 170-72, 264, 285-86, 299, Mapping, aerial photography. 304 division of responsibility with Great Britain: 444, Marshall, Gen. George C.: 93, 220, 340, 378, 386, 445-46, 449-50, 451, 457, 458, 463 411, 415, 449, 471 program for: 77-78, 441-46 Mason, Dr. Martin A.: 439, 457 Mapping: 7 administrative control of: 78, 451, 452, 453-54 Massachusetts Institute of Technology: 393 Materials aerial photography: 456, 459 allocation. See Controlled Materials Plan; Proadvantages and limitations of: 65, 441 personnel and aircraft for: 68-69, 70-71, 72, duction Requirements Plan. 73, 75-77, 78, 79, 81, 446, 448, 449, 450, substitutions: 82-83, 103-04, 201, 203, 466, 451, 452, 453 551, 553 tri-metrogon versus wide-angle vertical: supply and shortage: 102-03, 182, 188-89, 190, 446-54, 460, 463 191, 199, 201, 213, 215, 223, 408, 518, 523, in maneuvers: 78-80, 441 547, 549, 551, 553, 562 speed of production: 70, 72, 73, 75, 76-77, 441 Matteson, Col. William J.: 466 summary and evaluation: 463, 580 Matthews, Col. Albert G.: 442, 461, 462 tests: 66, 70, 72, 447 Mayo, Col. George: 57, 58, 59, 60, 334 Mapping equipment: 574 Mechanical aptitude tests: 246, 247 aerocartograph: 66 Medical Department: 117, 134, 440, 563 cameras portable copying: 74 Medical Department units: 365
INDEX
611
Mission: 1-3, 11, 27, 62, 468 Mediterranean theater of operations: 438. See also amphibious operations: 21, 357, 358, 361, 475 Italian campaign; France; North African with armored forces: 17, 22, 43-44 campaign. with Army Air Forces: 11,18 Mehaffey, Maj. Gen. Joseph G.: 136 camouflage: 81, 82, 87 Meissner, Clarence E.: 58 combat: 2, 15, 16, 19-22, 254, 481, 483 Merritt-Chapman & Scott Corp.: 393 combat versus service: 25-26, 135, 142-43, 238Metropolitan Technical School of New York: 246 39, 573-74 Meyers, Charles W.: 58 with infantry division: 11, 12, 14, 22 Middle Atlantic Division: 509, 521, 522 influence of World War I on: 10-11 Middle East construction of bases: 143-44, 147, 155, 156, mapping: 64 mine warfare: 347 270, 275 international aid: 102 petroleum distribution: 417, 420-25 Military construction program: 9, 132, 216. See port reconstruction: 391-92 also Construction Division, OCE. river crossings: 21, 36-37, 42 effect on procurement organization: 132, 134, supply: 88, 135, 219, 536, 540, 576 177, 178, 509 Mobile District: 177 effect on troop activities: 134, 575 Mobile reproduction train: 73-74, 78 officer supply: 121-22, 123, 147-48, 156, Mobile shop company: 206 174, 577 Mobility: 10, 12, 18-19, 31. See also Equipment, recruitment by voluntary enlistment: 273, weight of. 282, 293, 294 ponton units: 51, 52 Military Division, OCE: 4, 7-8, 17, 23, 27, 28, 31, relation to engineer mission: 1, 14, 16, 17, 26, 33, 47 27, 36-37, 43-44, 62, 468, 574 Military Engineer, The: 19 relation to mapping: 64, 70, 72, 76-77, 80, 441 Military Mission to China: 421, 422 Mobilization plans: 10, 11, 94, 95, 104, 109, 241, Military observers: 19, 25, 28, 51, 472, 485, 486 573, 575. See also Procurement of supplies, Military Personnel (Section) Branch, OCE: 132. planning. See also Bessell, Brig. Gen. William W., Jr. Mobilization Training Programs: 112, 125, 263, functions: 7 272-73, 308, 326, 327, 329 officers Model-making teams: 455-56 classification system: 124 Molnar, Lt. Col. Theodore T.: 175, 183, 184, 195, commissioned from civil life: 156, 157 196, 197, 421, 499 rotation: 267 Monroe, La., airport: 129 supply activities: 536 Montgomery Ward: 207 transfer from military construction to troop Monthly Progress Reports: 563 duty: 147, 148 Moore, Maj. Gen. Richard C.: 13 port repair ship crews: 406, 410 Morale: 3, 4, 5, 220, 236, 281, 303, 304, 368-69, recruitment for amphibian brigades: 365 377-78. See also Racial and national tensions. Miller, Brig. Gen. Lehman W.: 311 Motorized battalions: 222 Milwit, Col. Herbert: 449 Mountain battalions: 222 Mine detectors: 480-81, 482, 575 Mountain Training Center: 464 AN/PRS-1: 478, 479 Mountain warfare equipment: 464 AN/VRS-1: 477-78 Mountbatten, Vice-Admiral Lord Louis: 369, 469 for metallic mines Mullins, Col. Clayton E.: 42, 49, 486, 487, 489, AN/PRS-3: 479 490, 493 SCR-625: 53-55, 468, 477, 478, 479 Mullins, Howard H.: 483, 493 for nonmetallic mines: 478, 479 Munitions Assignments Board: 183, 184, 186, 401, vehicular mounted: 477-78 402, 403 Mine field clearance: 53, 468-70, 471, 476, 479Munitions Assignments Committee (Ground):
612
North African campaignContinued Naples: 391 effect on tank development: 490 National Defense Advisory Commission: 96, 102 effect on training: 254, 346-47 National Defense Research Committee: 27, 54, maintenance: 571 375, 470, 478, 479, 482 map supply and strategic intelligence: 438, 450National Guard: 18, 93, 94, 99, 109, 112-13, 123. 51, 453, 454 See also Officers, National Guard. mine warfare: 346-47, 468, 477 Navy: 191, 373, 440, 451, 457, 459, 460, 511 petroleum pipelines: 427 on amphibian (special) brigades: 390 port reconstruction: 417 amphibious operations. See Amphibious equipsupplies: 204, 214, 502-03 ment, landing craft; Amphibious operations, terrain models: 455 division of control between Army and Navy. water supply: 226 aviation units' training: 335 beach and underwater obstacle clearance: 472- North Atlantic Division: 5, 509, 510, 521, 522, 539 73, 475 Norway: 469 Chief of Naval Operations. See King, Admiral Ernest J. Obstacle courses: 163, 167, 255, 256 equipment development: 27 Obstacles: 14, 21, 53, 172, 468. See also Beach personnel: 122. See also Seabees. obstacle clearance; Demolitions; Mine depetroleum pipelines: 418 tectors; Mine field clearance; Tank dozer; port reconstruction. See Port reconstruction, Underwater obstacles. division of responsibility between Army and Office of the Chief of Engineers. See also specific Navy. administrative units. port repair ship crew training: 407 administrative organization: 4-5, 7-8, 132, 134procurement: 99, 102, 182, 401, 402, 403, 404, 35, 216-17, 219 516, 518 on control of aviation units: 235 Navy Salvage Training and Diving School: 396 equipment development: 47, 48, 467, 487, 497 Negro enlisted men: 576-77. See also Racial and mapping: 75 national tensions; Specialists, Negro. personnel assignment policies: 118-19, 119n, 139, 232, 233, heavy shop companies: 287 237-38, 257, 308-10, 334 Negro: 257, 309, 310 aviation units: 119, 314, 322 officers commissioned from civil life: 272 housing and recreational facilities: 257, 306 recruitment by voluntary enlistment: 349 marksmanship: 171, 299 petroleum distribution: 424-25, 427, 429, 431, regiments trained at EUTC, Camp Claiborne: 432 296 port repair ships: 400 training programs: 119, 165, 308, 322 relations with AGF Engineer Section: 338 Negro officers: 308, 311, 312 supplies Neuman, Col. David L.: 563-66, 568 Class IV: 502-03, 504, 505, 506, 507 New York District: 177, 178, 509, 521 stock control: 537, 555 New York Port of Embarkation: 104, 539 training New York Public Library: 439 centers: 277, 278, 303, 304 Newsweek: 45 officers: 109-10 Nimitz, Admiral Chester W.: 359, 380, 462 programs: 250-51, 259, 293, 296, 329, 397, Noce, Maj. Gen. Daniel: 361-62, 365, 366, 376, 579 385, 386-87, 388 specialist: 247, 287, 288 Nondivisional AGF units. See also Unit training, troop organization AGF, nondivisional units, forestry companies: 142 effect of manpower shortages on: 341-43 fluctuations in requirements for: 337 group system: 346, 354 Normandie: 407 water supply units: 226 Normandy landings and breakthrough: 1, 481-82 Office of Production Management: 102, 103, 179 North African campaign: 198, 216, 372 Office Service Branch, OCE: 132 airborne aviation battalions: 316 Office of Strategic Services: 457 amphibious operations: 372, 378, 390 Officer Candidate School: 124, 146, 148-55, 158, armor for construction machinery: 471 160, 242, 246 control of aviation units: 234 Commandant. See Crawford, Brig. Gen. Roseffect on replacement requirements: 253 coe C.
INDEX
613
Ordnance Department: 207, 316, 318, 563 Officer Candidate School graduates: 122 armor for construction machinery: 475-76 AGF units: 350 amphibian brigades: 365, 366 Engineer Board representative: 29 from other arms and services: 159 mines and mine field clearance: 53, 469-70, 473, quality of: 156, 157, 160, 295, 540, 577 476, 480 specialist courses for: 300 officer candidates: 151 petroleum distribution: 425 Officer candidates: 243, 244, 262, 282 procurement: 96, 134, 182, 186, 191, 216, 516, Officer Procurement Service: 156-57 547n, 558 Officers. See also Instructors and administrative replacement and distribution factors: 195 staffs; Military observers; U. S. Military specialists required: 117, 117n Academy. strength: 134 classification: 123, 124 tank dozer: 470, 471 commands for colonels: 139, 225 tanks: 37, 39, 40-41, 483, 491, 492, 496 commissioned from civil life: 3, 109, 122, 146, training of engineer specialists: 288 147, 148, 155-58, 159, 270, 272, 273, 281Ordnance Department Technical Committee: 49082, 295, 365, 394, 400, 406, 411-12, 577 91, 492 for equipment development: 28-29, 81-82, 464, Ordnance units: 365 465, 466 National Guard: 8, 112, 113, 123, 124, 148, Organization. See specific administrative units and specific troop units; Procurement of supplies, 158 159 272 administrative organization; Tables of organfor Negro units: 119, 308, 311-12 ization. Regular Army: 3, 5, 8, 9, 109, 111-12, 113, 114, 115, 120, 121, 123, 124, 147, 148, 158, Organization Todt: 20 Oxford University: 110 159, 174, 272, 575 Reserve: 8, 97, 111, 112, 113-15, 119, 120, 121, 122-23, 124, 146, 147, 148, 155, 158, 159, 174, Pacific Division: 509, 521, 522 Pacific theaters of operations. See also Central 177, 272, 365, 575 Pacific theater of operations; Philippines camfor supply activities: 97, 177, 536, 540, 563, paigns; South Pacific theater of operations; 564, 565, 566, 568, 576 Southwest Pacific theater of operations. supply and demand: 109, 111, 113-14, 115, armored construction machinery: 471, 476 120-24, 146-48, 174, 341, 575 Class IV supplies: 504-05 training and experience in peacetime: 3, 5, 7effect on training: 160, 335 8, 109-10, 111, 113-14, 575, 580 training and experience in wartime: 21, 112, engineer activities in: 1 114-15, 120, 124, 158-60, 273, 282. See also maps and strategic intelligence: 438, 459, 461-63 Officer Candidate School. mines and other obstacles: 468, 479 transfers to troop duty: 9, 111-12, 120-23, 146port reconstruction: 399, 407, 412, 413, 415-16 48 water supply equipment: 551 Officers Reserve Corps: 109, 113, 120 Park battalion: 35, 227 Ohio River Division: 509, 521, 522 Parts supply companies: 227-28, 298, 561, 564, 571 Oil companies: 430 Patterson, Robert P.: 88, 93, 99, 203, 220, 272, 279 Okinawa: 372, 390 Patton, Lt. Gen. George S., Jr.: 436 Oliver, Maj. Gen. Lunsford E.: 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, Paul, Maj. Gen. Willard S.: 341-42, 344, 345 137-38, 490n Paules, Col. Earl G.: 295 OMAHA beach: 459, 481-82 Perkins, Charles G.: 175 Operations and Training (Section) Branch, OCE; Personnel, civilian: 9, 147 132, 217. See also Godfrey, Brig. Gen. Stuart depots: 533, 536, 540-41, 564, 568 C.; Gorlinski, Col. Joseph S.; War Plans Diviequipment development: 28-29, 81-82, 464, 465, sion, OCE. 466 equipment development: 27, 42, 43 maintenance: 209, 561 research courses: 22 mapping: 66, 442 staff and functions: 7, 12-13 procurement: 97, 134, 178, 508, 509, 512 supplies: 89, 104, 198, 201, 207-08, 209, 500stock control: 537, 540 501, 503, 505 strategic intelligence: 439-40 training: 114, 119, 126, 159, 162, 244, 246, 252, 255, 413 Supply Division, OCE: 175 unit training centers: 280, 287, 288 troop organization: 36, 225, 393, 434, 567
614
Personnel, military. See also Enlisted men; Officers, economies in: 12, 14, 15, 16, 22-23, 223-27, 228, 232, 236, 237, 456 Petroleum distribution methods: 417, 424 personnel and training for: 278, 293, 295, 429-34 pipeline systems: 417 development and tests: 418-24, 425, 42629, 575 procurement: 423, 427 in theaters of operations: 434, 436 Petroleum distribution companies: 229, 406. See also Petroleum distribution, personnel and training for. control of: 222 number of, June 1945: 238
organization, equipment, and functions: 417, 427, 431
training locale: 278 Petroleum distribution detachments: 427, 431. See also Petroleum distribution, personnel and training for. Philadelphia District dredge crews: 412, 413, 414 port repair ships and crews: 401, 404, 405, 407, 410 procurement: 177, 178, 509 Philippine Islands: 127, 143 Philippines campaigns armored construction machinery: 476 maps and strategic intelligence: 459-61 supplies: 105 Photographic squadrons. See Mapping, aerial photography, personnel and aircraft for. Physical Profile System: 351n Pipeline systems. See Petroleum distribution, pipeline systems. Pittsburgh District: 177, 178, 509 Pneumatic floats: 42, 48, 49, 201, 484, 486, 549, 575. See also Bridges, steel treadway. Polifka, Col. Karl L.: 453 Polish campaign: 18, 20
Pooling. See Group system of organization.
Priorities: 96, 99, 102-03, 104, 187, 189-90, 191, 511 Prisoners of war: 307, 313 Procurement districts. See District offices, procurement activities. Procurement (Branch) Division, OCE: 175, 217 contracting: 93, 97-98, 99, 100, 102, 107, 177, 509 engine shortage: 519-20, 549 equipment standardization: 208 organization and functions: 97, 178, 509, 510, 521, 553 overprocurement: 544, 545 procurement program, 1943: 518-19
Production Requirements Plan: 199
spare parts: 212, 213, 559-60, 569 Supply Control System: 559 Procurement of supplies: 88. See also Spare parts, administrative organization: 7, 88, 97, 100, 132, 134, 135, 177-78, 221, 507-10, 521-22, 55354, 576 contracts advertised versus negotiated: 92-93, 96, 9798, 100, 176, 179 cancellations and cutbacks: 518, 544-45, 546, 559
commodity versus territorial awards: 177-
Port construction and repair groups. See Port reconstruction, port construction and repair
groups.
Port reconstruction division of responsibility between Army and Navy: 391, 392, 401-02, 416 dredges and crews: 392, 411-16 port construction and repair groups: 229, 231, 234, 236, 406 control of: 222 number of, June 1945: 238
organization, equipment, and functions:
other components; Facilities, industrial; Materials; Priorities. 1940: 100 1941: 104, 107, 108 1942: 134, 180, 192, 201, 203-04, 206 1943: 517-18, 522-23, 525, 557 1944: 553, 557, 573
educational orders: 91
planning: 88-89, 91, 97, 177 policies and procedures: 96, 176-77, 178-79
programs. See also Army Supply Program.
before Pearl Harbor: 92, 93-96, 97-98, 99, 100 1945: 559
summary and evaluation: 575-76
INDEX
615
Regular Army Officers. See Officers, Regular Production Requirements Plan: 189, 190, 199, 507, 511 Army. Reliance Steel Products Co.: 62 Production scheduling: 89, 514 Remagen bridge: 1, 496 Production urgency list: 547 Renegotiation Act of April 1942: 176 Protective Mobilization Plan: 93-94 Renshaw, Col. Clarence: 410, 414 Provisional Engineer Organization Center. See Replacement factors. See Requirements for supEngineer Unit Training Centers, Camp Claiplies, replacement factors. borne, La. Replacement training. See also Engineer ReplaceProvost Marshal General's Office: 157 ment Training Centers; Equipment, for trainPublic works: 5, 30 ing; Replacements for aviation units, Puerto Rico, V. I.: 5, 59, 61 Pumps: 420, 421, 422, 426, 430 objectives: 160-61, 256 realism in: 254-56 summary and evaluation: 174, 268-69 Quartermaster Corps 8-week program: 162, 164, 165, 166, 167, 273 depot administration: 532, 563 12-week program enlisted men: 231 effect of specialist training and other withmilitary construction program: 9, 62, 121, 122, drawals on: 243, 251-54 123, 132, 174 1941: 161 officers: 121, 122, 124, 147 operation of utilities plants: 229 1942: 166, 169-74 17-week program: 259-60, 261-66, 268, 296 petroleum distribution: 417-20, 422, 424, 425 procurement of supplies: 134, 135, 216, 508, Replacements for aviation units: 328 558 Republic Steel Corp.: 469 Requirements for supplies: 7, 135. See also Army specialists required: 117, 117n strength: 134-35 Supply Program; Procurement of supplies, programs; Spare parts; Supply Control System. training of engineer specialists: 242-43, 244 Class II supplies: 94, 175 Quartermaster Corps units: 365, 391 Class IV supplies: 89, 175, 176, 179, 180, 193, 56th Quartermaster Regiment: 420 198-99, 500-507, 512-13, 514, 545, 576 Quartermaster General, The. See Quartermaster Corps. distribution factors: 179, 180, 193-95 Quebec Conference, August 1943: 502 replacement factors: 94, 179, 180, 193-94, 194n, 195, 498, 500, 523 R. G. LeTourneau, Inc.: 98, 245, 246, 471, 473,Requirements and Stock Control Branch, OCE: 474 554, 555
175, 555n, 561. See also Dawson, Col. Miles M. Class IV supplies: 501 Rafts and ferries: 42, 44, 47, 49, 141, 486, 494 distribution of supplies: 532, 533, 538 Railroad operation: 3 equipment standardization: 208, 209 Railway Section, OCE: 7 international aid: 100, 195, 198 Railway units: 279 requirements: 94 RAINBOW 4: 95, 104 stock control: 537, 540, 543, 544 Raymond: 413, 415 Research courses: 21-22, 42, 52, 53, 126, 357-58, Reception centers: 117, 161, 162, 272, 273, 314 361, 363 Reconnaissance: 66, 71, 72, 171 Reserve officers: See Officers, Reserve. Reconnaissance squadrons: 14 Reserve Officers Training Corps: 109, 113-14, 120, Recruitment by voluntary enlistment. See Spe122, 123-24, 146, 153, 158 cialists, recruitment by voluntary enlistment. Reybold, Lt. Gen. Eugene: 1n, 13, 236 Redistribution and Salvage Branch, OCE: 547 and ASF: 136, 220 Regional Control Offices: 555 biographical sketch: 134 Regional Field Maintenance Offices: 321 equipment development: 466, 491-92 Regular Army: 93, 99, 109, 112, 113 mapping organization: 451 administrative organization: 4, 10, 125 Negro personnel: 119, 119n engineer units in: 11, 238, 239 officer assignments: 148 modernization: 12, 573 supplies strength: 15, 18, 92, 94, 498. See also Troop administrative organization for procurement basis. of: 510, 554
Racial and national tensions: 310-13 Radar: 91, 203 Radio Corporation of America: 478 Radio-Television Institute: 244
616
suppliesContinued
517, 518
Sears, Roebuck & Co.: 207 Second Air Force: 319, 320 Rhine River crossing: 1, 496 Second Army: 128, 129, 130 Rhodes scholarships: 110 Second Army Engineer: 131 Richie, Col. William L.: 382 Secretary of War: 4. See also Stimson, Henry L. Richmond, Va.: 319, 320, 334 Seeman, Col. Lyle E.: 84 Richmond ASF Depot: 543 Selective Service Act: 18, 23, 116, 158 Rivers and harbors. See Civil works. Robins, Maj. Gen. Thomas M.: 8, 9, 132, 147, 217, Separate battalions: 11, 15 control of: 222 236-37, 409, 452-53 conversion to construction battalions: 234, 235Rockefeller Foundation: 457, 462 36 Rockets and rocket launchers: 475, 480, 481 conversion to general service regiments: 138, 139, Rodwell, Lt. Col. Charles R., Jr.: 537, 539, 540,
544, 554
Roebling, Donald: 356 Rogers Brothers Corp.: 103 Rommel, Field Marshal Erwin: 468 Roosevelt, Franklin D.: 182, 469 Rosenberg, Col. Lyle: 554 Ross, Brig. Gen. Lewis T.: 501 Rossell: 411 Rote, Lt. Col. George A.: 54, 477, 478
ROUNDUP: 400
Rumaggi, Lt. Col. Louis J.: 68, 78, 79 Russia: 499, 500 Saint-Gaudens, Col. Homer: 81,85, 86 St. Louis District: 509 Samuel Gompers Trade School: 405 San Antonio ASF Depot: 532, 538, 539 San Francisco ASF Depot: 532 San Francisco District: 177, 509 Savannah ASF Depot: 397 Schenectady ASF Depot: 532, 539 Schley, Maj. Gen. Julian L.: 7, 8, 134 appropriation bills testimony: 9 biographical sketch: 4
Service schools: 242-43, 244, 247, 251, 252, 253, 287, 288, 327, 328, 367, 406
Service units, increase in: 142-45, 161, 238, 293,
573
Services of Supply. See Army Service Forces. Seybold, Col. John S.: 175, 197, 510 Sharonville Engineer Depot: 536, 543 Shell Oil Company, Inc.: 418, 420-23, 426 Shenandoah National Park: 265, 424, 425 Sherrill, Col. Fred G.: 546, 559, 569 Shipping shortage: 144, 194, 215, 223, 507 Shop companies: 11, 26, 35, 36, 115 Shovels and cranes. See also Construction machinery. procurement and allocation: 190, 192, 547 selection: 33 Sicilian landings: 455-56 Siegfried Line: 459 Signal Corps instructors for Engineer Amphibian Command: 368 mine detectors: 54, 479
INDEX
Signal CorpsContinued officers and officer candidates: 124, 151 procurement: 508 specialists required: 117, 117n training of engineer specialists: 242, 243, 244, 406 Silkman, Col. John M.: 95, 104 Slade, Maj. Ernest A.: 424, 428, 429, 430 Smith, Col. C. Rodney: 35-36, 176, 206, 208, 209, 212, 213, 214, 227, 559-60, 561, 563, 564-65, 566, 569, 570 Smith, Sid S.: 420-23, 425, 430 Smyser, Col. Rudolph E., Jr.: 25, 56, 60 Snake. See Mine field clearance, snake. Snow, Col. Beverly C.: 196-97 Snyder, Congressman J. Buell: 136 Society of American Military Engineers: 3, 19, 115 Socony-Vacuum Oil Co., Inc.: 425 Soil Conservation Service: 439 Somervell, Gen. Brehon B.: 121, 235, 303, 304, 491, 519, 520 amphibious operations and training: 369, 371, 376, 377, 380, 381 ASF administrative organization: 135, 136, 21920, 221 characterization of Corps of Engineers: 3-4 equipment development: 465-66, 471 personnel dredge crews: 412 petroleum distribution units: 433 supplies administrative organization for procurement: 132 Army Supply Program: 193 international aid: 195, 197, 499 relationship between strategy and logistics: 501 spare parts: 214 visits to theaters of operations: 502 Soong, Dr. T. V.: 422 South Atlantic Division: 148, 509, 521, 522 South Pacific theater of operations: 571 Southwest Pacific theater of operations amphibian brigades: 390. See also Amphibious training, effect of Southwest Pacific theater of operations requirements, aviation units: 234 combat battalions, nondivisional: 353-54 comments on officers: 160 forestry companies: 291 maintenance of equipment: 571, 572 map supply: 448, 449 monthly reports: 502 petroleum distribution units: 434 supplies: 214, 506, 507, 543, 572 training reports: 249
617
Spare parts: 197, 207, 208, 209, 211, 211n, 21214, 513, 533, 556, 559-60, 560n, 561-70, 571, 572. See also Columbus ASF Depot; Depot companies; Maintenance companies; Parts supply companies. Spare Parts Control Office: 569 Sparkman & Stephens: 495 Special brigades. See Amphibian brigades. Special Committee Investigating the National Defense Program: 568 Special service regiments: 155, 232, 235-36 control of: 222 fillers: 247, 272, 273-74 number of, June 1945: 238 officers: 272, 273, 281-82, 295 organization and functions: 144, 270 training: 277. See also Unit training, ASF, 6week program; Unit training, ASF, 13-week program. Special units: 11, 26, 125, 140-42 Specialists Negro: 138, 237, 244, 251, 265, 295-96, 30910, 311 quantity and type required: 116-17, 117n, 241 recruitment by voluntary enlistment: 293, 29496, 575, 577 AAF units: 328-29, 334, 577 AGF units: 295, 349-50, 577 amphibian brigades: 365 competition with Navy: 232, 328-29 construction units for Middle East and United Kingdom: 270, 272, 273-74 dredge crews: 411-12 general and special service regiments: 270, 272, 273-74, 282, 294-96 numbers sent to Camp Ellis: 295, 298 petroleum distribution units: 295, 429, 430 port construction and repair groups: 295, 394-95, 399 port repair ship crews: 400, 403, 405, 406 training: 241-42, 259, 261-62 AAF units: 244, 245-46, 318, 325, 327-28 AGF units: 245, 246, 338-39, 352, 353 amphibian brigades: 367-68, 373 at Engineer Replacement Training Centers: 161, 242, 243-44, 245, 246, 247-54, 26162, 264-65, 269, 349 at Engineer School: 111, 116, 124, 241, 242, 243, 244-46, 262, 263 heavy shop companies: 287-88 petroleum distribution units: 430, 434 port construction and repair groups: 396, 398 port repair ship crews: 402, 405-06, 407 quotas for AGF: 351 at unit training centers: 275, 283-84, 296, 300, 308 Specification serial number: 116
618
Sperry Gyroscope Co.: 91, 98, 203 Squadron, cavalry division: 11, 33, 34, 138, 139 Square division: 10, 15, 23 Standard Components of Standard Makes and Models: 526 Standard Nomenclature List: 539-40 Stander, Capt. Richard R.: 490 Stanley, Col. Thomas H.: 44, 45-47, 48, 49, 484, 490n Startzman, Lt. Col. Paul H.: 568, 569 Stimson, Henry L.: 220, 221 Stock control: 532-33, 537-38, 539-40, 541, 54346, 554-56, 557-58, 564, 566, 569, 572
Stock Control, Director of. See Rodwell, Lt. Col.
Charles R., Jr. Stock levels. See Stock control. Storage Branch, OCE: 554 Storage and Issue Branch, OCE. See Requirements, Storage and Issue Branch, OCE.
Storage of supplies. See Depots.
Class II. See Class II supplies. Class IV. See Class IV supplies, distribution of: 7, 104-05, 135, 505, 506-07,
Strategic Engineering Studies: 440-41 Strategic intelligence: 438-41. See also specific
theaters of operations; Intelligence Division,
effect on troop basis: 143, 144, 223 relation to Class IV supplies: 500-501, 50203, 505, 506 role of amphibious operations in: 355, 358, 359 Stratemeyer, Lt. Gen. George E.: 328
Strength: 575
requirements for. See Requirements for supplies. summary and evaluation: 573, 575-76 surpluses of: 559, 571-72 in theaters of operations: 214-15, 572
Supply catalogs. See Supplies, nomenclature and
distribution of: 238-39, 351 National Guard component: 112 Negro component: 118, 119
Regular Army component: 109
World War I: 2 1939-41: 9, 16, 115-16 1941-42: 134 1942: 146, 175 1943: 216 1945: 216 Sturdevant, Maj. Gen. Clarence L.: 132, 217, 488 beach obstacle clearance: 475 officers and officer candidates: 146, 150, 151, 152
training
numbers. Supply Control System: 545-46, 554, 557-59, 569 Supply (Section) Division, OCE: 217, 515, 540, 555n. See also Fowler, Brig. Gen. Raymond F.; Silkman, Col. John M. administration and functions: 7, 132, 134, 175 bridging: 27, 494 Class IV supplies: 176, 180, 198, 500, 501-02, 505, 506, 507, 576 construction machinery: 182, 186, 210, 321, 518, 523, 524 Controlled Materials Plan: 512, 513-14
equipment maintenance and spare parts: 211,
566, 567, 569, 570-71 equipment standardization: 207, 208-09 international aid: 183, 184, 188, 195-96, 197, 198, 499 priorities: 103 procurement
administrative organization: 177, 178, 509
amphibious: 361, 363, 364, 369-70, 377, 379, 387 specialists: 242, 243 unit training centers: 274, 278, 304 troop organization combat battalions, divisional: 137 construction units: 237
replacement and distribution factors: 194-95, 523 task force supplies: 104-05 Surgeon General, The: 408 Surgeon General's Office: 157
INDEX
Survey liaison teams: 456 Sverdrup, Maj. Gen. Leif J.: 44, 45 Sverdrup and Parcel: 39, 51
619
Theaters of operationsContinued supplies: 555-56 Class IV: 501-07 construction machinery: 523-24, 549 Table of Organization 5-500: 229-30, 233, 454nonstandard equipment: 562 55, 456 spare parts: 561, 567, 568, 570 Tables of basic allowances: 7, 29, 31, 33, 48-49, Third Army: 128, 129, 130, 302, 306 179, 180, 193 Thomas, Col. William N., Jr.: 57-58, 60 Tables of organization: 7, 223 Thompson, Brig. Gen. Paul W.: 19-20, 130-31, airborne battalion: 145n 488-89, 490, 492 amphibian brigade: 365, 387 Time: 129 armored battalion: 24, 138 Todd, Brig. Gen. Walter E.: 380, 382 aviation battalion: 140 Tompkins, Maj. Gen. William F.: 130 aviation regiment: 18, 25, 140 Topographic units: 26 combat battalion, divisional: 23 battalions: 447, 452 combat regiment, corps: 24, 139 battalions, army construction battalion: 236 control of: 222 depot group headquarters and headquarters organization, equipment, and functions: 66, company: 227 73, 75, 76, 78-79, 456 general service regiment: 24, 139 battalions, base (GHQ): 66n, 69, 442 heavy ponton battalion: 141 ,226 control of: 222 light ponton company: 141, 226 organization, equipment, and functions: 66, 76, 78, 79, 456 maintenance company: 206, 228, 229 companies, corps: 16, 115 mechanized troop: 17 control of: 222 parts supply company: 227 equipment and functions: 68, 73, 74, 75, 76, petroleum distribution units: 427 78 port construction and repair group: 393 functions: 11 shop company: 35 in T/O 5-500: 230, 454-55 topographic battalion, army: 79 use of tri-metrogon photography: 448 utilities detachment: 230 Tractors: 186, 190-92, 199, 201, 547, 547n. See water supply battalion: 141-42 also Bulldozers; Construction machinery. Talley, Col. Benjamin B.: 65-66, 68 Trade schools: 36, 116, 241, 242, 243, 244, 247, Tank-Automotive Center: 492 251, 252, 253, 262, 263, 286, 287-88. See also Tank dozer: 470-71, 473-75, 481-82, 497 Caterpillar Tractor Co.; Evinrude Motor Co.; Tanks Franklin Technical Institute of Boston; Higfor training: 254, 255 gins Industries, Inc.; Metropolitan Technical weight and width of: 37-38, 40-41, 44, 46, 49School of New York; R. G. LeTourneau, Inc.; 50, 483, 486, 490-92, 496, 574 Radio-Television Institute; Samuel Gompers Task forces: 100, 104-06, 116, 176, 179, 180 Trade School. Technical services. See also specific services. Training: 7, 8. See also Basic training; Engineer joint training at Camp Ellis: 296-97, 302-03 School, training, curriculum, faculty and outproposed abolition: 219-20 put; Officer Candidate School; Replacement Tehran Conference: 459 training; Specialists, training; Unit training; Tennessee Valley Authority: 443, 444, 456, 457, and under Officers. 468 combat versus technical: 160, 302, 339 Terrain models: 455-56 general versus specialized: 114, 259, 293, 578, Theaters of operations. See also specific theaters 579 and campaigns. realism in: 285, 299, 300-302, 305, 329-30, 432 aviation battalions: 323 requirements and output: 242, 252-53 summary and evaluation: 573, 574, 578-79 diversion of engineer units from specialized funcTraining aids: 172, 278 tions: 238, 331, 353-54, 578 Training literature: 7, 8, 114 effect on equipment development: 467, 468 Transportation Corps: 216, 219, 414, 501, 504 engineer activities in: 1, 238-39 enlisted men: 231 mapping: 445-46, 453-54 landing craft: 382, 383 petroleum distribution: 434 port repair ships and crews: 400, 401, 403, 404, port reconstruction: 391, 399 405, 406, 407-09 Strategic Engineering Studies: 440-41 railroad operation: 3, 279
620
Transportation CorpsContinued specialists required: 117n, 241 Strategic Engineering Studies: 440 Treadway bridge companies: 222. See also Bridge company, armored battalion. Treasury Department: 184, 186 Treiber, Capt. Kenneth L.: 424, 426, 429, 430 Triangular division: 12, 15, 23 TRIDENT conference: 502 Tri-metrogon mount: 446-54, 460, 463 Troop basis: 179, 221, 337 1942: 142, 144, 148, 149, 180 1943: 333, 393, 570, 571 1944: 456, 570, 571 Troop units distribution: 4, 238-39 division of control among commands: 144, 145, 221-23, 227-28, 229, 232, 234-36, 314, 31617, 343-44, 570, 571, 578 organization: 573, 577-78. See also Cellular organization; Group system of organization; Tables of organization; and under specific types of units. Troops Division, OCE: 132, 242, 466, 490. See also Sturdevant, Maj. Gen. Clarence L. Trudeau, Brig. Gen. Arthur G.: 305n, 361, 362, 382n amphibious operations and training: 363, 368 69, 373, 379, 380-85 as Deputy Director of Training, ASF: 304, 361 port construction and repair group: 416
Under Secretary of War. See also Patterson, Robert P. and dredges: 411 functions: 135, 136 Under Secretary of War, Office of the Director of Production. See Knudsen, Lt. Gen. William S. procurement procedures: 176-77 Van Noy: 403, 407, 408, 409-10 Underwater obstacles: 475n Vehicles Union Army Engineer Battalion: 2 weight and width of: 31, 494, 495. See also Unit training: 164. See also Amphibious trainTanks, weight and width of. ing; Field exercises; Forestry companies; Victaulic Company of America: 418, 425 Heavy shop companies, personnel and training; Victaulic couplings: 418, 422, 425, 428 Maneuvers; Petroleum distribution, personVirginia State College for Negroes: 244, 263 nel and training for; Port reconstruction. Vocational Schools. See Trade schools. AAF: 270, 315-16, 322-24 Vogler, Capt. John R.: 439, 440, 462 center system: 320, 325-29, 334. See also Engineer Aviation Unit Training Centers. W. and L. E. Gurley Co.: 98, 201, 203 disruptions due to personnel cuts and inactivations: 331-33 Wacs: 267 disruptions due to theater demands: 335-36 Walsh, Col. James E.: 475 programs and projects: 329-30, 335 War Department. See also General Staff. regimental system: 319-20, 324 amphibious operations, organization, and trainAGF: 270 ing: 355, 360, 363, 364, 365, 372, 373, 376, combat battalions, divisional: 338-39 379, 382, 385 nondivisional units: 339, 340, 341, 343-46 Army expansion before Pearl Harbor: 111
INDEX
War DepartmentContinued build-up in Britain: 144 mapping, 443, 444, 448, 451, 452, 453, 462 mine warfare: 347 mobilization plans: 10, 93, 109 National Guard: 113 personnel policies AAF: 327, 331, 332 AGF: 340, 341, 343, 351 assignment of fillers: 161 Negroes: 118, 119, 310 officer candidates: 150, 151, 152 officer classification: 123 officers commissioned from civil life: 156, 157, 158 recruitment by voluntary enlistment: 270, 329, 350, 430 Reserve officers: 120, 122-23, 124 rotation: 267, 414-15 petroleum distribution: 419, 421, 425 redistribution of manpower and equipment: 223 reorganization of: 135-36, 574 supplies Glass IV: 504, 506 cuts in basic allowances: 193 international aid: 183, 197, 198 preshipping equipment: 353 procurement of supplies before Pearl Harbor: 92, 94, 100, 106 procurement of tractors: 547n spare parts: 561 for training: 105 training: 166 AGF nondivisional units: 340, 343, 345 facilities: 243, 287 Negro units: 308 programs: 162, 296, 352, 579 realism in: 330 staffs: 300 troop organization airborne aviation units: 315, 316 airborne battalions: 145n armored units: 17, 24 aviation units: 18 cellular system: 230 classification and control of engineer units: 221-23, 316-17 combat battalions, divisional: 15, 16, 23 combat and general service regiments: 139 construction units: 238 corps units: 15, 16, 24 engineer strength: 115 group system: 225, 231 maintenance units: 570 parts supply company: 228 port construction and repair: 392, 393, 416 War Department Budget Office: 36
621
War Department Map Collection: 441, 444 War Plans Division, OCE: 217, 496 War Production Board: 179, 196, 551, 576 Army Supply Program: 498 construction machinery: 182, 186, 190, 191, 201, 208, 210, 211, 512, 513, 514, 547 engines and other components: 511, 514, 515, 516, 517 materials allocation systems: 189, 199, 500, 507, 511-12, 513, 514 materials conservation: 201, 203 War Shipping Administration: 402, 403 Ward, Maj. Gen. Orlando: 70, 72 Washington Conference of 1921-22: 355 Water supply battalions: 26, 293 control of: 222 organization, equipment, and functions: 11, 141-42, 225-27, 230 Water supply companies: 226, 227, 230 Water supply equipment development of: 141, 467 procurement of: 93, 99, 108, 204, 551, 553 Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg Miss.: 467 Waukesha Motor Co.: 516, 519 Weeks, General Sir Ronald: 499 Weible, Maj. Gen. Walter L.: 296-97 Weidner, George: 475 West Point. See U. S. Military Academy. West Wall: 19 Westover Field, Mass.: 127, 316, 319, 324, 325, 329, 334 Whiteley, Brigadier J. F. M.: 104 Wilson, Vice Admiral Russell: 376 Withers, Col. George K.: 510 Wood, Brig. Gen. John E.: 118, 119 Wood, Maj. Gen. John S.: 488 Wood, Maj. Gen. Walter A., Jr.: 13, 492 Woodbury, Col. Harry G.: 315 Workman, Maj. Richard H.: 554, 558 World War I: 2, 5, 573, 577 camouflage: 81, 82, 85 construction equipment: 29 engineer troops: 16, 117, 575, 577 influence on organization and plans: 10-11, 19, 135, 355, 391, 392 labor battalions: 118 mapping: 64, 65, 77 petroleum pipelines: 418 procurement of supplies: 88
World War II. See also Blitzkrieg. characteristics of: 1, 1n, 143, 573 early campaigns: 18-19, 93, 94 Worsham, Brig. Gen. Ludson D.: 219, 221, 481 WPA: 439, 441-42, 443, 541 Wright, J. M.: 512, 514, 554, 555, 558
622
Wright Field, Ohio: 65, 68, 70, 447, 448. See also Engineer units, Detachments, Wright Field.
Xiques, Maj.Frank W.: 521-22
PIN: 038983-000